EPA
               Series
United States
Environmental
Protection Agency
Office of
Research and
Development
Energy,
Minerals and
Industry
EPA-600/9-77-012

November 1977
  energy
  enviro
          entll

-------
the  energy/environment
R&D decision  series
  This volume is  part of the Energy/Environment  R&D Decision Series.
The  series presents the key  issues and findings  of the Federal Interagency
Energy/Environment  Research and  Development  Program   in  a  format
conducive to  efficient information  transfer.  The Interagency  Program  was
inaugurated  in  fiscal  year  1975.  Planned  and  coordinated  by  the
Environmental  Protection  Agency  (EPA), research projects  supported  by
the program range from the analysis of health and environmental  effects of
energy systems to the development  of environmental control  technologies.
The  works  in  this  series reflect the  full range of program concerns.
  The   Decision   Series   is  produced  for   both  energy/environment
decision-makers and the  interested  public.  If you  have  any  comments or
questions, please  write to Series Editor  Richard Laska,  Office of Energy,
Minerals  and  Industry, RD-681,  U.S. EPA, Washington,  D.C. 20460 or call
(202) 755-4857.  This document  is available  either from the  Series Editor
or through  the National Technical Information Service, Springfield, Virginia
22161. Mention of trade names  or  commercial  products herein  does  not
constitute EPA endorsement  or recommendation  for use.
     R&D Decision Series

     Credits:

     Technical Editor:     Elinor Jane Voris

                        Kathleen Dixon, Karen Houston

                        Jack Ballestero
Assistant Editors:

Art and  Design:

Graphic Support:
     Photography:
Margo French, Donald Y. Hsia,
Juan Medrano

Jack Meyer, Peter Mavraganis, and
selected  photographs  from
the EPA Documerica Program

-------

-------
   Dr. Stephen J. Gage        Kathleen £ Dixon         Dr. Steven R. Reznek

EPA  Symposium Management:      Stephen J. Gage, Ph.D.
                                  Acting Assistant Administrator
                                  Office of  Research  and  Development

                                  Dr. Steven R. Reznek
                                  Acting Deputy  Assistant Administrator
                                  Energy, Minerals and Industry

                                  Mr. Richard M.  Laska
                                  Special Assistant
                                  Energy, Minerals and Industry
                                                                        Richard M.  Laska
Symposium Coordinator:
Kathleen E. Dixon
Automation Industries, Inc.
Vitro Laboratories Division
Assistant Coordinator:
Karen  L. Houston
Automation Industries, Inc.
Vitro Laboratories Division
Al/Vitro Symposium Support:
Jaye Epstein, Ann Gerard
Hartley Holte, Pat Selk
Donna Stewart
EPA/OEM I Symposium Committee: Gregory  D'Alessio,  David  Graham
                                  Clint  Hall, Frank Princiotta
                                  Gerald Rausa, Nina Rowe
                                  Shirley Thomas
Display  and Graphics Support:
Howard Berry and Tom Jones
Automation Industries,  Inc.
Vitro Laboratories Division

-------
       TOPICS
555
321
       foreword
       overview
49     fuel processing
93     utility and industrial
153    extraction
       integrated
       assessment
287  " - health effects
383                               CHAPTER

-------
FOREWORD
     The Interagency  Program links  more than a  dozen Federal  agencies
whose  shared  goal  is to assure  that  our energy  development efforts are
supported by an effective environmental  R&D program.  In  pursuit of this
goal, the coordinator of the Interagency Program,  the  Office of Energy,
Minerals  and  Industry within EPA's ORD, has invested $430  million  since
fiscal  year  1975. For this  $430 million, significant accomplishments  have
been achieved, and  significant progress made. To  review this  progress, the
Second  National  Conference on the Interagency Energy/Environment  R&D
Program  was  held in Washington, D.C. on June 6 and 7, 1977. This report
is based upon that conference.
     Energy/Environment II  provides  a  current   update  of  Interagency
research  and  shows  the  direction   we  are  taking  to  help  solve  the
energy/environment   dilemma. Included  are  the   addresses  and  papers
delivered at  the conference, as  well  as  the discussion  periods which
followed each session.
     Our gratitude  goes  out to  all those who,  through their effort  and
participation,  made  the  conference such a success.  The greatest  challenge
we  face  today  is twofold:  we must have enough energy to  maintain our
way  of  life,   and  we   must   ensure  that  our  energy  is  used  in
environmentally sound ways. With the  combined efforts  of all  involved, the
Interagency  Program  is  working  to  ensure  that  these  two  goals are
compatible, and that they are being achieved.
                                  Steven  R.  Reznek
                                  Acting  Deputy Assistant Administrator
                                  Energy, Minerals  and  Industry
  NOTE:  This text was prepared  using  the  titles  and descriptions of
individuals participating  as of the date of the conference  and  consequently
does not reflect recent  changes due  to the creation of the Department of
Energy.
                                                                   V

-------
                   CHAPTER 1
overview

-------
    CHAPTER  CONTENTS
                                            overview
INTRODUCTORY REMARKS
   The Honorable John F  O'Leary
   Deputy Secretary
   Department of Energy                                     j»
QUESTIONS & ANSWERS
9
CONTROL TECHNOLOGY OVERVIEW: BRIDGES TO THE FUTURE
   Stephen J. Gage, Ph.D
   Acting Assistant Administrator
   Office of Research and Development
   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency                         15
ACHIEVING COMPATIBILITY BETWEEN ENERGY AND
ENVIRONMENTAL GOALS: PROGRAM PERSPECTIVES
   Delbert S. Barth, Ph.D.
   Deputy Assistant Administrator
   Office of Health and Ecological Effects
   U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency                         27
RISK ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY AND
EPIDEMIOLOGICAL EVIDENCE
   Lars Friberg, M.D., Ph.D.
   Director, Environmental Health Department
   Karolinski Institute
   Stockholm, Sweden                                     33
KEYNOTE ADDRESS
   The Honorable Douglas M. Costle
   Administrator
   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency                         37
QUESTIONS & ANSWERS                                   41

-------
                                                                                 OVERVIEW
                                                                        introductory remarks
                                                                                        The Honorable John  F. O'Leary
                                                                                                     Deputy Secretary
                                                                                                 Department of Energy
EITHER OR SITUATION
LACK OF  FORESIGHT
WORK UNDER  SYNTHETIC
LIQUID FUELS ACT
TERMINATED
part  I

     Up until now there was the general conviction that we  had  to be in a  position to
exploit our mineral  resources at some  unavoidable  cost to the environment or we had
to be  in a  position to protect the environment at some unavoidable cost  to mineral
and energy  resource exploitation.

     That may be true in the short  run  because we  have been  foolish in our attitude
with regard  to basic  energy  resources;  but  I  am convinced,   and  really  this  is the
operating assumption that  I have brought to  the  FEA, that in  the  intermediate term
and certainly in the long term, we  do not have to make that  choice. We  can  indeed
have' the careful attention  to  environmental  concerns that I  think is essential for the
future  of this country, and we can  have  adequate energy to fuel the things that we
want to do. I do not think that we  have to regard this as an  either/or situation. If  I
really believed that essentially  we had to make a  choice between energy on the one
hand  and  the environment  on the other,  I  would opt for the environment,  largely
because the  crucial element in this entire equation of human living is not so much the
material things of life  but  rather the aesthetic, the  spiritual.  If we trample on those in
the enormous onrushing  charge for  material progress, I  think that we may  benefit for
a short period  of  time, but certainly the counter-pressures on  society  that will flow
from a badly abused environment  will  make that choice  not  worth a candle.

     Now,  let  me tell you  fundamentally how I  look at this  conflict. We are  in  an
energy   crisis  largely   because  we  have  been   stupid   in  the  handling  of  our
resource-related  activities. The  inherent problem is  that  we  did   not take advantage of
signals  that were available to us a long time  back  and  we  did   not begin to  work for
an orderly  transition from the day of fossil  fuel dependence, particularly oil and gas
dependence,  to its successor technologies.

     Today  after only 3 years of serious attention to solar energy, for example, we
have brought the  prospective price of solar electric energy down by almost  two orders
of magnitude.  We  have  had  a very  short-lived  research  activity and few people have
been involved in it. Think  of where we will be  in another 5 or  6 years with regard to
solar electric energy. Where  would we  be  today if  we had  begun that effort in 1950
rather  than  in  1972 or 1973. It is clear that  we  would have   had an orderly  transit
from the  hard  fuels  to soft  energy  resources  during the  1970 to  1980  time-frame
without the severe disruption that has come to us.

     Let me give you  another example. I  was involved  early in  the  exploratory work
on new frontier technologies for  the  conversion of oil  and gas. I can well recall the
perturbation  of those  of  us  who  were in  or close to the  Bureau  of Mines when in
1954  all of  the  work that was then being conducted  by the  Department of the
Interior under the Synthetic Liquid Fuels Act  of 1947 was abruptly terminated.

     In  1947 we  began  two serious R&D efforts aimed at future energy technology.
One, of course, was the  light water  reactor  work  that  later brought  us  to the full
commercial  exploitation  and deployment  of  the  current generation of both boiling
water and  pressurized  water  reactors.  The  other R&D  effort, which  began  about the
same time,  was to  determine  what to do with fossil  fuels  to  turn  our  oil shale and
coal  into more  useful  forms. As I have said,  that  work  was begun  in  1947 under the
Synthetic Liquid Fuels  Act  by the  Department of  Interior,  principally by  the Bureau
of Mines. Most  of  the work that we will be drawing on  in the  years to come for coal
and shale conversion was conducted under that program.  Between 1947  and  1957 the
Bureau  spent almost $100  million. It developed the onground retort  at  Rifle; did the
work  at Louisiana-Missouri,  bringing  German technology for   coal  synthesis to the
United  States and  somewhat updating it; and  it  did  work in  In situ  gasification of
coal.

-------
     To  repeat, suddenly  in  1954  with the advent of  the  Eisenhower administration,
that work was  abruptly  chopped  off.  The reason for  it was straightforward. The oil
industry  did not  like the  work that  was  being  done  by  the Department of Interior
because it took the view,  and only recently has the oil  industry softened on this view,
that  the  government  should  not  indulge   in  research   that  influenced  inter-fuel
competition.  And  they  very  rightly  recognized  that  if  the government  launched a
substantial program towards coal synthesis, solar or wind power, or geothermal, that to
the degree that the government  could improve  the economics thereby, they would in
fact influence  inter-fuel  competition.  The oil  industry  thought that was  an  improper
function   for government.   During  the  discussions of  the  fifties  and  sixties, the  oil
industry  said the  appropriate  R&D  role  for  government should be confined to basic
research,   by  which they  meant  understanding the basic nature, for example,  of  the
hydrocarbon  molecule and  not do anything at all  in the applied side of the equation
that bears upon the marketplace.

-------
NEED  FOR
SYNTHETIC GAS & OIL
1977 NARROWING
ENERGY OPTIONS
EXPANSION OF
ENERGY OPTIONS
     During that  time, we who  were close to the business warned  that it would not be
very long before  we were going to need synthetic gas and maybe synthetic  oil,  but the
oil  industry  contended that when  that time  came  we  would  do it.  I  want  you to
remember that as we  have these  debates on R&D  policy over  the next few years. In
fact, when that time came,  it was  not  done.  The government  had  been taken out of
the track.  The industry  had not  done it for a variety of reasons. When we got to the
point where  we needed  advanced technology for coal synthesis, we had  essentially two
choices. We could go  back to 1926 lurgi  technology-1926 in  the sense that that was
the  year  in  which  it  was  intially  piloted for coal gasification—or to  Fisher-Troche
synthesis  technology for the  production  of  liquids that  again  had been  piloted in
Germany  during the 1930's. We do not have a successor technology  in this  country in
either case, and certainly in the case of gas, we will not  have a successor  technology
for another 10 years.

     Does  that mean that it cannot be done?  No, not at  all.  It  means  that we have
been  stupid  and  have gotten  ourselves to the point  where the  lead  times  have so
contracted on us  that we do not have the time to  get it done.

     If  in  fact you  were  to go  back and  take a look at the energy history  of this
country  over the last  10  years, you would  find  that it  has  been characterized  by
narrowing options. For example, put yourself in  the position of  a  1965 or 1967 utility
executive  who is  about to  build a  new  1,000 megawatt  plant for  the  generation of
electricity. Depending  on the part of  the country in which  he found  himself, he could
say,  shall  I use gas? There is an  assured supply. I am told by the government  and  by
industry that we will  have  gas  for  another  100 years.  It will  be  cheap.  It is certainly
environmentally benevolent,  although  in 1967  that  was not  a concern  of  the utility
industry,  but to  the degree  that  he  thought about that at  all,  he  would say yes, that
is  a  good  one. Or he  would say  how about oil? And he would say that  right  now we
have almost  3 million  barrels a  day of shut-in capacity for  oil in this  country. The
price is low. Supplies  are  pressing on the market  from abroad. We have  an  oil  import
control  program as evidence that supplies are  pressing  on the market. And  it seems to
me that that is a good, solid choice  for my generating plant. Or he would  consider a
coal-fired  plant. Here again,  there are no  particular  problems.  You can  mine the  coal,
you  can  burn it.  The  transportation system  is  intact,  and  certainly  there   are  no
problems  there. Then  he would  consider nuclear energy?  Here is a new  source  coming
down the  way, not  fully proven yet but certainly  a  lot of my colleagues in  the utility
industry have bought these plants. It takes only 5 or 6 years  to run  them through the
cycle and get them up and  running. Maybe I will build  a nuclear plant.

     Now,  contrast the  above example  to  the situation today. If  the  1977 executive
looks at gas, he  realizes that the supply is not there. We have not had new gas orders
for the  last 2  years.  If  it were to  be available  in  the  interstate market, it would  only
be availble for a  short period of time and at a  very  high cost,  a cost that cleared  with
oil  in  all  likelihood.  The  oil  supply position  is  very iffy.  He  has found that the
enormous  surplus of  1967  has disappeared entirely.  Those  supplies pressing  on the
market  that  necessitated an  oil  import control  program, which  I  will remind you ran
until  just 4  years ago,  have disappeared and the price  has  gone up  in  world  markets
by  a factor of five  over  that short period  of time.  If  he  looks at the  coal-fire plant,
he  finds  that  there  is  an  enormous confusion. Is  he going to  be  building  a white
elephant?  Will  he,  with  the  insulation  of  the  technology  available to  him today, be
able to  run that plant  without interruptions  5  years from now?  What  are  the  air
quality  constraints  that   will be  operative  there?  And furthermore,  can  the  coal  be
mined  and transported  in  the necessary time frame for the operation of  the plant?  As
for considering a nuclear plant, the 6-year promise of  1967 is  now a 13-year promise
and  the  price has  gone  from   $200 per  installed  kilowatt  to  $1,100 per  installed
kilowatt.  All  in  all, the position  of  that  utility  executive, as simply  a  surrogate in
these remarks for anyone who is  making energy  choices, has gotten to the point where
we have seen a great  convergence of options  over  this relatively short period  of  time.

     We have to  recognize that the principal function of government in  this R&D area
is  to expand those options, and it is important  that that expansion be undertaken with
an  absolute  ironclad  assurance  that  it  will  not  be done  at  the expense  of the
environment. The fundamental reason for that is fairly straightforward.  I  have used the
words  foolish and stupid to characterize how we got into our situation  on  energy.  We
got into the  situation not because of resource constraints but  because of constraints on
particular  kinds of resources. If we look at the ways of making  adequate  supplies of
energy  from solar  on  down  to  geothermal   to  wind  power  to  exotic forms  of
production of  hydrogen  fuels and from them hydrogen and carbon  combinations into
methane type equivalents, there simply  is no conceivable  resource constraint as far out

-------
UNLIMITED
ENVIRONMENTAL INSULT
LAND USE
ahead  as  we can see. The world from  the standpoint of our  resource position is simply
unlimited in its offering of energy choices.

     The  capacity  of  the  world  to  accept environmental insult,  however,  is  not
unlimited. Consequently, when we  make these  choices, we are  going to have to spend
that extra  10  to  12  percent,  for example, in  order  to  get  best available  control
technology  so  that  we  can  burn  coal   and  at the  same  time  not add  to  the
environmental  insult.  In  conjunction with  that,  as  we  increase coal  burning,  we are
going to  have  to  back off the environmental degradation  from other  burning sources,
so as not to aggravate the air quality.  We are going to have to  find  ways in which we
can  handle  this without  further degradation of water quality in this country. There is,
for  example,  now  enormous  concentration on  the  impact of  the  drought  in  the
western part of the  United  States  and a growing realization that we are beginning to
get  to  the  limits of  our capability to  continue  growth where  water  is regarded  as a
zero cost kind  of commodity.  All  of  the  principal interests in  water  are governed by
tradition  and  not by any economic or  environmental concerns. Out  of that  lesson over
the  next 4 or 5  years  we  will  begin to move  in  the  direction  of finding  very
fundamental ways in which  we  can begin  to do even  better environmentally than  has
been the  case   in the  recent past.  We  can  bring a better  understanding of a problem
and, if you will  pardon  this from an economist, an  understanding of  the economics
that are  involved  in a more  efficient  regime of water use  in the water-short areas of
the  west.

     With regard  to  land  use,  the  hidden  war  between  the environmentalists and  the
developers over the  last 10  years  has been staged  on  the question of what are we
going to  do with the land.  We  are finding  this  in the Congressional  discussion of  the
strip mining bill that  is now,  happily,  coming to  an end of a 4-year fight through  the
Congress  and  hopefully  within  the  next couple  of months  will  go to  the President to
be signed. In that discussion we did not just talk about mining.  We  talked about water
use,  agricultural use, aesthetics,  and,  in  a small  way, the great  debate  over strip mine
restoration  really  ran to  the  question  of   land  use  in  this  country. I  think that you
have  found  that  FEA  has  been   very  sympathetic to  the objectives  of  those who
reasonably wanted to constrain  mining when it  threatened  the good, sound use of the
land.

     Some of the things that  I  am sure you will  be concentrating on  as you  go along
are how does research  run into this?  What  sort of a world do we want in the future?
What is the  tradeoff between  energy on the one hand and  the environmental  concerns
on  the  other?   The  thing that I want to  restate  that should be  the guiding  light  for
you  and certainly has  been  for  me at  least in  looking at  the energy situation  is  that
from the  standpoint of the long term—that  is  to say,  when we  finally recognize this
problem and  begin  to deal  with it—we can  have any sort of an energy economy we
want.  If,  however,   we  do  not  begin today  to  spend   a renewed  effort  on  the
environmental  side  of  this  equation,   we   will   not  care  about the  energy economy
because there will not be anything  here much to  preserve.
              JOHN  F.  O'LEARY
     B.A.,  Economics,  George Washington  University. Twenty-two years energy related
service  including  commodity  specialist, economist,  and energy  consultant.  Served as
Deputy  Assistant  Secretary  of  Interior for  Mineral  Resources,  Chief of  Bureau of
Natural  Gas at  Federal  Power Commission,  and Director of  Bureau  of  Mines.  Was
Technical Director of Energy and  Environmental Programs for a large private firm. Was
then appointed  Director  of  Licensing  for  Atomic Energy Commission  responsible for
licensing nuclear power plants and conducting comprehensive safety, environmental, and
antitrust reviews of  these  plants.  While Director of  New  Mexico's Energy  Resources,
helped  establish   state energy  policy   and  plans for  energy  development.  Served as
Administrator of  the  Federal  Energy  Administration.  Currently,  Deputy  Secretary,
Department of  Energy, Washington, DC.

-------
                               questions
                                    oc answers
QUESTION:
                                                        Mr. Frank L.  Parker
                                                        Vanderbilt University

                                                        Mr. George Scudella
                                 New Mexico Environmental  Improvement Agency

                                                        Mr. Robert E. Uhrig
                                                     Florida Power and Light

                                                         Mr. Francis R. Hull
                                                         Consulting Engineer
    The Wall Street Journal said that there is a thousand
years of natural gas available, and it is only the federal
policies that are preventing it from coming to the market.
Would you  like to  comment on that?
RESPONSE:  Mr. John F. O'Leary (FEA)
                             I  personally  disagree  with  that statement.  It  is,
                         however, something that we should be very careful  about.
                         There  are two schools of thought about today's  energy
                         crisis.  Credible  and  respectable  people;  not parties  to
                         self-interest themselves, for  example, the U.S. Geological
                         Survey, take the view that,  indeed, we do have  a serious
                         gas resource problem.

                             The other  school takes the view  that we are the
                         victims of a conspiracy, that the oil and gas interests in
                         the country have determined that they are going to sit  on
                         their  reserves,  that they simply  do not like regulation,
                         and that over the  last few years they have systematically
                         understated reserves,  quite deliberately  avoided additional
                         drilling, and created from a  bountiful resource position  an
                         apparent shortage.  And  there are, of course, many views
                         between these schools  of thought.

                             I  belong  to the first school.  I think that we  have a
                         genuine resource  problem.  On  the basis  of all of the
                         measures that I can assimilate, this view is borne  out.

                             First, as  a result of the price increases, particularly
                         the price  increases in  Texas in  the last 5 years, we find
                         that there has been a substantial increase in all of the
                         conventional   indicators  of petroleum  drilling  activity.
                         (Beginning  in  about  1971, Texas departed from  the
                         interstate  market  and began to  go into  a  more or less
                         free market.  So  that  gives us  a fairly  good  run  of
                         history.) The  rig rate  use in Texas is  double what it was
                         6 years ago. The number of feet drilled has doubled. The
                         number of wells  completed has  doubled, and production
                         of both gas and oil is off; production of gas is off about

-------
                              20  percent  and  continues  to  decline each  year.  Those
                              nationwide  indicators  suggest   that  the  thesis  presented
                              by  the Wall  Street Journal article  is not  correct.  As  I
                              recall,  the  Journal  said  that,  at  about  $1,  there  are
                              ample  supplies  to  meet  all of our  requirements  for  as
                              long as we  are going to be interested in  natural gas. That
                              may   be   when  we   begin   to   move  from   today's
                              conventional   gas   resources   into   the  geopressurized
                              resources  that are  around  the Gulf of  Mexico.  These
                              involve the  production of about 5 tons  of water that is
                              heavily  mineralized   and   heavily   corrosive   for   the
                              production of every MCF  of gas. If  it were done in large
                              volumes  and  simply  dumped  into  the  sea,  it  would  in
                              time  significantly  influence salinity  and  other  mineral
                              content of the  Gulf and  have  undesirable  changes  in  the
                              ecology.  Consequently, it  is ruled out on  that  account.
                              However,  if we can find  ways to  avoid violence to  the
                              environment while producing those resources, I  think that
                              we  have another 50  years or maybe even  longer to go.

                                   Let me give  you  some fundamental arithmetic that
                              we  ought to  bear  in  mind  as we   hear  the  conspiracy
                              theory. We  hear, for example,  that we have  from 500 to
                              3,000  years  of coal  reserves, and then we hear in a  small
                              whisper  (at   present  rates  of use). Taken  from  the
                              American  Gas  Association  numbers,  we   had  at  the
                              beginning  of the oil  and gas activity in this country about
                              1,700  trillion  cubic  feet  of gas as a  resource,  not as a
                              reserve. That  is the ultimate finding.  By  1930 we were
                              using  1 trillion cubic feet.  If that  first number was  right,
                              by  the same sort  of logic we  had thousands of  years  of
                              coal supplies, in fact, a 1700-year supply  of gas.

                                  We  began  to  chew  into   that  resource at  a  fairly
                              modest 7  percent  per year rate  of compounding, doubling
                              every   decade.   By  the  year  1970,  the  1  trillion  had
                              become 22  or  23  trillion  and the  1700-year  supply  at
                              present rates of  use had  become 50  years. We  had used
                              some,  and of course the base  was  much higher, and  we
                              simply had  reduced  that arithmetic  to the point  where it
                              was much less pleasant to look at.

                                  Now, if we had continued  that rate  of compounding,
                              as seen from the  perspective   of  1930,  we would have
                              exhausted  the entire 1700-year  supply by the year  1985.
                              If we  had taken the larger number that  up until 2  years
                              ago  was  used  by the U.S.  Geological  Survey  as  their
                              extrapolation  of  what was  there,  about  double  AGA
                              number,  it  would   have  given  us  another 10  years  of
                              compounding.  As  those of you in the  physical  sciences
                              know,  in  the  last  doubling  period  of exponential growth,
                              we  use a  volume.  In this case of gas and  in the case  of
                              many    biological   phenomena,   it    would  be   growth
                              equivalent to all of previous history.

                                  When somebody blithely says, as the Federal Energy
                              Agency did  say  in  1974  in   conjunction  with  Project
                              Independence  blueprint, that we can  in effect double  the
                              supply of  gas  in  15 years,  my  answer is that, that is  not
                              credible because it takes too much energy. And similarly,
                              when   I hear that there is  a 1000-year  supply  of gas,  I
                              have to tell  you  that,  that particular calculation  is  not a
                              public  one;  it is a black box calculation. If you want  the
                              public  calculations,  you  would  have  to  go  to  the
                              Geological Survey  and  FEA work  that has  been done in
                              the  last  few  years.  You  cannot  make  national  policy
                              based   upon  that  set   of  assumptions,  but  upon  more
                              ascertainable assumptions,  because if you  are wrong and if
                              it turns out that instead  of  a  1,000-year supply, there is
 IEASUREMENT
AND
MONITORING
10

-------
                              a   3-year  supply,   you  run  the  risk  of  wrecking the
                              country.  We  have  to  put  a  stern  test  against  these
                              assertions  that there  is a  conspiracy  and  that through
                              maladministration  we  are  being  denied  access  to  an
                              enormous reserve.
COMMENT:
     I  guess it would seem peculiar to think that the Wall
Street  Journal  would   be   the  place  to  look  for an
indictment of  industry.
RESPONSE:  Mr. O'Leary
                                  The Wall Street Journal believes in a market-oriented
                              mechanism to  cure the energy  problem  and  sees  that
                              evidence  as fortifying their  belief.  I for one  wish it were
                              so,  but  I  spend  80 percent  of  my  time in  regulatory
                              activities  that  would  not  be  necessary  if  we had an
                              orderly  market in  the  oil and gas industry. I  would much
                              prefer to  see market forces do this job for us.  However,
                              the way  the  world is constituted  today, I do not see any
                              immediate prospect of  that.
QUESTION:
RESPONSE:  Mr. O'Leary
     You  mentioned that you are seeing a re-evaluation  of
water use coming about  in 4 of  5 years. I  would like  to
know  when  you  would   see   the  technologies   being
developed and how  you see them relating  to  corporate
resource development time lines?
                                   In  the solar  cell  pumping  activity in  central New
                              Mexico, we had to join the solar pumping,  solar irrigation
                              activity  with a very well  thought out conservation  effort.
                              If  we  did  everything  the  way  we  had  been  doing  it,
                              clearly  we  could  not make  it on solar.  Just  the price of
                              the  crop would rule it out. By  way of background, this
                              part  of New  Mexico and  adjacent  Texas has historically
                              depended  upon  gas  for pumping, and   their  gas bills, of
                              course, are going through  the  roof. In the Pecos Valley in
                              Texas  they have  gotten  so  high  that  the farmers have
                              simply  abandoned  irrigated agriculture,  and  the  land  is
                              literally blowing away.  In New Mexico  we have  been able
                              to  forestall  that for a while, but we thought  we needed a
                              successor technology and  have been  working with  ERDA
                              in  the  development of  a  pilot   program  that  would
                              substitute  solar  energy  for  the  pumping function  of gas
                              energy.  Unless we  were able to save about half of the
                              water,  we  could   not  make  a  go  of  it  because  of
                              prospective  crop  price  restraint  and not  because of the
                              opportunity   costs    with   other    energy    sources.
                              Consequently,   those  at  the  state  agricultural   school
                              brought their  water  conservation  technology,  together
                              with  the  ERDA solar  technology,  and I  think  we are
                              going to find  that water economics  will  play  a  major role
                              in  bringing about  conservation.  This   will   probably  be
                              replicated   in  hundreds  of  settings,  maybe  thousands,
                              during  the  next  couple of  years  as  a  result  of the
                              fundamental  climate  change  that  has  occurred  on the
                              West  Coast.
                                   Awareness is  the  first  tool  in  this: that we do not
                              have  an infinite  amount of  water and cannot continue to
                              price it at  a penny per  ton. The limited supplies of  water
                              bear  very  heavily upon  the  future  economic  prospects of
                              that  part of the world, and unless we  begin  to use them
                              conservatively  in the same way  that  energy  is being used
                                                                                                                           11

-------
                              conservatively, we are going to  have serious trouble.

                                  I think  the  whole debate  over  Carter's decision  on
                              plans  for  water development will  be seriously addressed
                              over  this next 3  to  4 years and bring the argument to a
                              head.
QUESTION:
     In  contrast with  the  philosophy you  just  expressed
regarding  availability   of   resources,   the   recent   Ford
Foundation-Mitre study  indicated  that the  United  States
had  very  large quantities of  uranium, sufficient, in fact,
to abandon  reprocessing and the breeder reactor. This has,
of course,  become the administration  policy. Could you
comment on the contrast in the two  situations?
RESPONSE:  Mr. O'Leary
                                  Yes.  Relative  to uranium  resources, I  would  say that
                              oil and  gas  are a  well-explored proposition.  It  has  better
                              than  a 100  years of history now.  Last year we  completed
                              36,000 wells as one measure. There are all together some
                              600,000  producing wells  in  this country.  And when we
                              take  a look  at a  leasing map of  the  principal oil-prone
                              and gas-prone areas  of  the country, we find, as we have
                              found with  our 2  1/2 mile rule on the map that the area
                              has been  pin  cushioned down to a depth of 6,000 feet.
                              You  cannot  say  this  about  deep oil  and  gas resources
                              because  there has not been that level  of activity.

                                  Now,  contrast  that  with uranium. We  had a  brief
                              flurry of very high activity  in the  late  forties with  regard
                              to uranium  finding.  Then, uranium went into  a recession
                              and people  were   in a  holding mode. Only  in  the  last  3
                              years  has  there been  a  very  substantial  runup  in  activity.
                              First,  in  1974 and 1975 we really  did  not  know very
                              much  about the   resource.  Second, our projections with
                              regard  to deployment  of light water reactors  were very
                              optimistic in the  early  1970's, and they have since gone.
                              We looked   at  285,000  megawatts  in 1985  from  the
                              perspective  of  1972.  We are  now  looking at  121,000
                              megawatts  of installed  nuclear capacity.  In  the  halcyon
                              days  of 1977, we  were  looking at 2,000 megawatts  in the
                              year  2000,  and  now we are looking at  perhaps 350 to
                              550.

                                  First,   we  do  not  know  very  much  about  this
                              resource  and, second,  the  demand  is  moving  so  slowly
                              that  we  have time to  first  assess  the  resource and then
                              assess  alternative   technologies.  The  President's  program
                              simply is  not going  to  put  us into a tight box. He  is not
                              saying we have infinite resources of uranium, but that we
                              have   enough  to   have  time   to   contemplate   more
                              thoroughly  the  movement   of  this  economy  into  the
                              mixed oxide  world.
QUESTION:
     But don't you run  the  same basic risk?  If you  are
wrong  about resources, then you  have a large  number of
plants  without any  resources?
 RESPONSE:   Mr. O'Leary
                                   I  think  that  risk is  a  real one, but  in terms  of  the
                              conventional  appreciation  of the  uranium  resource  over
                              the conventional appreciation  of  the number of reactors
                              that are  going  to  be deployed over  the next  25 years, it
12

-------
                              is  not much  of a  risk.  Any  time we get beyond our
                              measured  reserve,  we  have  a  risk,  and  the  measured
                              reserve  of uranium  in  this  country  is now  maybe 12
                              years.  Any  time we get beyond that  in oil,  or  gas, or
                              copper,  or aluminum,  we have  a  risk.  The probability of
                              that   risk   coming  in  uranium   I  think,  given  all the
                              backups,  is not  too  great. We could go  to reprocessing on
                              relatively short notice if  we had to.
COMMENT:
     If  there  is a  natural  gas  shortage,  it  would  appear
wasteful  to consume  most of  our natural  gas  for space
heating  or  for  boiler fuel.  It would  appear  that industrial
processes  and  agricultural  uses  should have  priority for
the  future  and that  we  should  make strong efforts  to
discourage  the  use  of any natural  gas for either space
heating  or  boiler fuel.
RESPONSE:  Mr. O'Leary
                                   I  would  agree  with  you on boiler fuel,  and indeed,
                              the President's program does  call for a phaseout  of boiler
                              fuel  use  in   large  installations  of  gas  by  1990. Space
                              heating, however,  is  a  matter of economics,  If you  look
                              at  the  choices available to a  householder, the gas priority
                              that  is  now assigned him  is  appropriate. This  is  the  first
                              priority, in advance really of process use of  the gas. I will
                              refer you to an A. D.  Little report that  was done  in 1972
                              in  support  of  General  Motors in  one   of the  early
                              curtailment  cases  to show the  schemata  for coming  to
                              that  conclusion.  Actually, the  cost for  many converters
                              away  from  natural   gas  to   something  else  are   far,  far
                              lower,  one to two  orders of magnitude  lower,  than  the
                              cost  of taking household  space  heating off of natural gas.
                              That is from  my perspective the economic drive of  the
                              problem.
QUESTION:
     I  suggest that the  economics  of  not having enough
fuel  to maintain healthy  economy might  be much more
severe  if  we  should  continue  to consume  this fuel  for
space  heating   in  either  private   homes  or  businesses,
factories, anywhere where  it  is avoidable.
RESPONSE:  Mr. O'Leary
                                   I  think  that  that  is a very  real point.  If you look,
                              however, at  the enormous concentration  of natural  gas
                              usage under boilers and  begin  to  phase that out, you  get
                              into  a  problem, and we have  encountered this problem in
                              a statistical sense  over  the last  2  months  in  trying  to
                              arrive at the policy that I  have just touched  upon briefly.
                              You  arrive  at the problem not  of shortages of natural  gas
                              for process use but of surpluses.
                                                                                                                           13

-------
                                                         control  technology
                                                                          bridges  to  the  future
                                                                                                   Stephen J. Gage, Ph.D.
                                                                                            Acting Assistant Administrator
                                                                                                Research and Development
                                                                                       U.S. Environment Protection Agency
LEAPFROGGING  FROM
ONE ENERGY SOURCE TO
ANOTHER
CONTROL TECHNOLOGY
BRIDGE
OVERVIEW  part II

     I  would like  to  thank  John O'Leary for sharing with us today his  well-balanced
perspective.  If  there  is one thing  that  we  can conclude  from what he, Secretary
Schlesinger, and  President Carter  have been telling  us for the past  5 weeks, it  is that
we  live in a time  that is fraught with  risk, but also with challenge. Some among us are
the pioneers.  They  have been to the edge of  the chasm and  have come  back to  tell  us
how steep  the sides are and  how to  avoid falling down them and  drowning in  a  river
of foreign oil.

     Our challenge at this critical time is to  help to build the bridges  that will carry
us beyond  the energy shortages  which appear inevitable within the  next  two decades,
and  will  deliver our nation and  its  economy  safely  into a future age in which changes
in our economic structure, along with  as yet untapped forms of energy,  will sustain us.

     The reason  we need  these bridges  today  is quite  simple. It  is because the  past
history of  energy  use in this nation has  been characterized  by leapfrogging from one
major source of energy to  the  next.  In  the early  days of our nation, we depended
upon winds, falling water, animal power, and wood. Then  came the age of steam and
its  more  concentrated  energy  source, coal.   Two  generations later,  we  shifted our
economic base to  an  even more convenient form of energy, oil,  and shortly thereafter
began using enormous quantities of natural gas. Thus, for the  past  century  and  a  half,
every other generation has  brought with it  a  whole new, and far  cleaner, source  of
energy.  Yet,  as we jumped  from one energy source to the next,  we either failed  to
build usable bridges or else  burned  them  once we were safely across. Now  it  is  time
for  us to  leapfrog to other  sources of energy.  For  a long  time, we assumed that our
next landing point  would  be even  cleaner and  more convenient  than the last. Nuclear
power  was  to  be  our next great source of energy, and perhaps the last  we  would  ever
need. So, like a frog in a lily pond, we got ready  to  jump. But we  hesitated. The  next
lily pad suddenly  looked smaller and  much farther  away,  and our  own pad began  to
shrink. That is why we need bridges firmly anchored  on both  shores.

     As stated in  the National  Energy Plan, "The U.S. and the world are  at the early
stage  of  an energy transition. Previous energy transitions  in the U.S. were stimulated
by  new technologies,  such as the development of the railroad and the mass production
of  automobiles,  which  fostered  the   use  of coal   and  oil,  respectively.  The  latest
transition springs from the need to  adjust to scarcity  and  higher prices."

     The role  of  the  control  technology  we  will  discuss  here today  is  to give  us
breathing room  to  make the  transition to  other forms of energy without disrupting our
nation  and  our society.  Control technology forms  the bridge that will support us while
we  make the  necessary economic and technological shifts.

     Our view of  the nation's energy  problems has  certainly  matured over  the  past 4
years.  We  have  begun to realize that major economic and  technological  shifts  take
time, and that  the economy and  technology of  a  decade from now  will  look  very
much as it does  today.  Unfortunately,  our  energy  supplies will   not. We need the
control technology  bridge  to give us time to develop the  miracle technologies that we
continue  to read  about  almost  daily—technologies such as fluidized-bed combustion  in
the mid-term and  coal  gasification, oil shale, solar, and  nuclear fusion over a  longer
term. While these  technologies  are  all very  promising and worthy  of our  investment,
none  of  them, with  the  possible  exception  of  fluidized-bed  combustion, will  have
impact of any consequence before the mid to late 1980's. That is simply the nature  of
technology  and the  time  it takes  to  achieve  significant commercial application. Until
that time, we  will rapidly shift to  burning coal  in the familiar, conventional industrial
                                                                                                                      15

-------
A  "TECHNOLOGICAL FIX'
and  utility  boilers,  and  will  apply the  best  available  control  technologies to  avoid
serious environmental problems.

     A  power plant is  a  very  expensive  piece  of  capital  equipment. It is expected  to
last 30, 40, 50 years, or  more, and to  give reliable service for that period. Hence, even
if  a  totally new technology  were  developed  and available for  commercial  application
within a decade,  we  would continue well beyond the turn of the century to generate
most  of our  utility  and  industrial power through conventional  means. And, from  an
environmental perspective,  we  cannot last  that  long without the  kinds  of pollution
control  technologies that  we will discuss today. •

     The  role of  our  control  technologies  as a  bridge  to the  future of our  energy
supply  is  now  becoming clear. Environmental  control  technology-known  to science
policy buffs as  a "technological fix"-will,  combined with energy conservation,  assure
us safe  passage from  today  to  1985 and beyond.

     The  American  people are  gradually becoming  aware of the  scope  and  uses  of
environmental control  technology. To  most people  it means  a  piece of equipment  or
an installation added  to  a system to  decrease the  system's  pollution  emissions.  Most
motorists  are  aware that  new  cars  are equipped  with catalytic converters to cut down
automobile  exhausts  and  thus reduce urban smog. City  and  townspeople  are aware of
the problems  their communities are having  in  handling  sewage  and  refuse. They know
that  their communities are building or improving  sewage  treatment plants  or are  trying
to locate  new land  disposal sites for  solid wastes. Many people know  that  their local
utilities and industries  have had to put  cleanup  devices  on their stacks and discharge
pipes and  that the air  and water  in their area is  cleaner than it was a short time ago.
BEST AVAILABLE
TECHNOLOGY
     National  opinion  polls show a high degree of awareness and approval of measures
to protect public  health  and safety. These same polls also  indicate  a strong willingness
to accept personal sacrifices in order to continue these improvements.  Recent surveys
have even shown  an  increase in the level of  public support for these measures despite
nagging  energy  problems,  industrial siting  difficulties,  and  a general  concern  about
excessive government regulation.

     During the past decade, there has been a subtle but definite shift in  our approach
to environmental  protection. We  have  moved  steadily away from doing  barely enough
to protect public health and  safety  and toward doing  as  much as is practicable. In
other  words,  we are  beginning  to  use as  much  control  technology  as we  can
economically  tolerate  in  order to have  some margin of safety  and flexibility for the
future.  In 1970,  the  modified Clean  Air Act  established the  requirement  for New
Source   Performance  Standards,   necessitating  the   best  commercially   demonstrated
pollution  control  equipment for  certain air  pollutants  on  all  major  new  industrial
II

-------
OOOMSAYERS' PREDICTIONS
CONTRADICTED
OUR ONLY BRIDGE TO
AN UNCERTAIN FUTURE
facilities.  In  1972, Amendments to the Federal  Water Pollution Control Act  established
a  system  of  effluent  guidelines for  the  Best  Practical  Technology (BPT)  and  Best
Available  Technology  (BAT)  for  control  of the  most common  water pollutants  for
each  major  industrial  category. Last  year  the  Environmental  Protection  Agency was
ordered  by a  U.S.  district court to apply, on  an accelerated schedule, Best Available
Technology standards to the control  of 65 toxic materials in the wastewaters  from 21
priority industries. Finally, just over a week  ago the  House of Representatives voted to
require best available control  technology on all new utility  boilers  in order to minimize
the atmospheric  loading of sulfur  oxides and their by-products,  to  increase  the  use of
locally  available  coals,  and to  give some room  for industrial  growth in most  parts of
the country.

     In short,  we  are  beginning  to  control  air  and  water pollution wherever  and
whenever  it can  be controlled. And the scientific  information on  health and ecological
effects of such pollution has  consistently supported the  wisdom of this  trend.

     Where, then, will this  lead the economy? Contrary  to  the doomsayers' predictions,
we  will  be  in   pretty good  shape.   Not  even   the   BAT  provision  of  the  House
amendments  to  the Clean  Air Act  will represent  an  extreme  economic burden.  Under
the worst-case assumption  that each new coal-fired power  plant  will need to scrub all
of its  stack gases, the increased  cost to utilities  between now and  1985 is estimated to
be  $19.3  billion   more  than  the $155  billion  the  utilities   will   need  for  plant
construction  without pollution control  equipment.  Thus, air pollution controls will  cost
slightly more than  12  percent of  the capital  investment  that  the utilities will be
making in coal-fired boilers  over  that time period.  The direct  increase in an average
residential  electric  bill  as  a  result of  Federal  pollution  control  regulations will be
approximately $1.80 per month in 1980 and $2.80 per month in  1985. These impacts
represent  5.3  and 6.6 percent increases, respectively.

     Macro-economic projections indicate that in  1977  all of industry will  be investing
a  maximum  of  31/2 percent  of total  private  plant  and  equipment  expenditures in
pollution  control  equipment.  After  1977 the percentage of total  investment allocated
to pollution  control equipment is  projected  to decline. The gross  investment for all
industry for  stationary-source  air pollution control during the period of 1976  through
1983 will  be  approximately $21.6  billion;  for water pollution control it will be  $30.7
billion. Again,   a  significant,  but  not  overwhelming,  proportion  of  total  capital
investment.

     From the point of view  of our  national economy, the  GNP will be only 1/2 of 1
percent less in  1985 with  these pollution control  investments than it would  have been
without  them.  And think of  how much  the  quality  of  our lives, indeed our very
health,  would have  deteriorated  over  the coming  decade without  these  investments. It
is  a small price  to  pay.

     Although we  recognize  the  importance of the environmental protection afforded
by these  investments in control technology,  there  still  linger ambivalent feelings  about
environmental control technologies. Do we  really  need  them? Aren't there other ways
of achieving  the  same objectives?  Aren't there  breakthroughs waiting just around the
corner which  will  obviate  the need for our control technologies? Or,  if we shut our
eyes tight  and wish very hard, won't the problems go  away?  My answer is that control
technologies are our bridge, and our only bridge, into  an uncertain future.

     As the President's National Energy Plan  points out, the  main components of our
energy supply over  the  next  several decades are coal, light water  nuclear reactors, and
dwindling  supplies  of  oil   and   natural  gas.  These,  taken  with   strong  doses  of
conservation, may get us to  1985 or 1990  without our becoming  intolerably  dependent
on imported  oil.

     Those of you who  are familiar with nuclear power  reactors will  appreciate the use
of light-water reactors  as  an  example  of  exhaustive  control  technology  efforts. Well
before  safety-oriented  thinking  had   begun  to   infiltrate  into   regulation  of  other
industrial  activities,  the  old  Atomic Energy Commission required  radioactive emissions
from  operating   reactors to  be  kept  "as  low  as practicable."   This  translated  into
emissions   control   100  to   1,000  times  more  stringent  than   necessitated  by  the
then-applicable health standards. While  adequate  attention was  probably  not focused on
the entire fuel   reprocessing  and  waste disposal   portion   of  the nuclear fuel  cycle,
control requirements for power reactors set  some important, and largely unmatched,
precedents for regulation of  energy facilities. Without the  public confidence  that doing
the very  best inspires, the role of light-water reactors  in  carrying part of  the  energy
load  over  the  next decade  would be highly questionable.
                                                                                                                            17

-------
 COAL AS AN ENERGY SOURCE
 QUESTIONED
 NO COMPROMISE ON
 ENVIRONMENTAL GOALS
     But what of  coal and its role as the fuel  to take up  some of the slack between
 even a dampened demand  and  limited domestic supplies?  Doesn't the expansion of coal
 production and use from 0.7 billion tons in 1977  to  1.1  billion  tons in 1985-as called
 for  in the Energy Plan-mean  a significant  degradation  of our environment? Can we
 dramatically   expand   our   mining   of  coal   without   devastating  environmental
 repercussions? And, once mined, can  we  burn it at an acceptable environmental price)

     The answers to these key  questions  would be a resounding no if it were  not for
 the  control technologies  developed over  the  past decade  and,  in some cases, still being
 developed.  Without  proven  techniques  to control the air  pollutants  and  the  mining
 damages, we  would have used  up our options. The work  that  many of you have done,
 and continue to do, in these areas  has, in the nick of time,  provided this country with
 an escape route over some very dangerous,  oil-slicked  water.

     The key  technologies  that will allow  us  to expand  dramatically  our domestic use
 of coal  are  those  which  control  sulfur oxides,  nitrogen  oxides, fine particles, and
 mining-related pollution.   Those  problems  related  to  sulfur  pollution  control  and
 mining-related controls have been most rigorously addressed,  and  we are within sight of
 having solved  most of the major  aspects of both  these  problems.  This is  one  of the
 proudest achievements of the Interagency Program  to  date.

     The other two pollution types—nitrogen  oxides  and  fine  particles—are now being
 rigorously  investigated,  and   some   truly  promising  potential  solutions  are  being
 developed. The priority of  these efforts is clearly asserted  by the National Energy Plan,
 which states,  "Coal will  meet  the  greatest portion of  increased  U.S.  energy  needs. A
 comprehensive coal research  and development  program  is  high  priority. The program
 should  focus   on   meeting   environmental   requirements  more   effectively  and
 economically,  and  should  seek  to expand the substitution of coal for natural gas and
 petroleum products. In the short term,"  the  Plan  continues, "most coal will  continue
 to  be  burned directly.  Hence,  the highest immediate priority  (I repeat,  the highest
 immediate priority) is the  development of more  effective, economical methods to meet
 air pollution control standards."

     Hence, there is no longer  any question  whether, or  how  far, we  will  compromise
 our  environmental  goals  to achieve  expanded energy  resources.  There  will  be  no
 compromise. There will  be no  artificial dichotomy of energy needs versus environment.
 We will  have  the energy  we  need,  and it will not  be at  the cost of our property, our
 health, or our sense of aesthetics. This is  our  national energy plan.

     Since late  in  1974,  the Interagency Energy/Environment  R&D Program has been
 building the foundation  upon which  such a national  energy plan could be  built. Using
 the  leverage which  a  $100 million per  year  budget  gave  us, we began perfecting the
 control  technologies necessary  to  meet  our dual  goals of  increased coal  use and
 environmental  protection. Since the energy crisis  was  an  immediate one, our  focus in
 the control  technology portion  of the  program was on the near and mid-term.

     With  this near  and  mid-term  focus  in  mind,  we  went  about  identifying and
 developing controls for the four  major problem areas mentioned earlier-sulfur oxides,
 nitrogen oxides,  fine particles,  and mining  disruption. While our  technology bridge to
the future over each of  these  problems  is far  from  perfect, at  least  we can  now see
the other shore.
18

-------
POSSIBLE  LONG-TERM
TECHNOLOGIES
COAL  MINING PROBLEMS IN
THE EAST AND  THE WEST
     Before I  become too  involved in describing out  Interagency  Program as it relates
to today's energy-related  pollution controls,  I  would  like  to  make  note that  we are
also   looking  into  the future  to  assure  that  advanced technologies,  when  they  do
become commercially  applied, do  not pose their own  set of environmental hazards.  It
would be  a  distorted perspective  to limit  our attention  to solving  today's  problems
while allowing tomorrow's  to grow unchecked. For example, in parallel  with  efforts by
ERDA  to develop  coal-fired  fluidized-bed  combustors  for heat, steam, and  power
generation,  EPA  is   conducting   a  complete  environmental  characterization of  the
process. Our goal  is to  identify early, and  help to  avoid, any  potential environmental
problems  that  may be associated  with this very promising technology.  Later today  you
will  be  given  a description of the scope and  preliminary findings of this environmental
assessment.

     Other  possibly  longer-term  technologies offering  significant promise  are  those
known collectively  as  synthetic fuels. These  fuels, while offering solutions to  problems
associated  with  the  use   of  coal,  present  some   new,   and   potentially  serious,
environmental  problems. Working  with ERDA, we are  developing  a coordinated effort
to assure  the  exhaustive monitoring of this country's early synthetic fuels plants. These
plants are  scheduled  to  become  operational  within  the  next  few  years.  Such
multi-agency  data  acquisition and analysis coordination will help  assure that the best
controls  are  available  at the lowest  costs and with  the  greatest  speed  to  meet  our
Nation's  need  for  alternative  supplies of liquid  and  gaseous  fuels.  The details on these
efforts will be  presented at a later session today.

     Nor  does the Interagency Program ignore potential  new  sources  of energy.  We
have  played a  key role in sponsoring the development, to commercial scale, of systems
to extract  useful energy  from urban and  industrial wastes.  Co-firing of wastes with coal
has  been   supported  at  both Ames,  Iowa,  and  St.  Louis,  Missouri.  Sampling  of  the
pollutant   streams  from   these  demonstrations  indicates  that  particulate   emissions
increase while  SOx and  NOx emissions decrease. You  will  hear more on this during a
later  session. We are  now testing  a densified fuel produced from solid waste  in a small
coal-fired  stoker  boiler near  Hagerstown, Maryland. If successful,  this approach  could
extend to many more  American cities the applicability of co-firing  wastes.

     Finally,  we  are  also  conducting important activities in such  areas  as geothermal
power and oil-shale extraction and processing.  We have, for example, recently published
a  report   of   investigations  on  the  state  of  knowledge  with   regard  to  oil-shale
developments  and  their  associated environmental implications. We  will soon  publish  a
report providing guidance to the  emerging geothermal  industry  by specifiying design
targets for pollution control equipment.

     The  problems of coal mining, on  the  other  hand, have been with  us for  a  long
time  and  are  still here  today.  For purposes  of  simplicity,  these  problems can  be
summarized as falling  into  two  types. The first type, characterized  by too much water,
is  located  in the East. The second,  characterized  by too  little  water, is  located in  the
West.

     More  than 85  percent of the  Nation's  coal is mined  in the  eastern part  of  the
country,  and  more than  half of that comes from underground mines. The control  of
water pollution from  underground mines continues to be  one of our  most difficult
problems.  Although mine drainage  can  be  treated while  the mine  is  active,  treatment
becomes  uneconomical  upon shutdown. Emphasis here is  on  careful premining planning
and  postmining sealing.

     Great strides  have  been made in the past 10  years to reduce the  environmental
impacts of surface mining  in the  East. Several new mining  and  reclamation  methods,
with  picturesque names  such  as  head-of-hollow fill,  mountain-top removal,   and  haul
back, have been developed in  the past  few years. We  are examining the  environmental
advantages of  these  second-generation  techniques  which  we  feel will  minimize  the
environmental problems associated  with surface mining.

     Participating in the  Interagency Program's  mining  research  activities are  five other
agencies.  For  example, later in  today's  conference you  will  hear of the  efforts  we are
cosponsoring  with  the Department  of Agriculture's  Agricultural  Research Service  to
determine the  adaptability  of various plant  species to  different types of  mining spoils
and  climates.

     In  response  to accelerated coal  development, we have placed more emphasis  on
coal  mining pollution control, especially in  the West, where we have the farthest to go.
We have  both short- and  long-term projects, ranging  from assessing the probable  impact
                                                                                                                           19

-------

                                                                    -V--^»"
                                                                  ..--
                                                                                 *.*-'•»
                                                                                                 i'
                                                                                               «*
WESTERN COAL DEVELOPMENT
LACK  OF  WATER
REVEGETATION
of mining to determining the effectiveness of various reclamation  practices. Information
from  our control  technology program for mining in the East is  well  enough along to
be compiled into  a pollution planning mining manual  which will  be published within a
month.  This document stresses premining  planning so  that  controls  can be designed
into  the mining operation  from the outset.  Later today you will  also  be  hearing about
the U.S. Forest Service's efforts  to predict,  and  therefore help control, the impacts of
mine  support  facilities,  including  access  and  haul  roads.  In  some  instances, these
support roads can  have a more destructive and more lasting impact than  does the mine
itself.

     Coal  areas  of the arid and semiarid West pose a  different  set  of problems which
have not yet  been as  fully investigated  as  have  the  problems of  eastern  coal. Western
coal  fields  contain  more  than 60 percent  of the  strippable coal  reserves in  the U.S..
Much of  it is low-sulfur.  If we  are to  achieve  our goal of nearly doubling our coal
production  by 1985,  at least  350 million  of our projected  1.2 billion  tons  of coal
produced will  probably come from western  coal  fields.  Western production will increase
by a factor  of  four during  that period.

     Many   of   the difficulties  in  developing western  coal  reserves  are related to
water—its   absence    or    location.   For   example,   coal   seams   are   generally
aquifers—underground   storage and  transportation  zones  for  fresh water.  Mining may
change  the distribution  of ground water  and  disrupt  the  aquifer. In  an  area  as
dependent  on  a  reliable supply  of fresh water  as is  the West,  you  can imagine the
magnitude of this problem.

     An  associated  difficulty  in  reclaiming  strip-mined  western  lands is  revegetation.
Climatic  conditions are extreme.  About  75  percent of the  western coal   fields  receive
less than  20  inches  of precipitation annually. In  addition,  seasonal temperatures may
vary  from   50  degrees below  zero  to  120  degrees above  zero.  There are  only short
frost-free  periods,  and  topsoil  is inadequate. Western coal   lies beneath a  layer  of
geologically  young material which  is subject to  excessive  erosion.  Flash  flooding  and
wind  erosion  result not only  in  loss of valuable  soil but also  in  air pollution problems
for vast  areas.  Last  summer's  drought,  for  example,  resulted  in a dust cloud which
crossed  the  Nation  and  was  last  seen  out  over the Atlantic  Ocean on its  way to
Europe.
20

-------
TRIAD AIR POLLUTANTS-
SOX, NOX, PARTICULATES
FIRST SCRUBBERS
NOT PROMISING
TWO BASIC TYPES OF
SCRUBBERS
     Many   of  the  most  promising  solutions   to   our  coal-mining   environmental
constraints  are not technological, per se,  but are  rather  in the application  of  existing
technology  in a more careful  and sensitive manner. Only  by careful premining planning
is  it  possible  to  avoid  irreversible  mistakes.  Planning   investigations   include  range
inventories,   soil   surveys,   grazing   pattern   definition,  archeological   review,  and
groundwater  and overburden  analysis. Such studies serve  as a  basis for erosion control
and  rehabilitation  design  and  directly influence  the  choice  of mining techniques and
equipment.   Diligent  use  of  these  evolving  methods  will allow  the prediction and
control  of most extraction and  rehabilitation  problems.

     In  addition  to a judicious  approach  to mine planning, several  Interagency Program
projects  are  investigating  novel   and  promising methods  of rehabilitating mined  lands.
Perhaps  the   most  intriguing  of  these  methods  has  the potential  for solving two
problems  at  once—rehabilitating  mined  lands  and disposing  of urban  sewage sludge.
Such  projects  involve  close  cooperation  between  Federal,  State,  and   local  officials,
along with  support from USDA's  Soil Conservation  Service. Though  we make no claims
to having proved that all  of  our  mined  areas  can  be revived  while solving all of our
sludge  disposal problems,  it is clear that this  procedure can and does work for specific,
suitable applications.

     Now that we  have discussed  the bridges for those environmental problems caused
by coal mining,  let us look at  our three major remaining problem areas—the triad  of
air pollutants known as SOx, NOX,  and  particulates.  Coal combustion produces a very
large  portion  of these air pollutants. And all  of these pollutants  are, to a greater  or
lesser degree,  hazards  to both human health and agricultural crops. During fiscal  years
1975  and  1976,  the  Interagency Program  concentrated  much of  its  resources and
attention on developing control  technology  for one  of  these  pollutants, sulfur oxide.
Out  of  a program of  close cooperation  with  Tennessee  Valley Authority  and private
utilities  have come  many  important  developments  for  the  flue  gas  desulfurization
systems  or  "scrubbers" that are  commercially available today. I will  discuss this process
in a  minute,  but let me give you  first a few statistics  on  its growing acceptance.

     In  the  early  days of flue gas desulfurization technology,  EPA  and the utilities did
not always see eye-to-eye. But times  have changed dramatically. Our latest figures show
that  51  electric  power companies have  installed, are installing,  or are planning to  install
some  122 scrubber systems. When completed, these 122 scrubbers  will control the S02
emissions  from   a  power-generating  capacity  of  nearly  50,000  megawatts. Such   an
achievement  will  take us  more  than half-way  towards  meeting  the goal  of 90,000
megawatts  of scrubber-controlled  generation that EPA estimates will be needed to meet
S02  emission  standards  by  late  1980.   From Alabama   to  Arizona and  from New
England  to   Nevada the flue  gas  scrubber has come  of  age.  And  not a moment too
soon.

     There   are  now  more  than  a   dozen  reputable  firms  selling  various types  of
scrubbers, and most of these units can remove  80  percent or more  of the sulfur oxides
from  power plant emissions. But  it wasn't always that way. The history of the flue gas
desulfurization  scrubber is a long  and  colorful one. The  first scrubber was installed on
an electric  generating  plant in the mid-1930's  in  London. This Fullam unit used both
lime and limestone. It successfully met and solved many of the same problems that we
encountered  35  years later when  the effort  was interrupted by World War II.  It was
shut down  not because it didn't work or because it caused too  much  waste or used up
essential  war material.  It  was closed because the steam plume  from the scrubber  made
a perfect target  for the German  bombers.

     Our first experiences  in  this  country  were not as promising. The first two of our
units  were  the victims of  haste.  The pilot units  were not tested  long enough to solve
all  of  the   problems,  and  upon going  to  full   scale,  we encountered some  novel
problems. The most  picturesque of these was  during an  early  test  of a  unit  having  a
marble  bed.  When turned  on,  the  unit  proved  to  be  more effective at producing
concrete than at reducing  sulfur  oxides.  By  the  time the problem  was discovered, we
had  replaced the  marble bed  with a concrete  one, and  it took an army of picks and
hammers to  clean  out the  unit's  interior. But we persisted, driven by  the knowledge
that  sulfur  oxides  are among the most ubiquitous and  harmful air  pollutants in this
country, and that  they cause  untold  damage to  human health,  vegetation, buildings,
and materials.

     There  are  two  basic  types  of  scrubbers  available  today. The first produces  a
sludge which must be disposed  of;  the  second  produces a by-product  which can  be
sold.  Among the sludge-producing systems, the lime and  limestone  scrubbers are by far
                                                                                                                           21

-------
 SLUDGE-PRODUCING
 SCRUBBERS
 NONSLUDGE PRODUCING
 SYSTEM
 COAL CLEANING
the  most  common.  These  units   make  up  approximately  75  percent  of the 122
scrubbers  installed  or  scheduled  for  installation.  The  other  major  sludge-producing
system  is  the  dual  alkali  system. Just  one  month ago we  completed the first phase of
a  demonstration  of this  technology in Louisville, Kentucky. Based  upon  testing of,
prototype  unit installed  in  1975  at the  20-megawatt test  facility belonging to Gulf
Power  Company, the  Louisville  system  is  scheduled to start operation during  1973,
The system  is being installed on an existing  280-megawatt coal-fired power  plant. The
testing  of  the prototype was extremely successful,  showing sulfur  dioxide removal rates
as  high  as 99 percent. Perhaps  the greatest advantage of  this technology, however, is
its  low  power  needs.  The  dual  alkali   process  is  expected  to  consume less than 1.2
percent  of the  energy generated  by  the power  plant. This is  less than  half of the
energy  required by  other  flue gas desulfurization  processes  now being installed.

     In  addition  to   perfecting  existing  systems   and   investigating  new  ones, the
Interagency  Program is also  conducting extensive investigations  into  the most effective
means  of  disposing of the  wastes  from sludge-producing  scrubbers. Working, again, in
cooperation  with the Tennessee  Valley Authority, we have characterized and  quantified
many  aspects  of  scrubber  sludge. The sludge  itself, contrary  to  popular  belief, is
comparable  to  the other wastes from  the  ash-  and  particle-collection  units  which are
totally  independent of the scrubbers.

     However,  scrubber  sludge   does pose some  knotty  problems.  Disposal  costs can
reach 20 percent of the  cost of the operating  system itself. The  sludge is wet with a
consistency  half-way  between toothpaste  and blue cheese, and  its color is dirty  grey.
Prolonged  storage of sludge in  ponds  poses  potential water pollution hazards. These
hazards can  be reduced by various  stabilization processes  which reduce  the  permeability
and solubility  of  the sludge.   In  addition,  again  with  TVA's  involvement,  we are
investigating  more efficient and economical equipment for removing the water from the
sludge and for reducing the volume of  water by  oxidation  of wastes into gypsum.

     Another solution  to  the problem  of  disposing of sludge from scrubber  systems is
to  provide systems that produce a by-product which can  be sold instead  of dumped,
We are  presently  in the start-up  phase  of a demonstration of a sulfur-producing system.
Constructed  at  a 115-megawatt  facility owned by the Northern  Indiana Public Service
Company,  this system  will  produce sulfur acid or, given  the proper reactant,  elemental
sulfur.  At  the Indiana site  we are testing the process on coal since it has already  been
proven  on  a  commercial scale in  Japan  for use with oil-fired  boilers.

     A  little farther down the  road is  another nonsludge-producing system—the aqueous
carbonate  process.  This  process  has been  proven  in limited pilot scale testing and is
currently in  the  design phase for a demonstration to be  conducted  on  a 100-megawatt
facility  at a Niagara  Mohawk   Plant  in  New York. The process has  great potential
payout.  It  is an  inherently  simple   process  which produces  elemental  sulfur  as a
by-product at costs which may be  comparable to  limestone scrubbing.

     A  nontechnological  alternative  to scrubbers  for  controlling the  sulfur  emissions
from  coal-fired power plants is  to burn  low-sulfur  coal  in  the  first place.  Nearly 90
percent of the low-sulfur  coal reserves  are located in  the  western coal fields. These are,
unfortunately,  far removed from  where the coal is most needed; east of the Mississippi,
The energy  and  economic  costs of transporting the coal  from  the fields to  plants in
the East are comparable  to the  costs  of  using scrubbers  with local eastern high-sulfur
coals. Also,  any  tightening  of the  present  sulfur  regulations  would severely restrict the
number of different coals which  could  be directly  burned without controls. As if  these
were  not  significant  problems,  the   burning   of  low-sulfur  western  coals  creates
difficulties  in another area—that  of fly  ash and particulate control.

     If  we cannot  dig  up  enough  low-sulfur coal to meet  our  needs, why can't we
remove  the  sulfur from  higher-sulfur coal  before we burn it? The  answer is, we can,
within   certain  limits.  Coal  cleaning  is  a   rather  straightforward  process.  It involves
crushing  the  coal  and  using  the   differences  in  density  between  coal  and  its
contaminants to  separate  the two. The process  has been  in use  for  years  to supply
high-quality,  low-ash coal  to the metallurgical industry, but it has yet to be applied to
meeting coal pollution  standards.

     From    its   inauguration   in  late  1974,   the   Interagency   Program   has  been
instrumental  in  keeping the coal-cleaning  option  open.  Working  with  the Bureau of
Mines,  we  supported authoritative  studies which  have characterized the cleanability of
nearly   500  different  types of  domestically  mined  coal.  We  have  determined  that
physical  coal cleaning  is  limited in its applicability to certain  highly  cleanable coals,
However,  it  does have one  major  advantage—it  is  the  least expensive way  of removing
22

-------
POTENTIAL  BENEFIT  OF
COAL CLEANING
CHEMICAL  COAL CLEANING
PARTICULATE
CONTROL PROBLEMS
       energy
       environment II
a  given  portion of  sulfur  from  coal.  I  am  aware  of  no other  technology—neither
present-generation  such  as  flue  gas  desulfurization   nor  emerging-process  such  as
fluidized-bed  combustion-which  can   remove  a  significant   amount  of   sulfur  as
economically.

     We  are  currently involved in  a pioneering effort with the GPU/PENNELEC effort
in  Homer City, Pennsylvania, which  will  be  the first  full-scale  application  of  coal
cleaning  to  meet air  pollution  standards.  The EPA, along  with  the Bureau  of Mines,
will  be conducting  the environmental  monitoring and  assessment  of this $50 million
private installation.

     One  important potential  benefit of coal cleaning is to provide an  optional way  of
controlling sulfur oxide  emissions from  small boilers, in  the size range of 25 megawatts
or  less.  Presently such  boilers,  if  shifted  to  coal combustion, have very few options
with  regard  to  sulfur  emissions control.  Another scheme  for utilizing low-cost  coal
cleaning  would  be to  clean  the coal  as well  as  possible for the given coal  and  then
burn  the  coal  and  subject  only  a portion  of the  flue gas to scrubbing.  The portion  of
flue gas  not scrubbed  can  then   be  used  to reheat  the  cooled,  scrubbed  gases by
blending  the two gas streams together  downstream of the scrubber. This combination
of  technologies  can  lead  to  substantial cost  and  energy savings  in these  and other
applications.

     In  addition to physical coal cleaning, which removes  only  a limited portion of the
sulfur in  the coal,  we  are  also  investigating  alternative processes that promise advances
in either  efficiency or  economics.  Chemical coal cleaning  processes, for example, are  in
the development stages. We have investigated or are investigating various processes  such
as froth  flotation,  microwave  treatment, high-intensity magnetic separation, and various
leaching  processes.  Major projects are in progress to develop performance and cost  data
on  commercially available coal and  mineral-cleaning equipment which can be used for
desulfurization.  The  results  of  these   and  related  studies  will  prove  an   extremely
valuable  counterpoint to the  developing flue  gas  cleaning technologies. Both of these
are key supports to our bridge to a  cleaner, more energy-independent future.

     Turning  now  to  the  second  of  our  three   coal-related  air  pollution  problems,
particulate matter,  it is useful to  recall  that the  particulate  control  problem  has  been
solved several times  before.  In  controlling particles from power  plants burning most
Appalachian  or  Midwestern coals,  the  modern, high-efficiency electrostatic precipitators
(ESP's)  have  provided  a  fully  adequate solution for  several  decades.  However,  new
problems  have emerged, requiring new solutions.

     First,  the   increased  use  of   lower-cost, lower-sulfur  and  higher-ash-containing
Western  coals  has  revealed a  serious shortcoming  in electrostatic  precipitators  as  they
are now  designed.  Their effectiveness drops  if the ash  has  a high  resistivity,  which  is
typical of the  ash  from  most western coals.  Furthermore, with lower sulfur  content  in
these coals,  less sulfur trioxide  is  produced  in  the  boiler, also  leading to degraded
performance  by  the  precipitator. And  a few years down the  road  are  the  low-sulfur,
low-ash  coal-derived  fuels  which,  it appears,  may cause the  precipitators  to behave
similarly.

     Second, health-effects  research  has shown that the  fine particles  (smaller than  3
microns)  present a  more  serious  health  threat   because these  smaller particles  can
penetrate  deep  into  the lungs.  While  the role of  fine particles emitted from  power
plants in  atmospheric  pollution  chemistry  is not completely  understood,  there  is
increasing  concern  about the  hazards presented  by  directly emitted  fine  particles  as
well  as  those   in  the  atmosphere.  Since  most  of  the  heavier particles are  already
removed   by conventional electrostatic  percipitators, there is considerable  pressure  to
improve the  efficiency of cleanup devices to  capture more of the fine particles.

     Third,  the  President's Energy  Plan  places   strong  emphasis  on  increased  coal
combustion,  especially  in the  industrial  and utility sectors. Since most industrial boilers
are,  and  will continue  to be,  located in or near urban, industrialized areas, it is crucial
that particle control  in  these generally polluted  areas  be given  top priority. Without
stringent  control of these sources,  many Americans would be  exposed to higher levels
of atmospheric particulates.

     Fourth, and finally, the  contribution  of fine particulates  to the creation  of  hazy
conditions, especially in the West, is becoming more  recognized. To  protect visibility, a
number of Western  States  have  imposed or  are considering tougher particulate control
standards.  This  is an  important driving  force  for  improved control,  again for  Western
coals.
                                                                                                                             23

-------
NOX  POLLUTION
METHOD  FOR NOX CONTROL
JAPANESE DEVELOPMENTS
ADVANCED BURNER DESIGNS
     In  the following session,  you  will  hear about the efforts  to understand  more
completely and to  improve the performance of ESP's, wet scrubbers, and fabric filters
(baghouses)  in capturing  fine  particles.  Our efforts to  restore  the  high-efficiency
performance of electrostatic  precipitators  when used to capture high-resistivity fly ash
through various conditioning techniques  will  be  described.  These  techniques include
ionization   of  the   flue gases before  they go  into  the ESP  and injection  of various
chemical conditioning agents  into the gases.

     Baghouses and wet  scrubbers  appear  to  be attractive alternatives to ESP's in some
applications. Because  of  their uniformly high efficiency in  removing fine  particles and
their insensitivity  to  ash  resistivity,  baghouses appear to have potentially  widespread
application  in  the West.  It  also  appears that some of the sulfur dioxide  can be
captured  by injecting  powered absorbent  into the baghouse  along  with the stack gases.
We  hope this  approach can be tested  on a full-scale utility  boiler  in the West.

     You  will  also  hear about our work on  improving the capability of wet scrubbers
to  capture fine particles. The use of condensing  water vapor  within  the  scrubbers to
help  to  capture   the  fine  ash  particles  will  be  discussed.   These  improved  particle
cleanup systems  will  receive  an  important boost  in  the  next fiscal  year through
increased  R&D funding.  They represent another important  section of the technological
bridge to allow the burning of more coal while minimizing air pollution.

     The third  of  our troublesome trio of pollutants-nitrogen  oxides-may present the
most  serious   air   pollution  control  challenge   during  the  next  several  decades.
Approximately  half of the NOX  emissions in the  United States comes from stationary
combustion  sources,  and  most of the rest comes  from automobiles.  Increased  coal
combustion  will significantly increase  NOX  emissions  at the  same  time  that  we  are
encountering  difficulty  in  controlling  these  emissions from  cars.  This  is a  frightening
development.  Health-effects  research  is  now showing a more  pronounced  effect  than
was expected  in humans  exposed even for short  periods to  high  NOX  concentrations.
This  so-called   dose-rate  effect  was not  previously  appreciated.  The  role  of  NOX in
photochemical   smog has  been known for years.  Hence, the  prospect of significant to
massive increases in NOX emissions is extremely disturbing.

     With  the  delay in implementing NOX  controls for automobiles recently voted in the
House of Representatives, there is increased pressure for NOX control in power plants and
industrial  boilers.  But  it won't be  easy. (With  the best available  control  practices,
coal-fired  boilers emit  three  to  four times as much  NOX as  does a comparable gas or
oil-fired boiler, and NOX  control  in coal-fired  boilers lags considerably  behind that for
boilers  burning other fossil fuels.)

     But the  horizon  is not  totally bleak.  The only  method  we can now count on for
NOX control  is  combustion modification,  which  uses changes in  the  combustion
conditions  within   the  boiler to   minimize  high-temperature  fixation  of  atmospheric
nitrogen with  oxygen.  In  current  coal-fired  power plants, combustion  modification  can
reduce  the NOX emissions  by only  40 to  50 percent.  In  addition, there are serious
questions  about the effect  of these  modifications  on the long-term operation of  the
boiler.  You will  hear  about our  efforts  to  see  if  the combustion  changes lead to
corrosion effects within the  boiler.  If operational  methods are  successful in minimizing
the  corrosion  in the boiler, then  at least  we can  count  on  restricting  the  increases in
NOX emissions as  we convert much of our industrial  heat capacity to coal.

     Much   more   promising,   though,   is  the   possibility   that   really   significant
breakthroughs  in  NOX control  may  be possible.  In Japan,  for example, success  with
NOX scrubbers  on  oil-fired boilers  has suggested that  such devices could be adapted to
coal-fired  boilers.  Though we  are  closely  examining the  Japanese developments, it
appears  to be  both  expensive  and technologically  difficult  to use  such  a scrubbing
system  on coal  plants  in   the  United  States. Technology  and  cost  aside,  there is
something  quite unaesthetic  about  having a  NOX scrubber stuck onto the  end  of  a
SOX scrubber,  which  is  in  turn  attached   to an  electrostatic precipitator, which is
connected  to the  boiler. So  we are continuing to concentrate  on modifications to the
combustion process.

     You  will  also  hear  about  our efforts  to develop advanced  burner designs which
may reduce  NOX  emissions  by another  two-thirds, yielding a  total NOX control of 80
to  90   percent. Advanced burners, along  with the staged  combustion  approach  now
being  investigated   by  the  Electric  Power  Research  Institute,  may  represent  the
breakthroughs  required to check  the otherwise burgeoning NOX emissions. We are also
requesting  additional R&D resources in order to  accelerate  and expand  this important
24

-------
PROSPECTS  FOR
CONTROLLING NOX
 work  during  the  next fiscal  year. This work is the most exciting  I have seen in my  4
 years  of  close association with the air pollution control programs — posing the grestest
 challenges and promising the greatest payoff.

     To  put  this  potential  in  perspective,  such  control  levels  would  reduce  NOx
emissions  from  pulverized  coal  burners  to levels  at  or  below  those  expected  from
fluidized-bed combustors. These  combustors have  long  been held  out as the only  hope
for reducing  NOX  emissions. Since  many of the industry experts  with whom I  have
talked  feel that pulverized  coal  boilers will be around  through  the  end  of  this century
and well  into the next, I  am exceedingly pleased that there are at least prospects for
controlling the nitrogen oxides  from these boilers. Through  R&D efforts such as these,
we are building new bridges  to the future, not just shoring up old spans.
                                                                 STEPHEN  J. GAGE
                                             B.S.,  Mechanical  Engineering,  University  of  Nebraska;  M.S.  and  Ph.D.,  Purdue
                                        University, specializing  in  nuclear engineering,  energy  conservation, and nuclear reactor
                                        dynamics.  Was  Associate  Professor, Mechanical  and Nuclear Engineering,  University of
                                        Texas. Served  as  White  House  fellow with  Office of  Science and Technology. Senior
                                        staff  member for  Energy  Programs  with Council on  Environmental Quality. Previously,
                                        Deputy  Assistant  Administrator, Office of  Energy,  Minerals  and  Industry, Office of
                                        Research  and  Development,  EPA; responsible  for  $110 million  per year for  research
                                        and  development  program, identifying pollutants from industrial and energy sources to
                                        develop  suitable  controls.  Also,  coordinated   federal  interagency  R&D  program  on
                                        health and environmental  effects of  energy production and use and  control technology
                                        for energy systems.  Currently,  Acting Assistant Administrator, Office  of  Research and
                                        Development, EPA, Washington, DC.
                                                                                                                          25

-------
                                                                  achieving  compatibility
                           between  energy  and environmental  goals:
                                                                    program  perspectives
                                                                                             Delbert S.  Barth,  Ph.D.
                                                                                      Deputy Assistant Administrator
                                                                               Office of Health and Ecological Effects
                                                                                U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency
NATIONAL ENERGY POLICY
COAL-ORIENTED ENERGY
POLICY
          energy
          environment II
OVERVIEW  part III

     It is becoming increasingly evident that this is  the year the  Federal  Government
must  pull  together a  coherent  national policy  on  energy, the environment, and the
relationship between the two. The fact that the Interagency Energy/Environment R&D
Program has been in  existence  since  1975  has  not  meant, despite a  lot of successful
projects, that we as  a nation  have  had  a clear,  comprehensive energy/environment
policy.

     Somehow  our nation  has  managed  to limp  along for years  as the only major
industrialized country  in the world without such a national policy on  energy, let alone
one which spells  out  the proper relationship between energy and environmental needs.
One  predictable  result of  this failing came this past winter when the  country found
itself  running short of fuel  and forced to  close schools  and factories and  to lower
thermostats to 65° F.  That  experience seemed to provide the incentive needed to wake
us up so we could finally start working toward  a consensus for national  action.

     That  consensus for action  is now taking  shape as  the  complete,  comprehensive
national energy policy that  President Carter outlined  before a joint session  of  Congress.
While the  working details remain to  be established and refined by Congress and the
Administration, the main thrust is clear:  To reduce our dependence on  foreign oil and
diminishing gas supplies,  accelerated production of  domestic energy resources will be
strongly  encouraged.   While  the President  also  stressed  conservation  and  future
application  and expansion of  solar and geothermal technology, increased production of
fossil  fuels will clearly be the  core of  our energy policy in the  near term.

     What  increased production of fossil fuels really means, to a large extent,  is  mining
and using more of our abundant coal  supplies. The coal will be burned in  many utility
and  industrial boilers  which now burn oil and gas, and it will also be  processed  into
clean-burning synthetic liquids and gases.  Since coal accounts for something like 90
percent  of  our   fossil  fuel  reserves but at present  provides only  18 percent of our
energy, a coal-oriented energy  policy makes  good sense.

     The good  news is, we  are  getting a national energy  policy.  But  there could  also
be some  bad news. Since the energy policy means expanded coal use,  some severe
health  and  environmental impacts could  result  from that expanded use. Because  coal
contains impurities, it  emits pollutants to the  air, water,  and  land when  it is  mined,
when it is stored, when it is  cleaned, when it is processed  for  conversion to liquids or
gas, and when  it  is burned  directly to produce energy. The potential pollutants from
coal   processes include  virtually  every  one  for  which   we  have  set  health  and
environmental standards,  and  probably  hundreds  for  which we will  need  to  set
standards.

     President Carter and his energy advisers are aware of  the tremendous potential for
environmental damage  inherent  in a large scale coal development program.  They also
know what has been  achieved  and needs to be achieved  on the side of environmental
protection.  And  they  know that a clear  majority of the American people approve of
measures taken to protect their environment and to keep their air and  water safe and
clean.

    Yesterday, in the first half of this 2-day  conference, you heard and discussed a
number of  presentations  on the control  technologies being developed  for all  energy
processes  and uses. The main emphasis,  not surprisingly,  was  on  controls that would
allow  increased   use  of  coal   in  ways which  will  meet established  or  anticipated
environmental standards. The  control  technologies ranged  from improved mining and
                                                                                                               27

-------
  HEALTH AND ENVIRONMENTAL
  EFFECTS R&D
 A PRECONDITION FOR
 ENERGY DEVELOPMENT
 reclamation,  through   coal   cleaning   and  waste   disposal,   advanced   systems (Or
 combustion  modification  and  conversion, pollution-free synthetic  fuels, and finally (0
 the  latest  schemes for cleaning stack  gases when  coal  is  burned directly as boiler fuel,
 This control  technology  R&D  part  of  the  Interagency  Energy/Environment Program is
 substantial.  Besides  taking up half of  this  conference,  it  involves  more  than half
 (actually about 57 percent) of  the Program's annual  R&D funding.

     This  naturally  gives  rise  to the question,  what  is the other  half  of  the Program
 concerned  with? My  job this morning  is to  answer this  question.

     We know  what the  energy  problems are,  and we  have a  good indication,  in the
 national energy policy,  of how we  are going to solve those  problems.  We  need to and
 will  produce  and  use more domestic resources, mainly  coal. We also know, at  least in
 broad  terms, what  our environmental  problems are  and how  to  solve them.  Energy
 production and use,  especially  wilh  coal, causes environmental  disruption and pollutant
 emissions,  and technologies will have to be found  to control them.

     So where does the other  half  of the R&D budget go? The answer,  of  course, is
 R&D into  the health and  environmental effects  of  energy  development. This health and
 environmental  effects  research   is,  as  it  should be,  an equal  partner  to  the control
 technology program  in  making  sure that we  can have our energy  and an acceptable
 environment too.  We have to  measure  pollutants and  understand  something of  their
 transport  before we  can  design  control  systems  to eliminate  their  threat. And  even
 before that,  it is  essential  to know  whether, how, and  to what degree  a substance is a
 threat   to   health  or  ecological  systems.  Finally, all  of  the  potential  health  and
 environmental  effects need  to  be understood  in  an integrated  perspective. As  Russell
 Peterson, Chairman of the Council on Environmental  Quality, pointed out at last year's
 conference, ecosystems are not affected  by one disruption or  one pollutant at a  time
 or in a vacuum. Effects have  to be understood in terms of cumulative impact on all
 areas of the  environment.

     Before going  any  further  with  what constitutes  health and environmental  effects
 research, and what the  role  of that  research  is  in  relation  to  energy  and control
 technology  development,  I  want  to make very  clear  that  health  and environmental
 effects  research is not.  First  of  all,  environmental  researchers are  protagonists for
environmental protection,  but that must  not mean that we are antagonistic to energy
development,  in some sort of  battle in which  either energy or the environment has to
 lose.  The   title Environmental  Protection  Agency  suggests that environmental  concerns
are  more   important  than  energy  concerns in  our outlook, but  this  does not  mean
environmental concern to  the exclusion of energy  development, any  more than ERDA
28

-------
ENVIRONMENTALLY SAFE
ENERGY
NATIONAL CONSCIOUSNESS
FOR ENVIRONMENTAL
PROTECTION
stands  for  the  full  speed ahead  development  of  energy,  and the  environment  be
damned.  Energy needs  and environmental  needs don't have to  be incompatible. Our
new   Administrator  at  EPA,  Douglas  Costle,  stated  the  position  clearly   in  his
confirmation hearings before the  Senate when he said:  "For too  long, environmental
concern has been portrayed as  an  obstacle to energy  development. This Administration,
in  contrast,  believes  that  environmental  protection  is not  an  obstacle but merely  a
necessary pre-condition for energy  development."*

     A quote from  him after he became Administrator puts it even  more plainly: "The
truth is,  we  can have both (energy  development and  environmental protection). People
want to make sure  that when you go to coal you protect the public health."t

     To be  fair  about the whole  thing,  we  probably should  hear something from  the
other side.  We  at  EPA  have  not  always agreed with  the  American Electric Power
Association,   but  we  cannot quarrel with  this  statement from  one  of their recent
full-page  newspaper ads:  "If we  are to  live in  a better America,  we must recognize
that  the  carefully  planned  construction  of  environmentally  sound  power  units which
will  insure  an adequate supply of energy  in the years ahead is crucial to the  solution
of our energy peril."§

     Our emphasis  in the  health  and environmental  effects  half  of the  program is  on
making sure that  energy  development  proceeds  in  environmentally  safe  and sound
ways, but at the same time we do concur  in the critical need for increasing domestic
energy development.  That is how  I  see the evolving  consensus of the  American people,
the  Congress, the  Administration,  and  the courts.  Health  and  environmental effects
R&D has to proceed with each phase of energy  development so that  need for  controls
can  be identified and included as the energy development proceeds. This wary kind of
partnership  is the  way  to ensure  that energy  resources can be developed as rapidly as
possible,  unhindered  by   lawsuits and  costly  delays,  and  that  human  health   and
environmental values will  be protected.

     Having  stated  what the role  of health and  environmental effects  research  is not,  I
will  now tell  you  briefly what it is. I  touched  on some  of the things we do  to allow
energy development  to  proceed  as  rapidly  as  possible.  We   identify  and  monitor
pollutants that are  a  threat to health and the  environment, determine  the physical  and
chemical  changes that occur as pollutants are  transported throughout the environment,
and  document,  with  scientifically defensible data, the real threat to  human health or
to ecological systems.

     This  research  leads to establishment of environmental standards wherever  they are
needed, and it  also  points out the need  for  application  or  development of the most
effective  control  technology to take care of any  problem.  Environmental  research, of
course,  does  not  end with  the  promulgation  of  a standard  and  installation of  a
pollution  control device.  It must be  continuous  because there is  a  lot we don't  yet
know  about  the  threats  to human   health  and  the environment from  energy
development processes.  We  are not  talking about snapdragons and snail darters: we are
talking about contamination of aquifers  in states where water is  dearer than oil, and in
the  longer  term we are talking about carcinogens  that, if we don't detect and  control
them now,  will  be  crippling and  killing human  beings in 10 to  20 years.  Human  life,
as well as billions of  dollars in control technology, is  in the  balance. With those stakes,
we in  health and environmental effects research  have to do the best we can to provide
the  best  obtainable information  on the  threats  that exist and  how they  can  best  be
minimized or eradicated.

     President Carter  has  gone to  great  lengths,  both in  the campaign  and in  his first
100-plus  days  on  the job,  to  stress  the  importance  of  openness   and  honesty  in
government  actions.  In all openness and  honesty, environmental actions  in  the  past
have not always been based on hard scientific evidence.  Some actions  have  been taken
because the need to  act,  both because of the potential  threat  and because of  Federal
law,  has  been imperative.  Research on health  and environmental effects  has often
lagged  behind  a perceived awareness of  the imminent  threat  from  pollution and  a
collective determination to  do  something about  it.  If we haven't quite arrived yet, we
                                         * Statement to the Senate Environment and  Public Works Committee, March 2,  1977.
                                         t Interview published  in the Washington Post, April  12, 1977.
                                         §American Electric Power advertisement  appearing  in the Washington Post, April  12
                                         1977.
                                                                                                                          29

-------
  HUMAN HEALTH EFFECTS
 TRANSPORT AND  FATE
 are at least  well on our way to developing a national consciousness of what we need
 in  the  way  of environmental  protection, and  how it has to be  balanced  against the
 need  for energy. That consciousness makes the job a little  easier.

     If  public  awareness  of environmental  threats makes  environmental protection a
 little  easier,  it also  places on us a heavy burden of responsibility. We have to be sure
 we are  doing the best job we can  to find out,  as precisely as we can: what substances
 are hazardous;  how we  can detect and measure  them;   at what  levels they are a
 biological threat; how they  act  in  the environment; and in what manner they can best
 be  controlled  or eliminated. We  do  these  things  well, not just  for the unassailable
 purpose  of  saving lives  and  the environment, but also  for  good  economic and practical
 reasons.  Domestic  energy  development  can  proceed  only  as  fast  as  we  can either
 certify  that  it's safe,  or provide  the knowledge  for development  of  environmental
 safeguards.  That  is  the  role  of  health  and  environmental  effects  research  in the
 Interagency Energy/Environment R&D  Program.

     At last  year's  conference, we told  you what was planned or what was just getting
 started  in the Interagency Program. Today we are able  to tell you the results of health
 and  environmental  effects research projects.  I  want to give you  a  few headlines on
 what  we have been doing  and what you will hear about in more  detail later.

    The most critical concern  in  the  energy/environment  area is human health effects
 caused by  pollution.  Scientists from the National  Institute  for Occupational Safety and
 Health,  ERDA,  EPA, and the National  Institute of Environmental  Health Sciences will
 be presenting  papers for discussion in these areas:

    • Development and use  of biological  screening systems

    • New methods for evaluating  hazards to population groups

    • What  we  have learned about the  interactions of energy-related pollutants with
       the mechanisms of  biological systems.

    We will  have a discussion of  transport and  fate:  what happens  to the  pollutants
after  they  are emitted,  how they  react  and interact  in  the environment, and where
they  end  up.  Speakers from TVA,  ERDA,  the  National  Oceanic  and  Atmospheric
Administration,  EPA, and the Electric Power  Research Institute will talk on:

    • The Midwest Interstate Sulfur Transformation  and Transport Study

    • Emission transport from TVA power plants

    • The Multi-State Atmospheric Power Plant Study

    • Transport from Western Power Plants and Effects on Cloud Precipitation

    • The Sulfur Regional Experiment.
30

-------
MONITORING AND CONTROL
ECOLOGICAL EFFECTS
    We  will   discuss   the   latest   developments  in   monitoring   and  measuring
environmental  pollutants.  The experts here include the National  Bureau  of Standards,
the Coast Guard,  NOAA, NASA, EPA, and  ERDA. The topics include:

    • New methods for measuring new  pollutants from energy technology

    • Latest remote monitoring instrument developments

    • Special   instrumental  methods  for  measuring  energy  pollutants  in  western
       environments.

    Finally we  will  focus  on the  ecological  effects of  energy development.  The
speakers are from the  National Institute of  Environmental Health Sciences, the  Fish
and Wildlife Service, NOAA,  EPA, TV A, and  ERDA. The subjects will cover virtually
all areas of ecological  impact, including:

    • Effects on marine life  of offshore oil and gas development

    • Coastal, estuarine,  and  riverine  ecosystem impact  from coal, oil,  and oil  shale
       development, and effects from cooling  systems

    • Terrestrial  ecosystem impacts  of  energy  development and  use,  especially in the
       West.

    By the end  of this conference several  things  about the  health and environmental
effects research program should be clear. First, we are  serious about doing the best we
can to provide accurate information  on  threats posed by  energy development. Second,
and most  important,  is that we  are  not  simply doing research  by ourselves. We are
vitally involved with  seeing that  our energy and  environmental  goals are compatible
and  that  domestic energy  resources are  developed as  rapidly  as possible and are
consistent with the protection of human health and the  environment.
          energy
          environment II
                                                                DELBERT S. BARTH
                                             B.S.,   Military   Engineering,   M.S.,  Solid  State   Physics,   Stevens  Institute  of
                                         Technology; M.S., Nuclear  Physics,  Ph.D., Biophysics, Ohio State University. Served  14
                                         years as officer in U.S. Army Chemical  Corps.  Held several positions in environmental
                                         health  and  pollution  control  field,  including  EPA's  Director  of   Environmental
                                         Monitoring and  Support  Laboratory.  While there,  was  responsible for development
                                         methods for  monitoring  conditions of environment and  effects  of  pollutants. Present
                                         responsibilities are integrated  assessment of  pollutant effects on man  and other life
                                         forms,  and  characterization  of  pollutant  transport  and transformation as  Deputy
                                         Assistant Administrator, Health and  Ecological Effects,  EPA, Washington, DC.
                                                                                                                        31

-------
                                                                                   risk  assessment
                          methodology and epidemiological  evidence
                                                                                               Lars Friberg, M.D. Ph.D.
                                                                               Director, Environmental Health Department
                                                                                                    Karolinski Institute
                                                                                                    Stockholm,  Sweden
RISK ASSESSMENT
METHODOLOGY
DOSE  RESPONSE  RELATION
OVERVIEW part  IV

     A Swedish Parliamentary Committee on  Energy  and  Environment will report late
this  summer  on a  comprehensive, comparative  evaluation  of effects on  health and
environment from  different  energy  sources,  including nuclear and  fossil  fuel power
plants. The  National Swedish Institute  for  Radiation Protection  will give  background
data on effects of ionizing radiation, and the National Swedish  Environment Protection
Board  has  reviewed effects from  combustion  products of fossil  fuels, particularly oil
and coke.

     During  the  review,  several  key  questions did  arise which  were felt to be of
importance not only for  Sweden  but also  more generally. The Committee on Energy
and  Environment  therefore asked  the Karolinski Institute to organize an international
scientific symposium which was held  in Stockholm March 8 through 11, 1977. About 30
experts  from different  countries,  several from the United States, participated in the
meeting.  The  World  Health Organization,  including  the  International   Agency for
Research on Cancer, was  represented.  The  objective  of the meeting was  to consider
current  scientific  knowledge about  carcinogenic  substances  in  air  in   relation  to
epidemiological  data on  lung cancer and  available methods  for  assessing  cancer risks
from  experimental  data.  The specific questions  addressed to the participants of the
symposium were the following.

     • Can part  of  the  increased  incidence of lung  cancer  in urban communities be
       related  to  exposure to  air pollutants?  If so, is it  possible  to quantify dose
       response relationships after  concern for smoking habits, occupational  habits, and
       other habitual or socioeconomic factors?

     • Can the approach used for  radiation  protection standards—that is, to  extrapolate
       dose  response relationships  to low doses for which no epidemiological evidence
       exists—be applied  to combustion pollutants?  If so,  for which pollutants and
       effects will such an approach appear justified?

     • Do  urban  air pollutants  contain  substances that  have  proven carcinogenic or
       mutagenic in animal models, and can  such  data be used for risk evaluations in
       man?

     The participants prepared working papers in advance of  the meeting which formed
the basis  for  the  discussion. A  report, Air  Pollution and  Cancer:  Risk  Assessment
Methodology and  Epidemiological  Evidence,  was  prepared. This has been  unanimously
approved by the participants and  will be published,  together with the working papers,
in  the January  1978 issue of Environmental Health  Perspectives.

     If we first  look  at   the risk assessment methodology, it can  be said  that for
purposes  of radiological  protection,  the   International  Commission  on   Radiological
Protection  (ICRP)  considers that  all doses are  additive, no  matter when or at what rate
they are  received. It was realized  by them that this assumption  was valid only  if an
arithmetic  plot of response  against  dose  yielded  a  straight  line  passing through the
origin.

    This dose  response relation  was evident for the  production of mutations and was
adopted for late effects of radiation. The  reasons  for its adoption by ICRP were its
practicality  in  managing  radiological protection measures and  the  realization  that in
most  cases  this was conservative;  that is,  it was likely to overestimate the effects of
low doses, possibly by a factor of  two to four in the case of tumor induction.
                                                                                                                   33

-------
CARCINOGENIC CHEMICALS
     As  for  chemical  carcinogenesis,  there  has been  a  relatively  small  number  of
experimental  studies  of  chemicals  over  a  wide  range  of  exposure  doses.  It  is
noteworthy,  however,  that  for  certain  polycyclic  organic  compounds  the  relation
between  doses  and  responses resembles that for radiation. Such  evidence  supports  the
idea that  for  carcinogenic  chemicals  there  is,  for  small  doses  from  zero, a  linear
relation  between  dose  and  response. Also,  certain  epidemiological  data  for  human
exposures  support  such   a  hypothesis.  This  would  also  be  in  agreement  with  the
mutation  hypothesis  for chemically  induced cancer. A number of factors can influence
the  likelihood  of a  carcinogenic response  to  given  chemical exposures. They include
factors which control transport  and metabolic activation or  inactivation of carcinogens
in the organism, effects of noncarcinogenic  agents such as coal  carcinogens, promoting
agents, and inhibitors.

     For penetrating  ionizing radiation it is  relatively easy to protect the target dose,
meaning  the concentration of ultimate carcinogens at the  site of action in  the  tissues
or  sets.  Due to  the factors  just  mentioned,  the estimation  of  the  target dose  of
chemical carcinogens for  a given tissue in relation to exposure becomes  more complex.
The situation was, however, considered comparable with that for ionizing  radiation  in
the  case of  carcinogens  which  act  on  directly  exposed  tissues, for  example,  skin  or
bronchial  epithelium.
CONCLUSION REACHED
ABOUT DOSE RESPONSE
 LINEAR  ASSOCIATION OF
 AIR POLLUTANTS &
 LUNG CANCER
     Taking all  available  data into consideration,  including interaction  of carcinogens
and  modifying factors and  individual  variability, the symposium  reached  the conclusion
that  in  considering  protection  of  human  population  and  in  the absence  of  firm
evidence to the contrary, it  is not justified to assume  that there is a dose  below which
no  response  is obtained. Furthermore,  it  was  said  in  the absence of  relevant  dose
response data,  the  most appropriate way to  estimate  the  risk  of  lung  cancer  is  to
assume  that it  will  be directly proportional  to the increase in  dose.  For small added
doses,  a  simple  linear   dose response  curve  as  used  in  radiation carcinogenesis  is
appropriate.

     If  it is assumed that there  is  a  linear association between increase  in exposure  to
air  pollutants  and increase  in risk  for lung cancer, this  is in  principle equal with the
assumptions   used   in  connection  with  radiation  protection.   For  carcinogenic  air
pollutants  which are not degraded  in the  ambient air and are  transported over  long
distances,  it  will  then  also  be  meaningful  to  use   the  term  collective  exposure  to
evaluate quantitatively the risk for an increased  incidence of,  for example, lung cancer
in  a  large  population.  The  total  number  of cancers  per  year  caused  by a  defined
substance would then  be the same if one thousand  persons  are exposed to a certain
concentration  as if  one  million persons  are  exposed  to  a  concentration 1,000  times
lower.

     In  connection with  risk assessment  methodology, the symposium  also discussed  in
detail possibilities of extrapolation from experimental  systems  to  man.  I will  not go
into any details here, but just mention  conclusions reached.  It  was thus stated that if
a substance has been shown  to  be carcinogenic  in an adequate animal  test system,  it
should  normally be   dealt with  as  if  it  had  been shown  to be carcinogenic  in man,
unless adequate epidemiological evidence  existed to the contrary.

     Knowledge of the  existence of possible interactions of different components of air
pollution  which  may result  in  marked  synergistic effects  implies  that  great  caution
should  be  exerted in interpreting observations  based  on the effects of single factors  of
partial mixtures such as condensates.  Positive results with a  substance in a combination
of  appropriate  short  term   bioassays   should   be taken  as suggestive  of  possible
carcinogenicity.
LUNG CANCER & AIR
POLLUTION  EPIDEMIOLOGICAL
EVIDENCE
     I  will now turn  to  the discussions and  conclusions on  epidemiological evidence for
a causal  association  between  lung  cancer  and air  pollution. The  starting point for the
discussion was  that chemical  agents  derived  from  the use of fossil  fuels and  known to
be carcinogenic or co-carcinogenic  are  present  at  higher levels in  urban than in  rural
atmospheres. Furthermore, it  was  obvious  that  lung cancer is in  general more common
in  urban  than  in  rural  areas.  The  single observation  that the disease tends to be more
common  in  urban  areas is   not  by  itself  sufficient   evidence  that  the   disease  is
attributable  to  atmospheric pollution. It might be  due to other features  associated  with
urban  living, such as smoking,  drinking,  and  eating habits, the higher risk of infection
or  specific industrial hazards associated with  employment.
34

-------
CIGARETTE SMOKING
     The  importance  of  such  factors  which  may  confound  the possible  effects of
ambient air pollution was discussed  in  detail.  It was concluded  that cigarette smoking
is  the  predominant  cause of lung cancer and  an  important component of urban-rural
differences.  Specific  occupation  and other aspects of urban life  such  as  nutrition and
alcohol  consumption were not,  in general, considered to be important as causes of the
urban-rural differences in terms  of  absolute numbers,  except  perhaps  in  some special
locations.
UPPER LIMIT
OF  ATMOSPHERIC
POLLUTION
     Because of air pollution, the incidence  of  lung cancer in  different urban areas,  in
different states of the United States, and  in different parts of several other countries
varied  with  the degree of  urbanization  and also in  relation  to  recorded  measurements
of the concentration  of  benzo-A-pyrene in the ambient air. This led some investigators
to conclude that the lung  cancer  death  rate  in  man  increases  by  approximately  5
percent for  each  increment of pollution as indicated by 1  nanogram of benzo-A-pyrene
per cubic meter. The  symposium  reached  the conclusion that  this estimate should be
regarded as  an upper limit of the possible  effects of atmospheric pollution. There were
several  reasons,  however, for  questioning  the quantitative  value of such an estimate.
Nevertheless, the  data  for  men working in industries where they  were exposed to the
combustion  products  of  coal  confirm  that these products could cause cancer of the
lung.  Taking  into consideration all  available evidence,  including epidemiological  data,
experimental status, and  the presence of carcinogenic substances in the ambient air, the
most   reasonable   conclusion  in   light  of  present  knowledge  was  that  combustion
products of fossil fuels in  ambient air, probably acting together with cigarette smoke,
have  been  responsible for  cases  of  lung  cancer  in  large  urban  areas,  the numbers
produced  being in the order  of  5 to 10 cases per 100,000 males per  year. The  actual
rate  will  vary  from  place  to  place  and from time  to time,  depending  on  local
conditions over the previous few decades.
NEED  FOR MORE RESEARCH
     The  symposium  reached  an  agreement  on  several  recommendations.  They  all
reflected our ignorance and need for more research  in this important field, particularly
when  compared  with  the  much  more  exact  knowledge  in  the  field  of  ionizing
radiation.
      energy
      environment II
                                                                                                                         35

-------
     As  for  the composition  of  urban  air  pollution,  it was stressed  that further
 monitoring  of potential carcinogens should be made and that there  is a need to have
 better indicators of  the carcinogenicity of air  pollutants than are now available.

     As  for  risk assessment methodology, it was stressed that  studies using  a variety of
 bioassays should  be  undertaken  to define the  carcinogenic  activity of  individual air
 pollutants, with  particular  attention being paid to the relationship  between target dose
 and exposure dose.

     Experimental  status   on  exposure   to   natural  and  synthetic mixtures of air
 pollutants  should be undertaken in  order  to develop test procedures which can be used
 to  assess the total  carcinogenic potential of  atmospheric pollution.  Further and  more
 detailed  epidemiological studies were considered needed to  take  into account both host
 characteristics and environmental factors.  In  addition  to  the outdoor  air  quality and
 smoking history such  factors as  occupational  exposure and  indoor air pollution  from
 cooking,  heating,  aerosol   sprays  and  other  people's smoking  are   of  paramount
 importance.

     The   urban-rural  differences   for   lung   cancer   are   not   consistent  under  all
 circumstances, and situations where they are most typical should be studied to provide
 clues to the further  understanding  of  the  etiology of  the  disease. The symposium also
 noted  that there was an urban-rural difference  for other  forms of  cancer.  Not enough
 data came up with  an evaluation of  the  reason  for this urban-rural  difference. It was
 pointed  out,  however, that  studies  should also be carried  out  in order to elucidate the
 reason for urban-rural differences in other forms of cancer  than  lung cancer.
                        DR. LARS FRIBERG
     M.D.  and  Ph.D.,  medical  sciences.   Since   1957, Professor  and  Chairman  of
Department  of  Environmental   Hygiene,   Karolinski   Institute,  Stockholm,   Sweden.
Department  Head  of  Environmental  Hygiene  of  Swedish  Environmental Protection
Board,  member  of  World  Health  Organization   Advisory  Board,  Chairman  of  the
Scientific  Committee on the Toxicology  of Metals under  the permanent Commission
and  International Association on Occupational Health.

-------
                                                                                     keynote  address
                                                                                          The Honorable Douglas M. Costle
                                                                                                             Administrator
                                                                                      U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FEDERAL-AGENCY
COOPERATION
OVERVIEW part V

     I  very  much  appreciate  this  opportunity  to  be  with you today, and  I  am
delighted  that  you  are  here  to  learn  more  about  our Interagency  Program.  I  am
especially pleased to note that some 17 different Federal agencies  and  departments are
participating. Such  cooperation  is impressive.  Rarely  have we seen such  coordination
among  so  many Federal  agencies, and even  more rarely  has such  cooperation been
accomplished with so little paperwork and so few Federal workers.
                                             We can  take  pride  in  the accomplishments  of  this  program in addressing the
                                         crucial  task  of assuring  an  adequate  energy   supply  with  proper  environmental
                                         protection. When the Interagency Program was initiated in 1974, there were those who
                                         gave  the  program little  chance for  survival, let alone  success.  Putting $100 million a
                                         year  into  an  interagency  program  was,  in these critics' view, a  somewhat doubtful
                                         exercise. The doubters have been proven wrong.


                                             Time  does not allow my giving  credit individually to each of those involved  in
                                         making this  program  a  success.  But  I  am  proud of  the work  we have done  in
                                         cooperation with TVA to  develop alternative  flue gas  desulfurization  technologies and
                                         to  find better  ways of using scrubber sludge. I  am  proud of the work  we have done
                                         with  the  Department  of Interior and the  Bureau of  Mines to  further research  coal
                                         cleaning technologies. I am proud of the work we have done with  the U.S. Geological
                                         Survey  and  the National  Bureau   of  Standards  to  assure consistent  and  accurate
                                         environmental data.  And  I am  proud of the  progress  we are making with the Energy
                                         Research and  Development Administration  in  monitoring the pollutants from new  coal
                                         conversion  technologies.


                                             This  work, and the work  of other agencies  involved in the  Interagency Program,
                                         makes feasible the   Federal effort to increase coal use. The health and  environmental
                                         information and control  technologies developed by the Interagency Program  are those
                                         most urgently needed to  respond to  the critical energy  needs we face today.
EFFECTS OF
SULFUR COMPOUND EXPOSURE
     And  those  needs are urgent.  For  example,  the combustion  of  coal  to  supply
energy  in  this  country  today  releases approximately  22  million  tons  of  sulfur
compounds into the  atmosphere  each  year.  These  sulfur compounds  are harmful  to
health, disrupt agricultural productivity, and cause untold property damage. If we were
to increase our  use  of domestic coal  by two-thirds  in the  next 8 years without the
control  technologies  developed  under the Interagency Program,  we would be  spewing
approximately 500  pounds  of  sulfur  compounds per  year  into  the  atmosphere for
every American  alive.  That  is  more than  a  pound  per  day per  person. The  natural
dispersing  capacity  of  the air  is  just not able to protect us from  that type of abuse.
                                             Fortunately, we  will never  have  to  discover what effect such a  massive exposure
                                        to sulfur  compounds  and other  coal-related pollutants will  have  on our health and our
                                        environment,  because the  Carter  Administration  is committed  to  using  the  best
                                        available means  to  assure the  environmental compatibility of new coal-burning facilities
                                        and  because the technologies  and  information  produced by the Interagency Program
                                        are helping to provide those means.

                                             While we have made much  progress and  have produced useful information on the
                                        entire  range  of  energy/environmental  issues,  we  cannot  overlook  the fact that many
                                        issues  remain highly  controversial.  Scientists  are not in  full  agreement on  the  fine
                                        points  of a  number  of  issues.  But when  the experts disagree  and  our best available
                                        information is not  definitive,  we must proceed  on  the basis of  assuring the protection
                                        of the  health and well-being of all our people. This  is clearly the wisest course.
                                                                                                                       37

-------
CLEAN AIR -
A PUBLIC HEALTH NECESSITY
     I  am  reminded of  the story  of the  Roman bridge builders.  The  Romans built
bridges  of  great  durability  though  they  had  very  little  understanding  of  the  stresses
involved  in  such engineering design.  The explanation  is quite  simple:  The  bridge
designer  was  expected to  stand  beneath  his  own  bridge while  the  Roman  legions
marched across above. In protecting the health and well-being of the American  people,
we  must remember that we all have to stand beneath that bridge together.

     We  can pour only  so  much  of our wastes into the air and water before human
health  and  lives  will be endangered. It is  our job  to ensure that we  stay well under
the  limit.  New  technology  must  be designed with  the full knowledge that  air and
water are finite and fragile resources. This  is  not to say that we should never  use the
air  or  water to  receive  appropriate levels  of emissions.  But when  we  do  use  our air
and  water  resources  in  that  manner, we  must  do  so  in  a  way  that  does not
unnecessarily jeopardize  public health and  the  environment.  That is why, for example,
we   are  committed   to  maintaining  momentum   in   cleaning  up   pollution  from
automobiles.

     There can be  no doubt  that  clean air is essential to the health and welfare  of all
Americans.  Scientific  studies  show a direct relationship between  exposure  to polluted
air   and the   incidence   of  heart  disease,  nervous  system  disorders, lung  cancer,
emphysema,  asthma,  and other  respiratory diseases,  especially  among infants  and  the
elderly. Air pollution  is  also  costly in  terms of property, materials, and vegetation. We
have  made significant progress  in cleaning up  the  air. Recent studies indicate that
emissions of  several  pollutants  from  power  plants, factories,   and automobiles  have
begun  to  decline.  The  quality  of our air has  made  a small  but  important  reversal
toward  healthfulness.  Many  millions of Americans, expecially  in  large metropolitan
areas, are beginning to see and feel the difference. There is still, however,  much to be
done before we can say  we have fully achieved our clean air goals.
38

-------
AUTOMOBILE-
GREATEST SINGLE SOURCE OF
POLLUTION
     Clean  air is  not an aesthetic luxury;  it is  a  public health necessity. Many regions
of  the  country  have  not  yet  met  the  health-based  primary ambient  air quality
standards. That is why the President and  I have recommended tough but fair clean air
standards for automotive emissions. Opponents believe these standards are too stringent
and  support alternative schemes allowing cars to  remain  up to  five times as polluting.
But, if the auto  companies are not required to clean  up, more severe restrictions must
be placed on stationary sources if  there is to be any hope of reaching our air quality
standards. As far  as  I am concerned, this makes very little sense.

     In  many areas where such  pollutants exceed  the  Federal ambient  air quality
standards, the automobile  is  by far the greatest  single source of pollution,  and  some
96   million  Americans now   live  in   areas  where  concentrations  of   photochemical
oxidants  exceed  Federal standards. We don't want to badger any single industry. But it
makes  far  more sense to  require four companies,  headquartered in  one  city, to  clean
up  their  act, than to  take off after thousands  of  separate stationary sources scattered
across the land. That is why  the Administration supports  tough auto exhaust  standards.

     Critics charge that the added  cost  of  the  tougher standards included  in  the price
of the automobile will place a serious burden on the consumer.  To  my mind, that is a
phony  argument.  The added cost of the  tough  Administration  proposal, over and above
the  cost  of the  auto  industry-backed  proposal, comes to only  $70 by  1980. Even if
health  considerations required  us to exercise a  tougher optional standard by  1980,  the
total added cost would be  only about  $150.

     I  don't know how many of you have  recently run your finger  down the price list
of  options stuck to the window of a new car, but compared to  chrome  strips,  vinyl
tops, tinted glass, special  wheel covers, radial tires,—not to  mention air-conditioner, CB
radios, and electric door locks—$70,  even  $150, is a  real bargain.  And  remember, we
are all under that bridge together.  The little added  investment in making our standards
tough will  be more than made up in added protection for all of us.

     Finally,  there  are some  remaining  myths  about the  relationship  between auto
emission  standards and fuel  economy. Somehow the belief  seems to persist that higher
standards mean lower  fuel  economy. In the face of the growing scarcity of  energy, this
could be a sobering fact—if it were true. But here  are the facts: Long before emissions
controls  and  standards were imposed, fuel economy was  on a steady  decline.  That
decline  continued briefly  when the earliest and  less sophisticated  control technology
was introduced.  However,  in  1975,  when  standards were significantly strengthened and
cars sported  more advanced smog control devices, fuel economy improved 13.5 percent
over the  year  before. In  1976,  there  was  an  additional  10  percent  improvement.
Another  3.3  percent  improvement was registered  this  year—bringing  the total  fuel
economy  improvement to 26.8  percent   over  1974  cars. We expect  the   trend to
continue,   serving  the  interests  of   both   environmental   protection  and energy
conservation at the same time.
                                                                                                                          39

-------
 ENERGY AND
 ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES
 RELATED
     As President Carter noted in his  energy  message,  "Our energy problems have the
same  cause as our  environmental problems-wasteful  use of  resources.  Conservation
helps us solve both  at once." And, clearly, our proposed tough emission standards do
both.

     In  conclusion,  I want to add a word about the President's energy program, which
deserves  our strong   support. The program clearly  gives  to  conservation the  priority
which environmentalists have long desired. To the extent that  we reduce our demand
for energy, we reduce the burden that energy  production places on  the  environment.
But, to me, the most important element of the energy program is that it was planned
with environmental  concerns central  to its consideration  from start to finish. Energy
issues  do  not  exist in a  vacuum.  Neither  do  environmental  issues. Environmental
requirements were carefully  examined  and related  to  our economic  and energy goals
throughout the development of the energy program.

     The President  is fully  committed to the  principle  that our  nation  must have a
strong  environmental program as a necessary  prerequisite  to future progress  in solving
our energy and economic problems. Those of you here today, involved in the solution
to our environmental and energy problems, are playing  a  vital role  in the future health
and well-being of all Americans.  We face  a great challenge. Together  we  can help our
nation  move forward toward a healthy,  pollution-free  environment for all Americans,
while at the same  time assuring  sufficient energy  sources to keep our nation  strong
and vital.
                                                                DOUGLAS M. COSTLE
                                              A.B.,  Harvard   University;  J.D.  University  of  Chicago  Law  School.  Attended
                                          Woodrow  Wilson  International  Center  for  Scholars; involved in independent research
                                          and writing on environmental programs and government organization,  including meeting
                                          with  cabinet  ministers, journalists, and  private groups  in  Western Europe. Diversified
                                          background-trial attorney,  U.S.  Department of Justice, investigating  civil and criminal
                                          cases  of  federal  civil  rights in Mississippi;  Attorney  and  Deputy  Director of  U.S.
                                          Department of  Commerce  on project designed to  reduce unemployment in Oakland,
                                          CA.;   headed   study  for  recommendation   on  creation  of   EPA;  helped  prepare
                                          implementation  plans and  set  up agency  while on President's Advisory Council on
                                          Executive  Organization; was Deputy Commissioner and  Commissioner for Connecticut's
                                          Department of Environmental Protection; was Assistant Director for  Natural  Resources
                                          and Commerce,  Congressional  Budget  Office; and  member of Transition  Team on
                                          Government Organization for President  Carter. Member of  the  Bar  in  California  and
                                          District  of Columbia.  Currently, Administrator,  Environmental  Protection Agency,
                                          Washington, DC.
40

-------
                               questions
                                    CK answers
QUESTION:
                                             The Honorable Douglas M. Costle   •
                                                         Administrator, EPA
    You  previously  indicated  that a large number of
American  citizens are in areas  that presently exceed  the
national ambient air  quality standard for oxidants. Would
the  Carter administration veto a new Clean Air Act if it
contained   the  automobile  industry-backed   new  car
standard,  as opposed to  the one  which  will  accelerate
achieving the standard?
RESPONSE:   The Honorable Douglas M. Costle (EPA)
                             It  is really  too early to answer what standards, if
                         passed by Congress, the President would veto.

                             We were very disappointed in the House action,  and
                         I  have said so publicly.  I believe the President will speak
                         on this issue as  well. I  think we will get a stronger  bill
                         on auto emissions  from  the  Senate. So  I believe it is
                         premature to talk about  a veto. It  is, however, not  too
                         early to  indicate  that we were quite concerned about the
                         bill as it came out of the House.
QUESTION:
    If the mandate is  conversion from oil and gas to
coal,  I understand that a plant would have  2  or 3 years
to  put on the  best available control technology.  Can you
comment on that and on EPA's possible  move to change
so   that,   with  conversion,  Best  Available  Control
Technology (BACT) would be utilized at that time?
RESPONSE:  Mr. Costle
                             It  is hard to give  a  definite answer  because  the
                         situation is floating. That specific question is addressed in
                         the  Clean Air  Act Amendments that are  now before  the
                         Congress.  Depending  on where we convert,  it would be
                         desirable to  have  the  controls on before the switch is
                         turned.  In any event, there  should  be a certain date  and
                         a definite, enforceable  schedule that gives us an element
                         of predictability about  when those  controls are on. I  feel
                         this  will be debated in  the  Senate, and  I am not sure of
                         the  outcome when the  legislation is finalized before both
                         houses.
                             The President has acknowledged that there may be
                         areas in  the country where for public health  reasons we
                         will not be able  to  burn  coal, even with  the best of
                         controls. There  will  not  be very many of these places,
                         but there are a  number of assumptions necessary for this
                                                                                                       41

-------
                              prophecy  to  come  true.  We  must enforce  vigorously
                              against  existing  sources  to  get  maximum  controls. We
                              must  pursue  policies that will  allow  us to turn over an
                              old plant  in  favor of a  new,  better-controlled plant and
                              equipment. Finally,  we must ensure that, as we  get  into
                              individual  site situations in terms  of cost, technology, and
                              environmental impact, we come down  to  a bottom line
                              that  can be defended  as a common sense solution in  that
                              particular   site   specific   situation.  It   is  very  hard  to
                              generalize  beyond  that because we then  get  into aggregate
                              statistics  and they  are  too  general.  I  am  personally
                              familiar with  too many situations  that are site specific, so
                              it  is very  hard  to  use generalized figures  without adding
                              that very  important caveat.

                                  Without  question,  in  some   areas of  the  country
                              where we now  burn a  lot of coal,  much can  be done to
                              clean  up existing sources. The plain fact is that in heavily
                              industrialized  parts  of  our country,  air is no longer a free
                              good but  a commodity that is  increasingly  having a very
                              positive economic value.  To put  it very  simply,  in  any
                              column  of air in the country, there is only  so  much  that
                              you can put  into it, so much capacity for that  column of
                              air to absorb waste before  it gets unhealthy.  In  addition
                              to getting  it  down  to  the point  where it  is healthy to
                              breathe, we must continue to manage what is  in that air
                              in  order to give ourselves the margin  for growth  for  new
                              industries, and that  means that  we  are  in the business of
                              managing  what  goes into  the air.  That  is an entirely  new
                              issue for state and  local government to  deal with,  and  it
                              is  no  wonder   that  it  goes down  hard.   It  is  a very
                              sophisticated   issue,   and   is  a  technologically   and
                              scientifically complex one.

                                  We are also past  the  point where we can  allow any
                              single  industry  to  preempt that management  decision.
                              Frankly, that is what the  automobile  industry   is now
                              doing, and I  think that is the effect of the  House bill.
QUESTION:
     Why  not  develop an  automobile  that  pollutes the
same  no  matter what the  climatic factor?  One of the
problems  is  that  at  low temperatures  it emits  three to
five times as much  CO.
RESPONSE:  Mr. Costle
                                  One  of  the  areas  of  real  disagreement  between
                              ourselves  and  the  auto  companies  is  what  should  the
                              standards   ultimately  be   for  carbon   monoxide.  We
                              recommended    the   statutory   standard,    and   they
                              recommended a  somewhat more relaxed  standard.

                                  There are  several reasons for our endorsement of
                              that  tougher  standard.  One  is  that we  think  we are
                              probably  underestimating  the size  of  the  problem. In
                              many  instances  our monitoring networks have not been
                              placed  at ground  level  where  the  concentrations  occur.
                              There has also  been an assumption  in the past that there
                              is a dose  response relationship on  CO. In fact, in  most of
                              the calculations that I  have  seen, there is assumed to be a
                              dose   response   relationship  that  may   not  establish  a
                              threshold  at which  a person is directly  affected.  We have
                              only  monitored in  a  few  areas,  and  we  make  the
                              assumption under existing  health projections, for  example,
                              that  small towns do  not  have the problem, and  I do not
                              think   that   is  a  valid   presumption.  Moreover,  the
                              projections  do   not  take   into  account  the  unhappy
                              incidence  of the person who both  smokes  and travels  in
42

-------
QUESTION:
heavy  traffic  congestion.  There  seems to  be very  little
doubt  that he  is  getting  an  exposure that  is far more
serious that we have provided in previous calculations.

     Sir,  are there  circumstances  under which  you would
support legislation to  pay plants  to  retrofit their  cleanup
devices on  existing  stationary sources?
RESPONSE:  Mr. Costle
QUESTION
                                   In  effect  the Clean Air  Act does  that  now. When
                              you  have to go  back  on existing sources and roll back
                              the emissions  in order to meet a  prescribed ambient level,
                              that  is  effectively what you  are doing. In   older urban
                              areas  of the country where  there is dense concentrations
                              of  industry,  as   technology   is  available  and  you  can
                              retrofit  at an  acceptable  economic cost,  that  will  be one
                              of the  ways you  go  about  the  job of  managing the air
                              resource that  you  have always   left  for yourself as  a
                              margin  for  continued growth  and new  industry.  So the
                              answer  is yes,  the policy does encourage retrofit on older
                              plants.
     What  is  our policy on  increasing concentrations  of
carbon dioxide and the possible greenhouse effect?
 RESPONSE:  Mr. Costle
                                   I  am  not a  scientist and  I  have  not  reviewed that
                              evidence or data.  I have  read what  I suspect most of you
                              have read in  the newspapers  only; so I  do not know what
                              our  policy  will be.  That  is  one  of  the questions that
                              obviously we  need to be looking at,  but I  have not had
                              an  opportunity to   get  into  it.  In  fact,  I  have  spent
                              probably 50  percent of  my time  in  the first  3 months
                              doing  something  different than  I  expected:  I   have been
                              testifying before  the Congress.  At  the last  session  of
                              Congress, EPA  testified  137  times before  55  different
                              committees  and subcommittees, and not one of them  did
                              not appear to have a very legitimate interest in something
                              that we were  doing.

                                   Now,  when that record was set,  and it was a record
                              for EPA, at  this point in time in the  last session we had
                              appeared 26 times. So  far at this session of Congress we
                              have  appeared 55 times.  There are,  therefore,  questions
                              that I  have  not had a chance to get into yet.
                                                                                                                           43

-------

                   CHAPTER 2
fuel processing
            tt   ^r
             W^\


-------
   CHAPTER CONTENTS
                             fue! processing
SUMMARY
  Marvin I. Singer, ERDA
QUESTIONS & ANSWERS                            59
TECHNICAL DISCUSSION                            £ J_
ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT OF
THE FLUIDIZED-BED COMBUSTION PROCESS
   D. Bruce Henschel, EPA
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMS FOR
POLLUTION CONTROL FROM OIL SHALE EXPLOITATION
   Eugene F Harris, EPA
   Thomas J. Powers, EPA                           73
ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS OF SYNTHETIC FUELS
   William J. Rhodes, EPA
POLLUTION ABATEMENT FOR WASTES-AS-FUEL PROCESSES
   Robert A. Olexsey, EPA
   George L. Huffman, EPA                          §3

-------
                                                     FUEL   PROCESSING
                                                                                                     Marvin I. Singer
                                                                                                           Director,
                                                                  Division  of Environmental  and Socioeconomic Programs
                                                                       Energy  Research and Development Administration
INTRODUCTION
     energy
     environment II
    I  am pleased  to address  this second National  Conference  on the  Interagency
Energy/Environment  Research and  Development  Program. It is especially fitting for me
to be  here since ERDA's  and  EPA's programs—both in  their objectives  and,  often,  in
their execution—are closely intertwined.

    The  papers  this morning  all  deal  with  the  environmental  effects of  emerging
technologies   for  energy   production.   Mr.   Bruce  Henschel  of  EPA's  Industrial
Environmental  Research  Laboratory at Research  Triangle Park,  North Carolina, assesses
the  environmental   impacts   from  a  unique  combustion  method—fluidized-bed
combustion.   Messrs.  Eugene   Harris  and  Thomas  Powers   of  EPA's  Industrial
Environmental   Research   Laboratory at  Cincinnati, Ohio, discuss  pollution  control
programs  for a  new fuel  source,  oil  shale.  Mr.  William  Rhodes,  also  from  EPA's
Research  Triangle Park  Laboratory, discusses  environmental  considerations of gaseous
and liquid synthetic fuels.  And Messrs.  Robert Olexsey and  George  Huffman,  from
EPA's Cincinnati Laboratory, examine  pollution abatement for wastes  as  fuel  or,  as
ERDA was calling it last year, biomass.  One of the interesting things  about  all of these
processes  for energy  production is that each  can be considered  a  form  of  pollution
control,  as  contrasted with the production  of  energy  from  a conventional  coal-  or
oil-fired power plant. I will  present some comparisons along these lines  as a concluding
thought.

    As the  rapporteur for this session  on fuel processing,  I should  like to summarize
briefly  the main points from each of the four  papers and to  emphasize the areas  of
commonality   in  the presentations.  Following  my  summary of  the  four papers,  each
author will have the opportunity to add briefly any important or clarifying points that
I  may  have   overlooked.  Following  the  authors'  brief  comments,  we  will open the
discussion  to questions from  the  floor.  To give  some additional perspective to the
topics of the four papers, I have  prepared a  few slides which  represent some of the
issues, concerns, and coordinating   activities  between ERDA and  EPA  involving the
technologies  we will be  discussing.  While  this  additional  material may not be  discussed
directly  in the  papers,  it  provides some interesting background orchestration to the
discussion.

    The  Federal Interagency Energy/Environment  Research and Development Program
was inaugurated  2  years ago to assure  that energy development, both  from existing
supplies  and  from  new  energy sources, is accompanied  by  effective  environmental
controls.  ERDA is  pleased to cooperate  with  EPA and  other  Federal  agencies  in
achieving  this goal. Indeed, ERDA's enabling legislation, the Energy Reorganization Act
of 1974,  and the  Federal Nonnuclear  Research and Development Act  of  1974, both
mandate that environmental considerations be basic to ERDA's decisions on technology
research, development and  demonstration. Since  such technology development can lead
to new environmental problems, the pooling  of expertise  and  resources from several
different  Federal  agencies  will  allow these problems  to  be addressed  in the  most
efficient and  timely  manner.

    One  of  the  common  themes  repeated in  each  of the four  papers is a three-sided
approach  to  environmental  problem  solving.  I would like  to summarize this  common
approach  briefly  before  discussing  the individual papers. First,  the gaseous, liquid and
solid wastes  emitted  by  the different  processes are characterized, both  quantitatively
and qualitatively; second,  the  ecological  and  health  and  safety  impacts  of  these
pollutants  are  determined; and  third,  the  design  and  development  of alternative
methods of pollution control are assessed (Figure 1).

-------
Figure  1.
Strategy for environmental
research and  development
                                                •  CHARACTERIZATION STUDIES

                                                •  EFFECTS  STUDIES

                                                •  CONTROL TECHNOLOGY DEVELOPMENT
                                           The  first element of  this  strategy-characterization-necessarily includes baseline
                                       monitoring of ambient data  and the study of  process flow streams. This permits
                                       emissions  from  different  points  in  the  energy  processes  to  be  measured  against
                                       background  pollutant  levels. Once emission  sources and levels have been pinpointed,
                                       their  effects  on  the  surrounding environment  can  be determined.  Finally,  after the
                                       types,  amounts,  sources,  and  effects  of  pollutants from  energy  process streams have
                                       been determined,  methods of pollution control can be developed.
Figure 2.
Pollution abatement methods
                                                PRETREATMENT OF INPUT STREAMS OR "PRE-COMBUSTION CLEANUP"

                                                MODIFICATION OF TECHNOLOGY OR "CHANGE IN PROCESS VARIABLES" OR "CHANGE
                                                 IN COMBUSTION METHOD"

                                                MECHANICAL OR CHEMICAL CONTROL DEVICES OR "POST COMBUSTION CLEANUP"
POLLUTION CONTROL
APPROACHES
    The  environmental  problems caused by the production of fuels and energy can be
attacked at different points in the fuel production/combustion chain (Figure 2).

    •  Precombustion cleanup includes such techniques as coal  beneficiation, or the
       use of solvent-refined coal as a fuel.

    •  Postcombustion cleanup  includes such techniques  as flue gas desulfurization,
       electrostatic  precipitators, and  cyclones.

    •  Cleanup  by  using  innovative  fuel combustion  techniques  includes fluidized-bed
       combustion.

All of these are approaches to pollution control.

    A  fourth approach, the modification of process variables, can also lower the levels
of emitted  pollutants. For example,  in the  Synthane  process for high  Btu gasification,
50

-------
ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT-
FLUIDIZED-BED COMBUSTION
RESEARCH  BOUNDARIES
      energy
      environment II
adjusting  fuel  injection  parameters,  reaction temperatures,  and  product gas residence
times can significantly reduce tar, oil, and phenol levels in process waste waters.

     A  particular  energy  technology  may  use  different combinations of these various
methods of controlling pollution, depending on the  economics involved  and  the  degree
of  control   required.  The  papers   presented  describe how  environmental  research
strategies  and  the  different  options for pollution control  have  been applied to four
specific energy technologies.  I would now like  to summarize the four papers.

     Mr.  Henschel  finds  that fluidized-bed  combustion  (FBC) of  coal  appears  to  be
environmentally favorable  for  heat,  steam,  and power generation.  The  current  ERDA
program includes  a number of  projects:  a  30 MW  boiler at Rivesville, West  Virginia;
cofunding  of  several  planned industrial/commercial/institutional  units, one of  the first
of which  is expected to be a 100,000 Ib/hr boiler (equivalent to about  10 MW)  in the
Georgetown  University  physical  plant;  a  13  MWe  combined  cycle system  using  a
pressurized fluid  bed  to be  built in Wood  Ridge, New Jersey; and a Component Test
and  Integration Unit  (CTIU)  at  Morgantown, West Virginia, to test various elements of
atmospheric fluidized-bed combustion systems.  The  EPA efforts being coordinated with
ERDA's  program  will  determine  the  environmental  impacts  of  the fluidized-bed
technology and develop environmental control  technology to reduce these impacts.

     One  of  the  first priorities of the EPA program  is to identify emission levels of all
potential  pollutants from  fluidized-bed  combustors  and, where standards or guidelines
do  not already exist, to  try to define  the degree of  control required. Consequently,
studies  have   been  conducted  to project possible emissions of S02, NOX  and other
compounds,  based  upon  theoretical  calculations and  engineering  considerations. The
results  to  date suggest  no  specific  environmental  problems,  but additional  emissions
data are required to enable firm  conclusions.

     Another  key activity  is an  attempt to establish  research boundaries by deriving a
list of  the compounds to be considered. A list of  1,093 substances has been  derived
by considering:

     •  Elements  and  compounds known to be present in coal and limestone/dolomite

     « Substances known to be emitted from coal combustion/conversion processes

     « Substances  with  a potential  for formation  during combustion   and  for  which
       Threshold Limit Value (TLV) and  lethal dose (LD) data are  available.

     A  separate list of 650  substances has been compiled  using  the  following criteria:

     • Substances known or suspected to be emissions from coal  or oil  processing

     •  All classes of substances  represented

     • Substances for  which TLV or  LD data  are available,  or for which environmental
        standards/guidelines/criteria  are  proposed or  promulgated,   or   which  are  on
       certain  other EPA listings.

     An attempt  is currently underway to integrate the two lists.

     In order  to  determine emissions of up  to 1,093  substances on  a cost-effective
basis, a staged sampling/analysis  approach has  been  proposed,  consisting  of three levels.
Level  1  involves  comprehensive  screening  using analytical  techniques   which  sacrifice
accuracy  and compound  specificity  in  order  to identify possible  problem  areas in a
cost-effective  manner.  Level  2  uses  more  accurate, compound-specific techniques to
explore  identified  problem  areas.   Level  3   includes  routine  monitoring  of  those
pollutants  identified as specific problems in  Level 2.  The Level 1/2/3 approach is being
refined  as further experience is obtained.

     A  comprehensive source sampling program is being undertaken  in order  to  develop
the  emissions  data base  necessary   to  set  environmental   standards/guidelines  and to
provide  the   emissions   information  necessary  for  comparison   with  environmental
objectives. In  some cases, an ambient monitoring  program may be warranted  as  well.

     Mr. Henschel  presents some analytical  results that are  available  from the  samples
already taken. In summary, he finds that fluidized-bed combustion  may  be expected to
control emissions of  S02 and   NOX  below the levels now required  by the EPA New
Source  Performance  Standards  for  large conventional coal-fired   boilers.  Paniculate
                                                                                                                            51

-------
 Figure 3.
 Direct combustion
                                           control  adequate to  meet the EPA  emission  standard for conventional  coal  boilers has
                                           not been  demonstrated, either for atmospheric  or  pressurized fluidized-bed combustion.
                                           In the case of atmospheric systems, particulate  control  will probably  be similar to that
                                           for a conventional  boiler  burning low-sulfur coal.  Control at high temperature/pressure
                                           to  meet   conventional   boiler   emission  standards  for  a  pressurized  fluidized-bed
                                           combustor will  require control  technology which  has not yet been demonstrated. Data
                                           on  emissions  and control of potential  pollutants  other  than S02 and  NOX, including
                                           those in  liquid  and  solid  streams, are not adequate to allow firm conclusions regarding
                                           their emission levels (Figure  3).
                                              CONCERN
                                                 •  ALTHOUGH I\IOX AND SOX EMISSIONS ARE BELOW NEW SOURCE PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
                                                     FLUID BED COMBUSTION MAY EMIT MORE SMALL PARTICULATES THAN CONVENTIONAL BOILERS,
                                                     AND GENERATE A DIFFERENT TYPE OF WASTE MATERIAL
                                                 •  DEVELOPING PARTICULATE CONTROLS FOR HIGH TEMPERATURES/PRESSURES AND EFFECTIVE
                                                     WASTE DISPOSAL METHODS IS IMPORTANT TO FBC USE.

                                              COORDINATION
                                                 •  EPA IS INVOLVED IN  FBC EMISSIONS CHARACTERIZATION FOR ERDA PROJECTS AND HAS HELPED
                                                     WITH COAL/OIL SLURRY TEST PLAN.

                                              ERDA ACTIVITIES
                                                 •  ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENTS OF ALL  COMBUSTION PROJECTS ARE EITHER COMPLETED
                                                     OR  UNDER WAY.
                                                 «  EXTENSIVE FBC AND COAL/OIL SLURRY CHARACTERIZATION STUDIES HAVE STARTED.
 MULTIMEDIA
 ENVIRONMENTAL GOALS
SO2 REMOVAL
     Independently  of  the  characterization  studies,
Environmental   Goals  (MEGs).  Based  on  health  and
MEGs  set  targets  for  emission  levels.  Actual  emission
combustion  facilities  will  then be  compared to  the
environmental   comparisons  will  assist   in  deciding
emphasis  in the  EPA program and in  planning  the
program for fluidized-bed combustion.
EPA  is developing  Multimedia
ecological   considerations,  these
measurements from fluidized-bed
MEG  targets. These  multimedia
what  pollutants  should  receive
control  technology development
     In  parallel  with  the  fluidized-bed  combustion  environmental  assessment effort,
EPA  is  conducting  a  significant  program to  develop  suitable  environmental control
technology.  EPA  is  approaching  the problem  via  three  of the  methods  described
earlier:

     • Modification of process  operating design conditions

     • Pretreatment of input streams

     • Adding on control  devices.

     First,  testing  is underway  on a  0.63 MW  pressurized  fluidized-bed combustor to
determine  S02  removal  in  the  pressurized  bed as  a  function  of sorbent  feed  rate.
Results show that  the  dolomite used  in this  study  is more effective than limestone on
the basis of  the sorbent Teed rate, expressed as the  sorbent  calcium-to-coal  sulfur molar
ratio; also,  limestone becomes more  effective  in  a  pressurized  system  when the  bed
temperature  is high  enough to result in calcination of the calcium carbonate.

     Second,   precalcination   of   the  limestone   feed   to  pressurized  fluidized-bed
combustors  is  being  studied  as  a  means  for  reducing  sorbent  requirements,  thus
reducing the  quantity of solid  residue. Results show that precalcination can  make the
limestone as effective as the  dolomite on  the basis  of the calcium-to-sulfur molar ratio.

     Third,  among  the particulate control  devices to  be  tested in the near future are a
high temperature/pressure  granular-bed filter,  an Aerodyne cyclone to  be tested on a
higher  temperature/pressure  control  test  stand,  and   conventional  scrubbers,  fabric
filters, and electrostatic precipitators. Another add-on option  being studied  is sorbent
regeneration,  which  should reduce fresh sorbent requirements  and,  hence,  the quantity
of solid  residue. Since it  is technically feasible  to  regenerate  the sorbent by  means of
52

-------
SYNTHETIC  FUELS PROGRAM
 MINERAL  MATTER IN  COAL
reductive decomposition, fresh  sorbent requirements  with regeneration may be reduced
to  only  15 to  20  percent of  that which would  be  required  to  maintain the  same
degree of sulfur  control  without regeneration.

     Conversion  of  coal to  synthetic  fuels represents another  option  for controlling
pollution from coal  utilization (Figures 4  and 5). However, while some synthetic fuels
are  extremely  clean-burning,  their  manufacture can  create  environmental  problems.
Consequently,  EPA's  present  synthetic  fuels  program, as  described  by  Mr.  Rhodes,
encompasses  the  broad  scope  of  environmental  assessment  and   control  technology
development.

     For several  years, EPA has  been conducting characterization tests  on coal and  coal
use. Feedstock analysis  was emphasized early  because  it was considered  essential  for
the evaluation of  environmental  impacts. With  EPA funding,  such agencies  as the  U.S.
Bureau of Mines and  the  Illinois  State Geological Survey produced very comprehensive
descriptions  of U.S. coals,  particularly  with respect to  their sulfur content,  washability
characteristics, trace  element makeup, and availability.

     Characterization of  the mineral matter  in  coal  continues  to   be  funded  under a
current  grant.  A  number of whole coals and wash residues have  been analyzed  to date.
A complementary study  for the characterization of coal and coal residue has produced
analyses of  both whole  and demineralized  coal  samples.  Investigation  of the effects of
pyrolysis  on  the   distribution   of  trace   elements  and  collection  of  data  on  the
solubilities and toxicities of potential pollutants  contained in solid coal waste have also
begun.

     EPA  has sponsored a  number  of reports  that  project the types,  quantities, and
effects  of potential  pollutants associated with  coal  conversion.  Results  have included
chemical, physical,  and  toxicity  characterizations of  various elements  and  compounds.
Reports  on   potential   emissions   from  coal   and  oil  extraction  processing,   trace
constituents  from  gasification  processes,  and   continuing   evaluations  of  multimedia
environmental  goals  are  examples of this type of work  (Figure 4).
 Figure 4.
 Synthetic fuels
           CONCERN

             •  INTERMEDIATE STREAMS AND PRODUCTS CONTAIN POTENTIALLY TOXIC/CARCINOGENIC
                ORGANIC COMPOUNDS.

             •  COMMERCIAL PROJECTS. DUE TO THEIR SIZE, ARE THE FOSSIL TECHNOLOGIES MOST LIKELY
                TO PRODUCE SIGNIFICANT SOCIOECONOMIC IMPACTS.

             •  IN-SITU GASIFICATION CAN DISRUPT AND CONTAMINATE GROUNDWATER AQUIFERS.

             •  SYNTHETIC FUELS PLANTS MAY GENERATE AIR, WATER, AND SOLID WASTE EFFLUENTS.
           COORDINATION
             •  ERDA PARTICIPATES IN EPA'S SECTOR GROUP; EPA IN ERDA'S ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENTS.

             •  ERDA IS COORDINATING WITH EPA ON MONITORING STUDIES FOR UPCOMING LOW-BTU
                PROJECTS.

             •  ERDA/EPA COOPERATIVELY ANALYZE IN-SITU GASIFICATION LIQUID EFFLUENTS.

             •  ERDA HAS REVIEWED THE EPA PROPOSED LURGI HIGH-BTU GASIFICATION PLANT'S  NSPS

           ERDA ACTIVITIES
             •  ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEWS ARE AMONG CRITERIA FOR CONTRACTOR SELECTION  FOR INDUSTRIAL
                GASIFIER PROJECTS.

             •  SIGNIFICANT EMISSION CHARACTERIZATION/ANALYSIS AND OCCUPATIONAL EXPOSURE STUDIES
                ARE UNDER WAY AT PILOT PLANTS.

             •  ERDA DOES GROUNDWATER MONITORING AT IN-SITU RESEARCH SITES.
PROCESS-SPECIFIC LEVEL
     Attempts  have also been made  to  characterize  the  scope and complexity of the
synthetic fuels industry itself.  For  instance, a series  of  reports  on  11  gasification and
liquefaction  processes have  discussed  the  potential pollutant problems associated with
each  primary  module  and  effluent stream, and  a summary report  has compared  all
conclusions.  Additional familiarity with environmental problems of  synthetic fuel plants
was  gained through a series  of field trips to overseas industrial sites.

     EPA  is   also  studying  the environmental  impacts  of  synfuel  production  on  a
process-specific level.  For example, a series  of  environmental  assessments of  low Btu
                                                                                                                                   53

-------
 POLLUTANT CONTROL  FROM
 SYNTHETIC  FUEL
 R&D  FOR CONTROL OF
 POLLUTION FROM OIL SHALE
 Figure 5.
 Oil shale
gasification  will  be made during  1977 at four  sites,  both Federal  and private. At one
of the  sites,  operations will  be  coordinated with  an ERDA-funded program.  General
and   specific   test   manuals  are  being  prepared.  To   assess  analytical  techniques,
grab-samples of  ash,  particulates, gases,  liquids, and tar from several  U.S.  plants have
been  analyzed   in  the  laboratory.  In addition, a  technical  information  system  for
project  support has been established  with  over 9,500 citations.

     The  coal  liquefaction  environmental assessment program includes preparation of an
overview  document; pilot  plant site  visits,  including one to ERDA's Solvent  Refined
Coal  Pilot Plant at Fort Lewis,  Washington; and combustion testing of both coal and
solvent-refined  coal.

     Several  approaches  to control pollutants from  synthetic fuel  processes  are being
tried. Synthetic fuels  research  within EPA  is  being  closely coordinated  with  related
programs  in  both  physical  and  chemical  coal cleaning.  ERDA's  Division  of  Coal
Conversion  and  Utilization has just  sponsored  a  study  by  Carnegie-Mellon  University*
which indicates  that  levels of tars, oils, and phenols in the  waste  water from  certain
high  Btu  combustion  processes  can  be  lowered  substantially  by  adjusting  process
parameters.  Additional  control  devices applicable to  synthetic  fuel processes are also
being  researched.  EPA  recently  awarded  a  contract   for  converter  output  control
technology  development.   Projected  results  will  include  a  study   of  the deactivation
effect of  trace  compounds in  coal-derived gases in  a  shift  converter, and participation
in the  establishment  of an acid gas removal facility  for pollutant  studies under grant
funding.  A  recent  award   has  also  been  made  for  pretreatment  and  waste  control
technology development.

     Three  major  institutional research grants have been awarded  recently. Under the
first  award,  research will   include  screening  of  a  large number of chemical  species,
determination  of the effects  of  coal  conversion reaction parameters on production  of
these species, and  cataloging of  kinetic data pertinent to the rates of formation of the
significant pollutants.  The second  grant  is  for testing  and  evaluating a  gas  cleaning
facility  for  gases from  a bench reactor. A 5-year program has been  initiated under the
third  grant:

     • To  assess  biological  and  chemical   treatment   for  waste   waters from  fuel
       conversion

     « To determine environmental  impact and  health effects of treated waters

     • To conduct  bench-scale studies  for developing water treatment design criteria.

     Studies  are also  being initiated  on selected "model"  organic compounds and  will
then  move to tests  of composite waste streams.

     Messrs.  Harris  and  Powers describe the application  of the three-fold approach to
environmental   R&D  as applied  to  oil  shale.   Extraction  process   gaseous  emissions,
wastewater  effluents,  and  spent shale  wastes will be  identified  and   characterized. EPA
is  studying  the fate in fresh  waters, ground   waters,  and  air of specific pollutants
resulting  from  oil shale development.  Studies are also  underway  to monitor  surface and
ground  water  quality  near oil  shale  facilities and  to characterize  emissions  from the
gasoline derived  from shale oil (Figure 5).
                                                      CONCERN
                                                         •  SIGNIFICANT LAND AREAS WILL BE DISRUPTED DURING MINING AND WILL BE REQUIRED
                                                           TO DISPOSE OF SPENT SHALE.

                                                         •  BOTH WATER USE AND CONTAMINATION MAY AFFECT DEVELOPMENT AND USE OF OIL
                                                           SHALE DEPOSITS.

                                                         •  IN-SITU RETORTING CAN DISRUPT AND CONTAMINATE GROUNDWATER AQUIFERS.

                                                      COORDINATION
                                                         •  ERDA IS PART OF THE INTERIOR OIL SHALE ENVIRONMENTAL ADVISORY PANEL AND
                                                           EPA'S SECTOR GROUP.

                                                      ERDA ACTIVITIES
                                                         «  COMPREHENSIVE ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING IS PART OF ERDA'S IN-SITU OIL SHALE
                                                           PROJECTS.

                                                         •  ERDA IS DOING THE ENVIRONMENTAL DEVELOPMENT PLAN FOR THIS PROGRAM.
54
                                            "Environmental  Assessment in the ERDA Coal  Gasification Development  Program  CMU,
                                              Pittsburgh,  Pa. (March 1977)

-------
OIL SHALE  POLLUTANT
EFFECTS STUDIED
 WASTES-AS-FUEL PROCESSES
       *===
       energy
       environment II
     The  effects   of   pollutants  from  oil   shale  activities  are  also  being  studied
extensively.  Health  effects of oil shale  development  are  being  investigated  by ERDA,
the U.S. Navy,  the National  Institute of Occupational Safety and Health  (NIOSH),  and
EPA.   The  Research  Triangle  Park  Health   Effects  Research   Laboratory  of  EPA  is
assessing human exposure/effects relationships  and  evaluating  hazards  to  man  under
controlled experimental conditions. The  NIOSH studies  address  the occupational health
of oil  shale  workers,  and  the  Navy  research concentrates on health effects  associated
with the burning  of fuel  oil derived  from shale.  The work  being  done by ERDA  and
EPA is in the general  fields of toxicity and carcinogenicity.

     By  far  the  most widespread environmental  research efforts  are  in  the field  of
ecological effects.  Agencies  involved in  this  field  include  ERDA,  the  U.S.  Department
of Agriculture,  the  U.S.  Bureau  of Mines,  the U.S.  Geological Survey (USGS), the U.S.
Navy,  and EPA.  Emphasis  has  been placed  on  revegetation and water  and land use.
The  acute  and  chronic toxicological effects on  freshwater organisms and  ecosystems of
pollutants released  by  oil shale  processes will  be determined.

     Among the other agencies  funding  research  in biological transport phenomena are
ERDA and the  U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. ERDA  areas of interest include repair of
damaged cells,  cell  regulatory  systems,  molecular damage of DNA, and  proteins. The
Fish and Wildlife  Service  is investigating the  impact of  western  energy  development  on
water  sources  and subsequent effects on  fish  and  wildlife.

     Extraction  and process control technology  methods applicable to  oil shale also are
being  researched.  For example,  test facilities are  nearly completed to develop methods
for spent shale  disposal and  revegetation.  Other  activities are oriented toward defining
and/or  developing  timely, effective environmental control  technology as needed for the
industry's growth.

     Technology development  in  the wastes-as-fuel  area  has progressed  to  the  point
that several full-scale  systems are operational, under  construction, or planned. Messrs.
Olexsey   and   Huffman   state   that  as   operational  experience   accumulates,   the
environmental aspects of waste-to-energy  processes are becoming more clearly defined.

     Thermal  processes for  recovering energy from  solid wastes  are  of  three generic
types—mass  burning,  cofiring, and pyrolysis. Mass burners,  or  waterwall incinerators,
produce steam  through  direct  combustion  of  solid  waste.  Cofiring  produces   steam
and/or  electricity  through  combustion  of processed solid waste and  some  fossil fuel,
such as coal or  fuel oil, in a fossil-fuel fired  boiler. Pyrolysis plants utilize some  degree
of destructive distillation  to convert  waste  material into  gaseous,  liquid, or  solid fuel
products.  All   three  types display  unique   emissions  characteristics  which  call  for
extensive environmental research.

     Because  of  the   relative infancy  of U.S.  waste-to-energy  technology,  operating
experience   is not  extensive.  Although  a  comprehensive  EPA-sponsored program  to
characterize pollutants from  waste-to-energy  processes  is  just getting underway,  some
air  emissions  data are available  from operating  plants.  For example,  Messrs. Olexsey
and  Huffman  report that  cofiring refuse  with high sulfur coal  results  in an increase of
some   pollutants but  a sharp  decrease  in  SO2  emissions as the  amount of  refuse  is
increased. Chloride  emissions,  however,   appear   to  increase  about 30 percent  when
refuse  is burned  with coal. Particulate emissions also  seem  to  increase when waste  is
cofired with coal. However,  insufficient data have  been gathered to lead to any  firm
conclusions.

     Operating  experience at pyrolysis plants is far less extensive than it is  at cofiring
or  waterwall  incineration  plants.  Full-scale  systems  are  often  proprietary and  are
generally just  now  starting  up  operation.  Furthermore,  comparisons  between  pyrolysis
plants  must be  approached with  caution since pyrolysis processes vary in  concept from
pure pyrolysis with  no air addition to starved-air  combustion operations.

     Wastewater effluents  from  mass  burning plants can be in  the form of ash quench
water  or,  in  some   cases,  scrubber  water   from  participate  control  devices.  Liquid
discharges  from  waste cofiring   operations   are  limited  to  sluice  waters   from  ash
rejection  and  scrubber waters  from  participate   removal  or flue  gas  desulfunzation
processes. Pyrolysis  liquid  effluents can result from several sources—gas scrubbing,  water
and oil separation, char and  ash sluicing, and discharge of intermediate process liquids.

     No  large base  of data on   waterborn  pollutants discharged  from \vaste-to-enerqy
plants  yet  exists.   However, sampling of sluicewater effluents from one  cofirinq plant
showed no significant  differences between ccal-on!\  and cofiring operations  in the yield
                                                                                                                              55

-------
R&D ON CONTROL DEVISES
of potentially  hazardous pollutants such as cadmium, chromium, or mercury. However,
total  dissolved solids (TDS),  biochemical  oxygen  demand (BOD), and chemical oxygen
demand   (COD)  were   higher  for  sluicewater  from the  coal-plus-refuse-derived  fuel
operation.

     Extensive research is  being carried  out to  develop control technologies  for  the
unique  emissions characteristics  demonstrated by  wastes-as-fuel processes.  Several types
of air pollution  control devices have been  employed on  waste  combustion, cofiring,
and  pyrolysis  processes. Air  pollution control has, to  this point, received  particular
attention  at waste-to-fuel plants, with most attention to particulate  control.  There is
very little operational experience relating to wastewater  and residue pollution control.

     Early-generation European  waterwall  incinerators  employed  mechanical  collectors
or low-energy  impingement wet scrubbers. Later-generation waterwalls use high-energy
venturi  scrubbers  and  electrostatic  precipitators to control  particulate emissions. Most
new  plants  use,  or  plan  to  use,  the  more  efficient  electrostatic  precipitators.
Furthermore,  the  need  for more efficient particulate collection  and also for  effective
gaseous emission control has resulted in experimental development of  hybrid systems
and completely new equipment such as "wet" electrostatic precipitators.

     Early  this  year,   EPA  contracted  for  air  pollution   control   research   for
waste-to-energy processes.  The  goal  of  this  effort  is to  develop  environmentally
acceptable air pollution  control processes that can be retrofitted onto existing plants or
installed  in  new  facilities. EPA also plans  to award,  in  the near  future,  a similar
contract to develop  water pollution control technologies for  waste-to-energy systems.
OBSERVATIONS ON
EMERGING TECHNOLOGIES
     As  a  concluding  thought,  I  would  like  to  return  to  something  I said at the
beginning of my talk-that some of these new technologies for energy production can
be  thought of  as  methods  for  effecting  pollution control.  Based on estimates  from
planning studies sponsored  by  ERDA and other  agencies,  such  as the Council  on
Environmental  Quality, we have made the  following preliminary observations regarding
the emerging technologies discussed here  this morning:

     •  For producing electric power from high sulfur coal, fluidized-bed combustion or
        solvent   refined  coal  reduce  air  pollution.  Both  technologies  appear  more
        desirable from the standpoint of  air pollution than  does the use of low sulfur
        coal with  no  scrubber. Both  compare  favorably with  the air  pollution control
        achieved using flue gas desulfurization and high sulfur coal.

     •  We talk about siting typical  commercial size  mine-mouth conversion facilities in
        the  West.  If we  consider  choices for coal utilization and  how  these choices
56

-------
                                                impact local  communities, then a 250 million standard cubic feet per day high
                                                Btu coal gasification  plant would produce  less  air pollution  and use less water
                                                than  a 1,000  MW  coal-fired  power  plant.  However,  solid  wastes  would  be
                                                greater for the  gasification plant.

                                              • Siting  a 50,000 barrel per day  coal liquefaction plant at the mine  mouth would
                                                produce,  except for hydrocarbons, less air  pollution  than  a  1000 MW coal-fired
                                                power plant.  In all  cases, however,  the  coal  liquefaction plant would  cause
                                                more   air  pollution   than  a 250  million  standard   cubic  feet  per day  coal
                                                gasification plant. Water requirements  for the liquefaction  plant would be about
                                                double those for the  gasification  plant.

                                              • And,  finally, a 50,000 barrel per day  oil shale plant would produce, except for
                                                sulfur  oxides, less air pollution than  the same  size coal  liquefaction plant. The
                                                shale  plant would  require  about half  as much water,  but  solid wastes would  be
                                                about 27 times as great.

VALIDATION BY                             Again,  these are  some directional indications  we now  have  from planning efforts
EXPERIMENTATION                     at ERDA. These directional indications must now be validated by experimental  data.
                                                                MARVIN  I. SINGER
                                              B.S., Chemical Engineering,  Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.S., Chemical
                                         Engineering, Columbia University; M.S. Industrial  Engineering, University of Pittsburgh.
                                         Experience in  minimizing environmental  and  socioeconomic impacts  of  fossil  energy
                                         actions, environmental assessment.  Served as ERDA's  Assistant Director  for Environ-
                                         mental  and  Socioeconomic  Impact,  and  staff  member  on  President's  Council on
                                         Environmental  Quality. Prior  to governmental service  was  on  planning staff of large,
                                         private corporation analyzing mergers, design engineering, and economic  evaluations of
                                         refinery  and   petrochemical  processes.  Currently,  Director  of  Environmental   and
                                         Socioeconomic  Programs,  ERDA, Washington, DC.

                                                                                                                          57

-------
                              questions
                                   
-------
RESPONSE:  Mr.  D. Bruce Henschel (EPA)
QUESTION:
 RESPONSE:  Mr.  Henschel
QUESTION:
RESPONSE:   Mr.  Henschel
                                   First,  I  hope  that  commercial  systems  will  not
                              frequently  run  calcium to  sulfur  ratios  up to  4 to  5.
                              When   grinding  and   reusing   it,   that  certainly  is  a
                              possibility.   However,  it   is   not   one  that  we  have
                              experimentally investigated,  and  it  certainly is something
                              we would  be interested in studying  further.

                                   One  application,  incidentally,   is  to  use  this spent
                              material for scrubbers. If one has  a  fluidized-bed boiler
                              and a  conventional boiler  with an FGD  onsite,  the matter
                              used   in   the  fluidized   bed   might  still  have   enough
                              reactivity to be  used  in the scrubber.
     Are  there  any   research   programs  studying  the
disposal  alternatives   for  generated  solid   wastes  from
fluidized beds?
                                   There  are  basically  two  questions.  One  involves
                              disposal  of the residue  in an  environmentally  acceptable
                              manner.  The  other  involves  utilizing this  residue  to  not
                              only  minimize the environmental impact but  also  to  give
                              some market potential.

                                   We   have  several  studies   under  way  for studying
                              environmental   impact   of  residue  disposal,   leaching
                              properties,  and  so   forth.  One   is  with  Westinghouse
                              Research  Laboratory,  which  at this point is basically  a
                              laboratory program, including some lysimeter work.  The
                              other  study with  Ralph  Stone and  Company  involves
                              lysimeter  testing.

                                   We   are  developing  a  program to  study  not  just
                              lysimeter  testing  but  also field  cell testing. The largest
                              field  cell  we  envision would be a  100 feet long by  100
                              feet wide by  5  feet deep,  using   residue from the 30
                              megawatt  Reevesville  fluidized-bed   boiler.  We  also  have
                              solid  residue characterization work  being done  for us by
                              TVA.
                                   In   using   technology   to   obtain  a   marketable
                              by-product,  in  this case elemental sulfur, are  there  any
                              programs  to study the  markets for these by-products to
                              the  extent  that  they  will   not  become   solid  waste
                              problems?
                                   EPA's  program emphasizes the environmental  impact
                              of   material  disposal.   Most  of  the   work   involving
                              agricultural  and  nonagricultural  uses is being  sponsored  by
                              ERDA.  A  couple of  the  major ERDA  programs  in that
                              area  include  the  Department  of  Agriculture  researching
                              the  uses of  the  material. There  are  a variety of  smaller
                              projects as well.
60

-------
technical
  discussion

-------
     ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT OF THE FLUIDIZED-BED
                  COMBUSTION PROCESS
                    D. Bruce Henschel
              Office of Research and Development
             Office of Energy, Minerals, and Industry
           Industrial Environmental  Research  Laboratory
             U.S. Environmental Protection  Agency
             Research Triangle Park, North Carolina
 INTRODUCTION

      In parallel  with efforts  in the United
 States  to  develop new energy technologies,  the
 U.  S. Environmental  Protection Agency (EPA) is
 conducting a contract research and development
 program aimed at  environmental characterization
 of  the  developing technologies.   The objective
 of  the  EPA program is to  identify potential
 environmental problem areas, and to develop any
 necessary  environmental control technology, while
 the energy technology is  still under development,
 so  that any necessary environmental controls can
 be  integrated into the energy  technology on the
 most timely and cost-effective basis.

      One promising new energy  technology that is
 being developed is fluidized-bed combustion of
 coal for heat, steam,  and power generation.  The
 U.S.  Energy Research and Development Administra-
 tion (ERDA)  is conducting a  substantial  program
 to  develop fluidized-bed coal  combustion tech-
 nology.  The ERDA program currently includes a
 number  of  fairly  large fluidized-bed combustion
 facilities,  including:  (1)  a  30 MWe boiler at
 Rivesville,  West  Virginia (currently in  the
 startup  phase), to be  operated with the  bed at
 essentially  atmospheric pressure;  (2)  co-funding
 of  several planned atmospheric-pressure  industrial/
 commercial/institutional units,  one of the  first
 of  which is  expected  to be a 100,000 Ib  steam/hr
 (45,400  kg/hr) boiler  in the Georgetown  University
 physical plant; (3)  a  13 MWe elevated pressure
 combined cycle system  to be  built  in Wood-Ridge,
 New Jersey;  (4) co-funding of  a  30  MWe pressurized
 boiler to  be  installed in Great  Britain  under the
 auspices of  the International  Energy Agency;  (5)  a
 6 MWe atmospheric-pressure component test and
 integration  unit  (CTIU); and (6)  an  analogous
 3 MWe pressurized  CTIU.  The ERDA program also
 includes a number  of support projects and design
 studies.  Other organizations  conducting efforts
 to  develop fluidized-bed combustion  are:  the
 Tennessee Valley Authority (TVA), which  is  design-
 ing a full-scale fluidized combustion utility
plant; and the Electric Power Research Institute
 (EPRI),  representing the electric utility industry.
One component of the EPRI  program is a 3 MWe
atmospheric-pressure unit  being built in
Alliance, Ohio.

     'The EPA program, being  conducted in coordina-
tion with the development  effort described  above,
is funded at $4.0 million  in fiscal year 1977.
This program has been  discussed previously (Refer-
ences 1 and 2).  The EPA program is divided into
two major subobjectives:   (1)  environmental assess-
ment, the purpose of which is  to determine the
environmental  impact of the energy  technology,
and to design  a program for the development of  con-
trol technology as necessary to reduce this impact;
and (2) control technology development,  in which
the program designed as part of the environmental
assessment activity is carried out.

     In view of the significance of the  environ-
mental assessment effort in defining control tech-
nology needs,  this paper first addresses the
methodology of conducting  environmental  assess-
ments, and the status  of the assessment  of
fluidized-bed  combustion.   The paper then summar-
izes some of the recent results  of  the fluidized-
bed combustion control technology development effort,

     In summary, it is apparent  from available  data
that fluidized-bed combustion  may be expected to
control emissions of S02 and NOX to below the
levels required by the existing  EPA New  Source  Per-
formance Standards for large conventional coal-fired
boilers.  Particulate  control  adequate to meet  the
EPA emission standard  for  conventional coal boilers
has not been demonstrated,  either for atmospheric
or pressurized fluidized combustors.   In the case
of atmospheric systems, particulate  control will
likely be similar to that  for  a  conventional boiler
burning low-sulfur coal; control at  high tempera-
ture/pressure  to meet  conventional  boiler emission
standards in pressurized fluidized  combustors will
require control technology which has not yet been
demonstrated.  Data on emissions and control of
potential pollutants other than  S02  and  NOX (includ-
ing those in liquid, solid,  and  air  streams)  are
not adequate to allow  firm conclusions regarding
the emission levels of these potential pollutants.
One of the first priorities  of this  EPA  program is
to identify emission levels  for  all  potential pol-
lutants from fluidized-bed combustors and,  where
standards or guidelines do not already exist, to try
to define the  degree of control  required.
ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT

     From a practical standpoint, the primary
objective of the environmental  assessment  activity
is to assure that an adequate research  data base
is available to support the  development of stan-
dards and guidelines by EPA's regulatory offices.
A related objective is to design EPA's  control
technology R&D program.  The development of an
adequate research data base  to  support  standards/
guidelines will be accomplished through:  (1)  com-
prehensive analysis of emissions from existing
units;  (2) engineering evaluation of available
data on emissions; and (3) evaluation of data on
the performance of available control devices/
options.  Design of the control technology R&D
program will be accomplished by comparing  the
results of the comprehensive analyses of emissions
with emission goals established based on health
and ecological effects, independent of  the specific
energy  technology.
                                                                                                            63

-------
     The environmental  assessment  strategy  is
divided into six steps:   (1)  Identification of
current process and environmental  background,
including a study of process  flow  sheets, status,
and schedules; identification of possible emission
sources throughout the  process, considering all
media; projection of possible emissions by  means
of theoretical calculations and engineering con-
siderations; listing of potential  pollutants;
and collection of health/ecological effects,
transformation/transport, and related information
for potential pollutants.   (2) Development  of
environmental objectives based ultimately on health
and ecological effects  of possible pollutants, with
the goals expressed in  terms  of acceptable  emis-
sions.  Based upon the  effects, pollutants  are
prioritized.  The goals are independent of  the
energy technology.  (3) Acquisition of environ-
mental data, including  comprehensive analysis
of emissions from existing fluidized-bed combus-
tion facilities.  An analytical approach in stages
is employed to determine, in  the most cost-
effective manner, which of the pollutants on the
listings of potential pollutants are being  emitted
to all media from all process streams, and  at
what levels.  (4) Assessment  of available control
technology, including identification of specific
control technologies, evaluation of the cost of
alternative degrees of  control, and assessment of
the environmental impact of the control process
itself.  (5)  Analysis  of environmental alterna-
tives, to identify the  optimum combination  of
control devices (for all pollutants and process
streams), considering the trade-offs between
cost and degree of control.   (6) Identification
of further data and technology needs, including
recommendation of a. control technology develop-
ment program, and also  indicating  requirements
for further health/ecological effects data,
transport/transformation data, and emissions data.

     Figure 1 indicates schematically the rela-
tionship between these steps.

     The methodology that is being developed
for conducting some of these  steps is discussed
below.  The status of the fluidized-bed combus-
tion environmental assessment is also discussed.

Identification of Current Background

     EPA's primary environmental assessment con-
tractor—Battelle-Columbus Laboratories—has
completed an initial compilation of engineering,
environmental,  and cost data for the fluidized-
bed combustion process.  Battelle, GCA/Technology
Division (Reference 3), and Westinghouse Research
Laboratories have conducted studies to project
possible emissions of compounds other than  SO
and NOX, based upon theoretical calculations and
engineering considerations;  the results suggest
no specific environmental problems, but addi-
tional actual emission data are required to
enable firm conclusions.  Battelle and (in a
separate program)  the Research Triangle Institute
(RTI)  are compiling health and ecological data
for possible pollutants.

     A key  activity within this environmental
 assessment step is an attempt to establish boun-
 daries for the assessment by deriving  a  list  of
 the compounds to be considered.  Battelle  has
 developed a list of 1093 substances, derived  by
 considering:  (1) elements and compounds known
 to  be present in coal and limestone/dolomite;
 (2)  substances known to be emitted from  coal  com-
 bustion/conve,rsion processes; and (3)  substances
 with a potential for formation during  combustion
 and for which Threshold Limit Value  (TLV)  and
 Lethal Dose data are available.  This  list is
 currently being refined by suitable  grouping  and
 consolidation of the substances.  In an  indepen-
 dent effort, RTI developed a list of 650 substances,
 referred to as the Multimedia Environmental Goals
 (MEG)  pollutant list for fossil energy processes,
 RTI used the following criteria in developing their
 list:   (1)  substances known or suspected as emis-
 sions  from coal or oil processing; (2) all classes
 of  substances represented; and (3) substances for
 which TLV or Lethal Dose data are available, or
 for which environmental standards/guidelines/
 criteria are proposed or promulgated, or which are
 on  certain other EPA listings.  The RTI MEG pollu-
 tant list is considered to represent the primary
 substances of concern in the environmental assess-
 ment effort.  The need for any additions to the
 RTI list, based upon the Battelle list, is currently
 being evaluated.

      Future efforts on this step will also include
 preparation of a Technology Overview Report, which
 will divide all variations of the fluidized combus-
 tion process into generic unit operations, and
 will include a technical and environmental evalua-
 tion of each unit operation.

 Development of Environmental Objectives

      The primary vehicle being utilized to system-
 atically develop environmental goals is the Multi-
 media Environmental Goals (MEG) Chart  (see Figure
 2).   Ambient-level goals are developed for each
 pollutant based upon health/ecological considera-
 tions, and are then converted to emission  goals
 for subsequent comparison with actual emission
 measurements.

      Basically, the MEG Chart is a format  for
-presentation of the goals, and of the data nec-
 essary to enable derivation of the goals.  Columns
 IA  and IB in Figure 2 are process-specific emis-
 sion goals based, respectively, on current and
 revised emission standards, and on existing and
 developing technology.  Columns II,  III and IV are
 process-independent ambient-level goals, or esti-
 mated permissible concentrations  (EPC's),  based
 (respectively) on:  current or proposed ambient
 standards; toxicity considerations (where  ambient
 standards do not exist) ; and mutagenic/carcinogenic/
 teratogenic considerations  (in which case  a
 "permissible" concentration must be  estimated on
 the basis of acceptable risk rather  than on the
 basis of zero, or minimal, effect).  In  Columns Hi
 III and IV, EPC's are presented both from  the
 standpoint of human health, and from the stand-
 point of ecological effects  (plants, other animals).
 The types of models used to calculate  EPC's for
 Columns IIIA and IV, based on TLV, LD5Q, and  other
64

-------

CURRENT
PROCESS
TECHNOLOGY
BACKGROUND

CURRENT
ENVIRONMENTAL
BACKGROUND

i

ENVIRONMENTAL
DATA
ACQUISITION
i
ENVIRO
DEVEL

NMENTAL
CTIVES
OPMENT
CONTROL
TECHNOLOGY
DEVELOPMENT
i
CONT
TECHN
ASSES!
1
ROL
OLOGY
;MENT
x
^YES
/ IS \
/ BETTER \ NO
\ CONTROL / 	
\ NEEDED?/
\T 	 1— »A OUTPUTS: /
1 	
ENVIRONMENTAL
ALTERNATIVES
ANALYSIS • QUANTIFIED CONTROL ALTERNATIVES
• QUANTIFIED MEDIA DEGRADATION ALTERNATIVES
• STANDARDS OF PRACTICE MANUALS
• DATA BASE TO SUPPORT ENVIRONMENTAL
STANDARDS AND GUIDELINES
 Figure  1.    Simplified block  diagram  showing  relationship between steps  of  environmental assess-
               ment  and  control  technology  development.










MEDIA


AIR, ug/m3
(ppm vol)
WATER, mg/1
(ppm wt)
LAND, yg/g
(ppm wt)
Emission-Level Goals
I
Best Technology


A



Existing Tech,
NSPS, BPT(b)







B



Developing
Tech, BAT(b)
Revised NSPS







Based on Ambient Factors


C
Derived from
Ambient -Level
Goals
(Cols 11,111,1V)
Based on
Health
Effects
(c)
3,900

41,400

80
Based on
Ecol.
Effects
(d)
12,400

500,000

1,000
D


Elimination of
Discharge (EOD)
Natural
Background (e)







Ambient-Level Goals
II
Current or Proposed
Ambient Standards
or Criteria
A



Based on
Health
Effects







B



Based on
Ecological
Effects







III
Toxicity-Based Est.
of Permissible
Concentration (EPC/g'
A



Based on
Health
Effects


7. 1
(0.004)
41.4

0.08
B



Based on
Ecological
Effects<£)


12.4

500

1.0
IV
Threshold Limit-
Based EPC (for ,
Carcinogen, etc)




Based on
Health
Effects


3.9

58.5

1.12
                                                                                                                                      a) (h)
 (a)  The  MEG Goals are intended for broad planning purposes  only and are not rigorous,  absolute indicators of acceptable pollutant levels.

 (b)  BPT   Best Practical Control Technology; NSPS   New Source Performance Standards;  BAT   Best Available Control Technology.

 (c)  Calculated by multip lying  C olumn II A,or the lower value in III A  and IV, by a  selected dilution factor.   The d ilution  factor selected
     for  this example was 1000.

 (d)  Calculated by  multiplying  Column II B  or Column  III  B by the assumed dilution factor.

 (e)  Calculated by  rnultiplying  natural background by  assumed dilution factor,

 (f)  Where data are available on more than  one plant  or animal species,  the data for the most sensitive species are used in  Column III B.

 (g)  See  Reference  9 for indication of type  of models employed.

 (h)  Acceptable death rate  should be defined and natural  background  levels should be  considered; whereas TLV data usually consider physiological
     or behavioral  effects,  threshold  limit  in this case  refers  to genetic (carcinogenic, teratogenic, mutagenic, etc.)  effects.
Figure  2.   Example Multimedia Environmental Goals  (MEG) chart  for  formaldehyde.
                                                                                                    (a)
                                                                                                                                       65

-------
available data, are suggested by Handy and Schindler
(Reference 4); the EPC's in IIIB are based on the
most sensitive applicable non-human species for
which effects data are available.  Further models
for the completion of Columns IIIA, IIIB, and IV
have recently been developed by RTI (Reference 5).
In column 1C, the estimated permissible ambient con-
centrations identified in Column II, III or IV are
converted to emission level goals by multiplying the
values in Column II, III or IV by the dilution fac-
tor assumed for converting source concentrations
to ambient concentrations.  All media (air, water,
land) are represented on the Chart to assure that
attempts to control emissions to one medium do
not result in increased adverse impact on others.

     The goals derived from the MEG Chart will
be used to assist in deciding what pollutants
should receive emphasis in the EPA program, and in
planning the control technology development pro-
gram for fluidized-bed combustion.  It is empha-
sized that the MEG Chart is intended only for
broad planning purposes; the limitations in availa-
ble health/ecological effects data, and the sim-
plifications necessary in the models used for
calculating some of the EPC's, are such that the
entries in Columns III and IV cannot be taken as
rigorous absolute indicators of acceptable pollu-
tant levels.

     RTI is currently completing the MEG Chart for
the 650 substances on the RTI list.  The Chart
will be updated as the substance list is refined.
Among other future efforts required on the MEG
Chart are:  collection and analysis of available
health/ecological effects data, and reconciliation
of any differences, if possible; and derivation of
improved models for calculating EPC's based upon
available health/ecological data.  Modeling needs
include, for example:  improved methods of employ-
ing TLV, LE>   , or other data to give air- and water-
based EPC's; and definition and quantification of
the chains by which soil concentrations enter
human and ecological systems, so that land-based
EPC's can be calculated.  Attention will be given
to estimating chronic pollutant effects, though
much of the available data are for acute effects.

Comprehensive Analysis of Emissions

     A comprehensive source sampling program is
being undertaken in order to develop the emis-
sions data base necessary for supporting environ-
mental standards/guidelines, and'to provide the
actual emissions information necessary for compari-
son with the MEG Chart goals.  In some cases, an
ambient monitoring program may also be warranted.

     In order to determine emissions of up to
650 substances (or more) on a cost-effective
basis, a staged sampling/analysis approach has
been proposed, consisting of three levels.
Level 1 comprehensive analysis (Reference 6)
involves initial comprehensive screening, using
analytical techniques which sacrifice accuracy
and compound specificity in order to identify
possible problem areas in a cost-effective manner.
Level 2 is designed based upon Level 1;  more
accurate,  compound-specific techniques are used
to explore the identified problem areas (Refer-
ence 7).  Level 3 includes  routine monitoring of
those pollutants identified as  specific problems
in Level 2.  Biological  testing,  as well as
chemical analysis, is included.   The Level I/
Level 2/Level 3 approach is being refined as
experience is obtained using it.

     Figure 3 indicates  a typical sampling/analyt-
ical matrix for Level 1  comprehensive analysis.
The analyses for organic reduced  sulfur compounds,
POM's,  and toxic elements are technically Level  2
analyses, but are conducted concurrent with Level
1 since they are of known interest in fluidized-
bed combustion.

     To date, sampling of the type reflected by
Figure  3 has been completed on  four fluidized-bed
units:  a 6-inch (15 cm)  i.d.  atmospheric unit
at Battelle; an 18-inch  (46 cm) i.d.  atmospheric
unit at ERDA's Morgantown Energy  Research Center,
burning anthracite culm;  a  2-foot by 3-foot,  or
61 cm by 91 cm (cross section)  pressurized combus-
tor at  the British Coal  Utilization Research
Association; and the 12-inch (31  cm)  i.d.  pressur-
ized Miniplant combustor at Exxon Research and
Engineering Company.  Sampling  is planned on other
units as they become available, including the 30 MW
Rivesville boiler.

     Some analytical results are  available from
the samples taken from the  Battelle and Morgantown
units;  these results are being  evaluated.   Con-
siderable effort is being devoted to utilization of
the MEG Chart goals to aid  in the evaluation of
the analytical results,  and to  help in the design
of the  Level 2 analytical approach based upon the
Level 1 results.

Assessment of Available  Control Technology

     For the purposes of the EPA  program,  environ-
mental  control technology options are divided into
four areas:  (1) modification of  process operating
and design conditions; (2)  pretreatment of input
streams; (3) use of add-on  control devices, such as
a particulate removal device or a sorbent regenera-
tor; and (4) minimization of the  impact of solid
residue disposal.

     An approach is being developed to enable an
orderly, reasonably uniform procedure for compre-
hensive assessment of available control alterna-
tives.  The approach will take  into consideration:
the degree of control possible  for each important
pollutant for each medium,  as a function of device
operating conditions and fluidized-bed combustion
process operating conditions; the dollar costs of
control (and the energy  efficiency penalty of
control) as a function of the degree of control
for each device/option for  each pollutant and
process stream; the reliability of the device/
option, taking into consideration the data and
operating experience available  on the device/
option, and the theory/design principles behind  it;
the possible environmental  impact of the control
device/option itself; and any other factors that
may become apparent during  the development of the
control technology evaluation approach.

     As part of this task,  Standards of Practice
66

-------
Species, Pollutants
On-Line Continuous Gas Measurements
C02
S02
NO
N02
CO
°2
Total Gaseous Hydrocarbon
Integrated Gas Phase Measurements
H2S
COS
Disulfides
S03/H2S04
NH3
Cyanides
HCI
Fluoride, volatile
ntegrated Specimens for Subsequent
Group Analysis
Trace metals
Major Elements |Fe, Al, Si, K, Ca)
Organic, by class
Organic-reduced, sulfur compounds
POM
Proximate
Radionuchdes
Ultimate
Sulfur forms
Biological
Integrated Specimens for Subsequent
Specific Analysis
Toxic Elements (Be, Cd, Hg. As,
Pb, Se, Sb, Tel
Cl
f
Na
Ca
Mg
C03
S04
S03
s
N02
N03
C Non Carbonate"
Heating value
Particle morphology
Particle size
Particle mass
Sample
Collection
Techniques'8'

Cw
Cw
Cw
Cw
Cw
Cw
Cw

19
ig
ig
St
St
St
St
St

SASS/Gs
SASS/Gs
SASS/Gs
SASS/Gs
SASS/Gs
Gs
SASS/Gs
SASS/Gs
l Gs
SASS/Gs

SASS/Gs
SASS/Gs
SASS/Gs
Gs
Gs
Gs
SASS/Gs
SASS/Gs
SASS/Gs
SASS/Gs
SASS/Gs
SASS/Gs
Gs
Gs
Gs/Ci
Gs/Ci
M5
Analysis Me thod(bl

NDIR
IR or UV
NDIR or CL
NDIR or CL
NDIR
PM or PE
FID

GC
GC
GC
GR/IC
KJ
CO
Tl
SIE

SSMS
OES
EX/LC/IR
GC
GC/MS
ASTM D3172-73
Gross a and /3 assay
ASTM 03176-74
ASTM D2492-68
In vitro

AA
CO
01 /CO
AA
AA/TI
AA
GE
TI/IC
S02 GE/CO
GEATI
CO/IC
CO/IC
C
ASTM D2015-66
SEM
Sieve - ASTM 410-38
Weight
System Stream or Material
Stack
Particulates
Mid
>3p


















X
X
X
X
X

X
X

X

X
X
X



X
X
X
X
X
X




X(c)
Fine
<3p


















X
X
X
X
X

X
X

X

X
X
X



X
X
X
X
X
X




X
Gas

X
X
X
X
X
X
X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X



X
X
X




X

X

















Waste
from cyclone
and bed


















X
X
X
X
X

X


X

X

X



X
X
X
x
X
X
X

X
X

Coal
Feed


















X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

X


X
X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

Sorbent
Feed


















X
X




X


X

X



x
X
X
X
x
X
X
X
x

x
x


Leach ate
from
Solid Waste
(cyclone anc
bed)


















X










X
X
X




X
X

X
X





(a) Cw   - Continuous withdrawal through non-reactive line
           with mechanical filtration
   Ig    - Integrated  grab sample of gas in glass bulb
   St    - Separate wet chemical tram to collect gas (such
           as Method 6).
   SASS -  Source Assessment Sampling System (tram used
           for suspended particulates, organics, and
           volatile trace elements)
        -  Grab multiple samples riffled to reduce to  100 g
           representative sample.
        -  Cascade impactor  in flowing stream.
        -  EPA Method  5.
    Gs

    Ci
    M5
   (c) Coarse
(b) NDIR  Non-dispersive infrared.          SSMS
   IR    - Infrared.                       OES
   UV   - Ultraviolet                     EX
   CL    - Chemilurnmescence.              l_C
   PM    - Paramagnetic                   GC/MS
   PE    - Platinum Electrode.
   FID   - Flame lonization Detector        AA
   GC    - Gas Chromatography             Dl
   GR    - Goksoyr-Ross.                  GE
   1C    - Ion chromatography.             c
   KJ    - Kjeldahl.                       ASTM
   CO    - Cotonmetric.
   Tl    - Titration.                       SEM
   SIE   - Selective-Ion  Electrode.
- Spark Source Mass Spectroscopy.
- Optical Emission Spectroscopy.
- Extraction.
- Liquid Chromatography.
- Gas Chromatography with mass
   spectrography.
- Atomic absorption
- Distillation.
- Gas Evolution
- Combustion.
- American Society for Testing
   Materials Standard Method.
• Scanning  Electron Microscope
                   and Filter
                                  fractions included.
Figure  3.    Example  sampling/analytical  matrix  for  Level  1  comprehensive  analysis  on  flu-
                idized-bed  combustor.
                                                                                                                                                                 67

-------
Manuals will be prepared  in  support  of  EPA's  regula-
tory offices,  and will be updated  as necessary.

Environmental  Alternatives Analysis

     The primary purpose  of  environmental  alterna-
tives  analysis is to  identify  the  optimum  combina-
tion of control options for  plants representing  all
variations  of  the fluidized-bed  combustion process.
This analysis  will  consider:   (1)  the  "hazard" asso-
ciated with the levels of each pollutant in each
stream, calculated  by comparing  the  health/
ecological  effects  goal for  each pollutant (devel-
oped via the MEG Chart) with the actual emissions
observed from  comprehensive  analysis;  and  (2) the
cost of alternate degrees of control available with
alternate  control options, as  defined  in the  pre-
vious  step. The analysis will further  be  employed
to identify problem pollutants and,  based  upon the
degree of  "hazard," to:   (1)  rank  effluent streams
within each fluidized combustion process variation;
and (2) compare  the different  variations.

     The primary tool currently  under development
to enable  environmental alternatives analysis, is
the Source  Analysis Model (SAM).   SAM methodology
is being developed  under  EPA contract by Aerotherm
Division of Acurex  Corp,   Basically, the SAM
approach involves calculation  of a normalized
degree of  hazard for  each pollutant  in  a selec-
ted stream by  computing the  ratio  of the concen-
tration of  the pollutant  in  the  stream  to  the goal
concentration  indicated in the MEG Chart;  i.e.,

     degree of hazard for pollutant  i in
     stream k  =
                     Cik
                  (C.k)MEG

 where C.,  is  the  observed  concentration  and
 (C^JKEG is the emission goal  read  from  Column  1C
 or ID in the  MEG  Chart  for pollutant  i.   The  total
 degree of hazard  for  a  stream  can then be calcu-
 lated by summing  over all  pollutants  in  the
 stream;  the degree  of hazard for a  plant  can  be
 calculated by summing all  streams.  If the per-
 formance of alternative individual  control
 options  for each  stream is known, the SAM can be
 used to  find  the  control option, or combination
 of options, which minimizes the degree of hazard
 for any  one stream  or for  the  total plant.

      Three versions of  the SAM are  under  develop-
 ment by  EPA's Industrial Environmental Research
 Laboratory/RTF, varying according to  the  level of
 detail in the model.  These versions  are:

      ° SAM/IA, to be  used  for  initial rapid
        effluent concentration  screening,  using
       MEG goals  based  upon more readily  availa-
       ble, acute toxicity data.

        SAM/I,  to  be used for more rigorous
        screening, using MEG goals based  upon
        estimated  chronic effects.

      ° SAM/II, a  general model to be  used for
       evaluating any U. S. regional  site
       alternative,
Design  of  R&D  Program for Control Technology

     Additional  control technology required will
be  identified  based upon the results of the
environmental  alternatives analysis.  If—after
comparing  the  MEG  health/ecological goals with
the actual observed emissions from fluidized com-
bustion units  and  with the capabilities of
currently  envisioned control technology—the
alternatives analysis  indicates an unacceptable
hazard  for a specific  pollutant/stream which can-
not be  reduced at  practical control cost, then
new control alternatives,  or further development
of  current alternatives,  will be identified in
order to reduce  the hazard to acceptable levels.
Control alternatives may fall into the four cate-
gories  listed  previously:   (1) modification of
process operating  and  design conditions; (2) pre-
treatment  of input streams;  (3) use of add-on
devices; and (4) techniques  for reducing the
impact  of  solid  residue disposal.
     Additional  information needs may be identi-
fied in  areas  other than control technology;  e.g.,
additional health  effects data may be necessary,
or  further effort  may be required in the develop-
ment of  environmental assessment methodology.

Development  of Data Base for Standards/Guidelines

     One major product of the environmental assess-
ment effort  will be the development of a research
data base adequate for supporting environmental
standards and  guidelines for all variations and
applications of  the fluidized-bed combustion
process.  Standards Support Plans and Standards
Development  Research Data Base Reports will be
prepared and updated as warranted in support  of
EPA's standards-setting offices.

CONTROL  TECHNOLOGY DEVELOPMENT

     In  parallel with the fluidized-bed combustion
environmental  assessment effort, a significant
program  is being conducted by EPA to develop
suitable environmental control technology (Refer-
ences 1  and  2).  The control technology effort is
too broad to be  described in detail here, but
some important recent results are listed.
Modification of Process  Operating/Design Condition^

     Testing is underway on  the  0,63 MWe pressur-
ized fluidized-bed Miniplant combustor,  built
under EPA sponsorship  at Exxon Research  and
Engineering Co. (Reference 8).   Figure 4 shows some
recent results indicating S0_ removal in the pres-
surized  (9 atm, or 910 kPa)  Bed  as  a function of
sorbent  feed rate.  The  figure shows that the
dolomite used in this  study  is a more effective
sulfur sorbent than is the limestone (on the basis
of the sorbent feed rate, expressed as the ratio
of moles of calcium in the sorbent  feed  to the
moles of sulfur in the coal  feed).   Also, in a
pressurized system, limestone becomes more effec-
tive when the bed temperature is high enough to
result in calcination  of the calcium carbonate.
68

-------
                                   Figure 4.

                                   Sulfur capture
                                   results from
                                   the  Miniplant
                                   fluidized-bed
                                   combustor  at
                                   9  atm (910 kPa) ,
                                                                  LIMESTONE
                                                                  (825-900°C)
                                   Figure  6.

                                   Limestone  precal-
                                   cination results
                                   from the Mini-
                                   plant fluidized-
                                   bed  combustor at
                                   9  atm (910 kPa).
              2    3

             Ca/5 MOLAR RATIO
                                                        1     2     3

                                                           Ca/S MOLAR RATIO
     The Miniplant combustor NOj; emissions at 910
kPa are shown in Figure  5  as a function of excess
air.  As indicated,  the  emissions are consistently
well below the EPA New Source Performance Standard
of 0.7 lb/10   BTU (0.30  g/10  J) .
           20
                40
                      60    80    100
                    EXCESS AIR, %
                                      120   140
Figure  5.
NOX emissions from the Miniplant
fluidized-bed combustor at 9 atm
          (910 kPa) .
Pretreatment  of  Input  Streams

     Precalcination of the limestone feed to
pressurized fluidized  combustors  is  being studied
as a means  for reducing sorbent requirements,  and
thus reducing the  quantity of  solid  residue.
Figure 6  shows the results of  a limestone precal-
cination  study on  the  Miniplant at 9" atm (910
kPa).   Figure 6  is similar to  Figure 4,  except
that three  data  points are included  indicating the
performance of precalcined limestone.  As shown,
precalcination can make the limestone  as effec-
tive as the dolomite on the basis of the calcium-
to-sulfur molar  ratio.
Add-on Control Devices

     Among the particulate control devices to be
tested in the near future are:  a 500 acfm (14 cu.
meters/min) Ducon high temperature/pressure granu-
lar bed filter, which has been installed on the
Miniplant and is currently undergoing shakedown;
an Aerodyne cyclone to be tested on a 500 acfm
(14 cu. meters/min) high temperature/pressure
particulate control test stand now being installed
by Westinghouse Reaearch Laboratories; and 25-
3000 acfm (0.7-85 cu. meters/min) conventional
scrubbers, fabric filters, and electrostatic
precipitators to be tested on the flue gas from
ERDA's Rivesville boiler using trailer-mounted,
mobile devices developed by EPA.  Also, EPA is
interested in complete characterization of any
devices installed on large fluidized-bed combus-
tion facilities, for example, the in-system
electrostatic precipitator on the Rivesville
boiler, and the baghouse planned for the George-
town University boiler.  Future plans include the
possibility of modifying existing control devices,
or installing new devices, on large fluidized
boiler installations.
                                                   Another  add-on  option  being studied is
                                               sorbent  regeneration, which should reduce fresh
                                               sorbent  requirements and  hence  the quantity of
                                               solid  residue.   The  Miniplant  combustor/regenera-
                                               tor  system  has  been  successfully operated for a
                                               sustained shakedown  run of  100  hours  at 9 atm
                                               (910 kPa),  with continuous  regeneration of the
                                               sorbent.  The run  demonstrated  that it  is techni-
                                               cally  feasible  to  regenerate the sorbent by means
                                               of reductive  decomposition, and that  regeneration
                                               can  reduce  fresh sorbent  requirements to only 15
                                               to 20  percent of that which would be  required
                                                                                                           69

-------
to maintain the same degree of  sulfur control
without  regeneration.  In a project co-funded by
ERDA  and EPA,  a semi-continuous 10-cycle combus-
tion/regeneration run was also  conducted by
Argonne  National Laboratory using a 6-inch
(15.2 cm) i.d., 8 atm  (810 kPa) fluidized com-
bustor and a 4.25-inch  (10.8  cm)  i.d., 1.5 atm
(153  kPa) regenerator.  The initial portion of
this  test is described in Reference 9. Based
upon  their results, Argonne calculated that, with
regeneration,  fresh sorbent requirements could be
reduced  to only about  20 percent of that nec-
essary without regeneration.   This conclusion is
consistent with the Exxon results.  Although regen-
eration  is technically  feasible, further work is
necessary to optimize  the regeneration step, and
 to define its range  of economic feasibility.

 Solid Residue Disposal

      Westinghouse Research Laboratories has been
 conducting laboratory  "shake" tests—in which small
 quantities of fluidized-bed combustion solid
 residue  are shaken in  a  flask containing water—
 in order to obtain preliminary information on
 leachate characteristics.  Ralph Stone and Co, is
 conducting laboratory  lysimeter column tests.
 Further  shake testing,  lysimeter testing, and field
 cell testing are necessary before firm conclusions
 can be drawn regarding  the environmental impact of
 the residue, and such  testing is planned.  Figure  7
 summarizes some of the  results  of the Westinghouse
 shake testing.  Prior  to the  availability of MEG
 goals, Westinghouse  employed  two other "goals"
 against  which to compare their leachate data:
 (1) drinking water standards; and (2) the leaching
                                          properties of  natural gypsum.   It should be empha-
                                          sized that these "goals" were  selected only in an
                                          effort to put  the data into perspective; they are
                                          not absolute indicators of whether the fluidized
                                          combustion residue leachate is  environmentally
                                          acceptable or  unacceptable.

                                          CONCLUSIONS
                                                An effort  is  underway to  develop the method-
                                          ology for environmental assessment  of fluidized-
                                          bed combustion  (and of other developing energy
                                          technologies).   The results of  the  environmental
                                          assessment will  be  used in two  ways:   (1) from the
                                          regulatory standpoint, the results  will be used
                                          to support environmental standards  and guidelines;
                                          and (2) from  the R&D standpoint,  the  results will
                                          be used to design a control technology research
                                          and development  program, in order to  enable future
                                          standards to  be  set in accordance with any more
                                          stringent objectives that may be  established by
                                          EPA's standards-setting offices.   Results from the
                                          fluidized combustion environmental  assessment are
                                          only starting to become available.   Some control
                                          technology data  are available,  largely for the
                                          current criteria pollutants.
                                          ACKNOWLEDGMENT


                                                The environmental  assessment methodology
                                          described in this paper  is  being developed under
                                          the  guidance of Mr. R. P. Hangebrauck, Director,
                                          Energy  Assessment and Control Division, Industrial
                                          Environmental Research Laboratory/RTP.
      Sample
                      Process
                                 Sorbent
                                                           Environmental Parameters
                                           Heal
                                          Release
                                Trace
                                Metal
                                                         Total
                                                       Dissolved
                                                         Solids
Sulfide
pH
                Sulfate
                       Calcium
     Spent Sorbent
     (bed material )
Pressurized System
 once - through
                              Limeslone
                                       NO <0. 2°C*
         VXX
        PH= 12.
      xxxv
                  Pressurized Syslem
                   once -through
               Dolomite
                                       ND <0. 2°C
      XXX x A
      XPH = H. »<
      x>vy
                  Atmospheric System
                    on« -through
              Limeslone
                       NO <0. Z°C
       Flyash
  Kines o( sorbent/ash )
Pressurized Syslem
 once - through
                              Limeslone
                                       ND <0. 2°C
          .   .
      XbH 8 to I
 Mixture of Spent    I Pressurized Syslem
Bed Sorbent and Flyash   once-through
                                 Limeslone
                                         ND<0.2°C
                                                       XpH 8 to 10-
                                                       X \X X'x
      Gypsum
    Natural
                       ND <0. 2°C
                                                        pH = 7. 4
                S  Do Not Meet Either The Drinking Water or Gypsum Leachate Criteria
                0  Pass Gypsum Leachate Criteria But Not Drinking Water Standards
                D  Pass Both Drinking Water and Gypsum Leachate Criteria

                 *  ND  <0.2 C indicates  not detected with 0.2 C being the minimum
                    detection limit.
                    Source:  Westinghouse  Research Laboratory


 Figure 7.  Summary  of some results from Westinghouse shake tests  on fluidized-bed  combus
            tion  solid residue.
 70

-------
REFERENCES
      Henschel,  D.  B.,  "The U.  S. Environmental
      Protection Agency Program for Environmental
      Characterization  of Fluidized-Bed Combustion
      Systems,"  in the  Proceedings of the National
      Conference on Health, Environmental Effects,
      and Control Technology of Energy Use, spon-
      sored by EPA, Washington D. C. (February
      9-11, 1976),  Report No. EPA-600/7-76-002

      "The U. S.  Environmental Protection Agency's
      Fluidized-Bed Combustion Program, FY 1976,"
      prepared for EPA by Battelle-Columbus
      Laboratories, Report No. EPA-600/7-77-012
      (February 1977) (NTIS No.  PB 265-354/AS)

      Fennelly, P. F., D. F. Durocher, H. Klemm
      and R. R. Hall, "Preliminary Environmental
      Assessment of Coal-Fired Fluidized-Bed
      Combustion Systems," prepared for EPA by
      GCA/Technology Division, Report No. EPA-600/
      7-77-054 (May 1977) (in Press)

      Handy, R. W., and  A. Schindler, "Estimation
      of permissible Concentrations of Pollutants
      for Continuous Exposure," prepared for EPA
      by the Research Triangle Institute, Report
      No. EPA-600/2-76-155  (June 1976) (NTIS No.
      PB 253-959)

      Cleland, J. G., and G. L.  Kingsbury,
      Research Triangle  Institute, Research
      Triangle Park, N.  C., personal communication

      Hamersma, J. W., et al., "IERL-RTP Procedures
      Manual:  Level 1 Environmental Assessment,"
      prepared for EPA by TRW Systems Group,
      Report No.  EPA-600/2-76-160a (June 1976
      (NTIS No. PB 257-850/AS)

      Abelson, H. I., and W. A.  Lowenbach,
      "Procedures Manual for Environmental Assess-
      ment of Fluidized-Bed Combustion Processes,"
      prepared for EPA by the Mitre Corp./Metrek
      Division, Report No. EPA-600/7-77-009
      (January 1977)

      Hoke, R. C., et al., "Studies of the Press-
      urized Fluidized-Bed Coal Combustion Process,"
      prepared for EPA by Exxon Research and Engi-
      neering Co., Report No. EPA-600/7-76-011
      (September 1976) (NTIS No. PB 260-478/AS)

      Vogel, G. J., et al., "A Development Program
      on Pressurized Fluidized-Bed Combustion,"
      prepared for ERDA and EPA by Argonne National
      Laboratory, Report No. EPA-600/7-76-019
      (October 1976) (NTIS No. ANL/ES-CEN-1016)
                                                                                                           71

-------
 ESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMS FOR POLLUTION
    CONTROL FROM OIL SHALE EXPLOITATION
       Eugene F. Harris and Thomas J. Powers
      Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory
        U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                Cincinnati, Ohio
 [INTRODUCTION

     The U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
 Is interested  both in oil shale research and de-
 velopment projects for which it provides funds and
 in projects funded by other governmental and in-
 dustrial sources.   Many EPA projects themselves
 involve interaction between EPA and other agencies,
 and it is anticipated that future EPA projects will
 also involve industry.  Research provides data for
 defining ecological and health effects and for de-
 veloping cost-effective control technology that can
 be used by government and industry to minimize the
 degradation of the environment.

     The five  major projected areas of in situ oil
 shale research and development are as shown in
 Table 1.
TABLE 1.   IN-SITU OIL SHALE RESEARCH
          AND DEVELOPMENT
 In-Situ Major
 Proj ects

 Antrim Shale
 True In-Situ
 Solution Mining

 Vertical Modified
  In-Situ
 Vertical Modified
  In-Situ
Involved
Performer

Dow
Talley-Frac
Equity

Occidental

Geokinetics
Location

Midland, MI
Rock Springs, WY
Rio Blanco
  County, CO
Debeque, CO

Unitah County,
  UT
     The tempo of oil shale development has picked
up with Occidental Oil Shale,  Inc.'s assumption of
the role of project operator for the federal tract
C-b lease.   Occidental and its partner, Ashlafid
Oil, have released a development schedule which
involves construction resumption on the tract as
soon as the current lease suspension expires in
September 1977.   The upsurge in activity is a re-
sult of Occidental's modified  in situ production
technology  that  shows improved economics and re-
duced environmental problems when compared with
surface retorting.   Due to the greatly reduced
capital requirements of the in situ project, no
governmental assistance in the form of loan
guarantees  or price stabilization is required.
For the plant coming on-stream in 1983, oil pro-
duction rates are projected to be 57,000 BPD at
an estimated cost of $8 to $ll/barrel.

     As a result of research and development by
government and  industry,  primarily  during  the past
three decades,  a processing  sequence  of  under-
ground room and pillar mining  and surface  retort-
ing has evolved for production of shale  oil.   The
surface retorting methods that have reached  the
point of potential industrial  scale-up in  the U.S.
include:   (a) the TOSCO  II and Lurgi-Ruhrgas pro-
cesses that employ recycled  hot solids for heat-
ing,  (b) the Paraho Direct Mode process  that has
an internal combustion zone  within  the retort,
and (c) the Union Retort  B,  Superior  Oil,  and
Paraho Indirect Mode processes that have external,
fuel-fired furnaces as heat  sources.

     The TOSCO  II and Paraho Direct Mode processes
have attained production  capacities in the range
500 to 1000 tons/day and  could,  therefore, be con-
sidered amenable to early scale-up  to a  10,000-
ton/day commercial module.   This is probably also
true for the Union Retort B, based  upon  the  Re-
tort A design that operated  successfully 20  years
ago at 1200 tons/day.

     A Lurgi-Ruhrgas pilot plant (West Germany) with
16 to 25 tons/day as the  nominal capacity  has been
used to process Colorado  shale,  and a 4000-ton/day
demonstration unit has been  designed.  A Superior
Oil pilot plant (Cleveland,  Ohio) nominally  pro-
ducing 240 tons/day is currently being tested  and  a
24,000-ton/day  commercial  plant has been proposed.
A 1-ton/day hydrogasification  unit  producing  pipe-
line quality gas from oil  shale has also been  con-
structed and operated for  several years  by the
Institute of Gas Technology  (IGT) in Chicago.

     All of the other oil  shale projects develop-
ed to varying stages within  the last few years
continue only at maintenance levels.  Some of  the
problems hindering development have been resolved,
and positive government action on financial
assistance, environmental  problems, and  energy
policy may be required.   Within the federal  govern-
ment,  the creating of a new  Department of  Energy
and formulation of a national  energy policy  is
taking precedence over specific energy projects.
At this time, it is not known  how much importance
the present Administration gives to the  develop-
ment of an oil  shale industry.

     Table 2 lists some of the  areas that  have
been funded all or in part by  EPA.  Groundwater,
surface water,  air emissions,  and solid  wastes
have all received environmental and health con-
sideration to varying degrees.
                                      TABLE  2.   EPA OIL SHALE RESEARCH AREAS

                                     Air Studies

                                     Emissions  from gasoline derived  from coal  and
                                       shale oil
                                     Impact on  ambient  air  quality
                                     Measurement of particulates, S02,  and NOX
                                     Emission from conversion facilities
                                     Pilot balloon observations
                                     Smog chamber  studies of atmospheric  chemistry of
                                       organic- and nitrogen-containing emissions
                                     Inorganic  compounds in particulates
                                                                              (continued)
                                                                                                           73

-------
TABLE 2 (continued)

 Quality assurance program for air-monitoring
   laboratories
 Air quality monitoring
 Meteorological data
 Health effects of combustion products

 Water Studies

 Aquatic terrestrial ecosystem study on the White
   River (with Bureau of Reclamation)
 Surface water quality monitoring (with USGS)
 Impact on western Colorado water resources
 Water quality hydrology affected by oil shale
   development
 Toxic effects on the aquatic biota
 Design groundwater monitoring system
 Water quality monitoring (surface)
 Groundwater monitoring

 Solid Waste Studies
 Vegetative stabilization of spent oil shales
 Components of final aqueous effluents and solid
   wastes
 Productive uses of wastes from mining and
   processing
 Vegetative stabilization of spent Paraho oil shale

 Assessments

 Evaluation and development of an environmentally
   acceptable shale oil industry
 Environmental assessment and data acquisition
 Program support for synfuels
 Technology assessment of western energy resource
   development
 Overhead remote sensing
 Water management alternatives
 Monitoring quality assurance


 PRESENT RESEARCH—ACCOMPLISHMENTS AND  IMPACT

      Interagency participation  in and  funding of
 contract research and  development is an  indication
 of  the  wide  spectrum of  interests government
 agencies have  in oil shale  programs.   As  increas-
 ing attention  is given to  energy development and
 environmental  control  technology, EPA, in coopera-
 tion with other  agencies, will  keep pace with ex-
 panding programs in grant and contract research
 applied to oil shale.

      The Industrial Environmental Research Labora-
 tory-Cincinnati  supports coordinated,  interagency
 oil efforts  by administering an R&D program cover-
 ing environmental  assessment and development of
 extraction and process control  technology.  Reports
 on  recent activities are forthcoming which cover
 preliminary  assessment of impacts from oil shale
 development, overview  descriptions of  each of
 the  eight leading  processes under development, and
 results  of a sampling  program conducted during
 recent  Paraho retorting operations.  A major pro-
 ject  to  develop  spent  shale disposal and revegeta-
 tion  technology  is progressing with construction
 of  test  facilities nearing completion.  All these
 activities are oriented toward defining and/or de-
 veloping timely, effective environmental control
 technology as needed for the industry's growth.

 74
      Much of the EPA monitoring  research is done
at its Environmental Monitoring and Support Labora-
tories (EMSL) at Las Vegas,  Nevada; Cincinnati,
Ohio; and Research Triangle  Park,  North Carolina,
Las Vegas activities include western regional air
monitoring, groundwater monitoring and techniques
development, and overhead monitoring.   Cincinnati
EMSL stresses water techniques development  and
quality assurance.  Research Triangle Park  is de-
veloping energy-related air  monitoring quality
assurance support and air pollutant measurement
and instrumentation research.

      EPA participates in interagency funding in
several programs.  For example, a  surface water
quality monitoring program in western Colorado has
been in progress since 1975  and is being done by
the U.S.  Geological Survey (USGS)  with EPA  pass-
through money.  Another USGS project includes
EPA's Las Vegas Environmental Research Center
work on nonpoint-source water pollution monitor-
ing approaches and techniques.  The objective is
to develop and assess ground and  aerial monitoring
of extractive mining nonpoint-source pollution.
Other examples of cooperative programs include
the Energy Research and Development Administra-
tion's (ERDA) development of aqueous effluent in-
strumentation and methods for energy-related
sources,  National Aeronautics and  Space Adminis-
tration's (NASA) technical support for western
energy-related environmental assessment/overhead
monitoring method development, and National
Bureau of Standards' (NBS) water  pollutant
analyses instrumentation.

      EPA is studying the fate in  fresh waters,
groundwaters, and air of specific  pollutants  re-
sulting from oil shale development.   The Athens
Laboratory is studying the fate of specific pol-
lutants in fresh waters.  The R.  S.  Kerr Environ-
mental Research Laboratory (ERL)  is identifying
the transport and fate of oil shale-related pol-
lutants in groundwaters.  EPA Region VIII is  pro-
viding for the maintenance of an air quality
monitoring network to continue to  define long
(5-year)  baseline data information.

      Health effects of oil  shale  development are
being investigated by the U.S. Navy, National
Institute for Occupational Safety  and  Health
(NIOSH),  ERDA, and EPA.  The Research  Triangle
Park Health Effects Research Laboratory of  EPA is
assessing human exposure-effects  relationships
and evaluating hazards to man under controlled ex-
perimental conditions.

      The NIOSH studies address the occupational
health of oil shale workers, and  the Navy research
concentrates on health effects associated with the
burning of fuel oil derived  from  shale.   The  work
being done by ERDA and EPA is in  the general
fields of toxicity and carcinogenicity.

      By far the most widespread  environmental re-
search efforts are in the field of ecological
effects.   Agencies involved  in this field include
ERDA, the U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA),
the U.S.  Bureau of Mines, USGS, the U.S. Navy, and
EPA.  Emphasis has been placed on  revegetation,

-------
 •later, and, to a lesser extent, on land use.
Atmospheric research has been conducted in the
general fields of measurement and monitoring.

j     Current activity by the EPA Duluth Laboratory
-.includes oil shale-related fresh water ecosystem
;,affects.  The acute and chronic toxicological
• effects on fresh water organisms and ecosystem
 impacts of pollutants and complex effluents re-
leased by oil shale processes will be determined.
 Region VIII of EPA will develop a comprehensive
..information profile for major fresh water aquatic
^environments that could be affected by oil shale
 development.  This will be accomplished through
 a number of biological studies.

     Among the other agencies funding research in
"biological transport phenomena are ERDA and the
'U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service.  ERDA areas of
 interest include repair of damaged cells, cell
"regulatory systems, molecular damage of DNA, and
 proteins.  The Fish and Wildlife Service is in-
"vestigating the impact of western energy develop-
 ment of water sources and subsequent effects on
"fish and wildlife.

     EPA is also interested in work being done
 by  the American Petroleum Institute.  Research
 in  both biological and medical science related
 to  shale oil processes is in progress.

     Interagency participation is exemplified by
 the cooperation between EPA and USDA in assessing
 impacts of mining and controlling adverse effects
 on  forest, range, and related fresh water ecosys-
 tems.

 PLANNED RESEARCH

     Extraction process gaseous emissions, waste-
 water effluents, and spent-shale wastes will be
 identified and characterized.  The availability
 of  technologies to effectively control pollution
 from resource extraction will be assessed.  Oil
 shale in situ and surface processing and com-
 bustion will be evaluated through continuation
 of  environmental characterization of emissions,
 effluents, and solid wastes.  The multimedia
 pollution from oil shale mining, processing, and
 combustion will be studied to assess control pro-
 cesses available and under development.  The
 identification of environmental impacts of oil
 shale development will augment development by
 ERDA, the Navy, the Department of the Interior,
 and industry.  Various related studies—such as
 characterization, monitoring, pollutant trans-
 port, health effects, and ecological effects—
 will be conducted.

 EXPECTED OUTPUTS

     The environmental research and development
results for the near term are expected to be
characterization,  control technology, and measure-
ment and monitoring protocols for oil shale de-
velopment.   In situ processing,  extraction,
surface retorting,  refining,  and combustion are
included in current oil shale research activities.
The Navy,  ERDA,  and industry are conducting the
major process developments, and it is anticipated
that major environmental activities will be
associated with process development.  Medium
term environmental research between 1980 and 1985
is expected to include continued emphasis on con-
trol technology, transport processes, health
effects, and ecological effects.  Long-range re-
search and development beyond 1985 will be re-
quired for updating health and ecological effects
and control technology requirements.
CONCLUSIONS

     EPA has an active role in many areas of oil
shale research and development.  Project funding
responsibilities are shared with other agencies,
a few of which are highlighted here.  Oil shale
research and developments by others are of
interest to EPA so that duplication can be avoided
and active project results can be applied to en-
vironmental assessment and control technology
development.  The interagency approach to the
development of the oil shale resource allows a
multi-faceted approach and assessment, providing
for less expenditure by the Nation.
BIBLIOGRAPHY

Geological Survey, United States Department of
the Interior, Survey of Geologic Research on Green
Oil Shale, Open-File Report 77-176, Denver Federal
Center, Denver, Colorado, 1977.

Office of Energy, Minerals, and Industry, Office
of Research and Development, U.S. EPA, Fiscal Year
1976/Control Technology Research Program Abstracts,
EPA-600/7-77-003, January 1977.

Office of Energy, Minerals, and Industry, Office
of Research and Development, U.S. EPA, Fiscal Year
1976/Health and Environmental Effects Research
Program Abstracts, EPA-600/7-77-004, January 1977.

Prien, C. H., "Current Developments in Oil Shale
Processing," Topical Meeting on Energy and Mineral
Recovery Research, American Nuclear Society,
Colorado School of Mines, Golden, Colorado,
April 12-14, 1977.

TRW Environmental Engineering Division and
Denver Research Institute, A Preliminary Assess-
ment of Environmental Impacts from Oil Shale De-
velopments, EPA Contract No. 68-02-1881,
Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory,
Cincinnati, Ohio, 1976.

TRW Environmental Engineering Division and Denver
Research Institute, Technological Overview Reports
for Eight Oil Shale Recovery Processes, EPA Con-
tract No. 68-02-1881, Industrial Environmental
Research Laboratory, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1976.
                                                                                                           75

-------
 ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS OF SYNTHETIC FUELS
                 William J. Rhodes
           Office of Research and Development
        Industrial Environmental Research  Laboratory
          U.S. Environmental Protection  Agency
          Research Triangle Park, North Carolina
INTRODUCTION

     With a new and vigorous energy policy, it is
apparent that our nation's vast coal reserves
will not be neglected.   Synthetic fuels represent
one option offering solutions to problems associ-
ated with coal utilization.  However, while
promising an environmentally clean fuel, solu-
tions in transportation, and improved economics
(especially in allowing use of present oil/gas-
based energy conversion systems), synthetic fuel
production creates new environmental problems.
Since energy is desirable only as it maintains
and improves the quality of life, consequential
deleterious environmental effects must be less-
ened, removed, or avoided.

     Within the Federal government, the Environ-
mental Protection Agency has the primary respon-
sibility to assess the environmental factors of
energy technologies and to develop and/or aid the
development of controls to protect the environ-
ment from adverse effects. Development of energy
systems without early consideration of the en-
vironmental factors may result in last-minute
and, therefore, costly and inefficient add-on
controls.  A more rational approach is to begin
with a lower level of environmental concern
during initial bench-scale process development
and continually increase environmental awareness
until a comprehensive program is realized during
pilot and larger operations.

HOW THE SYNTHETIC FUELS ENVIRONMENTAL
PROGRAM WAS DEVELOPED

     The environmental factors in the production
and utilization of synthetic fuels from coal are
an important responsibility of the Fuel Process
Branch of EPA's Industrial Environmental Research
Laboratory  (IERL-RTP).  This branch  (including
its predecessor names) has had a significant
role in evaluating the environmental aspects of
synthetic fuels for more than a decade.  Earlier
programs were concerned primarily with historical
surveys, pollution control problem definitions,
isolated research studies, and pioneering efforts.
EPA has attempted to project the future course of
the industry and plan environmental programs on a
technical evaluation basis.  This has been accom-
plished in earlier contractual arrangements  that:
(1) sponsored the most progressive synthetic
fuels environmental research in this country in
an attempt to add direction toward environmental
integrity in these efforts, and  (2) utilized  the
available data base to  characterize  aspects of
the synthetic fuels industry  that  had  to be
studied regardless of the  direction  the industry
might take. An example  is  the characterization of
the primary feedstock,  coal.

     One objective was  to  do  as  broad  a survey as
possible of all avenues  of  application, looking at
proposed research and ongoing projects to ensure
that:  (1) all predictable  environmental impacts
had been considered and  (2) most areas of environ-
mental importance common to a number of processes
were grouped together to insure  greater efficiency
in the environmental approach.

     Following problem  definitions,  the next step
involved structuring a  coherent, comprehensive,
and goal-oriented program.  EPA's  present synthetic
fuels program currently  comprises  a  much more
comprehensive approach  addressing  the  broad scope
of environmental assessment and  control technology
development for high- and  low-Btu  gasification and
liquefaction.  Associated,  longer-term contractual
arrangements emphasize  data acquisition and are
supported by research grants  to  do fundamental
studies.

     Synthetic fuels research is being coordinated
within the Fuel Process  Branch with  closely re-
lated programs in both  physical  and  chemical coal
cleaning.  Studies of fuel  contaminants also
provide close parallels; for  example,  the deni-
trogenation and desulfurization  of petroleum
products.   At the next level, within  the Energy
Assessment and Control  Division, there is co-
ordination with conventional  coal  combustion and
more advanced systems such  as fluidized bed com-
bustion.

     With some modifications  to  internal struc-
ture, and increased emphasis  on  data accumulation,
the major thrust of the EPA Synfuels program still
follows a formulation derived well before this
fiscal year.l  Environmental  assessment activities
still include high-Btu  gasification, low-Btu
gasification, liquefaction, and  general support
with continuing characterization of  input mate-
rial.  In control technology  development, the
major contract areas are divided to  cut across
process technology lines;  thus,  each prime con-
tractor is responsible  for low-  and  high-Btu
gasification and liquefaction for  his  respective
work area. The major work  areas  divide a given
technology roughly along the  following lines:
converter output streams,  products and byproducts,
and pretreatment and waste.   These categorizations
should also  improve parallelism  with the direc-
tions being  taken by others (such  as the Energy
Research and Development Administration) doing
primary energy research.

     Table 1 sketches  the  EPA programs and con-
tractors committed  to  date.   These contracts will
be carried to a state  of completion to include:
(1) plans for full-scale industry  data acquisi-
tion,  (2) background data  for the  establishment  of
Federal standards,  (3)  investigation of  existing
and proposed control  technology  including  equip-
ment operation, and  (4) evaluation of  the  impact
                                                                                                            77

-------
of both data and recommendations on  the  industry's
establishment.  The program attacks  environmental
problems at every level: laboratory, pilot  testing,
and full-scale field  testing.
TABLE 1.  IERL-RTP SYNTHETIC FUELS
          ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAM

 Environmental Contract Area

 Prime Contracts

 Environmental Assessment
   High-Btu  Gasification

 Environmental Assessment
   Low-Btu Gasification

 Environmental Assessment
   Liquefaction

 Control Technology Develop-
   ment—Converter Outputs


 Control Technology Develop-
   ment—Products/Byproducts

 Control Technology Develop-
   ment—Pretreatment,
   Water, and Wastes

 General Support
 Research Grants

 Pollutants from Synthetic
   Fuels Production
 Raw and Acid Gas Cleanup
 Water Treatment for
   Synfuels Processes

 International Agreements

 Environmental and Engineering
   Evaluation of the Kosovo
   Coal Gasification Plant
 Parallel Support Research

 Fuel Contaminants Removal
 Characterization of Coal
   and Coal Residue


 Technical/Economic Study of
   Gas Cleanup Systems for
   Combined Cycles

 Wastewater Control
   Alternatives
 Organization
TRW Systems


Radian Corpo-
 ration

Hittman Asso-
 ciates, Inc.

Hydrocarbon
 Research,
 Incorporated

Catalytic,
 Incorporated

Pullman-
 Kellogg


Cameron
 Engineers
Research Tri-
 angle Insti-
 tute

North Carolina
 State Univer-
 sity

University of
 North Carolina
Rudarski Insti-
 tute, Belgrade
 & REMHK Kosovc
 Yugoslavia
Battelle
 Columbus Lab-
 oratories

Illinois State
 Geological
 Survey

United Tech-
 nologies Re-
 search Center

Water Purifica-
 tion Associates
COOPERATIVE EFFORTS PROMISE COMPREHENSIVE
ENVIRONMENTAL RESULTS

     An important step in coordinating the knowl-
edge and expertise of those associated nationwide,
and globally, with the problems of synthetic fuels
is the initiation  of  interagency agreements.  Jhis
type of cooperation,  for  example,  with the ERDA
and the National Institute of  Occupational Safety
and Health  (NIOSH), allows a more complementary
mesh of environmental and energy concerns.  Multi-
agency data acquisition and analysis will greatly
enhance optimization:  selection of the best con-
trols at the lowest cost  and with the greatest
expediency  to meet our  energy  and environmental
requirements.  EPA's  cooperation with those in the
forefront of developing technology offers the best
chance for  the industry to emerge with minimal
necessary constraints.

     Mutual participation has  already begun under
an Interagency Energy Accomplishment Plan.2
Control problem definition studies for in situ
gasification were  successfully initiated jointly
by IERL-RTP and ERDA  and  have  since been trans-
ferred to EPA-IERL-Cincinnati.   An environmental
and technology status report for this effort has
been published.-^   IERL-RTP also participates in an
ongoing study for  water treatment at demonstration
plants and  in the  environmental test programs and
plans at such facilities  as the ERDA Morgantown
and Grand Forks research  centers.   The lique-
faction demonstration plant at Fort Lewis has been
visited, and environmental test plan recommenda-
tions by EPA are near completion.   Agreements are
also evolving for  EPA involvement at industrial
sites, especially  those with ERDA program involve-
ment, where full-scale coal conversion is either
in operation or soon  to be operational.

     EPA has assisted by  reviewing documents
written for or by  other agencies—e.g.,  the Coal-
con draft environmental analysis report  for that
demonstration plant and the NIOSH draft guidelines
for coal gasification pilot plants.5

     Another agreement has been signed for work in
Yugoslavia  on a Lurgi coal gasification plant.
Several meetings have been held with the Yugosla-
vian participants  to  discuss the EPA data acquisi-
tion program.  The latest meeting was in April and
several other agencies and private organizations
attended the discussions  (e.g., ERDA, the Insti-
tute of Gas Technology, Radian, U.S. Bureau of
Mines, Peabody Coal Co.,  Catalytic, and Hydro-
carbon Research, Inc.).

EARLY EPA RESEARCH ACCOMPLISHMENTS FOCUS
ON PROBLEMS AND  SOLUTION  POTENTIALS

     The involvement  of the present EPA staff with
coal conversion  and utilization programs can be
traced back at least  to publication of a study in
1965 on the feasibility of coal desulfurization
under the old Division of Air  Pollution.6  Some
interim studies  are  interesting in their multi-
formity, such as:  (1) an  extensive 1970 report on
the  technological  and economic advantages of
advanced power cycles,7 especially for nonpollut-
ing  fuel production  (combined cycle work is being
continued in  conjunction  with an overall impact
study for fuel gases  from advanced gasification
systems), and  (2)  a  series of experimental under-
takings completed  in  1973 investigating  the  re-
action mechanisms  of  coal pyrolysis  through  the
78

-------
       of nonisothermal reaction kinetics.   (A
,,!:inal report in 1973 was produced  on  the  gasifi-
^'iation of fossil fuels under oxidative, reductive,
^ind pyrolytic conditions.)

 •;    Early emphasis was also placed on coal  charac-
terization, since there was a good foundation  of
Soth expertise and data in this area  and  because
feedstock analysis is absolutely necessary for the
"evaluation of environmental impact.   With EPA
 iunding, such agencies as the U.S. Bureau of Mines
^nd the Illinois State Geological  Survey  produced
 a very comprehensive description of U.S.  coals,
 particularly with respect to the sulfur content,
>washability characteristics, trace element makeup,
'and availability.

     Also, a significant number of reports have
;been concerned with the projections of types and
^quantities of potential pollutants which  could be
 associated with coal conversion.  Results have
:included tabulations, prioritizations, and chemi-
:cal/physical/toxicity characterizations of various
:elements and compounds.  Reports on potential
 emissions from coal and oil extraction processing,
 on  trace constituents from gasification processes,
 and the continuing multimedia environmental  goals
 evaluations are good examples.

     Attempts have also been made  to  characterize
 the scope and complexity of the industry  itself;
 e.g.,  a series of reports on eleven gasification
 and liquefaction processes, the potential pollut-
 ant problems associated with each primary module
 and effluent stream, and a summary report compar-
 ing all conclusions.  Additional familiarization
 with environmental problems of synthetic  fuels
 plants was gained though a series  of  field trips
 to  overseas industrial sites including the South
 African SASOL plant, the Scottish Westfield  Re-
 search Center, and the Koppers-Totzek and Winkler
 gasification processes in Turkey.

     One highly productive mechanism  for  a variety
 of  projects has been the award of  tasks under
 multioptional contracts.  Some typical tasks
 obtained in this manner include:   (1) a state-of-
 the-art review of fuel contaminants concerned
 primarily with factors of environmental impor-
 tance;  (2) environmental test units designed for
 studying gasification and liquefaction problems;
 (3) discussion of a SASOL-type process for gaso-
 line,  methanol,  SNG, and low-Btu gas  from coal;
 and (4) a compilation of Federal regulations,
 both source and  ambient, for all media, and  rela-
 tion of regulations to the coal conversion in-
 dustry.

     The IERL-RTP has sponsored,for the past few
 years,symposia on the Environmental Aspects  of
 Synthetic Fuels Technology.  The proceedings of
 these  symposia have been published and contain
 discussions of the state-of-the-art propositions
 for solutions to synfuels environmental problems.
 EPA coal conversion program personnel and con-
 tractors have also sponsored and closely  partici-
 pated  in the Advanced Fossil Fuel  Sector  group
 meetings which include participation  by a number
 of  Federal agencies.
ACHIEVEMENT OF PROGRAM GOALS
BEGINS WITH NEW ACCOMPLISHMENTS

     The most obvious accomplishment  of  EPA's
coal conversion efforts is  the increased environ-
mental awareness of both process  developers  and
the public of the potential problems  and initia-
tion of efforts to mitigate future problems.   To
extend the accomplishments  discussed  above to
specific situations and more  direct utilization,
an overall program plan has been  established,
contracts awarded, and work initiated which  will
fill out the research data  base and assessments
for environmental control.

     A summary of performance to  date begins with
actions taken by the primary  environmental assess-
ment and control technology development  con-
tractors.

     Environmental assessment of  low-Btu gasifi-
cation has begun with (1) a work  plan and tech-
nology overview, (2) preparation  for  data acquisi-
tion at coal conversion plants including Kosovo,
Yugoslavia, (3) a review on the use of computer
process simulation to predict performance of acid
gas removal and its associated environmental
problems, and (4) the design  of a sampling train
for use at proposed test sites.

     Low-Btu gasification sites in the United
States have been located and  their operators
contacted.  A series of tests is  to be run during
1977 at four sites, both Federal  and  private.  At
one of the sites, operations  will be  coordinated
with an ERDA-funded program.  General and spec-
ific test manuals are being prepared.  To assess
analytical techniques, grab samples of ash,
particulates, gases, liquors, and tar from
several U.S. plants have been analyzed in the
laboratory.  In addition, a technical information
system for project support  has been established
with over 9,500 citations.

     The coal liquefaction  environmental assess-
ment progress includes preparation of an overview
document, pilot plant site  visits including  the
Solvent Refined Coal pilot  plant  at Fort Lewis,
combustion testing of both  coal and solvent-
refined coal  (in Plant Mitchell,  Georgia), and
ASTM petroleum tests and gas  chromatographic
studies on synthetically produced liquid fuel
sampl.es for potential gas turbine fuels  evalua-
tions by the National Aeronautics and Space
Administration.

     Control technology development for  fuel con-
version/utilization systems has progressed  through
the normal stages of work plan and establishment
of a technical literature file to enumeration of
some process steps of specific concern.   Such
process steps are:  (1) methanation,  (2) product
gas compression,  (3) gas liquor separation,  (4)
phenol extraction,  (5) gas  liquor stripping, (6)
sulfur recovery, and  (7) storage  of byproducts.
Two cases were studied using  low-sulfur  Western
coal as feed to gasification:  (1) Rectisol  I for
acid gas treatment plus  Stretford units  for  sulfur
recovery, and  (2) Rectisol  II plus  Stretford/Claus
                                                                                                            79

-------
and tail gas treatment for sulfur recovery.
Currently underway is the development of a  sam-
pling and analysis program suitable for obtaining
IERL-RTP Level I assessment data for control
technology evaluations.  A Stretford process  data
report will be utilized  to illustrate the factors
connected with preparing such a program.

     The contract for converter output control
technology development has been recently awarded.
As the developer of a patented coal conversion
process, this contractor has the background and
experience to follow pathways for major as  well  as
minor contaminants flowing through coal conversion
systems.  Projected contributions include a study
of the deactivation effect of trace compounds in
coal-derived gases in a  shift converter and par-
ticipation in the establishment of an acid  gas
removal facility for pollutant studies under  grant
funding.

     An award has been made for pretreatment  and
waste control technology development just prior
to the submission of this paper, and the award
for high-Btu gasification environmental assess-
ment has also just been  made.

     Three institutions  have been awarded major
research grants.  Research under the first  award
is aimed toward study of potential pollutant  pro-
duction from experimental synthetic fuels oper-
ations.  Research will include screening of a
large number of chemical species, determination  of
the effects of coal conversion reaction parameters
on production of these species, and cataloging of
kinetic data pertinent to the rates of formation
of the significant pollutants.  Construction  of
the reactor facility is  almost complete, and
preliminary system checkout has begun.

     The second grant  is for test and evaluation
of a gas cleaning facility for gases from a bench
reactor.   Building modifications to the existing
plant have been made,  the overall system design  is
finalized, all major analytical equipment is  on
order, and fabrication is underway.

     Thirdly, work under an IERL-RTP 5-year grant
has been initiated  (1) to assess biological and
chemical treatment of wastewaters from fuel
conversion,  (2) to determine environmental  impact
and health effects of  treated waters, and  (3) to
conduct bench-scale studies for developing  water
treatment  design criteria.  Studies are being
initiated  on selected  "model" organic compounds
and will then move to  tests of composite waste
streams.

     General support to  date has covered the
preparation of the status report of Fuel Process
Branch programs, preliminary compilation of the
agenda for the September 1977 fuel conversion
symposium, recommendations on data storage  and
retrieval requirements,  and coordination and
participation in the preparation of a control
practice document for Lurgi coal gasification
plants.

     The efforts described above, although  greatly
expanded in magnitude from most previous programs
under EPA fuel  conversion technology, still re-
flect previous  results and continuity of approach.
More specific examples of this are present sup-
porting programs which are essentially direct
add-ons to the  early accomplishments previously
described.  The objective of one study is to
evaluate the technical,  economic, and environ-
mental intrusion characteristics of the inte-
grated coal gasification/sulfur removal/combined
cycle power systems  for different gasifier types.
Some of the work has been incorporated as a
subtopic in the US/USSR working group in station-
ary source pollution.

     Continued  characterization of mineral
matter in coal  is  being funded under a grant.  A
number of whole coals and wash residues have been
analyzed to date.  A complementary contract for
the characterization of coal and coal residue has
produced analyses  of both whole and demineralized
coal samples.   An  investigation of the effects of
pyrolysis on the distribution of trace elements
and collection  of  data on the solubilities and
toxicities of potential pollutants contained in
solid coal waste has begun.

     More peripheral studies continue in the area
of catalytic desulfurization, denitrogenation,
and demetalization of liquid fuels.  A low cost
demetallization catalyst has been developed and
promoter metal  levels have been optimized.  Ex-
perimental investigations of quinoline as a model
nitrogen compound  for denitrogenation under
industrial reaction  conditions have been initiated
for applicability  to synthetic liquids.

     Research which  preceded the ERDA interagency
agreement, as described above, is concerned with
water conservation and pollution control alterna-
tives in coal gasification and liquefaction proc-
esses.   Complete but not fully detailed designs
of water treatment for conversion plants at con-
version sites in North Dakota,  New Mexico,  and
Wyoming have been  made,  and extended studies of
water requirements are planned for 50 western
plant site combinations.

     Again, task orders  under multioption contracts
are providing the  opportunity for additional
support research;  e.g.,  the continuation of the
Multimedia Environmental Goals (MEG's) work whose
initial efforts produced a recent draft report.
The MEG's are an example of the environmental
assessment methodologies being developed for fossil
fuel energy processes.

     These methodologies are needed on a near term
basis to eliminate inefficiencies, inconsistencies,
and proliferation  of techniques for evaluating and
comparing environmental effectiveness.  Methodo-
logies specifically  or generally associated with
synthetic fuels include (1) technology overview
report outline, (7)  process assessment criteria,
(3) source unit operations, (4) control assay
development concerned with environmental data
acquisition, (5) compilation of regulations and
standards, (Jo)  multimedia environmental goals,  (?)
control approach category development, and  (8)
80

-------
standards of practice manual outline for control
technology for synthetic fuels.  An Environmental
Assessment Steering Committee is in operation  to
direct and support some of the above methodology
tasks.  Present levels of completion vary from
approximately 10 to 90 percent on various tasks.
The multimedia environmental goals development
represents the most ambitious effort to date among
these categories.  Ambient control levels for
insuring no ill effects on the health of man or
hazards to the environment have been estimated for
more than 200 compounds and elements.  The  sug-
gested levels were derived from toxicity data,
workroom standards, and elementary models for
assimilation of substances by man, animals, and
plants.  A final report should be issued within
the next month, and expansion to include an
additional 400 compounds has begun.

    Development of methodologies in support of
synthetic fuels environmental control is closely
associated with the current sampling and analyti-
cal methodologies being promulgated by  the  IERL-
RTP under the designations Level I, Level II,  and
Level III.  These analytical schemes will be in-
corporated in the sampling and analytical test
plans for the coal conversion environmental con-
tractors.  In fact, coal conversion and  advanced
combustion will be included as important sample
cases for the approach itself.  An important facet
of the approach is bioassay determination of
toxicity level effects.  This too has been  dis-
cussed among the participants in the EPA synfuels
program and will be incorporated into  these sample
efforts.  The possible mutagenic or other health
effects activities of some pollutants associated
with  synthetic fuels make  this approach appro-
priate.  Certainly the bioassay  technique is an
excellent tool for highlighting problem pollutants
and eliminating others from the arena of concern.

    All accomplishments in the above areas are
being disseminated regularly through quarterly
and annual reports, regular and frequent meetings
of the primary contractors (where presentations
by supporting researchers are also given),  and by
the encouragement of publications within the
Agency and also in the open literature.  The
third symposium on the Environmental Aspects of
Fuel  Conversion Technology will be held  in
September of 1977.

     The technical directive/level of effort type
contract has allowed real-time direction enabling
contractors to efficiently address the  changing
research needs and gain an early familiarization
with  the technology and procedures.

Future Plans Toward an Environmentally  Sound
Industry

     The first steps beyond  the present program
will  hopefully be  the initiation of  environmental
testing at  such  facilities as  the  ERDA  demonstra-
tion  plants under  interagency  agreements.   The
expansion and  solidification  of  EPA  agreements
with  those  engaged  in energy  research  and  also,
very  importantly,  in  toxicity  and  health effects
testing, should  be  the  best  insurance  for
optimized environmental assessment and control
technology development.  Certainly agreements with
the private sector, industrial organizations in-
volved in coal conversion, must be encouraged as
the industry develops.  An example is the planned
Commonwealth Edison plant which includes Lurgi
gasification and combined cycle systems.

     The EPA synthetic fuels program for environ-
mental research and development has laid the  foun-
dations necessary  to  determine both the  problems
to be addressed and the areas where data acquisi-
tion can be most profitable.  IERL-RTP is now
moving into a phase which should  include an order
of magnitude increase in real data produced and
in progress evidenced by major achievements and
program milestones.   The obvious  result  of  the
satisfactory continuation of this effort is the
generation of information needed  for evaluation
and development of control technology and setting
of standards and regulations.  The intention  is
that complete background data for environmental
evaluations and impact statement  preparations will
be ready when significant commercialized plants
are ready for construction planning.  Realization
of this goal, the  assurance of an environmentally
sound synthetic fuels industry, is an important
incentive to the development of this industry.

REFERENCES

 1.   W. J. Rhodes.   Program for  Environmental
      Aspects of Synthetic Fuels. Presented  at
      National Conference on Health, Environ-
      mental Effects, and Control Technology  of
      Energy Use,  February 9-11,  1976, EPA
      600/7-76-002  (NTIS  No. PB  242291).
 2.   Interagency  Agreement.  Environmental Con-
      trol Problem Definition Studies in Coal
      Conversion Processes.  EPA/ERDA No. E681.
 3.   N. P. Philips and C. A. Muela.  In situ
      Coal Gasification:  Status  of Technology
      and Environmental Impact.   EPA 600/7-77-
      045, May 1977.
 4.   Coalcon Draft Environmental Analysis  Re-
      port for Clean  Boiler Fuel  Demonstration
      Plant.  ERDA.   July and November  1976.
 5.   M. L. Cohen  (manager).  Preliminary Recom-
      mended Guidelines  for Coal  Gasification
      Pilot Plants.   February 1977, NIOSH.  Draft.
 6.   Paul Weir Co.,  Inc.  An Economic Feasibil-
      ity Study of Coal Desulfurization,  Vols.
      I  & II.  October 1965, EPA  reports No.  APTD
      1245  (NTIS Nos. PB  176845 and 176846).
  7.   F. L. Robson et al.   Technological and
      Economic Feasibility  of Advanced  Power
      Cycles  and Methods  of  Producing  Non-
      polluting Fuels for Utility Power Sta-
      tions  (Final Report).   United Aircraft
      Research Laboratories,  December  1970,
      EPA report No.  APTD 0661  (NTIS  No.
      PB 198392).
  8.   A. L. Yergey,  F. W.  Lampe,  M.  L.  Vestal,
      E. J.  Gilbert,  G.  J.  Fergusson.   Gasifi-
       cation  of  Fossil Fuels under Oxidative,
      Reductive  and Pyrolytic Conditions.
       Scientific  Research Instruments,  December
      1973,  EPA-650/2-73-042  (NTIS No.  PB 228-668).
                                                                                                           81

-------
 POLLUTION ABATEMENT FOR WASTES-AS-FUEL PROCESSES
         Robert A. Olexsey and George L. Huffman
       Industrial Environmental Protection Laboratory
          U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                  Cincinnati, Ohio
INTRODUCTION

     Under  several legislative mandates,  EPA is
charged with  developing processes to recover
energy and  materials  from solid waste.   EPA is
also responsible for  research into the characteri-
zation and  control of the discharge of materials
into the environment  from conversion-to-energy
processes.

     Thermal  processes for recovering energy from
solid wastes  are of three generic types 	 mass
burning,  co-firing,  and pyrolysis.  Mass  burners,
or waterwall  incinerators, produce steam through
the direct  combustion of solid waste.  Mass burn-
ers have operated with varying degrees of success
at such locations as  Chicago,  Saugus, Mass., and
Nashville.

     Co-firing produces steam and/or electricity
through the combustion of processed solid waste
and some fossil fuel, such as coal or fuel oil,
in a fossil-fuel-fired boiler.  Successful co-
firing plants have operated at St. Louis, Ames,
Iowa, and Columbus.   Plants are planned or starting
up in Chicago,  Milwaukee, and several other cities.

     Pyrolysis plants utilize some degree of des-
tructive distillation to convert the waste materi-
al into a gaseous, liquid, or solid fuel product.
Large-scale pyrolysis plants are in existence at
San Diego,  Baltimore, and S,outh Charleston, West
Virginia.  Several other waste pyrolysis processes
are being operated at generally lesser scales.

     A mass and energy balance around any waste
conversion  operation  will show that the input
material is converted into end products such as
fuel or ash,  and into smaller quantities of by-
product materials, or pollutants. These pollutants
are rejected  from the conversion operations and
may be in the form of gaseous, liquid,  or solid
discharges  to the environment.  If these dischar-
ges are harmful to the environment they should be
minimized and controlled.

AIR POLLUTANTS FROM EXISTING PLANTS

     Due to the relative infancy of U. S. waste-
to-energy technology, operating experience is not
extensive.  While a comprehensive EPA-sponsored
characterization of pollutants from waste-to-
energy processes is just getting underway  (Ref.l),
some air emissions data are available from opera-
ting plants.
     Table  1  is  a  compilation of flue gas consti-
tuents  from the  720 TPD (ton per day) Nashville
steam-generating waterwall incinerator  (Refs. 2
& 3).   Data on gaseous  emissions were obtained
from a  series of six test  runs while the particu-
late data was collected over three runs.  Particu-
late data has been corrected to 12% C02 dilution.
The inlet and outlet particulate data represent
measurements  into  and out  of the electrostatic pre-
cipitator,  which is the primary air pollution con-
trol device employed at Nashville.   The only cur-
rent Federal  standard for  refuse incinerators is
the particulate  standard of  0.08 grains/dscf
(0.18 grams/m3).
TABLE 1.
 ITEM
          AIR EMISSIONS  FROM  NASHVILLE
          INCINERATORS (REFS. 2 &  3)
                 UNITS
                               MIN.
                                       MAX.
                                               AVG.
Inlet
Particulates
Outlet
Particulates
NOX
S02
CO
Chloride

grains/dscf

grains/dscf
ppm
ppm
ppm
ppm

0.941

0.018
107
22
100
63

1.677

0.028
177
51
179
177

1.200

0.024
146
38
153
110
     Table 2 is a comparison  of  emissions  from the
combustion of high-sulfur  coal alone  and coal co-
fired with refuse at  the Columbus,  Ohio, Municipal
Light Plant  (Ref. 4).  The boiler  is  a  21  Mw
stoker grate boiler.  The  refuse feed is a coarse
shredded  (4X4 in.)  material.   The tabulated re-
fuse feed rates are 36 wt. %  (20%  fuel  value) and
50 wt. %  (28% fuel value).  The  Columbus plant has
only a mechanical particulate control device.
Only outlet  concentrations of pollutants from this
relatively inefficient device are  recorded.   Note
that while some pollutants increase with refuse
addition, SO- emissions decrease dramatically with
increased refuse additions.
TABLE 2.
ITEM
AIR EMISSIONS FROM COLUMBUS
COFIRING PLANT (REF. 4)
          UNITS
                              COAL + 20%  COAL + 28%
                  COAL ALONE     REFUSE     REFUSE
Parti-
culates
NOX
S02
CO
CH4
HC1
grains/ , ,
dscf 1.2CT
ppm 210
ppm 2340
percent 0.1
ppm N.D.
ppm 14
0.45
127
1190
0.022
2
36
N.D.(b)
180
400
0. 20
19(c)
N.D. ^ '
N.D. = Not determined

(a) Cyclone separators
defective

(b) 0.52 for 23% refuse

(c) 45 for 23% refuse


     Table 3 is a comparison  of  air  emissions for
coal plus refuse vs.  coal  alone  firing at the St.
Louis Union Electric  Meramec  Plant  (Ref.  5).   The
                                                                                                           83

-------
boiler is a 125 Mw pulverized  coal  tangentially-
fired unit.  The refuse  firing rate for  coal plus
refuse derived duel  (RDF)  co-firing ranged from 5
to 20 percent by fuel value.   As  can be  seen from
the data in Table 3, the trend most evident is that
there is no trend.   In  fact,  scatter was prevalent
in most all aspects  of  data  acquisition  at St.
Louis.  In general,  emissions  were  independent of
either refuse firing rate or even boiler steam
load.  The exception was chloride emissions, which
appeared to increase about 30% for  coal'+ RDF in
comparison to concentrations noted  for coal alone.
The St. Louis plant  has  an electrostatic precipita-
tor.  However,  testing  showed  that  compliance with
the New Source  Performance Standards for particu-
late  emissions  (0.1  lb/106 Btu) would not be
achieved above  100 Mw  regardless  of the  fuel mix.
Nonetheless, particulate emissions  did generally
increase when waste  was  being  co-fired.
TABLE  3.
 ITEM
RANGES OF AIR EMISSIONS FROM
ST. LOUIS POWER PLANT  (REF. 5)
               UNITS
                          COAL ALONE    COAL +  RDF
Particulates
(Outlet)
CO
NOX
SOX
lb/106
ppm
lb/106
lb/106
Btu

Btu
Btu
0.

0.
1.
06
10 -
,13 -
2 __
0.
,25
0
170
0.
4.
.66
,40
0
2
.02
45
.12
.0
- 0.
,50
- 220
- 0.
- 4.
.73
,2
     Operating  experience  at  pyrolysis  plants  is
 far  less extensive  than  it is at  co-firing  or  water-
 wall incineration plants.   Full-scale systems  are
 often proprietary and are  generally  just  now start-
 ing  up  operation.   Comparisons  between  pyrolysis
 plants  must be  approached  with  caution  since pyroly-
 sis  processes vary  in concept from "pure" pyrolysis
 with no air addition to  starved-air  combustion
 operations.  Table  4 is  a  listing of emission  deter-
 minations  from  the  City  of Baltimore pyrolysis plant
 (Ref. 6).  The  pyrolysis plant  is an 1000 TPD
 direct-fired rotating kiln starved-air  combustion
 unit.   Gas is produced in  the kiln and  combusted
 in a boiler to  produce steam.   The data presented
 in Table 4 are  a  compilation  of emissions data be-
 fore and after  the  scrubber located  downstream of
 the  boiler.
TABLE 4.
 ITEM
RANGES OF AIR EMISSIONS FROM THE
CITY OF BALTIMORE PYROLYSIS PLANT (REF. 6)
            UNITS
                SCRUBBER
                 INLET
SCRUBBER
 OUTLET
Particu-
 lates    grains/dscf
SOo       ppm
NOX       ppm
Cl~       ppm
                            0.206     0.269
               120  -  171         7 -    15
               0.3-18.9    1.4      10.8
               445    1250      32     140
WATER POLLUTANTS FROM EXISTING PLANTS

     There does not exist a  large base  of  data  on
waterborne pollutants discharged from waste-to-
energy plants.  Wastewater effluents from  mass  burn-
                  ing  plants  can be in the fore of  ash  quenchwater
                 or,  in some  cases,  scrubber water from particulate
                 control devices.   Liquid discharges from waste co-
                 firing operations are limited to sluice waters
                 from ash  rejection and to scrubber waters from
                 particulate  removal or flue gas desulfurization
                 processes.   Pyrolysis liquid effluents can result
                 from several sources:   gas scrubbing, water and
                 oil  separation,  char and ash sluicing, and dis-
                 charge of intermediate process liquids.

                      While no data are available on the quality of
                 the  liquid effluent from the Saugus, Massachusetts
                 mass burner,  the  average wastewater discharge
                 from that plant  is estimated to be 12 gallons per
                 minute (Ref.  7).   This is not a large flow rate
                 but  treatment of  this effluent may nonetheless be
                 necessary.

                      Sampling of  sluicewater effluents from the
                 St.  Louis co-firing plant yielded no significant
                 differences  in potentially hazardous pollutants
                  (such as  cadmium,  chromium, or mercury) between
                 coal-only and co-firing operations.   However,
                 total dissolved  solids (TDS), biochemical oxygen
                 demand (BOD),  and  chemical oxygen demand (COD)
                 were higher  for  sluicewater from the coal + RDF
                 operation (Ref.  5).

                      Wastewater  effluents from pyrolysis processes
                 may  contain  concentrated amounts of soluble or-
                 ganic and inorganic compounds.   In addition, trace
                 elements  contained in RDF may be entrained in
                 liquid discharges  in higher concentrations than
                 in the waste material itself.  Union Carbide,
                 which markets the  Purox waste pyrolysis system,
                 recommends treatment of liquid discharges from
                 the  Purox process  with their Unox water treatment
                 system.
POTENTIAL POLLUTION  PROBLEMS FROM WASTE-AS-FUEL
PROCESSES

     The significant numbers to look at  in evalua-
ting pollution aspects  of  waste-to-energy process-
ing are the differences in pollutant emissions
between waste-to-energy operations and (1) compe-
ting waste disposal  methods and (2)  production of
energy from  competing fuels.   Waste disposal
through energy conversion  is,  first  and  foremost,
a waste disposal  operation;  disposal via energy
recovery must dispose of the waste material  in a
manner not detrimental  to  the environment.

     The sanitary landfill remains the primary
mode of disposal  of  solid  waste.  Generally, given
adequate available land area,  landfilling is the
most economical waste disposal method.  In many
large metropolitan areas,  such space is often not
available  in  close proximity to the sources  of
waste generation.   Primary sources of pollution in
landfill operations  are liquid effluents in  the
form of leachate  and gaseous emissions from  the de-
composition  of  organic materials.  Secondary poll"'
tants are  emitted from transport vehicles negotia-
ting haul  distances  to remote land disposal  sites.
Most often,  the decision to seek alternatives  to
land disposal is  a function of economic, political'
and social concerns.
84

-------
     For waste-to-energy  installations,  the data
on pollutant  emissions  are  sparse  and  inconclusive.
However, some trends are  evident.  In  co-firing
operations, particulate emissions  exhibit a slight
upward tendency  (compared to conventional coal bur-
ning). However,  the data also show that fossil
fuel-fired  facilities have  yet to  completely solve
their own particulate problems.

     Refuse is a low sulfur fuel.  While some data,
notably the St.  Louis data, do not indicate a
definite reduction  in sulfur emissions,  there is
substantial operating experience to support the
contention  that  refuse  firing should result in de-
creased sulfur oxide emissions.  Oxides  of nitrogen
and carbon  monoxide emissions are  also not major
concerns from waste-to—energy facilities.

     Pollution control  problems from waste-to-
energy processes are not  so much a function of
quantities  of emissions as  a function  of the
characteristics  of  the  pollutant emissions.  Sever-
al potential  areas  of concern can  be identified.

     The  fly  ash from waterwall incinerators is
extremely  fine in comparison with  that emanating
from refractory  wall incineration  (Ref.  8).  Stud-
ies from Harrisburg and Nashville  indicate  that
21 to 30 percent by weight  of the  fly  ash emitted
from these  waterwall plants is less  than 1  micron
in diameter.   For refractory-wall  incinerators,
perhaps only  10% is less  than 1 micron (Ref. 8).

     Figure 1 illustrates observed deterioration
of electrostatic precipitator  (ESP)  performance
with increasing  RDF and boiler  load  at the  St.
Louis plant (Ref. 5).   As can  be  seen  from Figure
1, ESP efficiency undergoes a  fairly substantial
reduction at  higher boiler  loadings  when refuse
is being fired in the  boiler.

  100 r
99 -

98

97

96

95

94

93

92

91

90

89

88

87
      —•*-..

                            • Coal—Only
                            « Coal + RDF
                   100    110

                   Boiler Load IMwl
                                                            Data  from  St.  Louis also reveal an average
                                                       increase of  30  percent  in chloride emissions when
                                                       refuse  is  burned  over such emissions when coal
                                                       alone is fired  (Ref.  5).  Chloride, in the form of
                                                       HC1, can be  corrosive to boiler components in ad-
                                                       dition  to  representing  an environmental concern.


                                                            Table 5 is a comparison between coal and coal
                                                       + RDF of some trace element pollutant concentra-
                                                       tions at St. Louis  (Ref. 5).  Potentially hazar-
                                                       dous trace elements are present in coal as well as
                                                       in solid waste.  At present, no standards exist
                                                       for metallic trace  element emissions and such pol-
                                                       lutants as possibly carcinogenic polycyclic organic
                                                       materials  (POM's).   However, as more becomes known
                                                       about the  effects of emission of these trace ma-
                                                       terials, impetus  for standard-setting and control
                                                       will become more pronounced.
                                                        TABLE 5.
          CONCENTKATIONS OF  SPECIFIC
          POLLUTANTS AT ST.  LOUIS (REF.  5)
                                                                      AVERAGE
                                                                   CONCENTRATION
                                                                    IN COAL AND
                                                                     RDF (ug/g)
                            AVERAGE CONCENTRATION
                              IN  EMITTED FLY ASH
                                  PARTICLES
                                   (yg/g)
                                                        Element

                                                          Sb
                                                          As
                                                          Be
                                                          Cd
                                                          Cr
                                                          Pb
                                                          Hg
            Coal
            0.28
             32
             64
           <0.3
                    RDF
                                                                            <3
                                                                          <1.2
                                                                          13.8
                                                                           283
                                                                           466
                                                                           4.0
Coal + <20%
Coal Only
1.46
162
10.3
29.6
624
583
<7.9
RDF
10.0
36.0
12.7
25
293
982
7.5
Figure 1.   ESP efficiency as a function
           of boiler load.
                                                            Pyrolysis results in  the  concentration  of
                                                       trace organics and inorganics  in  the  gaseous,
                                                       liquid or solid products.  The forms  of  the  trace
                                                       materials can be substantially different from the
                                                       forms of these materials produced under  the  oxi-
                                                       dizing conditions of combustion.
                                                        POLLUTION CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES AT EXISTING PLANTS
     Pollution control equipment  in use  at  exist-
ing plants vary in effectiveness.  Several  types
of air pollution control devices  have  been  employ-
ed on waste combustion, co-firing, and pyrolysis
processes.  There is very little  operational ex-
perience relating to wastewater and residue pollu-
tion control.  Air pollution control has, to this
point, received the most attention at  waste-to-
fuel plants and particulate control has  been the
subject of most interest.
     Table 6 is a description of particulate
removal efficiencies for several generic  types of
air pollution control devices.  Most  electrosta-
tic precipitators (ESP's) sold  today  are  designed
for 98 to 99.5% collection efficiency (Ref.  9).
                                                                                                         85

-------
TABLE  6.   AIR POLLUTION CONTROL EQUIPMENT
           COLLECTION EFFICIENCIES (REF.  9)
     EQUIPMENT TYPE

 Electrostatic Precipitators
 Fabric Filters
 Mechanical Collectors
 Wet Scrubbers
        TOTAL
  EFFICIENCY  RANGES
(Total Wt.  Basis,  %'s)

      80 to  99.5+
      95 to  99.9
      50 to  95
      75 to  99+
      Early-generation European waterwall incinera-
 tors  employed mechanical collectors or low-energy
 impingement wet scrubbers.   Later-generation water-
 walls use high-energy venturi scrubbers and elec-
 trostatic precipitators to  control particulate
 emissions.   The Nashville plant has utilized both
 wet scrubbers and an electrostatic precipitator.
 The Saugus steam-generating plant uses two electro-
 static precipitators.   Most new plants employ or
 plan  to use the more efficient ESP's.
      The trend at fossil-fueled power plants has
 likewise been toward more efficient particulate
 collection devices.   Older power plants operated
 with mechanical collectors.  Newer plants gener-
 ally employ ESP's.  In the future, high-energy
 scrubbers may be installed for the purpose of com-
 bined flue gas desulfurization and particulate
 collection.  The need for more efficient particu-
 late collection, and also for effective gaseous
 emission control, has resulted in experimental
 development of hybrid systems and completely new
 equipment such as "wet" ESP's.
      Fuel-gas producing pyrolysis operations gen-
 erally require some cleaning of the fuel gas at
 the point of gas production.  Gas produced from
 the Purox system is scrubbed of particulates and
 C02-   Gas produced at the Baltimore pyrolysis
 plant is combusted on-site and spent combustion
 gases are subjected to wet scrubbing.

      In summary, technology for control of air
 pollutants from energy-producing plants is in a
 state of flux.  Fossil-fuel-fired power plants
 face a formidable task in meeting New Source Per-
 formance Standards for particulate and gaseous
 emission control.  The ability of waste-to-energy
 operations to conform to environmental standards
 will, to a large extent, depend on the improvement
 of existing technologies and the development of
 new techniques to control environmental discharges
 from both fossil-fuel-fired plants and waste-to-
 energy plants.

 EPA's APPROACH TO POLLUTION ABATEMENT FOR WASTES-
 AS-FUEL PROCESSES

      EPA's approach to control of pollutants emana-
 ting from wastes-to-energy processes  consists of
 parallel efforts in three areas:

      1.  Pollutant Identification and
          Characterization
      2.  Air Pollution Control Technology
          Development
      3.  Water Pollution Control Technology
          Development
     Each program consists of extramural research
activities administered and technically directed
by OEMI's Fuels  Technology Branch (FTB) of IEKL-
Cincinnati.   Specific  programs are synopsized belo(

Pollutant Identification and Characterization

     Pollutant characterization is an ongoing coni-
ponent of the FTB's  Wastes-as-Fuel program.  Assess-
ment of the environmental characteristics of waste-
to-energy processing is routinely included in re-
search and development projects supported by the
Branch.  Such projects include experimental test-
ing of combustion, co-firing,  and pyrolytic ap-
proaches with a  variety of wastes under varying
conditions.

     In addition,  the  FTB has recently initiated a
comprehensive contract effort with the Midwest
Research Institute  (MRI)  to assess the environmen-
tal impact of waste-to-energy processes (Ref. 1).
Under the terms  of the contract,  MRI  will perform
on-site measurements of discharges to the air,
water,  and land  from operating waste-to-energy
plants.  The contractor will assess  the impacts of
these discharges  on  the environment  and identify
specific pollutants  requiring control.

     As part of  the  assessment effort,  MRI will
assess waste and  pollutant sampling methods.  The
sampling methods  recommended by MRI will,  quite
likely, serve as  standardized  sampling techniques
for all waste-to-energy plants.

     MRI will perform  pollutant characterization
for all of the generic types of waste-to-energy
processes:  waterwall  incineration,  co-firing,
pyrolytic conversion and  biological  conversion.
Promising developing technologies will  also be
evaluated.

     In addition  to  on-site pollutant characteriza-
tion, MRI will also perform pollution control trade-
off studies.  These  studies will serve  to establish
cost and process  configurations which provide sys-
tems for maximum energy recovery with minimal en-
vironmental impact and cost.

     While the MRI study will concentrate on dis-
charges of regulated criteria pollutants,  poten-
tially hazardous  trace pollutants will  also be
monitored and assessed.  In this manner, specific
problem areas, not currently impacted by regula-
tions, can be anticipated.
                            Air Pollution Control  Technology Development

                                 In early 1977,  EPA entered into a contract
                            with PEDCO Environmental,  to conduct research in
                            the area of air  pollution control for waste-to-
                            energy processes (Ref. 10).   The goal of this ef-
                            fort is to develop  environmentally acceptable air
                            pollution control processes  that can be used in
                            conjunction with waste-to-energy processes.  The
                            method to be employed  in the PEDCO study will be
                            a five-phased approach ranging from data collet'
                            tion to field-testing  of pilot-scale air pollu-
                            tion control systems at operating waste-to-energy
                            plants.
86

-------
     The first  phase will  consist  of  collection of
data on known and potential air  pollutants  from
waste-to-energy processes.   Data input  to  this
phase will come from operating experience  at  exis-
ting plants and from the previously described MRI
environmental assessment study.

     In the second phase,  the contractor will
assess the ability of existing air pollution  con-
trol technologies to control emissions  from waste-
to-energy facilities.  Operating experience and
the contractor's knowledge of air  pollution and
its control will be brought to bear in  this phase
of the effort.

     Upon completion of the first  two phases, the
contractor and  EPA will be in a  better  position to
determine the need for development of air  pollu-
tion control technologies  specific to waste-as-
fuel processes.  If a determination is  made that
existing pollution control technologies are not
adequate, PEDCO will design pilot-scale air pollu-
tion control systems to be installed  at operating
waste-to-energy plants. Of course, if  it  is
found that conventional air pollution control tech-
nologies are adequate, no  further  development will
be pursued.

     Phases four and five  will consist  of  construc-
tion and testing of the pilot-scale air pollution
control systems at operating plants.  It is expec-
ted that several sites will be visited  by  the air
pollution control pilot plants.

     Under the  PEDCO contract, development  will
simulate two situations:

     1.  Development of control  systems to  be
         retrofitted into  existing plants

     2.  Development of control  systems to  be
         installed at new  plants.

Water Pollution Control Technology Development

     In an effort parallel to the  air pollution
control study,  EPA will soon award a  contract to
develop water pollution control  technologies  for
waste-to-energy processes  (Ref.  11).  The approach
will consist of a similar  five-phased study
culminating in  pilot plant testing of water pollu-
tion control technologies  developed through the
course of the contract endeavor.
CONCLUSION

     Conversion  of waste-to-energy is  a developing
industry in  the  U. S.  With  each  succeeding genera-
tion of waste-to-energy  processes,  more is  learned
about the environmental  impact  of such processing.
This paper outlines what is  known today about  the
environmental  benefits of waste-as-fuel systems
(e.g. the reduction in S02 emissions and the near
elimination  of landfill  gas  and leachate problems)
and discusses  some of pollution problems associated
with these technologies.  It also describes EPA's
R&D program  aimed  at more fully characterizing
these pollution  problems and their efforts  at  devel-
oping control  technologies to solve them.
                                                         NOTES AND REFERENCES
 1.   EPA Contract No. 68-02-2166, "Environmental
     Assessment of Waste-to-Energy Processes,"
     Midwest Research Institute.

 2.   Bozeka, C. G., "Nashville Incinerator Perfor-
     mance Tests," in Proceedings of the National
     Waste Processing Conference, Boston, Massachu-
     setts, May 23-26, 1976, pp. 215-227.

 3.   Ananth, K. P., Shannon, L. J. , and Schrag, M.P.,
     "Environmental Assessment of Waste-to-Energy
     Processes Source Assessment Document," Draft
     Report for EPA Contract 68-02-2166, February 2,
     1977.

 4.   Vaughan, D. A., Krause, H. H., Cover, P. W.,
     Dickson, J. D., and Boyd, W. K., "Environmental
     Effects of Utilizing Solid Waste as a Supple-
     mentary Power Plant Fuel," Draft Second Year
     Report for EPA Research Grant No.  R804008,
     June, 1976.

 5.   Gorman, P. G., Shannon, L. J., Schrag, M.P. ,
     and Fiscus, D. E.,  "St. Louis Demonstration
     Project Final Report:  Power Plant Equipment
     Facilities and Environmental Evaluations,"
     Draft Final Report for EPA Contract 68-02-1871,
     July, 1976.

 6.   TRW Environmental Engineering Division, "Source
     Emission Tests Conducted at Solid Waste Pyroly-
     sis Plant — Baltimore, Maryland," Draft Report
     to EPA, February, 1977.

 7.   MacAdam, W. K., and Standrod, S. E., "Design
     and Operational Considerations of a Plant Ex-
     tracting Energy from Solid Waste for Industrial
     Uses," presented at ASME Industrial Power Con-
     ference, May 19-20, 1975.

 8.   Galeski, J. B., and Schrag, M. P., "Performance
     of Emission Control Devices on Boilers Firing
     Municipal Solid Waste and Oil," EPA Report
     No. EPA-600/2-76-209, July, 1976.

 9.   Wilson, E. M., et al, "Engineering and Eco-
     nomic Analysis of Waste-to-Energy Systems,"
     Draft Final Report for EPA Contract No.
     68-02-2101, January, 1977.

10.   EPA Contract No. 68-03-2509, "Air Pollution
     Control Technology Development for Waste-as-
     Fuel Processes," PEDCO Environmental, Inc.

11,   EPA Contract Solicitation No. RFP-CI-77-0096,
     "Water Pollution Control Technology Develop-
     ment for Waste-as-Fuel Processes," April, 1977.
                                                                                                           87

-------
utility and
industrial power
                  CHAPTER

-------
   CHAPTER CONTENTS
                    utility and industrial power
SUMMARY
   Frank T. Princiotta, EPA
QUESTIONS & ANSWERS
TECHNICAL DISCUSSION
                                           105
                                           111
THE FEDERAL INTERAGENCY FLUE GAS
DESULFURI2ATION PROGRAM
   Gerald G. McGlamery, TVA
   Richard D. Stern, EPA
   Michael A. Maxwell, EPA                           113
FINE PARTICULATE EMISSIONS CONTROL FROM
STATIONARY SOURCES
   James H. Abbott, EPA
   Dale L. Harmon, EPA                             123
STATIONARY SOURCE CONTROL TECHNOLOGY FOR NOx
   Joshua S. Bowen, Jr., EPA
   George Blair Martin, EPA
   Richard D. Stern, EPA
   J. David Mobley, EPA                             129
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT OF EFFLUENTS AND SOLID WASTES
FROM STEAM ELECTRIC GENERATING PLANTS
   Julian W. Jones, EPA
   Theodore G. Brna, EPA
   James L. Crowe, TVA
   Hollis B. Flora, II, TVA
   Shirley S.  Ray, TVA                              137

-------
                                                                      UTILITY  AND
                                              INDUSTRIAL  POWER
                                                                                              Frank T. Princiotta
                                                                                 Director, Energy  Processes Division
                                                                             Office of Energy, Minerals and Industry
                                                                              U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency
INTRODUCTION
 Figure 1.
 Utility and industrial power
CLEAN AIR ACT AMENDMENTS
     I welcome the opportunity  to summarize the utility and industrial power portion
of the energy/environ mental program. Since  this  subject encompasses several important
control technologies and represents a major  fraction of the total interagency program,
with annual funding at about $30 million, my talk will be somewhat long.
                                                        •   FLUE GAS DESULFURIZAT10N (FGD)
                                                             - NON-REGENERABLE ITHBOWAWAY!
                                                             - REGENERABLE (SALEABLE PRODUCT!


                                                        •   NITROGEN OXIDE CONTROL
                                                             - COMBUSTION MODIFICATION
                                                             • FLUE GAS CLEANING (FGC)
                                                            PARTICULATE CONTROL
                                                            WASTE AND WATER
                                                             - EFFLUENT SOLID WASTES CHARACTERIZATION/CONTROL
                                                             - COOLING TOWER TECHNOLOGY
                                                             - WASTE HEAT UTILIZATION
    Let me begin by mentioning the subject areas covered {Figure  1) and the authors
of the specific papers who act as panelists.

    Utility and Industrial Power encompasses, first, flue gas desulfurization technology,
both nonregenerable and  regenerable  processes.  Our  panelists  in this area are Michael
Maxwell and Richard Stern of our Industrial  Environmental  Research Laboratory at
Research Triangle Park (IERL/RTP), North Carolina,  and co-author Gerald McGlamery,
Chemical  Development,  Tennessee  Valley Authority  (TVA). Panelist  George Blair
Martin  (IERL/RTP)  will  discuss nitrogen oxide control. Dale Harmon (IERL/RTP) will
then discuss  particulate  control, and Julian Jones (IERL/RTP) and Dr.  Hollis Flora
(TVA) will discuss the cleanup position of our waste  and water program.

    The Clean  Air  Act  Amendments of 1970 are the major  driving force for control
of air  pollution from both  new  and  existing combustion sources.  The  Act  has a
statutory  requirement to  achieve  acceptable  ambient  air quality for the so-called
criteria  pollutants (Figure  2). Among  these  pollutants are sulfur dioxide and total
suspended particulates, which are essentially stationary source  pollutants, and nitrogen
oxides,  which  are generated by  both stationary and mobile sources in roughly equal
quantities.  In addition,  the Clean  Air Act calls for  the promulgation of New  Source
Performance Standards (NSPS) for  a variety of polluting industries, including coal-fired
steam generators. Presently, standards are  on the books for control of sulfur dioxide,
total suspended particulates, and nitrogen oxides from coal-fired, oil-fired, and gas-fired
steam generators. The present  NSPS for coal  units, as well as for typical  uncontrolled
emissions, are included in Figure 2. The present NSPS for coal-fired steam generators
calls for  approximately  70-80 percent  control of sulfur oxide,  approximately 98
percent control of high  particulates,  and roughly a moderate 30 percent  control of
nitrogen dioxide.
                                                                                                            93

-------
 Figure 2.
 Clean Air Act—driving force
 for flue  gas cleaning
 BEST-AVAILABLE
 CONTROL TECHNOLOGY
             •  STATUTORY REQUIREMENT TO ACHIEVE ACCEPTABLE AMBIENT AIR QUALITY FOR:

                     S02
                                                                TSP
                                                                NOX
                                                                HYDROCARBONS
                                                                CARBON MONOXIDE
                                                                PHOTOCHEMICAL OXIDANTS
                                                                                      t
                                             STATIONARY SOURCES

                                                  MOBILE SOURCES
                                                        •   STATUTORY REQUIREMENT TO MEET NSPS FOR COAL-FIRED STEAM GENERATORS
                                                                    STANDARD              UNCONTROLLED
                                                                 S02: 1.2 LB/106 BTU             5 LB/106 BTU
                                                                 TSP: 0.1 LB/106 BTU           6-10 LB/106 BTU
                                                                 N02: 0.7 LB/106 BTU             1 LB/106 BTU
     I  must point out  that  certain changes may occur, both in terms of the Clean Air
Act  and  some  revised  standards  under  the present  Act,  that  could have important
impact  on control technology  requirements for fossil-fuel  combustion units. Figure 3
lists  three  of  these possible changes.  First, the House and  Senate  have recently passed
legislation, which has  gone  to joint committee,  calling  for  a  best-available control
technology (BACT)  approach for  new coal-fired power plants,  insofar as  sulfur dioxide
and  particulate  pollution are concerned. Although  the implementation details of BACT
have not  been worked out  and the final  version of the Act has not yet passed both
Houses,  the   change  would  require  BACT for  all  new  sources  on  both low-  and
high-sulfur coal  applications, eliminating  the low-sulfur  control  option to  meet sulfur
oxide standards.
 Figure 3.
 Important ACT/STD possible changes
PRESIDENT'S ENERGY
MESSAGE
                                                       BACT FOR COAL-FIRED  POWER  PLANTS
                                                        IVIORE STRINGENT NSPS FOR  COAL-FIRED POWER PLANTS:
                                                         SOX(  NOX/ TSP
                                                       NSPS FOR  INDUSTRIAL  BOILERS  (< 25  MWE):  NOX TSP
                                                                                                               A/
     The second  change might involve more stringent NSPS than the existing standards
for coal-fired  power  plants.  Under  consideration are revised standards  which could lead
to  more  stringent control  for  sulfur  dioxide,  nitrogen  oxides,  and  total suspended
particulates  (TSP).

     Third,  for industrial  boilers the Agency is considering NSPS of less than about 25
MWe (equivalent)  for nitrogen oxide, TSP and  possibly sulfur oxides.

     The  President's  recent  energy message  highlights  the need  for  effective control
technology  for coal  combustors. The message calls for expansion  of the annual coal
production  rate from the  700 million tons presently produced to over I billion tons by
I985. His  policy  also  calls  for  massive conversion  of existing utility and industrial
power facilities from  oil  and gas  to  coal,   and  for  essentially no   new  oil  or  gas
industrial  or utility  boilers.  Future options for these  applications  would generally be
coal,  nuclear, or  one of  the  emerging  energy technologies. Although the conservation
aspects  of  the  President's  plan  and  the assumption  of  strict  environmental control
94

-------
 Figure 4.
.Summary of critical problems-
 utility and industrial
 conventional combustion
 FLUE  GAS DESULFURIZATION
                                           minimize  environmental  degradation,  total  emissions  of  nitrogen  oxides  and  sulfur
                                           oxides  are projected  to  rise  above  present  levels by  1985.  The President's energy
                                           message also  calls  for accelerated  research, development,  and  demonstration for the
                                           so-called  clean coal  technologies:  coal  cleaning,  flue  gas  desulfurization,   particulate
                                           control, fluidized-bed  combustion, gasification,  liquefaction,  and coal mining. In fact,
                                           we in the energy/environmental  program are planning,  with the Office of Management
                                           and  Budget  an  accelerated program for certain coal combustion  control technologies.
                                           We  hope  to  get  a  relatively large funding spike in fiscal year  1978 to accelerate our
                                           present  development/demonstration  efforts  in   the  technology  areas of flue gas
                                           desulfurization,  nitrogen  oxide  control,  particulate  control, coal  cleaning,  and  coal
                                           processing.

                                                We have  then  the possibility of  more stringent  emission regulations because of
                                           possible Clean Air  Act revisions and the  upgrading of  present  NSPS,  superimposed on
                                           an energy plan  for increased  burning of  coal. Clearly,  effective and low-cost  control
                                           technology for utility and  industrial sources is needed in  the near term.

                                                Figure 4 summarizes the  critical  problems  associated  with  utility and  industrial
                                           conventional  combustion.  This  figure  shows  briefly the primary  problems associated
                                           with  such combustion, whether or  not there  are existing  standards, major  near-term
                                           control  technologies  available,  the  present  status  of these technologies, the secondary
                                           residuals  produced  by  these  technologies,  and  finally,  the control  technology  R&D
                                           needed to  resolve  some  of  the remaining problems. The primary  problems associated
                                           with   industrial  conventional   combustion  include  the   primary  air   pollutants—sulfur
                                           oxide,  nitrogen oxide, particulates, and  potentially  hazardous materials—as well as  some
                                           of the waste and water effluents associated  with the control technology  and the power
                                           plant itself.













DESCRIPTION OF
PROBLEM
PRIMARY
POLLUTANTS
soz

NOX

PARTICULATES



POTENTIALLY
HAZARDOUS
MATERIALS


STANDARD
PRESENTLY
ESTABLISHED
YES
AAQS

NSPS AND
AAQS


YES
MSPS AND
AAQS

NO


TYPE OF FGC
CONTROL
TECHNOLOGY
COAL CLEANING
FGD
COMBUSTION
MODIFICATION
FLUE GAS TREATMENT
ELECTROSTATIC
PRECIP1TATORS
BAG HOUSES
WET SCRUBBERS
NOVEL DEVICES
UNDEFINED


PRESENT STATUS
1ST GENERATION DEMO
PLANNED
1ST GENERATION IN
FULL SCALE DEMO
2ND GENERATION IN
BENCH AND/OR
PILOT SCALE
COMMERCIAL FOR SOME
NEW UNITS
PILOT SCALE AND
DEMO IN JAPAN
COMMERCIAL
1ST GENERATION DEMO
1ST GEN COMMERCIAL
2ND GEN. FULL SCALE
DEMO
BENCH OR PILOT SCALE
UNDEFINED


SECONDARY
RESIDUALS
HIGH-S REFUSE
SLUDGE,
PURGE STREAMS
POSSIBLY INCREASED
PARTIC. AND CO
VARIES WITH
PROCESS
FLY ASH



UNDEFINED


NEEDED CONTROL
TECHNOLOGY R&D
(INCLUDING ASSESSMENTS)
A) ELIMINATION OF SECONDARY
POLLUTANTS
B) DEMONSTRATE PRACTICABILITY
C) BROADEN APPLICABILITY
A) ELIMINATION OF SECONDARY
POLLUTANTS
B) IMPROVE RELIABILITY
C) BROADEN APPLICABILITY
D) IMPROVE ENERGY EFFICIENCY
A) BROADEN SOURCE
APPLICABILITY
EFFICIENCY
C) IMPROVE NOX CONTROL
EFFICIENCY
D) MINIMIZE IMPACT OF
RESIDUAL POLLUTION
Al IMPROVE COST
PARTICULATE CONTROL
C| DEVELOP NOVEL DEVICES
WITH IMPROVED CAPABILITY

PROBLEM REQUIRES
DEFINITION













     With this background information, I  will  now discuss some of the  highlights  of
our ongoing reasearch, development,  and demonstration program.

     I, first, would like to  discuss our  flue gas desulfurization  (FGD)  program (Figure
5).  The  systems produce  either  throwaway  (disposable)  or  saleable products. In  the
throwaway  FGD  area,  one  of the  most  important  single  projects  is  the  Shawnee
lime/limestone prototype  program  which we have  conducted with the aim  of improving
lime and  limestone scrubbing  processes. Such  processes  have  been selected for  many
utility  applications; approximately 40,000 MWe or $3 billion  worth of  these systems
are  presently in operation  or  on order at this  time.
                                                                                                                             95

-------
Figure 5.
EPA-sponsored stack gas
desulfurization demonstration
systems
 SCRUBBING  PROCESSES
 LIME SCRUBBING PROCESSES
 DOUBLE ALKALI
 SCRUBBING PROCESSES
EPA-SPONSORED PROCESS
(BY PRODUCT)
NON-REGENERABLE
LIMESTONE SLURRY SCRUBBING
(SLUDGE)

LIME SLURRY SCRUBBING
(SLUDGE)

DOUBLE ALKALI SCRUBBING

REGENERABLE
MAGNESIA SLURRY
SCRUBBING - REGENERATION
(98% SULFURIC ACID)
SODIUM SCRUBBING
REGENERATION (SULFUR)

AQUEOUS CARBONATE

PARTICIPATING
UTILITY

TVA


TVA


LOUISVILLE
G&E

BOSTON EDISON

PROCESS
DEVELOPER

BECHTEL AND
OTHERS

CHEMICO,
BECHTEL,
AND OTHERS
CEA/ADL


CHEMICO-BASIC


LOCATION

SHAWNEE
UNIT 10
PADUCAH. KY
SHAWNEE
UNIT 10
PADUCAH, KY
CANE RUN 6


MYSTIC
STATION 6
UNIT SIZE
AND TYPE

10 MW
COAL

10 MW
COAL

270 MW


150 MW
OIL
EXPECTED
START-UP

UNDER WAY


UNDER WAY


EARLY - 19)9


COMPLETED

BOSTON, MASS
NORTHERN INDIANA
PUBLIC SERVICE CO

NIAGARA MOHAWK

DAVY
POWERGAS
ALLIED CHEMICAL
ATOMICS
INTERNATIONAL
D. H. MITCHELL
STATION 11
GARY, IND
HUNTLEY
STATION
115 MW
COAL

100 M
COAL
LATE - 1975


EARLY - 1979

     The  Shawnee program has been  a  cooperative effort of  the  EPA,  the TVA, and
the Bechtel Corporation. Two 10 MWe scrubbers have been operated since  1972, and a
0.1 MWe  pilot scrubber  has  been operated  in support of the  two larger facilities since
about  1973. This program has demonstrated long-term reliable operation of both lime
and  limestone  processes.  The  particularly troublesome mist-eliminator plugging problem
has been solved by a combination of careful operating conditions and carefully selected
mist-eliminator  washing   configurations.   During  the  course   of   our  program,  we
discovered  the potential  of unsaturated operation to avoid the gypsum scaling that had
plagued  earlier   commercial  systems.  This  approach  involves   selecting  operating
parameters  so  that scrubbing  liquors never get saturated  or super-saturated in calcium
sulfate, thereby  avoiding potential  scaling  problems.  Also,  during  the  course  of the
program,  we  learned  how to  achieve  high-alkali  utilizations.  For  example, limestone
utilizations  of  over  90  percent   have  been   achieved.   This  leads  to  lower  alkali
requirements and lower  sludge production  rates, both of which  yield lower operating
costs.  We  have  also   achieved  high  sulfur  oxide  removal  efficiencies.  Typically,
efficiencies  for both  lime and  limestone  systems  in excess of  95  percent can be
achieved without an excessive economic penalty.  One of our most recent findings is
that minor  process modification can allow for sludge oxidation to gypsum,  producing a
material  capable  of  90  percent dewatering by filtration.  Since last  year, we have
developed  a  design/cost  computer  model  which   acts  as  a  data  base  for all the
information the  EPA,  TVA, and Bechtel team  knows about  lime/limestone scrubbing
and  allows a  given  utility or  other FGD  user to  input application parameters and
output a conceptual design along with some  good cost estimates.

     The  Louisville Gas and  Electric (LG&E) Lime Study Program has generated  useful
information  since  our  last  conference.  The  purpose  of  this  program  is to  study
unsaturated operation  (which had  been  occurring  at  Louisville  at  Paddy's Run  No. 6
unit)  and  to  look  at  some  alternative  sludge  disposal   techniques.  Results to date
indicate that carbide lime, which is the  normal  Paddy's Run reactant, has  an oxidation
inhibitor that  lowers the oxidation  rate, with subsequent lower saturation and  scaling
potential.  These  tests  are being continued in an attempt to understand  and apply this
mechanism to other systems.

     Also  in the lime scrubbing area, the TVA has operated a high-velocity scrubber at
the  Colbert  Power  Station.  This  1   MWe-size  scrubber  has  demonstrated  reliable
operation   using   lime  as  the  reactant.  Mist  eliminator problems  which  had been
troublesome  in the past  have been  resolved. High-velocity scrubbing has the advantage
of  a  smaller  scrubbing system  with  corresponding  lower costs  relative  to existing
scrubber technology.

     We  have  been  working  with  the  Air  Force  in   operating and  testing   a lime
scrubber system  on a  21  MWe coal-fired  industrial  boiler at the Rickenbacker Air Force
Base. This unit started up  in March 1976, and although there  were some boiler control
and  fan problems, the efficiency and reliability of  the scrubber have been good. Also,
the economics of  such  scrubbing  systems on  industrial  boilers  of this size does not
appear prohibitive.

     As an  alternative to lime and  limestone nonregenerable  FGD systems,  our program
has been  actively developing the double  alkali  scrubbing  process.  Although the  double
alkali system  has basically the same chemicals  entering and leaving the  process, it has
96

-------
;REGENERABLE  PRODUCT
 FGD SYSTEMS
BY-PRODUCT MARKETABILITY
STUDIES
several potential  advantages over lime/limestone scrubbing processes, such  as less energy
consumption,  higher sulfur  oxide  removal  efficiency,  lower maintenance, and lower
capital and operating  costs.  The EPA  program  has  actively developed  double alkali
technology  at  the  bench  and pilot  levels. We have worked  with  Southern Services  at
the 20 MWe  electric  prototype system,  and most  recently we  have worked  with the
General Motors Company  for  applying  a double alkali process variation  to one of the
GM  industrial  boilers.   In  the  past,  this double  alkali  scrubber  had generally  good
operability  on  the  32   MWe   industrial   boiler,   although   some   problems  were
encountered. It should be noted  that  for the previously mentioned Rickenbacker lime
unit,  the  approximate capital costs of $100  per KWe on this size of  industrial boiler
do not appear  excessive.

     Recently,  the  EPA announced  plans  to demonstrate the double alkali  process on a
high-sulfur coal  utility  boiler. The  Louisville  Gas and  Electric  Company and  its  270
MWe  electric  Cane  Run No.  6 unit were  selected  for this demonstration. Combustion
Equipment  Associated/Arthur D.   Little  comprise  the  process  supplier team.  It  is
noteworthy that the cost  of  this unit—and these costs  are fairly  firm—is estimated to
be only  $55 per KWe capital costs; and $2.5-2.9  mills per KWe  hour of total annual
revenue  requirements.  Also,  only 1.1  percent of the  power plant's  energy output  is
required  to  run the  fans  and pumps  for  this  process.  This is  roughly  one-third  to
one-half the energy  requirement of similar lime or limestone systems.

    As  an alternative  to lime  and  limestone  systems  with  their   inherent sludge
production, we  have  been  developing  and  demonstrating  regenerable  (or  saleable)
product  FGD  systems.  For example, we have demonstrated  the  promising magnesium
oxide  scrubbing  process at Boston  Edison's Mystic Station. This scrubbing facility was
tested  on  a 155 MWe  oil-fired boiler and  produced  saleable  sulfuric acid.  The test
program  was  initiated  in  April  1972  and  completed  in June  1974.  Although  many
early   problems  were  identified,  particularly  those  associated with the  various solid
handling  operations,  operability  improved  substantially toward  the  end  of  the test
program.   Unfortunately   no   meaningful  demonstration  of  this  process has been
performed  on  the critical coal-fired combustion units.

    Since  the last  conference, we  have  started up our Wellman Lord demonstration
test  program.  Wellman  Lord  technology  involves scrubbing with a  soluble  reactant
followed   by thermal  regeneration,   producing concentrated sulfur dioxide which  can
yield   either  sulfuric  acid  or  elemental  sulfur.  This  process  has been successfully
demonstrated  in Japan  on  a variety  of  oil-fired  facilities.  The  EPA demonstration
program  is  on  a 115  MWe electric coal-fired facility at the Northern Indiana Public
Service Company and produces elemental sulfur. The  facility started up in April 1976
but,  due to a  boiler explosion, is now in a restart-up  mode. Hopefully, some definitive
findings on this process  will be available  at our next conference.

    We  have  selected  Atomic   International's  Aqueous  Carbonate  Process   for  the
regenerable  FGD process  demonstration  mentioned  at last year's  conference.  The
process will be  demonstrated  at  Niagara Mohawk's  Huntley Station and we are hoping
that  the  system  will start up  in  early  1979.  It  offers cost and  other  advantages  over
alternative  regenerable  processes,  but because  of the  relatively  small  scale of previous
test experience,  it must  be considered a relatively high risk venture.

     I  should  also  mention  that  since  our  last conference we  have  terminated  our
Catalytic  Oxidation  FGD demonstration program. This process, which  produces a dilute
sulfuric acid for sale, had been plagued  with operating problems, and the utility  had
decided to  burn low-sulfur  coal  in our  test boiler. Therefore,  it was decided that  it
would not  be appropriate to invest additional  monies toward  demonstration  of  this
process and  our program  was  terminated.  The  EPA is  also working with  the  U.S.
Bureau of  Mines  in  applying the  regenerable  Citrate  Process  to  a  large  industrial
facility.  Figure  5 summarizes only  the  major  EPA-sponsored demonstration  programs
for both  throwaway and saleable product FGD processes.

     In addition to  our  demonstration  activities, TVA  working  for  the  EPA has
conducted  a series of very relevant by-product marketability studies which  help put the
sulfur, sulfur  acid,  and  other sulfur  by-product sale situations  in perspective. Also,
studies have  been   made  to  evaluate  alternatives  to  scarce natural  gas  as  reductant
materials  to  produce elemental sulfur  from  the  concentrated sulfur dioxide associated
with many regenerable  FGD processes.
                                                                                                                            97

-------
OTHER FGD  PROGRAMS
 NITROGEN OXIDE CONTROL
     Let me conclude my discussion of our  FGD program by briefly mentioning three
other  important  programs.  First, the  TVA  has prepared  a  number of  FGD  proces
economic  studies  which  in   my  mind are the  most reliable  cost  estimates for both
throwaway  and  saleable  FGD  processes.  Secondly,  the  EPA  in  conjunction with the
Council  on  Environmental   Quality   is   working   on  a  study  comparing scrubber
availability  with that  of  other power  plant components.  Preliminarily,  it appears that
there  is insufficient  information  to  do  a  statistically  convincing  comparative study
However, several  major power  plant components appear to have reliabilities  lower than
some of the more recent  FGD  systems.

     Finally, I  would like to mention the very  active technology transfer program in
the  FGD area.  Some of the outputs of this program include the PEDCo Status  Report
(published   every  other month)  which summarizes  what  is  going on  in  the scrubber
field, in terms  of  both operating and  planned systems. Also, we now publish quarterly
RD&D  status reports summarizing the  results  of  our ongoing research program.  We are
preparing lime  and  limestone  data  books and  cost  and reliability  handbooks which
provide  potential   users  important   information  on  commercial  or  noncommercial
technologies.

     Now,   let  us  discuss  our  NOX  control  program.  A little background might be  in
order.  Figure 6 outlines  some  relevant history.  In  1972 an  unreliability  problem was
discovered  in the  ambient air quality measurement technique  for N02.
 Figure  6.
 NOX control  requirements
                    UNRELIABILITY OF NO 2 MEAS. METHOD DISCOVERED IN 1972, LED TO 43
                       OF 47 AQCRS RECLASSIFIED FROM HIGH TO LOW POLLUTION; ONLY
                       FOUR PROBLEM AREAS
                    HOWEVER, NO MAJOR PROGRESS MADE IN OBTAINING AAQS  FOR N02;
                       PROBLEM GROWING
                    PRESENT CONTROL STRATEGY: MODERATE AUTO CONTROL
                                         NSPS FOR UTILITIES
                                         NSPS FOR NITRIC ACID PLANTS
                       SEEMS INSUFFICIENT TO MEET AAQS
                    BY 1985 16 MILLION TONS NOx/YR FROM INDUSTRY AND UTILITIES;
                       INCREASE OF 25% OVER PRESENT LEVELS
                    IT APPEARS CONTROL OF STATIONARY SOURCES BEYOND PRESENT
                       LEVELS WILL BE NECESSARY
                    MAJOR TECHNIQUES FOR NOX CONTROL
                       COMBUSTION MODIFICATION
                       FLUE GAS CLEANING
                       FLUIDIZED BED COMBUSTION
                                                 Prior  to discovery of the  problem, it was  believed  that  47 of the total  247 Air
                                            Quality  Control  Regions  (AQCRs) for  the country  had an  NO2 ambient  air problem,
                                            We have found  that,  due to  an  inherent measurement  error,  ambient levels  of NO?
                                            were  measured  too  high.  Using  more  accurate  techniques, we found that  only four
                                            AQCRs really seemed to have an  NO2 problem.

                                                 However,  since  1972,  there  has  been  little progress in  N02  control from either
                                            stationary  or mobile sources. As  a result,  new AQCRs that  exceed the N02  standard
                                            are being  found,  and  the  trend seems  to  be toward  further  N02 ambient quality
                                            problems.  Therefore, our  present  N02  control strategy, which includes control of both
                                            mobile  (automobile)  and stationary sources, does not appear very effective.

                                                 I  should point  out  that  almost  one-half of  the NOX  emissions  are  from mobile
                                            sources;  a  little  more  than  one-half  are associated with stationary sources. So  both are
                                            of interest if we are  to achieve  NOX air quality goals.

                                                We  have  set  interim   standards   for  automobiles.  They are  not  very  stringent
                                            standards,  in fact,  substantially  less stringent  than  the  Clean  Air Act  goal. Due to
                                            economic,  technological, and political  considerations, relatively moderate NOX  emission
                                            standards will prevail for autos  in the near term.

                                                Also,  the NSPS  philosophy  is  based  on best-available control  technology.  Since
                                            technology  for  stringent  control  is  not available,  the  NSPS  for  utility  boilers is not
                                            very restrictive   and  requires,  as  I  indicated earlier, only  30 or  35 percent control,
                                            There is also an NSPS  for nitric  acid plants,  which contribute significantly to  the NOX
                                            problem.
98

-------
•AlOv CONTROL TECHNIQUES
   X
Figure  7.
NOX combustion modification
     So, our present strategy  does not seem to be sufficient  to  get these AQCRs back
into  line or,  for  that matter, to  turn around the trend  toward  additional AQCRs
getting  out  of standard.  Therefore,  additional control of stationary  sources beyond the
present level may be necessary. Of course the NOx problem  is more complex  than just
N02; NOX  is a major precursor for  photochemical oxidant and nitrate production.

     There  are three major  categories of I\IOX  control for stationary sources.  The only
near-term technology  is combustion  modification, on which  the present EPA  program
is  primarily  focusing.  This technology is  the basis for the present  NSPS on large  fossil
fuel generators.  Flue  gas  cleaning is  the second  technology.  It is similar to  flue gas
desulfurization and  should probably  be  called flue gas  denitrification. We  have several
embryonic  programs  in  that  area which  I  will  describe  briefly.  And  finally,  a very
promising technology  for NOX control is fluidized bed  combustion, which Mr. Singer
discussed earlier. It is  probably 10  years away  from  making  a commercial  impact but
is  a very  promising  technology nevertheless.

     The  combustion   modification  program  aims to  develop  technology  capable  of
controlling  emissions from the two  major stationary sources  of  NOX; namely, thermal
NOX and  fuel  NOX  (Figure  7).  We  hope  to  control  thermal  NOX  by  lowering the
combustion  temperature, since lower temperatures retard  NOX formulation; i.e., higher
temperatures favor  the oxidation  of  nitrogen. And one can control  fuel NOX  problems
by lowering oxygen concentration.  The  control  approaches  to  both  thermal  and fuel
NOX are  generally  common,  with the exception  of fluidized  bed combustion, which  is
oriented primarily toward  minimizing thermal NOX.
                    INVOLVES CONTROL OF THERMAL NOX BY LOWERING COMBUSTION
                     TEMP BY:
                        STAGED COMBUSTION
                        LOW EXCESS AIR
                        FLUE GAS RECIRCULATION
                        BURNER DESIGN MODS
                    INVOLVES CONTROL OF FUEL NOX BY LOWERING OXYGEN CONC. IN
                     COMBUSTION ZONE BY:
                        LOW EXCESS AIR
                        STAGED COMBUSTION
                        BURNER DESIGN MODS
                    TECHNIQUES INVOLVE TRADE-OFFS SINCE ADVERSE EFFECTS
                     INCLUDE:
                        INCREASES OF OTHER POLLUTANTS
                        LOWERING THERMAL EFFICIENCY
                        OPERATING PROBLEMS
NO  COMBUSTION  MODIFICATION
PROGRAM
     We have  to  be careful  in implementing these techniques since  it is  possilble to
aggravate  other pollutant  emission  problems.  We could, for example, increase emissions
of carbon  monoxide  or particulate matter  if we  drastically  lower excess  air.  Or we
could  lower  thermal  efficiency with approaches  such as  flue gas recirculation.  These
techniques can  also lead to operating  problems,  since in some cases boilers will  not be
operated under the conditions that they are  designed for.

     However,  the  results  of  our program to date  indicate that if one is careful  about
the  particular  control  technology  and  the  design  parameters utilized, each  of these
potential problems  is controllable.

     Let us now discuss the  ongoing nitrogen oxide combustion  modification  program.
I  will  discuss this  program by  source area. Figure 8 illustrates some of our  efforts  and
outputs for the following combustion  sources: utility and  large industrial boilers; small
industrial, commercial,  and residual systems; stationary engines; and industrial  processes
and  after-burner equipment.

     In the  utility  and  large  industrial  boiler  area,  the  program's  major effort  has
focused  on   staged  combustion  approaches.  By  utilization   of   this  combustion
modification  technology,  which  involves adding  combustion  air  sequentially  in more
than one  location to  minimize total oxygen requirements and combustion temperature,
control levels  of  0.45  lbs/106   Btu   appear achievable.  We are presently  planning
corrosion  tests  to  ascertain whether boiler  tube corrosion is an  inherent  problem.  It
has  been  postulated  by  some that the  reducing  environment associated  with staged
                                                                                                                            99

-------
Figure 8.
NOX combustion  modification
program status
LOW NOX BURNER  WORK
                    •  UTILITY AND LARGE INDUSTRIAL BOILERS
                         • MAJOR EFFORT: STAGED COMBUSTION; LEVELS OF 0.45 LBS/IO^BTU
                           ACHIEVABLE; CORROSION STUDIES PLANNED
                         • LOW NOX BURNERS; POTENTIAL FOR CONTROL TO 0.2-1.3 LBS/106BTU
                           FOR PULVERRED BOILERS	
                    •  SMALL INDUSTRIAL, COMMERCIAL AND RESIDUAL SYSTEMS

                         • EMPHASIS ON RESID. OIL PACKAGE BOILERS, RESIDENTIAL FURNACES AND
                           STOKER BOILERS
                         • STAGED COMBUSTION EFFECTIVE ON OIL PACKAGE BOILERS
                         • OPTIMUM BURNERS CAN ACHIEVE 70% NOX CONTROL OVER CONVENTIONAL
                           RESIDENTIAL OIL FURNACES
                         • STOKER EMISSION FACTORS GENERATED; CM TECH UNDER DEVELOPMENT


                    •  STATIONARY ENGINES
                         • PRELIMINARY WORK INDICATES 50-100 PPM NOX GOAL ACHIEVABLE
                           175%  CONTROL)	
                    •  INDUSTRIAL PROCESSES AND AFTER-BURNER EQUIPMENT

                         • LOW LEVEL OF ACTIVITY; EMISSION CHARACTERIZATION NEAR-TERM GOAL
                    •  ADVANCED PROCESSES/FUNDAMENTAL RESEARCH

                          LOW-NOX BURNER
                          IMPROVED STAGED COMBUSTION
                          CATALYTIC COMBUSTION
                          NON-CRITERIA POLLUTANT ASSESSMENT
ADVANCED  PROCESSES
FUNDAMENTAL  RESEARCH
combustion  can  remove  the  protective  oxidative  coatings  from the  tubes,  thereby
accelerating corrosion. Therefore, corrosion tests  are  considered important.

     Perhaps  our most  encouraging  activity  in  the  NOX program is our  work in the
low-NOx  burner  area,  redesigning  pulverized coal  burners to  more  carefully combust
coal.  Experimental  results have indicated that NOX levels of 0.2 to 0.3 lbs/106  Btu are
achievable.  This represents over 70-percent  control of an  uncontrolled  coal-fired boiler.
Since such  burner  technology  appears inherently inexpensive, this could  be the answer
to  low-cost nitrogen  oxide  control  from  both  industrial  and   utility  pulverized-coal
boilers. If we  receive  the increased fiscal year  1978 funding  that I  mentioned  earlier,
we  will   be able  to  proceed  on  an orderly  demonstration  program  to evaluate this
approach  at sizes culminating  in an integrated full-scale demonstration program.

     In  the  small  industrial,  commercial,  and  residual  system area,   our program
emphasis   has  focused   on   residual  oil-package   boilers,   residential   furnaces,  and
coal-stoker  boilers.  We  have  demonstrated  that  staged  combustion is  an effective
control  approach  on  oil-package  boilers.  Preliminary  information   indicates  that
optimum  burners  can  achieve 70  percent  NOX  control  over conventional  burners for
residential distillation  oil  furnaces.  Our  work  in the coal-stoker area has  been  limited
to  development of emission  factors  for existing designs.  A  combustion  modification
technology  program is presently under development for this increasingly important class
of coal boilers.

     Stationary  internal  combustion  engines  are a major source  of  nitrogen  oxide
emissions,  mainly because of their  widespread use as the  prime mover for pipelines and
gaslines around the country.  Preliminary  work  by  IERL/RTP indicates that it may be
possible  to  lower  nitrogen  oxide  concentrations  in combustion  gases  to 50-100 ppm.
This  would  represent  an  overall  NOX  control  of  75 percent  and   a  substantial
improvement in both  NOX efficiency and  overall energy  conversion efficiency to the
presently  available  control  technology,  which  involves  introduction of  water  to the
combustion zone.

     In the  industrial  processes  and  after-burner equipment  area,  we  have a relatively
low  level  of activity  due  primarily to limitations in funds. Our  near-term  goal in this
area is to characterize NOX  and other emissions  for  these facilities.

     I  would  also  like  to mention  briefly  some  of  the activities  in  the advanced
processes  fundamental  research portion  of the combustion modification  program. This
100

-------
                                           is  the part  of  the program  where the  Iow-N0x burner was originally conceived and  will
                                           now  be tested  under the utility and industrial boiler portion of the program.  Presently,
                                           activity  is  focused  on improved staged  combustion control technologies and catalytic
                                           combustion  approaches which  promise enhanced NOx removal  efficiencies. Also, within
                                           this  program   area  is  our  non-criteria  pollutant  assessment  activity,  which aims at
                                           determining the magnitude of emissions and effluents other than those of the  regulated
                                           pollutants from various combustion sources.

                                                 Now let me briefly  describe the  NOX flue  gas treatment research and development
                                           program  (Figure  9).  One  might  ask,   in  light  of  the  comprehensive  combustion
                                           modification  program  I  have  just  described,  "Who needs flue gas treatment?"  and
                                           "What  is the  advantage  of  this technology over combustion modification?"  The  only
                                           identifiable advantage in  my mind  is  that this approach has  the  potential for very high
                                           NOX  removal  efficiencies, which could conceivably  be required  if standards tighten in
                                           the years ahead.
Figure 9.
NOX flue 9as treatment program
DRY AND WET  PROCESSES
FINE  PARTICULATE CONTROL
                       CAPABLE OF HIGH NOX REMOVAL AT HIGH COSTS
                                                                  UNDER ACTIVE DEVELOPMENT IN JAPAN DUE TO STRINGENT STANDARDS

                                                                  TWO BASIC APPROACHES ARE BEING DEVELOPED: DRV AND WET PROCESSES

                                                                  DRY PROCESSES (REDUCTIVE)

                                                                    REACTION: 2ND + 2NH3 + 1/202 - 2N2 + 3H20
                                                                    SELECTIVE CATALYST NEEDED
                                                                    PROBLEMS INCLUDE' UNCERTAINTY OF VIABILITY WITH COAL-FLUE GAS
                                                                     SECONDARY EMISSIONS, COSTS, AMMONIA NEEDS

                                                                  WET PROCESSES IOXIDATIVE/REDUCTIVE AND REDUCTIVE]

                                                                    SOME INVOLVE OXIDATION TO N02 FOLLOWED  BY SCRUBBING, OTHERS REDUCE IN SOLUTION
                                                                    OZONE TYPICAL OXIDANT
                                                                    POTENTIAL FOR SOx/NOx REMOVAL
                                                                    PROBLEMS INCLUDE LARGE OZONE/ENERGY NEEDS, SECONDARY WASTES, COSTS


                                                                  EPA PROGRAM
                                                                    DETERMINE NEED FOR NOx FGT
                                                                    INITIATE PILOT SCALE PROJECTS, BORROW FROM JAPANESE TECHNOLOGY
                                                                    TWO PILOT PLANTS PLANNED
                                                                     -NOX
                                                                     -NOx/SOx
     However,  we  pay  the  price  for this high  removal  efficiency in  terms of  high
capital  and operating  costs and system  complexity  relative to combustion  modification
technology.  These  approaches  are  under  active development   in  Japan  due  to  the
stringent   ambient  and   emission  standards  for nitrogen   oxides   there.  Two  basic
approaches,  dry  and  wet  processes, are  being  developed. The  dry processes are  the
simpler  of the  two   and  generally  involve  a chemical  reduction  reaction. Typically,
ammonia is  used as the  reductant  and a selective catalyst is  needed  to  reduce nitrogen
oxide   to  elemental   nitrogen   and  oxygen.  Problems  with   this  approach  include
uncertainty regarding  the viability  of this process for coal  flue gas, the possibility  of
secondary  emissions (such  as ammonium  sulfate), and potentially high  costs associated
with capital  expenses and reagent needs.

     Wet  processes  are  generally  more  complex  and  can  involve either oxidative/
reductive or reductive chemistry. Some  of the processes involve oxidation  to nitrogen
oxide  followed by  a  scrubbing  step; others reduce the nitrogen  oxides in solution.  For
the oxidative/reductive approach, ozone  is a typical oxidant.  The  main advantage of
this  class  of  processes is the potential  for combined sulfur oxide  and  nitrogen  oxide
removal.  Problems  include large ozone  and  energy needs  for  the  oxidative/reductive
process and  the production of  secondary wastes  and high costs for all versions  of the
wet processes.

     The  EPA  program   in this  area  involves piloting promising  processes  for treating
flue gas from coal combustors,  borrowing heavily  from Japanese technology on oil-fired
boilers. Two  pilot  programs  are in  the  final contractor selection  phase at this time.
One  will  involve  nitrogen oxide removal  only;  the  other will investigate  concurrent
removal of nitrogen oxide and sulfur oxide.

     I   would  now  like  to   summarize  the  status  of  our  fine-particulate  control
technology program.  First  a  little background information.  Fine particulates are health
hazards because they are airborne for extended  time periods, can penetrate deeply into
the  lung,  and  can   act  as  transport  agents   for  other  pollutants.  Our  research,
development,  and demonstration  program includes the following  major areas:
                                                                                                                                101

-------
ELECTROSTATIC PRECIPITATOR
EVALUATION
SCRUBBER EVALUATION
 FABRIC  FILTRATION
 EVALUATION
     •  Improvement  of  characterization   of  present  technology,  e.g.,  electrostatic
        precipitators, scrubbers, fabric filters

     •  New  ideas/novel devices

     •  High  temperature/high pressure control technology

     •  Collectability of dust

     •  Control from low-sulfur coal  combustors

     Our  program  is  actively  evaluating the  potential  for  electrostatic  precipitators as
high-efficiency fine-particulate  control devices.  We have  characterized  precipitators for
seven particulate sources  and developed  a  math model which characterizes precipitator
performance   as  a  function  of  particulate  characteristics.  We   have  concluded that
precipitators  offer  the possibility of  high  fine-particulate control  when  there is no ash
resistivity  problem. Precipitators  are  very  sensitive  to the  chemistry  of  the ash they
must collect.  For example, for low-sulfur coal combustion facilities, the ash generally is
of  a low resistivity; there  is  not  sufficient trioxide to  raise  the ash  conductivity,
thereby  leading to  collectability problems.  Our program  is  actively considering ways of
upgrading  precipitator  performance when the ash  has less than optimum resistivity. We
are actively  evaluating fly-ash  conditioning agents  such as sulfur trioxide and ammonia.
We  are  also  evaluating  the  possibility  of  precharging the  flue  gas upstream of the
precipitator in order to improve  the  collectability of the ash. We are  presently planning
a   pilot  demonstration   of  an  attractive   precharging  approach.   We  are  carefully
coordinating   our  program  with the  Electric Power  Research  Institute,  which is also
active in this area.

     We are  also  evaluating and  developing various scrubber devices for removal of fine
particulates from  combustion  facilities.  We  have evaluated  10 devices  on a variety  of
particulate  sources  and  currently  find  a   consistent  pattern  where  fine-particulate
removal  efficiency  is  highly  dependent  on  pressure  drop  (and therefore energy
requirements) of the scrubber device. Generally, the  higher  the pressure drop the better
the  fine-particulate removal efficiency. However, at least one  scrubber type; namely, the
turbulent  contact  absorber   (TCA),  has  appeared   uncharacteristically  efficient  in
fine-particulate  removal.  Our studies have indicated that a  condensation mechanism is
responsible for this good  performance. We  are evaluating this mechanism more carefully
and hope  to be  able to apply it to other  scrubbers in  other facilities. We are also
piloting  a flux force/condensation scrubber  which uses a condensation mechanism for
efficient fine-particulate removal.  Recent data indicate that  scrubbers  may  be  limited in
their fine-particulate performance  by mist eliminators.  Mist eliminators are designed to
avoid the  entrainment  and carryover  of scrubbing liquors  from  the scrubber into the
existing  flue  gas.  It appears that inefficient  mist  eliminators on  commercial units have
allowed  such entrainment, thereby leading  to carryover of  particulates  with subsequent
degradation of fine particulate removal performance. Studies continue in this area.

     Fabric filtration is  being evaluated as a fine-particulate  control scheme.  We have
tested filters  applied commercially to three  sources  and find  that  fabric filtration is
quite efficient  down  to  0.3  micron.  These filters have  similar energy  requirements
between the  low-energy  usage  precipitators  and  the  high-energy usage scrubbers. Our
present  program  is  aimed  at  increasing  the applicability, operability, and  economic
desirability of these very promising  devices.  We are  presently  planning to be involved
in  a  350  megawatt demonstration  program  applying  fabric filtration  to a  low-sulfur
coal  utility  boiler. This  will  be the  first  commercial operation  of a  low-sulfur coal
fabric filtration  combination.  Our  program  has  also  been  evaluating  new  ideas and
novel devices for the removal of  fine particulates from various sources. Many of these
devices  have  been  tested  at bench scale, and the  most attractive devices are scheduled
for pilot scale testing,  pending availability  of  funds.

     As  we mentioned at  last year's conference, we are  developing  particulate control
technology  capable  of   operating in  high  temperature  and  high  pressure regimes.
Pressurized fluidized  bed  combustion  and   low  Btu   gasification technologies require
particulate control  under  these difficult  conditions for both environmental and turbine
protection. We  have  defined  performance  requirements  and are  evaluating various
concepts  and  devices. Our present  emphasis is on  high  temperature precipitators, bag
houses,  and  granular bed filters.  It  is  too  soon  to  tell  whether any  of  these devices
will economically  remove particulates at  sufficiently  high  efficiency.
102

-------
MOBILE TEST  UNITS
WASTE AND WATER
     We  have  also actively  pursued  the  development and  construction  of paniculate
control  device  test  units mounted  on trailers,  enabling  us  to collect  and  evaluate
particulate control data  from  a  variety of  sources.  We  have constructed mobile  test
units of  electrostatic  precipitators,  scrubbers, and  fabric  filters  which  allow  us to
determine  the  best  control device  for  a  given  application  and  its associated dust
problem.

     Over the  past year we have initiated a program to evaluate  and control fugitive
dust problems.  Fugitive dust emissions  from many energy and  industrial sources can be
very serious. Our present program  is aimed  at defining  the  magnitude of the  problem
and  the alternative control technologies that may  be  applied.

     A final  element of our program is the  control of particulates  from low-sulfur  coal
combustors.  This  is  not   a new  or  separate  part  of  our  program,  but  actually
incorporates  our ongoing work in other areas. However,  we find it  helpful to focus on
this  major  problem  afflicting  those  utility  and industrial  sources that must meet
particulate standards and burn  low-sulfur coal.  Our emphasis  at  this time  is on the
development  of  fabric  filtration  and modified electrostatic  precipitators  for  cost
effective particulate control  from these  sources.

     The  final  technology  area I will  discuss  is  the  waste and water program. This
program  includes  the development  of control  technology for solid  and liquid effluents
from conventional energy   systems  and  their  associated control  devices. It  includes
disposal  of flue  gas  cleaning  wastes,  water recycled/treatment  of the various  power
plant effluents, development of improved cooling tower technology, and evaluation  and
development of  waste-heat  utilization  approaches. In  the flue gas  cleaning waste  area
we   have  a very  active  and  comprehensive program  in characterizing  environmental
problems  associated  with flue  gas desulfurization  sludge disposal. The program is  also
actively evaluating various control approaches  to  minimize potential impact as well as
to  investigate  possible utilization  approaches,  such  as  the  production   and  sale of
gypsum from  the  sludge end product.  We are  evaluating problems  associated with  fly
ash  disposal. In the  water  recycled/treatment area we are presently completing a study
of the overall  material balance of the  various water streams in a power plant with the
aim  of  minimizing makeup  water requirements and subsequent water pollution. We are
investigating   alternatives  to   chlorination  for  condenser   fouling control   and  are
evaluating  the  problems  associated with  coal  pile drainage. We are  also  assisting the
EPA Effluent  Guidelines Division in  identifying reasonable control technology for toxic
effluents from  steam electric plants.
                                                                                                                            103

-------
                                                In the cooling tower technology program we have  an  ongoing program eva
                                            wet/dry and dry  cooling  towers,  aimed at minimizing water consumption and some of
                                            the  drift and  blowdown  problems of wet towers. We are also planning a program to
                                            evaluate  the   impact  of  saltwater  drift  from  wet  towers  and  appropriate  control
                                            technology  to ameliorate such  problems.  Finally, we have  a  limited  program in ttie
                                            waste-heat utilization  area,  aimed at finding cost effective and reasonable uses of the
                                            large quantity of waste  heat  associated with  power  plants.  We have ongoing activities
                                            in the agricultural and aquacultural areas.

                                                In  conclusion,   I   believe  the  results  of  the conventional  fossil  fuel  control
                                            technology  program we have  discussed this afternoon will go  a  long way to help our
                                            nation  compatibly  achieve  two  of  its  most  important  goals: energy  availability and
                                            environmental  protection. This session  is now  open to questions from  the audience. I
                                            will  ask our distinguished  panelists to respond.
                                                                   FRANK  T.  PRINCIOTTA
                                                B.S.,  Chemical   Engineering,  New  York  City  College;  certificate  in  Nuclear
                                           Engineering Graduate  Studies,  Oak  Ridge  School  of  Reactor Technology.  Project
                                           Engineer  and  Reactor  Engineer  for  U.S.  Atomic  Energy Commission.  In  private
                                           industry  directed government sponsored research  and development programs in nuclear
                                           power  supplies  and   biomedical  devices.  While  Chief  of  Engineering  Test  Section,
                                           Control Systems  Division,  EPA, directed  programs  to develop processes for control of
                                           sulfur  oxide  and  particulate  air   pollution.   Currently,  Director,  Energy  Processes
                                           Division,  Office  of   Energy,   Minerals  and  Industry,   Office  of  Research and
                                           Development,   EPA,   Washington,  DC;  responsible  for  planning  and  coordinating
                                           programs  to develop  and  improve  technology on  control and  abatement  of adverse
                                           impacts from energy production and utilization systems.
104

-------
                         questions
                             CK answers
                                               Ms. Patricia Smith
                                     Northern Ohio Lung Association
QUESTION:
                                               Mr. Ken Wilzbach
                                       Argonne National Laboratory

                                               Mr. Steven Slater
                                                Tufts University

                                             Dr. Edward S. Rubin
                                          Carnegie-Mellon University

                                                Mr. Joe Selmiczi
                                               Dravo Corporation
   For utility-size boilers, would you consider FGD as
an  intermediary  solution to be supplanted by fluidized
bed combustion? Will  fluidized bed combustion take the
place of scrubbers?
RESPONSE:  Mr. Frank T. Princiotta, (EPA)
                       Fluidized bed combustion appears to be competitive
                    with flue gas desulfurization as far as cost is concerned.
                    This is unusual. Most of the competition such as low Btu
                    gasification and unrefined coal for baseload utility systems
                    is unattractive relative to flue gas desulfurization.
                                                                                    105

-------
                                   Fluidized bed  combustion  units will not  make  any
                              commercial  impact  in  the utility field  before 1990. Just
                              go through  the  ERDA  and industrial timeliness, and  you
                              will  find  that there will  not  be a commercial  facility
                              on-line until 1990.  At  that time my personal assessment
                              is  that  pulverized  coal  with   scrubbers  will  be  very
                              competitive  with  fluidized  bed combustion, and  it is very
                              unclear to me which of these technologies will prevail.  It
                              is too soon  to tell.

                                   Does anyone want  to  comment on  that?
RESPONSE:   Mr. Gerald G. McGlamery, (TVA)
 QUESTION:
                                  Again, from a utility standpoint, you are pretty close
                              to  being  right.  We  do  not  see  any  fluidized   bed
                              combustion  boilers  within the near term, but of course,
                              TVA  is  actively pursuing  FBC  technology  by a separate
                              plan of  its  own. I think  in  the  last 6 months we  have
                              announced   about  a  $4  million  effort  to  look  at  a
                              full-scale,  200  megawatt fluidized  combustion boiler in
                              the TVA system. We just  cannot  really  be sure if  that  is
                              going  to take the place of scrubbers or just going to  be a
                              parallel  effort.  Scrubbers are  cost  competitive, and  they
                              are not just going to go  out the window.
     By  the  same  token,  what  is the  time frame  for
commercialization of  regenerable flue  gas desulfurization?
 RESPONSE:   Mr.  Richard D. Stem, (EPA)
QUESTION:
                                   How  about as  soon  as possible? The ACP process,
                              which  should  be   demonstrated  by  1981,   is  a  very
                              significant process which we want to accelerate.
     This is aqueous carbonate?
RESPONSE:  Mr. Stern
                                  Yes.  The  Wellman-Lord  process  is  very close  to
                              commercialization  now.  However,  we  do   need   to
                              demonstrate it  conclusively  on the first coal-fired utility,
                              and we hope  to  get that  test program started within  1
                              month.  In  that area, Public Service  of New Mexico  has
                              already  initiated orders; in fact, they have approximately
                              700 megawatts  of Wellman-Lord capacity presently under
                              construction with  another  1000 megawatts ordered.

                                  There  has  been a great deal  of  progress in  the  area
                              of  magnesium  oxide. There is one  commercial unit that is
                              expected to start up  any time at Philadelphia  Electric.
                              One of the things we would  like to do  with  this  initiative
                              money  is   to  accelerate   magnesium   oxide   scrubbing
                              technology  even  more  so  with   another  demonstration.
                              Depending   on   the   results  of   this  120   megawatt
                              magnesium   oxide   scrubbing  facility   at  Philadelphia
                              Electric, there  is  another approximately  700  megawatts of
                              magnesium  oxide  technology  that  may  be in the offing. I
                              feel we  are  very close  to   commercializing  regenerable
                              FGD.
QUESTION:
                                  Utilities in Japan are injecting ozone into  flue gas to
                              oxidize  NO  to  N02 as part  of  a  control strategy  for
106

-------
                             dealing with NOx- We have some evidence that ozone also
                             oxides S02 to 80s at temperatures in the range of about
                             400 degrees Fahrenheit.

                                  Considering the  recovery of waste heat, would ozone
                             generation  be an  attractive technology  for  controlling
                             NOx  and SOx simultaneously? And if not for  waste heat,
                             consider  a  portion of the flue gas being  exposed to ozone
                             in order to produce some SOs;  would  the reduction  of
                             resistivity of the fly ash  make this  attractive?
 RESPONSE:  Mr. Stern
QUESTION:
                                  The cost of ozone is  extremely high, and  for  NOX
                             control  alone  you would  have a stoichiometry of one. It
                             would  not only  use a great deal  of energy,  but would
                             also  cost a great deal of  money. So  for  NOX control
                             alone, we do  not see  ozone as being  a  strong contender.
                             However, for  the  simultaneous processes, the energy and
                             cost  penalty  of ozone may perhaps be compensated for
                             by the  fact that you  may  be able to control  both SOX,
                             SO2,  and  NO at  a  relatively  lower  cost  in energy  that
                             you could individually.

                                  As to oxidizing S02 to  803  with  the ozone, which
                             you   would   certainly do,  that  would  be  recovered
                             primarily as sulfuric acid; whether  or not you  could  have
                             a wet  process that would recover the sulfuric acid as well
                             as  the  nitric  acid  or the   nitrates,  could  be  a  real
                             complication.

                                  Our proposals  do not  include this option;  however,
                             the Japanese  people  are looking at  it  right now.
    This morning Dr. Stephen Gage alluded  to something
I  would like someone in the FGD group to pick  up. That
is  the  possibility  of  partially  bypassing an  FGD system
                                                                                                                       107

-------
RESPONSE:  Mr.  Princiotta
QUESTION:


RESPONSE:
Mr. Princiotta
QUESTION:


RESPONSE:
                              using a precipitator for participate  control  and using the
                              hot  flue  gases to  reduce  the energy  requirement  for
                              reheat.

                                   Some  utilities  are  already doing this.  One of  the
                              benefits seems to be  that  if  you view  emissions on  the
                              basis  of  megawatt  of useful  electricity  produced for  sale
                              rather  than  coal coming in the front of the boiler, you
                              are better off on that sort of normalization  basis.

                                  Is it your view  that this sort  of an  option would be
                              precluded  by  the  sorts  of  deliberations   currently  in
                              Congress?  Does  best   available  technology  mean   100
                              percent of all flue gas to the  "best"  you  could do?
                                   Let  me  first  clarify  what  Dr.  Gage  said.  He was
                              referring to the combination of coal cleaning and flue gas
                              desulfurization. I  think he was suggesting that if you can
                              clean the  coal  relatively inexpensively  and  then  treat  a
                              portion  of the resulting flue  gases with  a  scrubber,  the
                              remaining untreated portion  would  still  be hot and  could
                              be used for reheat.
                     Would the result be the same?
                                   Yes,   it  would.   I   commented   earlier   that   the
                              possibility  of revised  new source performance standards
                              for   coal   generators   would   obviously   tighten   the
                              requirement.  If  such a standard  is implemented,  we  are
                              talking on  the order of 85 to 90 percent control.  This of
                              course,  makes  it  more  difficult  to  have  any  flue  gas
                              stream that  is  untreated.  In  other  words,  even   if  you
                              threat part of the  flue gas with  100 percent  S02  removal
                              efficiency,  you  are  limited  in  this  case  to  only  a
                              maximum of  10 percent, and that is nominal  for reheat
                              purposes. So I think the  tendency  would be to make  that
                              approach a little  more  difficult.
                     Do any of the panelists  have  any comments on that?
Mr. Julian W.  Jones, (EPA)
RESPONSE:   Mr.  Princiotta
                                   I  did  have  one comment.  I think that coal  cleaning,
                              in combination  with  flue  gas  desulfurization, depending
                              on  the outcome of the  regulatory dilemma,  could be  a
                              viable  approach.  You  could use the flue gas  bypass,  the
                              partial scrubbing, and  then use the remainder for  reheat.
                              If you  have to  go to a  90 percent removal based either
                              on  incoming or  total  gas being generated  by the plant,
                              then it really becomes impractical.
                                   Let me just mention that although the reheat aspect
                              of the  concept  may  be hurt by  any tightened  standards,
                              in my view at least, the combination of coal cleaning  and
                              FGD  still looks favorable. As Dr. Gage  pointed  out, there
                              is no more  inexpensive way of removing a given  amount
                              of  sulfur from  coal  as  physical  coal  cleaning;  so  the
                              combination  would  still  make  a  lot  of  sense  on  a
                              case-by-case  basis.
108

-------
QUESTION:
     I would  like to comment on the  unsaturated mode
of scrubbers operating on lime with magnesium oxide. I
think this  mode is further ahead than  Mr.  Princiotta
implied.  Several  demonstrations  —  including  the
Bruce-Mansfield Power  Plant, which has been operating
in  an  unsaturated  mode  for  over  a year,  and  the
Conesville Power Plant  of Columbus in Southern Ohio in
operation  for several months —  have  proved that when
common water  chemistry is considered, the unsaturated
mode can be maintained. What do you  think?
RESPONSE:  Mr. Michael A. Maxwell,  (EPA)
                                 I  think it  is  undeniably  a fact  that  those systems
                             have operated well.  We have been getting anomalous data
                             at  Shawnee which  indicates  that  some  of  the  earlier
                             concepts  we had  of  the  unsaturated  operation perhaps
                             were not  fully founded. So even though those systems  are
                             operating  well, we still feel  that  there are some gaps  in
                             the information that we would  like to see answered.
                                                                                                                     109

-------
technical
  discussion

-------
         THE FEDERAL INTERAGENCY FLUE GAS
              OESULFURIZATION PROGRAM
                  Gerald G. McGlamery
        Office of Agricultural and Chemical Development
                Tennessee Valley Authority
                 Muscle Shoals, Alabama

           Richard D. Stern and Michael A. Maxwell
         Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory
            U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency
            Research Triangle Park, North Carolina
 INTRODUCTION

      Flue gas desulfurization  (FGD)  is  the  term
 used  to denote processes for removal of  sulfur
 dioxide  (802) from flue gas, usually by  means of  a
 gas scrubbing operation.  FGD  is  the major  near-
 term  technological approach to meeting new  source
 performance standards when utilizing high-sulfur
 coal  supplies.  If a policy of rapid expansion  in
 the use of coal is to be successfully implemented,
 it is essential that FGD technology be  fully
 developed for application in the  utility and in-
 dustrial sectors.

      In the Federal energy/environment research
 and development program, FGD technology  development
 has been given a high priority.   Studies by EPA
 indicate that FGD is competitive  in cost with
 advanced control methods, such as chemical  coal
 cleaning and fluidized bed combustion; therefore,
 FGD should play an important role in controlling
 emissions even in the 1990's.

      This technology has progressed rapidly by  tak-
 ing advantage of financial aid passing through  the
 Federal interagency program.  Several FGD studies,
 pilot  plants, prototypes, and demonstration-scale
 facilities have been funded by the Environmental
 Protection Agency (EPA).  Although progress had
 been  achieved in FGD development prior to 1975, the
 overall pace of development was increased by the
 initiation of the Federal interagency effort.

     The Federal program through EPA's Industrial
 Environmental Research Laboratory in Research
 Triangle Park, North Carolina (IERL-RTP), has aimed
 at  demonstrating reliable and cost-effective FGD
 processes,  including both nonregenerable (throw-
 away)  and regenerable (saleable byproducts) systems.
 EPA has been aided in this effort by at  least two
 other Federal organizations, the Tennessee Valley
 Authority (TVA)  and the U.S. Bureau of Mines (BOM).
 For example,  EPA's key program in the nonregenerable
 area is the  lime-limestone prototype test program
 at TVA's Shawnee Steam Plant (near Paducah, Kentucky),
 and a  major  regenerable (citrate) process demonstra-
 tion unit is  to  be built based on pilot-plant work
 by BOM.

    Other major activities  in the area  of  nonre-
generable technology  include full-scale  demonstra-
tions of double-alkali  scrubbing systems, and a
comprehensive program  in  scrubber sludge disposal.
In the regenerable  FGD  area,  an aggressive program
has been pursued  toward development of processes
capable of producing saleable sulfur products.  In
addition to  the work of BOM on sodium citrate scrub-
bing, full-scale  demonstrations of the Cat-Ox (pro-
ducing 80% sulfuric acid),  Wellman-Lord (W-L)/Allied
Chemical (producing sulfur),  magnesium oxide (pro-
ducing sulfuric acid),  and  the aqueous carbonate
(producing sulfur)  processes  have been undertaken.

     A number of  supporting studies have also been
initiated through the  interagency program for both
nonregenerable and  regenerable processes.  Included
are design and cost evaluations for sludge disposal
and advanced S02  removal  technologies, byproduct
marketing studies,  bench-scale research on key
processing steps, investigation of  reductants for
S02 to sulfur, energy optimization  studies,  and  a
comparison of utility/industry equipment reli-
ability/availability.

     In addition  to these efforts to develop tech-
nology, a companion technology transfer effort is
also underway.  Through a series of briefings,
symposiums, capsule reports,  summary reports, and
a survey of FGD installations,  the  industry is
being aided in its  efforts  to stay  abreast of the
rapidly advancing FGD technology.


TECHNICAL DISCUSSION

Lime-Limestone Activities

     Lime-limestone processes are particularly
important in the  overall  FGD  story.  Over 60% of
the FGD systems,  which  have been built, are under
construction, or  are being  planned  for service by
the early 1980's, are lime-limestone processes.

     The Shawnee  Program.   An important part of the
lime-limestone effort  involves the operation of a
prototype scrubbing test  facility at Shawnee Steam
Plant.  This versatile  facility allows comprehen-
sive testing of up  to  three 10-MW scrubber types
under a variety of  operating  conditions.  Bechtel
Corporation of San  Francisco  designed the test
facility and directs the  test program, and TVA con-
structed and operates  the facility.

     The major concerns of  the utility industry to
date regarding lime-limestone scrubbing have
centered around scaling and plugging potential, the
large quantities  of waste sludge generated, and the
high costs (capital and operating)  of scrubbing.
It is toward these  areas  of concern that the
Shawnee program has been  directed.

     The major objectives of  the original 2-year
test program were:   (1) to  characterize fully the
effect of important process variables on S02 and
particulate  removal;  (2)  to develop and verify
mathematical models to  allow  scaleup to full-scale
scrubber facilities;  (3)  to study the technical and
economic feasibility of lime-limestone scrubbing;
and (4) to demonstrate  long-term reliability.
Based on the initial  test results, comments  from
utilities and FGD system  vendors, and particularly
                                                                                                            113

-------
 on  results  from EPA pilot-plant support studies,
 it  became apparent that additional information was
 needed  to optimize lime and limestone systems in
 the areas of:   sludge disposal, improved reli-
 ability,  variable-load operation,  and improved
 economics.   Therefore, in 1974 the Shawnee program
 was extended and the scope was expanded to investi-
 gate promising equipment and process variations to:
 (1) minimize costs,  energy requirements, and quan-
 tity (and improve the quality) of  the sludge pro-
 duced;  (2)  maximize S02 removal efficiency; (3)
 develop a design/economic study computer program;
 and (4) improve system control and operating reli-
 ability,  especially in the mist eliminator area.
 Of  particular interest were studies of forced
 oxidation,  increased alkali utilization, and MgO
 or  other  additives to increase S02 removal effi-
 ciency  and  to force subsaturated gypsum operation.
      A study of the formation of solid  solutions
 in lime-limestone scrubbers was completed which
 verified  earlier findings made at IERL-RTP that
 sulfate can be purged with the solids at low oxi-
 dation levels while maintaining subsaturated liquori
 Attempts  to apply this "subsaturated operating mode"
 to large-scale scrubbers are being made at Shawnee
 and  Louisville Gas and Electric's (LG&E) Paddy's
 Run  lime  scrubber.

      The  data obtained from the IERL-RTP scrubber
 have been analyzed,  together with the Shawnee data,
 to develop comprehensive mathematical models  for
 predicting SC>2 removal efficiency in lime and lime-
 stone scrubbers as a function of basic process
 variables,  such as liquid to gas ratio, S02 concen-
 tration,  pH,  magnesium concentration, and pressure
 drop.
      The Shawnee program has made major contribu-
 tions toward improvement of lime and limestone
 scrubbing technology.   The most significant results
 to date include:  (1)  demonstration that conven-
 tional lime-limestone  systems can be operated
 reliably on a 10-MW level (two separate reliability
 problems have been identified—scaling and accumu-
 lation of soft mud-type solids—and methods to
 control each have been demonstrated);  (2)  mud-type
 solids deposition was  shown to be a strong function
 of alkali utilization  and at high utilization
 (greater than about 85%) these solids  are much more
 easily removed; (3) equipment or process variations
 were demonstrated which individually improved
 alkali utilization, improved SC>2 removal efficiency,
 and favorably influenced the system chemistry; and
 (4) development of useful industrial tools, such
 as the design/economic study computer  program apH
 the computerized Shawnee data base.

      The EPA Pilot FGD Scrubber Program.   The FGU
 pilot plant operated by IERL-RTP consists  of two
 scrubbers having a flue gas  capacity of  about 0.1
 MW.   They have been in operation since 1972 for the
 principal purpose of providing in-house  experimental
 support for EPA's larger,  prototype scrubber test
 facility at Shawnee Steam Plant.   The  IERL-RTP
 scrubbers have 1% of the capacity of the  Shawnee
 prototypes and are 1/1000 scale.   In addition to
 supporting Shawnee,  the pilot plant also  provides
 IERL-RTP with the capability to independently
 evaluate new concepts  in lime-limestone  scrubbing
 technology.


      Results from this pilot unit indicate that
 forced oxidation limestone scrubbing can be
 achieved in a two-stage scrubbing system promoting
 formation of gypsum, a more  desirable  form of
 calcium solids, and improving limestone  utiliza-
 tion.   An extension of this  work has recently been
 undertaken at the Shawnee test facility.   Further
 tests at IERL-RTP have been  directed toward
 achieving the oxidation step in a single-stage
 scrubber,  and information has been developed
 toward application in  larger commercial  scrubbing
 systems.   Thus far,  it has been demonstrated in the
 IERL-RTP scrubber that single-stage forced oxida-
 tion  can be achieved with no loss of S02  removal
 efficiency.
     Bahco Program.   The AB Bahco Ventilation
 (Sweden)  lime  scrubbing process has been installed
 on about  20 small  industrial-size oil-fired
 boilers outside  of the  United States.  Research-
 Cottrell  is the  licensee in the United States for
 this process.  The Bahco system appears particular-
 ly suited for  small  industrial applications and,
 in fact,  is manufactured in standard sizes of about
 5-50 MW equivalent.   The system is readily adapt-
 able to a high degree of automation.  Although
 automation results in a somewhat higher capital
 investment cost  initially,  labor costs are low in
 that the  same  personnel operating the boiler can
 also handle operation of the FGD system.

     The Air Force contracted with Research-
 Cottrell  to install  a Bahco system for S02 and
 particulate control  on  up to seven small  coal-fired
 heating boilers  (approximately 21 MW equivalent
 total) at Rickenbacker  Air  Force Base near Columbus,
 Ohio.  EPA is  sponsoring a  2-year test program on
 this system.  .Although  numerous mechanical problems
 have been encountered since startup in March 1976,
 results generally  have  been promising. Acceptance
 tests have not been  run yet but they are  planned
 shortly, after boiler control problems are resolved.
 Results to date  indicate that despite the high
 particulate loading,  which  at times has been pre-
 dominately very  small sooty particles, design
 specifications for both the particulate and S02
 removal efficiency have been exceeded consistently.

     LG&E Scrubber Test Program.   In November 1974,
 results from the IERL-RTP pilot-plant testing were
 reported which showed that  lime and limestone S02
 scrubbers could  be operated subsaturated  with
 respect to dissolved CaSOZh-2H20 (gypsum).  This
mode of operation  avoids the problem of gypsum
 scaling on the scrubber internals.   Subsequent
 investigation  indicated that at least two commer-
 cial scrubber  systems were  operating subsaturated
with respect to  gypsum, one at the Mitsui Aluminum
Plant in Omuta,  Japan,  and  the other at Paddy's
 Run Station of LG&E.

     Because of  the  success at LG&E and because of
 EPA's interest in  studying  the subsaturated mode
 of operation,  a  program was undertaken at LG&E in
 the spring of  1976 to evaluate operational and
 chemical  factors identified by scrubber testing
114

-------
 at IERL-RTP and Shawnee which appear to have an
 effect on subsaturated operation.  The test program
 at LG&E consists of four phases of testing:  (1)
 carbide lime testing (to establish baseline con-
 ditions); (2) commercial lime testing  (to compare
 with carbide lime and to establish more widely
 applicable baseline operating conditions);  (3)
 reaction tank modification testing (to examine the
 effects of residence time); and (4) MgO/Cl addition
 testing (to examine the effects of magnesium
 addition and increased chloride levels) .

     The carbide lime phase of the test program
 was initiated in October 1976 and was concluded in
 December 1976.  No major scrubber operational
 problems occurred during these tests.  However,
 there was a problem with the liquid analysis for
 sulfite because of an interference caused by im-
 purities in the carbide lime.  Waste sludge from
 the system was collected for sludge treatment/dis-
.posal tests which are being conducted in conjunction
 with the scrubber test program.

     The commercial lime phase of the test program
 was initiated in March 1977.  Shortly  after  startup,
 two problems were evident:  (1) the interference
 which had occurred in the sulfite analyses during
 carbide lime testing was still present,and  (2)
 scaling in the scrubber.  The scaling problem is
 thought to be a result of high oxidation causing
 an excessive gypsum saturation level.  It has been
 concluded that the carbide lime contains an oxida-
 tion inhibitor in trace quantities.

     Because of the difficulties described above,
 the testing under the reaction tank modification
 and MgO/Cl addition phases is not expected to be
 as extensive as originally planned.  However, the
 overall objectives of the program should be met.


     High-Velocity Scrubbing and Vertical Duct Mist
 Elimination Pilot-Plant Program.  As part of the
 EPA lime-limestone scrubbing efforts, TVA investi-
 gated during 1975-76 a number of washing techniques
 for vertical duct mist eliminators on a 1-MW pilot
 plant at TVA's Colbert Steam Plant near Muscle
 Shoals, Alabama.  High-velocity scrubbing tests
 were also performed in conjunction with the mist
 eliminator test.  In the program, TVA demonstrated
 washing techniques that permitted continuous mist
 eliminator performance for closed-loop lime-
 limestone systems running at 12.6 ft/sec (3.8 m/sec)
 gas velocity.  Intermittent washing with fresh
 makeup water was successful in the lime mode; how-
 ever, difficulties were encountered with this pro-
 cedure when running with limestone.  An alternate
 procedure was developed for limestone using both
 clarified liquor and fresh makeup water.   Con-
 tinuous mist eliminator performance was maintained
 by washing the bottom of the mist eliminator inter-
 mittently with all available clarified liquor,
 immediately followed by an allocated amount of
 allowable makeup water.   The top of the mist elimi-
 nator was washed intermittently with the remaining
 allocation of allowable fresh water.


     In general, the scrubber operated more effi-
 ciently and mist eliminator performance was improved
 at a higher velocity (16 ft/sec or 4.9 m/sec); how-
 ever,  long-term testing was conclusive only with
 lime scrubbing.  Additional washing may be required
 for limestone at higher gas velocities.

 Double-Alkali Activities

      The double-alkali process provides an alternate
 wet scrubbing "throwaway" system to the more preva-
 lent lime-limestone slurry scrubbing processes.
 Such systems employ a clear liquid absorbent rather
 than the slurry which is used in lime-limestone
 processes.   As a result, the scrubber in a double-
 alkali unit is expected to be less prone to fouling
 and plugging problems.

      The double-alkali process is now offered
 commercially by several companies for control of
 industrial  and utility boilers.  Process capa-
 bilities include 90% or more SC>2 removal, less than
 2% energy consumption exclusive of reheat energy,
 close  to 100% lime-S02 stoichiometry,  and soda ash
 consumption in the range of 5% of the lime on a
 molecular basis.   However, these processes may in
 certain instances be more costly than lime-limestone
 systems.

      Combustion Equipment Associates (CEA) -
 A. D.  Little (ADL) Program.  The development of
 double-alkali technology by EPA has followed an
 orderly progressive pattern.  After initial in-
 house  engineering feasibility studies and labora-
 tory experiments in 1971 and 1972, EPA contracted
 with ADL in May 1973 to conduct a laboratory and
 pilot-plant study of various double-alkali modes
 of operation.  In early 1975 the project was ex-
 panded to include a prototype test at the 20-MW
 facility installed at the Scholz Steam Plant of
 Gulf Power  Company by The Southern Company and
 constructed by CEA.  In late 1976, agreement was
 reached for a full-scale utility demonstration of
 the process which hopefully will be started up in
 1979.

     Work in the laboratory and pilot plant in-
 cluded the  study of "dilute" and "concentrated"
 systems,  lime and limestone regeneration, sulfuric
 acid addition for sulfate removal, and solids
 characterization.   Prototype testing at the Scholz
 Steam  Plant lasted from February 1975 to July 1976,
 with the EPA-sponsored  portion of the testing be-
 ginning  in  May 1975.   As a whole, the prototype
 system performed  very well and indicated that a
 double-alkali system could be a viable FGD system
 for  coal-burning  utilities.   SC>2 removal was
 generally in the  range  of 90 to 99%.

     LG&E Double-Alkali  Demonstration  Program.
 In September  1976,  EPA  contracted with LG&E  for a
 cost-shared,  full-scale  coal-fired utility demon-
 stration  of  the double-alkali  process  at  the 280-MW
 Cane Run  No.  6  boiler.   The  demonstration project
 consists  of  four  phases:   (1)  design  and  cost  esti-
mation;  (2)  engineering  design,  construction,  and
mechanical  testing;  (3) startup  and performance
 testing;  and  (4)  1  year  of  operation  and  long-term
 testing.  Construction  is  expected to  be  complete
by the end  of  1978, and  testing will begin in
 early  1979.   A contract  funded  by EPA with an
                                                                                                         115

-------
independent  company  will soon be established to
design and conduct a test program at the LG&E
facility  to  evaluate the process technically and
economically.

     General Motors  (GM)  Industrial Boiler
Demonstration.   GM and  EPA have participated in a
cooperative  program  to  demonstrate, test,  charac-
terize, and  evaluate GM's "dilute" mode double-
alkali system  for control of  S02 emissions from
coal-fired industrial boilers.   The program was
conducted at GM's industrial  boiler complex in
Parma, Ohio.   The system, consisting of four coal-
fired boilers  having a  steaming capacity of
320,000 Ib/hr  (equivalent to  32 MW electric gener-
ating capacity), was constructed and operated by
GM.  ADL  designed and conducted the test program
to  evaluate  the  system  with funding from EPA.
The test  program consisted of three 1-month in-
tensive test periods and longer term nonintensive
testing.  Each of  the intensive tests evaluated a
slightly  different flow scheme.

Regenerable  Process  Activities

      Since its inception in 1970 EPA has assisted
in  the development of several recovery processes
capable of producing sulfuric acid, elemental sulfur,
or  liquefied SC>2.  These processes have been pursued
in  hopes  of  conserving  a valuable natural resource
and reducing overall SC>2 control costs.  Most of
the EPA efforts  have been directed toward full-scale
demonstrations of a  number of leading processes;
however,  support has also been given to bench-scale
and pilot-plant  efforts.

     Magnesium Oxide Scrubbing Program.  The Mag-Ox
scrubbing process—developed  by Chemical Construction
Company  (Chemico) and Basic Chemicals,  and currently
offered commercially by Chemico—is one of the more
promising regenerable FGD approaches.   The process,
which produces sulfuric acid, is widely applicable
to  both existing and new power plants.   It is also
amenable  to  the  centralized processing concept; i.e.,
spent sorbent  can be regenerated at a central plant
capable of servicing a  number of power or  industrial
plants.

      In 1974,  EPA and Boston  Edison completed a co-
funded demonstration program  of a 155-MW-capacity
scrubbing-regeneration  system.   Results obtained
during 2  years of operation indicated:   (1) S02 re-
moval efficiencies in excess  of 90% were obtained
consistently,and (2) more than 5,000 tons  of sale-
able sulfuric  acid of high quality were recovered
from the  stack gas and  sold commercially.   A number
of  problems  were encountered  that were primarily
equipment, rather than  process  related; however,
continuous,  long-term,  reliable operation  was not
achieved.

     In 1973,  Potomac Electric  Power Company in-
stalled a 100-MW Mag-Ox scrubbing system at its
coal-fired Dickerson Station.   EPA provided the
Mag-Ox regeneration  system for  Potomac  Electric's
use  in processing spent scrubber sorbent.   Results
indicate  S02 removal efficiencies greater  than 90%
are  possible and particulate  removal of 99.6% was
attained.  Over  2000 tons of  sulfuric  acid were
produced  and marketed.   Unfortunately due to a
shortage  of funds  this  demonstration did not run
long enough to  completely answer all questions re-
garding absorbent  recycle,  absorbent losses, and
process reliability.

     Philadelphia  Electric  will soon begin operating
a 120-MW  MgO scrubbing  facility at the Eddystone
unit 1.   After  initial  startup in September 1975,
this unit was shut down when the regeneration-
sulfuric  acid system  at Olin Chemicals,  Paulsboro,
New Jersey, plant  was permanently closed.   Regenera-
tion will now take place at an Essex Chemical's acid
plant in  Newark, New  Jersey.   EPA plans  to supply
consulting for  startup,  operation, and test prograa
formulation.

     W-L/Allied Chemical Demonstration Program.
EPA and Northern Indiana Public Service  Company
(NIPSCO)  have jointly funded the design  and
construction of a  flue  gas  cleaning demonstration
plant utilizing the W-L S02 recovery process and
the Allied Chemical S02 reduction process  to con-
vert recovered  S02 to elemental sulfur.   The
operational costs  for the system will be paid by
NIPSCO, and a comprehensive test and evaluation
program will be funded  by EPA.  The demonstration
system has been retrofitted to the 115-MW, coal-
fired unit 11 at the  D.  H.  Mitchell Station in
Gary, Indiana.

     The  demonstration  program consists  of three
phases:   Phase  I—the development of a process
design, major equipment specification, and a de-
tailed cost estimate—was completed in December
1972.  Phase II—the  final  design and construction-
was completed by Davy Powergas, Inc. (owner  of the
W-L process) in August  1976.  Startup activities
and acceptance  testing  were delayed by boiler
problems  which  developed when unit 11 was  shut
down for  annual maintenance.  The boiler and the
FGD plant are scheduled to restart in June,  and
integrated operation  and acceptance testing will
follow shortly  thereafter.   Phase III—long-term
duration  testing—will  begin after acceptance.

     Aqueous Carbonate  Demonstration Program.
EPA and Empire  State  Electric Energy Research
Corporation (ESEERCO),  a research organization
sponsored by New York's eight major power  suppliers,
have recently contracted to fund jointly the de-
sign and  construction of a  demonstration of
Atomics International's sulfur-producing aqueous
carbonate process. The demonstration is being
retrofitted to  Niagara  Mohawk Power Company's
100-MW coal-fired  Huntley Station in Tonawanda,
New York.

     The demonstration  will be in four phases.
Phase I,  the design and  cost estimate, is  expected
to be completed by mid-1977,  and Phase II,  con-
struction, by mid-1979.   Acceptance, Phase III,
should be accomplished  by the end of 1979,  at
which time a 1-year test and evaluation  program,
Phase IV, will be  initiated.

     BOM  Citrate Demonstration Program.   EPA and
BOM have  entered into a cooperative agreement to
pool funds and  technical talents to demonstrate
116

-------
the citrate process which has been developed
through pilot scale by BOM.   A concurrent develop-
ment program, carried out by an industrial con-
sortium headed by Pfizer Chemical Company, also
led to a pilot operation of  the process.   Based on
the results of these two pilot programs,  EPA and
BOM have initiated the demonstration of this
technology on a 53-MW coal-fired boiler at St.  Joe
Minerals Corporation in Monaca, Pennsylvania.
     The demonstration will be  in  four  phases.
Phase I, the design and  cost  estimate,  was  com-
pleted in November  1976.   Phase II, detailed
design, procurement,  and  construction,  began  in
March 1977 and  is scheduled to  be  completed in
mid-1978.  Acceptance, Phase  III,  should  be
accomplished by the end  of 1978 at which  time a
1-year test and evaluation program, Phase IV, will
be initiated.
     Catalytic Oxidation (Cat-Ox) Demonstration
 Program.  The Cat-Ox process is Monsanto Enviro-
 Chem Systems' adaptation of the contact sulfuric
 acid process.  EPA and Illinois Power Company have
 been attempting to demonstrate the process on a
 103-MW coal-fired boiler at Illinois Power's Wood
 River Station since 1970.
     Detailed design, construction, shakedown
 testing, and performance guarantee testing were
 completed in July 1973.  The unit met all guarantees
 and was subsequently accepted.   Because of the
 shortage of natural gas, the burners were modified
 to allow either oil— or gas-firing, as conditions
 permit; however, design and startup problems have
 precluded successful operation and initiation of
 the comprehensive 1-year test program.


     In view of the problems and long delays en-
 countered, a thorough technical and economic study
 was made of the costs and benefits of continuing
 the Cat-Ox demonstration at the Wood River Station.
 Results of this study led to the decision to end
 the project in December 1976.
     Ammonia Scrubbing with Bisulfate Regeneration
Pilot-PlantProgram.   In 1970,  EPA and TVA jointly
undertook the development of a  completely cyclic
ammonia scrubbing - ammonium bisulfate regeneration
process which has as  its major  product a concentrated
stream of S02 which can then be used  to produce sul-
furic acid or elemental sulfur.  This process was
evaluated at a 3,000 ft3/min (5,100 m3/hr) pilot
plant located at  Colbert Steam Plant.   While initial
developmental efforts at the pilot unit were con-
centrated on the absorber,  later work included in-
vestigation of all subunits of  the system except
the electrical decomposer.   It  became apparent that
the process had  two major problems:   (1)  the forma-
tion of a persistent  fume which could not be con-
sistently controlled  or eliminated by reasonable
control efforts,  and  (2)  unfavorable  economic pro-
jections due primarily to energy consumption by the
decomposer.   As  a result of these problems, the
development project was terminated during the summer
of 1976.
Support  Studies  for  FGD Systems

     Key supporting  studies  in several problem areas
of FGD technology  have  been  sponsored by EPA to
further  the advancement and  application of commer-
cial systems.  In  many  cases,  the studies undertaken
are broad general  assessments  which are directed
toward a wide variety of potential users.

     Reductant Gases.   Elemental sulfur is a de-
sirable  form for recovery of SOX because it is the
minimum  quantity of  any FGD  waste or byproduct and
because  of its saleability,  ease of transport, and
suitability for  long-term storage.   Production of
sulfur from SOX  requires the use of a reductant for
conversion of the  SOX to sulfur; to date, major
emphasis has been  on the use of natural gas for
this purpose.  In  view  of the  current and continu-
ing shortage of  natural gas, it is  imperative that
other sources of reductant gas be utilized in the
future.   Toward  this end EPA retained Battelle
Columbus Laboratories to conduct process  evalua-
tion and cost estimates of gasification processes
that are suited for application  to  FGD require-
ments,  and to recommend avenues  of  continuing
development and demonstration.

     The project report concludes that a  gasifier-
based reduction  system would increase significantly
the complexity of  the overall  FGD system.   However,
the gasifier could be used to  supply  some of the
energy requirements  of  the FGD process,  such as  for
stack gas  reheating.  The  report also concluded
that purchased H2S will play only a minor role as
a reductant for  S02  from  power plant  FGD  systems.
The use  of H2S will  involve  almost  entirely by-
product  streams  obtained  "across the  fence" from a
source such as an  oil refinery or a natural gas
processing plant,  and geographical  considerations
will restrict this usage.

     Byproduct Marketing Studies.   Regenerable FGD
systems  produce  such byproducts as  sulfuric acid,
sulfur and, to a lesser extent, gypsum.   The purpose
of this  program  is to develop  a computer model to
determine the quantities of  byproduct acid, sulfur,
and gypsum that  would be produced at power plant
sources  and to analyze  the markets for these by-
products.

     Under interagency agreement with EPA,  TVA has
studied the economics of marketing  sulfuric acid
that could theoretically be produced  from its coal-
fired plants.  Preliminary results  in 1973 indi-
cated that the net sales  revenue of abatement acid
would range from $6  to  $9/ton  of 98%  sulfuric acid,
and might  reduce the cost of operating a  power plant
sulfur oxide recovery system by 10  to 20%.

     Since the first report, however, the market
for abatement acid has  improved and a second phase
of the marketing study  is  now  underway.   In this
phase, TVA is considering all  potential abatement
acid or  elemental  sulfur  from  power plants located
in the United States.   Unlike  the first phase,
however,  this is not a  hypothetical model, but is
based on  the actual  utility  and sulfuric acid plant
population of the  region in  question.  Moreover,
TVA's computer program  considers compliance with
S02 emission standards  and identifies optimum pro-
                                                                                                          117

-------
duction and distribution patterns  based  on freight
costs and market demand.  As  in  the  first  phase,
the net sales revenue  is to be estimated.   The
project was also expanded to  include marketing of
calcium sulfate  (gypsum) in addition to  sulfur and
sulfuric acid.  Final  reports covering the market-
ing of abatement sulfur, sulfuric  acid,  and calcium
sulfate should be available by the fall  of 1977.

     Comparative Economics of SO?  Control  Processes.
The purpose of this continuing EPA-TVA project is
to study the most promising S0£  removal  processes
advancing toward commercialization.   It  includes
selection of those processes which have  the greatest
degree of development  and which  are  potentially
attractive both technically and  economically.   These
evaluations include preparation  of flow  sheets,
material balances, and layouts;  definition of
process equipment; preparation of  capital  invest-
ments and operating costs; and analysis  of design
and economic variables for cost  sensitivity
analysis.  Currently,  this is being  done for the
citrate and double-alkali processes  using  the  lime-
stone system for comparison.

     Other facets of the project address sludge
disposal alternatives, evaluation  of an  alumina
extraction process, critique  of  published  FGD  cost
estimates, and studies of promising  front-end  fuel
processing alternatives.  At  the present time  TVA
has completed information gathering,  design,  and
costing for the citrate and double-alkali  processes.
Results of these studies should  be available by
late summer.  Four sludge disposal alternatives
have been evaluated, and a report  of this  work is
almost complete.  Work on the fuel processing
alternatives has not yet begun.

     Supporting Studies for the  Magnesium  Oxide
Scrubbing Program.  Two studies  in support of  mag-
nesium oxide scrubbing have been conducted by  the
Radian Corporation.  In the first  study, Radian
evaluated the feasibility of producing elemental
sulfur directly from magnesium sulfite.  This
would expand the applicability of  current  magnesium
oxide processes which  only produce sulfuric acid.
The second study is concerned with the mechanism  of
formation of tri- and hexa-hydrate forms of magne-
sium sulfite (MgS03'3H20, MgS03-6H20).   The hexa-
hydrate crystals separate and handle  easily; the
tri-hydrate crystals require less  drying energy but
are more difficult to  separate and handle.   This
study has attempted to generate  information on
formation mechanisms and operating conditions  that
can be used to control the type  of crystal formed.
     Advanced  Concepts  Bench-Scale  Studies.   In
 support  of FGD systems  development,  TVA is perform-
 ing  for  EPA  a  series  of bench-scale  tests  on in-
 dividual S02 process  steps,  such  as  absorption,
 oxidation, reduction, and  decomposition.   In
 addition, research work is being  performed on prom-
 ising  potassium and melamine scrubbing systems.
 Progress was achieved in developing  an improved
 sulfite  oxidizer which  reduces  energy consumption
 and  improves oxygen utilization over an available
 Japanese device.  The key  steps in  the cyclic
 potassium scrubbing-decomposition system were test-
 ed and data  gathered  for potential  scale-up to
larger pilot-plant  facilities.   One promising method
studied for accommodating unwanted oxidation in
soluble alkali  scrubbing  systems was to precipitate
selectively barium  sulfate from sulfite scrubber
solutions with  barium carbonate.  The barium sulfate
could be reduced  to sulf ide and this converted to
barium carbonate  (for recycle)  and hydrogen sulfidj
by treatment with carbon  dioxide and water; the
hydrogen sulfide  could be converted to elemental
sulfur by the Glaus process.   Studies were made
also on use of  dilute sulfuric  acid, as might be
produced from power plant stack gas, in production
of dilute phosphoric acid,  and  on some energy-
efficient methods for converting dilute phosphoric
acid into useful  fertilizer products.

     Comparison of  Availability and Reliability of
Equipment Utilized  in the Electric Utility Industry.
For the past several years  one  of the major objec-
tions of the utility industry to installing FGD
systems has been  that reliability/availability of
FGD systems is much lower than  for other major
utility equipment items,  such as boilers,  turbines,
generators, electrostatic precipitators, and gas
turbines.  It is  desirable  that good information
and data on this  question be  gathered so that a
valid comparison  of performance can be made.

     To meet this need and  to provide information
as input for a  current National Academy of Sciences
study of SOX control technology, a study by Radian
was initiated as  a  jointly  sponsored project of EPA
and the Council on  Environmental Quality.   The ob-
jectives of the study are to:  draw together all
available information on  the  reliability/
availability of both FGD  systems and other equip-
ment components used in the electric utility
industry; and to  develop  a  basis and model and to
make the performance comparison.

     The desired  information  was assembled and a
model for comparing these dissimilar types of
equipment was developed.   The Figure of Merit,
selected as a basis for the comparison,  incorpo-
rates such factors  as reliability, development
status, and repair  effort.   The major conclusions
of the Radian study Include:   a statistically
meaningful comparison of  reliability/availability
of these components cannot  now be made,  primarily
because of the  small number and short service time
of FGD system data  (a meaningful comparison can
probably be made  in 1979);  the  comparison model
or Figure of Merit  provides a better basis of
comparing or ranking dissimilar types of equipment
or systems than any single  parameter now being
recorded; and the mechanical  reliability of some
types of conventional equipment now being used by
the electric utility industry is not much different
from similar items  used in FGD  systems.

Technology Transfer

     Engineering  Applications/Information Transfer
(EA/IT) .  EPA has initiated a program to disseminate
effectively FGD technology data and information to
meet the needs  of the user community.  In the past
EPA has attempted to meet its technology/information
dissemination responsibility primarily through
periodic symposiums, reports, and personal communi
cations.  These activities will be continued, but
118

-------
they will  be  augmented  by  a  comprehensive EA/IT
program now being  carried  out jointly by EPA and
contractor personnel  to assure the efficient and
effective  dissemination of information on pollution
control technology to all  concerned sectors of the
Nation.

     Materials  being  prepared under the expanded
EA/IT program include (1)  a  Summary Report on the
Wellman-Lord  FGD process,  (2) a series of quarterly
reports of FGD  research, development and demonstra-
tion sponsored  by  EPA,  (3) a Lime Scrubbing FGD Data
Book, and  (4) a Limestone  Scrubbing FGD Data Book.
These last two  are being prepared as a cooperative
effort between  EPA and  the Electric Power Research
Institute (EPRI).

     One specific  facet of the comprehensive EA/IT
program is the  design,  development, and implementa-
tion of a series of three  Cost/Reliability Handbooks.
This series of  handbooks will provide one-source
availability  of pertinent  FGD data and information
gathered from past and  present FGD efforts within
EPA, TVA,  EPRI, the utility  industry, FGD vendors,
and other foreign  and domestic organizations.  The
objective of  the handbooks is to assist potential
users in choosing  an FGD system for a specific
location with specific  requirements/restrictions.
The first handbook will cover strategies in choos-
ing among the methods of meeting emission standards,
such as clean coal, FGD, or  coal cleaning.  The
second handbook will aid in  choosing among the
available FGD systems.   The  third handbook will
serve as a guide for optimizing equipment selection
within an FGD system.

     In another effort  of  the EA/IT program, non-
utility combustion sources that are applying or
considering  the application  of various strategies
for control of  SOX emissions have been surveyed.
Meetings were held with regulatory agencies and
industrial representatives in the selected study
areas to determine the  various strategies/technolo-
gies in use and to conduct surveys of selected
plants.  The overall applicability of each control
technology to each study area has been assessed and
the information gathered has been brought together
into a nonutility  survey report.

      Survey  of Utility FGD Installations.  To meet
 the continuing demand  for technical  and  economic
 data on operational, under construction,  and planned
 future  units,  EPA has  employed  PEDCo-Environmental
 to monitor this field  of  technology  and  prepare
 periodic  reports  for use  by  utilities,  system
 vendors and  designers, and regulatory  authorities.
 In addition  to detailed technical  reports, PEDCo  is
 providing bimonthly  status reports  indicating the
 number  of each type  of SC>2 control  system in opera-
 tion, under  construction, or  planned  in  the United
 States, and  the megawatt  capacity  controlled or  to
 be controlled.   The  bimonthly  status  report gives
 technical and  economic information on  all  known
U.S. utility FGD  systems  categorized  in  15 tables
 and  4 appendices  to  promote  ease of  use.

      Symposiums,  Industry Briefings,  Capsule  Reports,
 and Summary  Reports.   EPA continues  to disseminate
 information  through  its traditional  outlets,  such
as the periodic FGD symposiums, industry briefings,
capsule reports, and project summary reports.  Six
symposiums have now been held, the last one  in
March 1976.  The next symposium is scheduled  for
November 8-10, 1977, in Hollywood, Florida.
Progress on lime-limestone technology has been re-
ported through industry briefings, the last  one in
October 1976.  Thus far, three capsule reports have
been issued on the EPA-TVA-Bechtel Shawnee program.
Numerous project reports and papers covering  com-
pleted work on FGD sponsored under the Federal
interagency energy/environment program are listed
in the bibliography.

PROGRAM DISCUSSION

     There is a considerable amount of work  yet to
be done in the Federal interagency FGD program; how-
ever, a number of significant results already have
been derived.

     In the area of lime-limestone slurry  scrubbing,
the Shawnee program has provided  considerable ex-
perience and  data which can be used  to advance  the
technology.   Significant progress has been achieved
on workable materials of construction, pump  selec-
tion, mist eliminator design  and  washing  tech-
niques  to  avoid equipment  scaling and plugging,
alkali  utilization, variable-load operation, flue
gas  characterization, flyash-free operation, and
overall process reliability.   Data from  this
program have  been  reported extensively  to the
industry and  are available for  use in designing
the  new lime-limestone  systems  to be installed
around  the country.   If  the  results  from Shawnee
can  be  translated  to  larger,  full-scale  systems,
the  program  will have served  the  industry well.

      The results of  the  IERL-RTP  pilot-plant test
scrubber are  also  significant.   Often,  findings
in this program (such as  subsaturated mode of
operation, effects  of chloride content  of coal,
oxidation, and  alkali utilization studies) have
been the first  step  toward improving lime-limestone
systems.   Much  of  the present and future Shawnee
test program activities  are  spin-offs  from these
smaller pilot-plant  studies.   The IERL-RTP pilot
plant  is a cost-effective  route  to process im-
provements in scrubbing  technology.


      The workable mist  eliminator washing tech-
niques  developed under  the 1-MW  TVA  pilot-plant
study  are  of  considerable  importance to  the  in-
dustry  toward increasing  the  reliability of
slurry  scrubbing systems.   The results  have  been
confirmed  at  the larger  Shawnee  test facility,
and  mist eliminator  performance  should  be less  of
a barrier  to reliable operation  than before.

      Although complete  results from the Bahco
and  LG&E  lime-limestone programs are still forth-
coming, both these activities have considerable
potential  for contributing to the overall FGD
effort.  The Bahco technology is directly appli-
cable to  smaller  size (5-50 MW)  industrial
boilers,  and the  LG&E program should be used to
 improve performance of  large systems through
application  of unsaturated mode operation.
                                                                                                          119

-------
     Advancement  of  double-alkali  technology is
moving at  an  accelerated  pace  using  results  of
the interagency program.   The  number of  double-
alkali process applications  has  begun to increase
now that data from  the  CEA-ADL development work
at the Scholz Steam  Plant is becoming available.
This technology,  which  offers  potential  for  in-
creasing the  reliability  of  FGD, has been chosen
by several utilities.   If the  results from Scholz
can be translated into  long-term runs at the LG&E
installation, additional  impetus will be given to
the use of double-alkali  scrubbing by utilities.

     Unlike  lime-limestone and double-alkali tech-
nologies,  which have received  considerable advance-
ment from  both EPA-  and industry-funded  applica-
tions, the state  of  development  of regenerable
process technology  has  been largely  dependent on
efforts supported by EPA.  Thus  far, regenerable
process achievements generally have  been more
difficult  to  come by.   As can  be discerned from
the ammonium  bisulfate  and Cat-Ox  programs,  the
development  of this  technology has encountered
difficulties; however,  the long-term potential of
producing  useful  byproducts  justifies considerable
development  efforts  in  this  area.  Successful long-
term demonstrations  of  the magnesium oxide,  W-L,
aqueous carbonate,  and  citrate processes are im-
portant to the acceptance of regenerable FGD tech-
nology.  The  magnesium  oxide process is  an ex-
cellent system for  sulfuric  acid production  and
the W-L system can be designed for acid  production
as well as elemental sulfur.   Both of these  are
first-generation  processes.  The aqueous carbonate
and citrate  processes are second-generation  processes
and their  development could  open the way to  cost-
effective  elemental  sulfur production from power
plant stack gases.

     Assuming successful  completion  of the citrate,
aqueous carbonate, double-alkali,  and W-L/demonstra-
tions now  underway,  these processes,  along with
lime, limestone,  and MgO,  will offer  industry  at
least seven key process alternatives  to  utilize for
S02 control.  The addition of  a  gypsum-producing
system would  also complement the options  available.

     The support  studies  funded  under the Federal
Interagency  Program have  contributed to  the  knowl-
edge in some  important  areas of  FGD  technology.
With many  of  the  new processes requiring reductants
for conversion of S02 to  sulfur  and  with available
supplies of  natural  gas quite  limited,  the Battelle
study on reductants  comes at an  important time.
The TVA detailed  process  cost  studies have also
had an impact on  the industry  serving as a means  to
compare process alternatives economically and to
supply sufficient generalized  equipment  and  in-
stallation costs  so  that  utilities can more  accu-
rately estimate their own costs  for  prospective
scrubber systems.  The  TVA by-product marketing
studies should go a  long  way in  helping  to inform
the industry  on the  sales approaches that can be
used, the  most desirable  sales outlets,  the  costs
of transportation,  and  the most  promising candidate
power plants  for  FGD byproducts.

     The effective  transfer of technology from the
pilot plants, prototypes, and  demonstration  projects
is essential for  widespread successful application
of FGD.   Thus  far,  the utilization of some develop,
ments has  been sluggish;  but in time, through a
variety of mechanisms, such as reports, industry
briefings, and symposiums,  the use of developed
information  should  escalate.  As a means of ex-
pediting  the use  of developed technology, plans are
now under  consideration to  pursue a more positive
applications-oriented  technology transfer program
involving  a higher  degree of participation and
coordination by EPRI,  the utility industry, and FGD
system vendors.

CONCLUSIONS

     For  sulfur oxides control of medium- and high-
sulfur fossil  fuels, the  state of FGD technology is
well advanced  over  competing technologies.   With
about 120  units of  approximately 50,000 MW either
operational,  under  construction,  or  planned as of
March 1977, the experience  level  of  this  tech-
nology is escalating rapidly.

     The development of lime-limestone  scrubbing
is far ahead of other  FGD systems  primarily be-
cause of information gathered  from operational
systems and through  development  sponsored by the
Federal interagency  program.   The  Shawnee proto-
type and the EPA-IERL  pilot plant  have  been
effective efforts.   The TVA 1-MW pilot  plant has
also contributed  to  advancement  of technology.
If future power plant  scrubber systems  are  de-
signed to  take  advantage  of data already  avail-
able, improvement in overall reliability, cost,
and effectiveness should  transpire.   Additional
work is needed  in this area of technology,  how-
ever, to  improve  performance,  reduce costs, and
increase  reliability.   Better solutions to  the
problems of sludge  disposal are  needed,  raw
material utilization needs  improvement,  and the
initial cost of systems should be reduced.

     Double-alkali  technology is rapidly  coming
into its  own as a viable  means of S02 control.
The potential  advantages  of such systems  to im-
prove S02  removal,  sludge characteristics,  and
operating  reliability  first need to  be confirmed
through the  full-scale LG&E demonstration,  then
applied as an  alternate to  lime-limestone tech-
nology.   The work thus far  has been  promising
toward confirming these advantages.

     The  area  in  which the  most  work remains to
be done is in  regenerable process technology.
The presently  planned  demonstrations need  to be
completed  as soon as possible.  In addition,
further work is needed to confirm the long-term
effectiveness  and economics of magnesium oxide
scrubbing.  This  technology has  already shown
promise and the remaining questions  revolve pri-
marily around  process  reliability and cost,
marketability  of  byproducts, and absorbent  re-
cycle and  losses.

     It can  be concluded  that the support programs
under the interagency  umbrella have extended  the
knowledge of the  industry by shedding light on a
number of  problem areas.   Studies should be con-
tinued in special problem areas, such as byproduct
marketing, sodium sulfate disposal,  comparative
120

-------
process  economics,  sludge disposal, and reductants
for S02  to  sulfur.

     The technology transfer program has been effec-
tive in  most areas, but there remains a certain re-
sistance to full utilization of reported technology.
Perhaps  the deeper  involvement of process vendors
in such  efforts could increase the applications of
research results.   Efforts in technology transfer
need to  be  continued and, if anything, intensified
to make  the best use of available information.

     In  summary, the Federal interagency FGD program
is quite broad, has been successful in several areas,
but still needs additional work in a number of ac-
tivities.   With many important projects in their
earliest stages, FGD developments of considerable
interest to the utility and industrial sectors will
be forthcoming for  quite a while.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
 Ando, J.  "Status of Flue Gas Desulfurization and
     Simultaneous Removal of S02 and NOX in Japan."
     In Proceedings:  Symposium on Flue Gas De-
     sulfurization, New Orleans, March 1976, Vol
     I.  EPA-600/2-76-136a (NTIS PB 255 317), May
     1976, pp. 53-78.

 Ando, J., and G. A. Isaacs.   S02 Abatement for
     Stationary Sources in Japan.  EPA-600/2-76-
     013a (NTIS PB 250 585), January 1976.

 Borgwardt, R. H.  "EPA/RTP Pilot Studies Related
     to Unsaturated Operation of Lime and Lime-
     stone Scrubbers."  In Proceedings:  Symposium
     on Flue Gas Desulfurization, Atlanta, November
     1974, Vol I.  EPA-650/2-74-126a (NTIS PB
     242 572), December 1974.

 Borgwardt, R. H.  "IERL-RTP Scrubber Studies Re-
     lated to Forced Oxidation."  In Proceedings:
     Symposium on Flue Gas Desulfurization, New
     Orleans, March 1976, Vol I.  EPA-600/2-76-
     136a (NTIS PB 255 317), May 1976, pp. 117-143.

 Borgwardt, R. H.  "Improving Limestone Utilization
     in FGD Scrubbers."  AIChE Symposium Series,
     "Air-1976," in press.

: Borgwardt, R. H.  Sludge Oxidation in Limestone
     FGD Scrubbers.  EPA-600/7-77-061, June  1977.

 Bucy,  J.  I.,  J.  L.  Kevins,  P.  A.  Corrigan,  and
     A. G. Meli=ks.   "Potential Utilization of
     Controlled SOX Emissions  from Power Plants in
     Eastern  United States."  In Proceedings
     Symposium  onFlue Gas  Desulfurization,  New
     Orleans, March 1976, Vol  II.   EPA-600/2-76-
     136b  (NTIS PB  262 722), May 1976,  pp.  647-700.

 Crowe, J. L., and H. W.  Elder.   "Status  and  Plans
     for Waste  Disposal  from Utility  Applications
     of Flue Gas  Desulfurization Systems."   In
     Proceedings!   Symposium on Flue  Gas Desulfu-
     rization,  New  Orleans,  March 1976,  Vol  II.
     EPA-600/2-76-136b (NTIS PB 262  722), May 1976,
     pp. 565-577.
Devitt, T. W., G. A. Isaacs, and B. A. Laseke.
     "Status of Flue Gas Desulfurization Systems
     in the United States."  In Proceedings:
     Symposium on Flue Gas Desulfurization, New
     Orleans, March 1976, Vol I.  EPA-600/2-76-
     136a (NTIS PB 255 317), May 1976, pp. 13-51.

Epstein, M.   EPA Alkali Scrubbing Test Facility:
     Advanced Program - First Progress Report.
     EPA-600/2-75-050 (NTIS PB 245 279), September
     1975.

Epstein, M.   EPA Alkali Scrubbing Test Facility:
     Summary of Testing Through October 1974.
     EPA-650/2-75-047 (NTIS PB 244 901), June 1975.

Epstein, M., H. N. Head, S. C. Wang, and D. A.
     Burbank.  "Results of Mist Elimination and
     Alkali Utilization Testing at the EPA Alkali
     Scrubbing Test Facility."  In Proceedings:
     Symposium on Flue Gas Desulfurization, New
     Orleans, March 1976, Vol I.  EPA-600/2-76-
     136a (NTIS PB 255 317), May 1976, pp. 145-204.

Feasibility of Producing Elemental Sulfur from
     Magnesium Sulfite.  EPA-600/7-76-030  (NTIS
     PB 262 857), October 1976.
Gerstle, R. W., and G. A. Isaacs.
     Gas Desulfurization Systems:
                    Survey of Flue
                    Reid Gardner
     Station, Nevada Power Company.  EPA-650/2-
     75-057J (NTIS PB 246 852), October 1975.

Head, H. N.  EPA Alkali Scrubbing Test Facility:
     Advanced Program - Second Progress Report.
     EPA-600/7-76-008 (NTIS PB 258 783) , September
     1976.

Hissong, D. W., K. S. Murthy, and A. W. Lemmon, Jr.
     Reductant Gases for Flue Gas Desulfurization
     Systems.
     1976.
EPA-600/2-76-130 (PB 254 168), May
Hollinden, G. A., R. F. Robards, N. D. Moore,
     T. M. Kelso, and R. M. Cole.  TVA's  1-MW
     Pilot Plant:  Final Report on High Velocity
     Scrubbingand Vertical Duct Mist Elimination.
     EPA-600/7-77-019 (TVA PRS-19), March 1977.

Interess, E.  Evaluation of the General Motors'
     Double Alkali S02 Control System.   EPA-600/
     7-77-005 (NTIS PB 263 469), January 1977.

Isaacs, G. A.  Survey of Flue Gas Pesulfurization
     Systems:  Dickerson Station, Potomac Electric
     Power Company.  EPA-650/2-75-057g  (NTIS  PB
     246 850), September 1975.

Isaacs, G. A.  Survey of Flue Gas Pesulfurization
     Systems:  Eddystone Station, Philadelphia
     Electric Company.  EPA-650/2-75-057f  (NTIS
     PB 247 085), September  1975.

Isaacs, G. A.  Survey of Flue Gas Desulfurization
     Systems:  Paddy's Run Station,  Louisville
     Gas and Electric.  EPA-650/2-75-057d (NTIS
     PB 246 136), August 1975.
                                                                                                         121

-------
 Isaacs,  G. A.  Survey of Flue Gas Desulfurization
      Systems:  Phillips Power Station, Duquesne
      Light Company.  EPA-650/2-75-057c (NTIS
      PB 246 285), July 1975.

 Isaacs,  G. A., and F. K. Zada.  Survey of Flue
      Gas Desulfurization Systems:  Cholla Power
      Generating Station, Arizona Public Service
      Company.  EPA-650/2-75-057a (NTIS PB 244 141),
      June 1975.

 Isaacs,  G. A., and F. K. Zada.  Survey of Flue
      Gas Desulfurization Systems:  Hawthorn
      Station, Kansas City Power and Light Company.
      EPA-650/2-75-057h (NTIS PB 246 629),
      September 1975.

 Isaacs,  G. A., and F. K. Zada.  Survey of Flue
      Gas Desulfurization Systems:  La Cygne Sta-
      tion, Kansas City Power and Light Company
      and Kansas Gas and Electric Company.  EPA-
      650/2-75-057b (NTIS PB 244 401), July 1975.

 Isaacs,  G. A., and F. K. Zada.  Survey of Flue
      Gas Desulfurization Systems:  Lawrence Power
      Station, Kansas Power and Light Company.
      EPA-650/2-75-057e (NTIS PB 246 849),
      September 1975.

 Isaacs,  G. A., and F. K. Zada.  Survey of Flue
      Gas Desulfurization Systems:  Mohave Station,
      Southern California Edison Company.   EPA-
      650/2-75-057k (NTIS PB 246 929), October 1975.

 Isaacs,  G. A., and F. K. Zada.  Survey of Flue
      Gas Desulfurization Systems:  Will County
      Station, Commonwealth Edison Company.   EPA-
      650/2-75-057i (NTIS PB 246 851), October 1975.

 Jones,  B. F., P.  S. Lowell, and F.  B. Messerole.
      Experimental and Theoretical Studies of
      Solid Solution Formation in Lime and Lime-
      stone S02 Scrubbers,   Vol I—Final report,
      and  Vol II—Appendices.   EPA-600/2-76-273a
      and -273b (NTIS PB 264 953 and 264 954),
      October 1976.

 Kaplan,  N.  "Introduction to Double Alkali Flue
      Gas Desulfurization Technology."  In
      Proceedings:   Symposium on Flue Gas Desul-
      furization,  New Orleans,  March 1976, Vol I.
      EPA-600/2-76-136a (NTIS PB 255 317), May 1976,
      pp. 387-422.

 Koehler, G., and  J. A. Burns.   Magnesia Scrubbing
      Process as Applied to an Oil-Fired Power
      Plant.   EPA-600/2-75-057  (NTIS PB 247 201),
      October 1975.

 LaMantia, C. R.,  R. R. Lunt, R.  E.  Rush,  T.  M.
      Frank,  and N.  Kaplan.   "Operating Experience—
      CEA/ADL Dual Alkali Prototype  System at Gulf
      Power/Southern Services,  Inc.   In Proceedings:
      Symposium on Flue Gas  Desulfurization,  New
      Orleans, March 1976,  Vol  I.   EPA-600/2-76-136a
      (NTIS PB 255  317),  May 1976,  pp.  423-471.

 Lowell,  P. S., F.  B. Messerole, T.  B. Parsons.
      Precipitation Chemistry of Magnesium Sulfite
      Hydrate in Magnesium Oxide Scrubbing.  EPA
      report in press.
Magnesia Scrubbing  Applied to a Coal-Fired Power
     Plant.  EPA-600/7-77-018 (NTIS PB 266~228)7
     March 1977.

McGlamery, G. G. , H.  L.  Faucett, R. L. Torstrick
     and L. J. Henson,  "Flue Gas Desulfurization
     Economics."  In  Proceedings:  Symposium on
     j?lue Gas Desulfurization,  New Orleans, March
     1976, Vol I.   EPA-600/2-76-136a (NTIS PB
     255 317), May  1976,  pp. 79-99.

McMichael, W. J., L.  S.  Fan, and C. Y.  Wen.
     "Analysis of Sulfur  Dioxide Wet Limestone
     Scrubbing Data from  Pilot  Plant Spray and TCA
     Scrubbers."  Ind.  Eng.  Chem. ,  Process Des,
     Dev. L5 No. 3, pp.  459-468, 1976"]

PEDCo-Environmental,  Inc.   "Summary Report - Flue
     Gas Desulfurization  Systems."   January-
     February-March 1977.

Tennessee Valley Authority.   Pilot-Plant  Study of
     an Ammonia Absorption - Ammonium Bisulfate
     Regeneration Process,  Topical  Report Phases
     T and II.  EPA-650/2-74-049a (NTIS PB 237 171),
     June 1974.

Uchida, S., C. S. Chang,  and C.  Y.  Wen. "Mechanics
     of a Turbulent Contact  Absorber."  Can. J. of
     Chem. Eng., in press.

Uchida, S., C. Y. Wen,  and W.  J. McMichael.  "Role
     of Holding Tank  in Lime and Limestone Slurry
     Sulfur Dioxide Scrubbing."   Ind.  Eng. Chem.,
     Process Des. Dev.  L5  No. 1, pp.  88-95, 1976.

Waitzman, D. A., J. L.  Nevins,  and  G. A.  Slappey,
     Marketing H?SO/t  from  SO^ Abatement Sources,
     The TVA Hypothesis.   EPA-650/2-73-051
     (NTIS PB 231 671), December 1973.

Wen, C. Y., and C.  S. Chang.  "Absorption of S02
     by Limestone and Lime Slurry:   An  Analysis
     of the TCA Performance  Below and Above the
     Flooding Point."  Environ.  Sci.  and  Techno!.,
     in press.

Wen, C. Y., and F.  K. Fong.   Analysis  and
     Simulation of  Recycle S07—Lime Slurry in a
     TCA Scrubber System.    EPA-600/7-77-026
     TNTIS PB 266 104), March 1977.

Williams, John E.   "Summary  of  Operation  and Test-
     ing at the Shawnee Prototype Lime/Limestone
     Test Facility."  April  1977, IERL-RTP.
122

-------
        FINE PARTICULATE EMISSIONS CONTROL
             FROM STATIONARY SOURCES
           James H. Abbott and Dale L. Harmon
         Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory
           U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
           Research Triangle Park, North Carolina
      3.    New Particulate Control Technology
           Development.

      4.    New Idea  Identification, Evaluation,
           and Technology Transfer.

      5.    High-Temperature and High-pressure
           Particulate  Control.

      6.    Accelerated  Pilot Demonstrations.

Elaboration  on each of  these program areas will
follow in  the succeeding discussion.
INTRODUCTION

     Fine particulates are a health hazard
because, in contrast to coarse particles, they can
bypass the body's respiratory filters and pene-
trate deep into the lungs .1'2  Fine particles
released into the atmosphere remain airborne for
extended periods of time, obstruct light and
cause limited visibility typical of air pollution,
haze and smog.  They have been identified as
transport vehicles for gaseous pollutants. The
health hazards of fine particulates are intensi-
fied by the tendency of metallic materials from
high-temperature processes,  such as pyrometal-
lurgical and combustion processes, to condense
as chemically and catalytically active fine
particles.   Many toxic and potentially hazardous
compounds are also emitted as fine particulate.
Particulate matter formed in the atmosphere from
chemical reaction and condensation is called
secondary.   The phenomena associated with the
formation and transport of secondary particulate
make it difficult to relate  atmospheric particu-
late pollution levels to specific sources.  This
problem has hampered the development of effective,
fine particulate control strategies and the
establishment of meaningful  fine particulate
emission standards.   The control of these secon-
dary forms  of particulate must be through control
of their precursors, and it  is generally thought
that primary emitted particulate plays an
important role in the formation cycle.

     Many years will be required to develop a
sound data  base to quantify  the health effects
problem of  fine particulates.   Sufficient infor-
mation does exist, however,  to conclude that
fine particulates must be controlled if public
health is to be protected.

     In order to pursue the  goal of developing
control technology for fine  particulate emissions,
the current basic EPA fine particulate program
has been divided into six main areas.

     1.   Characterization and Improvement of
          Conventional Control Equipment  and
          Assessment of the Collectability of
          Dusts.

     2.   Development of Technology for Control
          of Particulate Emissions from the
          Combustion of Low Sulfur Coal.
TECHNICAL AND  PROGRAM DISCUSSION

     1.   Characterization and Improvement of
          Conventional Control Equipment and
          Assessment  of the Collectability of Dusts

          a.    Electrostatic Precipitators (ESPs) -
The EPA has  completed the  total characterization
of seven ESPs  operating on a number of sources
ranging from power  plants  to aluminum plants. >
Data from these tests have clearly shown that
ESPs can collect  particles of all sizes with
high efficiency when  dust  resistivity is not a
problem.  Data and  theoretical predictions
indicate that  high  dust resistivity limits ESP
performance.

     EPA has completed work to determine the
electrical conduction mechanisms in fly ash at
high temperatures (730°F/390°C).5>6  Work in
this area is being  extended to low temperatures.
One outcome  of this work has been the demonstration
of sodium as a potential conditioning agent to
reduce fly ash resistivity.  EPA has evaluated
and published  reports on conditioning agents
such as SO.,  and NH_.  '   Conditioning appears to
be a possible  solution to  retrofit type problems
but not for  new installations.   Conditioning
will not be  a  solution if  it causes adverse
environmental  effects.   EPA will conduct further
tests to assess the total  impact of conditioning.
One test has already  been  completed and preparation
for others is  currently in progress.

     Specially  designed charging or precharging
sections are a  possible means of improving the
collection of  fine  high resistivity particles.
A fundamental  study and limited pilot plant work
on particle  charging  was begun in FY-74.   This
work was continued  through FY-76 and resulted in
a laboratory demonstration of the feasibility of
this concept.   A  pilot  scale demonstration will
be funded in FY-77.

          b-   Scrubbers -  The Environmental
Protection Agency,  as a part of this R&D program,
has tested approximately ten scrubbers of conven-
tional design  on  a  variety of particulate sources.
In general,  it can  be said that the performance or
efficiency of  a scrubber drops off rather rapidly
as the particle size  decreases.  It can be said
that the efficiency is directly related to the
energy consumed by  the scrubber.
                                                                                                          123

-------
      The broad objective of the fine particle
 scrubber program is to develop low pressure drop
 (30-50 cm water pressure drop)  scrubber systems
 capable of collecting at least 90% by mass of
 particles smaller than 3 microns  in diameter.
 With the exception of two TCA scrubbers, the
 performance of all conventional and novel
 scrubbers tested by EPA has been  predictable.
 The TCA scrubbers appear to perform better at
 the same pressure drop than other scrubbers.
 Some additional data taken during FY-76 and FY-
 77 has indicated that the superior performance
 previously measured on TCA scrubbers is very
 likely the result of condensation effects with
 the scrubber system.

      The major thrust of EPA's scrubber program
 has been aimed at developing and  demonstrating
                                              In
Flux Force/Condensation  (FF/C) scrubbers.
an FF/C scrubber, water vapor is condensed in
the scrubber.  When the water vapor condenses,
additional forces and particle growth contribute
to the particle collection process.  When the
water vapor or steam is "free", FF/C scrubbers
are low energy users.  However, when water vapor
or steam has to be purchased, FF/C scrubbers
require additional energy inputs for efficient
particle collection.  Answers to questions of
how much steam is needed and how much is free
are major unknowns at present.  Answers to both
questions are likely to be source specific.
Thus, pilot demonstrations on a variety of
sources are necessary to provide required data.
One pilot demonstration on a secondary metal
recovery furnace has been completed.  A second
pilot demonstration on an iron cupola is under-
way .

     The overall efficiency of a scrubber system
is determined by the efficiency of the scrubber
and the efficiency of the entrainment separator.
Recent field data indicate that in some cases
inefficient entrainment separator operation is a
major cause of poor fine particle collection by
scrubbers.   EPA has recently completed a systems
study of entrainment separators.     In FY-76 the
design of these separators for fine particle
control was optimized.   This design is now ready
for demonstration.

          c.   Fabric Filters - The performance of
baghouses has been completely characterized on
three sources,  two utility type boilers and one
industrial boiler.12 > ^ >1Zf  The data obtained
from these tests show that baghouses are
relatively good fine particle collectors and
their performance is not  very sensitive to
particle sizes  down to  at least 0.3 microns.   A
major advantage of fabric filters is that they
will not require increases in size or energy
usage for efficient collection of fine particles.

     The objectives of  the immediate work by EPA
in the fabric filtration area are:

     (1)  Understanding of the filtration process.
      (2)  Application to and demonstration on
          priority  sources.

      (3)  Achievement of cost/energy effectiveness,

      (A)  Development and testing of new filter
          materials which can extend the applica-
          bility  of baghouses to a broad spectrum
          of sources.

          d.   Assessment of the Collectability of
Dust - Actual data  on fractional efficiency  of
conventional particulate collectors is  sparse.
Actual operating  data for the optimization of
collection efficiency and cost is not readily
available. Design of  control equipment  is  presently
based on projections  from historical data  which
has been developed by manufacturers for their
own devices and is proprietary.  This information
is not standardized and  cannot be extrapolated
to other devices. On-site testing prior to
selection is seldom attempted and the possibility
of alternative devices is poorly defined.

     Several mobile collectors which can be
easily transported from  source to source and
tested have been  constructed.   A mobile scrubber,
fabric filter and ESP  are completed and are in
use.  The ESP was completed  in late 1976 and was
put into operation.   The fabric filter  and
scrubber have been in operation for several
years.  These mobile  units are highly versatile
and will be used  to investigate the applicability
of these control methods to  the control of fine
particulate emitted from a wide range of sources.
The relative capabilities and limitations  of
these control devices  will be evaluated and
documented.  This information,  supplemented by
data from other EPA particulate programs,  will
permit selection by equipment users of  collection
systems that are  technically and economically
optimum for specific  applications.   Operation of
the mobile units will be coordinated with  other
EPA laboratories  and  regions to provide, when
possible, field data  on  specific control sources.

     The mobile fabric filter unit has  been
operated on effluents from a brass and  bronze
foundry, a hot mix asphalt plant, a coal-fired
boiler, a lime kiln and  a pulp mill recovery
boiler.  It has also  been used to determine the
performance of a  fabric  filter on the air
emissions from a  cyclone collector used on the
St. Louis Refuse  Processing  Plant.  The filter
unit is now operating on site to obtain prelim-
inary data for an EPA funded demonstration of a
fabric filter on  a  350 megawatt boiler  burning
low sulfur coal.  The mobile wet scrubber  unit
has been operated on  a coal  fired power plant,
a lime kiln in a  pulp and paper mill and on a
gray iron foundry.  The  mobile electrostatic
precipitator is operating in the field  for the
first time on an  industrial  boiler burning a
mixture of coal and pelletized refuse.   This
unit will be taken  to a  field site this month to
evaluate the effects  of  sodium conditioning  on a
low sulfur western  coal.
124

-------
    2.     Development:  of Technology for Control
          of  Particulate Emissions from the
          Combustion of Low Sulfur Coal

          One method of reducing the sulfur emis-
 iions from coal-fired  power plants is to switch
 ,'rom high sulfur  coal  to low sulfur coal .   Sev-
 !ral utilities and  EPA envision such fuel
 switching as  a means of achieving acceptable air
 ,|uality without the need for installing sulfur
Dioxide (SCO scrubbers.  At first glance  coal
 switching appears to be a near optimum method of
 ichieving acceptable air quality without the need
 or installing SCU  scrubbers.   The need for
 scrubbers and their associated potential water
 >ollution problem is eliminated.   As a result of
 :he attractiveness  of  low sulfur coal, many
 Utilities are considering either switching to low
 sulfur  coals  or cleaning high  sulfur coals to
 aeet SO,, requirements.   Such coal switching is
 Likely  to greatly increase the particulate
 missions from coal-fired boilers since low
 sulfur  coal generally  has high resistivity at
 lormal  ESP operating temperatures.   This can
 :ause serious problems  in effective ESP operation.

     The objective  of  the low  sulfur coal  part-
 tculate emission  control program is to develop
 ^articulate control technology to insure that use
 }f low  sulfur coal  to  meet SO., standards does not
 result  in violation of  particulate standards.
 ixisting options  for control of particulate
 from combustion of  low  sulfur  coals will be
 assessed.   Development  and demonstration of
 improved electrostatic  precipitators will  be
 accomplished  as will demonstration of fabric
 filters.  The usefulness and environmental
 impact  of fuel and  flue gas  additives for
 improving collectibility of  particulate from
 low sulfur fuels  will  be determined.   Promising
 conditioning  agents will be  demonstrated.   The
 impact  of coal cleaning on particulate collect-
 ibility will  be determined and methods for
 dealing with  any  problems due  to  coal cleaning
 will be developed.

     EPA in FY-77 is funding a demonstration
 test of a baghouse  installed on a 350 megawatt
boiler  burning a  low sulfur  coal.   An option is
 included in this  program to  use the baghouse as a
dry collector of  S0_.   Demonstration of sodium
conditioning  on a sfnall coal-fired  boiler  will
be funded  in  FY-77   Ongoing pilot  plant work
on the  EPA developed fine particle/high resist-
ivity ESP  system will allow  design  of  a
semi-commercial scale unit  to  begin in FY-77

     3.    New Particulate Control Technology
          Development

          This  is the program  area  which has
become  knot™  as "New Concepts."   As the
requirement to  collect  finer and  finer part-
iculate  has developed,  the  cost  of  conventional
control  (ESPs,  fabric  filters,  scrubbers)  has
risen.   Since  many  important collection mech-
anisms  become  far less  effective  on particles
less than  1 micron  in  diameter,  conventional
devices  (except  for  fabric  filters)  have
become larger  or  require  more energy and thus
are more  expensive.   The  objective of new con-
cep'fs R&D is to  develop new mechanisms or new
combinations of well studied mechanisms in order
to achieve  cost  effective control of fine part-
iculate.  New  concepts include any new technology
which has not  been reduced  to practice and may or
may not have been previously studied.

     Mechanisms utilized  by  scrubbers  and fabric
filters are impaction, interception,  and diffusion
and by ESPs are field and diffusion  charging.
This combination  of  mechanisms  gives  rise to  a
minimum in  efficiency at  the 0.2  to  0.5 micron
range for conventional devices.   Under optimum
conditions, this  minimum  may be greater than  90%
for scrubbers  and ESPs and  greater  than 99% for
fabric filters.   However, under other  conditions
such as high temperature, high  ash resistivity,
sticky particulate,  and corrosive or  explosive
flue gases, new concepts  specific to  a problem
will have an advantage.

     Most work to date has been directed toward
combining electrostatic removal mechanisms with
scrubbing or filtration mechanisms.   The first
area to be developed was  charged  droplet scrubbing,
with a feasibility study  at  M.I.T. and a pilot
demonstration  at  TRW on a Kaiser  coke  oven.
Electrostatics and filtration are being  studied
at both Battelle Northwest and Carnegie-Mellon;
the former with bed  filters,  the  latter  with
baghouses.  At least two  new concepts,  a ceramic
membrane  filter and  a magnetic fiber bed,  are
oriented  toward cleanup of high temperature gases
(1000-2000°F/500-1100°C).  Other  new concepts  being
studied are foam  scrubbing and pleated cartridge
filters of a novel material.  Most new concept
work is in  the early stages  of development; how-
ever, the TRW  charged droplet scrubber was
demonstrated successfully at  pilot scale on a
coke oven and  the magnetic separator is  currently
undergoing laboratory pilot  scale tests.   EPA  has
thus far  evaluated about  40  new concepts.  Of
these 10  have  been selected  for funding.

     EPA has during  the past  year moved  into  the
area of developing device-oriented technology
which will have an impact on  fugitive  dust
emissions from stationary sources.  This program
was initiated  after  an OAQPS  report showed that  in
the near  future fugitive  dust emissions  from
stationary sources will be a  major uncontrolled
source of suspended  particulate which  will impact
on the ability to meet ambient air quality
standards.

     4.   New Idea Identification, Evaluation,
          and Technology Transfer

          This  area is called for  convenience
the "Novel  Devices"  area.   It includes, in addi-
tion to Novel  Device evaluation and  testing,  a
program aimed  at  soliciting, stimulating, and
identifying new  ideas for fine  particulate
control.
                                                                                                          125

-------
As  a  part  of  this  last objective,  EPA has planned
and sponsored to date six symposia and two
seminars  aimed at  fine particle control.   In 1976,
two conferences were sponsored on particulate
collection problems in converting to low sulfur
coals.  The Second Fine Particle Scrubber
Symposium was held in New Orleans in May 1977.
A Conference  on Particulate Collection Problems
in the  Use of Electrostatic Precipitators in the
Metallurgical Industry is scheduled to be held
in Denver in  June  1977 and a Fabric Filter
Symposium is  scheduled to be held in Tucson in
December  1977.  A symposium jointly sponsored
by EPA  and ERDA on High Temperature/High
Pressure  Particulate Control is scheduled for
September 1977.  EPA also has completed a
literature search  aimed at identifying new
technology in foreign countries (Japan, Canada,
Russia, and Australia).

      Devices  or systems based on new collection
principles or on radical redesign of conven-
tional  collectors  are sometimes offered by
private developers.  Under this program area
all such  novel devices will be reviewed and
if promising  will  be evaluated for performance
and related cost.   It is intended that those
showing promise of high efficiency fine particle
collection at reasonable cost, if  necessary,
be further developed or demonstrated.

      More than 40  novel particulate devices
have  been identified.   About half  of these
have  been of  sufficient interest to justify
a technical evaluation.   To date 11 devices
have  been either field or laboratory tested:

      Braxton-Sonic Agglomerator
      Lone Star Steel - Steam Hydro Scrubber
      R. P.  Industries  - Dynactor Scrubber
      Aronetrics   Two-Phase Wet Scrubber
      Purity Corporation - Pentapure Impinger
      Entoleter - Centrifield Scrubber
      Johns-Manville -  CHEAP
      Rexnord  - Granular Bed Filter
      Air  Pollution Systems   Electrostatic
           Scrubber
      Air  Pollution Systems   Electrotube  Scrubber
      Century  Industrial Products - FRP-100
           Scrubber
 Of  the  devices  tested,  the  Lone  Star  Steel
 Scrubber  gave  the  highest efficiency  on fine
 particulate, but it  is  also a  high energy user.
 It  can  use waste energy, when  available.   The
 Aronetics Scrubber is similar  to the  Lone Star,
 but was not  as  efficient.   In  a  field test the
 CHEAP had an overall mass efficiency  of 95%
 but maintained  the efficiency  down to about
 0.3 microns.  The  APS electrostatic scrubber
 was equal in fractional collection efficiency
 to  a venturi scrubber using 2-1/2  times as
 much power.  The APS Electrotube,  which is
 similar to a wet-wall ESP,  gave  some  very high
 collection efficiencies on  fine  particles—as
 high as 98.9% on 0.5 micron particles.   This
 performance  is  similar  to that which  can be
 achieved in  small  wet ESPs  with  the same
 ratio of plate  area  to  volumetric  flow rate
16
          as the Electrotube unit  tested.   None of the
          other devices tested showed  significant improve-
          ment in fine particle  collection over a
          conventional scrubber  of  equivalent power require-
          ments.  Proposals have been  received and evaluated
          for demonstration at full  scale  of a promising
          novel device.  A demonstration will be funded in
          FY-77.

               5.   High-Temperature/High-Pressure Particular.
                   Control

                   This program area was added in FY-75 as
          a result of the critical particulate and fine part-
          iculate  collection problems  associated with the
          advanced energy processes.   The  broad objective of
          the high-temperature, high-pressure program is to
          develop  the particulate collection devices which
          are needed to ensure the environmental accept-
          ability  of advanced energy processes.   However,
          because  the requirements of  such energy processes
          are as yet unknown, EPA has  established a near
          term objective of developing the fundamental
          information on the mechanics of  aerosols  at high
          temperatures and pressures necessary to determine
          the most logical path for high-temperature,
          high-pressure particulate collection research
          and development.

               The state-of-the-art of high-temperature,
          high-pressure particulate collection is  very
          unclear.  There is no clear  specification of the
          degree of particulate collection needed  by
          advanced energy processes.   Also,  there  are no
          reliable data for the performance of the part-
          iculate  collection devices proposed by various
          companies; e.g., granular bed filters  and
          high pressure-drop cyclones.  There are  few data,
          correlations, or verified theories that  can he
          used to  predict the performance  of particulate
          collection devices at elevated temperatures and
          pressures
                    .17
     The evaluation and  development  of  particulate
control devices has been a  strong  EPA program and
includes the early stages of  high-temperature,
high-pressure particulate control  development.
In FY-74, funds were  allocated to  develop high-
temperature, high-pressure  (10 atm and  1700°F)
ESPs.  Conventional ESPs operate at  300-800°F.
This work is being carried  out by  Research Cottrell.
An advanced mechanisms study  is being conducted by
Air Pollution Technology (APT).  As  a result, APT
will make recommendations as  to which mechanisns
appear to be the most effective for  high-temperature,
high-pressure particulate removal.  APT,  in
addition to the mechanisms  study,  has a dry scrubber
contract.  This contract involves  a  device which
allows large spheres  to  go  into the  venturi section
of a scrubber where the  spheres capture particles
as drops would in an  ordinary scrubber.  Aerothern
has a contract to test metallic and  ceramic fabric
bag filters and Westinghouse  has a contract to
look at ceramic membranes for particulate control.
A granular bed systems study  also by APT includes
field tests of two working  granular bed filters.
EPA, as part of the advanced  energy processes
program, is looking at granular bed filters
126

-------
(Exxon miniplant) and high  pressure-drop cyclones
(Consolidation Coal).   As part  of  the novel
device program previously mentioned,  EPA is
attempting  to evaluate  either or both the
Rexnord  or  Combustion Power granular  bed filters.
Most of  this work is still  in progress and no
definitive  results  are  expected before early
1978.  However,  the basic mechanisms  study has
been completed.

     6.   Accelerated Pilot  Demonstrations

         Little  attention will  be  given to this
program  area since  it was covered  in  each of the
preceding sections.  Suffice it to say that EPA
has currently funded five pilot scale demonstra-
tions and should fund at least  three  demonstra-
tions in FY-77.

CONCLUSIONS

     It  can be  concluded  that adequate control
of emitted  submicron particulate matter is
presently possible  but  not  broadly applicable to
a wide variety  of sources including utility
sources.

     Highly efficient electrostatic precipitators,
installed on sources whose  dust properties are
such that they  lend themselves  to  electrostatic
collection, can currently he effective in control-
ling fine particles.  Additional R&D  is needed,
however, to improve the performance of precipita-
tors on particulate whose electrical  resistivity
is too high and  on  particulate  in  the size range
of 0.1 to 1.0 microns.  This size  range is quite
important since  it  is  the most  optically active
and causes  atmospheric  haze and thus  visibility
problems.  Techniques which either enhance
charging or selectively charge  fine particles
are currently being sought  by R&D  programs of
EPA's Industrial Environmental  Research Laboratory
in North Carolina  (IERL-RTP).

     Conventional scrubbers are not very efficient
collectors  of  fine  particles. Current R&D efforts
to improve  scrubbers are  directed  toward more
efficient utilization of  the energy applied to a
scrubber system, and toward taking increased
advantage of condensation and other physical
phenomena which  affect  to some  degree the per-
formance of all scrubbers.   One successful
demonstration  of a  condensation scrubber was
completed in 1976 and a second  demonstration is
underway.

     Fabric filters are taking  on  increased
importance  with respect to  control of particulate
emissions from  utility  boilers  burning low
sulfur coal.  EPA will  demonstrate a  large
fabric filter  on such a boiler  in  1978.

     The state-of-the-art and  the  requirements
of high-temperature and pressure particulate
collection  associated with  the  advanced energy
processes is very unclear.   Also,  there are no
reliable data  for  the performance  of  the particu-
late collection devices proposed for  the various
advanced processes, and there are  few correlations
or verified  theories  which can be used to predict
performance  at  elevated temperatures and pressures.
Much research and  development remains to be done
to ensure  the environmental acceptability of
these new  processes.

     So  far  only  five novel devices have been
tested and found  to be good collectors of fine
particulate.  Many more device tests are planned,
and a number of new and different concepts, such
as ceramic membrane filters,  electrostatic
fabric filters, and foam scrubbers, are being
investigated on a  laboratory  scale.  One new
concept, the charged  droplet, has been demonstrated
to be a  good collector of fine particles.  It is
hoped that several of the devices and concepts
currently  under consideration by EPA's IERL-RTP
will ultimately result in the demonstration of
new and  economically  attractive processes for
the control  of all emitted particulate matter.

REFERENCES

     1.  Mahar, H. and Zimmerman,  N.,  "Evaluation
of Selected Methods to Assess the Potential
Hazards  Associated with Particulate Emissions,"
Mitre Corporation, Interim Report,  EPA Contract
68-02-1859,  September 1975.

     2.  Amdur, M. 0.  and Corn,  M., "The Irritant
Potency  of Zinc Ammonium Sulfate of Different
Particle Sizes," Amer.  Ind. Hyg.  Assoc.  J.  24
326-333, July-August  1963.

     3.  Nichols,  G.  B.  and McCain, J.  D.,
"Particulate Collection Efficiency  Measurements
on Three Electrostatic Precipitators,"  EPA-
600/2-75-056, (NTIS No.  PB 248-220/AS),  October
1975.

     4.  Gooch, J. P  ,  McDonald,  J.  R.  and
Oglesby, S., "A Mathematical  Model  of  Electrostatic
Precipitation,"  EPA-650/2-75-037,  (NTIS  No.  PB
246-188/AS), April 1975.

     5.  Bickelhaupt,  R.  E.,  "Influence  of  Fly
Ash Compositional  Factors  on  Electrical  Volume
Resistivity,"  EPA-650/2-74-074,  (NTIS No.  PB
237-b98/AS') , July  1974.

     6.  Bickelhaupt,  R.  E.,  "Effect  of  Chemical
Composition on Surface Resistivity  of  Fly Ash,"
EPA-600/2-75-017.  INTIS  No. PB  244-S85/AS),
August 1975.

     7.  Dismukes, E.B.,  "Conditioning of Fly Ash
with Sulfamic Acid, Ammonium  Sulfate  and  Ammonium
Bisulfate,"  EPA-650/2-74-114,  (.NTIS No.  PB 23S-
922/AS1, October 1974.

     8.  Dismukes, E.   B.,  "Conditioning  of  Fly
Ash with Sulfur Trioxide  and  Ammonia,"   EPA-
600/2-75-015, (NTIS No.  PB  247-231/AS),  August
1975.

     9.  Calvert,  S.,   Jhaveri,  N.  C.,  and lung, S.,
"Fine  Particle Scrubber  Performance Tests,"
EPA-050 '2-74-043,  (.NTIS  No. PB  240-325/AS),
October  1°74.
                                                                                                          127

-------
         10.   Calvert, S.,  Jhaveri, N. C., and
    Huisking,  T.,  "Study of Flux Force/ Condensation
    Scrubbing  of  Fine Particles", EPA-600/2-75-018,
    (NTIS No.  PB  249-297/AS),  August 1975.

         11.   Calvert, S.,  Jashnani, I. L.,  Yung,
    S.,  and Stalberg, S.,  "Entrainment Separators
    for  Scrubbers  - Final  Report,"  EPA-650/2-74-
    119b, (NTIS No. PB 248-050/AS), August 1975.

         12.   McKenna, J.  D.,  "Applying Fabric
    Filtration to  Coal-Fired Industrial Boilers;  A
    Pilot Scale Investigation,"  EPA-650/2-74-058a
    (NTIS No.  PB  245-186/AS),  August 1975.

         13.   Bradway, R.  M. and Cass, R.  W.,  "Frac-
    tional Efficiency of a Utility Boiler  Baghouse:
    Nucla Generating Plant,"  EPA-600/2-75-013a,
    (NTIS No.  PB  246-641/AS),  August 1975.

         14.   Bradway, R.  M. and Cass, R.  W.,  "Frac-
    tional Efficiency of a Utility Boiler  Baghouse:
    Sunbury Steam-Electric  Station,"  EPA-600/2-76-
    077a, (NTIS No. PB 253-943/AS),  March  1976.

         15.   Melcher, J.  R. and Sachar, K.  S.,
    "Charged Droplet Scrubbing of Submicron  Particu-
    late,"  EPA-650/2-74-075,  (NTIS No. PB 241-
    262/AS), August 1974.

         16.   McCain, J. D.  and Smith,  W.  B.,  "Lone
    Star Steel Steam-Hydro  Air Cleaning System
    Evaluation,"   EPA-650/2-74-028,  (NTIS  No.  PB
    232-436/AS), April 1974.

         17.   Rao,  A. K.,  Schrag,  M.  P., and Shannon,
    L. J., "Particulate Removal from Gas Streams  at
    High Temperature/High Pressure,"   EPA-600/2-75-
    020, (NTIS No.  PB 245-858/AS),  August  1975.
128

-------
      STATIONARY SOURCE CONTROL TECHNOLOGY
                      FOR NOY
                         have shown  the  need for revised NO  strategies
                                                            X
                         to assure achieving and maintaining NAAQS for
                         NO .  Currently,  emphasis is being placed on
                         more vigorous NO   control for stationary sources;
                         a Maximum Stationary Source Technology (MSST)
                         program for NO  control technology development
                         has been recommended.
          Joshua S. Bowen Jr., George Blair Martin,
           Richard D. Stern, and J. David Mobley
           Office of Energy, Minerals and Industry
         Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory
            U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
           Research Triangle Park, North Carolina
 :NTRODUCTION

     Nitrogen oxides  (NO ),  principally nitric
 )xide (NO)  and nitrogen dioxide (NO ),  have been
 Ldentified  among the  atmospheric pollutants
 laving the  greatest potential for adverse
 effects on  human health and  welfare.  Man-made
 emission contributions  lead  to NO  concentrations
 in urban atmospheres  of 10  to 100 times higher
 than those  from natural sources in nonurban
 areas.  Fuel combustion in  a wide variety of
 equipment contributes about  99% of technology-
 associated  NO  emissions.   For most equipment
 types about 95% of the  NO  is emitted as NO and
 5%, as N0_.   In the atmosphere, the NO  enter
 into complex photochemical  reactions with
 hydrocarbons and sulfur oxides and result in the
 formation of undesirable secondary species, with
a shift of residual NO to NO,,
The adverse
effects of N0_  on humans,  animals, vegetation,
and exposed materials,  and similar adverse
effects of the  other pollutants were among the
factors which led to passage of the Clean Air
Act of 1970.  With respect to NO , this Act
empowered the EPA:   (1)  to establish primary and
secondary National Ambient Air Quality Standards
(NAAQS) for N02;  (2) to  require a 90% reduction
in NO  emissions  from light duty motor vehicles;
(3) to establish  New Source Performance Standards
(NSPS) for stationary sources; (4) to set up
mechanisms to assure compliance and enforcement;
and (5) to provide research,  development and
demonstrations  of new and  improved, commercially
viable methods  for the prevention and control of
pollution from  the combustion of fuels.

     NO   emissions in  the U.S. in 1974 from an-
thropogenic sources were about 23 metric tons
per year.   Of this amount  46.1% was estimated to
come from mobile  sources,  50.4% from fuel combus-
tion in stationary sources, and the remainder
from miscellaneous sources.  The major control
strategy at that  time was  based on the 90%
reduction of  emissions  from mobile sources to
0.4 grams of  NO  per mile  (0.25 mg NO  per
metre) and on the moderate reduction
of NO  emissions  from stationary sources by
application of  the NSPS.  During the ensuing
years, the development of  cost-effective NO
control techniques to achieve the initial auto-
motive emission goals met  with difficulties not
yet overcome.   This factor along with the pro-
jected changes  in energy and fuel utilization
     Several approaches  to  the control of NO
emissions from stationary sources under con-
sideration in the  Industrial Environmental
Research Laboratory-Research Triangle Park
(IERL-RTP) are:

     (1)  Combustion  modification (CM), to
minimize NO  formation,  which has the potential
for achieving substantial NO  control for a wide
variety of combustion sources using both conven-
tional and alternate  fuels  in a cost effective
manner.

     (2)  Flue gas  treatment (FGT),  or removal
of NO  from combustion or process effluent
gases, which may be used singly or,  more likely,
as a supplement to  combustion modification where
very low NO  levels are  required.

     Separate programs were initiated in IERL-
RTP predecessor organizations prior to 1970 to
investigate CMs for conventional and alternate
fuels, and FGT.  This paper provides a two-part
report on the status  of  the CM and FGT elements
of the NO  program.

PART I.  COMBUSTION MODIFICATION (CM)

     The need for  better control technology for
NO  from stationary combustion sources was iden-
tified as early as  1967  and led to a systems
study of NO  control  methods for stationary
sources.  This study  concluded in 1969 that CMs
would be the most  cost-effective techniques for
reducing NO  emissions from the sources in the
near-term.

     Consequently,  the CM Program was  developed.
Because of limited  funding  and the  large number
of combinations of  combustion equipment/fuel
categories comprising the entire stationary
combustion source  spectrum,  the initial program
considered the highest priority sources from an
NO  emissions point-of-view.   Based  on available
  v
fuel utilization and  NO  emissions  data, the
                       X
early program emphasis was  placed on developing
controls for those  utility  boilers,  industrial
boilers, and commercial  heating systems which
burned the dirtier  fuels (e.g., coal and residual
fuel oils) .  The pre-1975 phase of  the program
was based on:  (1)  field testing of boilers at
baseline and modified operating conditions; (2)
application of state-of-the-art technology with
minor hardware modification;  and (3) fundamental
and small pilot scale experimental  studies to
identify promising  technology approaches.

     More recently, based on improved understand-
ing of NO  formation  and of potential methods for
control, coupled with greater funding commitments,
a more comprehensive  CM  Program for NO  control
                                       X
                                                                                                           129

-------
 is  in  progress.   Based on the EPA's present
 strategy  of  providing MSST to assure maximum
 achievement  of  NO  environmental eoals,  the
                  v                ^
 current CM Program  is a broadly structured
 program which provides both for the development
 of  CM  technology for major stationary combustion
 sources and  for the environmental assessment of
 the application of  these technologies.   The
 program's technology development activities are
 grouped according to emphasis as follows:   (1)
 utility and  large industrial boilers, (2)  small
 industrial,  commercial and residential  systems,
 (3) industrial  process combustion and after-
 burners,  (4) stationary engines, (5) advanced
 processes, and  (6)  fundamental combustion  research.
 Similarly, the  environmental assessment  activities
 are sub-divided into: (7) environmental  assess-
 ment,  and (8) applications testing.

 Technical Discussion

     NO   Formation  and Techniques for Its
 Control.   Two predominant mechanisms account for
 the formation of NO  during combustion,  as
 indicated by the widely used terminology,
 thermal NO  and fuel NO .  Thermal NO  is  formed
 by  the fixation of  molecular nitrogen present in
 the combustion  air  though a series of reactions
 which  are exponentially dependent on temperature
 and are slightly dependent on oxygen availability.
 Fuel NO   is  formed  by oxidation of the  organic
 nitrogen  compounds  contained in some fuels
 through reactions which are relatively  independent
 of  temperature  and  are strongly influenced by
 oxygen availability.  For any fuels containing
 bound  nitrogen  both mechanisms contribute  to the
 total  NO   formation.
        x
     Working from this knowledge of the  NO  for-
 mation chemistry, a number of control technology
 approaches have been formulated.   Techniques for
 control of thermal  NO  are based on reducing the
 peak temperatures in the combustion zone,  and
 include staged  combustion,  low excess air, flue
 gas recirculation,  and water injection.  Techniques
 for control  of  fuel NO  are based on reduction
 of  oxygen availability in the combustion zone,
 and include  low excess air operation and staged
 combustion.   In addition,  pilot scale combustion
 studies have shown  that  changes in burner
 design can also significantly reduce the forma-
 tion of both thermal and fuel NO  by aerodynam-
 ically influencing  local recircuTation rates
 and/or oxygen availability in the flame.   The
 optimum level of control may require a combination
 of  these  approaches.   Although the control
 techniques have good potential in experimental
 systems and  on  some practical equipment, the
 optimum levels  achievable have yet to be estab-
 lished and are  the  subject of this program.
 Based  on  current information,  emissions  of other
 pollutants (e.g., carbon monoxide and other
 products  of  incomplete combustion)  can be  main-
 tained at low levels while achieving significant
 N0^_ reduction by proper  system design.   Many of
 the NO control techniques,  such as low  excess
 air operation,  even offer potential for  increases
 of  system efficiency.   Based on limited  experi-
 ence with long  term service it appears that
operability problems,  including fireside
corrosion, can be avoided  by proper design.

     Status of Technology  R&D and Environmental^
Assessment^.  The above  principles have formed
the basis "for the development of CM techniques,
to be applied to the wide  variety of combustion
sources.  The technical status of the overall
program, which is made  up  of approximately 30
separate projects, is discussed briefly below
to highlight progress of key portions of the
effort.

     That part of the program aimed at CM tech-
nology development for  utility and large indus-
trial boilers has its primary emphasis on the
development and demonstration of low-emission,
high-efficiency, cost-effective techniques for
NO  control of coal-fired  systems.   Although the
mafor effort has continued on the investigation
of staged combustion technology for application
to several classes of utility boilers,  work is
also underway on improved  low-emission pulverized
coal burners which should  be applicable to utility
boilers.  In addition,  investigations are evaluat-
ing combustor design concepts for advanced
systems firing low Btu  gases with acceptable
levels of NO  emissions.
            x
     Staged combustion  technology has been tested
on several tangentially fired utility boilers
greater than 400 MW, burning western coals, to
determine if this approach would be as  effective
for coal of this rank as for the eastern bituminous
coals.  These tests have shown,NO  emission
levels of about 0.45 Ib per 10  Btu* under
optimized conditions of overfire air operation.
There was no significant increase in waterwall
(fireside) corrosion rates during optimized
operation as determined by a 30-day corrosion
study utilizing corrosion  probes.

     Earlier results of staged combustion when
applied to wall-fired boilers showed the potential
for achieving NO  levels in the range of 30750%
below the present NSPS  of  0.7 Ib NO  per 10
Btu.  Limited test data showed that implementation
of these control techniques have the potential
for increased fireside  tubewall corrosion.
Consequently, a program was planned to carefully
assess the long-term performance of this control
technique and to quantify  in detail the tubewall
corrosion associated with  optimum low-NO
operation, but because  of  limited availability
of funds, it has not been  possible to implement
the entire effort at this  time.

     Improved low emission, high efficiency burn-
ers for application both to utility and industrial
boilers are under scale-up development.  This
burner development effort, discussed to a
greater extent later, may  have the potential for
reducing NOX emissions  to  the range of 0.2-0.3
Ib NO /106 BTU by 1985.
*This may be multiplied  by 430 to convert to the
metric equivalent  in  ng/J.
130

-------
     The portion of the program dealing with
small industrial, commercial and residential
systems provides for development and/or field
evaluation of emission control technology.
Emphasis is on:  (1) residual oil fired package
boilers; (2) distillate oil fired residential
furnaces; and (3) stoker coal fired boilers.
The technical progress in each of these areas is
summarized below.

     Laboratory and field studies have shown that
staged combustion is capable of reducing NO
emissions from residual oil fired package  x
boilers by up to 50%;  however,  significant
modification is required.   Therefore, studies of
residual oil burner design were conducted and
showed that similar emission levels could be
achieved by proper aerodynamic control of air
and fuel mixing.  The  limit of achievable NO
                                            Tr
control is imposed by  the onset of excessive
carbon particulate formation.   A study is now in
progress to identify fuel and atomizer prop-
erties that are favorable for suppressing this
particulate formation,  thereby allowing more
effective NO  control.
            x

     The residential oil furnace program has pro-
gressed from a concept originated from EPA in-
house studies to an integrated design of a low
emission, high efficiency furnace.  EPA in-house
testing of residential oil burners showed that
proper design of the burner could not only re-
duce NO j but also achieve low carbonaceous
emissions at low excess air.   The development
contracts that followed identified an optimum
burner design and design criteria for burner and
firebox matching.   These were  developed and in-
corporated into  a design of an  integrated  fur-
nace.   The prototype furnace  tests  showed  over
70% reduction of NO relative  to  conventional
furnaces and the potential for  significant
energy savings.   The pre-production   furnace
design has  been  constructed and will  be tested
in the field.

     Stoker coal fired boiler studies have in-
cluded both laboratory and feild  work.  The emi-
sions from small underfeed stokers have been
measure for a. range of coals,  including process-
ed smokeless ones.   An experimental study is now
in progress to develop technology for large
spreader stokers.   In  a field  study,  EPA has
evaluated the use of low-sulfur western coal in
ten industrial boilers  of which eight were stoker
fired.   The study indicated that  switching from
an eastern  high  sulfur  bituminous  to  a western
low sulfur  coal  is  feasible with  a minimal
operational impact,  although  some  problems are
documented.   Emissions  of  SO  and  NO   were
generally reduced.          X       X

     In the stationary  engines  area,  work  is
underway to develop control technology for large
gas turbines  and reciprocating  internal combus-
tion engines.  A major  contractor  is  focusing on
dry CM approaches  for  gas  turbines  to achieve
R&D goals  of  50  ppm NOX (at 15% 02)  for clean
fuels  and of  100  ppm, for  fuel containing  up  to
0.5% bound  nitrogen.   These goals  represent a
757, reduction  from  uncontrolled NO  emissions.
 The  experimental  effort under this contract has
 proved  encouraging  in that limited testing of
 several combustor configurations has yielded
 emissions  data  meeting the goals.  Another major
 contract is  under negotiation for  the development
 of control technology applicable to large-bore
 reciprocating engines.

      The part of  the  program aimed at technology
 development  for industrial process combustion
 equipment  and afterburners is one  of the lower
 priority areas, with  emphasis placed on better
 definition of the potential problems.  The
 activities include  an environmental assessment
 of afterburners and a survey of industrial
 process combustion  equipment.

      The advanced processes part of the program
 provides for the  initial development of CM
 technology with the potential for  very low
 emissions.   The R&D areas include:  (1) low
 emission,  high  efficiency burners  for fossil
 fuel combustion;  (2)  improved concepts of staged
 combustion;  (3) use of low and high nitrogen
 alternate  fuels;  and  (4) catalytic combustion.
 The  technical progress in each of  these areas is
 summarized below.

     Pilot scale  studies  have shown  that  burner
design modification affecting fuel/air  mixing
history has  the potential for reducing  NO
emissions  to below  0.2  Ib of  NO  (as  NO )Xper
10   Btu while maintaining flame  shape and high
carbon  combustion efficiency.  A study  is in
progress to  derive  experimental  scaling criteria
for  practical size  coal  and  oil  burners.   In
addition, a  small multiple burner  pilot scale
furnace is being used  to  determine  criteria  for
optimizing staged combustion  for NO   control
from pulverized coal.    It has  been  shown  that a
long residence  time rich  primary can  reduce  NO
levels to below 0.2 Ib NO per 10   Btu  fired.  X
                          x r
     With combustion of  alternate  fuels  free  of
bound nitrogen,  e.g.,   low Btu  gas and methanol,
NO  emissions are generally lower that  for fossil
fuels and thermal NO   control  techniques  are
effective.    Fuels containing  significant  amounts
of nitrogen  are currently being  studied.

     An initial assessment of  catalytic combus-
tion indicated  the potential  for very  low NO
emissions  (i.e., below  10 ppm).  Experimental
work is in progress to  identify  catalysts
capable of high temperature  operation,  i.e.,
2800°F  (1810K),  and to  define combustion  system
configurations  capable  of both low  emissions and
high thermal efficiency.   One catalyst  system
capable of operating at  2700°F  (1755K)  with
emissions of CO, NO  and  HC  below  10  ppm  has
been identified.

     Fundamental  combustion  research  studies^ pro-
vide the basic  understanding  of  the phenomena re-
sponsible  for pollutant  formation  and destruction
in the  combustion process.   These  studies empha-
size the chemistry  and  aerodynamic  aspects of the
combustion processes,  and are used  to guide  the
development  and optimization  of  new technology.
                                                                                                          131

-------
 Special attention is being directed at fuel
 nitrogen reactions and at the formation of
 primary and secondary pollutants since these
 species may be strongly affected by changes in
 the combustion process.

      Although in earlier years there were many
 small fundamental studies, a newly developed
 large contract has been awarded.  It is aimed at
 applying fundamental research results in the
 definition of optimum combustion control for all
 systems.  Future fundamental studies will be
 consolidated under this contract.

      Results of major fundamental research efforts
 are discussed below.  Studies of fuel decom-
 position have identified the principal nitrogen
 species evolved during pyrolysis of a fuel and
 have also shown that the fraction of nitrogen
 evolved is strongly dependent on temperature.
 These two outputs have a direct relation to low
 NO  burner experiments for nitrogen containing
 fuels.  A study of the mechanism and kinetics of
 NO  formation under normal and modified combustion
 conditions gave significant insight into the
 kinetics responsible for thermal NO  formation
 under fuel rich and near stoichiometric conditions.
 Aerodynamic phenomena in the control of pollutants
 from gaseous and liquid fuel fired combustors
 have been evaluated experimentally.   Among the
 more significant findings in this study was the
 fact that the intensity of the turbulent fluctua-
 tions in the early flow fields had a major
 effect on the local fuel/air ratio.

      Two theoretical studies have examined the
 possibility of formation of (1)  PCB's and (2)
 primary nitrates,  sulfates,  and acid aerosols  in
 the combustion process.   Fundamental study of
 NO ,  nitrate, and sulfate in laboratory flames
 is also in progress.

      The program also includes development and use
 of numerical analytical procedures to be used  in
 interpretation of experimental results.   Recent
 developments of codes capable of handling not
 only complex chemical kinetics but also specie
 diffusion offer strong potential for use in
 analyzing flat flame burner  data.   Aerodynamic
 models for describing the air/fuel mixing
 processes of turbulent diffusion flames  are also
 under development;  however,  several  problems
 remain to be overcome.

      A key part of  the program is  the  environ-
 mental assessment of the  NO   CM technologies.
 This  effort,  being  performed by  a major  contractor,
 provides for assessment  of  the multimedia environ-
 mental impact of the application of  various
 state-of-the-art (existing)  and  emerging  combustion
 control techniques  to the major  combustion
 sources.   The control technologies will  be
 evaluated and compared taking into  account  such
 factors  as pollutant reduction,  process  efficiency,
 system operation, and costs.   In addition,
 systems  analyses will be  performed  to  provide
 comparisons  of  the  effect and adequacy  of  control
 technologies  or  combinations  of  technologies
when  applied  under various scenarios  repre-
senting alternate  control options or strategies
for achieving  acceptably low ambient pollutant
levels on a  local,  regional or national basis.
A draft report,  covering a preliminary environ-
mental assessment  of  the application of CM
technology,  lays the  groundwork for the entire
environmental  assessment contract.

     Applications  testing,  usually performed as
characterization studies on combustion sources
under field  operating conditions,  is being per-
formed for stationary sources including boilers
and industrial combustion equipment.  The
objectives are:  (1)  to  accurately determine the
levels of emissions without controls (baseline)
and the levels achievable through  the use  of
optimized operating conditions,  or the applica-
tion of state-of-the-art control technology
requiring relatively  minor  hardware changes;
and (2) to determine  the effect  of these CMs on
equipment performance.
     Field tests of coal-fired utility boilers
have resulted  in NO   reductions  of 30 to 50%
without apparent adverse side-effects.  Tests
are being performed to determine the effect on
tubewall corrosion  rates of the  reducing atmos-
phere created  in the  lower furnance zone when
firing coal  with staged  combustion.   A similar
field study  of coal,  oil, and gas-fired indus-
trial boilers  characterized trace  specie
emissions and  showed  that NO  emissions were
                             V
reduced by up  to 47%.  Another field study is
being performed to determine the applicability
for industrial process equipment (kilns, pro-
cess heaters,  etc.) of CMs  that  have been  used
successfully for boilers.  The degree of effec-
tiveness varies widely depending on the type of
equipment and  the  fuel used.   The  results  of the
field test studies are used to prepare design and
operating guidelines  for manufacturers and users.
Based on utility boiler  data a model is being
developed to indicate design modifications to
minimize NO  while maintaining low emissions of
other pollutants, high efficiency, and stable
combustion.
Program Discussion

     Summary of Major  Accomplishments.   Signifi-
cant accomplishments  during the  past years have
resulted primarily from  the technology development
and applications testing activities.   Particularly,
progress in  the efforts  devoted  to utility,
industrial and commercial boilers, and residential
heaters and  those based  on  advanced processes
has been most  encouraging.   Selected accomplish-
ments can be summarized  as  follows:

     (1)  Utility boiler testing of new tangen-
tially coal-fired units  designed with overfire
air systems  for staged combustion  has shown that
NO  levels as  low as  0.45 Ib per 10  Btu can he
achieved with  no apparent adverse  side effects.
Meanwhile, work is underway to assess in detail
the effect of  CM techniques on fireside watertube
corrosion for  two wall-coal-fired  utility  boilers.
Scale-up development  of  an optimum low-NO
pulverized coal burner for  application to  utility
and large industrial  boilers is  progressing on
132

-------
 schedule and should lead to testing of .a 125 x
 10  Btu/hr (36.6 MW ) burner in FY78.  Based on
 earlier pilot scale studies of a burner of 9 x
 10  Btu/hr (2.635 MW ) capacity, it appears a
 practical burner witfi a potential for reducigg
 NO  emissions to approximately 0.2 Ib per 10
 Btu should be available for commercialization by
 FY81.

      (2)  The residual oil burner concept for
 packaged boilers has been developed and has
 achieved NO  reductions of 65 to 70% for three
 fuel  oils with fuel nitrogen ranging from 0.2 to
 0.7%.  The limit of NO  control is imposed by
 the onset of unacceptable levels of carbon
 particulate formation.  Both fuel properties and
 atomizer design appear to play an important
 role, and these factors are currently being
 investigated further.

      (3)  A prototype oil-fired residential
 furnace, based on experimentally defined burner-
 firebox matching criteria, was successfully
 tested.  The system maintained outstanding
 performance with low excess air operation and
 achieved a 70% reduction in NO  relative to
 current practice with no increase in CO, HC, or
 smoke.

      (4)  Recent tests of advanced staged combustion
 practices, when applied to coal combustion under
 carefully controlled conditions in a highly
 versatile pilot scale experimental combustor,
 have  shown outstanding NO  reductions.  Under
 conditions of fuel-rich first stage stoichiometry
 (0.85) and long first stage residence time (4 to
 5 seconds) NO  levels as low as 79 ppm (corrected
 to zero % 02) were measured.  This corresponds
 to a  NO  reduction of 90% from normal baseline
       X
 conditions.

      (5)  The catalytic combustion project
 offers promise of clean fuel combustion with
 very  low emission levels (i.e., < 10 ppm) of
 N0x,  CO, HC,  etc.   One catalyst system, which
 has undergone extensive performance testing in
 the screening studies, has operated at 2700°F
 (1755K) without degradation of catalyst per-
 formance .

     These and other results coming from the CM
 program are encouraging since they provide a
 basis for control technology which can lead to
 significant reductions in combustion-generated
 emissions from some sources over the long term
 (1985-1990).   Catalytic combustion of essentially
 nitrogen-free fuels offers the potential for NO
 to be controlled to levels of 10 ppm or less.
 Direct combustion of clean fuels containing no
 bound nitrogen (e.g., methanol), although less
 effective,  may reduce NO  emissions to below 50
 ppm.   Refinements of CM techniques and improved
 burner configurations, based on recent experimental
 evidence,  offer the potential for practical
 attainment  of emission levels of 100-150 ppm for
 the direct  firing of pulverized coal.  These
promising results provide an impetus for conti-
nued  development and practical demonstrations of
these  combustion techniques to solve any remaining
associated problems and encourage  their  early
commercialization.

     Technology Transfer.  The  information  and
data produced in this program have sparked  a
great amount of interest from a wide  range  of
users.  These have included a number  of  other
groups within EPA, state and local regulatory
agencies, ERDA, FEA, the National  Academy of
Science, NIOSH, various environmental groups,
many parts of the industrial sector (both equip-
ment manufacturers and potential users of the
technology), and the general public.  Although
the information is thoroughly documented in
major project reports (see Bibliography), it  has
become apparent that other means were necessary
to better transmit the highlights  and key results
on a timely basis to a wider range of users.

     During the past year, the  "Proceedings of
the Stationary Source Combustion Symposium" was
published.  This report contains more than  30
technical papers relating to NO  control which
were presented at a meeting in  September 1975.
Another similar symposium has been planned  for
August 29 - September 2, 1977,  at  which  the up-
dated status and results of IERL-RTP  combustion
control projects will be presented.

     A bulletin, "NO  Control Review," is being
distributed on a quarterly schedule to about
2000 addressees.  This provides current  informa-
tion on advances in NO  control strategies,
regulations, technology R&D, and applications.
It presents information concerning  activities  of
the private sector and of government  and, when-
ever possible, includes news of significant
foreign efforts.

     A pamphlet, "Get the Most  from Your Heating
Oil Dollars - Servicing Cuts Costs  and Pollution,"
has been distributed to homeowners  across the
U.S.  It is designed to pass along  important
practical information, based on earlier  field
tests of residential heating systems, which
should lead to improved energy  conservation and
emissions reduction for homeowners  heating  with
oil.  Pamphlets or guideline manuals  are planned
for:  (1) gas-fired residential furnaces, (2)
residential and commercial space heating, (3)
industrial boilers, and (4) utility boilers.
PART II.  FLUE GAS TREATMENT  (FGT)

     A second major element of EPA's activities
to develop NO  control technology is the FGT
program.  This program has received a relatively
low level of funding since it has not conclusively
been determined that higher NO  removal efficiencies
than those achievable by CM techniques will be
required in order to achieve  and maintain  the
current and projected NAAQS.  However, due to
uncertainties surrounding the overall NO
                                        -v
problem, the program is proceeding with a  small
scale experimental program in parallel with
control strategy and technology assessment work.
Thus, the basic foundation will be in place if
the technology is required and acceleration of
                                                                                                          133

-------
 the  development program is necessary.

      The  EPA FGT program has been directed to-
 ward enhancing development of the technology and
 toward determining if and when the technology
 will be needed in the U.S.  The Japanese, due to
 their very stringent NO  regulations, have
 progressed to the point of commercial application
 of FGT technology on gas- and oil-fired sources.
 In addition, activities are underway to evaluate
 the technology for application to flue gas from
 coal-fired sources.   EPA is investigating the
 Japanese technology for potential application to
 the U.S.  coal-fired situation to save both
 development time and money.

 Technical Discussion

      The objective of the FGT program is to pro-
 vide highly efficient NO  and NO /SO  control
 technology for application to utility and large
 industrial combustion sources in an environment-
 ally sound, energy efficient, and economical
 manner.  FGT processes can generally be classi-
 fied in two categories:  dry processes and wet
 processes.  The developmental progress in these
 categories is discussed below.

      Dry Processes.    Selective catalytic
 reduction (SCR) using ammonia is the most
 developed and most promising FGT process.  Two
 EPA sponsored projects investigating SCR have
 recently been completed.   The performance,
 reliability, and practicability of a SCR
 system was demonstrated on a 1.5 MW pilot
 plant using a platinum catalyst.  The results
 indicated satisfactory operation on gas-firing
 with NO  removal efficiencies of 85-90%.
        X
 Operation on oil-firing indicated that platinum
 and other noble metal catalysts were not
 suitable for flue gas containing SO,,.  In
 another project, various non-noble metal
 catalysts were laboratory-tested to determine
 the optimum catalyst composition for reducing
 NOx concentrations in flue gas containing SO ;
 NO  removal efficiencies up to 99% were
   x
 measured.
     The most promising wet  processes can be
classified in two types:   oxidation-reduction
processes and reduction processes.   Oxidation-
reduction processes  utilize  a gas phase oxidant to
convert NO to N02.   The N02  is then reduced to
nitrogen by reaction with  sulfite ions formed from
the SO  absorption step.   In the reduction process,
NO is absorbed with  S0_ in a liquid containing a
ferrous ion.  Usually  a chelating compound is
added to promote the reduction of NO to nitrogen.

     In a recently completed study, sponsored by
EPA, the contractor  investigated the energy and
economic requirements  for  the oxidation of NO to
N0? using ozone as the oxidant.   The results
indicated that wet processes utilizing ozone
will be very expensive for NO  removal only,
unless there is significant  improvement in ozone
generation technology.  However,  the energy and
economic impact may  be more  acceptable for
simultaneous removal of NO  and SO   than the
sequential installation ofXS02 andXNO  FGT
control equipment.

     In Japan, the wet processes are generally
being evaluated on the pilot plant  scale.  SO.
and NO  removal efficiencies in excess of  95% and
80%, respectively, are typical.   Some processes
are sufficiently developed to be offered for
commercial scale application.

     Control Strategy/Technology Assessments.
EPA is sponsoring the  publication of a series of
reports on the status  of NO   and NO /SO
abatement technologies in  Japan.   In addition,
TVA will perform economic  assessments of the
most promising FGT processes in a project
sponsored by EPA and EPRI.

     Other control strategy  and technology assess-
ment work is focused on determining if and when
FGT technology will  be needed.   Preliminary re-
sults of a dispersion  modeling study of Chicago
indicate that large  combustion sources do  not
make a significant contribution to  annual  NO
concentrations, but  can cause high short term
concentrations.
      In  Japan, numerous  SCR  commercial  scale
 plants are being  operated  to  remove  NO   from  gas-
 and  oil-fired  flue  gas.  In  addition, a commercial
 scale application is  being planned  for  startup
 in  1980  on a  coal-fired  facility.   NO
                                     X
 removal  efficiencies  in  excess  of 90% are
 typical.  Through improvements  in reactor
 design,  catalysts,  and process  control, substantial
 progress has  been made in  avoiding  the  early
 problems with  SCR systems  such  as catalyst
 plugging, catalyst  poisoning, and corrosion.

      Wet Processes.   The chemistry  for  wet
 processes is  complex  and undesirable by-products
 are  often generated.  The  wet processes are less
 developed than dry  processes  and show higher
 projected capital and operating costs.   However,
 many wet processes  have  the  capability  for
 simultaneous removal  of  SO.  and NO  ; therefore,
 they are receiving  considerable developmental
 attention.
     Studies are also being  planned to  determine
the optimum process  types  and control equipment
sequence to remove  SO.  and NO  considering
                      Z.        y:
 .nergy, environmental,  and economic factors.
[n parallel with these  studies,  the NO   FGT
program is directed  toward full  scale demonstration
of the technology by the  early to mid-1980's.
The first phase in  this program  will be demonstration
of FGT processes at  the pilot plant scale.  Two
pilot plant projects are  currently planned:  one
project will be for  removal  of 90% of the N0x
in the presence of  high or low concentrations of
SO^, and the other  project will  be for simultaneous
removal of 90% of both  NO and SO .
                          x       x
Program Discussion

     An alarming increase  in NO   emissions  from
                                T£
stationary sources  is projected  to occur in
the next decade.  It is uncertain what level
of NO  control will be  necessary to prevent
134

-------
an adverse environmental Impact of these
emissions.  Since the N0x FGT program has the
capability for high NO  removal efficiencies, it
is an integral portion of EPA's plan to ensure
that technology is available to achieve and
maintain the NAAQS for future generations.   The
major findings to date are:

     (1)  In the event environmental problems
and control strategies require high NO  removal
efficiencies from combustion sources, FGT pro-
cesses have the capability to meet these require-
ment s.

     (2)  Selective catalytic reduction processes
for removal of more than 90% of the NO  are
commercially available for gas- and oil-fired
sources and soon will be commercially available
for coal-fired sources in Japan.

     (3)  Wet processes have the potential for
achieving high removal efficiencies of both S0_
and NO  more economically than the sequential
installation of S0_ and NO  FGT control equipment.

     (4)  The EPA R&D program for NO  FGT has
been formulated to provide assessments of the
technology for input into control strategy/tech-
nology development and to provide demonstrated
technology by the mid-1980's for coal-fired
sources.
CONCLUSIONS

     The NO  control  technology  R&D program con-
tinues to show considerable  advances in emissions
control techniques  which should  prove applicable
to a broad range of combustion sources.  These
techniques offer the  potential both for lower
pollutant emissions and  improved efficiency and
conservation of energy.   The greater emphasis on
utilization of coal to meet  the  nation's future
energy requirements places much  added importance
on the requirement  for combustion controls to
effectively reduce  the emissions related to
fuel-bound nitrogen.  Especially,  meaningful
demonstrations of sufficient duration are needed
to determine in detail the performance of (1)
optimum CMs for all major classes of utility
boilers, (2)  the application of  similar CMs to
industrial boilers, and  (3)  improved low NO
burners for both utility and industrial boilers.
At the same time, to  support the strategy of
maximum stationary  source technology,  it is
essential to continue program emphasis on (1)
the development of  effective controls for other
major stationary point and area  combustion
sources, and (2)  the  development and assessment
of FGT technology for NO control.   Therefore,
the IERL-RTP NO  controlXprogram is dedicated to
the goal of continuing an effective R&D effort:

     (1)   to  advance  the technology for NO
          control from stationary sources,x

     (2)   to  involve  and encourage the participation
          of  key segments of the private sector
          (e.g.,  equipment manufacturers,
          utility and industrial  users,  research
          organizations, and universities),  and

     (3)  to promote the transfer and  exchange
          of data and information leading  to the
          effective improvement in design  and
          operation of processes  and equipment
          for improved performance  (both from
          an  environmental and energy viewpoint),
BIBLIOGRAPHY

     1.   Ando, J., and Tohata, H.  (Chuo  University,
Tokyo), and Isaacs, G.A., "NO  Abatement  for
Stationary Sources in Japan," PEDCo-Environmental
Specialists, Inc., EPA-600/2-76-013b,  (NTIS No.
PB 250-586/AS)  January 1976.

     2.   Axworthy, A.E., Schneider, G.R.,
Shuman, M.D., and Dayan, V.H., "Chemistry of
Fuel Nitrogen Conversion to Nitrogen Oxides in
Combustion," Rocketdyne Division, Rockwell
International, EPA-600/2 -76-039, (NTIS No. PB
250-373/AS) February 1976.

     3.   Bowen, J.S., and Hall, R.E., "Proceedings
of the Stationary Source Combustion Symposium,
Volume I-Fundamental Research, Volume  II-Fuels
and Process Research and Development,  Volume
Ill-Field Testing and Surveys," Industrial
Environmental Research Laboratory-RTF, EPA-
600/2-76-152a, -152b, -152c, (NTIS Nos. PB 256-
320/AS, PB 256-321/AS, PB 257-146/AS)  June 1976.

     4.   Cato, G.A., Muzio, L.J., and Shore,
D.E., "Field Testing:  Application of  Combustion
Modifications to Control Pollutant Emissions
from Industrial Boilers Phase II," KVB, Inc.,
EPA-600/2-76-086a, (NTIS No. PB 253-500/AS)
April 1976.

     5.   Cato, G.A., "Field Testing:  Trace
Element and Organic Emissions from Industrial
Boilers," KVB, Inc., EPA-600/2-76-086b, (NTIS
No. PB 261-263/AS) October 1976.

     6.   Combs, L.P., and Okuda, A.S., "Residential
Oil Furnace System Optimization—Phase I,"
Rocketdyne Division, Rockwell International,
EPA-600/2-76-038,  (NTIS No. PB 250-878/AS)
February 1976.

     7.   Combs, L.P., and Okuda, A.S., "Commercial
Feasibility of an Optimum Residential  Oil
Burner Head," Rocketdyne Division, Rockwell
International, EPA-600/2-76-256,  (NTIS No. PB
259-912/AS) September 1976.

     8.   Combs, L.P., and Okuda, A.S., "Residential
Oil Furnace System Optimization—Phase II,"
Rocketdyne Division, Rockwell International,
EPA-600/2-77-028,  (NTIS No. PB 264-202/AS)
January 1977.

     9.   Ctvrtnicek, T.E., and Rusek, S.J.,
"Applicability of NO  Combustion Modifications
to Cyclone Boilers  (Furnaces)," Monsanto  Research
Corporation, EPA-600/7-77-006,  (NTIS  No.  PB  263-
                                                                                                           135

-------
 960/AS)  January 1977.

      10.   Dykema,  O.W.,  "Analysis of Test Data
 for  NO   Control in Coal-Fired Utility Boilers,"
 The  Aerospace Corporation,  EPA-600/2-76-274,
 (NTIS No.  PB 261-066/AS)  October 1976.

      11.   Dykema,  O.W.  and  Kemp, V.E.,  "Inventory
 of Combustion-Related  Emissions from Stationary
 Sources  (First Update),"  The Aerospace  Corporation,
 EPA-600/-77-066a,  March 1977.

      12.   Engleman,  V.S.,  "Survey and Evaluation
 of Kinetic Data on Reactions in Methane/Air
 Combustion," Exxon Research and Engineering
 Company,  EPA-600/2-76-003,  (NTIS No. PB 248-
 139/AS)  January 1976.

      13.   Engleman,  V.S.,  and Bartok, W.,
 "Mechanism and Kinetics  of  the Formation of NO
 and  Other Combustion Pollutants—Phase  I.
 Unmodified Combustion," Exxon Research  and
 Engineering Company, EPA-600/7-76-009a, (NTIS
 No.  PB  258-874/AS) August  1976.

      14.   Engleman,  V.S.,  Siminski,  V.J., and
 Bartok,  W., "Mechanism and  Kinetics  of  the
 Formation of NO  and Other  Combustion Pollutants—
 Phase II.   Modified Combustion," Exxon  Research
 and  Engineering Company,  EPA-600/7-76-009b,
 (NTIS No.  PB 258-875/AS)  August 1976.

      15.   Giammar, R.D.,  Engdahl, R.D., and
 Barrett,  R.E., "Emissions  from Residential and
 Small Commercial Stoker-Coal-Fired Boilers
 under Smokeless Operation," Battelle-Columbus
 Laboratories, EPA-600/7-76-029, (NTIS No. PB
 263-891/AS) October 1976.

      16.   Giammar, R.D.,  Waller, A.E.,  Locklin,,
 D.W., and Krause,  H.H.,  "Experimental Evaluation
 of Fuel  Oil Additives  for Reducing Emissions
 and  Increasing Efficiency  of Boilers,"  Battelle-
 Columbus  Laboratories,  EPA-600/2-77-008b, (NTIS
 No.  PB  264-065/AS) January  1977.

      17.   Harrison,  J.W.,  "Technology and
 Economics  of Flue  Gas  NO   Oxidation  by  Ozone,"
 Research  Triangle  Institute, EPA-600/7-76-033,
 (NTIS No.  PB 261-917/AS)  December 1976.

      18.   Heap, M.P.,  et  al., "Reduction of Nitrogen
 Oxide Emissions from Field  Operating Package
 Boilers—Phase III of  III,"  Ultrasystems,
 Inc., EPA-600/2-77-025, January 1977.

      19.   Heap, M.P.,  Lowes, T.M., Walmsley,
 R.,  Bartelds, H.,  and  LeVaguerese, P.,  "Burner
 Criteria  for NO Control—Volume I.   Influence
 of Burner  Variables  on NO   in Pulverized  Coal
 Flames,"  International Flame Research Foundation,
 EPA-600/2-76-061a,  (NTIS No.  PB 259-911/AS)
 March 1976.
     21.  Ketels,  P.A.,  Nesbitt, J.D., and
Oberle, R.D.,  "Survey  of Emissions Control and
Combustion Equipment Data in Industrial Process
Heating," Institute  of Gas Technology, EPA-
600/7-76-022,  (NTIS  No.  PB 263-453/AS) October
1976.

     22.  Kline, J.M.,  Owen,  P.H., and Lee,
Y.C., "Catalytic Reduction of Nitrogen Oxides
with Ammonia:  Utility Pilot  Plant Operation,"
Environics,  Inc.,  EPA-600/7-76-031,  (NTIS No.
PB 261-265/AS) October 1976.

     23.  Knieriem,  H.,  Jr.,  ''PCB Emissions
from Stationary Sources:   A Theoretical Study,"
Monsanto Research  Corporation,  EPA-600/7-76-
028, (NTIS No. PB  262-850/AS) October  1976.

     24.  Krause,  H.H.,  Hillenbrand, L.J.,
Weller, A.E.,  and  Locklin,  D.W., "Combustion
Additives for  Pollution  Control—A State-of-
the-Art Review," Battelle-Columbus Laboratories,
EPA-600/2-77-008a,  (NTIS No.  PB 264-068/AS)
January 1977.

     25.  Locklin, D.W.,  and  Barrett,  R.E.,
"Guidelines  for Burner Adjustments of  Commercial
Oil-Fired Boilers,"  Battelle-Columbus  Laboratories,
EPA-600/2-76-088,  (NTIS  No.  PB 251-919/AS)
March 1976.

     26.  Merryman,  E.L.,  and Levy,  A.,  "NO
Formation in CO Flames," Battelle-Columbus
Laboratories,  EPA-600/2-77-008c, (NTIS No. PB
264-066/AS)  January  1977.

     27   Nobe, K.,  Bauerle,  G.L., and Wu,
S.C., "Parametric  Studies  of  Catalysts for NO
Control from Stationary  Power Plants," University
of California, Los Angeles,  EPA-600/7-76-026,
(NTIS No. PB 261-289/AS)  October 1976.

     28.  Shoffstall,  D.R.,  "Burner  Design
Criteria for Control of  NO  from Natural Gas
Combustion—Volume I.   Data Analysis and Summary
of Conclusions," Institute of Gas Technology,
EPA-600/2-76-098a,  (NTIS No.  PB 254-167/AS)
April 1976.

     29.  Shore, D.E.,  and McElroy,  M.W. ,
"Guidelines  for Industrial Boiler Performance
Improvement—Boiler  Adjustment Procedures to
Minimize Air Pollution and to Achieve  Efficient
Use of Fuel,"  KVB, Inc.,  EPA-600/8-77-003a,
(NTIS No. PB 264-543/AS)  January 1977.

     30.  Spadaccini,  L.J.,  Owen, F.K.,  and
Bowman, C.T.,  "Influence of Aerodynamic Phenomena
on Pollutant Formation in Combustion—Phase  I.
Gaseous Fuels," United Technology Research
Center, EPA-600/2-76-247a, (NTIS No.  PB 258-
904/AS) September  1976.
      20.   Kesselring,  J.P.,  Brown,  R.A.,  Schreiber,
R.J.,  and  Moyer,  C.B.,  "Catalytic  Oxidation of
Fuels  for  N0x  Control  from Area  Sources,"
Aerotherm  Division, Acurex Corporation,  EPA-
600/2-76-037,  (NTIS No.  PB 252-195/AS)  February 1976.
136

-------
    ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT OF EFFLUENTS AND
         SOLID WASTES FROM STEAM ELECTRIC
                 GENERATING PLANTS
           Julian W. Jones and Theodore G. Brna
         Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory
            U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
            Research Triangle Park, North Carolina

      James L. Crowe, Hollis B. Flora, II, and Shirley S.  Ray
                 Power Research Branch
               Tennessee Valley Authority
                 Chattanooga, Tennessee
 INTRODUCTION

     Modern fossil-fueled, steam-electric  generating
 plants present the full spectrum of potential
 environmental problems—air, water, and  solid
 waste.  Control of power plant air pollution is
 being extensively discussed in other  papers  at
 this Conference.  This paper is primarily  concerned
-with the water and solid waste areas.  Essentially
 all of the solid wastes, excluding bottom  ash, are
 generated as a result of air pollution control
 devices (e.g., mechanical ash collectors,  electro-
 static precipitators, baghouses, scrubbers)  to
;control emissions of fly ash and sulfur  dioxide.
 These solid wastes, in turn, present  their own
 potential water pollution problems once  they are
 removed from the control devices for  disposal.
             There are other potential water pollution  problems,
             such as coal pile drainage, boiler  cleaning wastes,
             chlorinated cooling system discharges,  and cooling
             tower blowdown.  In addition,  the cooling  systems
             present other potential environmental  problems
             such as damage to aquatic life through intake
             structures, consumption of large quantities of
             water (lost through evaporation), and  cooling
             tower emissions (plume drift,  fogging).

                  The environmental legislation  of  the  past
             several years provides the framework for regulation
             of these effluents and solid wastes.   However,
             characterization of these effluents and wastes,  and
             the development of technology  to minimize  their
             adverse environmental impacts  have,  in a number  of
             cases, required significant research and develop-
             ment efforts.  The need for these efforts  was the
             basis for the formulation of the program described
             herein.

                  The program for environmental  management of
             effluents and solid wastes from steam-electric
             generating plants, hereinafter referred to as the
             "Waste and Water Program," is  divided  into five
             areas:

                  (1)  Flue Gas Cleaning (FGC) Waste Disposal
                  (2)  FGC Waste Utilization
                  (3)  Water Recycle/Treatment/Reuse
                  (4)  Cooling Technology
                  (5)  Waste Heat Utilization

             Each of these program areas includes a number of
             projects; these are listed in  Table 1.   The dis-
             cussion which follows will address  results from
             the five program areas in the  order  listed above.
 TABLE 1.  PROJECTS IN THE WASTE AND WATER PROGRAM
             Project Title

 FGC WASTE DISPOSAL

      FGC Waste Characterization,
      Disposal Evaluation, and  Transfer
      of FGC Waste Disposal  Technology

      Lab and Field Evaluation  of  1st
      and 2nd Generation FGC Waste
      Treatment Processes

      Ash Characterization and  Disposal

      Studies of Attenuation of FGC
      Waste Leachate by Soils

      Establishment of Data  Base for FGC
      Waste Disposal Standards  Development
      Shawnee FGD Waste Disposal  Field
      Evaluation

      Louisville Gas and Electric Evaluation
      of FGD Waste Disposal Options
      Contractor/Agency
The Aerospace  Corporation
U.S. Army Corps  of  Engineers
Waterways Experiment  Station
Tennessee Valley Authority

U.S. Army Materiel  Command
Dugway Proving Ground

Stearns, Conrad and Schmidt
Consulting Engineers,  Inc.
(SCS Engineers)

Tennessee Valley Authority
The Aerospace Corporation

Louisville Gas & Electric Company
(Subcontractor:  Combustion  Engineering)
                                                                                                    (continued)
                                                                                                            137

-------
TABLE 1 (continued)
     FGD Waste Leachate-Liner Compatibility
     Studies

     Lime/Limestone Wet Scrubbing Waste
     Characterization

     Dewatering Principles and Equipment
     Design Studies

     Conceptual Design/Cost Study of
     Alternative Methods for Lime/Lime-
     stone Scrubbing Waste Disposal

     Evaluation of Alternative FGD Waste
     Disposal Sites
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
Waterways Experiment Station

Tennessee Valley Authority
Auburn University
Tennessee Valley Authority
Arthur D. Little, Inc.
FGC WASTE UTILIZATION

     Gypsum By-Product Marketing Studies

     Lime/Limestone Scrubbing Waste
     Conversion Pilot Studies

     Fertilizer Production Using
     Lime/Limestone Scrubbing Wastes

     Use of FGD Gypsum in Portland Cement
     Manufacture

     FGD Waste/Fly Ash Beneficiation
     Studies
Tennessee Valley Authority

Pullman-Kellogg


Tennessee Valley Authority


Babcock & Wilcox & others


TRW, Inc.
WATER RECYCLE/TREATMENT/REUSE

     Assess/Demonstrate Power Plant
     Reuse/Recycle

     Characterization of Effluents from
     Coal-Fired Power Plants (Waste and
     Water Only)

     Treatment of Power Plant Wastes with
     Membrane Technology

     Power Plant Cooling Tower Slowdown
     Recycle by Vertical Tube Evaporator
     with Interface Enhancement

     Treatment of Flue Gas Scrubber Waste
     Streams with Vapor Compression Cycle
     Evaporation
Radian Corporation
Tennessee Valley Authority
Tennessee Valley Authority
University of California-Berkeley
Resources Conservation Company
138

-------
TABLE 1  (continued)
             Project  Title

COOLING TECHNOLOGY

     Optimizing Design Specifications
     for Large Dry Cooling Systems

     Feasibility Study for a Direct,
     Air-Cooled Condensation System

     Dry Cooling Tower Demonstration
     and Performance  Study

     Wet/Dry Cooling  Tower Study

     Demonstrate Wet/Dry Cooling
     Tower Technology

     Wet/Dry Cooling  Tower Test
     Module Program

     Economic Assessment of Backfitting
     Power Plants with Closed Cycle
     Cooling Systems

     Mechanisms to Reduce Intake Structure
     Effects at Power Plants

     Alternatives to  Chlorination for
     Control of Condenser Tube Biofouling

     Bromine Chloride - An Alternative to
     Chlorine for Fouling Control in Con-
     denser Cooling Systems
     Contractor/Agency



PFR Engineering Systems, Inc.


R.W. Beck and Associates


Town of Braintree, Massachusetts


United Engineers & Constructors,  Inc.

Tennessee Valley Authority


Southern California Edison  Company


University of Iowa



Tennessee Valley Authority


Monsanto Research Corporation


Martin Marietta Corporation
 WASTE HEAT UTILIZATION

     Beneficial Uses of Warm Water from
     Condensers of Electric Generating
     Plants

     Soil Heating to Extend Crop
     Growing Season

     Optimization of Biological Recycling
     of Nutrients in Livestock Wastes
     for Utilizing Waste Heat

     Horticulture Economic Quality
     Control Study

     Potential Beneficial Use of Indus-
     trial Waste Heat for Greenhouse
     Production of Bedding Plants, Cut
     Flowers,  and Foliage Plants
Northern States Power Company
Tennessee Valley Authority
Tennessee Valley Authority
Vermont Yankee Nuclear
Power Corporation

Fort Valley State College
                                                                                                           139

-------
TECHNICAL DISCUSSION

FGC Waste Disposal

     Coal-burning power plants  in  the  U.S.  produce
large quantities of wastes  that  accumulate  in ash-
collection devices or flue  gas  desulfurization
(FGD) systems.  Since coal  use  is  being  encouraged
and since FGD systems are often  necessary to
reduce sulfur oxide emissions,  the rate  of  ash and
FGD sludge production is expected  to grow rapidly.
Most of the U.S. utility installations of nonre-
generable  (e.g., lime/limestone) scrubbing  systems
have used disposal methods  similar to  those for
ash disposal; i.e., ponding and  landfill.   Two
major environmental considerations are inherent in
disposal of FGD sludge:  (1)  the water pollution
potential of soluble materials,  and (2)  the land
degradation potential of physically unstable
wastes.

     FGD sludge chemical characteristics, to  a
large degree, have been quantified.  Sludge li-
quors exceed drinking water standards  for total
dissolved solids  (TDS), with high  concentrations
of calcium, sulfate, and chloride  (and in some
cases, magnesium and sodium).   In  addition, exces-
sive concentrations of several  trace metals have
been noted.  The chemical composition  of FGD
sludge solids consists of calcium  sulfite hemihy-
drate, calcium sulfate dihydrate (gypsum) and/or
hemihydrate, and calcium carbonate, plus any  fly
ash collected in the scrubber.   The percentage of
each solid constituent is primarily a  function of
the alkaline additive  (e.g.,  lime,  limestone), the
percent sulfur in the coal,  and  the manner  in
which the scrubber system is operated  (e.g.,
whether forced oxidation is applied, whether  fly
ash is collected separately).   Although  the fly
ash hac been shown to be a  major contributor  of
trace elements to the sludge solids and  liquor,
separate collection of fly  ash  does not  neces-
sarily mean that concentrations  of all these
elements in the sludge liquor will be  insignifi-
cant. 1

     The physical properties of  FGD sludge  vary
considerably from system to system; chemical
composition is related to,  but  does not  adequately
define, the size and type of the sludge  solid
crystals.  For example, in  comparing the lime and
limestone scrubber solids from  the EPA/TVA  Shawnee
test facility, the limestone scrubber  solids  were
found to be primarily individual platelets  or
"rosette11 aggregates, while the  lime scrubber
solids were primarily spherical  aggregates  with
somewhat better settling and dewatering  properties.

     The relationship between scrubber operating
parameters and the characteristics of  the calcium
sulfite crystals has not yet been  adequately
defined.  Hopefully, a procedure will  be developed
to obtain consistent, easily dewatered sulfite
solids.  An alternative approach would be to  use
forced oxidation to produce only gypsum  crystals,
which are normally much larger  than calcium sul-
fite crystals.  A complementary  approach is to
improve the performance of  dewatering  equipment.
Separation of the clarification and thickening
steps  can  result in improved performance of gra-
vity settlers,  with a substantial reduction in the
equipment  size.

     Many  FGD sludges tend to liquefy easily, even
after  substantial dewatering.  Several approaches
to  improving  physical stability continue to be
studied, including stabilization using underdrain-
age and  compaction,  production of gypsum, and
chemical treatment ("fixation") for landfill.
Chemical treatment of FGD sludge has been shown to
result in  significant structural improvement, a
50-75  percent reduction in major solubles (e.g.,
chloride)  in  the leachate and an order of magni-
tude (or more)  reduction in permeability.  Further
testing  of these disposal methods, including
revegetation  (reclamation) of disposal sites, is
planned.

     The costs  of FGD sludge disposal vary con-
siderably,  depending on the disposal system design,
and site-specific factors such as labor costs or
the cost of a pond liner (if one is installed),
Preliminary cost estimates for a typical high-
sulfur coal-burning plant are about $4-$9 per
metric ton (dry basis, including ash) for ponding,
and about  $8-$12.50 per metric ton (same basis)
for chemical  treatment and landfill. 2  The ponding
costs  do not  include reclamation costs.   More
detailed economics for these disposal methods are
being  defined.

     Coal-mine  disposal of FGD sludge has greatly
interested engineers in the flue gas desulfuriza-
tion industry for many years, because of estab-
lished means  of transportation between the coal
mine and the  power plant, and the need for material
to  fill  the void left by mining of the coal. In
addition,  many plants may not have sufficient land
area for on-site disposal.  Recent technical/eco-
nomic  assessments indicate that active Midwestern
surface  mines and Eastern/Midwestern room-and-
pillar underground mines are the most promising
candidates for this disposal approach.3  Field
tests  of this approach are required to bring it
to  commercialization.

     Ocean disposal of FGD sludge is also being
assessed because many plants in the Northeast may
have difficulty switching to coal for lack of
disposal sites; however, many of these plants do
have access to the ocean.  It was also recognized
that the major soluble chemical constituents in
FGD sludge are found in relatively high concentra-
tions  in seawater.  Further environmental/economic
studies  of this option are needed to establish  its
viability.
     Currently  there  are no Federal regulations
which specifically  address the disposal of FGD
sludge.  However, the Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act  (RCRA) of 1976 calls for the eventual
Federal regulation  of disposal of hazardous solid
wastes and the  issuance of guidelines (to be used
by the states)  for  disposal of non-hazardous solid
wastes.  The  RCRA specifically identifies solid
wastes and sludges, including those generated by
air pollution control devices, as being covered by
140

-------
  the Act.   Although  no  official designation (hazard-
  ous or non-hazardous)  has  been placed on FGD
  sludges,  it  is  currently assumed that they will be
  considered non-hazardous,  with disposal guidelines
  to be issued in the next 2-3 years.   Technical
  support for  this effort  is underway.

      Studies of the characteristics  of coal ash
  and the effects of  coal  ash disposal  have been
  underway and are continuing.   Although these
  efforts are  not as  extensive as those for FGD
  sludge, they are no less significant  because of
  the increasing  generation  of coal ash.  A report
  has been issued which  summarizes and  evaluates
  .existing data on the characteristics  of coal ash
 from studies  made  by  TVA and others.
 FGC Waste Utilization
                                     4
      Although extensive  utilization of coal ash
 and FGD sludge is  practiced  elsewhere^,  less than
 20 percent of the  coal ash produced in the United
 States is currently  used^, and  there have been no
 full-scale commitments by American utilities to
 produce FGD gypsum for sale.  This situation may
 change as the utilization of  coal  for electric
 power expands and  an energy  and resource conserva-
 tion ethic begins  to take shape.   The utilization
 of coal ash is being promoted by many commercial
 organizations, spearheaded by the  National Ash
 Association,  which was formed in the late 1960's.
 The utilization of FGD sludge is expected to
 progress more slowly because  of the need to demon-
 strate commercial  viability,  but this need should
 be filled in  the near future.

      A preliminary study conducted by TVA in early
 1974 indicated the possibility  that production of
 FGD gypsum might offer a substantial economic
 advantage over FGD sludge disposal.   The produc-
 tion of FGD gypsum is practiced extensively in
 Japan;  in 1975,  over 1 million  metric tons of
 gypsum was produced,  primarily  for use in wallboard
 and portland  cement.6 However,  prior to the use
 of FGD in Japan, gypsum  was imported at  consider-
 able expense;  therefore, there  was a substantial
 market opportunity.   The lack of disposal sites
 for FGD sludge was another major incentive.

      To determine  the marketability of FGD gypsum
• in the United  States, a  thorough economic evalua-
 tion of gypsum-producing FGD  systems and detailed
'• marketing studies were undertaken.   Indications
 are that processes less  complex than the majority
 of those used  in Japan will be  necessary for a
 profitable  situation  to  occur.

      The use  of FGD  sludge as a  filler material
 and source  of  sulfur  for fertilizer  is another
 potential utilization scheme.   Further development
 of the  fertilizer production process is  needed to
 establish its viability,  as are plant  toxicity
 studies.

      Conversion of FGD sludge to elemental  sulfur
 with  recovery of calcium carbonate  for recycle to
 the scrubber has been studied on a pilot  level by
 Pullman-Kellogg and Ontario Hydro.
 Water Recycle/Treatment/Reuse

      Minimization of water consumption  and  dis-
 charges in the electric utility industry are  the
 current regulatory trend.  The ultimate goal  is
 "zero discharge".  Complete recycle and reuse
 with side-stream treatment is the only way  to
 achieve zero discharge.  However, in some cases,
 particularly those involving existing plants,
 total elimination of discharges is not  feasible,
 so treatment prior to discharge is required for
 some plant streams.  Nevertheless, in almost  all
 cases, significant improvements in water utiliza-
 tion can be made, often without major expense.

      The major limitation in the recycle and  reuse
 of major plant streams (e.g., cooling tower blow-
 down, ash sluice water) is the buildup of dis-
 solved salts.   Chemical treatment to precipitate
 compounds (e.g.,  calcium sulfate) can increase the
 number of cycles in the major systems,  but  even-
 tually the more soluble salts build up and  have to
 be purged.  Treatment of the purge streams  requires
 more expensive techniques such as evaporative or
 membrane processes.   Improvement of the perfor-
 mance of these techniques is needed to lower  the
 costs of "zero discharge."  Although more energy-
 intensive, the evaporative processes seem to be
 the most widely applicable.

      Waste streams which may require treatment
 prior to discharge include boiler cleaning wastes
 and coal pile  drainage.  Metals  in these wastes are
 of particular  concern.   Membrane processes appear
 to be promising for treatment of alkaline boiler
 cleaning wastes.   Routing coal pile drainage into
 alkaline ash ponds appears feasible for control of
 metals in the  acidic drainage.   At plants where
 ash is collected  dry,  treatment  of the  drainage
 (e.g.,  with lime),  would be  necessary.   Treatment
 methods for toxic effluents  not  currently covered
 by the effluent guidelines have  not yet been
 specified by EPA.

 Cooling Technology

      The technological  basis  for  no thermal  dis-
 charges to natural receiving  waters is  the closed
 cycle evaporative system;  e.g.,  wet cooling
 tower,  cooling pond  or  lake,  and  spray  cooling
 system.   In water-scarce areas or  locations  where
 water acquisition and  treatment  costs are  high,  a
 dry cooling system may  be advantageous  for  a power
 plant.   A hybrid  cooling system,  consisting  of
 both wet and dry  components,  may  offer  economic
advantages  over a dry system while meeting water
supply  constraints.  However, experience with  both
dry and wet/dry cooling systems for power plants
in  the U.S.  is lacking.  Although dry cooling
systems  for  plants rated at 200 MWe or  less  are
operative abroad, two 20 MWe units  (at Wyodak,
Wyoming, and Braintree, Massachusetts) represent
dry cooling  system applications in  the U.S.  A
330 MWe  unit at Wyodak, which is scheduled for
commercial  operation in 1978, will also  use  dry
cooling.  The first wet/dry cooling system  (for  a
500 MWe unit at Fruitland, New Mexico)  is expected
to save  60 percent of the water that would be
                                                                                                           141

-------
needed by an all-wet cooling  tower when  it
becomes operational in  1979.

     When compared to the  once-through cooling
system, all evaporative systems  consume  more  water
and are generally less  efficient because of higher
turbine exhaust pressures.  These factors lead  to
higher total annual costs  for  evaporative systems.
The large evaporation rates of water, since about
80 percent of  the total cooling  is effected by
evaporation, can also lead to  potential  fogging,
deposition of  liquid droplets  at undesired loca-
tions, and disposal problems  for concentrated
cooling tower  blowdown.

     A dry cooling tower may  cost up  to  an order
of magnitude more and operates with larger energy
and capacity penalties  than a wet tower.  The
greater cost and reduced performance  are related
to a significant difference in operating principle.
The performance and size of a dry tower  depend  on
the ambient dry bulb temperature, which  is never
less than and  infrequently equals the wet bulb
temperature, and involves  only sensible  heat
transfer; the  wet bulb  temperature and eva-
porative heat  transfer  characterize wet  tower
operation.  A  dry tower is thus  larger than a wet
tower, for a given heating load, but  consumes no
cooling water  except for the  make-up  required to
replace small  losses, such as  those through pump
seals.

     Important considerations in power plant
siting and closed cycle cooling  system selection
are consumptive water use, vapor plume emissions,
and cost.  Optimizations based on lowest total
annual cost are often the  criteria for selecting
cooling systems.  Using these evaluation factors,
dry cooling systems minimize  water consumption  and
permit minimum siting constraints but are usually
several times  more expensive  than wet cooling
systems.  Wet/dry cooling  systems are intermediate
to separate wet and dry cooling  systems  in both
cost and water consumption and are suitable for
operation in many water-limited  regions.  They  can
also offer significantly lower cost than dry
systems while  providing effective means  to mini-
mize fogging and drift.

     Adverse environmental impacts, such as damage
or destruction of benthic, planktonic, and nek-
tonic organisms, may be related  to intakes of
cooling systems.  Current  guidelines  for intake
structures recognize the best technology to be
dependent on site-specific factors which  require
case by case decisions  .   Thus,  the intake volume
of water, number and types of  organisms  entrained
or entrapped,  intake geometry, thermal character-
istics, chemicals added to water for  biological
control and other factors  are  pertinent  to assess-
ing environmental impacts  of  an  intake and the
related flow system.  Although numerous  intake
concepts have  been tested, most  have  had limited
applicability  to power  plant  intakes  and were
designed primarily to reduce  fish losses.

     Most power plants  in  the U.S. use chlorine
for the control of biological fouling in their
cooling systems, especially in the condenser  tubes
for both open  and  closed cycle cooling.  The use
of chlorine  is believed to have toxic effects on
aquatic organisms  in  receiving waters , and free
chlorine is  said to react with some organic com-
pounds to form carcinogens,  which are of great
concern if they enter public drinking water sources '
EPA has established allowable concentrations of
free chlorine  in new  plant effluents, and some
states have  established their own limits on chlorine
discharge while others have  none.   Alternatives to
current chlorination  practices,  such as use of
other chemicals, physical/chemical treatment, and
mechanical cleaning,  exist but are less economical,'

Waste Heat Utilization

     The beneficial use of rejected heat from a
power plant  cooling system can (1) reduce air and
water pollution, (2)  conserve energy through fuel
conservation,  (3)  reduce the cost of pollution
control equipment,  (4)  provide additional revenue
from the sale  of this form of energy, and (5) ellu-
inate the adverse  environmental  and economic
impacts associated with the  fuel required if
waste, or rejected, heat was not used beneficially.

     Since the discharge temperature' of  power
plant condenser cooling water is low (about  5 to
20°C above intake water temperature), the corres-
ponding heat is of low quality,  and its  applica-
tion has usually been for agricultural (green-
house) and aquacultural purposes.   Greenhouse
applications,  involving high value crops such as
selected flowers and  vegetables,  appear  to be the
most economical uses  of waste heat.   Aquacultural
applications,  unless  the waste heat is supplied to
other than natural receiving waters, do  not  reduce
thermal pollution  as  do agricultural uses:
the waste heat  primarily regulates water tempera-
ture to promote more  rapid growth of the fish or
shellfish of interest.

PROGRAM DISCUSSION

FGC Waste Disposal

     This portion  of  the Waste and Water Program
is designed  to evaluate,  develop,  demonstrate, and
recommend environmentally acceptable, cost-effec-
tive techniques for disposal of  FGC wastes,  with
emphasis on  flue gas  desulfurization (FGD)  sludge.
This program area  includes twelve projects,  four
of which are being conducted by  TVA under an
Interagency Agreement with EPA (see Table 1).
Contracted efforts in this area  were initiated in
late 1972.

     Results in this  program area have been sub-
stantial.  Chemical characterization of  FGD sludge
has shown the  need for  protection of drinking
water supplies  from intrusion by sludge  leachates;
physical characterization has shown the  need for
stabilization  to reclaim the disposal site.
Chemical treatment appears to offer the best
overall approach for  fulfilling  these needs, but a
variety of approaches will probably be applied,
depending on the nature of the sludge and the
disposal site.  Costs of disposal are a major
factor in determining the approach, and they
142

-------
 represent a major part (up to 20 percent) of the
 Capital and operating costs of an FGD system.
 These costs can be drastically reduced by improved
 'absorbent (e.g.,  limestone) utilization, controlled
 solids quality, and by improved sludge dewatering
 equipment.  All of these improvements have been
 shown to be feasible and are currently making
 their way into the process supply market.  How-
 ever, further development/refinement of these
 "techniques is continuing; their full commercial
 ;use is expected in the next 2-3 years.

     Because of the substantial land requirements
 for on-site disposal of ash and FGD sludge, there
 is much electric utility interest in off-site
 disposal, particularly disposal in coal mines.
 "Assessments of this alternative have shown area
 •surface mines to be most attractive.  One utility
 .plans to begin disposal of FGD sludge and ash in a
-surface mine this summer.  Plans under the Waste
.and Water Program are to conduct a 2-year moni-
toring/assessment effort at this utility site.
.-.Successful demonstration of this disposal approach
 could make conversion to coal quite feasible even
:_in areas where land for disposal is limited.

     Field tests of various FGD sludge disposal
 options, including ponding of untreated sludge,
 physical stabilization using underdrainage, and
 landfill of chemically treated sludge, continue.
 .Revegetation of FGD sludge disposal sites is also
 under study.  Detailed economics of several dis-
 posal options are being defined; the initial phase
 of this effort, which includes ponding and chemi-
 cal treatment/landfill, has recently been com-
. pleted.  The next phase will probably include on-
 site gypsum disposal and disposal of FGD sludge in
 coal mines.

     Guidelines for disposal of FGD sludge and
 coal ash are expected to be issued within the
 next 2-3 years.  An effort has been underway since
 mid-1975 to prepare a preliminary technical sup-
 port document which could be potentially useful in
 setting FGD waste disposal guidelines.  A draft of
 the document is currently under review and is
 expected to be issued in mid-1977.
area  consists  of  five projects,  two of which are
being conducted by TVA (see Table 1).

      Since FGD sludge is  a  relatively  new by-
product, utilization  in  the United States is not
yet a commercial  reality.   However,  conversion of
FGD sludge to  gypsum  (or  direct  production of
gypsum) for use in wallboard and portland cement
manufacture is practiced  extensively in Japan.
Although the Japanese experience has primarily
been  with oil, gypsum-producing  FGD  experience
with  coal is increasing  in  Japan and the United
States.  Studies  under this program  and the FGD
program show FGD  gypsum  production to  offer major
operational, economic, and  in some cases environ-
mental advantages.

      Tools for the development of market strate-
gies  have been developed.   Studies currently
underway include  a thorough economic evaluation of
several gypsum-producing  FGD processes--!.e.,
limestone/gypsum,  Chiyoda (H SO./gypsum), and
Dowa  (aluminum-based  double alkali/gypsum)—and a
detailed li.S marketing study of  FGD  gypsum for
wallboard.  A  report  on  this study is  expected in
mid-1977.  Wallboard  production  using  FGD gypsum
from  a Southeastern utility has  been successfully
demonstrated.  Feasibility  demonstration of FGD
gypsum use in  portland cement manufacture in
cooperation with  trade associations  is planned.

      Development  of FGD  sludge utilization in
fertilizer is  continuing  at the  pilot  level.
Spreading the  material over a relatively large
land  area in this manner  would not only alleviate
the disposal problem,  but would  also minimize the
potential localized environmental impact of a
highly concentrated waste;  i.e.,  the leachate's
chemical constituents would be highly  diluted by
rainfall and interaction  with the soil.

      Current plans call  for pilot scale develop-
ment  of a sulfur-producing  limestone scrubbing
system which uses coal as the reductant.  The
process also regenerates  the calcium carbonate for
recycle to the scrubber.  This effort  should be
underway by mid-1977.
     Studies of ocean disposal of FGD sludge have
 identified several potential environmental prob-
 lems.  It appears that these problems could be
 alleviated by either chemical treatment to a
 "brick-like" form (possibly creating an artificial
 reef) or oxidation to gypsum (followed by a widely
 dispersed disposal operation).   The costs of these
 approaches are being defined and are expected to
 be somewhat higher than for chemical treatment/land-
 fill near the plant.  Pilot disposal simulation
 studies are underway to define the environmental
 effects of both untreated and treated FGD sludge
 disposal in the ocean.

 FGC Waste Utilization

     This portion of the Waste and Water Program
 is designed to evaluate, develop, and demonstrate
 cost-effective techniques for utilization of FGC
 wastes, with emphasis on FGD sludge.  This program
     The use of coal ash, particularly  in  the
construction industry,  is practiced worldwide;
however, a considerably  greater  amount  could be
used in the United States than is  currently con-
sumed.  Coal ash is also a  potential  source of
metals, particularly iron and aluminum.  However,
studies under this program  show  that  coal  ash
still does not appear to be competitive  with
bauxite as a source of  aluminum,  even though the
price of alumina has more than doubled  in  the last
few years.

Water Recycle/Treatment/Reuse

     This portion of the Waste and Water Program
is designed to evaluate, develop,  and demonstrate
cost-effective techniques for minimizing water
consumption and discharges  through recycle/reuse
as xjell as techniques for treatment of  in-plant
streams for reuse or discharge within effluent
                                                                                                          143

-------
guidelines.  This program area consists  of  five
projects, two of which are being conducted  by TVA
(see Table 1).  Demonstration of the technology  to
achieve zero discharge would be a significant step
toward meeting current and future effluent  guide-
lines .  The waste and water program has  undertaken
a variety of activities toward that goal.   The
design tools to provide for broad-scale  applica-
tion of the technology necessary for minimization
or elimination of effluents will ultimately be
provided by this program.

     Five power plants have been studied to exam-
ine the alternatives for minimizing water use (and
discharges) in the major plant systems;  e.g.,
cooling towers, ash sluice systems, and  wet
scrubbers.  Results have shown that much more
efficient water use can be obtained, in  many cases
without significant expense.  Evaluation of system
designs are being completed; planning for large-
scale demonstration of water recycle/treatment/re-
use at a utility is in the final stage

     Several water treatment systems are being
examined to address the problem of dissolved
salts in recycle streams, including vapor-com-
pression cycle evaporation, vertical tube evapora-
tion with interface enhancement (for better heat
transfer), and reverse osmosis (RO) .  Results, so
far, show evaporation systems to be more gener-
ally applicable to major streams.

     Treatment of other streams to meet  effluent
guidelines is also underway.  Hollow-fiber  reverse-
osmosis membranes appear promising in the treat-
ment of alkaline boiler cleaning wastes, a  minor
(in terms of volume), but not insignificant, waste
stream.  Ultrafiltration membrane processess are
being tested for oil removal from waste  streams.
In addition, coal pile drainage is being character-
ized at two plants to correlate drainage with
rainfall and determine treatment requirements.
Sampling frequency requirements are being defined
for ash pond overlow at two plants; so far,
quarterly sampling appears adequate for most
chemical parameters.  Finally, an assessment of
technology for control of toxic effluents,   includ-
ing technology from other industries,  is currently
underway.


Cooling Technology

     Cooling technology projects concern studies
of cooling system economics and advanced heat
rejection techniques, development of control
technology for the treatment and reuse of cooling
effluent streams, and demonstration of new  cooling
technology.  A brief summary of projects under
this aspect of thermal pollution control follows.

     Several studies of dry cooling systems have
been or are being supported by EPA.  One study
involved optimizing the design of large  dry cool-
ing systems.^  Computer program variables included:
heat exchanger design parameters (tube length,
bundle width, number of tubes and passes),  turbine
type (conventional or modified back pressure),
type of condenser (jet or surface), climatic
factors (ambient dry bulb temperature and its
duration),  temperature differences  (initial
temperature difference in the dry tower, cooling
water  range,  terminal temperature difference in
the  condenser),  and cost factors (auxiliary fan
power,  cooling  system capital, penalty and operat-
ing  costs,  fixed charge rate).  The analysis
showed  that there are many combinations of design
variables which result in the. same total annual
cooling  system  cost.   Consequently, the cost,
being  a  function of six variables,  cannot be
simply  illustrated on a two-dimensional plot as
has  often been  done,  and no single point repre-
senting  the absolute  minimum cost exists because
of compensating effects among the variables.
Thus,  no single variable dominates  the cost,  and
fixing  some design variables at constant values
can  produce non-optimum results.   Plant site,
turbine  and condenser types, and tube configura-
tion and length can also significantly affect
total  annual  cost.

     Another  dry cooling study with EPA support
is a demonstration of a 20 MWe system which  is
part of  an  85 MWe combined cycle plant.   After a
favorable feasibility study for the projectlO,
a 4-year test program was developed.  Specific
objectives  of this dry cooling system demonstra-
tion are to monitor and evaluate:   (1)  steam flow
and  temperature  in the dry tower  to better define
optimum  design  characteristics, (2) the meteorolo-
gical  effects from the plant and  the meteorological
impacts  on  plant operation and performance,
(3)  noise generation  and its control,  (4)  air
quality  factors  related to plant  operation,  and
(5)  economic  effects  of the design  and  operational
factors.  Data  collection is expected to begin in
July 1977,  and  a final report on the project is
slated for  early 1980.
     A project for evaluting  the  technical and
economic feasibility of wet/dry cooling  towers
for water conservation and vapor  plume abatement
has been completed, and the final report is being
prepared.  Cost optimization  studies  for 1000 MWe
fossil-fueled power plants at 10  sites were
made.  Six sites  (five mine-mouth sites  in the
semi-arid but coal-rich Western U.S.  and one in
New York State which will require coal  shipments)
were evaluated for water  conservation while four
urban sites  (Charlotte, Cleveland, Newark and
Seattle) were used in  the plume abatement analy-
ses.  Site-specific  information included eleva-
tion, make-up, water quality, ambient wet and dry
bulb temperature, and  other pertinent meteorolo-
gical data.  Using the total  evaluated  cost of
the cooling  system  (defined as the sum  of capital
and penalty  costs)   and optimized separate state-
of-the-art wet and dry towers as  reference systems,
costs as a function  of water  consumption, or the
make-up required, for  the wet/dry system were
related to the percentage of  water required by
the separate all-wet system.   For the sites
studied the  wet/dry  system met water consumption
constraints  at costs slightly above the all-
wet system and significantly  below those for  the
all-dry system.   Wet/dry  systems  which save as
much as 98%  of the make-up required by an all-
wet tower can still  have  an  economic advantage
over an all-dry  system, but where water is avail"
144

-------
 able the all-wet cooling tower will be the  eco-
 nomic choice  in most cases.

      Low profile wet cooling towers can signifi-
 cantly reduce ground fogging by employing
 more cells  to reduce the liquid concentration in
 the plume.  This change can be made without a
 significant increase in total evaluated cost for
 the wet cooling tower.  Wet/dry towers were used
 to meet restrictive site conditions or fogging
 limitations at a cost of 2 to 3 percent more than
 for all-wet systems at the sites studied.

      A joint  EPA/TVA project also involves wet/dry
 cooling.  This program recently resumed after a
 decision by the Government Accounting Office
 approved the  acquisition of the tower which is
 located on  non-government-owned land.  This study
 concerns a  wet/dry system that can operate  in a
 series or parallel air flow arrangement.  Thermal
 performance,  wet/dry plume characteristics, and
 noise characteristics will be evaluated in  this
 Interagency Energy project.  The test data will
 be used to  verify and revise the cooling  tower
 design, the tower performance computer model, the
 computer model for predicting visible vapor plume
 behavior, and the computer model for estimating
 noise levels  associated with both the wet and dry
 tower operation.

      Since  experimental data on wet/dry cooling
 are lacking,  EPA has joined with nine other spon-
 sors to field test a wet/dry cooling tower at a
 power plant in California.  Using a tower designed
 and now being erected by a cooling tower manufac-
 turer, the  testing will provide data on water con-
 servation and plume characteristics as well as a
 test of the tower design and operation.

      The effluent guidelines for the steam electric
 generating  industry-'-!, which were published in
 October 1974  and remanded by an appeals court in
: July 1976,  required closed cycle cooling systems
; for power plants according to their age and size.
j An economic assessment of backfitting closed
 cycle cooling systems^ to affected plants  (com-
 pleted in March 1976) considered both mechanical
 and natural draft wet cooling towers, cooling
 ponds, and  spray canals.  Results of the study
 revealed that the total cost of backf itting
 depended mainly on the capital cost of the cool-
 ing system; but the capital cost of replacing lost
 capacity, operating cost of peaking plants, and
 added fuel  costs stemming from the use of closed
 cycle in lieu of once-through cooling were also
 significant costs.  The mechanical draft tower
 was the least expensive backfitted cooling system
 for the sites considered; however, great care in
 assessing the costs cited and the fixed charge
 rate for each application was suggested by a
 sensitivity analysis of the total cost.

      An extensive review of intake structures^
 was made in another EPA/TVA project under an
 Interagency Energy Agreement.  This state-of-the-
 art evaluation of mechanisms and intake designs
 concerned intake configurations, behavioral
 barriers to fish, screening devices, and fish
 removal systems.  Evaluations of available intake
technologies were  summarized,  results of recent
tests and  studies  were  presented,  and recommenda-
tions for  tests  needed  to  demonstrate a fish
protection mechanism  at a  given site were made.
In a related effort under  the  Agreement, TVA is
designing  a dual flow,  vertically  traveling
intake  screen with the  objective of  reducing fish
impingement and  entrapment.

     Alternatives  to  chlorination  for control of
biological fouling in condenser tubes were assessed
in a recent report.8  The  results  of this study
indicated  that:   (1)  mechanical cleaning systems
are relatively expensive,  difficult  to retrofit
in some instances  and may  also be  inadequate
without some chlorination;  (2) ozonation is
unproven for power plant water treatment and is
high in both capital  and operating costs; (3) de-
chlorination with  sulfur dioxide requires an
additional chemical feed system and  possible
deoxygenation of receiving waters;  (A) bromine
chloride may be  a  viable alternative to chlorine
but further study  of  its use is needed;  (5) cur-
rently  available techniques permit attaining
newly established  free  chlorine limits in new
plant effluents; and  (6) several methods for
biofouling control which use chlorine are more
efficient  and cause fewer  problems than contin-
uous chlorination.  In  a follow-up study, bromine
chloride is being  evaluated as it  appears to have
fewer adverse environmental effects  although it
is more costly than chlorine.

Waste Heat Utilization

     Current waste heat utilization  projects
being supported  by IERL-RTP are mainly concerned
with greenhouse applications,  although promising
residential/industrial  (such as  cogeneration)  and
aquacultural uses of waste heat  are  also of in-
terest.   The greenhouse  applications  have focused
on flower, vegetable,  and tree  seedling  production
when heating was supplied by soil  and air warming
or air warming alone.

     In a  greenhouse  demonstration,  partially
funded  by  EPA, warm water  from the condenser
cooling loop provides both soil and  air heating
for a 0.2  hectare  greenhouse.11* The warm water
system,  using water generally  at 29.5°C,
supplied all the greenhouse heating  while main-
taining suitable greenhouse temperatures for the
production of roses,  snapdragons,  tree seedlings,
tomatoes,  and lettuce during Minnesota's coldest
winter  in  100 years.  Warm water heating costs
were estimated to  save  $25,362/hectare year over
fuel oil in the  Minneapolis area.  With the technical
and economic feasibility of using  power plant
waste heat for greenhouse  heating  having been
demonstrated, commercialized greenhouses with
warm water heating at this site appear likely
within  the next  few years. Serious  discussions
between interested commercial  growers and Northern
States  Power Company  have  indicated  that present
plant capabilities can  support about 5.7 hectares
of greenhouses and stimulated  some consideration
to supporting 40.5 hectares of greenhouses after
the initial development.

     A cooperative effort between  EPA and TVA has
                                                                                                           145

-------
involved both agricultural and aquacultural uses
of waste heat.  The agricultural application
concerned soil warming studies in a program aimed
at extending the crop growing season.  Prelimi-
nary results have permitted selection of warm
water piping material and spacing arrangement.
Crop growth data will be obtained in follow-up
studies.  The aquacultural application studied
the feasibility of using waste heat for optimizing
the recycling of nutrients from swine manure
for the production of algae.  The algae were  then
fed to amur fish which were in turn used for
livestock feed supplements.  This study is con-
tinuing.

     Warm water at 18-22°C from the cooling system
of a New England nuclear plant will also be used
for greenhouse heating.  Scheduled for completion
in late 1977, this application will determine the
feasibility of using relatively low temperature
warm water for commercial horticulture.

     Another project, a  2-year one to be com-
pleted  in 1978, uses warm water for both soil and
air heating at a Southeastern site.  This green-
house use of waste heat  will be evaluated as  a
means of enhancing the growth of bedding and
foliage plants and selected flowers.

 CONCLUSIONS

      The Waste and Water Program is  designed to
 characterize  effluents  and solid  wastes  from power
 plants  and  to develop technology to  minimize the
 potential adverse  environmental impacts  of  these
 effluents and wastes.   The program has achieved
 significant  results  in  a number of areas.

      Flue gas cleaning  (FGC)  wastes  have been
 characterized physically and  chemically;  a  variety
 of disposal  options  have been identified.   Dis-
 posal of these wastes in coal mines  is economically
 attractive  and,  therefore,  is being  investigated
 through lab  and  field tests.   Methods  for  achiev-
 ing  major cost  reductions  in  FGC  waste disposal
 have also  been identified  and are making their  way
 into the process  supply  market.   These include
 oxidation to  gypsum  and  improved  dewatering  equip-
 ment .

      Production  of saleable FGD gypsum is  tech-
 nically and  economically feasible,  given a  proper
 match of power plant and manufacturing plant (e.g.,
 for  wallboard,  cement).  Domestic markets  cur-
 rently  need better definition.   The  use  of  coal
 ash  is  current  commercial  practice although  much
 greater utilization  is  feasible.

      Overall  power plant water recycle/reuse
 studies have  shown that  much  more efficient  water
 use  can be  obtained, in many  cases without  signi-
 ficant  expense.  Treatment systems to  maximize
 water reuse  are  being evaluated in EPA and  private-
 ly funded  studies  and the  improved evaporative systems
 appear  promising.   Studies of effluent treatment
 prior to discharge are  also underway.

      The  cooling system  studies have shown  that:

      1.  various combinations  of  dry cooling
system variables  can produce the same total annual
cooling system  cost  and  no single combination of
design variables  represents the absolute minimum
because of compensating  effects among the vari-
ables,

     2.  wet/dry  cooling towers can operate with
water savings up  to  98%  of the make-up required
by an all-wet tower  and  still have an economic
edge over an all-dry system,

     3.  wet/dry  cooling towers may be operated
to effectively  limit ground fogging and to reduce
plume emissions,  and

     4.  alternatives to chlorination for bio-
fouling control in power plant cooling systems
while effective are  generally more costly.

     Waste heat is effective for greenhouse soil
and air heating.  The technical and economic
feasibility of  using warm condenser cooling water
from a power plant for soil and air heating in a
Minnesota greenhouse to  produce high-value vege-
tables and flowers has been demonstrated.  Commer-
cial greenhouses  heated  by power plant waste heat
at this site are  likely  within the next year or so,

REFERENCES

1.   Leo, P.P.  and J. Rossoff, Control of Waste
     and Water  Pollution from Power Plant Flue Gas
     Cleaning Systems:  Second Annual R and D
     Report.   (To be published for EPA).

2.   Rossoff, J.  et  al., Disposal of By-Products
     from Nonregenerable Flue Gas Desulfurization
     Systems:   Second Progress Report, EPA-600/7-
     77-052, May  1977.  (In press).

3.   Jones, J.W. , "Disposal of Flue Gas Cleaning
     Wastes," CHEMICAL ENGINEERING, Vol. 84, No.
     4, pp. 79-85, February 14, 1977.

4.   Ray, S.S.  and F.G.  Parker, Characterization
     of Ash from  Coal-Fired Power Plants,  EPA-600/
     7-77-010  (NTIS  No.  PB 265374/AS or TVA No.
     PRS-18), January 1977.

5.   Faber, J.H., "U.S.  Overview of Ash Production
     and Utilization," in Proceedings:  Fourth
     Annual Ash Utilization Symposium, St. Louis,
     MO, MERC/SP-76/4, pp. 5-13.

6.   Ando, J.,  "Status of Flue Gas Desulfurization
     and Simultaneous Removal of SO. and NO  in
     Japan," in Proceedings:  Symposium on Flue Gas
     Desulfurization, New Orleans, March 1976,
     Volume I,  EPA-600/2-76-136a (NTIS No. PB  255-
     317/AS), May 1976,  pp. 53-78.

7.   Development  Document for Best Technology
     Available  for the Location, Design, Construc-
     tion, and  Capability of Cooling Water Intake
     Structures for  Minimizing Adverse Environ-
     mental Impact,  EPA-440/l-76/015-a, April
     1976.

8.   Yu, H.H.S.,  G.A. Richardson, and W.H. Hedley,
146

-------
    Alternatives to Chlorination  for  Control of
    Condenser Tube Bio-Fouling, EPA-600/7-77-030
    (NTIS No. PB 266269/AS), March  1977.

9.   Fake, J. and T. Rozenman,  "Optimization
    of Dry Cooling Systems  for 1000 MW Fossil
    Fuel Power Plants,"  in  Proceedings of  the
    Conference on Waste  Heat Management and
    Utilization, Miami Beach,  Florida, May 9-11,
    1977, Volume I, pp.  III-C-193-224.

10.  Henderson, Michael D.,  Feasibility Study for
    a Direct, Air-Cooled Condensation System,
    EPA-600/2-76-178  (NTIS  No.  PB 256403/AS),
    July 1976.

11.  Development Document for Effluent Limitations
    Guidelines and New Source  Performance  Stan-
    dards for the Steam  Electric  Power Generating
    Plant Source Category,  EPA-400/l-74-029a,
    October  1974.

12.  Giaquinta, A.R.,  et  al., Economic Assessment
    of Backfitting Power Plants with  Closed-
    Cycle Cooling Systems,  EPA-600/2-76-050
     (NTIS No. PB 251189/AS), March  1976.

 13.  Ray, S.S.  and R.L.   Snipes, A State-of-the-
     Art Report on Intake Technologies, EPA-600/
     7-76-020 (NTIS No.  PB 264874/AS or TVA  No.
     PRS-16), October 1976.

 14.  Ashley,  G.C.  and J.S. Hietala,  "The Sherco
     Greenhouse:   A Demonstration of the Beneficial
     Use of Waste Heat,"  in Proceedings of the
     Conference on Waste  Heat Management and
     Utilization,  Miami  Beach,  Florida, May  9-11,
     1977,  Volume III, pp. IX-A-3-15.
                                                                                                          147

-------
extraction
and beneficiation
CHAPTER 4
           ^ v


-------
   CHAPTER CONTENTS
                  extraction and beneficiation
SUMMARY
   David G. Stephan, Ph.D., EPA                       153
QUESTIONS & ANSWERS
TECHNICAL DISCUSSION
                                         163
                                         171
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMS FOR
POLLUTION CONTROL IN MINING AND TRANSPORT OF
SOLID FUELS
   John F Martin, EPA
   Eugene F Harris, EPA                           173
DEVELOPMENT PROGRESS IN COAL CLEANING FOR
DESULFURIZATION
   James D. Kilgroe, EPA                           177
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
SPONSORED RESEARCH AT U.S. BUREAU OF MINES
   Richard E. Hucko, DOI                           183
FOREST SERVICE MINING RECLAMATION RESEARCH
   Grant Davis, USDA
PROTECTION OF SOIL AND WATER RESOURCES ON
LAND DISTURBED BY MINING
   James F Power, USDA
   Orus L. Bennett, USDA                           195

-------
                                                     EXTRACTION  AND
                                                             BENEFIC1AT1ON
                                                                                         David G. Stephan, Ph.D.
                                                                                                       Director
                                                                       Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory
                                                                             U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
AJOR  RELIANCE ON COAL
ASTERN  SURFACE MINING
<\STERN  UNDERGROUND
1INIIMG
    Without  question,  major  reliance  will  be  placed on  coal  as  the  short- to
intermediate-term answer  to much of  this  nation's energy problem.  Coal will be  used
directly  as  fuel  for conventional  steam generation and will  eventually be used  as the
energy  source for higher-efficiency energy conversion  processes such  as MHD.  Coal will
also  become  the  essential  raw  material  for  the  emerging synthetic fuel  industry.
Inevitably,  therefore, coal will  be mined,  cleaned,  and  transported  in ever-increasing
amounts. This step in solving the  energy crisis has already begun.

    How can this use of coal be accomplished  in acceptable  environmental fashion?
Today's papers, which I will summarize, provide an overview of  the current  interagency
research and development efforts to meet this need.

    Work on fuel extraction  under the immediate direction of EPA  has been described
by  John Martin and  Eugene  Harris  in  their  paper,  "Research  and  Development
Programs for Pollution Control  in Mining and Transport of Solid Fuels." Objectives are
to (1)  assess the potential environmental damages from  active and abandoned mining,
transporting, and beneficiation  processes;  (2) develop methods to control, treat, and
abate  environmental  pollutants  from  these  operations;  (3) demonstrate the technical/
operational  feasibility and  cost  effectiveness of environmental  control options; (4)
provide  environmental control criteria; and (5) prepare  user  manuals for all  pollution
control aspects of the mining industry.

    With regard  to  problems of eastern  surface coal mines, newly developed  mining
techniques—block cutting, haulback   of  spoils,  mountaintop  removal, hollow  fills,
etc.—have appeared  within  the  last  few   years.  These  techniques greatly  reduce the
hazards  of  massive  landslides,  erosion, and stream  siltation  by containing  spoils in
specifically  engineered sites. Recently  initiated projects involve  development of  proper
premining  planning  practices,  assessment   of  the  environmental  impact  of  newly
emerging extraction  technologies,  and  demonstration of controls for  minimizing off-site
damage. A  minor effort is  continuing  in reclamation  research  to keep  abreast of
current  practice. Example projects in  these areas include preparation of  a  manual for
premining planning;  projects to evaluate control  of pollution through use of block-cut
mining,  mountaintop  removal, and head-of-hollow fill mining techniques; and  a project
on control of sediment from  haul  roads.

    As  for  eastern underground  mines, mine drainage treatment and mine sealing  have
long  been the accepted  methods of abatement of pollution. Each, however, has its
disadvantages. The  treatment  process is   acceptable  for  active  operations  but  is
expensive and at best  a short-term   cure.  After  a  mine is  closed,  treatment must
continue for years. Mine  sealing is not a  miracle cure for mine drainage in that  it  is
successful only in special  cases  with ideal  conditions.  Air sealing  to prevent oxidation
of acid-forming materials has  proved to be  nearly  impossible.

    The  Deer Park  Daylighting  Project, currently in the demonstration phase, is an
attempt  to  surface-mine  and  then  reclaim a previously mined area  in northwestern
Maryland. The project is intended to show that it is feasible,  from both  energy and
environmental standpoints, to strip  out an abandoned underground mine,  recover the
unmined coal pillars,  and  restore the area to a state of productivity.

    Another  approach   is aquifer dewatering.  This  project  is  to show  that mine
drainage can be  reduced  by  artificially removing or  intercepting  the ground  water in
the vicinity  of the mine, thus reducing infiltration to  the mine void. Other projects are
proceeding  to  investigate the  effectiveness  of backfilling  mine  voids with  waste
materials, to  reduce  water  infiltration to  the mine workings, and  to develop more
effective mine sealing techniques.
                                                                                                          153

-------
 WESTERN  MINING
      In the mine drainage treatment  area, recent work has shown that combinations of
 neutralizing agents are  usually more  effective than the same agents used separately. 4,
 an example, recent studies  involving the use  of  limestone/lime  neutralization technique,
 have  found  them to  be efficient,  less expensive  from  an  operating standpoint  and
 capable of  producing  denser floe material  for  the settling  stage  than is  possible bv
 using lime alone.

      Efforts  are presently aimed  at  redefining  the applicability of  current treatment
 technology  to  mining  situations  other than the  eastern coal fields.  In addition, work is
 continuing to  develop  and  demonstrate  more  advanced  treatment techniques, such as
 ion exchange,  reverse osmosis, and neutralosis. To illustrate the current research trends
 one  active project has  as its  objective the development of  a  refined and more efficient
 system  for  reverse osmosis  treatment of  acid drainage using  lime neutralization of the
 resultant  brines. Coupled with  the  treatment projects are efforts  for safe disposal of
 the  sludges  and  brines that are  the by-products  of neutralization.  Studies involving
 sludge dewatering,  lagooning,  and  spray irrigation are  underway.

      Mining of  western coals  presents a slate of new  problems. In  addition to grading
 surface  water   control,  erosion   protection,  and   revegetation   work—as  required  for
 eastern  surface coal  mines—western  mining  must  make  provision  for severe  drought
 conditions,  wind  erosion, and high-intensity  rain  storms.  Many of the active  western
 mines are open-pit operations that have the  potential for major aquifer disruption and
 extremely difficult reclamation.  At present,  a large  portion of  the research  deals with
 definition  and  assessment  of potential environmental impacts.  To this  end, for example
 one  project  is  defining  the  impacts  that mine development  would  have  on ground
 water,  surface  water,  land  use,  and  socioeconomic structures.  Work on revegetation
 surface  water  quality,  ground water  quality  and  quantity, and irrigation potentials is
 also  progressing  at  active mine  sites. Simultaneously  on this  project, the Bureau of
 Mines  and   ERDA   are  collecting data   regarding  reclamation  practices  and water-
 harvesting techniques.
URANIUM  MINING
     As   complementary   work,   studies  of   the  ground  water  formations  in the
coal-producing  areas  of   the  West  and  development  of  seed  sources  and planting
techniques are being conducted by the U.S. Geological Survey  and USDA.

     Uranium  mining  is  also encompassed within  this general  area.  The mining of
uranium entails  a  variety  of environmental hazards, including  surface  and  ground water
contamination,  fugitive dust emissions,  and  solid  waste disposal  problems created by
onsite  beneficiation  processes.   The  existing   state-of-the-art   for  mining  control
technology  needs  to  be assessed,  as does  the  possibility of transfer of technology from
similar extractive industries.

     In addition to  being  extracted by conventional mining techniques, uranium is d®
mined  by  in  situ  leaching.  The environmental  impact  of   solvents  utilized in the
leaching  process is not well  known. Currently  under consideration are three projects to
evaluate  the  in situ extractive  process.
154

-------
iJOLID-FUEL TRANSPORTATION
 PUBLISHED  REPORTS
     Transportation  of  solid  fuels  from   mines  to  points  of  use  can  also involve
environmental  disruption.  Work   is  underway,  therefore,  to produce a  multimedia
assessment  of  such  environmental  problems and to  specify  technology  needed  to
minimize  the  pollutional  aspects of  solid  fuel  transport.  A user manual  comparing
various   control  techniques  will  be   made  available.   In   this  the  economics  and
effectiveness of  the  various  control   options  for each mode  of  transport  will  be
discussed  to provide a  basis for  selecting  or evaluating  transport systems.  It  will  deal
with the five basic modes of transport—truck, rail, barge, pipeline, and conveyor.

     During  the  past year, a  number of  reports have  been published on  completed
efforts.   In  many  cases,  the   results  will  be referenced and incorporated  in  future
manuals  that will summarize all  work  undertaken in  a  given  subject area  (e.g., eastern
surface  coal mines).  Reports  have received  wide distribution throughout industry and
government  and  are  already  being   used  to   design  control   systems  or  provide
information regarding  specific  problem areas  or  designs.  The  manual entitled  "Erosion
and  Sediment  Control" has  had   wide distribution (over 15,000 copies) and is being
used by  many  engineers,  mining  companies, and  State and  Federal agencies for design
and evaluation  of sediment control structures.
 FACTORS RESTRICTING
 PLANT GROWTH
REVEGETATION OF MINE SPOILS
     Other  completed  reports cover use of porous  limestone  barriers to neutralize acid
 streams, use of overburden sampling as an aid to  premine planning, demonstration  of
 reclamation  methods  to reduce  infiltration  to underground  workings, effectiveness  of
 various  types  of  sedimentation  ponds,  treatment  of AMD  by the alumina-lime-soda
 process, a  model  to  predict  pollution  loads  and  select  most cost-effective abatement
 methods, and  a  preliminary assessment of the environmental impact of uranium  mining
 and milling.

     Feasibility  studies  or  interim   reports  were  published  for   projects  involving
 underground  mine  daylighting,  debris  basin effectiveness  for  sediment control,  surface
 and underground  mine sealing, coal  mine  haul  road  sediment control,  and use of fly
 ash  for surface mine reclamation.  In addition to these, two draft reports are now being
 reviewed  for the major efforts  dealing with assessment of  coal transport, head-of-hollow
 fill, and mountaintop  removal mining.

     Work  by  the  Agricultural Research  Service of USDA is  described  in  the  paper  by
 J.F  Power  and  O.L.  Bennett.  They  point out  that  practically all  land  disturbed  by
 mining is eventually returned to some type of vegetative cover. Since vegetative cover
 affects soil/water relations and erosion, soil and  water resources on mined land  can  be
 protected  by  controlling  the type  and amount  of vegetation present.  Land reclaimed
 for  crop  production or grazing can also produce economic benefit. Considerable effort
 has  been expended to identify the physical and chemical  properties of  mine spoils that
 could  restrict  plant growth. This  requires appropriate methodology for  sampling and
 analysis.  Fortunately,  most procedures  normally used  for  agronomic work  apply  also  to
 mine  spoils, and procedures suitable  for western  United States are  being published in a
 USDA handbook.

     Factors  most  restrictive  to plant growth are  often   different  in  eastern than  in
 western  mine  spoils.  In the  East, problems result predominantly from the actual  or
 potential  acidity of spoils. Also,  the  amount of magnesium, calcium,  and phosphorus is
 sometimes  insufficient to  support growth, and many  eastern spoils contain a high sand
 percentage,   which   tend  to make them  droughty.  Furthermore, much  of the  eastern
 mining results  in   steep outer slopes  which  are  erosive  and difficult to  stabilize.  In
 western  United States, however,  the  primary problems  in revegetation  of mine spoils
 are  related  to efficient conservation  and use of the  limited quantity  of precipitation
 received.  These include such  factors  as  high  salinity  levels, high exchangeable  sodium
 content, nutrient deficiences, toxicities, compaction, and steep slopes.

     The acidity  problems encountered  in  the  East are  usually correctable  by  the
 application  of  dolomitic   limestone,  which  also  corrects  the  calcium  and  magnesium
 deficiencies. Nitrogen   deficiences  are  corrected by  either  nitrogen  fertilization,  growth
 of  legumes, or  addition   of  nitrogen-containing  organic   residues  such  as  manure  or
 sewage sludge.

     Selection   of   appropriate   plant   species  is  very   important  in  developing  a
 reclamation  plan.  Almost  all  plant  species commonly produced  in  the  East  can  be
 grown  on  mine  spoils, but  on mined  areas with  steep  slopes,  perennial  vegetation  is
 generally  most effective. Although commercial  forestry is possible, results indicate that
 mined land  should  first be seeded to  perennial grasses and  legumes and later converted
 to forestry.
                                                                                                                            155

-------
COAL CLEANING
     Considerable  knowledge  has  now been  developed  on  the  selection  of
species for revegetation of spoils of various pH's and  for  revegetation of both moderate
and  steeply sloped  areas.  Likewise, much  information  is  now available on enhancinq
organic  content  and  conditioning  soil with  organic  mulches  of  various types. %
techniques have been  developed for vegetating quite steep slopes (60 percent or more]!
for example, by creating miniature contour terraces every few feet  down the slope.   '

     In  western  United  States,  lack  of  plant-available  water  ultimately limits p|8ril
growth on reclaimed land, as it does  on  unmined  land.  Therefore, any  spoil property
or reclamation practice  that  increases  infiltration or  potential  plant growth  or reduces
evaporation  generally  improves  the efficiency  of  water  conservation  and  use. Marv
western  spoils are high in exchangeable sodium content.  Results have shown  that about
3  years  following treatment  with gypsum, up  to about 50  percent  of the exchangeable
sodium  can   be  displaced  and  leached   out.   Exchangeable   sodium  can   be almost
completely removed  in  just  a  few days  by treatment with calcium  chloride, but this
treatment  is expensive.

     Plant-nutrient deficiences are also common  in western  spoils. Phosphorus is almost
always deficient;  however,  this can  be  readily corrected  with triple  superphosphate.
Biologically  active organic  nitrogen  is  often  absent  and must  be  restored  through a
buildup  in soil  organic  matter.  At  many  western  mine  sites, appreciable quantities ol
soil  material  are available  for spreading  over  spoils.  Results from  North Dakota have
shown that  about 30  inches  of  soil material must  be returned to highly sodic spoils to
restore full  productivity  potential  for  commonly grown crops.  However, as  little as 2
inches of  soil material produced  yields of  crested  wheatgrass and  native grasses equal
to 50  to  70 percent of the yields obtained  with 30 inches or more of soil material.

     Hydrological data being  accumulated  indicate that the runoff and erosion potential
is  severe  on  long slopes of 9  percent or steeper.  Also, preliminary data indicate that
both   wind and  water  erodibility  of  freshly  spread  soil  material   may  be several-fold
greater than  that of unmined soil. Thus  it appears that  soil and  water protection or
freshly mined  land is best achieved by eliminating slopes of 9 percent or steeper.

     The  more  arid  climate  of  the  West  makes the  establishment of  good  vegetative
cover  more  difficult than in  the  East.  Data indicate that seedling establishment can be
improved  by use of various  types of mulches,  standing  stubble, or a  thin covering of
soil material, gravel, or  even oxidized  coal  if it  is not too  high  in  soluble salt content,
Other  research  indicates that  by  adding  small  quantities of  water  during  critical
drought  periods, a  great deal  of  control  can  be  achieved  over the kinds  of species
established  and   their  density.   For  this  purpose  only  a few inches  of  water are
required—a quantity  often available as pit  water.

     The   research being conducted  by  ARS   is resulting  in  a technology that will
protect the  soil  and water resources  of  mined areas as well  as provide an economic
return  to  the  landowner.  It  is becoming  well  established that  the  best way  to achieve
these  dual  objectives is  to  establish good  productive vegetative  cover. Once established,
this  vegetation  not only  restricts  surface  water movement and  erosion but, possibly of
more  importance,  it also dries out the  soil, enabling more of the precipitation received
to infiltrate into  the  soil  at the  point of  impact. Also,  drying  the soil reduces the
quantity of  water and  the quantity  of dissolved solids passing  below the root zone to
a water  table.  This, in   turn, aids  in  controlling  ground  water pollution from mined
areas.  By revegetating, organic matter  and  the plant nutrients contained  therein are also
added  to the  upper  surfaces  of mined  land, aiding in the  buildup of a new soil after
mining.  It  is apparent,  then,  that  rapid  establishment  and   efficient  production of
vegetation  is  one  of the best defenses possible against soil and  water  degradation on
land disturbed by  mining.

     Once out  of the ground,  much  coal needs to be "cleaned,"  either physically or
chemically, to upgrade the quality  of the coal for use and, more  importantly from an
environmental   protection  standpoint,  to  reduce  the  sulfur   content  so  that  SOx
emissions to the air are  reduced during combustion. Major  strategies for the  control of
502 emissions  include coal  cleaning,  combustion   in  chemically active  fluidized beds,
removal  by flue  gas  scrubbing, and generation of clean synthetic fuels.

     The  sulfur  content  of coal  normally  ranges  from less than  1 percent to  more than
7  percent.  Sulfur appears  in coal  in  three forms:  mineral sulfur  (pyrite),  organically
bound sulfur,  and trace  quantities of "sulfate" sulfur. Sulfate sulfur is soluble in water
and can  be removed in wet (physical)  coal  preparation plants. Organic sulfur cannot be
removed  by physical  coal  preparation  techniques.  Pyrite  occurs in sizes ranging »<""
156

-------
 02 EMISSION CONTROL
small discrete particles  to  large lumps. It can  be found intimately  dispersed in  the  coal,
in  bands,  or  in  large  pieces.  Physical cleaning  techniques  are  capable of  removing
varying fractions  of the  pyritic sulfur as  determined by  the properties of each  coal.
Chemical  cleaning  is capable of removing  over 95 percent of the pyritic sulfur and  up
to about 70 percent of the  organic sulfur as well.

     Research  results  from  EPA's  R&D  program  on coal  cleaning are  described  by
James Kilgroe  in  his paper  "Coal  Cleaning  for S02 Emission  Control." Results indicate
that, in general, pyrite removal increases  with reduced particle size. This  implies that
to enhance pyritic  sulfur  removal, coal must be crushed  and  processed at finer particle
sizes than  has  been  the practice historically. A  second finding  is that the final sulfur
levels  to  which  coals  can  be  cleaned  vary across coal  regions and  across coal  beds
within  the  same   region.  Sulfur   removal by chemical  methods  depends  on  coal
properties  and  process  conditions—time,  pressure,  temperature, and  chemical  reagents.
Process costs will  probably  limit the amount of sulfur that can  practicably be  removed
to about 95 percent of pyritic sulfur and 40  percent  of organic sulfur.
 'HYSICAL  CLEANING
 'ROCESSES
COAL CONTAMINANTS
     The  costs of  physical and  chemical  coal cleaning  for sulfur  removal  are uncertain.
However,  from  correlations  between  ash  and sulfur  removal  in  commercial equipment,
one  can  deduce  the  probable costs of  sulfur  removal  in  physical  cleaning.  These
tentative  correlations  indicate  that,  in  some  cases, physical  coal  cleaning  may  be  a
more  cost-effective emission  control  technique  than  flue  gas  desulfurization  (FGD).
However,  physical  cleaning is  not  a  panacea  since it  cannot remove organic sulfur from
coal or, in some cases, even sufficient pyritic sulfur.

     Chemical  cleaning  costs   may  range from  the costs  of  FGD  to  the costs  of
producing synthetic  fuels  from  coal.  Cost  estimates  for  chemical coal  cleaning are,
however,  substantially less certain  than those for physical cleaning.

     Removal of pyritic  sulfur from steam coal by  physical  cleaning  has  not been
commercially used as  a  method  of  S02  control.  Separation at the  fine-particle sizes
involved,  while  not impossible,  represents  a  shift to a  mix of equipment  and operating
conditions  different  from   those  traditionally  used   for   steam  coal  preparation.
Dewatering  and  drying of  larger quantities of fine coal  may  also be required.

     Chemical coal cleaning  is  in  the  early stages of development, and  it is  estimated
that a commercial plant  could not be put into operation for  at least  5 to 10 years. A
number of  chemical  cleaning  processes have  been identified.  However, many are only
conceptual,  are  not presently  active, have never been  tested on  coal, or do not  result
in  coal-like  products.   Only   seven  or  eight  processes  appear to   merit  serious
consideration at  this time. A  report  on  the  status of each of these processes will soon
be published.

     Physical  cleaning can be  used on a  limited number of U.S. coals to meet  Federal
New  Source  Performance Standards  (NSPS)   for  steam generators.  Moreover,  a  larger
number  of  coals  can be physically  cleaned  (1)  to  meet  less  stringent State SO2
emission  standards or (2)  in conjunction with  flue  gas desulfurization  (FGD) to  lower
emission  control  costs. The number  of  coals  that  could  be  cleaned  to NSPS  levels
could  be  increased by either a reduction in  the coal particle size or a reduction  in  the
Btu  recovery value of the  cleaned  product. In  the latter case, the  reject coal  could
probably  be  used in a boiler with  FGD.

     Mr.  Kilgroe also  describes  how  by  combining  physical coal cleaning  and flue  gas
desulfurization,  the advantages  of each  technique  can  be used  to minimize emission
control costs.  One recent  study  has  shown  significant economic  advantages  to this
combined pollution control  method.  In  36 case studies where allowable S02 emissions
varied  from   1.2  to   1.6  pounds  S02/106  Btu,  the cost  of using a  combination  of
conventional coal  cleaning and  flue  gas  desulfurization  was  2 percent to 55 percent
lower  than  flue  gas desulfurization alone for new plants and  10  percent  to 60 percent
lower  for  existing plants.  The  arithmetic  average for the cases  cited showed costs about
30 percent lower for new plants and  40  percent lower  for existing  plants.

     The  overall  objectives  of  EPA's work on  environmental  assessment  have been  to
characterize  coal  contaminants and  to identify  the  fate of these contaminants  during
coal  processing   and  coal  use.  Research  on  the  occurrence  and  distribution of trace
elements  in  coal  has yielded the following  conclusions.

     ® Elemental  concentrations tend to  be  highest in  coals  from the  Appalachians,
       lowest in coals from the western  United States, and intermediate in coals from
       the Illinois  Basin.
                                                                                                                           157

-------
 COAL WASTES FROM PLANTS
     • Elements with the  largest  ranges  in  concentration are found in distinct mineral
       phases  in  coal; elements with  narrow  ranges  are  found  in  organic combination
       in coal.

     • Only four elements  (boron, chlorine, selenium,  and arsenic) are, on the average
       present  in  coals  in   concentrations   significantly  greater   than  the average
       concentrations in  the earth's crust.

     o Benches of a single coal seam  often  exhibit wide  variations  in concentrations of
       elements.  High  concentrations  are most commonly observed  at the top and/or
       bottom of the coal  seam.

     • Major  quantities  of elements  with  high  inorganic  affinities may be removed
       from coals by  specific-gravity  cleaning techniques.   Disposal of  these residue
       materials may, in  turn,  pose a  significant environmental problem.

     Other  studies have  concentrated on  coal wastes from four  preparation plants,
Trace  elements   and  minerals  in  these  wastes  were  identified.   Associations  were
established  between  the  trace  elements and   the  major  minerals  present.  Laboratory
leaching  studies simulating environmental  weathering have shown that leaching increased
with  decreased  pH  and  with   increased availability  of air,  increased surface area, and
increased  time. The  highly  leachable elements were determined.

                                                 Experiments  have been conducted  to  evaluate sulfur and  trace element emissions
                                            from  the  combustion of  coals  treated  by  the  Battelle  Hydrothermal  Process. During
                                            combustion,  from  25 percent  to 75  percent of  the fuel  sulfur  was  retained in the
                                            combustor ash and  fly ash. Generally,  ash sulfur  retention in  coals leached with both
                                            NaOH  and  Ca(OH)2  was  superior  to  that  in  the NaOH-treated  coals. For untreated
                                            coals, sulfur retention ranged from 3  percent to  30 percent.  Emission of trace  elements
                                            from  combustion of  treated  coals  was also substantially  reduced  as  compared with
                                            corresponding combustion  projects from the raw coals.
158

-------
^VARIABILITY  OF
 ;ONTAMINANTS WITH
 ;OAL SEAMS
 DBJECTIVES OF MAJOR
 DEMONSTRATION PROGRAM
       energy
       environment II
     A  USGS project  on variability  of  contaminants with coal seams has  the following
objectives:

     • To  determine  the geologic  factors  controlling  lateral and  vertical variations,
       crystal form, and  size  of  pyrite inclusions

     • To  determine  the  geologic factors  controlling mineral and elemental variations
       in coal

     • To  evaluate  various  methods for correlating  cleanability  with  coal  petrologic
       characteristics

     • To  develop  methodology  for  determining  the cleanability of various seams of
       coal.

     In  the  development of coal-cleaning technology, a major 3-year project to assess
technology for the  physical  and chemical desulfurization of coal  was begun in  January
1977.   Its  objective  is  to  determine the  performance  and   cost  of  commercial
coal-cleaning   equipment  in   separating  fine  coal   and  pyrite.   Similar  cost   and
performance  evaluations  will  be  made  on  equipment  for  dewatering  and  drying  fine
coal.  Other  project  activities include evaluation  of  chemical coal  cleaning processes,
evaluation  of coal  preparation  requirements  for  synthetic fuel  conversion processes,
evaluation  of pollution control  technology  for coal  cleaning, and  engineering  trade-off
studies  to  establish  the  performance  and costs of coal  preparation plants  designed for
improved pyrite removal and  Btu recovery.

     The objectives of a major demonstration  program are to:

     • Determine  the  variability  of sulfur and  other  pollutants in  the feed coal

     • Determine  the  performance of separation equipment

     • Determine  the  capability  of process  controls  to  maintain  product  specifications

     • Characterize  pollutant  streams

     • Evaluate the effects of cleaned coal  on power plant performance

     • Evaluate the effectiveness of residue disposal  techniques

     • Determine  the  fate of various  minor  and trace  pollutants

     • Determine  capital and  operating  costs of coal  preparation  and power plants

     • Evaluate other equipment or  coal-cleaning  circuits, as needed,  to  demonstrate
       the viability  of cleaning coal to  meet SO2 emission regulations.

The preparation  plant is scheduled to  begin  start-up  tests late this  spring.  Pilot plant
tests are already underway.

     Coal  desulfurization by  aqueous ferric salt leaching  is capable  of removing from
90  to  95  percent  of  the  sulfur  in   a  variety  of  U.S.  coals.  Construction of  a
1/3-ton-per-hour reactor test  unit has been  completed. Initial test runs  are planned for
August. An initial  9-month test program is  planned to verify major process variables.

     A  thermochemical  process  for  coal  desulfurization  is capable  of  removing both
organic  and  pyritic  sulfur from  coal. The  principal  achievement  to  date  has been  the
validation  of the process concept.  Operating  conditions  have  been  determined,  with
both  laboratory- and  bench-scale equipment.  Tests showing  satisfactory desulfurization
of  four coals have been  completed.  In  each case  the treated product could be burned
without  exceeding  present  NSPS  for  S02  emissions. Achievement  of  satisfactory
desulfurization  was  the  result  of a  research  breakthrough  in coal  treatment.  It  was
discovered  that  mild,  oxidative  pretreatment  of the  coal  rendered  the organic sulfur
more amenable to removal; until this discovery, sulfur removal had been unsatisfactory.
It  now appears that this  system may be a viable  alternative for  making a low-sulfur,
solid  fossil fuel from  those  U.S. coals  that cannot  now be directly  consumed  without
severe environmental  impact.

     Laboratory  experiments  have   demonstrated   the  technical feasibility   of   coal
desulfurization  by  microwave energy.  Both  pyritic and  organic  sulfur  appear to be
                                                                                                                          159

-------
SULFUR REDUCTION
POTENTIAL
removed.  Pyrite is  preferentially excited by  the  microwave energy,  producing volatile or
water-soluble  compounds  that  may  be   washed  from   the coal.  Laboratory  work
continues to  evaluate  the mechanisms  of  desulfurization and  to   identify the process
variables that affect sulfur removal.

     The  U.S. Bureau  of  Mines program  has been  described in  a paper by Richard
Hucko  and  Albert  Deurbrouck.  Both in-house and  contract projects are  included within
the USBM program. One  long-term  in-house project is aimed at determining the forms of
sulfur  in  the  major sources of  utility steam coals and  the washabilities of these coals
This information is necessary to assess  the  impact that physical  coal cleaning will have
on  the level of sulfur  oxide emissions  from stationary  combustion sources. The  latest
publication,  "Sulfur  Reduction  Potential of U.S.  Coals,"  covers work  performed from
1965  to  mid-1974 and  presents the  results of  washability  studies of 455 raw coal
channel samples collected  from  6 coal-producing  regions  of the  U.S. Only 14 percent
of raw coal  samples could meet the new source  S02 emission standard of 1.2 pounds
SO2/106  Btu. Twenty-four percent  of  the samples  would meet the standard at a 90
percent Btu  recovery  when  crushed to 11/2 inches  top size,  while 32 percent would
meet  the  standard  at  a Btu  recovery of 50 percent when  crushed  to 14-mesh top size.
COAL-PYRITE  FLOTATION
     A  central coal preparation  process development facility is to be constructed in the
near  future  at  Bruceton,  Pennsylvania.  Engineering  data  for scale-up  to full-size
commercial coal preparation plant operation will be developed.  The pilot plant section
of  the  proposed  facility  will have a  nominal  capacity of  10 to 25  tons per hour of
raw coal,  depending  on the  flow scheme used; process flexibility  was a prime design
requisite.  The facility  will  also  contain an  area for bench-scale  work. Construction of
the facility should begin before  the end of calendar year  1977.

     A  test  program  to  demonstrate the  commercial  feasibility  of  the  Coal-Pydte
Flotation  Process is  about  to begin. The  process involves the depression  of coal with a
hydrophilic  colloidal   substance  while the  coal-pyrite  is  floated  with a  sulfhydryl
collector.   The  process  has  been  tested  and  proved effective at  pilot  plant  scale.
Construction  of the  full-scale  facility should  be  finished  by August 1977. Flotation
tests will  then be run  for about 1 year, after which test  results  will be evaluated.

     Research is being conducted  on the depressant and  collector  adsorption reactions
which  occur during  coal   desulfurization  by  the  Coal-Pyrite  Flotation  Process. This
project  will  determine whether  primary pyrite  flotation followed by a second-stage coal
flotation  is  feasible.   Such a  process  would  produce a  final  clean  coal  product in
thickened  form  ready for  dewatering. The  effect  of  residual  reagent  in  plant  recyle
water will  also  be  determined. Specific objectives are to:

     • Identify  and characterize the hydrophilic polymeric coal depressants
160

-------
                                              •  Determine    the    important    operating    variables   that    control
                                                 adsorption-desorption reactions
                                              •  Establish  procedures to allow  in-plant  water recycle.
                                                                                  the
HIGH GRADIENT
MAGNETIC  SEPARATION
BLACKWATER FLOCCULATION
COMPUTER  SIMULATION PROGRAM
ECONOMIC EVALUATION
     It  has  already  been found  that  several  reagents in excess of 1  mg/l of coal  slurry
depress at  least  80 percent of  the  coal. Desorption of  the  depressants from the coal
surface was found to be difficult,  and the adsorption reaction appears to be irreversible.
However,  the depressed coal can  be  reactivated  and floated  by the addition  of neutral
molecular oil.  Bench-scale coal flotation  experiments  are  now being conducted to find
optimum  conditions to depress coal  particles and  float pyrite.  During these flotation
tests,  the  residual  depressant  concentration  will  be  measured   and water recycle
experiments will be done to determine the effect on subsequent coal  flotation.

     Another  project  is attempting  to  establish  the  technical  feasibility  of  removing
inorganic  sulfur from  dry coal powders at  commercially significant processing rates by
high gradient  magnetic separation  (HGMS).  Reduction  of sulfur by  HGMS  could permit
the direct combustion  of large coal  reserves east of the  Mississippi  River which have  a
high  percentage  of pyritic  sulfur  but are  low  in  organic sulfur.   Initial  testing  with
slurries has  shown  significant  reductions  in both  pyritic  sulfur and  ash. Dry  separation
test  results  show some magnetic  separation—although  it is much smaller  than that in
the  case  of  water  slurries—and  no  significant  trend  in  sulfur or ash removal  with
changes in applied  magnetic field or in flow velocity or with change from  an expanded
metal to a steel wool  matrix.

     During beneficiation, rotary  vacuum filters are relatively economical  and practical
devices for dewatering  froth  flotation  concentrates and  flocculated slurries, but  the
product usually retains  more than  20 percent moisture.  As  a result, thermal drying is
often  required  to   reduce  the  moisture  content to  an  acceptable  level.  To improve
mechanical  methods  for  dewatering  fine  coal,  work  is  also being conducted to
characterize the dewatering of fine-size coal,  to determine the effect of an  electric field
on  the   dewatering  process,  to  determine  the   influence  that   slurry  pH has  on
dewatering,  and  to assess the  influence  of selected  chemical  additives  on  moisture
retained  in  filter cakes. To  date,  test data  on the  effects  of various cationic, anionic,
and  nonionic  surfactants have been  used to formulate a model for surfactant behavior
in a cake  of fine-size coal and to determine  its effect  on the dewatering of coal.

     Treatment  of  black waters  from  coal  preparation plants is complicated by their
heterogeneous  nature and by  lack of information on  the  behavior  of  relatively simple
systems.  Laboratory investigation  of  black water  flocculation is  being carried out. The
interrelation  of flocculation  rate, settling rate, and  sludge  volume is being evaluated to
establish  a  technique   for  producing as dense  a  sludge  as  possible  in   a  thickener
operating   at   the   highest  possible  rate.  Further, the   results  of studies on  the
flocculation  of heterogeneous  systems will  be  used  to  develop mathematical models
simulating the  flocculation  of  particles in  practical  systems.  The  composition and
particle-size distribution have been determined on  black  water samples  from  a number
of  preparation plants.  The  chemical  and physical  characteristics of samples from  the
eastern  and  interior areas  are  essentially the  same. Samples from  western  operations
appear to have somewhat different characteristics.

     A computer simulation program for coal  preparation  is being  developed. Included
in the  program  are performance  data  for  each of the  commonly  used  coal washing
devices.  The   program  also  includes  mathematical  modeling  of  crushers, screens,
dewatering  equipment,   dryers,  and  thickeners.   It  can   be   used  to  predict  the
performance  of  a   given  plant  configuration and  set of  operating  conditions  or to
determine the operating conditions  which  will  give a specified  ash and pyritic  sulfur
reduction  for  a given plant configuration.

     Next,  dewatering  devices,  impurity liberation  upon  crushing,  and  an  economic
subroutine will be  simulated, thus  making possible  rational choices  of alternate circuits
for ash and  sulfur  reduction based on reliable  engineering data and overall capital and
operating  economics.

     The  economic  potential  of  coal   preparation  in  combination  with  stack  gas
scrubbing  has been  evaluated. Generally speaking, of the various methods  for removing
sulfur, the  physical  removal of  pyritic  sulfur  is the  lowest-cost  technology and  the
most  widely  applied.  However,  a  number  of  coals  cannot  meet new-source  sulfur
emission  standards in this  way. In these  studies, an  economic  evaluation has been  made
of the  cost  of a new  utility plant  exclusively removing S02 by  stack gas  scrubbing.
This was  followed   by  a  similar evaluation  of  the use  of physical coal  cleaning  and
                                                                                                                           161

-------
CHEMICAL  CLEANING
 TRACE ELEMENT CONTENT
stack gas  scrubbing  combined  to attain  the  same  sulfur  emission level.  The studv
concluded  that, in general,  the combination of coal preparation  and stack gas scrubbing
was  less expensive than scrubbing  alone.                                          "

     In another  study,  six chemical  cleaning  processes were  analyzed.  Process f|ow
charts  were drawn for each process and analyzed in terms  of  cost  and sulfur removal
performance.  While  none  of the  processes  is economically  competitive  with  physical
cleaning,  oxidative  desulfurization shows the  most  promise  from  the  viewpoint of
operability and cost.

     A coal washability  study has been completed, showing the trace element content
of  various  specific  gravity fractions  for coal  samples  from  various coal  producing
regions.  Most  of the  trace  elements  of  interest  concentrate  in  the heavier specific
gravity fractions  of the coal, indicating that they are associated  with mineral matter
and  that  removal of this material  would result  in  significant trace element reductions
ranging up to 88 percent.

     This  summary  presents the highlights  of the ongoing interagency R&D effort on
mining and beneficiation.   Much more comprehensive information is presented in the
detailed papers prepared by the  participating agencies.
                                                                   DAVID G. STEPHAN
                                                B.S., M.S., and Ph.D., Chemical Engineering,  Ohio State Engineering. Experience
                                           in  research and development of problems of air  and water  pollution and in  pollution
                                           control  methods  in  municipal  and  industrial wastes. Internationally  known for work in
                                           water pollution in  areas of  advanced waste  treatment and water renovation.  Held top
                                           level  posts  with  U.S.  Public   Health  Service,   i.e., Head  of  Air  Pollution Control
                                           Equipment  Research  Program;  Deputy  Chief,  Advanced Waste Treatment  Research
                                           Program;  Deputy   Chief,  Basic  and Applied  Sciences  Branch  of  Division  of Water
                                           Supply  and  Pollution  Control.  Was Director  of  Research  Federal  Water  Pollution
                                           Control  Administration. When EPA was  formed,  served  as Assistant Commissioner for
                                           Research  and  Development  in  Water  Quality  Office.  Presently,  Director,  Industrial
                                           Environmental  Research Laboratory, EPA, Cincinnati, OH.
162

-------
                      questions
                          oc answers

                       extraction and beneficiation
                                          Mr. Stewart Lyons
                                Michigan United Conservation Club

                                        Dr. Edward S. Rubin
                                      Carnegie-Mellon University

                                          Mr. Marvin C. Gage
                                      San Francisco,  California

                                       Mr. Nathan Sauberman
                                     Retired  Consulting Engineer

                                            Mr. R. K. Bose
                                 Association of American Railroads
QUESTION:
   You  alluded to  using  fly  ash  as part of the
reclamation process in  strip mining. Other than bulk, is
there any use or any other positive effect that comes
from fly ash?
RESPONSE:  Dr. James P. Power (USDA)
                     The fly ash is not just fly ash. First, we have to
                  know the chemical composition of the fly ash. Especially
                                                                           163

-------
                                in  the  western  coals, much  of the fly ash  is relatively
                                high  in  soluble  salts,  which  almost precludes its  use in
                                any reclamation  scheme  for  revegetation. Fly  ash  of that
                                nature has to  be buried  beyond the root zone  so  it  will
                                not interfere with vegetation  or  be disposed  of.

                                     In  the East or in areas  where the salinity problem is
                                not so  severe, there  are  situations  where  the use  of fly
                                ash   may   be  beneficial  in  the  revegetation  process,
                                particularly in physical  conditioning of the soil.  In areas
                                with a high clay  content,  it may help to alleviate some of
                                the physical problems associated with that.
  QUESTION:
     I  would  like to direct  two questions to Mr. Kilgroe.
The  first  regards nitrogen in coal. We heard here that  the
future  IMOx  problem is the  sleeper  relative  to S02  in
particulates.  I  am  aware that,  in processes like solvent
refining of coal, the coal nitrogen is  concentrated  in  the
fuel. My  first question is what happens to the nitrogen in
the chemical  coal cleaning processes?
  RESPONSE:  Mr. James  D.  Kilgroe (EPA)
                                     Most of the nitrogen is  concentrated throughout the
                                organic  fraction,  and physical cleaning does not affect the
                                nitrogen  level.

                                     We  are  going  to   study   about  what  happens  to
                                nitrogen  in  the chemical  coal  cleaning  processes because
                                in  the  past  we have  been myopic in studying only sulfur
                                dioxides. We  are,  however,   starting  to  look  at  all  the
                                other pollutants which are contained in coal.
 QUESTION:
                                    My  second question  regards using the waste  coal  in
                               low  Btu recovery with  fine crushing for boilers fired by
                               or equipped  with FGD.  I  presume we would  be talking
                               about waste  coal  with a  relatively  low  heating value.  Is
                               anyone  implementing this concept?
164

-------
 RESPONSE:  Mr. Kilgroe
                                 At Homer  City,  we  are taking a  coal  preparation
                             plant  and  producing a multistream coal  product in which
                             we  have   one   product  that  will  meet  new   source
                             performance  standards,  which  are 1.2 pounds per million
                             Btu.  In other instances,  we  are  taking a product  of  coal
                             that will  meet a  state  standard  of  4 pounds per million
                             Btu.  In the past  we have  looked at the strategy of using
                             some  of the  waste product for our high  sulfur combustor. •
                             We  have looked at various combustors that would use 40
                             percent ash and 10 percent sulfur. As yet, due to  funding
                             limitations, we have  not gotten into any pilot-type studies
                             or  any   laboratory  studies.  However,  if  coal  prices
                             continue   to  increase,  that   process   should   become
                             economically viable.
 QUESTION:                        About  a year  ago,  I  saw  a  film  on  strip mining
                             distribution  by  an  anti-strip  mining  group  in  Montana,
                             indicating that as  the  shallow acquifers were disturbed  in
                             strip mining operations, there  was a homogeneous mixture
                             when  soil  was  reapplied.  In  fact,  permeability was  so
                             great  that  native  grasses could  not  maintain  themselves
                             under  normal  rainfall.  Is  that a true statement and,  if so,
                             is there a mitigating measure involved  in revegetation?


 RESPONSE:   Mr.  Grant Davis (USDA)

                                  It  would  depend  on  the  physical  and   chemical
                             characteristics of   the  spoil.  However,  in  most  recent
                             mining  cases  where careful practices  have  been followed,
                             vegetation has been easily established  in most instances  in
                             Montana and  surrounding states.

                                  Permeability  is a  problem  especially where  we  have
                             high  sodium  spoils  and  need  enough  soil  cover  to
                             establish vegetation.
 RESPONSE:  Mr. John Martin  (EPA)

                                  We  have  heard the same comment from  many people
                             concerning  the   revegetation  of  the   western   spoils,
                             especially in light of  the new legislation  and  the question
                             about alluvial  valleys,  if we  can ever define those. We are
                             also  analyzing  the characteristics of the soil  to  determine
                             consistency  and   reclamation  possibilities.  So, we  are
                             addressing  the idea  of  porosity  and how much  density
                             you  can  get in replaced spoils.
QUESTION:                       Can   you  give  me  further  information  about  the
                             extent  of our uranium  resouces, as some  of  the  leaching
                             problems of uranium that you  touched  on, and some of
                             the  radiological problems  of  uranium and the tailings that
                             are the result of milling and  mining?
RESPONSE:  Mr. Martin
                                 We have only had a very small amount of support in
                            uranium mining and  milling in the past years. It has been
                            the  smallest  and the newest  program from  the  extraction
                            technology  branch of  EPA.   That  is  why  there is very
                            little activity in that  area to date.
                                                                                                                        165

-------
QUESTION:
     I am disappointed because EPA is  intimately  involved
along with  ERDA, not  in  a  regulatory matter but as an
advisor to the program,  and it seems  to me  that  EPA  is
hanging  back on this. Is  it, or am I  mistaken?
COMMENT:  Dr. David G. Stephan  (EPA)
                                   Perhaps  I  can  comment  on  that  in  terms  of the
                              overall program with  regard to  radiological wastes.  EPA
                              shares   responsibility  with   the  Nuclear  Regulatory
                              Commission   in  the   radiological  area.   EPA   has
                              responsibility  dealing  with  the  environmental   ambient
                              standards  for  various  radiological  pollutants,  and  the
                              Nuclear Regulatory Commission  has  responsibility in the
                              emissions standards area.

                                   We have begun  work with  regard to uranium mining,
                              but  that work  is very  limited  in scope at the present
                              time.  I  hope  that,   due to  the  enhanced concern for
                              nuclear  power, which we  heard  discussed  recently, our
                              work  will be  somewhat  increased  in  the area.  Obviously
                              there are going  to be  strong needs there, and  we  know
                              very  little about the mining and  milling  operations  and
                              the environmental  impact, particularly  this in situ  leaching
                              operation.  As  far  as  I   know,  there  is  almost no
                              knowledge  of  what  impact  that can  have,  either on
                              ground waters or on  surface waters near  the site.

                                   First, what  is  the  impact of  the boron  and  the
                              arsenic and other minerals  that  you said are going to be
                              liberated  from  the coal  crushings on the  environmental
                              impact of the water slurry that  will be developed?
166

-------
RESPONSE:  Mr. Kilgroe
                                  I  admit  to  a great  deal  of  ignorance  on the subject
                             of  slurry pipelines. We have  an  environmental assessment
                             program which is just getting  started and one  of the areas
                             of  study is the transportation of coal. We  have had some
                             studies  with  the  Los Alamos  Scientific  Laboratories  in
                             which   we  have  studied the leaching of  various  trace
                             elements from coal  preparation  plant  wastes.  As alluded
                             to  earlier in the  discussions of acid  mine drainage, it is a
                             direct  function of the  acidity, the size  of the  material.  So
                             our leaching  studies indicated that  if  we  have very  high
                             pyrite  coal and  very  finely  divided coal  and if  we also
                             have  the alternate cycling of, say, air  and water  through
                             the waste, we can then  potentially  leach out  a  lot of the
                             trace elements such  as arsenic and cadmium  in the waste.

                                  This is  about as far as we have come  to  date on the
                             studies.  We  are   concerned  about this type  of problem.
                             Typically,  however,   the western  coals  have  a  smaller
                             fraction  of  pyritic  sulfur;  most  of  the  sulfur  in  the
                             western  coals is  organic,  so that  problem   is  reduced
                             significantly  just  because  of the  form of the sulfur in the
                             coal itself.  We speculate that the  leaching out of trace
                              jlements may be  somewhat  reduced in  the  pipeline.
                                                                                                                           167

-------
QUESTION:
     Second,  was  the  energy  that  is  involved  in  the
crushing  of coal of  a  sufficiently  finer  mesh to  have  it
float on  the water slurry  pipelines? Could you give us an
idea as to  what kind of energy requirements are  required?
RESPONSE:  Mr. Kilgroe
                                   Well, certainly  no higher energy requirements  than  a
                              pulverized  coal-firing  boiler,  as  I  do not  believe the size
                              distribution  is  as fine as pulverizing the  coal  for firing.
                              Probably  as  great  a  problem  would   be  the   energy
                              requirements for de-watering and drying the coal once we
                              get  it  to the  use  source.  I  suspect  that  de-watering and
                              drying  rather  than crushing is  where  our largest  energy
                              demand will be.
168

-------
QUESTION:
RESPONSE:  Mr. Martin
     Mr. Martin, do  you  know  the timing on  the  study
evaluating  the  five  different transport  concepts? Is that
just under  way?
                                  It is just finishing. We do have figures for the energy
                             requirements of the various  modes of  transportation, one
                             being the  pipeline,  and  I  believe  incorporated  in  that
                             study are  the requirements  for  crushing, pumping, and
                             de-watering. I  cannot give you  the figures right now, but
                             I  know we do have the study just being completed.
QUESTION:
     My  question  is  directed  to  the  gentlemen  from
USDA.  You   have   mentioned   selenium   as  a  trace
contaminant  coming  from  coal.  The toxicity  of selenium
is  due  to its  entry  in the food  chain  as an  analog  of
sulfur  and,  in  general,  it is  toxic  at  above 1 percent  of
the sulfur concentration.

     I   was  wondering  the  following:  (1)  what  is  the
proportion  of  selenium  in   the  coal  and   (2)  do  the
desu If urization   procedures  effectively   remove   the
selenium?
 RESPONSE:  Dr. Power
                                  There are many  different  trace  elements  we looked
                             at,  and selenium  is probably associated  with the  mineral
                             matter in  the  coal being removed  during  physical cleaning.
                             In  that  respect  it  may  pose  a  problem  in  disposal  of
                             residue, but I  am not  sure what  the  exact concentrations
                             would   be.   They  would  vary  significantly  with   the
                             individual coals that you are concerned with.
QUESTION:
     Reference  has  been  made  to  planting strip  mine
banks  in  the  eastern  United  States.  I  have a  potential
problem   in  West  Virginia  and  would  like to  have  a
reference  on  how  to  come  out  with the  best solution
possible.
 RESPONSE:  Mr.  Martin
COMMENT:   Mr. Davis
                                  I  might give you  a couple of  ideas,  at least where  to
                             look  for  something  in  our shop. We have  one manual,
                             which  is   now  a  couple  years old, on environmental
                             protection  in surface  mining of coal by Elmore Grimm.  It
                             is  a  general manual  on  surface mining, but it does touch
                             on revegetation. We have a  couple of others dealing with
                             the  revegetation  aspects in  Kentucky   and  in  northern
                             West  Virginia. We have  those publications available  at our
                             office. You  may  write  and  ask for  them simply  by
                             naming the  subject  of  revegetation.
                                  The  Forest  Service  has  an  office in Princeton, West
                             Virginia, that can  help you on specific questions. The Soil
                             Conversation Service also has a  planting guide  for strip
                             mine spoils for West  Virginia; you  may get information
                             from  there.  The  Soil   Conservation  Districts  in  West
                             Virginia also help with the planting, and you can contact
                             your local  district man for help.
                                                                                                                         169

-------
  QUESTION:
     One  of  the papers hinted at the potential  fine coal
processing for releasing additional  impurities, and I would
like  to  ask whether or not any programs exist  in  the area
of  ultrafine   coal   grinding  and   the   removal  of  the
impurities once they are released?
   RESPONSE:  Mr. Kilgroe
                                     We are continuing our  cleanability  studies with the
                                 U.S.  Bureau of Mines,  and  we are looking at various trace
                                 elements, fractions  and  the  specific gravity  fractions of
                                 various  size  distributions   of   crushed   coal.  The   U.S.
                                 Geological  Survey  and the  Illinois Geological  Survey are
                                 also continuing to  look  at the distribution of  the  trace
                                 elements as a function of  size  distribution. But, we have
                                 not  really  gotten down to the fine grinding  of coal  yet.
                                 We  are  still  talking  in  the  range of  28  mesh, and   I
                                 assume by  fine  grinding  you  might be  talking about  a
                                 minus 328  mesh similar to  the  pulverized coal  or that for
                                 a utility boiler.
  RESPONSE:   Mr.  Richard  Hucko  (U.S. Bureau of Mines)
                                     Yes,  I  might just add one other thing to that. In the
                                455  samples that were  reported  on  as  part  of the U.S.
                                Bureau  of  Mines washability study, which of course is the
                                work funded by Mr. Kilgroe through  EPA, the coals  were
                                crushed to  1  1/2 inches, 3/8 inch, and 14 mesh top size.
                                There  is a  part  of  that  sample  for  each single coal that
                                we   did  that  still  remains, and they  are  going  to  be
                                crushed to  100  and perhaps  200  mesh and  evaluated
                                similarly to the  way  they  were  evaluated for  the larger
                                sizes. So  that  may  help  answer some  of  the  questions
                                that  have been  raised.
170

-------
technical
  discussion

-------
 RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMS FOR POLLUTION
       CONTROL  IN MINING AND TRANSPORT
               OF SOLID FUELS
         John F. Martin and Eugene F. Harris
      Industrial Environmental  Research Laboratory
         U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                Cincinnati, Ohio
INTRODUCTION

     Mining activities of one  type  or  another have
an impact  on every region of the  United  States .
The pollution problems associated with extraction
and transport of mineral resources  are likewise  of
national  concern.  The U. S. Environmental  Pro-
tection Agency (EPA) is directing a  significant
research and development program  aimed at the
ultimate control and elimination  of  these pollu-
tion problems.  At the same time, production
levels for raw materials and fuels must  not drop
so that individual welfare and national  security
are threatened.

     As mandated under the water, air, and  solid
waste acts, the Extraction Technology  Branch
(ETB), Industrial Environmental Research Labora-
tory, EPA, is working to develop  and prove  new
pollution  control technology for  production of
both solid fossil fuels and some  nonfuel minerals.
Work is progressing to:  (1) assess  the  potential
environmental damages (air, water, noise levels,
etc.) from active and abandoned mining,  transport-
ing, and beneficiation processes;  (2)  develop
methods to control, treat, and abate environmental
pollutants in these operations;  (3)  demonstrate
and document the technical/operational feasibility
and cost-effectiveness of environmental  control
options;  (4) provide, on a timely basis, environ-
mental control criteria; and (5)  prepare
standardized user manuals that encompass all
environmental pollution control aspects  to  meet
the operational needs of regulatory  and  control
agencies and the mining industry.

     The past emphasis of predecessors of ETB
was on large-scale demonstration  of  pollution
control for abandoned coal mines.  The Elkins
Demonstration Project (currently being updated)
was the first of its type to document  the effects
of surface mine reclamation and underground mine
sealing throughout an entire watershed.  Although
the project was modified to accommodate  continued
activity in the mines, it proved  that  properly
planned reclamation could be effective in reducing
the production of acid mine drainage (AMD).
Subsequent research efforts through  the  late
1960 s were oriented toward various  aspects of
AMD treatment by neutralization techniques,
reverse osmosis,  ion exchange,  freezing, and  foam
rractionation.   Other programs were  initiated to
develop control technology for eastern coal mines
to reduce water  pollution and enhance the success
of reclamation efforts.

     EPA's  efforts  to  develop control technology
through research and demonstration projects shifted
slightly in 1975.   Work  statements and final reports
were to be  oriented more toward production of user
manuals.  In  addition, studies were to be directed
toward assessment of all media pollution problems
associated  with  energy-  and  nonenergy-related
extraction.

     Active work areas for ETB are presently divided
into two sections—energy production and materials
production.   The following discussion will deal only
with energy-related research, including that for
surface and underground  eastern coal mines, treat-
ment of mine  drainage, oil shale mining, uranium
mining, and transport  of solid fuels.  Although the
intent of the program  is development and demonstra-
tion of total pollution  control technology,
individual  projects may  concentrate on one or more
aspects of  pollution control such as abatement of
AMD, soil stabilization  and  revegetation, moisture
conservation, dust  control,  or solid waste disposal.

TECHNICAL PROGRAMS

Eastern Surface  Coal Mines

     In the past, surface mines often resulted in
barren, ungraded spoil piles surrounding abandoned
pits or produced long barren scars in the mountain-
ous regions where contour highwalls were left to
stand above loose and  eroded spoil cast down the
mountainside.  Growing environmental concern and
more stringent state mining  regulations combined
to yield sites that were reclaimed, with varying
degrees of  success, and  returned to some useful,
or at least stable, form.  Even considering the
newer theories of backfilling, highwall reduction,
etc., many  of the steeper mountainous regions were
environmentally  unsuited for conventional contour
mining technologies.  Newly  developed mining
techniques—involving block  cutting, haulback of
spoils, mountaintop removal, and hollow fills—
have appeared within the past few years.  These
techniques  offer the advantage of containing spoils
in specifically  engineered sites to reduce greatly
the hazards of massive landslides,  erosion, and
stream siltation.

     The most recently initiated programs of ETB
in this area  involve development of proper pre-
mine planning practices,  assessment of the environ-
mental impact of newly emerging extraction
technologies, and demonstration of  controls for
minimizing  off-site damages.  A minor effort is
continuing  in reclamation research to keep abreast
of current  practice.  The grant to  Pennsylvania
State University to prepare  a "Manual for Premining
Planning Eastern Surface Coal Mines" is a major
effort to define the role of proper planning in
reducing environmental damages.  Two projects—
to study the  control of  surface mine sedimentation
through block-cut mining and to assess the
mountaintop removal and  head of hollow fill mining
techniques—are  characteristic of ETB efforts in
                                                                                                          173

-------
developing more  advanced  pollution control technology.
An active project  to  demonstrate sediment control
techniques for haul roads is currently progress-
ing with equal funding from EPA and the Bureau of
Mines.  Through  this  cooperative grant to the
Commonwealth of  Kentucky, both agencies hope to
prove  that current haul road construction
technology,  properly  applied, can effectively
reduce pollution contributions from a major source
of suspended solids in the mine area.  Other
interagency  projects  relating to eastern surface
mines  involve the  Tennessee Valley Authority
 (TVA)—"Strip Mine Drainage Water Quality" and
"Ecological  Recovery  after Reclamation of Toxic
Spoils"—and the U. S. Department of Agriculture
 (USDA)—"Controlling  Adverse Effects of Mining."
In addition, EPA is cooperating xcith the Energy
Research and Development  Administration (ERDA) in
a study to characterize the wastes and waste
streams at 20 mine sites  throughout the country.

     The above projects illustrate the types of
effort involved  in the EPA mining program.  There
are numerous other research and development
projects that will supply information to the pre-
mining planning  manual or subsequent user manuals
for environmental  control of surface mines.

Eastern Underground Coal  Mines

     Underground coal operations are a major source
of mining pollution in the eastern United States
 (east  of the 100th meridian).  During and follow-
ing mining,  water  drains  or is pumped from the mine
complex.  The quality of  this effluent is highly
variable, depending on the seam mined, mining
method, type of  mine, and water control techniques
applied.  Surface  disturbances associated with
underground  mines  contribute both to the sediment
load of surface  runoff and to the load of wind-
blown  particulate  matter.

     Mine drainage treatment and mine sealing have
long been the accepted methods for abatement of
this pollution.  Each, however, has its
disadvantages.   The treatment process is quite
acceptable for active operations, but is very
expensive and at best a short-term cure.  After a
mine is closed,  water treatment must continue for
years.  Mine sealing  is not a miracle cure for
mine drainage in that it  is successful only in
special cases with ideal  conditions.  Air sealing
to prevent oxidation  of acid-forming materials has
proved  to be nearly impossible.

     The emphasis  that EPA has placed on control
of underground mine drainage,  for the past several
years,  is oriented toward at-source control.  How
can mines be developed, operated,  and closed with
a minimum of environmental damage or required
water  treatment?   The "Deer Park Daylighting
Project," currently in the demonstration phase, is
an attempt to surface mine and then reclaim a
previously mined area in  northwestern Maryland.
The grant is intended to  show that it is feasible,
from an energy and environmental standpoint, to
strip out an abandoned underground mine,  recover
the unmined  coal pillars,  and  restore the area
to a state of productivity.
     A different  type of project in Pennsylvania!
investigating  the "Cost Effectiveness of Aquifer
Dewatering."   The thrust of the work is to show that
mine drainage  can be reduced by artificially remov-
ing or intercepting the groundwater in the vicinity
of the mine; thus reducing the infiltration to the
mine void.  Other projects are proceeding to investi-
gate the  effectiveness of backfilling mine voids
with waste materials, to define and reduce water
infiltration to the mine workings, to define the
mine's effect  on  surrounding groundwater resources
and to develop more effective mine sealing
techniques.

Treatment of Mine Drainage

     For  many  years,  treatment techniques for mine
drainage  have  involved a settling system coupled
with simple neutralization of acid waters.
Neutralizing agents such as limestone,  lime, soda
ash, and  caustic  soda have been used extensively
in the acid-producing eastern coal fields.  Processes
involving lime neutralization are probably  the most
advanced  and proven.   Recent trends have also
shown that combinations of neutralizing agents
commonly  have  a more  desirable treatment effect
than the  same  agents  used separately.   As  an example,
recent EPA studies have involved the use of
limestone/lime neutralization techniques,  finding
them to be efficient, less expensive from an oper-
ating standpoint,  and capable of producing  denser
floe material  for the settling stage than  the
technique of using lime alone.

     The  current  role of ETB is to redefine the
applicability  of  current treatment technology to
mining situations other than the eastern coal fieldsr
In addition, work is  continuing to develop  and
demonstrate more  advanced treatment techniques such
as ion exchange,  reverse osmosis,  neutrolosis, etc,
To illustrate  the current research trends,  one
active project entitled "Purification of Acid Mine
Drainage  by Neutrolosis" has as its objective the
development of a  refined and more efficient system
for reverse osmosis treatment of acid drainage using
lime neutralization of the resultant brines.

     Coupled with the various projects  involved in
removing  acid, metal  ions, sediment, and other
impurities, are efforts for safe disposal  techniques
for the sludges and brines that are the by-products
of the neutralization process.  Current studies have
just begun involving  sludge dewatering,  lagooning,
and spray irrigation.

Western Coal Mining

     As a part of its mining research program, EP«
has the responsibility to minimize environmental
damages due to the rapid increase in the production
of western coal.   In  order to meet this responsi-
bility, the actual and/or potential pollutants must
be determined  and control technology developed. 1&
addition  to grading,  surface water control, erosion
protection, and revegetation work—as required for
eastern surface coal  mines—the western mines
personnel must make provision for severe drought
conditions, wind  erosion and high-intensity rain
storms.  Many  of  the  active western mines are open
174

-------
 & t operations that  have the potential for major
 :; Miifer disruption and  extremely difficult
 :; iclamation.   Current  technology for the prevention
 >,d control of pollution involves revegetation and
 :'•• introl of surface and  subsurface waters where
 •.:.- issible.

     Because ETB programs in western coal mining
 .. -e relatively new,  it  is vital that a large
  . irtion of the programs deal with assessment of
 ' itential impacts and  problem areas.  To this end,
 xie "Northern Cheyenne  Tribal Council Project,"
  >r example,  involves  the impacts that mine
  jvelopment on the reservation would have on
  roundwater,  surface water,  land use, and socio-
  lonomic structures.  EPA and the Tribal Council
 7 >pe to develop a plan  for the Reservation that
 :'iuld delineate environmentally fragile areas and
 'How for selective  mining to benefit the Northern
  leyenne people while not destroying their customs
 '-id heritage.

     Work is also progressing on active mine sites,
  3 in the project in Arizona for "Environmental
 -jnitoring in the Four  Corners Area."  Here,
 •~:iformation on revegetation establishment, surface
 - iter quality, groundwater quality and quantities,
 :-nd irrigation potentials is being collected from
 L---he spoil material of  the mine site.  In the same
 ~rea, the Bureau of  Mines and ERDA are collecting
 -omplementary data regarding reclamation practices
 - .nd water harvesting techniques.

     Studies of the  groundwater formations in the
 __oal producing area  of  the West and development
 cf seed sources and  planting techniques are not
_/pacifically functions  of EPA.  They are, however,
 - eing conducted by the  U. S. Geological Survey
 ;JUSGS) and USDA.  These studies are vital in under-
 .. tanding the total regional environment and are
 Beneficial sources of  information for EPA's site
 - tudies.

 'ransport of Solid Fuels

''..    The objective of  this new work of ETB is to
 >roduce a multimedia assessment of the current
 environmental problems  and of any technology
 leeded to minimize the  pollutional aspects of
 "iolid fuel transport.   After relevant research
 md development work, a comparison and evaluation
 " if various control techniques will be made avail-
 " ible to government and  industry in the form of a
- iser manual.   Here the  economics and effectiveness
 )f the various control  options of each mode of
 :ransport will be thoroughly discussed to provide
 :he user with a basis for selecting or evaluating
 i sound system for moving energy-producing
•materials.   The work area deals with the five
 oaslc modes of transport in  general use by the
 -::oal industry:  truck,  rail,  barge, pipeline, and
- :onveyor.


     A current study relating to the above work
 is entitled "The Environmental and Pollution
 Aspects of  Coal Slurry  Pipelines."  Here, the ETB
 hopes  to define various problem areas of the
 pipeline approach so that future efforts can be
 focused on  solving them.
Uranium Extraction

     The mining of uranium entails a sizeable
variety of environmental  hazards  including surface
and groundwater contamination,  fugitive dust
emissions, and solid waste disposal problems created
by onsite beneficiation processes.  To date, little
effective control technology is available.  The
existing state-of-the-art for mining control tech-
nology needs  to be assessed,  as does the possibility
of transfer or adaptation of technology from similar
extractive industries.

     In addition to being extracted by surface and
conventional  underground  mining techniques,  uranium
is obtained by in situ underground processes.  There
is at present little understanding of the geologic
and hydrologic setting in which this type of extrac-
tion can occur.  The impact of  solvents utilized in
the leaching  process is not well  known.  A need
exists for the determination and  translation of
this information for use  in evaluating the environ-
mental impact of In situ  uranium  extraction.

     Currently under consideration are three
projects for  beginning the collection of data
necessary to  evaluate the above mentioned extractive
techniques.   This information,  to be partially
assembled as  a "User Manual," should provide a basis
for continuing and effective research and develop-
ment efforts  to reduce or control environmental
damages resulting from uranium  extraction.

PROGRAM ACCOMPLISHMENTS

     During the past year,  various final reports
have been released by ETB as  products of the mining
research program.  These  publications, in the form
of research reports or user manuals, represent
completed efforts.  In many cases these results
will be referenced and incorporated in future
manuals that  will summarize all work undertaken
In a given subject area (i.e.,  Eastern Surface Coal
Mines, etc.).  Present reports  have received wide
distribution  throughout industry  and government,
and are being used to design  control systems or
provide information regarding specific problem
areas or designs.  The manual entitled "Erosion
and Sediment  Control" has received extremely good
distribution  (over 15,000 copies)  and is being used
by many engineers, mining companies, and state and
federal agencies for design and evaluation of sedi-
ment control  structures.   Other final reports are
as follows:

     1.   "Trough Creek Limestone Barrier
          Installation and  Evaluation,"
          EPA-600/2-76-114—a demonstration  project
          to neutralize an  acid stream in place,
          using porous limestone  barriers.

     2.   "Extensive Overburden Potentials for
          Soil and Water  Quality," EPA-600/2-76-184—
          a manual for the  use  of overburden sampling.
          and analysis to aid in  premining planning.

     3.   "Evaluation of  Surface  Mine Reclamation
          Techniques - Campbell's Run Watershed,
          Pennsylvania,"  EPA-600/2-76-111—a
                                                                                                          175

-------
          demonstration of reclamation  of  21
          hectares of strip mined  land  to  reduce
          infiltration to underground workings.

     4.   "Effectiveness of Surface Mine Sedimenta-
          tion Ponds," EPA-600/2-76-117—a survey
          of mine sediment structures to determine
          efficiency of removal of suspended
          solids.

     5.   "Treatment of Acid Mine  Drainage by  the
          Alumina-Lime-Soda Process,"
          EPA-600/2-76-206—a bench scale  study
          to produce potentially potable quality
          water from AMD.

     6.   "Resources Allocation to Optimize Mining
          Pollution Control," EPA-600/2-76-112—a
          model developed to predict pollution
          loads and direct efforts for  the most
          cost effective pollution abatement.

     7.   "Erosion and Sediment Control,"
          EPA-625/3-76-006—a two-volume manual
          for planning and design  of sediment
          control structures.

     8.   "Assessment of Environmental  Aspects of
          Uranium Mining and Milling,"
          EPA-600/7-76-036—a preliminary  assess-
          ment of the environmental impact
          associated with production of domestic
          uranium ores.

     Feasibility studies or interim reports were
published for the projects involving underground
mine daylighting, debris basin effectiveness for
sediment control, surface and underground  mine
sealing in  the Tioga River Watershed, coal  mine
haul road sediment control, and the use of  fly ash
for surface mine reclamation in Hillman State  Park.
In addition to these, two draft reports are being
reviewed for the major efforts dealing  with the
assessment  of coal transport and the assessment
of head-of-hollow fill and mountaintop  removal
mining.

CONCLUSIONS

     The work of EPA and other agencies has led to
more effective pollution control technology for
mining and  to more environmentally sound and
efficient mining methods.  Recent  publications of
ETB, concerning sediment pond construction  and
control structures for sediment control, have  had
a major positive impact on the industrial  community.
The cooperative project of ETB and the  Bureau  of
Mines regarding coal haul roads, is not only a
major effort toward controlling the adverse effects
of one of industry's most troublesome pollution
sources, but also a demonstration  that  the  interests
of two federal agencies can be combined in  a single
effort too  large for either to undertake alone.
Other coordinated contributions from various federal
agencies will be part of the total mining  pollution
control picture in supplying assessment data,
biological recovery studies, seed  sources,
revegetation techniques, groundwater information,
etc.
     Health effects, water treatment schemes,
sludge disposal,  revegetation,  mine closure,
groundwater control, and  formation of viable
regulations are all areas for continued  research
The basic mechanisms in the formation and control
of mining pollution are well known.  Active research
and demonstration projects are  paving the way toward
greater understanding  and more  advanced  and econoa-
ical mining and pollution control methods.  The
small questions raised in present research and
development efforts are the research needs and
full-scale demonstration  projects of the future,
By looking to what we  have found, and what we are
finding today, we can  project what will  be necessary
tomorrow.
176

-------
      DEVELOPMENT PROGRESS IN COAL CLEANING
              FOR DESULFURIZATION

                  James D. Kilgroe
        Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory
          U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
          Research Triangle Park, North Carolina
 1TRODUCTION

     Sulfur oxide air pollution  emissions from
 >al combustion exceeded 20.5 million tons in
 )74.  With the increasing use of  coal as an
 lergy source, improved methods  are needed for
 le control of this pollutant.   Major strategies
 jr the  control of SO,, emissions include the use
 E coal  cleaning, the combustion of coal in
 lemically active fluidized  beds,  the removal of
 Dllutants by flue gas scrubbing and the generation
 E clean synthetic fuels.  An economically
 ttractive control strategy  is coal cleaning.
 ne EPA  Office of Energy, Minerals and Industry
 upports a comprehensive program for the develop-
 ent and demonstration of coal cleaning for SO,,
 mission control.  Major activities and signif-
 cant results of this program, which is directed by
 he Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory,
 esearch Triangle Park  (IERL-RTP), are described
 n this  paper.

 ECHNICAL STATUS

 oal Cleanability

     The sulfur content of coal  ranges from less
 han 1 to more than 7 percent.   Sulfur appears
 n coal  in three forms: mineral  sulfur in the
 orm of  pyrite (FeS.), organically bound sulfur
 nd trace quantities  of "sulfate"  sulfur.
 •ulfate  sulfur occurs in coal as a result of the
 .ttack of oxygen on the mineral  pyrite.  It is
 • oluble  in water and  can be  removed in wet coal
 'reparation plants.   Organic sulfur occurs as
 iart of  the organic coal structure and cannot be
 'emoved  by physical coal preparation techniques.
 'yrite occurs in coal seams  in sizes ranging
 "rom small discrete particles to large lumps.
 -t can be found intimately dispersed in the coal
 substance, in bands,  in layers or  in large
 Jieces.

     Physical preparation or cleaning techniques
 ire capable of removing varying  fractions of the
 :oal pyritic sulfur as determined  by the properties
 31 each  coal.  Chemical processes  are capable of
 removing over 95 percent of  the  pyritic sulfur
 and up to about 70 percent of the  organic sulfur.

     Laboratory float-sink studies have been
performed on over 455 U. S.  coals  to determine
their physical cleanability.  C1)  The samples
tested  were from mines in the six major  coal
producing regions of the U. S., the mines  which
provide more than 70 percent of the coal used in
U.  S. utility boilers.

      The results of these float-sink  tests
indicate that in general pyrite removal  increased
with  reduced particle size and lowered specific
gravity of separation.  This fact is  extremely
important.   It implies that to enhance pyritic
sulfur  removal more of the coal must  be  crushed
and processed at finer particle sizes than
historically practiced in coal preparation.   A
second  important fact determined by these  studies
is  that the final sulfur levels to which coals
can be  cleaned vary from coal region  to  coal
region  and from one coal bed to another  within
the same region (coal cleanability also  varies
to  a  significant extent from location to location
within  the same mine).

      Sulfur removal by chemical methods  is
dependent upon coal properties and process
conditions—time, pressure, temperature, and
chemical reagents.  A number of investigators have
studied these relationships        .  In some
instances the availability of information  is
limited because it  is considered to be proprietary.
Process costs will  probably limit the amount of
sulfur  which can be removed to about  95  percent
of  the  pyritic sulfur and 40 percent  of  the
organic sulfur.

      Figure 1 presents parametric relationships
between the degree  of cleaning (pyritic  and
organic sulfur reduction), the sulfur level  of
the cleaned coal and the percentage of utility
coals which can be  cleaned to a specified  sulfur
content.

            FEDERAL EPA STANDARD M1.2 LB SO2/MM Btu)
   60
                             ASSUMING 12,500 Btu/lb.
                             COAL MUST BE CLEANED TO
                             075% S TO MEET FEDERAL
                             NEW SOURCE STANDARDS FOR
                             STEAM GENERATORS.
                   DATA SOURCE: U. S. BUREAU OF MINES
                             (REPORT OF INVESTIGATION 7633)
Figure  1.
.75 1.0       2.0       3.0        4.0

        SULFUR CONTENT, PERCENT


 Potential levels of desulfurization
 for U.S.  utility coals.
                                                  5.0
(1) Superior numbers refer to  similarly numbered
references at the end of this  paper.
Coal Cleaning Costs

     The costs of  physical and chemical coal
cleaning for sulfur  removal are to a large
extent undefined.  Physical cleaning has tradi-
tionally been used to  remove ash and mining
                                                                                                           177

-------
residues  from coals.   There is virtually no data
correlating  costs  and sulfur removal in commercial
coal  cleaning equipment.   However,  substantial
data  exists  on the costs  of cleaning for ash
removal.   Using  this data one can  deduce the
costs of  sulfur removal from correlations
between ash  and sulfur removal in commercial
equipment.   While  these correlations are few and
tenuous they do provide estimates which indicate
that  in some cases physical coal cleaning will
be  a  more cost effective  emission control technique
than  flue gas desulfurization (FGD).  However,
physical  cleaning  is  not  a panacea  since it
cannot remove organic sulfur from coal or in
some  cases sufficient pyritic sulfur,  to meet a
specified emission level.
      Chemical coal cleaning is capable of removing
 nearly all the pyritic sulfur and a substantial
 fraction of the organic sulfur.   However, chemical
 cleaning is more costly than physical cleaning.
 Costs for its use may range from the costs of
 FGD to the costs of producing synthetic fuels
 from coal.   Further,  because of  their early
 state of development,  the  estimated costs for
 chemical coal cleaning  are less  certain than
 those for physical cleaning.


      A major goal of  the IERL-RTP coal cleaning
 program is  to develop  data on the performance
 and cost of equipment  and  processes for removing
 sulfur from coal.
 Status  of  Coal  Cleaning  Technology


     Physical coal preparation processes  for
 steam coal are  oriented  toward the  removal  of
 ash and mining  residue.  The physical  removal  of
 pyritic sulfur  from steam coal has  not been
 commercially used as a method of S0_ emission
 control.  The physical removal of pyrite  will
 require crushing to fine particle sizes prior  to
 separation.  Separation at these fine  sizes
 while not impossible represents a shift to  a mix
 of equipment and operating conditions which is
 different from  those traditionally  used for
 steam coal preparation.  Dewatering and drying
 of a large percentage of fine coal  may be required
 for many of the new plants.
     The variability of sulfur forms within  a
coal bed or mine presents a special problem
which will require the development of  improved
technology if coal cleaning is to be used  for
SO,, emission control.  Mining and blending
methods are needed to attenuate the sulfur
variations in the plant feed, and process  instru-
mentation is needed for measurement and  control
of the product sulfur level.


     Chemical coal cleaning is in the  early
stages of development and it is estimated  that  a
commercial plant could not be put into operation
for at least 5 to 10 years.  At least  23 chemical
coal cleaning processes have been identified by  EPA.
However,  many of these processes are either
conceptual  only,  are not presently active,  have
never been  tested on coal, or do not result in
c^al-like products.   Only seven or eight processes
appear to merit  serious consideration at this
time.  Factors which determine the potential use
of these processes include:   the amounts and
types of sulfur  removal, process costs, state-of-
development, and  residue disposal problems.  An
EPA report  describing the development status of
each of these chemical coal  cleaning processes is
to be published  in the near  future.
Options for Using  Coal Cleaning
      Physical coal cleaning can be used on a
 limited number of U.S. coals to meet Federal New
 Source Performance Standards (NSPS) for steam
 generators.   Moreover a large number of coals can
 be  physically cleaned and used (1) to meet less
 stringent  state SO "emission standards or (2) in
 conjunction  with flue gas desulf urization (FGD)
 to  lower emission control costs.

      Only  14 percent of the 455 U.S. coals tested
 by  the Bureau of Mines are capable of meeting
 NSPS  without cleaning   .   Crushed to a top
 size  of  1-1/2 in.  and cleaned to  a Btu recovery
 of  90 percent (10  percent  of the  heat from the
 mined coal would be  lost) ,  a total of 24  percent of
 these coals  could  meet NSPS.   The percentage of
 coal  which will be cleaned  to NSPS levels could
 be  increased by either a reduction in the coal
 particle size or a reduction in the Btu recovery
 value of the cleaned  product.   In the latter
 case  a middling coal  fraction could probably be
 used  in  a boiler with FGD.

      A much  larger percentage of  coals  can be
 cleaned  to meet standards which,in some locations
 are as high  as  5 to  6 Ib SO./10  Btu.   For
 example, 36  percent  of the  455  U.S.  coal  samples
 tested by the Bureau  of  Mines would be  able to
 meet  a standard of 2.0 Ib  SO /10   Btu when
 reduced  to 1-1/2 in.  top size and cleaned to a
 Btu recovery level of 90 percent.   For  these
 same  cleaning conditions over 65  percent  of the
 samples would be,able to meet emission  standards
 of  4.0 Ib S02/10  Btu.

      A note  of  caution is needed.   The  percentages
 of  coals which  can be cleaned to  specific sulfur
 levels relate only to those  mines tested.  It
would be erroneous to conclude  that these same
values apply to the percentage  of U.S.  coal
 reserves which  can be cleaned to  specific sulfur
 levels.  An  estimation of the cleanability of the
U.S.  coal reserves will  soon be available from
 studies now  in  progress.

      The use of physical coal cleaning  in combination
with  flue gas desulf urization (FGD)  represents an
approach where  the advantages of  each technique
 can be used  to  minimize  emission  control  costs
while permitting the  most effective use of U.S.
 coal  resources.  A recent study on the  use of a
 combination  of  physical  coal cleaning and flue
 gas desulfurization shows significant economic
 advantages to this combined  pollution control
178

-------
       (4)
 nethod. v^'   In  36  case  studies in areas where
 local regulations  for  SO -emissions vary from 1.2
:;o 1.6 lb  SO^/IO   Btu,  the  cost of using a combi-
 lation of  conventional  coal cleaning and flue gas
 lesulfurization was  2  to 55 percent lower than flue
' »as desulfurization  alone for new plants and 10
'-o 60 percent lower  for existing plants.  The
 irithmetic average for  the  cases cited showed
":osts which were  about  30 percent lower for new
 jlants and 40 percent  lower for existing plants.

 'ROGRAM DISCUSSION

     The IERL-RTP  coal  cleaning program includes
 i wide range of activities  from research on the
 -.haracteristics of coal to  the demonstration of
'commercial coal preparation processes.  The
"program is divided into subprograms for:  (1)
 :he assessment  of  pollution from coal cleaning,
' :oal transportation  and coal storage, (2) the
: -development of  physical and chemical processes
:-:or removing contaminants from coal and (3) the
-Development of  pollution control technology for
 :oal preparation processes.  In addition to
 :ontract R&D directed  by IERL-RTP, cooperative
 projects are conducted with (1) the U.S. Bureau
 •jf Mines (USBM) ,  (2) the U.S. Geological Survey
 [USGS) , and (3) the  Energy Research and Development
.iLdministration  (ERDA),  and  the Electric
_Jower Research  Institute (EPRI).   The following
 - >aragraphs discuss the  status of projects under
.-;ach of the three  coal  cleaning subprograms.

 invironmental Assessment

     The overall  objectives of the environmental
 issessment activities  have  been to characterize
 :oal contaminants  and  identify the fate of these
 :ontaminants during  coal processing and coal
 ise.  Initial studies  have  focused on sulfur and
 potentially hazardous  accessory elements (minor
 md trace elements)  contained in coal.  Future
 studies will also  evaluate  potentially hazardous
 irganics which  may be  leached from coal and coal
 "'esidues.

     Trace Elements  in  Coal.   EPA has supported
 •esearch at the Illinois Geological Survey (IGS)
 :o evaluate the occurrence  and distribution of
• :race elements  in  coal.  This work has been
 supported by the  Synthetic  Fuel and Coal Cleaning
 irograms at IERL-RTP.   Analyses have been completed
 :m 172 whole coal  samples.   Of these, 114 samples
 -?ere from the Illinois  Basin,  the remaining
: samples were from  other coal-producing areas of
.•Ae U.S.  Analyses have been made to determine
 :he occurrence  and distribution of trace elements
, is a function of the vertical segment of the
 ,:oal seam (bench)  and  the specific gravity of
>he crushed samples.   Further, an index of
 irganic affinity was calculated from the specific
 ;ravity fractions  of these  coals.   This index
v'ermits one to  estimate the manner in which
•. rarious elements will be distributed during coal
 rashing.

     Conclusions from these studies which provide
,,-nsight into potential  environmental problems
 j'ssociated with the  preparation and use of coals
 ,-nclude:
     (1)  Elemental  concentrations  tend to be
highest in coals from  the  Appalachians, lowest
in coals of the Western United  States,  and
intermediate in coals  from the  Illinois Basin.

     (2)  Elements that have  the  largest ranges
in concentrations are  those that  are found in
distinct mineral phases in coal;  elements with
narrow ranges are found in organic  combination
in coal.

     (3)  On the average only four  elements
(boron, chlorine, selenium and  arsenic) are
present in coals at  concentrations  significantly
greater than the average concentrations in the
earth's crust.

     (4)  Benches of a single coal  seam often
exhibit wide variations in elemental concentrations.
High concentrations  are most  commonly observed
at the top and/or bottom of the coal seam.

     (5)  Major quantities of elements  with high
inorganic affinities may be removed from coals
by specific gravity  cleaning  techniques   disposal
of these residue materials in turn  may  pose a
significant environmental  problem.

     Work at IGS will  be continued  to extend the
mineralogical and chemical characterization of
coals, especially as related  to the distribution
of elements and minerals during specific gravity
separation.

     Characterization  of Coal Preparation Wastes.
EPA and ERDA are sponsoring research at the Los
Alamos Scientific Laboratory  (LASL) to:   (1)
characterize the trace elements and mineralogy
of coal preparation  wastes, (2) evaluate the
leaching of trace elements under  environmental
conditions  (laboratory simulated),  and  (3)
evaluate technology  applicable  to the control of
environmental pollution from  trace  elements in
coal refuse.

     Initial studies have  concentrated  on coal
wastes from four different preparation  plants in
the Illinois Basin.  Trace elements and minerals
in these wastes were identified.  Associations
were established between the  trace  elements and
major minerals to evaluate the  potential for
release of trace elements  under environmental
weathering conditions.  Laboratory  leaching
studies were conducted to  simulate  environmental
weathering of these  wastes.  Variables  included
surface area (size), time, temperature, pH,
access to air and oxidizing bacteria.

     Leaching increased with  decreasing pH,
increased availability of  air,  increased surface
area and increased leaching time.   Experiments
using oxidizing bacteria are  not  complete.
Highly leachable elements  of  environmental
concern included:  Be, Al, Mn,  Fe,  Co,  Ni, Cu,
Zn, As, Se, Mo, Cd and Tl.

     Continuing studies will  focus  on similar
evaluations of coal  preparation wastes  from
Appalachian and Western coals.   Also, various
methods for controlling the leaching of these
                                                                                                           179

-------
elements or the clean-up of leachant will  be
investigated.

     Environmental Assessment Project.   A  three
year project to assess the environmental impacts
of coal preparation, coal transportation and  coal
storage is being conducted for  IERL-RTP  by the
Battelle Columbus Laboratories.  Major project
activities include:

     (1)  The development of a  technology  overview
containing a description of all  current  coal
cleaning processes and their associated  pollution
control problems.

     (2)  The development and performance  of
an environmental test program to obtain  improved
data on pollutants from commercial  coal  cleaning
plants.

     (3)  The performance of trade-off studies to
evaluate the relative cost effectiveness of coal
cleaning as compared to other SO  emission control
strategies  (primarily FGD).

      (4)   The  performance of  studies  to  determine
 the  relative  environmental  impacts  of  coal clean-
 ing  and FGD.

     Progress  during  the  first  year of this
 project has included  the  completion of a technology
 overview study and  the  development  of  a  plan  for
 environmental  testing  at  commercial coal prepara-
 tion plants in the  U.S.   The  second year of the
 program will  include  environmental  testing at
 four to five  preparation  plants and the  initiation
 of  trade-off  studies  on alternative SO.  emission
 control strategies.

     Combustion of  Hydrothermally  Treated  Coals.
 Laboratory experiments  were  run to  evaluate
 sulfur and trace element  emissions  which result
 from the combustion of  coals  treated  by  the
 Battelle Hydrothermal  Process.   These  experiments
 were conducted in  a 1  Ib/hr  laboratory combustor
 at  the Battelle Columbus  Laboratories.   Tests
 were conducted using  raw  coal,  coal leached with
 sodium hydroxide,  and  coal  leached  with  a  mixture
 of  sodium hydroxide and calcium hydroxide.
 Coals  from the  Martinka and Westland  coal  mines
 were evaluated.   Generally,  the sulfur content
 of  the treated  coals was  reduced below 0.6 Ib
 S/10  Btu  on  a  moisture and  ash free  basis.
 Corresponding  values  in the untreated  coals
 ranged from approximately 1.5  to 2.5  Ib  S/10
 Btu.   During  combustion from  25 to  75  percent of
 the  fuel  sulfur was  retained  in the combustor
 ash  and fly ash.   Generally,  ash sulfur  retention
 in  the mixed  leachant  coals was superior to that
 in  the coals  treated with NaOH.  During  combustion
 experiments with untreated  coals,  sulfur retention
 in  the ash  ranged  from  3  to  30  percent.   The
 emission  of trace  elements  from combustion of
 the  treated coals was  substantially reduced when
 compared  to corresponding combustion  products
 from the  raw  coals.

     Combustion experiments  in  commercial  sized
boilers will be required  to  confirm the  results
of these  laboratory  experiments.
     Geologic  Variability of Coal Contaminanh
The USGS is  studying the variability of contam-
inants within  coal  seams under an interagency
agreement with EPA.   The objectives of this
project are  to:
     (1)  Determine  the geologic factors
the lateral variation,  vertical variation
crystal form and  size  of pyrite in coal.
controlling
     (2)  Determine  the  geologic factors  controlling
mineral and elemental  variations in coal,  especially
as related to the  possible separation of  the
organic and inorganic  fractions of coal during
physical cleaning.

     (3)  Evaluate various methods for correlating
coal cleanability with its petrologic characteristics

     (4)  Develop methodology for determining
the cleanability of  coal in the U.S.  reserves.

     Initial studies in  satisfying these  objectives
will focus on  the  Upper  Freeport seam near Homer
City, PA. The  USGS  studies will complement other
EPA studies at  the  PENELEC Homer City coal
cleaning plant  which are directed to the  develop-
ment of mining  schemes which will aid in  the
removal of coal contaminants during preparation.

     The USGS  project  began in October 1976.
Core hole and mine  face  samples are now being
evaluated.  Several  mines have been inspected
and field trips have been made to determine the
geological history  of  the area surrounding the
Homer City power complex.

Coal Cleaning  Technology Development

     Major projects  under the coal cleaning
technology development subprogram include:  (1)
a detailed assessment  of existing equipment and
processes which can  be used for coal desulfuriza-
tion; (2) the  development of new desulfurization
processes and  (3)  the  demonstration of physical
coal cleaning  as an  effective method for  SO,
emission control for utility boilers.

     Technology Assessment.  A major three year
project to assess  technology for the physical
and chemical desulfurization of coal was  begun
in January 1977.   This project is being conducted
by Versar, Inc., with  the assistance of the Joy
Manufacturing  Co.,  Denver Equipment Division.
The principal project  activity will be to
develop data on the  performance of commercial
coal cleaning  equipment  in separating fine coal
and pyrite.  The capital and operating costs
associated with pyrite removal will also  be
identified.  Similar cost and performance evalua-
tions will be made  on  equipment for dewatering
and drying fine coal.  Other project activities
will include:   an  evaluation of chemical  coal
cleaning processes;  an evaluation of coal prepara-
tion requirements  for  synthetic fuel conversion
processes; an  evaluation of pollution control
technology used for  coal cleaning; and the
conduct of engineering trade-off studies  to
establish the  performance and costs of coal
preparation plants  designed for improved  pyrite
180

-------
 Removal and Btu recovery.

 '••   Progress to date has  included the collection
  f  existing data on coal cleaning for pyrite
  emoval and the construction of a mobile laboratory
  o  facilitate equipment testing at commercial
 ' oal preparation plants.

     Homer City Coal Cleaning Demonstration.
  he Pennsylvania Electric  Company (PENELEC) is
 -Constructing a 1200 tph coal preparation plant at
  -heir Homer City power complex.  When completed
 " he plant will provide physically cleaned coal
 .0  two existing 600 MW units and one new 650 MW
  nit.  The cleaning plant  is to be used in place
  f  scrubbers to meet Pennsylvania and Federal
  0  emission regulations.

     EPA, PENELEC, EPRI and ERDA are cooperatively
 -upporting a demonstration program at the Homer
  ity complex.  EPA plans to provide approximately
  wo-thirds of the funds in support of an estimated
 ...4  million test and evaluation program.  The
 .. bjectives of the demonstration program are to:

     (1)  Determine the variability of sulfur
  nd other pollutants in coal fed to the cleaning
  lant.

     (2)  Determine the performance of equipment
  sed for the separation of coal and pyrite.

     (3)  Determine the capability of plant
 " rocess controls to maintain the coal product
 •"~treams within sulfur, ash and Btu specifications.

     (4)  Characterize pollutant streams emitted
  rom the preparation and power plants.

     (5)  Determine if a need exists for the
 -Development of improved pollution control technol-
 -gy-

     (6)  Evaluate the effects of using clean
 .J-oal on the performance of the boilers and
  lectrostatic precipitators at the power plant.

     (7)  Evaluate the effectiveness of planned
  esidue disposal techniques.

 :    (8)  Determine the fate of potentially
 . azardous minor and trace  pollutants contained
 --n  the coal used at the preparation and power
  'lants.

     (9)  Determine capital and operating costs
 /f  the preparation and power plants; i.e.,  the
 .;;osts of using physical coal cleaning to meet
 . iO^ emission regulations.

 -;    (10)  Evaluate other equipment or coal
 ./leaning circuits as needed to demonstrate the
 'lability of the Homer City plant for cleaning
 ./oal to meet SO  emission  regulations.

     The preparation plant is scheduled to  begin
 itart-up tests late this spring.  Pilot plant
' .ests are underway at the  U.S.  Bureau of Mines
";est facility in Bruceton,  PA.   Several baseline
' environmental tests have been completed and the
 development of detailed test plans has been
 started.   Cooperative studies with the USGS to
 evaluate the variability of sulfur in the Homer
 City reserves are in progress.

      Technology Development (USBM).   EPA is
 supporting a number of coal cleaning R&D projects
 through an interagency agreement with the
 Department of the Interior.  Coal cleaning
 technology development activities include research
 performed by the USBM Coal Preparation and
 Analysis Group at Bruceton, PA. and contract
 work directed by them.  Major active projects
 during the past year included research or demon-
 stration on the following:

      (1)  Studies on the cleanability of selected
 U.S.  coals (USBM project).

      (2)   Surface phenomena in the dewatering of
 coal (Syracuse University  research grant).

      (3)   Control of black water in coal preparation
 plant  recycle and discharge (Penn State University).

      (4)   High gradient magnetic separation
 (General  Electric Co.  and  Massachusetts Institute
 of  Technology).

      (5)   Absorption-desorption reactions in
 desulfurization of coal by pyrite flotation
 (University of Utah).

      (6)   Computer simulation  of coal preparation
 plants (University of  Pittsburgh).

      (7)   Engineering  and  economic  analysis of
 coal preparation for SO- emission control
 (Hoffman-Munter  Corp.).

      (8)   Design of  a  coal preparation test
 facility  (Birtley Engineering).

      (9)   Evaluation of stabilization agents for
 coal preparation plant sludges  (Dravo Corp.).

     A summary of these USBM coal  cleaning  R&D
 activities  is  given  in a separate paper  included
 in  the  proceedings of  this  conference.

     TRW Chemical Coal  Cleaning  Process.  In
previous years EPA supported bench and  laboratory
scale  development work on  coal  desulfurization
by  aqueous  ferric sulfate leaching.   This process
developed by TRW is  capable  of  removing  from
90  to  95 percent  of  the pyritic  sulfur  in a variety
of  U.S. coals.   Construction of  1/3-ton  per hour
reactor test unit (RTU) capable  of pilot  scale
testing has been  completed  at Capistrano, California.

     The plant dedication  took  place  on  April
22, 1977.   The safety  review and system  check-outs
were completed in early May  and  cold  flow tests  were
completed in mid-May.   Hot  flow  tests with  water
are scheduled  for completion in  early June.
Pulverized  coal  will be circulated through  the
RTU in  June to verify  system functions.   Initial
test runs are  planned  for  August.  An initial
nine month  test  program is  planned to verify
major process variables.
                                                                                                           181

-------
     Thermochemical Desulfurization Process.
Institute of Gas Technology  (IGT) under EPA
contract has been developing  a  thermalchemical
process for coal desulfurization.  This process
is capable of removing both organic and pyritic
sulfur from coal.  Products of  the process are a
low sulfur coal  char and a low  Btu gas.  The
principal achievement to date has been the
validation of the process concept.  Operating
conditions have  been determined with  both laboratory
and bench scale  equipment.  Tests showing satis-
factory desulfurization of four coals representing
abundant, high sulfur, eastern  coal reserves
have been completed.  In each case the treated
product could be burned without exceeding present
Federal EPA SO   emission standards for coal
r- •            X
fired steam generators.

     The achievement of satisfactory  desulfurization
was the result of a discovery that mild, oxidative
pretreatment of  the coal rendered the organic
sulfur more amenable to removal; until this
discovery sulfur removal had  been unsatisfactory.
It now appears that the IGT  system may be a
viable alternative  for making a low  sulfur,
solid, fossil  fuel  from high  sulfur  U.S. coals
which cannot be  adequately desulfurized by
physical cleaning.

     Microwave Desulfurization. Laboratory
experiments by the  General Electric  Company have
demonstrated the technical feasibility of coal
desulfurization  by microwave  energy.  Both
pyritic and organic sulfur appear to  be removed.
Pyrite is preferentially excited by  the microwave
energy producing volatile or  water soluble
sulfur compounds which may be easily  removed
from the coal.   Coal-NaOH mixtures exposed to
microwave energy show a reduction of  organic
sulfur after washing.  The coal organic structure
and NaOH absorb  little microwave energy at the
treatment frequency  (8.3 GEL).  However, it is
postulated that  sufficient energy is  absorbed by
water in the coal to cause reactions  between
NaOH and the coal organic sulfur.

     Laboratory  experiments  are continuing to
evaluate the mechanisms of coal desulfurization
by microwave energy and identify those process
variables which  will increase sulfur  removal.

Pollution Control Technology  Development

     The subprogram to develop  coal  cleaning
pollution control technology  is in its assessment
phase.  Projects to develop  improved  pollution
control technology will be initiated  as the need
for improved pollution control  methods are
identified.

CONCLUSIONS

     Physical and chemical coal cleaning can be
used to meet a variety of State and  Federal SO
emission regulations, singly  or in combination
with flue gas desulfurization.  IERL-RTP projects
now in progress  will:

     (1)  Provide needed data on the  performance
and costs of coal preparation for coal desulfuri-
                                                          zation.
      (2)  Demonstrate  the  economic and technical
feasibility  of  using  coal cleaning as an SO
control strategy.
2
      (3)   Characterize  the cleanability of U.S.
coals by physical  and chemical methods.

      (4)   Develop  methodology to determine the
cleanability  of  U.S. coal reserves.

      (5)   Identify pollution emission and waste
disposal problems  for coal cleaning,  coal trans-
portation  and coal storage which require the
development of improved pollution control
technology.

      (6)   Continue the  development of promising
physical and  chemical coal cleaning techniques.
REFERENCES

     (1)  Cavallaro, J.A., M.  T.  Johnston, and
A. W. Deurbrouck.  Sulfur Reduction Potential of
U.S. Coals:  A Revised Report  of  Investigations,
EPA-600/2-76-091  (NTIS No. PB  252-965/AS) or
Bureau of Mines RI 8118, Washington, D. C. ,
April 1976.

     (2)  Hamersma, J. W., and M. L. Kraft.
Applicability of  the Meyers Process for Chemical
Desulfurization of Coal:  Survey  of Thirty-five
Coals, EPA-650/2-74-025-a, (NTIS  No. PB 254-461/AS),
Washington, D. C., September 1975.

     (3)  Reggel, et al.  Preparation of Ash-
free, Pyrite-free Coal by Mild Chemical Treatment,
presented at American Chemical Society (Division
of Fuel Chemistry) National Meeting, New York
City, August 27-September 1, 1972.

     (4)  Aresco, S. J., L. Hoffman, and E.  C.
Holt, Jr.  Engineering/Economic Analyses of  Coal
Preparation with  SO  Cleanup Processes for
Keeping Higher Sulfur Coals in the Energy Market,
Preliminary Report on U.S. Bureau of Mines
contract J0155171, The Hoffman-Munter Corporation,
Silver Spring, Maryland, June  1976.

CONVERSION FACTORS

     The following conversion  factors may be used
to convert from the English units used in this
paper to metric units.

     1 inch = 2.54 cm
     1 tph =  .907 metric tph

     1 ^f,             ^
       TCT Btu =  2.326 10  Joule
182

-------
     U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
             SPONSORED  RESEARCH
            AT U.S. BUREAU OF MINES
                 Richard E. Hucko
        Coal Preparation and Analysis Laboratory
                 Bureau of Mines
            U.S. Department of the Interior
               Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
INTRODUCTION

     Increased national attention is presently
being paid to coal and its preparation to meet
energy demands consistent with environmental
legislation.  The Bureau of Mines has increased
its efforts in developing improved technology in
preparing coal and new methods for removing
sulfur and fugitive elements.   EPA has provided
both funds and moral support for the Bureau's
research program at a time when both were badly
needed.  This paper will describe in brief form,
.the substance of each project  sponsored by the
:EPA, as well as to present the more recent
developments in each area of funding.

IN-HOUSE RESEARCH

-Characteristics and Removal of Pyritic Sulfur
     Selected U.S. Coals
     In 1965,  the National Air Pollution Control
 Administration (later EPA)  funded a continuing
 study by the Bureau of Mines to determine the
 forms of sulfur in the major sources of utility
 steam coals,  and the washabilities of these coals.
 The purpose of this investigation was to determine
 the effects of crushing and gravimetric separation
 on the liberation and removal of pyritic sulfur
 and other impurities for coals collected from the
 principal utility producing coalbeds of the United
 States.   Information generated from this study is
 necessary to assess the impact physical coal
 cleaning might have on the level of sulfur oxide
 emissions from stationary combustion sources.

     The latest publication reporting the results
 3f this  study  is Report of  Investigations 8118
 entitled "Sulfur Reduction Potential of U.S.
 "Oals.    This  publication covers work performed
 from 1965 to mid-1974 and presents the results of
 washability studies of 455  raw coal channel
'samples  collected from six  coal producing regions
 3f the U.S.

     Figure 1  shows that only 14 percent of raw
 soal samples as mined could meet the new source
 >02 emission standard of 1.2 pounds SO /MM Btu.
 Twenty-four percent of the  samples would meet the
 standard at  a  90 percent Btu recovery when
 Crushed  to  1-1/2 inches top size,  while 32 percent
 vould meet  the standard at  a Btu recovery of 50
 'ercent  when crushed  to 14-mesh top size.  This
figure has been frequently  misinterpreted so an
explanation seems warranted.   Actually,  40 percent
or 183 of the 455 samples tested  can be  upgraded
to meet sulfur dioxide  emission standards with a
total Btu recovery of 86 percent.   Some  of the 183
samples were quite refractory  and  gave recoveries
ranging from 5 to 20 percent.   On  the other hand,
122 samples could be beneficiated  with Btu
recoveries of 90 percent or more.

     Since RI 8118 was  published,  27 samples from
the Western Region States and  about 100  samples
from the States of Pennsylvania, Ohio, West
Virginia, Maryland and  Kentucky have been process-
ed.  Because of the increasing interest  in lig-
nites, 6 samples of Texas lignite  2 samples of
Arkansas lignite have been  collected and are now
being analyzed.

     In addition, a report  compiling proximate and
ultimate analyses, Btu/lb., Free Swelling Index,
and Hardgrove Grindability  Index for each of the
samples presented in RI 8118 is being prepared and
should be completed by  the  end of  this year.

Coal Preparation Process Development Facility

     In order to alleviate  many of the past
problems of introducing new technology to the
industry, a central coal preparation process
development facility has been  designed and speci-
fications prepared for  construction.   When com-
pleted and operational  the  test facility will
provide engineering data on a  variety of coals
which can be scaled up  to full-size commercial
coal preparation plant  operation.   Moreover, the
expense of evaluating processes that prove to be
of limited value to the industry will be greatly
reduced.

     The pilot plant section of the proposed
facility will have a nominal capacity of 10 to 25
tons per hour of raw coal depending on the flow-
scheme used; process flexibility was a prime
design requisite of this pilot plant. The
facility will also contain  an  equipment  area
smaller in scale than the pilot plant to initiate
work on research projects before they are taken
into the pilot plant section for scale-up.

     The architects delivered  site preparation bid
documents to the Bureau in  May of  this year.  Con-
struction of the facility (raw coal handling,
equipment and process development, and the pilot
plant) could begin before the  end  of calendar year
1977.

CONTRACT RESEARCH

Commercial Installation of  Coal-Pyrite Flotation
Process

     The Bureau of Mines is cooperating  with Barnes
and Tucker to demonstrate the  commercial feasibil-
ity of the Bureau developed Coal-Pyrite  Flotation
Process.  The process involves the depression of
coal with a hydrophilic colloidal  substance while
the coal-pyrite is floated  with a  sulfhydryl
collector.  The Coal-Pyrite Flotation Process has
been tested and proved  effective in a Bureau pilot
                                                                                                          183

-------
   100
    90 -
    80
    70
    60
    50
    40
    30
    20
     10
                                                  Product
a Row cool
b l'/2 -inch
  top size ,
  90% Btu rec .
c 14 -mesh
  top size ,
  50% Btu  rec
              Samples meeting
              EPA standard,%
14
24


32
                                              J_
                                                                                 Figure 1.
                                               Percent of 455
                                               U.S. coal samples
                                               meeting the EPA New
                                               Source Performance
                                               Standard of 1,2
                                               pounds SO /MM Btu,
                                   10     12     14
                                    LB S02/MM Btu
                                                    16
                                                          18
                                                                20
                        22
                              24
plant  study.   If  the process works successfully
in  the Barnes  and Tucker Plant,  it will mean the
recovery  of  an additional 8 tons per hour of fine-
size coal  which is now being discarded as waste
because of its high sulfur content.

     This plant was designed to prepare  coal for
 the metallurgical market by incorporating heavy
 media  cyclones, hydrocyclones, and  standard flota-
 tion cells.   A second flotation cell  was also
 included  to  permit an additional 10-12 ton-per-
 hour yield from a classifying cyclone underflow if
 seam sulfur  content was low.


     However,  consistently high-sulfur-content
 coals  were encountered in the mining  process mak-
 ing it impossible to utilize the secondary flota-
 tion cell product in producing a coal sufficient-
 ly  low in sulfur to satisfy the metallurgical
 market .

     Heyl and  Patterson, Inc. (designer  and
 builder of the original plant)  has  completed the
 engineering  required and has begun  purchasing the
 equipment necessary to make the modifications to
 the plant.  Shown in Figure 2 is a  schematic of
 the changes  incorporated into the  circuitry; con-
 struction work should be finished  by  August 1977.
Subsequently,  flotation tests will  be run for
 about  1 year.   The test results will  then be
 evaluated and  a report written for  publication  and
information  dissemination.
             Adsorption-Desorption Reactions in the Desulfuri-
             zation of  Coal  by a Pyrite Flotation Technique

                   Research is being conducted at the University
             of  Utah  to investigate the depressant and collec-
             tor adsorption  reactions which occur during coal
             desulfurization by the Bureau's Coal-Pyrite
             Flotation  Process.  The project has the expressed
             purpose  of determining if a separation technique
             can be developed whereby primary pyrite flotation
             is  followed by  a second-stage coal flotation, the
             purpose  being to produce a final clean coal prod-
             uct that is in  thickened form ready for dewater-
             ing.   A  second  purpose is to investigate the
             effect of  residual reagent that might appear in
             plant recycle water.  Specific objectives of this
             research program include:
                        1.   Identify and characterize the
                            hydrophilic polymeric coal
                            depressants.

                        2.   Determine the important operating
                            variables which control the
                            adsorption-desorption reactions and
                            relate these results to the flota-
                            tion response of the mineral
                            constituents.

                        3.  Establish procedures, if necessary
                            to allow for subsequent coal flota-
                            tion and plant water recycle with-
                            out deleterious effects due to
                            residual reagent concentrations.
184

-------
                                                 From waste froth J	
                                                    feed pump
                                                                     I-H-P FC-2400 Cyclo-cell
                                                                   ± l-M-h
                                                                   nr--v
 From hydro
 feed pump	

     95 TPH
12-14" 0 H-P
Hydrocyclones
   r"T>-*,
     3948 GPM
           28 TPH
           136 GPM
              To refuse
              vacuum filter
                        67 TPH
            2812 GPM
       Sulfuric acid
      reagent feeder
        Depressant
      reagent feeder
        10-14" 0 H-P
         Classifying \  ;
          cyclones  \j
                        32 TPH
                        2392 GPM
     	476 GPM

. 4-H-P FC-2400 Cyclo-cell
                               f*	376 GPM
                                                                 Middling product
                                                                     sump
                     Xanthate
                   reagent feeder

                    12 TPH
                    704 GPM
            rr,
Waste froth]
  sump   !

               23 TPH
               92 GPM
- -^> To waste froth cell
       12 TPH
      704 GPM
                                                            29 TPH
                                                                                        Cyclone feed
                                                                                          pump
                        ,-^\ Waste froth
                      ~Jf 1 feed pump
          j  60 TPH
          I  540 GPM
          I

    To clean coal filter
KEY
dashed line
solid line
GPM
existing pipe
lines & equip
new pipe
lines 8 equip
GPM M slurry
                 Figure  2.   Flow scheme modifications for coal pyrite  flotation process.
    In research work  done to date on this
project,  dextrin,  araylose, and  Aero Depressant 633
were found to have a similar  depressant effect on
coal flotation.   Addition of  any  of these reagents
in excess of .02 pounds per  ton of  coal depresses
at least  80 percent of the coal.   Desorption of
the depressants  from the  coal  surface was found  to
be difficult and the adsorption reaction appears
to be irreversible.  However,  the depressed coal
can be reactivated and floated  by the addition of
neutral molecular oil.  Also,  as  shown in Figure
3, even large additions of coal depressant do not
interfere with pyrite flotation.

     The  coal-pyrite materials  used in this study
were found to contain significant amounts of mar-
casite.   The material's flotation response to
xanthate  collector is inferior  to that  of ore
pyrite.   This is probably due to  its porous,  clay-
filled surface structure which  tends to remain
hydrophilic.  The  flotation response of coal-
pyrite can be improved by using higher collector
concentrations,  by performing the flotation at
lower  pH  values,  and by using the longer hydrocar-
bon chain xanthates.

     Prom the knowledge gained  in the depressant
and collector studies, bench-scale coal flotation
experiments are  now being conducted in an effort
                                              to  find optimum conditions to depress coal  parti-
                                              cles and float pyrite.   During these flotation
                                              tests the residual  depressant concentration will
                                              be  measured and water recycle experiments  will be
                                              done to determine the effect on subsequent  coal
                                              flotation.

                                              High-Gradient Magnetic  Separation for Removal of
                                              Inorganic Sulfur From Coal

                                                   General Electric Company is attempting to
                                              establish the technical feasibility of  removing a
                                              substantial fraction  of the inorganic sulfur from
                                              dry coal powders at commercially significant
                                              processing rates.   Reduction of sulfur  by  HGMS
                                              could permit the direct combustion of large coal
                                              reserves east of the  Mississippi River,  which have
                                              a high percentage of  pyritic sulfur but are low in
                                              organic sulfur.


                                                   Initial testing  was done utilizing aqueous
                                              slurries with modest  results in removing pyritic
                                              sulfur, as well as  ash.  Recently, dry  separation
                                              test runs were made.   The results show:
                                                         (a)   there is evidence  of  some magnetic
                                                              separation,
                                                                                                             185

-------
CJ
cc
  :BO
o
LLJ
cc
§40
en
  :20
    0.5
COAL PYRITE/MARCASITE
SIZE:  65 X 100 MESH

pH: 6.5
                                 J	I	L
                                            I I  I
                         5         10

                    DEXTRIN ADDITION, MG/I
                                                                                 Figure 3,
                                                                                Effect of dex-
                                                                                trin addition on
                                                                                coal pyrite flo-
                                                                                tation with potas-
                                                                                sium amyl xanthate
                                                                                (KAX) as collector,
50
           (b)  the  amount  of  sulfur and ash
                removal  is  much smaller than that
                in the case of  water slurries,  and

           (c)  no significant  trend in sulfur or
                ash  removal emerges  from changes in
                applied  magnetic field or in flow
                velocity, or with changing from an
                expanded metal  to a  steel wool
                matrix.

      The poor separations  appear to be both a
 result of agglomeration of particles and a result
 of particles adhering to the filter fibers.  Both
 of these problems are likely induced by electro-
 static charging of  the  particles and subsequent
 agglomeration.

      Because of the problem of  poor performance
 of the separator with dry  coal,  a two-month fund-
 ed extension has been requested on  this contract
 to further pursue the origins  of the poor perform-
 ance with the hope  of understanding and improving
 the dry separations.
 Surface Phenomena in the Dewatering of Coal

      Rotary vacuum filters  are  relatively econom-
 ical and practical devices  for  dewatering froth
 flotation concentrates  and  flocculated slurries,
 but the product usually retains over 20 percent
 moisture.  As a result, thermal drying,  a com-
 paratively expensive process, is often required
 to reduce the moisture  content  of the filter con-
 centrate to an acceptable level.  An investigation
 to improve mechanical methods for dewatering fine
 coal so that the need for thermal drying will be
                                              minimal,  is  being carried out under a grant with
                                              Syracuse  University.

                                                    In this investigation,  experiments are being
                                              conducted to characterize the dewatering of fine-
                                              size  coal, to estimate the effect of an electric
                                              field on  the dewatering process, to determine the
                                              influence that slurry pH has on dewatering, and to
                                              assess the influence  of selected chemical addi-
                                              tives on  moisture retained in filter cakes.
                                              Further,  reagent  adsorption tests are being
                                              carried out  to develop relationships between the
                                              performance  of a  reagent as a dewatering aid and
                                              its  adsorption on the coal surface.

                                                    During  the first year,  a test system was
                                              devised,  constructed  and tested.  The system
                                              appears to provide the critical parameters neces-
                                              sary  for  the evaluation of reagents as a dewater-
                                              ing  aid in filtering  fine coal.  Recently, the
                                              accumulated  test  data on the effects of various
                                              cationic, anionic, and nonionic surfactants have
                                              been  used to formulate a model for surfactant
                                              behavior  in  a cake of fine-size coal and its
                                              effect on the dewatering of coal.

                                              Control of Black  Water in Coal Preparation Plant
                                              Recycle and  Discharge

                                                    Treatment of black waters from coal prepara-
                                              tion plants  is complicated by their heterogeneous
                                              nature and by the lack of information on the
                                              behavior  of  relatively simple systems.  This water
                                              consists  of  mixtures  of fine coal, clay minerals,
                                              quartz,  calcite,  pyrite and other mineral  parti-
                                              cles  dispersed in water.  Effective treatment of
                                              the  effluents must be carried out regardless of
                                              whether the  water is  to be reused or discharged.
186

-------
     Under  a grant  with the Pennsylvania State
University,  a. laboratory investigation of the
flocculation process is being carried out in the
treatment of black  water from coal preparation
plants.   In this investigation,  a quantitative
evaluation is being made of the interrelation of
of flocculation  rate,  settling rate,  and sludge
volume to establish a technique  for producing as
dense a  sludge as possible  in a  thickener operat-
ing at the  highest  possible rate.   Further,  the
results  of  studies  on the flocculation of hetero-
geneous  systems  will be used to  develop mathemati-
cal models  to simulate the  flocculation of parti-
cles in  practical systems.

     Studies of  the characteristics of actual
black water are  nearing completion.  The mineral-
ogical composition  and particle  size distribution
have been determined on samples  collected from
preparation plants  operating in  most of the major
coal producing regions and  coal  seams in the
United States.   The results show that the chemical
and physical characteristics of  samples collected
from the eastern and interior provinces are essen-
tially the  same.  Although  verifying data are not
yet available, samples collected from western
operations  appear to be somewhat different.

     Tests  are currently proceeding on the speci-
fic interactions of polymeric flocculants with the
surfaces of coals and coal-related minerals.
          1.  To predict the  performance  of  a
              given plant  configuration for  a
              specified set of operating  condi-
              tions.

          2.  To determine the operating  condi-
              tions resulting in  a  specified ash
              and pyritic  sulfur  reduction for  a
              given plant  configuration.

Engineering/Economic Analysis of  Coal  Preparation
With S02 Cleanup Processes for Keeping Higher
Sulfur Coals in the Energy MarkeF

     In a study recently completed  for the Bureau
of Mines by the Hoffman-Muntner Corporation, the
economic potential of  coal preparation in combina-
tion with stack gas scrubbing was evaluated.
Generally speaking, of the various  methods for
reducing the sulfur content of coals,  the physical
removal of pyritic sulfur  is  the  lowest cost and
most widely applied technology.   However,  a  number
of those coals currently being mined and  utilized
cannot, by physical upgrading alone, meet the new-
source sulfur emission standard of  1.2 pounds of
SO  per million Btu.  The  concept of physical coal
cleaning combined with flue gas desulfurization  is
not new.  For some time, there have been  discus-
sions, speculations, and some preliminary assess-
ments addressing the possible benefits of physical
coal desulfurization followed by  flue  gas
desulfurization.
 Computer Simulation of Coal Preparation Plants

     To assist in the prediction of full-scale
 coal preparation plant operation,  a computer simu-
 lation program is being developed  under contract
 with the University of Pittsburgh.   The first
 phase of this work included the partial develop-
 ment of an overall computer program that would
 simulate the performance of a coal  preparation
 plant for a specified coal feed.  Included within
 the program is performance data for each of the
 commonly used coal washing devices.  Specifically,
 the program simulates the operations of the follow
 ing units:
          1.  Concentrating table.

          2.  Dense-medium cyclone.

          3.  Dense-medium vessel.

          4.  Hydrocyclone.

          5.  Dyna-whirlpool vessel.

          6.  Baum jig.

          7.  Froth flotation cell.
     The program also  includes  mathematical model-
ing of the rotary breaker,  other crushers,  screens
(both wet and  dry),  centrifugal dewatering equip-
ment,  thermal  dryers,  and  thickeners.   The program
is structured  so that  it  can be used in either of
the following  two ways:
     The Hoffman-Muntner study  is  an  in-depth
analytical assessment of a number  of  theoretical
case studies.  In these studies, actual  coal use
areas, coal source  areas, and the  most probable
coalbed source are  defined.  An economic  evalua-
tion is then made of the cost of a new utility
plant exclusively removing SO   by  stack  gas scrub-
bing down to the new source emission  standard.
This is followed by a similar evaluation  of the
combined use of physical coal cleaning plus stack
gas scrubbing to attain the same sulfur  emission
level.  The study concluded that,  in  general, the
combination of coal preparation and stack gas
scrubbing was less  expensive than  scrubbing alone.

Analysis of Chemical Coal Cleaning Process

     Many coals,  even after physical  coal  cleaning,
have sulfur levels  too high to  meet Federal air
quality standards when burned due  to  the  organic
sulfur content which cannot be  removed physically.
The Bechtel Corporation recently completed an
analysis of six chemical coal cleaning processes
in a study for the  Bureau of Mines.   Chemical coal
cleaning offers the advantage of,  at  least theo-
retically,  removing all pyritic sulfur, some of
the ash,  and up to  40 percent of the  organic
sulfur.

     The six processes studied  were:

          1.  The Hazen Process.

          2.  The KVB Process.

          3.  The TRW - Meyers  Process.
                                                                                                        187

-------
           4.   The Battelle  -  Hydro-thermal  Process,

           5.   The Ledgemont Oxygen Leaching
               Process.
           6.   The ERDA Oxidative Desulfurization
               Process.

      Process  flow charts were drawn for  each proc-
 ess and analyzed in terms of  cost and  sulfur
 removal performance.   While none of the  processes
 is economically competitive with physical  clean-
 ing,  the Bechtel report concludes that the six
 processes represent the starting point for engi-
 neering improvement and for generating new con-
 cepts .

 Evaluation of the Effect of Coal Cleaning  on Trace
 Elements

      There is an acute awareness that  trace  ele-
 ments in coal might contribute substantial quanti-
 ties of potentially hazardous materials  to the
 environment.   Much of  the 650 million  tons of coal
 mined annually in the  United  States goes to  power
 plants  where  it is burned.  Thus,  a coal contain-
 ing concentrations of  only  one part per  million
 could emit hundreds of  tons of a potentially
 hazardous substance into the  environment each year.
                                       Certain  trace  elements  may selectively con-
                                  centrate  in particular  specific gravity fractions
                                  of  the  raw coal  and,  if  so,  may be readily re-
                                  moved by  conventional coal washing processes prior
                                  to  combustion.

                                       The  Bureau  of  Mines recently completed a
                                  washability study  showing the trace element con-
                                  tents of  various specific gravity fractions for 10
                                  coal  samples  collected  from  various coal producing
                                  regions of the United States.   Reliable analytical
                                  methods were  developed  to determine cadmium,
                                  chromium, copper,  fluorine,  mercury,  manganese,
                                  nickel, and lead in the  whole coals and the vari-
                                  ous specific  gravity fractions of the coals.

                                       As shown in Table  1, most of the trace ele-
                                  ments of  interest  concentrated in the heavier
                                  specific  gravity fractions of the coal,  indicating
                                  that  they are associated with mineral matter, and
                                  removal of this  material would result in signifi-
                                  cant  trace element reductions ranging up to 88
                                  percent.

                                       In a related,  but  greatly expanded effort,
                                  the Bureau, through EPA,  has just funded a  three-
                                  phase program with Bituminous Coal Research.  The
                                  objectives of this  project are:
                                        Cumulative analyses
                                              Parts  per million
     Product
 Yield,
percent
                                  Cd
                                         Cr
                                              Cu
                        Hg
                                                               Mn
                        Northern Appalachian Region
Float  1.60
Composite raw coal

Reduction, percent
Float  1.60
Composite raw coal

Reduction, percent
  100
0.08
 .11

  27
18
21

14
      12

      33
39
58

33
                        Southern Appalachian Region
   77
  100
0.12
 .12
10
25

60
21
31

32
                            77
     0.12
      .23
                         33
                  7
                 12
                                  48   42
 26  0.06    68
110    .09   300
                       77
                            Ni
             10
             13

             23
                 13
                 19
                                 Pb
2.9
6.2

 53
                                   8
                                  15
                             32    47
                               TABLE  1.

                               SUMMARY OF COMPOSITE
                               PRODUCT ANALYSES BY
                               REGION FOR COALS CRUSHED
                               TO  14  MESH TOP SIZE
                               AND CLEANED AT 1.60
                               SPECIFIC GRAVITY
                               SHOWING THE TRACE
                               ELEMENT REDUCTION
                               ATTAINABLE
                          Eastern Midwest Region
 Float 1.60
 Composite raw coal

 Reduction, percent
   91
  100
0.03
  .34
11
12
       5
     6.3

      21
48
54

11
0.07
 .09

  22
             13
             47

             72
                9.6
                9.8
                           3.7
                           5.6

                            34
                              Western  Region
 Float 1.60
 Composite raw coal

 Reduction, percent
   91
  100
0.07
  .10

  30
3.6
3.7
     6.7
     7.6

      12
32
40

20
     0.04
       .06
            16
            45
                                  33    64
                      4.0
                      4. 1
                 5.1
                 7.1

                  28
188

-------
          1.  To complete a  comprehensive,  state-
              of-the-art study on  the fate  of
              fugitive elements  in coal  mining,
              preparation, transportation,  and
              utilization;

          2.  To determine the association  and  con-
              centration of  elements  in  the ash
              minerals, sulfide  minerals and clean
              coal.

          3.  To develop and  describe analytical
              methods, including new  methods for
              determining fugitive elements in  the
              PPM  and  PPB range.
SUMMARY

    This brief report of EPA sponsored research
at the U.S. Bureau of Mines shows the wide spec-
trum of interest in physical,  as well as chemical
coal preparation.
                                                                                                          189

-------
    FOREST SERVICE MINING RECLAMATION RESEARCH
                    Grant Davis
          Surface Environment and Mining Program
                    Forest Service
             U.S. Department of Agriculture
                   Billings, Montana

INTRODUCTION

     Successful  reclamation  depends  on many
factors:   effective planning, proper  mining
techniques which maintain  hydrologic  integrity
and form  stable  spoils  suitable  for  plant growth,
timely revegetation with adapted species, and
transportation  systems  which cause little
environmental damage.

     Knowledge  of  the physical and chemical
characteristics  of  the  soils and rock strata
that form the overburden above the coal is
essential for planning  mining and reclamation.
If strata with  undesirable characteristics can
be identified before mining, they can be placed
where least harm will result.  On the other hand,
the materials more  favorable to  plant growth can
be placed on  the surface.  Condition of the
ground water must  also  be  determined so that
its flow  and quality can be  reestablished after
mining.  The best way to obtain  data on over-
burden and ground water hydrology is  through
core drilling.   Although much drilling has been
done to obtain  information on coal deposits, the
technology for  drilling and  analyzing overburden
is not well developed.   Little is known about
the physical changes that  take place  after the
rock strata are  mined and  exposed to  weathering.

     In addition to the hydrologic impacts of
mining a  specific  area, the  cumulative effects
of several mines on a large  watershed are
difficult to predict.   In  the West where water
resources are so scarce, it  would be  desirable
to create ponds  on  mined areas.   To  date there
is no information  on how to  construct ponds
which provide suitable  habitat for wildlife or
livestock use.

     Revegetation  of mined areas is  necessary
to put the land  back into  productive  use,
prevent erosion, and restore aesthetic values.
Successful establishment of  plants depends upon
selection of species adaptable to the area,
seedbed preparation, and careful planting on
favorable spoil.   In many  cases  spoils are
lacking in nutrients and need to be  improved
for better plant growth.   Some non-mine waste
products  may be  suitable as  spoil amendments.
Use of such waste materials  as sewage,  processed
garbage,  bark and other fiber by-products as
spoil amendments will also help  solve serious
waste disposal problems.   This is a  comparatively
new field of research,  and recent emphasis on
recycling has produced  many  by-products which
can be tested on  spoils.   However,  it  is important
to guard against  the  inherent  danger of releasing
toxic substances  into  the  environment.

     Transportation systems  associated  with mining
can cause considerable environmental damage during
active operations.  Roads  are  especially subject
to erosion from water  and  wind.   Dust  is a
nuisance, a safety hazard, and an air  pollutant,
but little quantifiable data is  available to
assess damage or  to establish  corrective measures.

     During the mining and reclamation  process,
a considerable amount  of engineering, physical
and biological data are collected.   Computer hard-
ware and software must be  developed  in  order to
integrate environmental constraints  with mining
operations.

     It does little good to  develop  reclamation
technology unless the  information is readily
available to potential users.   Computer systems
are generally inadequate for storing and
retrieving data and information,  especially in
the West.

TECHNICAL DISCUSSION

     Revegetation technology must be developed
regionally because of  the  different  climates and
species involved.  In  the  relatively humid
Appalachia and Midwest regions many  species can
survive and grow  on spoils;  so there are oppor-
tunities to select those which offer some
economic return.  After a  thorough literature
search on the subject,  former  researchers and
practitioners were contacted for  their  opinions.
This preliminary work  was  useful  in  developing a
rough outline of  chapters  for  a  technical hand-
book on revegetation  in the  East.

     Initial field work consisted of remeasuring
some of the older Forest Service  experimental
plantings in Missouri,  Kansas,  Oklahoma,  Ohio,
Illinois, Indiana and  western  Kentucky.   Soil
samples to help relate growth  to  spoil  type were
also collected.  As the survey of West  Virginia,
Pennsylvania, Alabama  and  Tennessee  is  completed,
all the data will be  compiled  and analyzed for the
handbook.  In addition to  the  spoil  character-
istics, information on elements which are toxic
to plants is being compiled.   An  important
addition to the data  on adaptation of species to
mine spoils will  be the Soil Conservation Service
report based on 22 years of  field plantings.

     Non-mine waste products and  other  mulches
are being evaluated as spoil amendments in
Alabama, Tennessee, Kentucky and  Pennsylvania.
Materials tested  include leaves,  wood chips,  bark,
a soil stabilizer, composted trash and  sewage,
and harbor silt.  Data on  runoff, spoil moisture,
sediment, vegetation  and precipitation  are being
collected.  The largest study  of  non-mine waste
is on the Palzo strip  mine in  southern  Illinois.
Sewage sludge has been applied at rates of 150
and 285 dry tons  per  acre  on over 30 acres.
Twenty-four experimental plots have  been estab-
lished to test 17 species  of trees and  shrubs
                                                                                                          191

-------
 and  seven herbaceous species.  Water quality at
 four-foot depths was monitored during application.
 In addition to the field tests, measurements of
 nutrient and heavy metal content of plants grown
 on sludge-amended spoils in the greenhouse were
 also completed.

      In the Southwest, germination and planting
 techniques are being investigated for five
 species.  Field treatments designed to establish
 vegetation on coal spoils involve contour
 furrowing at 8 and 20-foot spacings and incorpor-
 ation of six tons per acre of wood chips or straw.
 Eight species of native shrubs and grasses grown
 in containers were planted on the test plots.
 As part of this study, three-element type
 sensors were developed to measure spoil moisture,
 salinity and temperature.

      Experimental revegetation plots have been
 established on coal spoils in Montana, Wyoming
 and  Utah.  A study was installed to determine
 appropriate rates and frequency of fertilizer
 application for establishing various species of
 grasses, forbs and shrubs.  Direct seeding is
 being compared to planting containerized seedlings
 to find which is more effective for plant
 establishment.   The effects of four different
 types of spoil on plant growth are being tested
 in the field,  as well as using bioassay
 techniques in the greenhouse.  Various treatments
 of topsoil,  bark-wood fiber compost and hay mulch
 have been applied on plots in the Alton, Utah,
 coal field.   A university has been contracted to
 study the microbiology of untreated and amended
 spoils.   In an attempt to provide plant materials
 more suitable for hostile spoils of the semiarid
 West,  two universities were contracted to
 develop superior shrubs and grasses.

      Spent oil shales present a more difficult
 challenge for revegetation than coal mine spoils.
 A greenhouse bioassay study was completed using
 five non-mine waste amendments on leached and
 unleached TOSCO spent shale.   Sewage sludge had
 greater beneficial effects on plant growth than
 wood fiber,  straw,  sugar beet pulp, or cow
 manure.   Sewage sludge apparently ties up the
 sodium salts in spent shale.   Field plots were
 established in the oil shale areas of Colorado
 and  Utah.   Different depths of topsoil were
 applied to spent shale,  and test species of
 grasses and shrubs were grown under irrigated
 and  nonirrigated conditions.   There was little
 difference in growth on the topsoil treated
 shale,  but irrigation was beneficial on raw
 shale.   Soil covering over a depth of one foot
 gave better plant growth than shallower soil
 coverings.   Other studies are designed to compare
 fall seeding with spring-planted containerized
 stock and to assess the significance of snow
 accumulation behind standard snow fencing.   One
 study showed that plants grew better on shale
 covered with topsoil or subsoil than when
 mulched with rock or straw.

      A  study of  ponds on surface mines in the
 Northern Great  Plains was initiated by a rather
 extensive literature research on the subject.
Over 400 articles have been  collected using six
retrieval systems.  Besides  gathering the infor-
mation in one place,  the  literature review helped
to define what characteristics  make a pond
attractive to wildlife and what water quality
parameters are important  for adequate growth of
aquatic food plants and invertebrates.   With this
background, the ponds for lentic studies and
streams for lotic studies were  selected.   In the
East, a hydrologic study  to  assess  the  effects
of coal mining on three watersheds  in each of
about 130 counties in Appalachia was  started in
April, 1977.
      Of the transportation  systems  related to
mining, the road networks  cause the  most  environ-
mental damage.  Much  of  sediment and dust
generated by mining activities  comes from roads.
Mathematical models to predict  runoff and sediment
yields from roads are being  adapted  to the surface
mine situation.  Subroutines for snowmelt runoff
and chemical water quality impacts are also being
developed.  Collection of  data  on runoff  and
sediment yield from field  plots in order  to cali-
brate the models is underway.   A detailed study
plan on fugitive dust has  been  prepared prior to
a field study to begin this  summer.
      A watershed  on  the Thunder Basin National
Grassland in Wyoming  has been selected to demon-
strate efficient core drilling design and core
analysis techniques.   Some of the holes will be
cased to serve as  wells  to determine quality and
flow characteristics  of  ground water.   Guidelines
for drilling, sampling and core analysis are
being prepared which  outline procedures to be
followed by land managers in obtaining data and
information necessary for leasing, mining and
reclamation.


      Data are being  collected from a series of
studies covering mass stability, physical trans-
formation of overburden  materials by weathering,
and erodibility of spoils.  A preliminary model
for the stratification of materials within spoil
piles has been assembled in Bozeman, Montana,
and is operational.   Environmental constraints
are being programmed  into the system in order to
determine their effects  on mine productivity.
      A computer  system  to  store  and  retrieve
bibliographic references  on mining  and  reclamation
has been established  at  the University  of Arizona.
Before the contract was  let to  the  University,  a
survey of potential users was conducted to deter-
mine need for a technical information service and
to assure that duplication  of current or planned
services would not occur.   Documents  related to
reclamation of surface mined lands  have been
accumulated, and  a mailing  list of  users has been
compiled.  A computer-produced  literature citation
bulletin, called  SEAMALERT, is  being  published
periodically and  circulated via the mailing list.
Agencies using this service are being contacted
in an attempt to  secure  funding for SEAMALERT on
a continuing basis.
192

-------
PROGRAM DISCUSSION
Environmental Impact  Statements.
    Revegetation technology is generally well
developed  in  the East  and Midwest,  and the results
are accepted  and put  into practice  to a large
extent.  However,  the  large number  of small mines
operating  over extensive areas makes it difficult
to get the latest research results  to the many
practitioners on a timely basis.  Another diffi-
culty in dealing with  small operators is a lack
of trained reclamation staff that can readily
understand and apply  new technology.  Many
Forest Service and Soil Conservation Service
personnel  work with mine operators,  but the
task is too large for  individual  consultation
to be used efficiently.  A handbook on revegeta-
tion will  be  an extremely valuable  tool in
distributing  revegetation knowledge on a large
scale.  It will also  be useful as a basic text
in training sessions  and workshops  on
revegetation.

    The situation is  entirely different in the
West.  Since  the mines in the West  are large
operations and usually have trained reclamation
personnel, it is easier to get new  technology
to the users  quickly.   As in the  East, the
companies  are eager to obtain and apply new
methods for revegetation.  This is  especially
true because the state-of-the-art is not as far
along as in the East.   Forest Service scientists
have worked with company practitioners, and many
research results have been put into use even
before they have been published.  However, there
will be less  opportunity to work  hand-in-hand
with the companies in the future  because of the
rapid expansion of mining activity.   By the time
the revegetation handbooks are published, they
will probably be the  most efficient way to get
new technology to the new practitioners.

    Interest  in using non-mine wastes for
mulches and spoil amendments is increasing,
especially in the East where waste  products
are generated closer  to the areas being mined
and logistic  problems are thus more easily
solved.  Disposal of  waste is also  a more
serious problem in the East, and  the waste
producers  are more willing to participate in
the research and delivery problems.   Although
sewage sludge has a good potential  as a spoil
amendment, there is a reluctance  to utilize
this waste product because of aesthetics and
a resistance of local residents and companies
to use their land as  a "dumping ground" for
other people's wastes.  There is  also a fear of
introducing toxic elements into areas where the
livestock  industry and wildlife resources are
so important  to the economy.

    Many of the larger companies  are beginning
to use computers and  mini-computers to handle
their engineering data related to mine develop-
ment and production.   They have shown much
interest in the models being developed to
incorporate environmental constraints into their
computer programs.  They also see the opportunity
to utilize these programs to help store and
manipulate data in the preparation of
     Demonstration of  core  drilling  design and
procedures to obtain information  on  overburden
and ground water would not  have been possible
without funding from the  Environmental  Protection
Agency.  Mining companies are  generally interested
in the project, and personnel  from four large
companies are participating in the study.

     SEAMALERT has been well recieved by the  users
that have been contacted.   A true test  of  its
value will be their willingness to fund the
project on a permanent basis.

CONCLUSIONS

     Although most of  the reclamation research
tasks are not yet completed, some areas needing
additional work have been identified.   The
problems of mined area stability  are proving  to
be difficult to solve  in  the West as well  as  in
Appalachia.  Fugitive  dust  is  not only  difficult
to measure, but research  on control  technology
has not even been considered for  the most  part.
Development of reclamation  models is in its
infancy, and adding subroutines of the  various
environmental components will  take a major
effort before the models will  be  used to any
great extent.

     The interest in using  revegetation technology
as soon as research results are available  in  the
West is very encouraging.   It  is  also heartening
to realize that reclamation technology  is  being
developed and will be  ready before much land  is
disturbed in the western  coal  fields.   It  is  good
to be ahead of the game for once.
                                                                                                          193

-------
                                                         TECHNICAL DISCUSSION
      PROTECTION OF SOIL AND WATER RESOURCES
            ON LAND DISTURBED BY MINING
            James F. Power and Orus L. Bennett
               Agricultural Research Service
              U.S. Department of Agriculture
      Mandan, North Dakota and Morgantown, West Virginia
INTRODUCTION

     Strip mining  is  commonly used to extract coal
— one of our many natural resources.  However, in
this highly populated world,  the principles of wise
conservation and utilization  of natural resources
require that the technology used to extract the
coal results in as little damage as possible to our
soil and water resources  associated with these de-
posits.  Our soil  and water resources are the
ultimate source of food and fiber,  so they need
to be preserved in the mining process.

    The Agricultural  Research Service (ARS) of the
U.S. Department of Agriculture and the State
Agricultural Experiment  Stations are the only
government agencies whose prime mission is to
conduct research related  to agriculture.  In keep-
ing with its mission, ARS has for the past decade
been involved In the  development of technology to
restore agricultural  productivity to land dis-
turbed by mining.   Because sustained agricultural
production depends on the preservation and effi-
cient utilization  of  soil and water resources,
the ARS mission to restore agricultural pro-
ductivity coincides with  that of the U.S. Environ-
mental Protection  Agency  (EPA) to maintain envi-
ronmental quality. Thus, since 1975, ARS recla-
mation research has been  partially supported by
a grant from EPA.   In this paper, a review is
presented of ARS reclamation  research,  particu-
larly those objectives being  investigated under
the EPA contract.

     ARS reclamation  research is being  conducted at
nine locations.  Scientists at two  major locations,
Morgantown, WV,  and Mandan, ND,  conduct  research
primarily to characterize the nature of spoils and
overburden, to determine  plant growth requirements,
and to develop agronomic  and  engineering practices
that will permit economic production of agricultur-
ally important plant  species  on mined land.  A
similar approach is also  used on a  smaller scale at
Beltsville, MD,  Blacksburg, VA,  and Cheyenne, WY.
At Ft.  Collins,  CO, and University  Park, PA,  work is
directed toward hydrological  and engineering studies
needed for developing technology to control water
quality and movement  through  and out of mine spoils.
Research at Peoria, IL, and Ithaca, NY,  while limit-
ed in scope,  is aimed primarily at  investigating
quality of vegetation produced on mined land, with
particular emphasis on potential health hazards.
ARS  is  also conducting hydrological studies on mined
land  at  Coshocton,  OH, financially  supported, in
part, by the  U.S.  Bureau  of Mines.
    Essentially all  land  disturbed  by  mining will
eventually have some type of vegetative  cover,  re-
gardless of its post-mining use.  Since  vegetative
cover affects soil water  relations  and the  extent of
erosion, soil and water resources on mined  land can
be protected by controlling the type and amount of
vegetation present.  In addition, agricultural  bene-
fit can frequently be derived  from  revegetated  land.
In keeping with this line of thought,  much  of the
ARS reclamation research  is designed to  restore and
enhance the potential for plant growth on disturbed
land.

    The initial major research effort  by  ARS  was
identifying those physical and chemical properties
of mine spoils that  restrict the potential  for  plant
growth (3, 5, 6, 15, 21,  22).  This required  numerous
samplings and laboratory  analyses of mine spoils.
Concomitantly, methodology for sampling and analyses
had to be determined to provide data that could be
best interpreted in  terms of potential plant  growth.
Fortunately, most procedures normally  used  to
develop agronomic recommendations for  unmined land
were applicable to mine spoils.
Eastern U.S. Mine  Spoils

    Factors restricting plant  growth  on  mined land
are often  greatly  different  for humid and  semiarid
regions of the United  States.  In  the humid east,
problems resulting from actual or  potential acidity
of spoils  predominate  (3,  6).  In  highly acid mate-
rials, the solubility  of  such  elements as  iron,
aluminum,  manganese, and  copper is frequently high
enough to  be toxic to  plants.  On  the other hand,
magnesium, calcium, and phosphorus availability  to
plants is  sometimes inadequate to  support  growth.
Many eastern spoils contain  a  high percentage of
sand, which tends  to make  them droughty.  Also many
of the mining methods  result in steep outer slopes,
which are  erosive  and  difficult to stabilize.

    The acidity problems  encountered  in  the east
can be corrected by applying limestone,  especially
dolomitic  limestone (Table 1), which  also  corrects the
calcium and magnesium  deficiencies (11).  Rock phos-
phate contains calcium as  well as  phosphorus, and  can
be used successfully when  soil pH  is  below 4.5 (1).
Nitrogen deficiencies  are  corrected either by fertil-
izing with nitrogen, producing legumes,  or by adding
nitrogen-containing organic  residues  like  manure or
sewage sludge  (3,  6).  However, sewage sludge fre-
quently contains several  toxic heavy  metals; hence
rate of application must be  controlled to  avoid  ex-
cessive uptake of  heavy metals by  plants.

    Proper selection of plant  species is a very
important  part of  reclamation. Research has shown
that with  appropriate  treatment, almost  all plant
species commonly produced  in the East can  be grown
on mine spoils (3, 6,  13).   However,  where steep
slopes remain after mining,  generally only perennial
grasses will provide the  erosion protection needed.
Although commercial forestry is a  possible post-
mining land use, research  results  presently avail-
able indicate that perennial grasses  and legumes
                                                                                                          195

-------
Dry Matter Yield
Treatmentsa 1970 1971
	 	 Ib/acre 	 •
No lime, no phosphorus 1,390 2,854
3,750 Ib/a phosphate rock 4,381 5,157
7,500 Ib/a phosphate rock 4,162 4,510
750 Ib/a superphosphate 3,700 4,510
1,500 Ib/a superphosphate 3,629 4,630
16,000 Ib/a dolomite 822
16,000 Ib/a dolomite plus
7,500 Ib/a phosphate rock 956
16,000 Ib/a dolomite plus
7,500 Ib/a phosphate rock 822
16,000 Ib/a dolomite plus
750 Ib/a superphosphate 4,064 3,742
16,000 Ib/a dolomite plus
1,500 Ib/a superphosphate 3,358 2,423
125 Ib/a of nitrogen and 100 Ib/a of potassium applied to
area as uniform amendments.
Weeping lovegrass stand diminishing and crownvetch became
species.
pH
1972 1971
- -
2,950b 3.52
4,198 3.80
3,742 4.15
4,198 3.45
3,526 3.08
3,382 5.65

2,135 5.86

3,886 5.66

3,718 5.67

6,141 5.90
the experimental

the dominant plant

                                                                             TABLE  1.

                                                                             RESPONSE  OF WEEPING LOVEGRASS
                                                                             AND  CROWN VETCH TO  LIME  AND
                                                                             FERTILIZER AT WHITE OAK  MOUNTAIN,
                                                                             WEST VIRGINIA (3)
should initially be seeded on mined land  to  achieve
soil stabilization.  Later the land may be converted
to forestry uses.  Directly seeding or transplanting
forestry species into spoils on steep slopes usually
results in excessive erosion and runoff.

    By proper selection of grasses and legumes,  a
profitable grazing enterprise can be established on
reclaimed land.  Thus economic benefit can be de-
rived from such land while at the same time  provid-
ing environmental protection.  If spoils  are highly
acid (pH 4.5 or less), the best adapted grass spe-
cies are weeping-lovegrass, bermudagrass, tall fes-
cue, switchgrass, crown-vetch, and birdsfoot trefoil.
For higher pH material, species like orchardgrass,
bromegrass, ryegrass, alfalfa, and several of the
clovers (6) can be used (Table 2).  On sites with
moderate slopes, it is feasible to produce annual
crops like corn, small grains, oil crops, and
vegetable crops.  Recent advancements in  the de-
velopment of "no-till" systems of production are
making it more feasible to produce some of these
crops on slopes greater than 10%.

    Seedling establishment in spoils is frequently
difficult because the lack of active organic matter
results in crusting, rapid drying, and poor  physical
conditions.  These problems can be temporarily solved
by applying various types of organic mulches,  such as
straw,  wood chips,  paper pulp, and others.   Also, a
high degree of success in grass establishment can be
obtained by seeding grass directly  into the stubble
of a small grain crop  (12) .  Once a grass stand has
been established, organic matter begins to accumulate
in the surface layers  of the spoil.  At one site in
West Virginia, within  2 years after grass establish-
ment, organic matter content of the upper 8-inch
depth increased from 0.2 to 2.0%, and pH increased
from 3.8 to 5.9 in 4 years  (3) .

    Problems related to the low organic matter con-
tent of spoils can often be partially or completely
overcome by returning  soil material to graded spoils,
Most states now have laws making this a required
practice, if soil material is available.  However,
frequently only a few  inches are available to be
returned.

    In Appalachia much of the mining is done on the
contour, often resulting in outer slopes of 60% or
more.  However, even slopes this steep can be sta-
bilized and made productive by proper treatment
(Table 3) .  A very promising technique is to create
miniature contour terraces  (about 8 inches wide)
every few feet down the slope.  After properly
liming and fertilizing these terraces and spreading
seed, excellent stands of weeping lovegrass and
crown vetch have been  established,  which provide
both adequate protection against runoff and erosion
and also vegetation useful  for grazing by live-
stock and wildlife (2).  Wheel-tracking  (using the
cleats of a bulldozer  to form miniature contour
196

-------
TABLE 2.  ANNUAL DRY  FORAGE YIELDS  OF GRASSES  GROWN ON THE SPOIL FERTILITY PLOTS AT WHITE OAK MOUNTAIN,
         WEST VIRGINIA  (3)

Dry Forage Yields
, , a Bromegrass Orchardgrass
Amendments 1971 1972 1973 1974 1971 1972 1973
-
Superphosphate 3.4 1.9 2.8 3.2 2.7 1.3 2.8
Superphosphate plus
potassium 1.8 1.6 2.5 3.2 2.5 1.5 3.3
Superphosphate plus
limestone 3.0 1.8 2.8 3.4 3.0 1.5 2.3
Phosphate rock plus
potassium 2.7 2.0 3.1 3.9 3.1 1.7 3.2
Phosphate rock 2.7 1.7 2.8 4.5 2.9 1.6 3.7
50 Ib/a of nitrogen applied before seeding, and 200 Ib/a topdressed
superphosphate 320 Ib/a P 0 ; rock phosphate = 2 t/a; potassium =
Ky 31 Tall Fescue Timothy
1974 1971 1972 1973 1974 1971 1972 1973 1974
t/a
3.3 3.6 2.7 3.3 3.4 2.8 3.8 4.2
2.8 2.9 2.5 3.2 3.3 2.2 3.8 3.8
3.0 3.7 2.6 3.2 3.7 2.2 3.3 4.1
3.7 3.9 2.7 4.0 3.9 2.6 4.2 4.7
3.7 3.8 2.8 4.0 4.6 - 2.6 4.7 4.9
in the springs of 1972-73-74. Other treatments were:
200 Ib/a; and limestone 2 t/a.

Phosphorus
treatment
Material Rate

Rock phosphate, 2 t/a

Rock phosphate, 3 t/a

Rock phosphate, 4 t/a

Superphosphate, 320 lb/

Uniform applications
phosphorus, 2 t/a of
Method of
Legume
Establishment

Seeded
Transplanted
Seeded
Transplanted
Seeded
Transplanted
a Seeded
Transplanted
Dry Matter
Yield
1971
- Ib/acre
3,445
3,398
5,677
2,311
3,446
4,518
3,094
5,853
of amendments included 50 Ib/a of nitrogen,
dolomite, and 1 Ib/a
molybdenum.


1972
-
5,333
7,964
7,156
6,428
7,020
5,477
7,020
7,020
150 Ib/a

                                                                                  TABLE 3.

                                                                                  YIELD OF WEEPING LOVE-
                                                                                  GRASS AND BIRDSFOOT
                                                                                  TREFOIL MIXTURE AS
                                                                                  AFFECTED BY PHOSPHATE
                                                                                  TREATMENTS ON OUTER SLOPES
                                                                                  AT WHITE OAK MOUNTAIN,
                                                                                  WEST VIRGINIA (3)
                                                                                                          197

-------
furrows by driving up  and  down  the slope)  is com-
monly practiced by mining  operators.

Western U.S. Mine Spoils

    In western United  States, on  mined land as
well as on unmined land, lack of  plant-available
water ultimately limits plant growth.   Any reclama-
tion practice or alteration  of  spoil property that
increases water infiltration, reduces  evaporation,
or increases potential plant growth generally im-
proves the efficiency  of water  conservation and
use (17).

     Properties of soils and overburden of major
concern include salinity levels,  exchangeable sodium
content, nutrient deficiences  (especially  nitrogen and
phosphorus), toxicities  (magnesium, boron, molybdenum),
compaction,  and steep  slopes. To  obtain valid data on
spoil and  soil properties, it is  important that meth-
ods used to  collect  and analyze, samples are reliable,
accurate,  and capable  of being  interpreted.  Accepta-
ble procedures are presently being published (16, 24).

     Many  spoils, especially in North  Dakota and New
Mexico, are  high in  exchangeable  sodium content, re-
sulting in deteriorated soil structure, reduced in-
filtration,  and greater crusting  (23).  Research re-
sults have shown  that in  about 3 years after treat-
ment with  gypsum, up to about 50% of the exchangeable
sodium can be displaced and  leached out, resulting in
some improvement in  water  relations (15).   Exchange-
able sodium  can be almost  completely removed in just
a  few days by treating spoils with calcium chloride,
but this treatment is  very expensive not only be-
cause of the cost of the chemical, but also because
the soluble  salts that are formed by this  reaction
must be leached out  with several  acre  feet of irriga-
tion water before plant growth  is possible (7).

     Salinity  (total dissolved  salts)  increases the
osmotic potential of soil  water,  thus  reducing the
availability of water  for  plant growth. Salinity
levels commonly found  in western  mine  spoils are
usually classified as  moderate  (EC x 10 = 8 mmhos/
cm).  However, when  higher salinity levels are en-
countered, very few  plant  species can  be used.
The effect of salinity on  many  species often varies
with stage of growth (20) .   Certain salts  — such
as those of  boron, magnesium, or  molybdenum — may be
present at levels that are toxic  to some species.

     Phosphorus is almost  universally  deficient in
western spoils (4, 17).  However,  spoils are gener-
ally near neutral or alkaline (pH 6.5  to 9.0) and
contain free calcium carbonate, so fixation of added
phosphate  fertilizers  is somewhat reversible, and
deficiencies are readily corrected with phosphatic
fertilizers.  Spoils may contain  appreciable ex-
changeable ammonium, which is readily  nitrified
upon exposure to the atmosphere (14).   However,
biologically active  organic  nitrogen is absent and
must be restored by  building up the level  of soil
organic matter.

     Appreciable quantities  of  soil material are
often available for  spreading over spoils  after
smoothing.  Research in North Dakota (Table 4) has
shown that about 30  inches of suitable soil material
must be  returned to highly sodic spoils (SAR> 15) to
restore  them to  their full productivity potential
for crops  commonly grown (17).   Presumably with
better quality spoils, less soil material would be
required.   However, as little as 2 inches of soil
material,  placed on sodic spoils, produced yields of
crested  wheatgrass and native grasses (Table 5) equal
to 50 to 70% of those obtained with 30 inches or
more of  soil material.  Returning topsoil helps
alleviate  the poor physical conditions caused by
high sodium content,  as well as problems  related to
nutrient deficiencies, toxicities,  and soil  water
relationships.

     Topography  of pre-mined western coal  fields is
generally  much smoother than that in the eastern
U.S., so slopes  remaining after mining are gener-
ally less  steep.   However,  in western mine spoils
slopes often exceed 9%, with slope  length  of several
hundred  yards.   Hydrological data indicated  that the
potential  for runoff  and erosion on long  slopes of
9% or greater is severe (9, 10).  Also preliminary
data indicated that both wind and water erodibility
of freshly spread soil material may be several-fold
greater  than that of  unmined soil (Table  6).   The
K factor, predicted from  soil properties and used
in the Universal Loss Equation, usually under-
estimates  erodibility of topsoil over mined  land
(8).  Consequently, soil and water  conservation
on mined land is best achieved  by reducing slopes
to less  than 9%,  and  preferably to  less than 5%,
to the extent possible.

     The lower precipitation received in the west-
ern U.S. makes the establishment of a vegetative
cover more difficult  than in eastern U.S.  Because
vegetative cover is often more  sparse in the West,
protection of soil and water resources is  more
feasible by keeping slopes  to a minimum.   Data in-
dicate that seedling  establishment  can be  improved
by use of  various types of  mulches, standing
stubble, or a thin layer of soil material, gravel,
or even  oxidized coal — if not too high in  soluble
salts (17,  25).   Adding a few inches of water during
critical periods in the year of plant establishment
can affect the kinds  of species established  and
and their  density (18, 19).   This quantity of water
is often available as pit water.  Even though pit
water is usually high in soluble salts, it appears
that it  can be used beneficially on all but  the most
arid sites.

     Most  mine spoils in the western U.S.  are re-
turned to  perennial grasslands  for  eventual  use by
grazing  livestock and wildlife.   Considerable re-
search is  in progress to determine  soil and  environ-
mental requirements for the various species  and to
accelerate natural succession of native species.
In more  favorable precipitation areas, annual small
grains (wheat)  are produced on  reclaimed mined lands.
Also it  is desirable  to establish woody plantings
in the drainageways to provide  protection  to live-
stock and  wildlife during adverse weather  and for
browse.

PROGRAM  DISCUSSION

     As  a  result of research conducted by  ARS, tech-
nology is being  developed that  protects the  soil and
198

-------
Topsoil
Thickness
inches
Subsoil thickness, inches
4

12

20

28

36

44

52

60

A. Spring wheat yields, bu/a
0
8
24
Mixed —
11.9
23.9
29.2
15.7
15.8
28.5
30.0
20.0
17.8
29.1
30.5
21.9
B. Alfalfa (first
0
8
24
Mixed*/
0.048
0.32
0.41
0.057
0.20
0.28
0.42
0.17
0.36
0.56
0.44
0.36
19.2
28.9
30.5
22.4
cut), t/a
0.43
0.51
0.47
0.43
18.8
29.5
28.8
23.2

0.37
0.60
0.41
0.55
18.6
29.0
29.9
22.0

0.31
0.57
0.59
0.47
19.6
30.2
30.9
22.5

0.37
0.52
0.54
0.51
18.6
28.6
31.7
21.6

0.39
0.54
0.48
0.54
C. Crested wheatgrass, t/a
0
8
24
V J1/
Mixed—
0.87
1.26
1.24
0.71
1.12
1.43
1.31
1.12
1.29
1.45
1.41
1.50
1.36
1.65
1.45
1.45
1.50
1.48
1.37
1.57
1.24
1.40
1.46
1.33
1.55
1.55
1.26
1.47
1.43
1.41
1.38
1.50
D. "Native'' grasses— , t/a
0
8
24
Mixed-/
— Topsoil and
2/
— Blue grama
0.008
0.21
0.15
0.00
subsoil

0.068
0.27
0.060
0.003
mixed in 1

0.053
0.39
0.22
0.038
3 ratio.

0.081
0.46
0.19
0.073


0.14
0.47
0.16
0.046


0.12
0.39
0.11
0.038


0.15
0.35
0.12
0.15


0.13
0.29
0.14
0.16


and sideoats grama.
                                                                                   TABLE 4.

                                                                                   YIELD OF FIRST HARVEST OF
                                                                                   SEVERAL CROPS AS AFFECTED
                                                                                   BY THICKNESS OF SUBSOIL
                                                                                   AND TOPSOIL SPREAD OVER
                                                                                   SODIC (SAR = 26)
                                                                                   MINE SPOILS
TABLE 5.  DRY WEIGHT YIELD OF A NATIVE GRASS
         MIXTURE SEEDED IN 1970 ON SPOILS WITH AND
         WITHOUT 2 INCHES OF TOPSOIL (17)
Year

1973
1974
1975
1976
Without
Topsoil
t- /a
0.21
0.06
0.11
0.12
With
Topsoil

0.69
0.77
0.74
0.56
TABLE 6.  SIMULATED RUNOFF AND SOIL LOSS FROM
          UNDISTURBED RANGELAND AND MINE SPOILS (10)
Land
Use -/

Rangeland
Spoil
Spoil covered with
topsoil (25 cm)
- 9 to 10% slope
Raihulator in

Runoff
inches
0.04
2.0
1.6
with 4 inches water
4 hours to initially

Soil
t/a
0.2
7.2
32.6
added with

Loss




a Purdue
wet soil material.
                                                                                                         199

-------
water  resources of mined areas and also provides an
economic return to the landowner.   It is apparent
that  the best  way to achieve these dual objectives
is  to  establish good productive vegetative cover.
Once  established, this vegetation not only restricts
surface water  movement and erosion, but possibly
more  important, it also dries the soil, enabling
more  of the precipitation received to infiltrate
into  the soil  at the point of impact.  Also,  by
drying the soil, the quantity of water and the
quantity of dissolved solids passing below the
root  zone to the watertable is reduced.  This, in
turn,  aids in  controlling groundwater pollution
from  mined areas.  Revegetation adds organic matter
and plant nutrients to the upper surfaces of mined
land.   Rapid establishment and efficient production
of  vegetation  is one of the best defenses possible
to  guard against soil and water degradation on land
disturbed by mining.

      Although  this research is clearly defining the
role  of vegetation and slopes in controlling en-
vironmental quality of reclaimed land, much addi-
tional information is needed.  Research has not
been  conducted long enough to fully evaluate long-
 term  effects of reclamation practices.  Questions
regarding various aspects of long-term stability —
stability of the vegetation,  of the landscape, and
of  the ability for sustained  production — are larg-
ely unresolved.  On many spoils,  particularly those
high  in sodium, mass instability is evident.   In-
 stability is expressed by settling over prolonged
 time  periods,  differential rates of subsidence,
 development of piping type of erosion, and slippage.
Additional research is needed in soil mechanics
 and engineering to develop technology to provide
 a stable surface after mining.  Also available
 technology will not recreate the native mixed
prairie vegetative communities within less than
40  or 50 years.  A number of basic ecological
studies are needed to better understand the dy-
namics of establishment of these plant communities.
Quantitative descriptions of the parameters that
determine ecological niches for many of the shrub
and woody species needed in these plant communities
remain to be developed.  In addition we do not know
if  land reclaimed for grazing will stand up as
well  as the native prairie vegetation on unmined
land  under the abuse of over-grazing.  Research
has been initiated to study the effects of abusive
grazing on vegetative and soil stability, but much
additional work remains to be done.

CONCLUSION

     This  paper reviews  current ARS research  to
develop  technology to  protect the  soil and water
resources  of mined land.   Part  of  this research is
supported  by an EPA grant  to  ARS.   In the past
decade  great advances  have been made on the develop-
ment of  the needed reclamation  technology.   Programs
and activities  presently in progress are defining
many of  the parameters  involved and are providing
guidelines by  which user groups can make decisions.
The information acquired is being  used by industry
in  reclamation practices,  by  regulatory agencies in
enforcing  reclamation  legislation,  by advisory
groups  serving industry  and regulatory agencies, and
in  extension and educational  programs.
     It  is  apparent  from this discussion that much
has been accomplished.   However, much remains to be
accomplished,  particularly in developing management
methods  to  use after revegetating mined land that
will assure long-term sustained protection of the
soil and water resources.

REFERENCES

1.   Armiger,  W. H.,  J.  N.  Jones,  Jr.,  and  0. L.
     Bennett,  1975.   Rock  phosphate  as  an  aid in
     acid mine  spoil  revegetation.   Proc.  Southern
     Assoc. of  Agric. Sci.  p.  79-84.

2.   Armiger,  W. H.,  J.  N.  Jones,  Jr.,  and  0. L.
     Bennett,   1975.  Seed  ledges  improve  stabiliza-
     tion of outer slopes  on  mine  spoil research.
     Proc.  Applied Tech. Symp on Mine Land  Reclama-
     tion,  p.  250-258.

3.   Armiger,  W. H.,  J.  N.  Jones,  Jr.,  and  0. L.
     Bennett.   1976.  Revegetation of land  disturbed
     by  strip mining  in  Appalachia.  ARS-NE-71.

4.   Bauer, Armand, W. A. Berg,  and  W.  C. Gould.
     1977.   Correction of nutrient deficiencies  and
     toxicities in strip-mined  lands in semiarid
     and arid  regions.   IN  Reclamation  of Drasti-
     cally Disturbed  Lands.   F.  W. Schaller  (ed).
     Amer.  Soc. Agron.,  Madison, Wis. (in press).

5.   Bennett,  0. L.   1971.  Grasses  and  legumes  for
     revegetation of  strip-mined areas.  Proc. of
     the Revegetation and Economic Use  of Surface-
     Mined Land and Mine Refuse  Symposium,  p. 23-
     25.

6.   Bennett,  0. L,,  W.  H.  Armiger,  and J. N.
     Jones, Jr.  1976.   Revegetation and use of
     eastern surface  mine spoils.  In Land  Applica-
     tion of Waste Materials.   Soil  Cons. Soc.
     Amer., Ankeny, Iowa. pp. 195-215.

7.   Doering.  E. J. and  W.  0. Willis.   1975.
     Chemical  reclamation of  sodic strip-mine
     spoils.  USDA-ARS-NC-20. 8  p.

8.   Gee, G. W., J. E. Gilley,  and Armand Bauer.
     1976.   Use of soil  properties to estimate
     soil loss  by water  erosion  on surface-
     mined lands of western North Dakota. N. Dak.
     Agr. Exp.  Sta. Farm Res.  34(2):40-43.

9.   Gilley, J. E., G. W. Gee, A. Bauer, W. 0.
     Willis, and R. A. Young. 1976.  Water  infiltra-
     tion at surface-mined  sites in western North
     Dakota.  N. Dak. Agr.  Expt. Sta. Farm  Res.
     34(2):32-34.

10.  Gilley, J. E., G. W. Gee, A. Bauer, W. 0.
     Willis, and R.  A. Young. 1976.  Water  infiltra-
     erosion characteristics  of  surface-mined sites
     in western North Dakota.  ASAE  (in press).

11.  Jones, J.  N., Jr.,  W.  H. Armiger and 0. L.
     Bennett.   1973.  The use of soil amendments to
     modify acidity on surface mine  lands.   Proc.
     of Assoc.  of Southern  Agricultural Workers.
     Vol. 70,  p, 252-253.
200

-------
12.  Jones, J. N. , Jr., W. H. Armiger,  and  0.  L.          24.  Sandoval, F. M. and J. F. Power.  1977.
    Bennett.  1975.  A two-step  system for rev-               Laboratory methods recommended for chemical
    egetation of surface mine  spoil.   J. Environ.             analysis.  USDA Bui.  (in press)
    Qual. 4:233-235
                                                         25.  Schuman, G. E., W. A. Berg, and J. F. Power.
13.  Jones, J. N., Jr., W. H. Armiger,  and  0.  L               1976.  Management of mine wastes in the western
    Bennett.  1975.  Forage  grasses aid the tran-            United States,  In Land Application of Waste
    sition on spoil  to soil.   Proc. National Coal            Materials, T. M. McCalla, (ed), Soil Cons. Soc.
    Assoc.,  Bituminous Coal  Research Conference               Amer., Ankeny, Iowa, p. 180-194.
    Expo.  II,  Louisville, Ky. p.  213-218.

14.  Power, J. F., J. J. Bond,  F. M. Sandoval, and
    W.  0. Willis.  1974.  Nitrification in Paleocene
    shales.  Sci. 183:1077-1079.

15.  Power, J. F. , R. E. Ries,  F. M. Sandoval, and
    W.  0. Willis.  1975.  Factors  restricting re-
    vegetation  of strip-mine  spoils.   Proc. Fort
    Union Coal  Field Symp., W. F.  Clark (ed,), Mont.
    Acad. of Sci., Billings, MT. p. 336-346.

16.  Power, J. F. and F. M. Sandoval.   1976.  Effect
    of  sampling method on results  of chemical anal-
    ysis of  overburden samples.  Mining Cong. J. 62:
     37-41.

17.  Power, J. F., F, M. Sandoval,  and R. E. Ries.
    1977.  Restoration of productivity of  disturbed
    land in  the Northern Great Plains.  In Symp. on
    Reclamation of Disturbed Arid  Lands.   R.  A.
    Wright  (ed).  AAAS, Washington, DC (in press).

18.  Ries, R. E. and  A. D. Day.   1977.   Use of
     irrigation  in reclamation.   In Reclamation of
    Drastically Disturbed Lands, F. W. Schaller
     (ed) . Amer. Soc. Agron., Madison,  Wis.  (in
    press)

19.  Ries, R. E., J.  F. Power,  and  F.  M. Sandoval.
     1976.  Potential use of  supplemental irriga-
     tion for establishment of  vegetation on sur-
     face-mined  lands.  N. Dak, Ag.  Expt. Sta.
     Farm Res.  34(1):14-17.

20.  Ries, R. E., F,  M. Sandoval, J. F. Power, and
    W.  0. Willis.  1976.  Perennial forage species
     response to sodium and magnesium sulfate in
    mined  spoils,  In Proc.  Fourth Symp, on Sur-
     face Mining and  Reclamation.   National Coal
    Assn., Washington, DC. p.  173-183.

21,   Sandoval, F. M., J. J. Bond, J. F. Power, and
    W.  0. Willis.  1973.  Lignite  mine spoils in
     the Northern Great Plains-characteristics and
    potential  for reclamation.   Symp.  on Research
    and Applied Tech. of Mine-land Reclamation,
    Pittsburgh, Pa.  p. 117-133.

22.   Sandoval, F. M., J. J. Bond, J. F. Power, and
    W,  0. Willis.  1973.  Characterization of
    lignite  mine spoils in the Northern Great
    Plains.  N.  Dak.  Geol. Survey Educ. Ser, No.  5,
    Grand Forks, N.  Dak.

23.   Sandoval, F. M.  and W. C.  Gould.   1977.
     Improvement of saline and  sodium-affected dis-
    turbed lands.  In Reclamation  of Drastically
    Disturbed Lands.  F. W.  Schaller  (ed), Amer.
    Soc. Agron., Madison, Wis.  (in press).



                                                                                                          201

-------
integrated technology
assessment ^>
CHAPTER 5

-------
   CHAPTER  CONTENTS
             integrated technology assessment
SUMMARY
   Steven R. Reznek, Ph.D., EPA                         207
QUESTIONS & ANSWERS                              221
TECHNICAL DISCUSSION
INTEGRATED ASSESSMENT OF ENERGY DEVELOPMENT IN
THE WESTERN U.S.
   Steven E. Plotkin, EPA                              227
OHIO RIVER BASIN ENERGY STUDY
   Lowell Smith, EPA                                233
ELECTRIC UTILITY ENERGY SYSTEMS
INTEGRATED TECHNOLOGY ASSESSMENT
   Lowell Smith, EPA                                243
INTEGRATED ASSESSMENT
   H. Russell Mickey, TVA
   Malcolm C. Babb, TVA
   Hubert Hinote, TVA
   Douglas H. Walters, TVA                             253
STATUS OF AN INTEGRATED ASSESSMENT OF
COAL DEVELOPMENT
   Joseph R. Barse, USDA
   John W. Green, USDA                              263
INTEGRATED SYSTEMS SIMULATION OF LOCAL COMMUNITY IMPACTS IN
THE NORTHERN GREAT PLAINS
   Lloyd D. Bender, USDA
   George S. Temple, Montana State University                  267
METHODOLOGY FOR THE ANALYSIS OF THE IMPACTS OF
ELECTRIC POWER PRODUCTION IN THE WEST
   Andrew Ford, ERDA
   H. W. Lorber, ERDA                               275

-------
                      INTEGRATED  TECHNOLOGY
                                                                ASSESSMENT
                                                                                       Steven R. Reznek, Ph.D.
                                                                           Acting Deputy Assistant Administrator
                                                                          Office of  Energy,  Minerals and  Industry
                                                                            U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
RESEARCH ON EVALUATING
THE SOCIAL, ECONOMIC, AND
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS OF
DEVELOPING ENERGY SYSTEMS
HOW ASSESSMENT
ESTABLISHES ITS
IMPLICATIONS
    Since 1973,  awareness of the close and complex relationship between the  Nation's
future energy system and its economic, social, and  environmental fabric has increased.
Although the nature,  importance, and reality of the problem  of changing our energy
system are  now recognized, there has been no thorough commitment to the important
and expensive  task of  understanding  the implications of  alternative energy  systems.
While no one can predict precisely the full spectrum of implications of energy system
choices, much can be done to improve the analysis of the economic and environmental
differences between energy system alternatives.

    The  participants  in the CEQ/OMB  task  forces  that created  the  Interagency
Energy/Environment  Research and Development Program  recognized,  first,  that the
relationship between our choice  of energy system and our future economic and social
structure  would   have  increasing  political   importance;  second,  that  the  Federal
Government should support  detailed analysis  of the implications of energy system
alternatives. Therefore the recommendations for the Interagency Program included, as
part of the research plan,  a  section on Integrated Technology  Assessments (ITA). The
goal  of  these   assessments   is  clearer definition   of  the  economic,  social,  and
environmental consequences of developing the  Nation's  energy resources,.

    Integrated Technology Assessments are not policy development studies but are an
appropriate  part  of the  research  program.  As with  other  research  endeavors, the
program  products  are concepts, methods, and  analytical tools. The goal  of the  program
is  to improve  the procedures used  in  assessing the implications of  alternative energy
technologies.

    Technology assessment studies start with the specification of the configuration of
energy  facilities.  This  configuration  includes  a detailed  description  of  the energy
technology,  for  example  a  gasification  complex,  including   mining and  transport
facilities  as well  as possible associated electricity or energy  generating capacity.  Other
configurations could  include  several  types of  energy technologies or multiple  units of
one technology in a single geographic  location.  Often, one of  the initial problems for
an assessment is developing the precise specification of  the technology configuration.

    Once the configuration  is  established,  the  assessment attempts to establish its
implications  by tracing a number of  impacts  along  chains  of cause and effect. As an
example, a specific technology  implies a  change  in  the  inventory  of air  pollutant
emissions. Contributions  to the inventory  come from  not only the energy technology
itself but the  secondary development  it  fosters. Air  pollutant emissions can change
ambient air quality; degraded air quality can, in  turn, affect  human health and welfare.
The  impacts  of  air  pollution  on  welfare  may include  reduction of productivity of
natural or agricultural lands or reduced visibility  in scenic areas.

    Another example is the  impact of the technology on  the local  economy. This  is
assessed  by  calculating  the  employment needs and  the  demand for local  services
created  by the facility. These demands are then analyzed in terms of the ability of the
local community  to supply the needed  labor  and products or the need to import new
people  or  new  skills.  Demands for  labor  and  services  can alter local  economic
conditions,  such  as average  income level,  type of  employment, and residential  land
values.  Energy facilities  may also attract  manufacturing or other industries needing
cheap energy or transportation networks capable of moving  nonenergy goods.

    New energy  facilities, such as  mines or mine-mouth conversion  plants,  located in
sparsely  populated  areas,  will increase  economic  activity, add to the labor  force,
augment demand  for public services, and provide a potential source of public revenues.
                                                                                                        207

-------
 GENERAL GOAL OF ITA
 TERMS MUST BE
 INTERDISCIPLINARY
 METHODS MUST BE  INNOVATIVE
Public or government activities associated with providing services for new development
constitute another aspect of the economic impact of energy development.

     The  general  goal  of  Integrated  Technology Assessments  is  to  identify all  the
economic, social, and environmental consequences of energy technologies and then find
a method of analysis that  can  reasonably describe  the size of  the  impact. This is not
easy.  Establishing  what  problems  are   important  can  lead  to  public  and political
controversy.  Questions  about  the  theoretical   basis   for, or  quality  of,  analytical
approaches can lead to erudite and academic squabbles.

     Technology  assessments,  particularly research on improving the methods of policy
analysis,  present three major difficulties.

     1.  Assessment  teams must be  interdisciplinary.  Any particular issue,  for example
availability of  water  resources, will  have  engineering,  economic,  institutional, and
political  aspects—all  equally  important  in  assuring  a  credible  analysis. Assessment
studies must  find  ways of using cooperatively  the experience,  knowledge,  and expertise
from  a  wide range  of disciplines.  Multidisciplinary  approaches  are  essential  if impact
analysis is to reflect the complexity  of real-world  issues.

     2.  Methods used  in  issue  analysis must be innovative.  Because  the assessment
program  is a research activity, its important accomplishments will  be improvements in
the  way  energy/environment  issues  are  addressed,  rather  than the  analysis results
       energy
       environment II
208

-------
ITA STUDIES MUST BE
RELEVANT
Figure 1.
Implications of energy technologies
A MOST IMPORTANT
ITA CONTRIBUTION
themselves.  The program has,  in  fact, had its first successes.  Models and methods used
in several studies  are  being  adopted by  others.  Three particular studies  are  worthy of
note.

     • The  EPA-sponsored  study  of coal-fired  electric  generation, from the point  of
       view   of   the   individual   utility,  is  being  used  by  the  California  Energy
       Commission and the  Federal  Energy Agency.

     • The  TVA  study of  electricity-demand  prediction  will  be  used by them  in
       planning new  capacity.

     • The  study  of  boom-town problems, performed  at the  Los Alamos  Scientific
       Laboratory/ERDA  and  partially  funded   by this program,  is gaining  wide
       recognition  for  its  treatment  of the problems  of small  western communities
       affected by energy development.

     3.  And  finally,  integrated  assessment  studies  must  be  relevant.  In  addition to
combining the points  of view  from many  disciplines  and at  the same time assuring
sophistication   of approach,  the studies must incorporate issues perceived as  important
by  the energy decision-makers and  by the  people affected by development. In  short,
the  issues considered  to  be the  most  important must  determine the  course  of the
work.  All too often,  improvements  in analysis methods or theoretical  bases for impact
assessments  tend to usurp the  interest of  the research team. If this occurs,  the effect
of  assessment  studies  on  "the way things are  done" is minimal  or  long  delayed. To
assure  that  assessment studies  are relevant, local interests must be specifically included
in  steering  the  study.  Only   by  including  (through   advisory  committees,  as  paid
consultants, or by  other arrangements)  the people who  are actually affected  by energy
decisions  can   the  study teams be sure  that their results  will not  go unread. Actual
involvement of the study team in the political  process,  especially  in public hearings,  is
important and is perhaps essential  to assuring the  relevance of the  study.

     There  are some very  real  problems  in understanding the economic, social,  and
environmental  implications of alternative  energy  technologies.  In addition to the esoteric
questions of  socio-economic value, there are some relatively  straightforward  problems.
The amount of information  on each energy  technology is enormous (Figure 1).
     For any  specific technology, for example high Btu  gasification, the facility  can
have  a  large  number  of  different configurations. Not only are  alternative processes
possible, for  example  fluid-bed  versus packed-bed  reactors, but  alternative pollutant
control  strategies  may  be  pursued.  Alternatives for  control  include  the choice  of
pollutants and the  level of emission limitation.  Each configuration has implications for
the use of  resources—water,  fuel, labor,  and financing—in  meeting  a level of  energy
production.  One  very  important  contribution,  perhaps  the  most  important,  that
integrated  technology  assessment  can   make  is  the systematic  development   and
presentation of the performance and  requirements of  technologies.  Because the types
                                                                                                                         209

-------
 ASSEMBLING AND
 INTERPRETING A DATA SET
 of data span a wide  range, from  engineering  costs and  employment histories through
 chemical  analysis  of  emission  samples  to  clinical  or  bioassay  results,  integrated
 assessment  studies  can  provide   a  mechanism for  evaluating comparable data  %
 technology  alternatives.

     The   EPA-sponsored  programs  include  several   activities,  in  addition to  the
 integrated   technology  assessments,  concerned  with   assembling  and  interpreting a
 comprehensive and  compatible data set.  These activities are an  atlas  of  all western
 energy  development  sites and  in-depth  studies of each  of  several  technologies. The
 technology  studies all  devote  a large fraction  of their resources to  pollutant emission
 measurements at actual energy  facilities.  The specific  aim of the studies is to develop
 data  on the environmental  implications  of unit  process facilities and to document  the
 cost  and   capabilities  of  control  options.  The  technology  studies  focus on  the
 incremental  engineering costs  for  pollution  abatement and  only  secondarily develop
 information  on  the  characteristics  of the  energy production facilities themselves.  These
 two study areas, summarized by integrated technology assessments,  will start to provide
 a  systematic,  consistent, and reasonably comprehensive comparison of alternatives.
 Figure 2.
 Integrated Technology  Assessment Program
                                                         ASSESSMENTS
                                                          NATIONAL  -  UTILITIES  &  ADVANCED  SYSTEMS
                                                          REGIONAL  -  WESTERN,  OHIO, APPALACHIAN
                                                          CASE  STUDIES

                                                         SUPPORT STUDIES
                                                          ECONOMIC PROJECTIONS
                                                          ENERGY PROJECTIONS
                                                          ENERGY DEVELOPMENT REQUIREMENTS
                                                          CASE  STUDY  METHODS
PROBLEMS OF REGIONAL
OR  LOCAL IMPACT STUDY
     The  Integrated  Technology Assessment  area of the interagency  program contains
two  different types of  projects.  In addition  to  the  assessments themselves,  several
projects are designed to  produce data  or models.  These studies play  a supporting role
by  providing information or analytical  tools  to  be used  by other assessment  studies
(Figure  2).

     The  support studies  include developing the framework for projecting  (either by
postulate  or by econometric  prediction)   future  levels  of  national energy  use.  In
addition,  support studies  have  included  development of analysis  method for defining
impacts on regional or  local  scales. The  regional  issues  include  (1) relationship  of
employment, immigration, and  wages, (2) effects of rural energy projects on state and
local revenues, and  (3) exposition  and analysis of boom-town  problems.  Another area
of support  study  has  been  a  review  of the  natural  resources, specifically land and
water,  needed to site and  operate energy facilities.

     The  study  of  regional  or local   impacts  has several  fundamental  conceptual
problems.  Most  of  these  concern  assessing  the impact of changing the  movement  of
labor,  capital, and  facilities  in or  out of the  region. For example, one  impact  of
western energy  development will be increased employment in the  Ohio  River Basin, in
the  industries  manufacturing  coal-mining  and  combustion  equipment.  Assessing the
correct  national  patterns  of  increased  economic  activity,  supplying additional  mining
equipment,  and  translating this into regional impacts  are  extremely  difficult.  In the
same vein, assessing  any  inter-regional  transfers,  for example  out-migration of skilled
mining  labor,  is conceptually difficult. At  best, treatment  of  these  impacts  requires
detailed knowledge of the national  situation  and knowledge of the  relative attributes ot
different regions in supplying resources to meet a portion of  the national demand.

     Three studies  have addressed local  problems.  The  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture
has examined local  impacts  both  in terms of the relationships between employment,
210

-------
                                        wages, and western in-migration and  in terms of the impact of energy development  on
                                        the structure of public sector  financing. The  public financing study includes an analysis
                                        of changes in  fund-raising  mechanisms,  for example severance and real property taxes,
                                        as well  as increased  demand  for  public  services. The  new revenues and demands for
                                        services  are examined  for the major organizations in  state  and local governments.

                                             Two  support studies  treat the demand for  land  and water resources  by energy
                                        facilities.  Competition  for  these  resources,  if determined  by economic  considerations
                                        alone, will not lead  to  conservation.  However,  capital expenditures  can  be substituted
                                        for both  water  and land required  by energy facilities. EPA is supporting research  on
                                        water consumption by  alternative  energy technologies, and  the  U.S.  Department  of
                                        Agriculture is questioning the utilization of agricultural lands.
Figure 3.
Comparison of actual and  projected
employment in TVA power service
100,000
80,000
60,000
40,000
20,000
1 —
1 0
=- 19
£ 100,000
80,000
60,000
40,000
20,000
0
19

SIC 32 - STONE, CLAY, GLASS, AND /
CONCRETE PRODUCTS / -
S
S
s
X*
^—~-
60 1970 1980 1990 20
SIC 34 - FABRICATED METAL _ x"
PRODUCTS ^"'
f
xrr-'
'
60 1970 1980 1990 20
50,000
40,000
30,000
20,000
10,000
00 19
125,000
100,000
75,000
50,000
25,000
0
00 19

SIC 33 - PRIMARY METAL ,'"'
INDUSTRIES ,--'
s
1 \ '



60 1970 1980 1990 2000
SIC 35 - MACHINERY, EXCEPT
ELECTRICAL ,-'"
"
A"''
• i t




60 1970 1980 1990 2000
YEAR
ASSESSING FUTURE ENERGY
SUPPLY AND DEMAND
•  FOCUS:
   ENVIRONMENTAL
   REGULATIONS ARE
   COMPLIANCE OPTIONS
   FOR THE UTILITY
   INDUSTRY

•  GOALS:
   ASSESSING ALTERNATIVE
   REGULATION

•  CONTRACTOR:
   TEKNEKRON ASSOC.
     The  support  studies  receiving  the  largest funding  are  concerned  with assessing
future energy  supply  and  demand.  Both  TVA and  EPA have projects  in  this area
(Figure  3). The TVA model uses  demographic and employment projections  to  predict
electricity consumption.  The EPA  program uses a large  input/output model of the U.S.
economy. This model   describes  the activity  of  over  100 sectors  and  relates  the
exchange  of  goods and  services between these sectors  in the production process. Part
of the  model  is  a description  of  the energy  demands  of  both  final  consumption  and
industrial/manufacturing  processes.   The  model   describes  consistently   and   in  a
general-equilibrium  sense both  the demands for energy throughout the economy  and
the demands of energy  production for resources such as steel, labor, and concrete. The
model describes the energy supply and demand systems and  computes both  the costs
of energy supply  and the pollution impact  of  the energy supply  system (Figure 4).

     The  EPA portion  of the  ITA Program includes  both  regional  and national
assessments.  The  projects at the Los Alamos  Scientific Laboratory/ERDA  are local  or
small  town assessments.  Case studies of  individual communities  or geographic areas are
a part of  the  EPA regional  assessments.

     One  of the two national  studies  is  an assessment  of  the coal-fired  steam electric
generating industry.  This study examines the  future of the industry between now  and
1990, the period  when  generation  capacity will be  by conventional  technology. The
period after  1990, when  new technologies such as low Btu coal  gasification will  replace
conventional combustion, will be examined  in  a separate project.

     Assessment of the steam electric industry  is based  on  a utility-by-utility  evaluation
of the  options for  meeting  generating demands  in  compliance with  environmental
regulations. The study has adopted  the  perspective of  the  utility in  determining such
questions  as  where  to site, when to construct new capacity,  how to  meet emission
limitations,  and   what  types  of   energy/environment   strategies   to   pursue.  The
                                                                                                                      211

-------
Figure 4.
Technology assessment  modeling (EPA)
                                                   NATIONAL INPUT/OUTPUT
                                                              MODEL
                                                                                                            ENERGY
                                                                                                            DEMAND
                                                                                                            ENERGY
                                                                                                            SUPPLY
                                                                               POLLUTANT GENERATION
 I.   COAL FIRED  ELECTRICITY
     PRODUCTION LEVELS

 II.   NEW PLANT SITING

 III.  POWER  SYSTEM OPERATION

 IV.  POLLUTANTS AND COSTS

 V.   ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS
 COST CONSEQUENCES OF
 POLLUTION  CONTROL
information  base  in  support  of  defining the  options  available to  utilities is very
extensive. The study  has collected detailed  data  on (1)  availability of power plant sites,
including  Clean  Air  Act and  water  resource  issues;  (2) source, transportation, and cost
of presently  developed or new coal  mines; (3)  interconnections and policies  of power
grid  use;  and (4)  cost  of  construction and operation, including pollution control costs,
of existing and new  generating facilities.

     This  extensive data base  and the analysis capability  of the  study  make it possible
to address a variety  of questions (Figures  5 and  6). (At present, the  study results are
available for investor-owned  utilities.  Publicly-owned  utilities, accounting for  15 to  20
percent of the Nation's fossil-fuel fired capacity,  will be included in the future). The
study results include  a county-by-county  inventory of pollutant emissions.

     The  sensitivity  of the future inventory to  such  variables as conservation  initiatives
and  economic  growth can  be  compared  with alternative control  requirements and
strategies  for their achievement.  One interesting  result has been  the documentation that
electricity  conservation strategies designed  to flatten  a utility's  load-curve can  affect
pollutant  emissions.  If  the ratio of  peak to off-peak  load decreases, the utility restricts
the rate at  which new generating plants are  built.  The result  is greater utilization of
old plants.  If utilization of  plants now generating 30 percent of the  time is doubled,
their contribution  to emission inventories will  double.  Many of these  older plants are
allowed much higher emissions under  state  implementation plans  than those required of
new  plants. The  net effect of load-curve flattening is to reverse the trend toward more
tightly  controlled  generating  plants  and to allow increases in  demand  to be met  by
plants with extremely lax emission standards.

     The  electric  utility assessment  also  has generated  information on  the relative cost
consequences of  pollution   control   strategies.  The  study  permits   comparison  of
incremental  costs for  pollution control  (under various  levels  of  stringency  in the
national  standards) with various levels of future electricity  demand  (Figures  7  and  8).
For  example, Clean  Air  Act  requirements would add just under $20 per person per
year  to  the costs of generating electricity in  1990 (current dollars).  A national coal
cleaning   industry  could  reduce  the  costs by   15  to 20  percent.  Strict new-source
controls  requiring a  scrubber  on every  new plant would  increase the annual costs to
about $25 per person. A  strict retrofit program  could increase costs to $35 per person,

     Assuming strict  emission  controls,  a strict  conservation program could  reduce the
annual costs of electricity  production  by as much as  $45  per person, and a program to
212

-------
           90.0-


           80.0-


           70.0-


           60.0-
      55
      o
      z
      1    50.0-
      o
      o>
      I    40.0-
      3

      °    30.0-


           20.0-


           10.0-
      CONTROL
  ... 1970 CAA
    ' BACT
STRICT PRESENT SOURCE CONTROL
             0
             1980   1985   1990    1995   2000
Figure  5.
How will progressive controls
affect nationwide S02 emissions?
                                          1B.OH
                                          16.0-
                                          14.0-
                                          12.0-


                                          10.0-
                                           B.O-
                                           6.0-
                                           4.0-
                                                                             2.0-
                                                                              0-
                                                                    / NO CONTROL
  NEW SOURCES CONTROL
  (WITH NO COAL CLEANING)

  1970 CAA
(WITH/WITHOUT COAL CLEANING)
                                                                      STRICT PRESENT SOURCES
                                            1980   1985   1990   1995   2000
                               Figure 6.
                               How will  progressive controls
                               under reference energy future
                               affect NOX  emissions?
THREE REGIONAL
TECHNOLOGY ASSESSMENT
STUDIES
WESTERN ASSESSMENT
        increase  coal  use  and reduce  petroleum fuels  could increase  annual costs by  $12 per
        person.  Very  much  higher  costs  for  electricity generation  would result  if  electric-
        powered transportation was substituted  for the internal combustion engine.

             The national  assessment is  also able to review  the  projections of  alternative  coal
        resource use  and  the effect  of  pollution  controls  on  coal  transportation. The sulfur
        dioxide  control  requirement  can  change  the  relative  cost  of  Eastern,  Central,  and
        Western  coals.  However,  use of low sulfur Western  coal will  grow more rapidly than
        that of either  Eastern or Central reserves (Figures 9 and  10).

             In  addition  to the national assessments,  EPA  is sponsoring  three large  regional
        technology  assessment studies  (Figure  11). Each  of these three studies  is tied to  coal
        resources and  each will  be  conducted in  a  manner which  assures  involvement of the
        parties  affected  by and  concerned  about  energy developments. The  initial  phases of
        two of  the regional studies—the Western  and the Ohio  River  Valley  assessments—have
        been  completed.  The studies  have  defined the  future  technology  configurations they
        wish  to  study and  have  clarified the issues, problems, and questions most important to
        the region.  The  depth of analysis given to the issues thus far varies, but in general the
        Western  assessment  has  progressed  well  on  all issues  except  those  concerning  the
        institutional or political  consequences of energy development.

            The Appalachian  regional assessment has just been  initiated.

            The Western  assessment  concerns  both  the  northern  Great  Plains  and  the  Four
        Corners  fuel  reserves (Figures 12  and 13).  The study  treats  issues  on  at  least  two
        geographic  scales. Water  supply, visibility, and financing  public  services exemplify issues
        that  must  be  studied   on  a  state  or  regional   basis.  Air  quality,  reclamation,  and
        boom-town  effects are studied  in terms  of six  example  locations.

            Many  specific  issues are  defined  and  analyzed, and  this  report cannot attempt to
        summarize  the technology  assessment.  However,  certain selected results  can be used to
        indicate  the nature  of the studies.
                                                                                                                              213

-------
 Figure  7.
 Per capita costs  in  1990
 with  related emission  reductions under
 progressively  strict controls
                                                             60-
                                                             so-
                                                       0= Si

                                                       o
                                                             30-
                                                             20-
                                                             10-
                                                                        S02
                                                                    iffl
                                                                            NOX
                                                                      1970 CLEAN
                                                                       AIR ACT
                                   THE NATION
                                                                                           so,
                                   NOX
                                                                                                              SO,
                             1970 WITH
                           COAL CLEANING
  STRICT NEW
SOURCE CONTROL
                                                                                                                                S02
                                                                                                                             M
                                                                                                                                   NOX
                                                                                                                                          -90
                                                                                                                                          -75
                                                                                                                                          -45
STRICT PRESENT
SOURCE CONTROL
 Figure 8.
 Per capita costs in  1990
 with  related emission  reductions  under
 strict  environmental controls
                                                      £
                                                      I
150T
                                                            125-
                                                            100-
                                                             75-
                                                      o gc =;
                                                             25-
                                                                        S02
                                                                           NOv
                                   THE NATION
                                                                                           SO,
                                                  SO,
                                                                                               NOv
                                                                        CONSERVATION
                                                                   -21.24
                                                                                         REFERENCE
                                                                                                                  NOv
                                                                                                          HIGH COAL USE
                                                                                                                              m
                                                                                                                                  S02
                                                                         NOX

                                                                        ^
                                                                                                                             ELECTRIFICATION
                                                                              T90
                                                                                                                                           •75
                                                                                                                                           •45
                                                                               -30  §
214

-------
Figure 9.
Percentage of U.S. Coal  Production
by region and percentage distribution
of regional  coal  (1975)
Figure  10.
Percentage of U.S. coal production
by region and percentage distribution
of regional  coal  (1990)
Figure  11.
Regional  integrated assessments
                                                MAJOR
                                                  COALS:
 LEGEND

BITUMINOUS COAL
LIGNITE
                                                                                              INTEGRATED
                                                                                               ASSESSMENTS:
                                                                                                                               215

-------
            FOCUS:
              COAL AND OIL SHALE
              1975-2000
              NORTHERN GREAT PLAINS, FOUR CORNERS
              FUEL CYCLE FROM EXTRACTION TO
               TRANSPORTATION
            RESEARCH TEAM:
              SCIENCE & PUBLIC POLICY PROGRAM
                 UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA
              RADIAN CORPORATION, AUSTIN, TEXAS
            APPROACH:
              CRITICAL FACTORS ANALYSIS
              SIX SITE SPECIFIC SCENARIOS
              REGIONAL SCENARIO, 3 DEVELOPMENT LEVELS
 Figure 12.
 Technology assessment
 of western energy resource development
                      Figure 13.
                      Northern  Great  Plains
                      and  Four Corners fuel reserves
Figure 14.
Manpower  requirements
for energy  facilities (per  1C)15 Btu/yr)
         GASIFICATION
         LIQUEFACTION
         NATURAL  GAS PRODUCTION
         CRUDE OIL PRODUCTION
         OIL SHALE RETORTING
         POWER  PLANT
            THERMAL
            ELECTRIC
                                                                                       TOTAL
                                                              RATIO:
                                                         CONSTRUCTION
                                                                                    MAN YEARS   TO OPERATION
58,500
36,300
27,700
26,100
14,500

11,600
34,200
8.1
1.7
2.2
1.9
4.1


5.8
CONSUMPTIVE AND
EVAPORATIVE WATER  USE
     Alternative  technology configurations will  have differing implications with regard
to in-migration  of  labor  and accommodation of transient labor  (Figure  14).  Data on
the employment necessary  to  construct  and operate various  energy  technologies  have
been analyzed. For each  unit of energy production,  coal gasification creates the largest
number of jobs.  However, the number of temporary jobs  created by  the construction
of the gasification facility is 8.1 times as large  as the permanent operating work force,
Oil shale retorting will employ one-fourth as  many people as coal gasification for equal
levels of energy  production.  In  terms of permanent employment,  however,  oil  shale
will create  half the number of jobs.

     The  consumptive  or  evaporative  water  use   for  energy  depends upon  many
factors—the energy  technology,  whether the  technology is  designed  to  conserve water,
and the local  conditions  (Figure 15).

     Wet/dry  combined   cooling  towers  will  always  reduce water  consumption as
compared  with  wet cooling towers—at  a cost,  however.  Coal gasification,  which uses
water  as   a  chemical  and  for  thermodynamic  properties,   requires  less water  than
216

-------
                                          conventional combustion  and steam-cycle electricity  generation.  In  addition,  the local
                                          conditions,  including  climate  and  the  moisture content of  the  coal, will  affect water
                                          consumption. Beulah,  Montana,  has  cold weather  much  of the year, and  the  coal  in
                                          that region  has a high moisture content. Gasification  using  wet/dry cooling  will  require
                                          only  one-tenth  of the  water necessary to  produce  an  equivalent amount of  electric
                                          energy using conventional steam cycles  and wet cooling towers.
 COLORADO  BASIN
 WATER SUPPLY-COMPLEX ISSUE
 MR QUALITY AND
 PRESERVATION-
CRITICAL PROBLEM
            Water resources, even  with  required measures  to  reduce consumptive use, will be a
       problem  for  the  Colorado  River  Basin  (Figure  16).   Realistic  levels  of  energy
       development in the Upper Colorado  Basin  can use all  the  available  water resource by
       the end of the century.

            Water  supply  in  the Colorado Basin  is  an  extremely complex issue.  Although
       supplies  have  been allotted  by  Supreme Court ruling  to the  Upper  Basin  States, this
       water  is  now  being used  in  the  Lower Basin. Energy development in Colorado will
       mean  less water  in  southern California. Water quality  (that  is salinity and  hardness)
       and  Indian  water  consumption  are  other  issues  complicating  the  development of
       water-using  industry in a water-short  region.

            Air quality and its preservation are  also extremely  critical  problems in the Western
       States.  Because of  the concern over  air  quality,  both  federal and  state air  pollutant
       emission controls  can  be  more  stringent here than  elsewhere in the U.S. Some western
       sites, such  as  Rifle,  Colorado,  and  Escalante, Utah,  will  require extremely stringent
       control practices to assure  maintenance  of  air quality  (Figure 17).
                                               Because  of  the  history  of  the  area,  its energy  reserves,  its  present  level  of
                                          industrialization,  and its  transportation corridors, the  Ohio River Valley will experience
                                          the  politics of  energy  and  environment trade-offs.  Projections  for the  area  include as
                                          much as a  four-fold  increase in coal  use for  an area  that already has  severe air quality
                                          problems  (Figures  18  and 19). Power plants  and industries will  locate along the major
                                          waterways.  Unfortunately,  these   river corridors   lie along  the  direction  of  stable
                                          prevailing winds,  and  both  local  and area-wide pollutant concentrations will  increase.
 Figure 15.
 i/Vater requirement differences
 oy technology and location
       150-
    !=  100-
    t  50-
                             Figure 16.
                             Water requirements
                             and water availability—A.D. 2000
              NAVAJO/     BEULAH
            FARMINGTON
              ELECTRICAL POWER
 NAVAJO;      BEULAH
FARMINGTON
 LURGI GASIFICATION
                                                                   tt:  2-
                                                                       1 -
                                                                                                                ~T- 133,01
MAX.         WIN.            MAX.         Ml
   AVAILABILITY                  REQUIREMENTS
             UPPER COLORADO
                                                                                                                            217

-------
Figure 17.
3000 MW  power  plant:
controls  to meet  all  standards
PERCENT REMOVAL EFFICIENCY
SITE
GILLETTE
KAIPAROWITS
FARMING™
COLSTRIP
BEULAH
RIFLE*
ESCALANTE
* 1000 MW
S02
58
61
70
79
83
92
93

PARTICULATES
96.6
98.3
99.5
98.3
98.8
99.0
99.7

Figure 18.
ORBES region—coal  fields
                                                  NORTHERN \
                                                  BOUNDARY
                                                  OF ORBES
                                                  REGION
                                                   COAL
                                                   FIELDS
                                                                                0 20 40 60  BO  MILES

                                                                                0   50   UIO  KILOMETERS
                                                 A principal  use of the  Ohio  River  is transportation.  Power  plants consume water
                                             and,  by  the  end  of  the century,  could  reduce  mainstem  flows  by more  than 10
                                             percent.  Because  of the  complex  flow  regulation  on  the  Ohio  River, coal transport,
                                             water  quality,  and  cooling consumption  will  begin to compete for water  supplies on
                                             one of the Nation's largest rivers (Figures 20 and 21).

                                                 The Ohio River  Basin  study  is  examining a range of  other  issues, including  labor
                                             availability,  transportation  system  capacity,  and  the impact of sulfur  dioxide contra
                                             programs. The analysis  of many of  these  issues will  be available after  this  conference.
218

-------
Figure 19.

High density corridors resulting
from siting along  rivers
                                                                                                                      Coal
                                                                                                                  Nuclear
                                                                                                                    Other
Figure 20.

1990 Ohio  River  coal traffic
TONS

10

5


0


5


10


15

-
_
-



(MILLION)
n

~~L|

f
-


»





950
k •
\<
51
V-,
-*- SHIPMENT DIRECTION





MILES


1-^

^

TONS (MILLION)
-*— SHIPMENT DIRECTION ]

U


850 , 750 . 650 . 550 450 350
4g U N46C MC MA fLME GR~~
k. *
r \^H
CAIROX

-














\

pflnnpAH
FHUU OHn










GREEN \
RIVER







\
(
i
y CINCINNATI /


i nmcwii i c /
G



n
Vi
MILES


r^

n -



250 150 ] 5,0
Rn U A
D uu n 1 T P 7
\
KANAWHA /
RIVER /


ALIQUIPPA






MC
tfj





)E
-
-


_
T
-
"
-


'
PITTSBURGH

U











10

5


0


5


10


15

                                                                                                                              219

-------
Figure 21.
Water consumption along
the Ohio  River for high energy
use in 2000
             o
             o
                               OHIO-MISS.  JUNCTION-
                                                                        CUMBERLAND	»•
                                                                        SALINE & WABASH	*-

                                                                        GREEN	•-
                                                                       •SALT'
                                                                       - KENTUCKY
                                                                        GREAT MIAMI AND
                                                                       •LITTLE MIAMI
                                                                       •LICKING
                                                                       •SCIOTO	
                                                                       •BIG SANDY-
                                                                       •MUSKINGUM-
                                                                                                 CO    CNI   *—
                                                      CONSUMPTION
                                                      RATIO
                                                            CONSUMPTION
                                                            RATIO

                 STEVEN R. REZNEK
     B.S. and  Ph.D., Physics,  Massachusetts Institute  of  Technology.  Upon  completion
of Ph.D. requirements,  was employed by  MIT as a research associate. Also held staff
position  and  continued  his  research  at  the  Technical  University  of  Denmark  in
Copenhagen.  The following year,  was  appointed  research fellow at  the  University  of
Bristol  in  England. Experience  in  research  and  development  for  pollution  control
technology and in  planning and managing  air and water pollution control. Participated
in creation and publication of major  EPA  regulations specifying ambient and stationary
source monitoring  equipment, lead  content  in  gasoline,  and nondeterioration of  air
quality. Currently,  Acting Deputy Assistant  Administrator  for  Energy,  Minerals and
Industry, Office of  Research and Development, EPA, Washington, DC.
220

-------
                              questions
                                   CK answers
QUESTION:
                                                         Mr. Charles Getlig
                                                       Mechanical Engineer

                                                     Mr.  Nathan Sauberman
                                                 Retired Consulting Engineer

                                                       Dr. Edward S. Rubin
                                                   Carnegie-Mellon University
    On  your  two slides  showing  NOX  emissions and
sulfur oxide  emissions, despite  the strict control, why do
you show an increasing trend after an initial decrease to a
low level? Also,  why do  you have an increasing trend
toward the end of the century?
RESPONSE:  Dr. Steven  R. Reznek (EPA)
QUESTION:
    Those   controls   are  based   on  best  available
technology, and the first  decrease is  the strict current
source control  retrofit program. Assuming that the  status
of control technology  remains constant,  there   is  an
increase as the energy  system  grows  and  production of
electricity  increases over a period of time.

    The other slide indicates the time frame we have to
work with for managing  and  maintaining the  national
inventory of emissions from this particular  industry  under
current technology.

    Can you  give  me  some   more  information  on  an
Advisory Commission with public participation?
RESPONSE: Mr. Lowell Smith (EPA)
                            On  the Ohio River Basin  (ORB)  study,  we have  a
                        comprehensive    advisory   committee   that   includes
                        representation from the Governor's offices from the ORB
                        states and from the state legislatures involved, the  Corps,
                        Ohio   River   Valley  Water  Sanitation  Commission,
                        (ORSANCO),   the   River   Basin   Commission,   coal
                        companies,  utilities, and the  public-at-large; such  as, the
                        League  of Women Voters and environmental groups. This
                        advisory  committee has been instrumental in determining
                        the issues of  interest  to be  studied during this first year
                        of  the  ORB  study  and  has also  been an  effective
                        information transfer  device between the  different  parties
                        of interest.

                            We  have what we call  a working group  of electric
                        utility  representatives  who  give   us  their  advice  and
                        thoughts on  the need  for  different  types  of  control
                        technology. This group  advises the program  that  Frank
                        Princiotta presented this afternoon.
                                                                                                       221

-------
 RESPONSE:  Mr. Steven  Plotkin (EPA)
                                   Both our  western study  and Appalachian study have
                              advisory  committees. The  Appalachian Committee  is still
                              in the formulation  process.  However, both  are similar  in
                              composition  to the one that  was described in  the ORB
                              study.

                                   In  addition, there are a number of other  mechanisms
                              by which we try to elicit public comment.  First, there is
                              an excellent  newsletter  published  by the  ORB study that
                              serves  as an  information tool to  people  in that  region.
                              The  western  study  prints and disseminates  500  to 1,000
                              copies of all  draft reports.  We have been very successful
                              in getting free consulting from people  who  have returned
                              from  the field. For instance,  out of 500 copies  of our
                              draft  progress report, we have had about  100 substantive
                              replies that we have used as input for our study  and final
                              report. The whole program is  very new, and  we are trying
                              our best  to involve the public in  every possible-way.
 COMMENT:
                                   Dr.  Reznek  did  mention  the  implications of  the
                              social  impact  of'the  program,  and  I   think  such  an
                              advisory commission would be very worthwhile.
222

-------
RESPONSE:  Dr. Reznek
                                  We  have  a  wide  representation  on  these  advisory
                             groups,  including  the native  American  issues  in the West.
                             Questions of who  gets employed and who loses  land  in
                             these developments  are, as you  know, very  controversial
                             issues. Through our advisory committees, open discussions
                             and  open reviews take place.  Dr. Mickey, do  you  want
                             to talk  about  TVA's participation in predicting demand?
RESPONSE:  Dr. Harrison  R. Mickey (TVA)
QUESTION:
                                 We have  two projects in the socioeconomic category.
                             One  is  the  predictive  model  designed  to help  predict
                             when,  where,  and  how  much  power  is  going  to  be
                             needed.  The other involves  the  development of  computer
                             graphics   applications   to   discern   and   analyze   social
                             impacts; such  as,  the  impacts on  teachers' salaries  on a
                             county-by-county  basis.  It   is   purely  an experimental
                             project,  but   we  have  come up  with unique ways  of
                             representing   these    interactions   for   decision-making
                             purposes.
     My  question  is three-fold: (1)  Can methodologies be
generalized  to   accomplish  results  typically  achieved
through the political  mechanisms?  (2)  How do  we make
tradeoffs?  (3)  How  do   we  improve  the  ability  to
integrate certain types of decisions and what activities are
contemplated?
RESPONSE:  Mr. Joseph R. Barse (USDA)
                                 I   would  like   to   respond  to  the  question   of
                             methodology  integration  for energy development impact.
                             Because there  are so  many  potential  impacts involving so
                             many  variables, one  has to use a  mathematical  modeling
                             approach,  which of  course  will be applied by computer.
                             First,  consider demand studies  and electricity use. If with
                             electricity  and electricity plant siting projections we work
                             backward  to  estimate the possible  locational  impacts of
                             coal   mining  and  coal  transportation  in  order to  get
                             control   of   the   socioeconomic   impact,   such   as,
                             employment,  and state taxation impact, we  can  then  talk
                             intelligently about  the quantities of pollutants involved in
                             streams and about  whose  land is  going  to  be taken  for
                             mining  and  for  transport.   Because  there are  so  many
                             variables  involved,   we  believe   that  the  mathematical
                             modeling approach is the way  to achieve  this integration.
                             It  is  a  longer way than the nonmathematical approaches
                             and it takes more time to develop it, but we believe  that
                             ultimately  that is  the way to do the integrating.
RESPONSE:  Dr. Thomas F. Hady (USDA)
                                  I  would  like  to  comment  on  possible  results  of
                             ongoing projects in this  area. We  have made considerable
                             progress in directions that have not been heavily explored
                             before.  On  the  one  hand, looking at local  employment
                             effects from energy  development in the West and, on the
                             other  hand,   getting  at  local  revenue  effects  involve
                             modeling the entire state revenue system.  It is not  enough
                             to find  out  what kind  of  taxes mining will  pay; we have
                             to determine  what is going to flow up to the state capital
                             and back again.

                                  These factors eventually fit into an  integrated  picture
                             of what happens to the community.  With these and the
                                                                                                                        223

-------
                               work  that  Barse and his associates are doing on predicting
                               what  will happen  to coal  production  in  the  region under
                               varying  assumptions, we begin to move toward an overall
                               package that gives a good integrated assessment of what is
                               likely to  happen.  Put  that together with  the other  work
                               that   is   being  done, and  we can  get to the  point of
                               beginning to predict environmental effects.
  RESPONSE:  Dr.  Andrew  Ford (ERDA)
                                    We  tried   multianswer  utility  measurement  in  the
                               boom town area to secure people's value judgments in  the
                               analysis.  Our  first  attempt  to  integrate  socioeconomic
                               effects with  dollar measures was  an utter  failure, and  so
                               we  turned  to  this   multianswer  utility   measurement
                               technique  that  allows  each   person's  values  to   be
                               incorporated  separately.  The problem we face  is that  we
                               would  have  a  particular  impact  in a  small  town;  for
                               example, a housing shortage.  One person would view that
                               as bad because of inadequate housing for his family, and
                               another  person  who  may own a  house would view  the
                               shortage  as a benefit because the resale value of his house
                               goes up. We  had  a  workshop in  Farmington, and nine
                               public  and  private  officials  went  through  a  procedure
                               where they stated  what is important to them about boom
                               towns.  To  one  person,  housing  was the  most important
                               issue; to another,  increase  in  the property  tax  rated
                               number  one.  Each person has  his own set  of weights,  his
                               own way to translate  outcomes  into common measures.


                                    The end  result   was  that  these  nine participants
                               disagreed totally on individual components  of  an overall
                               evaluation.   One  person  felt  that  surpluses  of  public
                               facilities  are  bad.  The person sitting right  next to him
                               viewed  them  as  good.  And  so,  there  is  a tremendous
                               potential  for conflict,  and yet, in the overall  evaluation,
                               this  group  of people  in  Farmington tend  to agree  more
                               often than  they disagree. So perhaps this technique is one
                               method   to  promote   an  orderly  resolution  of  very
                               emotional issues at the boom town level.
224

-------
technical
  discussion

-------
        INTEGRATED ASSESSMENT OF ENERGY
         DEVELOPMENT IN THE WESTERN U.S.
                  Steven E. Plotkin
           Office of Research and Development
         Industrial and Extractive Processes Division
          U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                  Washington, D.C.

INTRODUCTION

     Two  important ideas about energy develop-
ment  in the Western United  States  have become
firmly imbedded  in the national consciousness.
The first is  that  the West  has massive amounts
of energy resources, especially coal, and that
development of  these resources is  a critical
part  of any hopes  of alleviating  this country's
growing dependence on  foreign oil  and is there-
fore inevitable.   The  second is that this same
area is "Big  Sky"  country,  short  of water and
fragile of soil, with  an environment and a way
of life that  may become  permanently altered,
or even destroyed, by  large scale  energy develop-
ment .

     In fact,  considerable  uncertainty sur-
rounds both of  these ideas.  Let's examine the
role that Western  energy resources are likely
to play  in the  Nation's  future.  It is certainly
true that Western  energy reserves  are huge.
The combined  Northern  Great Plains and Four
Corners  States  have  demonstrated coal reserves
of 234 billion  tons  or 39 percent  of U.S.
reserves.  In addition,  these states contain the
following percentage of  the Nation's reserves of
other energy  sources:   oil, 26 percent; natural
gas, 8 percent;  oil  shale,  100 percent*; and
uranium,  90 percent  (Reference 1).  However,
although  this appears  to be an energy treasure
trove, the extent  to which  these resources will
actually  be exploited  eludes the best fore-
casters.   In  recent  years there have been
dozens of projections  of Western energy develop-
ment, but they  vary  so wildly that they offer
little help.  A quick  examination of two
factors  affecting  future production illustrates
the dilemma:

     o Environmental  Controls - The major
       advantage  of Western coal  is its low
        cost  and low sulfur content.  If this
        coal  is shipped  to  the Midwest, its
        cost  rises because  of the  shipping
       expense.   However,  it still remains
       competitive  if Midwestern  power plants
       can burn it without scrubbers.  New
       amendments to  the Clean Air Act may
       include a  requirement for  all new coal
       plants  to  use  scrubbers;  if this
       happens,  a major market for Western
       coal  will  disappear.
   Of high quality reserves
     o  Costs - Synthetic natural gas and
        petroleum from Western coal and  oil
        shale will have a certain market if
        these fuels can be produced at com-
        petitive prices.  At present, the
        estimated costs for such production
        are so high that virtually all of
        the large-scale synthetic fuel projects
        have been abandoned.  Congress has turned
        back all attempts to subsidize synthetic
        fuels production.

The uncertainty surrounding these and other
factors controlling the rate of Western  energy
development substantially weakens the case for
the "inevitability" of development.

     The assumption that the West is too fragile
to withstand energy development on any sig-
nificant scale is also subject to considerable
uncertainty.  For instance, although Western
water is certainly scarce on the average, water
is actually plentiful in North Dakota, where
there are massive lignite reserves, and  may
be available to support substantial develop-
ment in the Upper Missouri River Basin without
seriously constraining foreseeable alternative
uses, especially agriculture.  Although  boom-
towns are commonly thought of as inevitable in
developing the West, recent research by  David
Myhra (Reference 2) suggests that the intensity
of adverse socioeconomic impacts is quite
variable and may be low depending upon character-
istics of the site and mitigating measures
adopted.  Also, the impacts of energy development-
for instance, impacts caused by water require-
ments - are technology-dependent, which  implies
that technological alternatives may have the
potential to be "fitted" to sites so as  to
substantially reduce adverse impacts.  There
is real reason to believe that policy initiatives
may be found that can substantially reduce the
impacts of development.

     These two themes, that future energy
development in the West is subject to massive
uncertainties, and that potential may exist
to control many of the adverse impacts from
such development if it occurs - have played a
substantial role in shaping the thrust of  the
Western energy research sponsored by the
Integrated Assessment Program.  As a result of
the uncertainty regarding development rates,
the research deliberately sidesteps the
intractable problem of proj ecting development
and instead examines the implications of such
development if it occurs.  The perceived
potential for discovering ways of controlling
adverse impacts has led to focusing on the
examination of policy alternatives rather  than
concluding with problem identification,  as
so many other studies have done (for example,
the Northern Great Plains Resources Program).

     Another influence shaping the research
is the nature of the energy policy system.
The policy system that surrounds and controls
energy development in the West is characteristic
of the national energy policy system in  that
                                                                                                          227

-------
it consists of a great variety of separate
entities with overlapping and often conflicting
responsibilities and authority.  The
Environmental Protection Agency  (EPA), although
it has significant regulatory authority over
certain factors affecting Western energy develop-
ment, is by no means the sole determinant of the
course of such development.  For instance, in
protecting the air environment EPA:

     o  sets national ambient air quality
        standards for a variety of
        pollutants

     o  can set limitations on other
        pollutants determined to be
        "hazardous''

     o  establishes New Source Performance
        Standards that determine allowable
        levels of emissions from new facilities

     o  conducts extensive research on control
        technology and pollutant impacts

     o  sets limitations on allowable
        deterioration of air quality in
        "clean air" areas

     o  reviews Environmental Impact
        Statements for new facilities
        and programs

     o  plays a key role in controlling
        pollution from automobiles, which
        play a critical role in pollution
        problems from the "secondary"
        development that accompanies energy
        facilities
     Although this is an impressive list of
functions, in fact the protection of the West's
air environment is simultaneously dependent on
factors outside of or peripheral to EPA's
control.  For instance, the States control many
of these factors;  they control key facility
siting decisions,  set significant deterioration
classes, promulgate ambient air quality standards,
take crucial enforcement actions, and are
responsible for air quality planning through
their State Implementation Plans.  Other actors,
such as private industry and the Department of
the Interior also play critical roles in
influencing development decisions affecting air
quality.  Thus, if EPA is to fulfill its
mission, it must understand how the other
actors in the policy system will perceive and
react to problems and issues and how its own
actipns will affect these actors and their
constituents.  In response to this requirement,
the research has focused on identifying and
evaluating a broad range of impacts and policies
going well beyond strictly environmental concerns
and incorporating socio-economic, political,
cultural and institutional concerns as well.

     A brief statement of the objectives of
this research effort is as follows:
     1.  To identify  and  evaluate the
         consequences  likely  to  result
         from energy  development in the
         West, including  the  distribution
         of these  consequences among the
         affected  parties

     2.  To identify,  evaluate and compare
         alternative  policies and implement-
         ation strategies  for dealing with
         these consequences

     3.  To identify  research needs that
         are not being adequately met
         under the present government and
         private energy and environmental
         research  efforts

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

     This effort is entitled  "A  Technology Assess-
ment of Western Energy Resource  Development."  It
was begun in July, 1975, by an interdisciplinary
research team from the Science and Public Policy
Program of the University  of Oklahoma under the
direction of Irvin L.  (Jack) White.   The study
will last about three and  one half (3 k) years
at a cost of approximately two million dollars.
Subcontractors include the Radian Corporation
(Austin, Texas), Water Purification Associates
(Cambridge, Mass.) and the Center for Advanced
Computation, University of Illinois.

     The study is  examining the  impacts of large
scale energy development from the present to the
year 2000 in the eight states in the Rocky
Mountain and Four  Corners  area:   Arizona,
Colorado, Montana, New Mexico, North and South
Dakota, Utah and Wyoming.  Six resources are
examined:  coal, geothermal, natural gas, oil,
oil shale and uranium.

     A number of development alternatives have
been considered in detail  during the first phase
of the study.  Coal development  alternatives
include surface and underground  mining, on-site
electrical power generation, gasification,
liquefaction, and  the  export of  raw coal by unit
train and slurry pipeline.  The  electricity is
transmitted by extra  high  voltage lines, and
synthetic gases and liquids by pipeline.  Oil
shale development  consists of underground mining,
surface retorting, and transport by pipeline
(in situ retorting will be considered in the
future).  Oil and  natural  gas development is
limited to conventional drilling and pipeline
transport, but enhanced oil recovery will be
added.  Uranium development includes surface
mining, milling, and  rail  transport of yellow-
cake.  Geothermal  was not  considered in  the  first
phase but will be  added shortly.

     Impact analyses  have been  conducted at  six
locales and on a regional basis.  The locales
examined  are multicounty  areas  around:

     o  Gillette,  Wyoming
     o  Colstrip,  Montana
     o  Beulah, North Dakota
228

-------
    o  Kaiparowits/Escalante, Utah
    o  Navajo/Farmington, New Mexico
    o  Rifle, Colorado

    The regional analysis examined  three  levels
of development based on a modeled  (using the
SRI/Gulf model) response to three  levels of
national energy demand:

    o  Base:  30 percent of the way
       between the Ford Foundation's
       Historical Growth and Technical
       Fix  scenarios  (Reference 3)
    o  Ford Foundation's Technical  Fix
       Scenario
    o  Base with no new nuclear plants

SOME STUDY RESULTS

    The study team has basically  completed  the
"impact assessment" portion of the study.  The
purpose of this phase  was to identify  and
evaluate the  environmental, social and economic
impacts of large scale energy development  with-
in the present policy  system, in other words,
without changing environmental standards,
introducing  new taxes, or taking other new
measures to  alter the  impact of development.

    A number  of insights have been  gained and
tentative  conclusions  drawn at this  point  in the
study.  Because of the limitations of  space  here,
I will restrict the discussion to  air  and  water
impacts, and substantially shortchange even  these
subjects.  I  urge those interested in  these  and
other  categories of impacts to read  the project's
first  phase  report, Energy from the  West
(Reference 1) .

    Air - Although the attractiveness of  Western
coal has been  largely  based on its low sulfur
content, mine-mouth power plants located in  the
West will  generally require scrubbers  to satisfy
all ambient  air quality and emission standards.
Present standards to prevent significant deterio-
ration of  air  quality  ("PSD" standards)  are  often
the limiting factor; in the range  of sites
examined in  the study, 96.6 to 99.7  percent
removal of particulates and 58 to  92 percent
removal of sulfur dioxide is expected  to be
required to  meet Class II PSD standards (all
areas  complying with national ambient  standards
have been  initially rated as Class II).   Power
plants present a relatively difficult  problem
with regard  to air quality, since  they emit  more
S02, particulates, N02 and CO than any of  the
other conversion technologies examined.  How-
ever,  oil  shale retorting  (hydrocarbons and
S02) and coal  liquefaction and natural gas
production  (hydrocarbons) are likely to have
difficulty in meeting  Federal ambient  short-
term standards at the  sites examined.   On  the
other hand,  coal gasification plants will  pro-
bably have the least problem with  air  emissions.
Finally, the urban developments created by the
introduction of new energy facilities  are
estimated  to  cause higher peak ground-level  con-
centrations  of particulates, N02 and hydrocarbons
than those produced by the facilities  themselves  -
a result that is startling when one compares
total emissions but plausible when the low
height of the urban sources are taken into
account.  In any case, this problem would not
necessarily affect development because present
significant deterioration regulations ignore
"non-point" sources such as urban development.
Rewording of such regulations, which I should
stress is not in consideration, could create a
substantial roadblock to development.

     The analysis indicates that the air pollution
problems associated with large coal conversion
facilities will be magnified considerably by any
reclassification of substantial land areas  to a
"Class I" (strictest) PSD category.  Such a
ruling may sharply limit the maximum size of
power plants and other facilities.  The effect of
such limitations could well be perverse, with
declines in local air pollution and socioeconomic
impacts being somewhat offset by problems
associated with proliferation of transmission
lines, roads and pipelines, inefficiencies  of
scale, greater region-wide habitat removal, etc.
Examination of the tradeoffs among policies which
directly or indirectly promote differing regional
development patterns will have to be an important
part of future work in the Western assessment.

     Water - The idea that there is insufficient
water in the West to provide for large scale
energy development, especially if that develop-
ment is to include mine-mouth conversion, is
literally gospel in many quarters and has been a
concern in this study as well as in several
others  (for instance, the Lake Powell Research
Project, Reference 4).  Although considerable
attention was focused on accurately estimating
the amount of water actually available to energy
development, there is astonishing uncertainty
both in terms of its physical availability
(accounting for long-term trends) and legal
availability.  The morass of legal compacts,
uncertain Indian and Federal water rights,  and
appropriations  (and over-appropriations) as well
as uncertainty about future agricultural
expansion probably insures that a generally
accepted estimate of water availability for energy
cannot be arrived at in the next few years.  It is
probably safe to say, however, that availability
is likely to be a problem in the Colorado River
Basin, but will probably not be a major problem
in the Upper Missouri River Basin as a whole
(although demands on the Yellowstone River  sub-
basin probably will be a problem).

     Getting a fix on the other side of the
issue,  that of water requirements for develop-
ment, is a far more tractable problem.  A
detailed analysis of water needs  (Reference 5)
for those fuel cycles examined in the first
phase indicated that substantial possibilities
exist for reducing water use far below the
figures generally cited by industry  ....without
incurring additional costs.  Table 1 shows
the water requirements for each conversion  tech-
nology by site, assuming only that the plant
designer wishes to minimize his total cost  while
reducing water consumption.  Although one
                                                                                                         229

-------
TABLE 1.  WATER REQUIREMENTS FOR EACH TECHNOLOGY BY SITEa  (REFERENCE  5)

Electric
Water Requirements3
(1,000 acre-ft/yr)
Power
Site Generation Lurqi Synthane Synthoil TOSCO II
Kaiparowits/Escalante 29.82
Navajo/Farmington 29.21
Rifle 28.47
Gillette 25.84
Colstrip 26.66
Beulah 23.88
Acre-ft/yr acre-feet per year
NC not considered
a For a 3,000 megawatt-electric
NC NC NC NC
5.64 8.67 11.75 NC
NC NC NC 12.92
4.21 7.78 9.23 NC
4.62 7.81 10.30 NC
3.31 7.67 10.09 NC


power plant at 70-percent load factor, for 250 mill

Slurry
Pipeline
NC
NC
NC
19.17
NC
NC


ion
cubic feet per day gasification facilities at 90-percent load factor, 100,000 barrels
per day coal liquefaction and
and a 25 million tons per year
oil shale processing facilities at 90-percent load
slurry pipeline at 100-percent load factor.
factor

 would assume that industry would  use  the same
 criteria,  published estimates  of  water use
 (especially for  the synthetic  fuel  facilities)
 have tended to be much higher  than  those shown.

      Since most  conversion plants are unlikely
 to return  effluent streams to  surface waters,
 much of the emphasis on water  quality has focused
 on the effects of depletion and aquifer dis-
 ruption rather than on the impacts  of plant-
 generated  pollutants.   However, the residuals
 generated  by all of the energy conversion
 facilities can represent a significant
 pollution  problem over the long-term  unless
 extreme care is  taken in their disposal.
 Generally  residual waste waters will  be routed
 to onsite  evaporation ponds.   These ponds
 present two potential problems.   First,
 leaching through the pond liner represents a
 potential  threat to groundwater.  Second, a  pond
 failure -  whether because of an event such as a
 flash flood or deterioration after  facility  shut-
 down - offers a  potential threat  to surface
 water.   This problem is particularly  significant
 because it tends to illustrate the  one-
 dimensional nature of  much pollution  control
 legislation and  regulations designed  to deal with
 a  single problem or environmental medium.  Onsite
 ponding of residuals is the logical solution to
 the requirements of the Federal Water Pollution
 Control Act,  which focuses on  the protection of
 surface waters.   However,  this solution may
 trade a chronic  problem - continual discharge of
 small quantities of residuals  - for a future acute
 problem, or a surface  water problem of possibly
 small magnitude  for a  potentially dangerous
 groundwater problem (since flushing of
 aquifers is usually a  very slow process).

 SECOND PHASE WOPJC

      As noted above, the main  thrust  of work in
 the second phase of the Western  assessment will
 be to conduct policy analysis  -  to  identify and
 evaluate alternative policy measures  and
implementation programs that will enhance the
benefits and minimize the adverse effects of
future energy development.

     Since the term "policy analysis1' is one
upon which many interpretations can be placed,
I will "define" it in the context of the
Western Assessment by very briefly describing its
components as undertaken by the study team.
First, the analysis will link the results of
the impact assessment to the social,
economic and political context within which
development will take place, defining "how
costs, risks and benefits will be distributed,
which levels and specific agencies of government
either have regulatory authority and respons-
ibility and/or assistance programs, what laws,
regulations, and policies are applicable, who
the private participants are, and what interests
and values are at stake  (Reference 6)".

     Second, the impact  assessments will be
subjected to sensitivity analysis, wherein
critical variables identified in the initial
assessment - such as pollution  control efficiency,
water use technology, stack height,  etc. - will
be altered to determine  their effect on  the
severity and distribution of  impacts.  The
purpose of this analysis  is to  identify  those
variables which are  controllable by  policy makers
and which are critical determinants  of impact.

     Third, these key variables must be  tied to
policy alternatives  which can control  them.
These alternatives include those available  through
the present "policy  system" as  well  as those
which require institutional,  social  or legal
changes in the  system.

     Fourth, the first kind of  evaluative
assessment must be repeated with  this  expanded
list of policy  alternatives,  and  the con-
sequences of the alternatives - their  costs,
risks and benefits,  their implementation
problems, and the distribution  of  the  impacts
 230

-------
are assessed.  This assessment  of  policy
alternatives represents  the major  product  of  the
study.

     Since the potential  scope  of  the  Western
Assessment is practically boundless  and resources
are limited, the policy  analysis described above
will  focus on five substantive  areas:

     o  Water Availability and  Quality
     o  Air Quality
     o  Planning and Growth Management
     o  Facility Siting
     o  Interregional  and National Economics

Further descriptions of  the expected analysis in
each  area are available  in the  second  Work
Plan  (Reference 6).

     A small but significant  effort  will also go
into  cleaning up some  "loose  ends" from the
first phase's impact assessment.   For  instance,
the regional analyses  will be redone using
scaled down....and more  realistic .... levels of
development, and additional technologies will
be included in the site   specific analyses,
including enhanced oil recovery, in-situ oil
shale, and geothermal  development.

PRODUCTS

     The Western assessment has already produced
a number of reports and will, of course, produce
more  in the future.  The  assessment's  first
product was a First Year  Work Plan (Reference 7)
a comprehensive plan-of-attack  for the study  that
has proven useful both to those interested in the
study as well as those interested  in pursuing
similar large-scale assessments.   The  assessment's
phase I report, Energy From the West (Reference  1)
presents the results of  the impact analysis phase
as well as of the preliminary policy analysis
already completed.  Two  technical  reports  on
water requirements for fossil development
(Reference 5) and transportation costs
(Reference 8) have been produced.  Future  reports
will  include, besides  a  final technology assess-
ment  report:

     o  a number of technical reports
       on various topics, including
       a volume describing the energy
       technologies and their  policy
       systems

     o  a Research Adequacy report
       describing research topics
       critical to understanding
       Western energy development
       which are not  being
       appropriately  addressed

     o  a report describing the impact
       analyses completed by the
       assessment

     o  a series of summary reports,
       addressed to different  categories
       of policymakers,  identifying and
       assessing policy  alternatives  for
        enhancing the benefits from and
        mitigating the adverse impacts of
        energy development in the West

Although a very considerable amount of time  and
effort has gone into preparing the reports thus
far, and we expect to channel an equivalent  or
greater amount into producing the remaining
reports, we also recognize that the benefits
of a complex study of this_nature are rarely
reaped by writing a terrific report that every-
body then reads.  Instead, the groundwork for the
eventual success of a policy-informing research
project is laid early in  the process of con-
ducting the study by involving the eventual
users in the process, getting them to feel that
they have a stake in the  product, and main-
taining a relatively surprise-free environment.
The Western assessment has maintained a
commitment to this philosophy via:

     o  extensive dissemination of reports
        in early draft through final form

     o  maintenance of an Advisory  Committee
        consisting of representatives of
        Western communities, developers,
        Federal government, environmental
        groups, etc.

     o  continuing and extensive contacts
        with state and local agencies, etc.

     o  conduct of extensive series of
        briefings and interviews with
        State legislatures, governors'
        staff, Senate/Congressional
        staff, and other  potential users

     o  attendence and presentation of
        papers at academic and other
        forums  (such as AAAS meeting,
        etc) .

     In most studies, the process of interacting
with the "user community" either ends or is
sharply curtailed upon publication of the final
report,  because of funding cutoff and disband-
ment of the project team.  Unfortunately, this
is precisely the moment when the interactive
process becomes most critical, when new
audiences and new critics gain access to the study
results.  It is also a time when, with formal
contractual commitments complied with, the project
team is available as a formidable tool for
conducting short term policy analysis.  In
recognition of this, EPA  is considering moderate
funding of the University of Oklahoma team beyond
the formal study period.  This funding will
allow the team to respond to requests by
interested parties for briefings, to answer
criticisms, and to respond to EPA's or others'
requirements for analysis of legislation and
other policy-oriented work.  This "follow-on"
period is expected to last at least six months.

CONCLUSIONS

     Results of the impact analyses conducted by
the Western assessment show that the impacts of
                                                                                                         231

-------
 large  scale  energy  development  exhibit strong
 variations in kind  and magnitude depending upon
 location  and technology.   It may thus  be possible
 to  reduce the adverse  impacts of development by
 tailoring site/technology combinations (for
 instance  by  placing only  low-water-use
 technologies such as Lurgi gasification in water-
 short  areas) as  well as by restricting develop-
 ment  in especially  vulnerable areas.   The
 feasibility  of such a  program is enhanced by the
 fact  that, at least for the next few  decades,
 Western coal reserves  far outweigh the coal
 requirements.  This provides at least  a theoretical
 abundance of potential sites for near  term develop-
 ment.   Although  this situation  may be  relatively
 short-lived, the time  "window"  may be  large enough
 to  allow  for the development of superior mining
 and conversion technologies, economic  assistance
 programs, etc. before  locational flexibility dis-
 appears with shrinking reserves and growing
 demand.

      However, the size of the "window" is clearly
 dependent upon Federal, State and local con-
 straints  on  development.   The more land removed
 from the  development market, the less  flex-
 ibility is available to both industry  and
 government for selecting  only the most desirable
 sites.  Although development constraints are a
 critical  part of a  rational development process,
 it  is  not clear  that prohibitions or  restrict-
 ions  on mining and  conversion are being
 established  in any  coordinated,  comprehensive,
 multi-media  way.  Prohibitions  based  on impacts
 in  a  single  medium  (air,  land,  water)  or impact
 ares  (social, economic, etc.) must be  weighed
 against the  possibility of excluding  from
 development  land which may be judged  desirable
 when  total adverse  impacts are  taken  into
 account.

      Locational flexibility should be viewed as
 a positive value, and  policies  designed to
 enhance this flexibility  should be formulated
 and pursued.  For instance, any argument that
 sufficient coal leases have been granted to
 provide for  satisfying demand,  thus negating
 any requirement  for further leasing,  must
 be  judged in the context  of this flexibility.
 If  the lands already under the  lease  are not
 those that are most socially,  economically
 and environmentally desirable to develop, then
 the government should  consider  programs to
 carefully increase  leased area, or to  "trade"
 vulnerable land  under  lease for less  fragile
 unleased  property.   Similarly,  governments
 should not refuse rights  of way for new
 transportation facilities because suf-
 ficient capacity exists to satisfy fore-
 seeable demand,  until  the issue of the
 desirability of  the resources made available
 by  new facilities is factored into the
 decision  making  process.

      The  analysis has  tended to confirm much
 that  is "common  knowledge" in the West, for
 instance,  the difficulties facing small
 towns  and the air pollution problems
 associated with  large  power plants.   That
 many  of these problems continue to be  dealt
with inadequately  is  indicative of short-
comings in past  research  as well as in the
energy policy system  itself.   Many past
research programs  have  been less than
fully successful because  they failed to
translate problem  definitions into
information that was  relevant to policy-
makers' interests  and constituencies,  and
problem solutions  into  programs that were
able to be implemented.   This research
program will also  fall  short  of its goals
if it cannot learn from this.   However,
the translation process is  made extremely
difficult because  of  shortcomings in the
policy system, including  overlapping
responsibilities,  lack  of multi-media
perspective, artifical  geographical bound-
aries, etc.  The single greatest challenge
for the Western assessment  in its second
phase of research  will  be to  devise ways
to either accommodate the policy system's
shortcomings while achieving  environmental
and socioeconomic  goals,  or else to change
the system in a politically acceptable
manner.

REFERENCES

1.  Irvin L. White, et  al, Energy  from the West
    (A Progress Report  on a Technology Assess-
    ment of Western Energy Resource  Develop-
    ment) , U.S.  Environmental Protection
    Agency, EPA-600/7/77	, May,  1977)

2.  David Myhra, "Why Socioeconomic  Change
    Varies by Energy  Project  Site,"  The MITRE
    Corporation, McLean,  Virginia

3.  A Time To Choose:   America's  Energy Future,
    Ford Foundation.  Cambridge, Massachusetts:
    Ballinger, 1974

4.  Orson L. Anderson,  Utah Coal  for Southern
    California Power:   The General  Issues,  Lake
    Powell Research Project Bulletin Number 13,
    November, 1975

5.  H. Gold, et al, Water Requirements for
    Steam-Electric  Power  Generation  and
    Synthetic Fuel  Plants in  the  Western
    United States,  U.S. Environmental Protection
    Agency, EPA-600/7-77-037, March, 1977

6.  Irvin L. White, et  al,  Draft  Work  Plan for
    Completing a Technology Assessment  of
    Western Energy Resource Development,
    University of  Oklahoma  Science and Public
    Policy Program, February,  1977

7.  Irvin L. White, et  al, First  Year Work Plan
    for a Technology  Assessment  of  Western
    Energy Resource Development,  U.S.
    Environmental  Protection Agency, EPA-600/5-
    76-001, March,  1976

8.  Michael Rieber  and  Shao Lee  Soo, Route
    Specific Cost  Comparisons:   Unit Trains,
    Coal Slurry Pipelines and Extra High Voltag£
    Transmission,  Center  for Advanced  Computation
    Document No. 190, University of Illinois
    at Urbana-Champaign,  1976
232

-------
                                                          Citizen Concern
           OHIO  RIVER BASIN ENERGY STUDY
                    Lowell Smith
            Office of Research and Development
          Office  of  Energy, Minerals and Industry
           U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                   Washington, D.C.

INTRODUCTION

     The  Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has
responded to a Congressional mandate to conduct
"an assessment of  the potential environmental,
social, and  economic impacts of the proposed
concentration of power plants in the lower Ohio
River Basin.   The  study  should be comprehensive in
scope,  investigating the impacts from air, water,
and solid residues on the natural environment and
residents of the region."1
                                                      This directive  represents a significant achieve-
                                                 ment for a community of  environmentally aware
                                                 citizens who, in  the early  1970s,  became concerned
                                                 with accelerating plans  for power  plant development
                                                 along the main stem  of  the  Ohio River between
                                                 Portsmouth, Ohio  and Louisville, Kentucky.
                                                 Currently, nine power plant projects are either
                                                 under construction or in an active planning
                                                 phase along this  250-mile river reach (see Figure 1).
                                                 In excess of  12,000  megawatts of generating capa-
                                                 city, mostly  coal-fired  boilers, would be built
                                                 if announced  construction plans were all
                                                 implemented.

                                                      Two factors  which  intensified citizen concern
                                                 over this development were  quite apparent.  The
                                                 first results from the  relatively  lax environmental
                                                 controls that apply  to  existing plants,  for example,
                                                 the Clifty Creek  plant  just downriver from Madison,
                                                 Indiana.  This coal-fired plant owned by the Ohio
                                                 Valley Electric Corporation (OVEC),  a consortium
                                                 of fifteen investor-owned utilities  in Indiana,
                                                 Ohio and Kentucky, operates in a base-load mode to
                                                      ,	WEST END
                                                       QCINCINNATI
                                                    EAST BEND
                                                    NO. 1  AND 2
                                                                      OMAYSVILLE
                                                   GHENT 3 AND  4
                                                   GHENT 1 AND  2
                                            WISES LANDING 1 AND 2
                                       WATERSIDE
                              _CHOUISVILLE

                              ^^        RUN
         INDIANA


                 MIAMI  FORT NOS. 1-7
                 MIAMI  FORT NO. 8

                 TANNERS CREEK
  MEXICO BOTTOM NO. 1,2, AND 3

                      MADISON
         CLIFTY  CREEK

         MARBLE HILL
         NO. 1 AND 2

     F  B. CULLEY

R. A. GALLAGHER
                                 "CANE RUN
         OHIO


         BECKJORD
         ZIMMER NO. 1  AND 2

         . STUART
         KILLEN NO.  1 AND 2

                     PORTSMOUTH
—SPURLOCK NO. 2
  SPURLOCK NO. 1
                      ASHLAND
                                                           KENTUCKY
                                                        $ EXISTING POWER PLANTS
                                                        ® PROPOSED OR PLANTS  UNDER CONSTRUCTION


                   Figure  1.   Power plants along the Ohio River:   Existing  and Planned.
*A substantial  portion of the downtown section of
Madison  is  listed  in the National Register of
Historic Landmarks.
                                                                                                           233

-------
 supply electrical energy to the ERDA-owned  uranium
 enrichment facility  at  Portsmouth, Ohio.  Clifty
 Creek, with a nameplate capacity of 1,304 megawatts,
 was  built in the mid-1950s with cyclone separators
 and  crude electrostatic precipitators for partic-
 ulate control.2  The plant, with three stacks  and
 their dense plume of particulates, sulfur oxides
 and  nitrogen oxides,  is an intrusion over much
 of the adjacent landscape, including Indiana's
 idyllic Clifty Falls State Park, situated above  it
 on high bluffs.  Residents in the nearby historic"
 town of Madison, Indiana,  complain of the eyesore,
 as well as question  the effects that its pervasive,
 prolific emissions have on their health and
 welfare.

      The second factor  raising citizen concern is
 the nationwide debate over the intrinsic safety  of
 nuclear power reactors  and their supporting  fuel
 cycles.  This national  debate has been brought into
 a regional focus by  Public Service of Indiana's
 (PSI) plans to build a  2,260 MWe reactor complex at
 their Marble Hill site, a  dozen river miles
 downstream from Madison.1*   In 1974, the announcement
 of these plans triggered strenuous reaction  in Save-
 The-Valley (STV), a  citizens'  organization incorpor-
 ated that year in Kentucky and now operating in
 three states.  STV questions the need for much of
 the  current power development activity within  the
 region and opposes most of the specific projects
 under development.
     The PSI Marble  Hill project has received an
especially large  amount  of STV attention as  the first
nuclear units planned  to  be built in Southern Indiana 5
Prior to the initiation of the regional study
described in this paper,  STV and other environmental
groups called for a moratorium on all new power
plant planning, permitting and construction activi-
ties  for at least a three-year time period, until a
comprehensive study could be completed.   Meanwhile
PSI states that initiating its Marble Hill project
now is important if power shortages in the mid-1980s
are to be avoided.  It was in this context that
Congress requested a regional study on power plant
development.

      The study, later designated the Ohio River
Basin Energy  Study (ORBES),  was assigned to the
Integrated Assessment Program,  a component of the
Energy/Environment Interagency R&D Program  managed
by EPA's Office of Energy, Minerals,  and Industry.
A work plan for ORBES was  prepared" which cast the
study in the  general form of a technology assess-
ment.     Several unique features were incorporated
into  this work plan in order to accomodate the
special requirements of this study.   These included
the use of three simultaneous  preliminary assessment
teams  located on seven separate campuses  within the
four-state area, and the  use of an "Experimental
Management Plan"H to provide  day-to-day management
capability over the entire Phase I effort.

Study Structure

      The organizational structure of ORBES Phase I
is depicted in Figure 2.
                          12
Regional Technology
                                   U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY,
                                   OFFICE OF ENERGY, MINERALS, AND  INDUSTRY
                                            PROJECT OFFICER
MANAGEMENT TEAM
PROJECT OFFICER
EPA REGION IV REPRESENTATIVE
EPA REGION V REPRESENTATIVE
PROJECT OFFICE
TWO CO-PRINCIPAL 1

1
MVESTIGATORS T
'
                      TASK ?
                      (PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENTS)
                                                                                     ADVISORY COMMITTEE
                                                                         LABOR DEMAND IMPACT AND LABOR SUPPLY
                                                                         BENEFIT-COST ANALYSIS OF POWER SUPPLY
                                                                    	QUALITY OF LIFE AND ENERGY DEVELOPMENT
                                                                         SOCIAL ASPECTS OF POWER PLANT SITING
                                                                         INSTITUTIONAL ACCOUNTABILITY
                                                                    	1 ENERGY TRANSPORTATION/DISTRIBUTION
                                                                         WATER RESOURCE ALLOCATION
                                                                    	POLLUTANT TRANSPORT MODELING
                                                                        I METAL IONS AND RADIONUCLIDES IN OHIO RIVER SEDIMENTS
                                                                         IMPACT OF SYNTHETIC FUEL PRODUCTION
                                    Figure 2.  ORBES  Phase I structure.
234

-------
Configurations  (RTCs)  in the form of comprehensive
scenarios were  developed for the four-state ORBES
region (see Figure  3).   The preparation of these
RTCs was the  responsibility of  the Task I team,
composed of selected research specialists for the
Special Studies (Task  4)  group  and of the leaders
of the three  Preliminary Assessment teams (Task  2).
The Task I report-^ describes the approach used  to
build the electrical energy demand and the techno-
logical supply  components of the four RTCs that
were developed.   The three Preliminary Assessment
teams were composed of  researchers from:
(1) Indiana University,  Purdue  University and The
Ohio State University,  under the leadership of
Professor Robert  Bailey;  (2)  University of Kentucky
and University  of Louisville, under the leadership
of Professor  Hugh Spencer;  (3)  University of
Illinois at Urbana and  University of Illinois at
Chicago Circle, under  the leadership of Professor
Ross Martin.

     Several  areas of particular  interest, which
required more detailed  exploration than was
possible in the Task 2  framework,  were each  assigned
a Special Study (Task 4).   Some  special study
results were  available  to  the Task 2  teams,  but  the
majority of these results will  receive more  exten-
sive application  in the Phase II analysis.  These
several research  products  are being  analyzed and
will form the primary basis  for  the  preparation  of
an integrated report (Task  3) which will  be  delivered
to Congress and be made available  for  public distri-
bution this fall.
     The project  officer was  ably  assisted  in moni-
toring the direction  of this  research by EPA
colleagues from the Chicago and  Atlanta EPA regional
offices.  These offices are responsible for EPA
activities within the ORBES region north and south
of the Ohio River, respectively.   Most importantly,
the co-principle  investigators of  the Experimental
Management Plan,  Professors James  Stukel and Boyd
Keenan, effectively operated  the ORBES Project
Office, and undertook the many coordination and
representation activities associated  with that
function, thereby ensuring a  successful completion
to ORBES Phase I.

     Finally, the accountability question associated
with most technology  assessments assumed major
importance for the ORBES work.  Both  its genesis
and prevailing community attitudes  dictated  the
need for ORBES to  give particular  attention  to the
several divergent mind sets toward  power develop-
ment that characterize the various  interest  groups
in the study.  In order to accommodate this  need,
while also complying with the strict  time schedule of
Phase I, an Interim Steering Committee was  formed
shortly after the issuance of the  funding grants to
the universities.  This group and  its  successor, the
ORBES Advisory Committee, were invited  to partici-
pate in all phases of the first three  tasks.   This
evolving committee is composed of representatives
of federal agencies, state administrative and
legislative branches,  local utility firms, the coal
extractive industry, labor, agriculture,  and the
general public.  ^  In addition, communication
                                                                                 fc&l PORTION OUTSIDE

                                                                                 I  I ORBES REGION
                        Figure 3.  Ohio River Basin energy study region  (Phase I)
                                                                                                         235

-------
between ORBES researchers and the interested  public
has been aided by a monthly newsletter, distrib-
uted to nearly three thousand recipients, and a
series of bimonthly progress reports by all three
Preliminary Assessment Teams, presented at public
meetings throughout the ORBES region.  A great deal
was learned in these efforts about what is required
of academic researchers to effectively communicate
with various segments of the public about public
policy issues, yet additional efforts are needed
to increase the effectiveness of these communica-
tions as the study progresses.

DESCRIPTION OF THE ORBES PROJECT

     The methodology utilized in ORBES relies on
the construction of possible future economic
activity and energy demand states for the region
through the year 2000.  There was no attempt  to
predict in Phase I what the actual future state of
energy demand and economic activity might be, but
rather to select a number of possible states  for
analysis and an intercomparison of their regional
and local implications for the region's residents.
These hypothetical states were constructed by
selecting national energy forecasts produced  by
other studies and disaggregating these to the ORBES
region.
Regional Technology Configuration

Two levels  of growth rate for electrical energy
demand were  chosen.  One, a moderately high growth
rate, was adapted from Dupree's Bureau of Mines
study, "U.S. Energy Through the Year 2000";15 the
other was constructed from the Technical Fix  Scenario
of  the Ford Foundation's Energy Policy Projectl6  xhe
former, designated BOM, projects an annual growth
rate in electrical energy demand of 5.8%, while the
latter, designated FTF  (Ford Technical Fix),  projects
an average annual growth rate of 2.8%.  Although
these growth rates do not represent the extremes of
what was considered  at the time  possible to sustain
over the remainder of the century, they do reflect
quite different schools of thought concerning what
is possible and necessary to maintain economic and
social viability within the region.  The economic,
demographic, and technological changes which  are
explicit in these scenarios are summarized in the
Task 2 assessment reports   >'   and in the  original
        9 n  9 ~i
sources.u>/1  The specific adaptation of these
national scenarios to the ORBES region is described
                                99
in a supplementary ORBES report. z

     These varying demand growth scenarios were
overlaid by differing mixes of technological  options
postulated for new generating plants to come  on-line
after 1985.  All plants whose sites and technologi-
cal types were announced by their utility owners on
Federal Power Commission Form 67 were incorporated
into the ORBES RTCs.23  It was necessary for  the FTF
RTCs to delay the completion of announced plants in
order to accomodate the utilities' announced  plans
to a lower growth rate.2/t  For the BOM RTCs,  two
mixes of coal-fired and nuclear-generating plants
were utilized, one 50% of each, the other 80% coal/
20% nuclear.  For the FTF RTCs, few plants beyond
those already announced were required.  These were
alternately chosen to be all nuclear or all  coal-
fired .
     These  postulated new power plants were sited
 that is,  hypothetical locations selected,  on a
 county  level  according to a number of engineering
 and locational  requirements.   Thus, a separate list
 of counties,  each with one or more power plants of
 specified size  and technological type to be opera-
 ting by a specified year between 1975 and  2000, was
 constructed for each of the four RTCs selected,2^
 These lists,  along with the background sociological
 and economic  conditions and assumed coal supply
 sources,  composed the four RTCs analyzed by the
 three Task  2  Assessment Teams.

 Assessment  Studies
     The Task  2  Assessment Teams functioned quasi-
independently  throughout their seven months of
operation.   They had complete freedom to choose
and utilize  their own assessment approaches and
methodologies.   While a moderate effort was made to
develop a  joint  data base with which to describe
the existing natural and developed status of the
region, the  use  to which this data base was put was
left to the  discretion of the individual assessment
teams.  This approach offers a high validity for the
findings and conclusions independently arrived at by
two or more  of the teams.  Moreover, it will give a
marked enrichment to the project's results, as more
opportunity  to consider perspectives that are unique
to one or  two  states is provided.

     The ten special studies26-35  fun(jeci within Task
4 are too  numerous and detailed to describe here.
Each is available as a separate report from their
individual authors.   One of these2' is the first
published  attempt to operationalize a new paradigm
for social-environmental analysis  developed by
Erik Cohen. ^°  Others involved sophisticated computer
studies of energy transportation costs^l and skilled
labor demand and availability,2^ while another
provided a detailed  analysis of the legal and
institutional framework which guides energy develop-
ment decision-making within the region.  ^
SELECTED PRELIMINARY  RESULTS

     ORBES Phase  I produced a rich array of findings
with respect to  the  possible future effects of
energy development in the region.   In a  few cases
there are differences in the conclusions drawn by
different researchers or research  teams.   These
differences  require  additional close analysis to
elucidate the influence differing  input  assumptions
or analysis  techniques  had in producing  them.   Other
results require  further validation as research
approaches are refined.   But a number of generalized
conclusions  can  be stated with a high degree of
confidence as Phase  II  is nearing  completion.   A
selection of these are  outlined in the following
sections.

Effects on Natural Resources

     The ORBES region is fortunate to have an
abundance of natural  resources.  Depending upon
location within  the  basin,  surface resources range
from richly  productive  agricultural soils to hard-
wood forests of  outstanding pastoral charm.  Thirty
percent of the nation's bituminous coal resources
underlie the western  portion of the region.  This
 236

-------
coal contains more chemical  energy  than  is  contained
in all the discovered petroleum reserves  in Saudi
Arabia.  As this coal is high  in  sulfur  content, it
requires moderately expensive  sulfur  control devices
when burned in utility boilers in order  to  prevent
overloading the atmosphere with sulfur dioxide  and
its oxidation products.  The extensive Appalachian
coal province lies within and  borders the region on
the east.  Deposits within eastern  Kentucky and sou-
thern West Virginia contain  some  of the  nation's
highest  quality coal reserves, substantial  blocks of
which are held for metalurgical production.

    Extracting this coal for  utility use produces
a wide range of impacts upon existing surface
conditions and uses of the land.  This damage,  which
varies widely in degree and  scope,  can,  in  principle,
be prevented or mitigated so as to  prevent  serious
permanent impairment in land productivity,  if
sufficient care is exercised before,  during and
after  the extraction activity.  Underground mining,
with its potential problems  of delayed but  long-
term susceptability to subsidence,  coal  refuse  piles
and acid mine drainage, would  affect  more land  area
than would surface mining during  the  next two
decades. Under the BOM RTCs,  about half as much
land would be committed to siting new conversion
facilities as to coal extraction, while  for the FTF
RTCs,  this ratio would drop  to about  one-fourth.
Furthermore, only about half as much  land area
would be affected by extraction activities  under
the FTF  as under the BOM RTCs.

     New requirements for transmission line
corridors would be approximately  half of the FTF
and equal to the BOM RTCs' land-use requirements for
coal mining activities.  These corridors are
capable  of multipurpose use, although there would be
some impairment of value for other  uses.  The magni-
tude of  effects expected from  waste disposal from
coal burning and nuclear fissioning is difficult to
estimate, since the technologies  which produce  and
deal with these wastes are in  a rapid state of  flux,
as are  the regulations that  control these activities.
Imprudent choices with respect to the implementation
and control of technological alternatives could
create  severe long-term hardships on  affected locali-
ties within the region.

     Possibly of equal importance in  terms  of
severity and extent of these enumerated  changes in
land use due to energy development  would be the
resulting land-use changes as  this  energy was utilized
to build, operate and maintain new  homes, shops,
factories and transportation facilities  throughout
the region.  Again, current  and future decisions
regarding the intensity and  patterns  of  land-use
conversions to be made during  the next two  decades
will strongly affect the state of the region in the
year 2000.

     Increasing conflict between  energy  and agricul-
tural interests is inevitable.  Public policy
decisions will have to be made with respect to:

     o regional vs. local controls  over  areas of
      more than local significance;

     o developing priorities for  choosing among
      alternative use activities;
     o government involvement in encouraging new
       industrial, commercial or residential
       development of energy-impacted  lands rather
       than of prime agricultural or pastoral lands;

     o public land-use planning vs. market
       mechanisms to make land-use determinations;

     Water withdrawal requirements within the ORBES
region for the high-growth-rate scenarios would
begin to significantly reduce tributary stream flows
during periods of low-flow.  The principal water
consumption requirements come from the cooling needs
of power plant condensers.  The current best
practice is to use closed cycle cooling, a process
which relies on evaporative cooling from either
cooling towers or cooling ponds.  The analysis
which produced the above result ignores any future
requirement for agricultural irrigation, yet
consumptive water use for irrigation may increase
substantially during any sustained future drought
condition.

     Equally important is the observation that a
significant amount of water flowing down the Ohio
River originates as rainfall outside the four-state
region.   Thus, if large future increases in water
consumption in the upstream states of Pennsylvania
and West Virginia were to occur, this surplus water
would no longer be available for downstream uses
during periods of low-flow in the ORBES region.
Tracing this impact further downstream, navigation
on the Mississippi River could be significantly
constrained below its confluence with the Ohio at
Cairo under these conditions.

Effects on Developed Resources

     Few constraints on energy development due to
the lack of or its effect upon developed resources
were found.  High rates of growth for coal utiliza-
tion would require a rebuilding of rail lines
throughout the region to allow the movement of unit
trains;  however, there would be no lack of workers
or material to accomplish this task.

     Under the BOM RTCs a significant shift in the
utilities' share of regional and national capital
markets would have to occur.  It is not clear whether
this shift would lead to an economically stable
condition, or whether other necessary segments of
the fuel cycle, such as coal extraction and trans-
portation, would be able to compete successfully in
the same capital markets with utilities.  Failure to
do so would create coal shortages, even at escalated
prices.

     Construction labor requirements under the BOM
RTCs are sufficiently high in some specialized
skills,  such as boiler makers and pipefitters, that
workers indigenous to the region are not likely to
be found in sufficient numbers to meet the projected
demand.   Under the 80% coal BOM RTC, the number of
new miners and related workers would have to expand
by more than seventy percent by the end of the
century in order to produce the required coal.  Such
an increase would dramatically reverse historic
trends of population migration from coal production
areas.  Labor supply for the FTF RTCs should be
                                                                                                          237

-------
readily available within  the  region,  with moderate
levels of  recruitment  and training.

Effects on Environmental  Media

     Water quality  need not be impacted,  even under
the  BOM RTCs.   Technology is  available to control
discharges from all point sources,  such as cooling
water blowdown,  if  there  is a will  to enforce
existing  standards  and to implement proposed future
standards.  Control techniques for  surface erosion
and  deep  mine  drainage must rely  on prevention
through careful planning, rather  than on dedicating
perpetual treatment facilities.   At low-flow, water
quality in water-short tributaries may be degraded
from existing  levels because  of the reduced dilution
factors that would  result from increased consump-
tive uses.  Existing industrial and municipal
dischargers would  have to improve the quality of
their discharge effluent  in order to  compensate for
this effect in water quality-limited  stream reaches.
The  extent to  which this  mitigation measure would
have to be employed is subject to further analysis.

      Waste disposal, particularly ash and scrubber
sludges,  must  be carefully engineered.   These
materials contain  the  bulk of heavy metals and
other  trace elements which naturally  occur in coal
deposits,  including several long-lived radionuclides.
These materials should be disposed of in such a way
that they and  their leachates are permanently iso-
lated from ground and  surface waters.   Existing
regulations may not be adequate to promote or
guarantee the  attainment  of this  objective.

      The  most  significant adverse media effect would
be that predicted  on air  quality.  The siting patterns
developed in ORBES  and other  studies  predict that
most power plants would be sited  along the main
stem of the Ohio and of its principal tribu-
taries. '   These lines of preferred power plant sites
are  co-directional  with the preferred movements of air
masses under persistent wind  conditions.^8  Under these
conditions,  power plant emissions are diluted with
previously emitted  upwind power plant emissions ,  thus
producing  a cascading  effect  on ambient
pollutant  concentrations.  Modeling of the combined
emissions  from these line sources under worst case
conditions indicates that a violation of  the primary
sulfur dioxide 24-hour ambient standard would likely
occur under  the  BOM 80% coal  RTC.  This violation
would occur  if only the new plants to  be  operational
after 1985 were  operating.  Because the procedures
currently  being  utilized  by the EPA regions  in
reviewing  new  source applications are  not  designed
to capture this  "corridor" effect, a  review of these
procedures  is  in order, particularly  for  the deter-
mination of  allowable  increments  under  the Prevention
of Significant Deterioration  of Air Quality  (PSD)
requirements.  Also  indicated  is  the need  to evaluate
this  effect  for regulatory efforts under  EPA's air
quality maintenance  program whose goal  is  to assure
that  areas presently meeting  ambient  standards will
do so in the future.

     Communities which  allocate this allowable PSD
increment   in air quality  degredation to a  new power
plant may not be able  to absorb any increase in
economic  activity from  other PSD  controlled  point
 sources.   The equity in this situation becomes
 clouded as a number of new upwind power plants
 through their combined emissions, are allowed de
 facto to  capture all or a majority of the allowable
 increment for a downwind community. Alternate pro-
 cedural approaches to allowing this capturing of
 pollution rights are to require more stringent emis-
 sion controls,  or to follow EPA's present policy
 which is  to not take full account of this cascade or
 corridor  effect.  The result of continuing to follow
 the  latter alternative would be an increasing greying
 of the region's air.

      This situation becomes even  more serious when
 viewed in the perspective of atmospheric  transfor-
 mation of sulfur dioxide into acid sulfate aerosols
 These aerosols  cause more respiratory disorders
 than either sulfur dioxide or particulates do
 independently.   Conservative rates for this
 conversion process in plumes released into typical
 Ohio Basin ambient air are sufficiently high  that
 more suspended  particulate mass is produced by
 this secondary  process than is  directly emitted in
 the  form  of fly ash from a well-controlled plant.
 The  sulfate aerosol has a  smaller average  particle
 size than primary particulate emissions.   As  a
 result, it stays suspended in the atmosphere  longer
 and  therefore travels farther;  it is  more  readily
 trapped in the  human  lung  where it produces acute
 and  chronic effects;  and it is  more  effective in
 reducing  visibility by creating atmospheric haze
 or turbidity.   Sulfate aerosols and  nitrate
 aerosols  are  the principal acid-forming agents in
 acid  precipitation, which  has increased substan-
 tially in the northeast over the  past fifteen years.
 Power  plant nitrogen  oxide emissions  are implicated
 in the formation of  the nitrate aerosols that are
 associated with acid  rain.   Although  there is much
 to learn  concerning the role of power  plant sulfur
 and  nitrogen  oxide emissions in the  formation of
 undesirable secondary pollutants,  and  even more to
 learn  about the several possible  effects these
 secondary pollutants  have  on human health, material
 corrosion and weathering,  ecosystems'  atmospheric
 turbidity,  agricultural production,  forest growth
 and  geologic  erosion,  inferences  from what is
 presently known suggest that significant adverse
 effects are currently being experienced from  coal-
 fired  power plant  operation in  the ORBES area and
 other  adjacent  regions.  The findings  of ongoing
 research  sponsored by EPA,  ERDA,  EPRI, NSF and other
 funding sources  should  further  our understanding of
 these  problems  over the next  several  years.


Socioeconomic Effects

     It was not possible during the first  year of
ORBES  to  determine adequately what public  and
occupational health effects might  be  experienced
under  each  RTC.   Large  uncertainties arise in areas
such as what  the  effect  of  currently  required
control measures  for  coal mine  dust will have on
the incidence of black  lung disease  cases, or what
 the  full  effect  of acid sulfate aerosols have on
the  incidence or aggravation of human  respiratory
and circulatory  diseases.   A substantial research
 effort is  required  to  remove these uncertainties,
but further efforts will be expended  in the next
year of ORBES to apply  our  limited knowledge  to
 238

-------
bracketing  the  range  of  these several effects.
Policy  options  to  deal with such uncertainties  need
to be refined,  and the effects of their implementa-
tion in the ORBES  region require evaluation.

     Some effort has  been given to evaluating
possible local  community reactions towards energy
development.  There exist significant divergences
in individuals' perceptions about the local affects
of energy development.   These differences in
perception  about what a  community would experience
must be overlaid with analyses of what basic
community attitudinal orientations towards change
may exist,  and  of  what the current and recent
historical  socioeconomic community needs are, in
order to predict community reactions confidently.
Only the attitudinal  orientation study based on
Cohen's paradigm has  been attempted.  Inovative
approaches  must be developed in order to forecast
local and regional community reactions to energy
development with reasonable certainty.

     Regional economic activity by industrial sector
has been projected by the EPA Technology Assessment
Modeling Project  (TAMP)  for the ORBES region to the
year 2000.  " These projections have yet to be
integrated  with the other ORBES analyses.  They form
the basis for predicting future air and water
pollutant release  rates  and for analyzing secondary
effects of  constructing  and operating energy conver-
sion facilities.   Because of its detailed descrip-
tion of emissions  from industrial sectors, TAMP is
a valuable  tool for these purposes.

     Most counties within the ORBES region which
possessed the engineering-related requirements  for
new power plant development were judged not to  be
susceptible to  boom-town effects from power plant
construction.   Relatively convenient access to
urban centers would allow construction workers  to
commute to  construction  sites rather than
overcrowding local communities which may have
inadequate  housing, schools, stores, entertainment,
sewage treatment,  fire and police protection and
roads.   For the few counties whose isolation from
urban centers may  be  sufficient to create a local
boom-town condition,  the hardships created for
residents may be severe.  Rising prices and taxes
added to local  overcrowding would produce extreme
dissatisfaction among the resident population,
especially  among those who depend upon fixed
incomes.

CONCLUSION

     The ORBES  project to date has primarily been
an issue-raising activity, an effort to broadly
scope out the possible questions and problems related
to an accelerating rate  of power plant development in
the Ohio River  basin.  Principal among these problem
areas identified to date is that of air quality
degredation.  Water availability for all projected
and anticipated uses  may become a problem in the
future.  Coal extraction activities  could degrade
land quality and productivity for local areas,  or
produce other land-use conflicts,  especially  with
agriculture in  Illinois.   Certain coal mining
practices could, if uncontrolled,  continue to create
water quality problems for decades  to come.   Some
local discomfort from a rapid expansion of  construc-
tion activities may be experienced in communities
remote from experienced labor pools.

     All of these identified problems can be
reduced significantly or even eliminated.   However,
most of the solutions appear to depend upon a  level
of regional coordination which does not presently
exist.  In this multi-state region in which the
desire for home rule is strong, development trends
have been identified which transcend the powers of
any locality, any county or any state to cope  with
adequately.  The many layers of planning, review
and control now operating in the region do  not
individually possess sufficient authority or control
adequate resources to ensure that the public good
will be served and protected.

     Ironically, the interest groups who are the
most active in their attempts to protect existing
resource values and life styles are also most
distrustful of higher levels of governments' ability
to protect the values they cherish.  Yet, only
through developing and implementing a regional
strategy for guiding energy development can their
values be protected.  The possible mechanisms
through which to accomplish this objective  while
simultaneously meeting other local and regional
needs deserve thoughtful attention by all affected
parties.

     Finally, the desire for and pursuit of the good
life on the part of many residents in the region is
in part responsible for creating the current power
plant development activity.  It is this same
activity which has stimulated many citizens' concerns
about how permanent their good life is likely  to
be.  Understanding the dynamics which create these
paradoxes is a necessary step In bringing about
their resolution.  ORBES' goal is to increase  that
understanding among all affected parties.
REFERENCES

  1.  Report No. 94-326 of Senate Committee on
Appropriations, to accompany H.R. 8070 (July 24,
1975); p. 44.

  2.  See Cassidy, H. G., "A White Paper, IV; The
Clifty Creek Power Plant", (February, 1977), for a
fuller account of the history of this OVEC-owned
plant.

  3.  Lundstedt, S. B., H. H. Hunker, C. Leavitt,
"Subjective Quality of Life in the Ohio River
Basin as Related to Future Energy Development",
Ohio River Basin Energy Study, Vol. III-C,  (The
Ohio State University,  May, 1977).

  4.  U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington,
D. C., "Marble Hill Draft Environmental Impact
Statement",  (March, 1976).

  5.  Hauck, F., "The Marble Hill Generation
Station, A Critique", (August 16, 1976),
Cassidy, H. G., "A White Paper,  III; The Marble
Hill Charade",  (August, 20, 1976), and "A White
Paper, V; the Marble Hill Hearings, A Tragic Farce
in Eight Acts", (June 15, 1977).
                                                                                                         239

-------
  6.  Cassidy, H. G., "A White Paper, Being  Concerns
of a Citizens Group  about the Activities  of  the
United States Environmental Protection Agency  and
the Behaviors of Managements of Certain Public
Utilities",  (July 4, 1976).

  7.  Smith, L., R.  H. Ball, S. Plotkin,  and
F. Princiotta, "Integrated Assessment:  Concept
and Limitations", Proceedings of  the  Conference  on
Environmental Modeling and Simulation,  (Environmen-
tal Protection Agency, April 19-22, 1976),
pp. 218-222.

  8.  U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency,
Washington,  D. C.,  "Interagency Energy/Environment
R&D Program",  (EPA-600/7-77-007,  March, 1977).

  9.  U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency,  Washington
D.  C.,  "Work Plan for an Impact Assessment  of  Energy
Conversion  Facilities in the Ohio River Basin,
Phase I", draft,  (March 30, 1976).

  10.  The literature on technology assessment  method-
ology is extensive.  See as examples, Coates,  V. T.,
"Technology and  Public Policy:  The Process  of Tech-
nology  Assessment in the Federal  Government",
 (Washington, D.  C.:  Studies in Science and  Technology,
2 vols., 1972);  or  Arnstein, S. R., and
A.  N. Christakis, "Perspectives on Technology  Assess-
ment",  based on  a workshop sponsored  by the  Academy
for Contemporary Problems and the National  Science
Foundation,  Columbus, Ohio:  Academy  for  Contemporary
Problems; or numerous papers presented at the  Second
International  Congress on Technology  Assessment;
Ann Arbor,  Michigan, (October 25-28,  1976).

  11.  Stukel,  J. J.  and B. R. Keenan, "Experimental
Management  Plan  for an Impact Assessment  of  Energy
Conversion  Facilities in the Ohio River Basin, Phase  I",
 (University of Illinois at Urbana and Chicago  Circle,
May 19, 1976), Research proposal  submitted  to  EPA,
Washington,  D. C.

  12.  ORBES Newsletter No. 3,  (ORBES  Project Office;
Urbana, Illinois, December, 1976/January, 1977), p. 6.

  13.  "Ohio  River Basin Energy Study; Task  1 Report:
Development  of Plausible Future Regional  Technology
Configurations", (ORBES Project Office, Urbana,
Illinois, October 18, 1976).

  14.  See ORBES Newsletters Nos.  1, 4, 5, 6, and 7,
op. cit.

  15.  Dupree, W. G., Jr., J. S. Corsentino,  United
States Energy Through the Year 2000 (Revised),
Washington,  D. C. (Bureau of Mines, Department of
the Interior, December, 1975).

  16. Ford Foundation, A Time to Choose America's
Energy Future, Chapter 3, "The Technical  Fix
Scenario",  Final Report, The Energy Policy Project,
(Cambridge,  Massachusettes, Ballinger, 1974).

  17. Indiana University, The Ohio State University,
and Purdue  University, "Ohio River Basin  Energy  Study",
Vol. II-A,  Preliminary Technology Assessment Report,
(May 15, 1977).
                                                            18.   University of Kentucky and University of
                                                           Louisville,  "The Ohio River Basin Energy Study,
                                                           Vol.  II-B,  Preliminary Technology Assessment Report"
                                                           (May  15,  1977).

                                                            19.   University of Illinois, "The Ohio River Basin
                                                           Energy Study,  Vol.  II-C, "Preliminary Technology
                                                           Assessment  Report", (May 15, 1977).

                                                            20.   ibid,  15

                                                            21.   ibid,  16

                                                            22.   Energy Resources Center, "Forecasts of Electri-
                                                           cal Power and  Energy Requirements for the ORBES States
                                                           and ORBES Subregions Through the Year 2000", (Univer-
                                                           sity  of Illinois at Chicago Circle, December 10, 1976).

                                                            23.   Energy Resources Center, "Electrical Generation
                                                           Capability in  Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, and Ohio,
                                                           and in the ORBES Region - 1975 and 1985" (University
                                                           of Illinois at Chicago Circle, October, 1976),

                                                            24.   ibid,  19

                                                            25.   Energy Resources Center, "Locations of Elec-
                                                           trical Generation Units Anticipated to be Constructed :
                                                           Within the  Illinois Section of the ORBES Region -
                                                           1985-2000",  (University of Illinois at Chicago
                                                           Circle,  November, 1976).

                                                            26.   Dauffenbach,  R.  C., T. Milkie,  "Labor
                                                           Demand Impact  and Labor Market Feasability of Energy
                                                           Conversion  Facilities", Ohio River Basin Energy
                                                           Study, Vol.  III-A,  (University of Illinois, May,
                                                           1977).

                                                            27.   Tybout,  R.,  "A Benefit-Cost Analysis of Power
                                                           in the ORBES Region",  Ohio River Basin Energy Study,
                                                           Vol.  III-B,  (The Ohio State University, May, 1977).

                                                            28.   Lundstedt, S. B., H. H. Hunker,  C. Leavitt,
                                                           "Subjective Quality of Life in the Ohio River Basin
                                                           as Related  to  Future Energy Development", Ohio River
                                                           Basin Energy Study, Vol. III-C,  (The Ohio State
                                                           University,  May, 1977).

                                                            29.   Johnson,  S.,  E.  Weil, "Social Aspects of Power
                                                           Plant Siting",  Ohio River Basin Energy Study,
                                                           Vol.  III-D,  (University of Kentucky, May, 1977).

                                                            30.   White, N.  L., J. F. Fitzgerald, "Legal
                                                           Analysis of Accountability for the Ohio River Basin",
                                                           Ohio  River Basin Energy Study, Vol. III-E,  (Indiana
                                                           University,  May, 1977).

                                                            31   Rieber, M., "Energy Transportation/Distribu-
                                                           tion  in the Ohio River Basin", Ohio River Basin
                                                           Energy Study,  Vol.  III-F, (University of Illinois
                                                           at Urbana/Champaign, May, 1977).

                                                            32.   Brill, D.  B., Jr.,  G. E. Stout, R. W. Fuessle,
                                                           R. M. Lyon, K. E. Wojnarowski, "Issues  Related  to
                                                           Water Allocation in the Lower Ohio River Basin",
                                                           Ohio  River Basin Energy Study, Vol. III-G,
                                                           (University of Illinois at  Urbana/Champaign, May,
                                                           1977).
240

-------
 33.  Bailey, R.  E.,  R.  G.  Barille, D. D. Gray,
R.  B. Jacko, P. 0.  Leary,  R.  A.  Rao, J. E. Reinhardt,
"Pollutant Transport  Models for  the ORBES Region",
Ohio River Basin  Energy  Study,  Vol. III-H, (Purdue
University, May,  1977).

 34.  Leuthart, C.  A., H.  T.  Spencer,  "Radionuclide
and Metal Ion Content of Late Summer Ohio River
Sediments:  McAlpine  Pool", Ohio River Basin Energy
Study,  Vol. III-I,  (University of Louisville, May,
1977).

 35.  Blome, D. A., J. E.  Jones, Jr.,  "Regional
Assessment of the Impact of Synthetic Fuel Produc-
tion",  Ohio River Basin  Energy Study,  Vol. III-J,
(University of Kentucky, May,  1977) .

 36.  Cohen, Eric,  "Environmental Orientationsi
A Multidimensional Approach to Social Ecology",
 Current Anthropology, Vol. XIV, No. 1, (1976).

 37.  Teknekron,  Inc., An  Integrated Technology
Assessment of Electric Utility Energy Systems,
Vol. I, The Assessment,  and Vol. II, Components
of  the  Impact Assessment Model,  Draft  First Year
Report.  Prepared for the  Office of Energy, Minerals
and Industry, Office  of  Research and Development,
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,  under Contract
No. 68-01-1921, Berkeley,  California,  (January, 1977).

 38 .  Niemann, B.  L.,  An Integrated Technology
Assessment of Electric Utility Energy Systems,
Vol. Ill, Air Quality Impact  Model and Results,
Part 1   Long-Range Transport, Draft First Year
Report, EPA Contract  No. 68-01-1921, Teknekron, Inc.,
Berkeley, California,  (March,  1977).

 39.  Meyer, R.,  J. Arnold, S. Kammann, M. Heller,
"Impacts of Energy Development on the Ohio River
Basin", International Research and Technology Corpo-
ration.  Prepared for Office  of  Energy, Minerals and
Industry, Office  of Research  and Development, U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, under Contract
No. 68-01-4309, McLean,  Virginia, (May 12, 1977).
                                                                                                          241

-------
         ELECTRIC UTILITY ENERGY SYSTEMS
            INTEGRATED TECHNOLOGY
                   ASSESSMENT

                   Lowell Smith
           Office of Research and Development
          Office  of Energy,  Minerals and Industry
          U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                  Washington, D.C.
to provide EPA with  the  capability to assess the
environmental, economic,  institutional and social
effects of the generation of  electricity and of
those activities which supply the fuels used to
produce electricity.  The second goal was to assist
EPA in developing research and development programs
whose results are necessary to control the excessive
adverse side-effects  of  electricity production and
to more accurately determine  the extent and inten-
sity of those effects.   The time frame for the
assessment is the period  1975-2000.

     Three policy issues  were selected to guide the
development of analytical capability during the
initial phase of the  ITA:
INTRODUCTION

    Electricity has become a vital component of
twentieth century American life.  No other energy
form in our industrialized society has achieved
such a multiplicity of uses.  No other energy form
is as convenient to convert into mechnical motion,
light or heat at its point of end use.  Electronic
:ommunications and information processing are
wholly dependent upon a reliable flow of electrical
energy.  Industrialized society as we know it can-
30t function without copious quantities of this
vital form of energy.  Yet the supply of this
essential commodity is bought at a price.  This
price is not only paid in monetary terms, but
frequently is paid for in increased asthma,  turbid
skies, dammed rivers, acid rain, and other myriad
side effects of electricity production.

    Much attention has been given in the last
ten years to these and other problems related to
electricity production and distribution.  Many
environmental effects which result from the  opera-
tion of the electric utility industry have been
identified.  Nonetheless, EPA's Office of Energy,
Minerals and Industry (OEMI) recognized that
comparatively little was understood about the
utility industry and its support industries  as an
integrated system, a system which now pervades
nearly every niche of our manmade and natural
environments.  In order to provide a clearer
understanding for those whose responsibility it
is to maintain, and in some cases, to restore the
environmental quality affected by utility opera-
tions, OEMI initiated a comprehensive study  of the
electric utility system. -*•

    A contract to perform this research effort,
entitled "An Integrated Technology Assessment of
Electric Utility Energy Systems (ITA), was awarded
June 30, 1975, to the Teknekron firm in Berkely,
California.   It was funded as an element of the
Integrated Assessment Program-^ which is a component
of the Energy/Environment Interagency R&D Program.^
The ITA as originally conceived was to require
three years to complete.  It was to be a compre-
hensive study on a national and regional level of
the air, water and solid waste pollutants associ-
ated with all aspects of electricity production
and of how these pollutants affect human health
and welfare and natural ecosystems.

   The ITA had two primary goals.   The first was
     0 What interim sulfate  strategy  should EPA
       adopt?  The strategy  should  focus  on con-
       trolling emissions of  sulfur dioxide and of
       other possible precursors  and  catalysts
       contributing to sulfate  formation.   Where
       uncertainty exists on  each factor's  full
       contribution, the strategy must  incorporate
       an acceptable level of risk  aversion and
       take into account the  current  state  of know-
       ledge about sulfate formation,  transport
       and effects.

     0 What strategy should EPA adopt  in  response
       to the continuing curtailments  of  natural
       gas supplies to electric generating  plants?

     0 How appropriate is EPA's "significant risk"
       criterion for judging  the  acceptability of
       converting gas or oil-fired  plants  to coal?

The first of these issues was given primary atten-
tion, although the three are  tightly  interrelated.
Each emphasizes atmospheric rather  than aquatic
emissions.  Another dominant  feature  of all three
issues is their recognition of  a  trend  towards
increased reliance upon coal-fired  fossil  fuel
plants in the near term.

     Early in the assessment  process  it was decided
that the complex nature of electric utility energy
systems required a descriptive  model  that would
reflect their behavior under  a  variety  of  external
influences.  Such a model, the  Impact Assessment
Model (IAM), has been developed and exercised in
the first phase of the ITA.   This paper describes
the principal features of the IAM,  atmospheric
transport analysis and selected assessment
results.  The IAM simulates pollution releases
associated with electrical generation and  the
economic impacts of alternative policies  for pol-
lution control on the utility industry  and  elec-
tricity  consumers.  The atmospheric  transport
analysis focuses on regional atmospheric  transport
processes which, under adverse  meteorological con-
ditions, can significantly impact air quality hun-
dreds of kilometers from the  area of  emission
releases.

ITA DESCRIPTION

     The underlying conceptual  framework  for the
ITA is shown in Figure 1,  It embodies  four key
elements:
                                                                                                          243

-------
    ECONOMIC
    CONDITIONS
   AND ENERGY
     POLICY
  ENVIRONMENTAL
     POLICY
     ISSUES
  EPA AUTHORITY,
      COURT
  INTERPRETATION
    IMPROVED
    FORECASTS
                                                    RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
FORECASTING
TECHNIQUES
  ENERGY
TECHNOLOGY
                                                              CLEANER
                                                                FUELS,
                                                       NEW COMBUSTION
                                                           TECHNIQUES
POLLUTION CONTROL,
TRANSPORT, EFFECTS,
   AND DAMAGE
                                                     BETTER
                                                     DATA,
                                                     MODELS,
                                                     MEASUREMENTS
                                                    IDENTIFY
                                                    RESEARCH
                                                    NEEDS
                                                                                 DECISION TO
                                                                                    ACT
                                                                                    NOW
'RESPONSIBILITIES
 AND CONSTRAINTS
                   FORMULATE DIFFERENT
                      OR TIME-PHASED
                      ALTERNATIVES
                                                                                         WAIT:
                                                                                         REVIEW
                                                                                         ALTERNATIVES
Figure 1.  Conceptual  framework for the electric utility ITA
     0 Selection of policy  issues and development
       of scenarios that  illustrate alternative
       EPA strategies  for addressing the issues;

     0 Use of models,  data  bases  and analytical
       techniques to estimate  each scenario's
       economic and environmental impacts over
       time;

     0 Analysis of the impact  and estimates and,
       where necessary, formulation of new strate-
       gies to mitigate adverse  impacts; and

     0 Recommendations for  research and development
       where impacts cannot be predicted with
       adequate confidence.

Impact Assessment Model

     The IAM accepts as input  a  comprehensive
scenario which specifies  the economic, environmental
and energy supply assumptions  for the future.   To
compress the size of the  data  bases required, the
IAM treats the individual utility firms in a given
state as though they were one  of  two firms; one
investor-owned, the other publicly-owned.  The IAM
operates each such state  "firm"  over the required
time period under the  selected scenario conditions
in order to identify its  economic and environmental
behavior.  The fundamental  structure of the IAM is
shown in Figure 2.  It consists  of six principal
processing components:

       The DEMAND component converts a scenario-
       specific national  demand  for electricity
       (specified by growth rates in both peak and
       energy use) into demand for each state-firm,
       considering specific state population growth
       rates.  Also, it projects  peak and overall
       energy demands  that  will  have to be met
       entirely by generation  owned by the state-
                                              firm as well as projecting  the state-firm's
                                              future levels of retail and wholesale sales
                                              and purchases.
                                      Figure  2.   The  impact assessment model

                                            °  The PLANNING component projects the techni-
                                              cal characteristics that the state-firm must
                                              have in  future years to meet demands, begin-
                                              ning the projection with existing systems
                                              and current plans and considering energy
                                              and environmental restrictions.  In addi-
                                              tion, it projects the state firm's fuel
                                              choices  and pollution-control  strategy,
                                              estimating their impacts on the firm's
                                              generating capacity and on the need for new
                                              construction to replace lost capacity.
244

-------
    0 The DISPATCH component apportions  energy
      production among the state-firm's  different
      types of generating facilities on  the  basis
      of least marginal operating cost,  considering
      the load patterns of typical days  in dif-
      ferent seasons as modified by the  scenario's
      specification of either future improvements
      or future deterioration of system  load
      factors.

    ° The RESIDUALS component projects the state-
      firm's actual usage of specific fuel,  using
      the technical characteristics projected  by
      PLANNING and the production allocations
      assigned by DISPATCH; then it determines
      the resulting releases of pollutants into
      the environment.  It also, projects the
      firm's water consumption.  In estimating
      the release rates it considers an  exten-
      sive list of air pollutants and solid
      wastes.

    0 The FINANCIAL component projects production
      expenses (from DISPATCH and RESIDUALS) with
      construction expenditures both for new
       productive  facilities  and for  pollution
       control (from  PLANNING)  and  with projected
       sales  and power-purchase levels  from DEMAND.
       By using data  on the  state-firm's  financial
       status  in the  base  year,  it  projects  the
       firm's  balance sheet  earnings  statements,
       sources and uses of funds and  other finan-
       cial statistics.

     These computer models interact so  as to give
 economic impacts at the state and national level
.'"for:

     0 capital requirements  (new facilities,
       pollution control)
     0 electricity prices  and utility revenues
     ° utility operating costs
       capacity mix
     0 other  financial data.

 and environmental  impacts  at  the county,  state and
 national level for:

     0 fuel consumption
     0 rates  of pollutant  releases
       population-at-risk  distributions
       consumption of process and cooling water at
       critical points in  fuel cycle

 These results  are  made available for  analysis by
 the Air  Quality Impact Assessment Model (AQM).

 Air Quality Impact Assessment Model

     The AQM,  still under  development,   forms the
•analytical link between the  pollutants  emitted to
 the atmosphere and populations exposed  to primary
 pollutants (those  directly emitted)  and secondary
'• pollutants (those  formed in  the atmosphere from
 other  pollutants).  The first function  of the
!AQM is to analyze  the lAM's  projected primary
 pollutant releases according  to:

       unit age
       probable release height
       season
     0 diurnal emission curve
     ° geographical distribution

     The AQM then determines  the  volume of air
available for pollutant dilution  and  reaction,
the probable maximum impact sectors downwind,  and
the resultant sulfur dioxide  and  sulfate concen-
trations for selected regions  of  interest because
of their current or projected  high power plant
emissions.

     Meteorological analysis  techniques utilized
include:

     ° persistence analysis
     0 trajectory analysis
     0 synoptic air mass movement analysis
     0 sector box modeling
     0 multi-point source sector  box  modeling

Persistence analysis provides  a relatively inexpen-
sive approach to identifying  those source-receptor
situations which continue for  ten to  twenty hours.
Analysis of synoptic air mass  movements (stagnating
anti-cyclones) identifies episodic conditions  in
which long-range transport plays  a significant
role.  Trajectory analysis is  applied to situations
intermediate between these two extremes and for
studying the movement of air  parcels  of particular
interest within a stagnating  anti-cyclone.

Scenario Element Description

     Scenario elements for the ITA fall into the
three general categories of environmental policy,
energy policy and economic conditions.   Because
the energy policy element and  the economic
conditions element must be consistently specified
for any scenario, it is possible  to collapse these
two scenario dimensions into  one. Scenarios selec-
ted for analysis during the first phase of the ITA
are shown in Figure 3.

ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY
    • Control Policy

    • Siting Constraints

    • Control Technology

          • Relaxed Controls (LAX)

          • Business as Usual (BAU)

          • Clean Air Act Revisions (CAR)

          • Strict Precursor Controls (SPC)

          • Availability of Cleaned Coals

ENERGY FUTURE

    • Fuel Policy

    • Generation Technology

          • Reference (REF)

          • Conservation (CON)

          • Increased Oil Use (IOU)

          • Electrification (ELC)

          • High Coal Use (HCU)
Figure 3

Scenario elements
       (continued)
                                                                                                            245

-------
Figure 3  (continued)

ECONOMIC CONDITIONS

    •  Macroeconomic Conditions

    •  Electricity Demand

    •  Utility Financing

    •  Rate Regulation
          •  Moderate Growth (MGR)

          •  High Growth (HGR)
     The four environmental policy elements
studied are:

Relaxed Controls  (LAX)

     0 Objective  - To establish a financial base-
       line with which to compare the economic
       impacts of pollution-control alternatives.
       It is assumed that no federal legislation
       limiting air emissions has been enacted
       and that particulate emissions are  subject
       only to moderate limitations under  local
       ordinances.

     0 Policy Instrument - 90-percent removal of
       particulates from coal-fired boilers
       required by local ordinances.

Business as Usual (BAD)

     0 Objective  - To illustrate a scenario of
       moderate control levels and costs.  This
       alternative approximates current  regulations
       for  the control of pollution  from steam
       electric plants.

     ° Policy Instruments - Current  State  Implemen-
       tation Plans  (SIPs) - Current New Source
       Performance Standards  (NSPS)
       - Siting prohibited in nonattainment areas
       (areas in  which there is presently  an
       officially recognized violation of  primary
       ambient air quality standards)
       - No mandatory control technology required
       for  new sources other than what is  required
       to meet NSPS.
 Clean Air  Act  Revisions (CAR)

        Objective  -  To  illustrate the impact of a
        Non-Significant Deterioration (NSD) policy
        reflecting proposed congressional amend-
        ments  to  the Clean Air  Act.   This alternative
        is  characterized by a restrictive siting
        policy  and by one interpretation of what
        constitutes  Best Available Control Techno-
        logy  (BACT).   Siting is prohibited in areas
        where  deterioration of  air quality cannot
        be  tolerated (for example, national parks
        and other  federal lands)  and in nonattain-
        ment areas.   Flue gas desulfurization is
        required  for all new sources on line after
        1981 as an integral part  of a strategy to
        protect and  enhance air quality.
     ° Policy Instruments  -  Current SIPs
       - Current NSPS
       - Siting is prohibited  in Class  I  and non-
       attainment areas.   Because siting  is not
       allowed in any county that contains any
       part of a Class I area,  an overestimate of
       land area proscribed  from development is
       obtained.
       - For new sources on  line after  1981, BACT
       is required for S02.  This is  interpreted
       to mean mandatory scrubbers  having a 90
       percent removal efficiency.

Strict Precursor Controls  (SPC)

     0 Objective - To illustrate the  potential
       impact of an air quality  standard for
       sulfates through the  use  of  very stringent
       controls on S02, particulates, and NO  -
       precursors for which  standards already exist,
       This policy alternative recognizes a regional
       approach to coal utilization,  the need to
       better control existing sources in order to
       obtain significant near-term air quality
       improvement, and the  desire  to minimize
       scrubber retrofit costs where  possible.  It
       characterizes an interim  sulfate strategy
       aimed at reducing sulfates  through near-
       term reduction of S02 emissions without
       imposing extreme economic  penalties on the
       utilities.

     0 Policy Instruments

       - SIPs are modified on a  regional basis,
       making them stricter  in  the  eastern and
       interior sections of  the  country.  Emission
       limits are used and utilities  are allowed
       some choice in meeting them, depending on
       the relative costs of using  low-sulfur coal,
       cleaning coal or retrofitting  scrubbers.
       The eastern regional  strategy  requires that
       S02 emissions be reduced  to  the minimum
       level achievable by physical cleaning of
       eastern coal.  Utilities  respond by clean-
       ing local coal or retrofitting scrubbers.
       The Western strategy  requires  that S02
       emissions be reduced  to  the  level specified
       in current (already strict)  SIPs.  Naturally
       for new sources, BACT supersedes NSPS as an
       approach to the control of both S02 and NOX.
       This means mandatory  use  of  90-percent effi-
       cient scrubbers and the use  of combustion
       modifications to reduce uncontrolled NOX
       emissions by approximately 60  percent.
       National policy would also require that
       NOX be controlled by  retrofitting existing
       sources with appropriate  combustion modi-
       fications by 1985,  such  that current NSPS
       level of performance  will be met.  The
       policy also prohibits siting in Class I areas
       and nonattainment areas.

     There are five energy policy elements studied;

     The Reference element posits a baseline, with
moderate growth  in peak  demand exceeding  growth
in energy demand by 0.5  percent.  The future capa-
city mix reflects the utilities' forecasted  capa-
city additions.
246

-------
    The Conservation element is an alternative
similar to the Reference case in projected capa-
city mix but postulates an energy demand growth
rate of 4.9 percent.  Two variations are specified
for peak demand:  compared to the growth in energy
demand, growth in peak demand is either  (a) 0.5
percent higher, or  (b) 1.0 percent lower.

    The Increased  Oil Use (IOU) element is simi-
lar to the Reference case except that  future  capa-
city additions reflect an increased use  of oil.

    The Electrification (ELC) element is similar
to the Reference case but posits a higher growth
rate in energy demand (6.4 percent).  Here peak
demand growth exceeds emergy demand growth by 0.5
percent annually.

    The High Coal  Use (HCU) element is  similar
to the Reference case except that any  capacity
additions beyond those presently announced reflect
an increased reliance on coal.

    The  two economic condition elements postu-
lated  are a moderate growth rate and a high
growth rate of GNP.  Under the moderate  growth
rate of GNP, a rate of inflation characteris-
tic of current economic conditions, and  a moderate
cost  of debt are assumed.  The high GNP  growth
rate case postulates a higher rate of  inflation
characteristic  of  a stimulated economy.   It also
assumes a higher interest rate for cost  of utility
debt.

     For  the analyses described in this  paper
all energy  scenario elements except ELC  assume
a moderate  economic growth rate, while the ELC
scenario  assumes a  higher economic growth rate.
These economic  growth rate assumptions are
consistent  with historical experience.   It
should be kept  in  mind that this historical
experience  was  gained over a period of declining
real prices for electricity, and thus  may not
be a reliable  guide for the future.  Nonetheless,
those factors which could be anticipated to drive
electricity demand  up are likely to produce the
conditions  contained in the high growth  rate
scenario  element.

PHASE I RESULTS

     Selected  combinations of  these  scenario
elements  were  fed  into the IAM.  The results  of
these scenario  runs were analyzed  for  their
regional  implications, and appropriate use  of the
AQM was made  to  suggest where major  developing
problem areas  for  mid-range and long-range  atmos-
pheric transport of power plant pollutants will
occur.


JAM Results

     0 HOW  WILL ALTERNATE ENVIRONMENTAL POLICIES
       AFFECT  REGIONAL COAL PRODUCTION?

     Production of low-sulfur western  coal will
remain near capacity  if existing sulfur dioxide
limits  stay in  effect.  Under  current  (1975)
relative  costs, and in the absence of  major  trans-
portation constraints, the flow of coal  into
the Midwest will be substantial and will continue
to grow.  States east of the Mississippi that may
import low-sulfur western coal to meet current  S02
emission limits include Illinois, Indiana, Michi-
gan, Wisconsin and Ohio.  More stringent controls,
such as those found in the proposed amendments  to
the Clean Air Act, may increase reliance on flue
gas desulfurization and thereby substantially re-
duce demand for western coal under that  predicted
in this base case (REF/BAU).  Nevertheless, the
demand for western coal in 1990 is likely to rise
to three or four times the quantity supplied in
1975, even under the strictest environmental
control scenario.

     The demand for coals of very low sulfur con-
tent, regardless of region of origin, is extremely
sensitive to environmental policy.  The  current
New Source Performance Standards bring the
industry very close to the "breaking point," in
the sense that further tightening will force
widespread use of flue gas desulfurization for
new units, thereby dropping the demand for low-
sulfur coal significantly below the level other-
wise predicted for 1985-1990.  This result supports
the coal industry's position that uncertainty
about future S02 limits is hampering the develop-
ment of new, capital-intensive, low sulfur-coal
mines.
     ° HOW WILL ALTERNATIVE ENERGY AND ENVIRON-
       MENTAL POLICIES AFFECT EMISSIONS  OF AIR
       POLLUTANTS?

     Existing S02 controls will not be sufficient
to keep sulfur emissions from increasing nationally
from 1980 to 2000.  Tighter controls on  new
sources could keep total emissions "flat"
nationally, even though there would be regional
increases, particularly in the West.  Revision
of State Implementation Plans in the East and Mid-
west to force more extensive use of existing re-
serves of low-sulfur coals and coal washing tech-
nology could reduce total S02 emissions  by 1985
to about one half of what they would otherwise
be assuming only moderate growth in energy demand
and without forcing widespread retrofitting of
flue gas desulfurization.

     The natural gas curtailment region  (defined
as Texas, Arkansas, Oklahoma, Louisiana,  Kansas
and California) will become an increasingly impor-
tant source of S02 emissions.  If current energy
and environmental policies continue, this region's
contribution to the nation's S02 burden  will
increase from 10 percent in 1980 to 22 percent  in
the year 2000.

     Existing particulate controls are capable  of
constraining total national power-plant  particu-
late emissions to a very slight growth rate over
the 1980-2000 period, assuming only moderate growth
in energy demand.  Retrofitting of nitrogen oxide
controls will be necessary to keep total
emissions from power generation from increasing
substantially between 1980 and 2000.  Otherwise,
under current control requirements NOX emissions
from power plants will increase by a factor of
fifty percent during the 1980-2000 period.
                                                                                                          247

-------
     0 HOW WILL ALTERNATIVE ENVIRONMENTAL  POLICIES
       AFFECT ELECTRICITY COSTS?   (See  Figure  4)

     Under current air-pollution control require-
ments, approximately 54 percent of  S02  emissions
from power plants will be controlled by 1990.   If
very stringent controls are required, approximately
86 percent of S02 emission and 40 percent  of NOX
emissions can be controlled.  But the increase in
per capita revenues required for power  plant pollu-
tion control in 1990 for the more stringent con-
trols will be double that required  for  current
controls.

     Assuming a relatively high rate of growth in
demand for electricity and application  of  best
available control technology for S02, per  capita
expenditures for electricity in 1990 will  be
approximately 20 percent higher than under current
energy policy and relaxed pollution control
requirements.  Expenditures would be 25 percent
higher under this increased electricity demand
scenario combined with even more stringent environ-
mental control requirements.  These greater expen-
ditures represent the combined effects  of  the
increased costs t6 electrify and the cost  of pollu-
tion control.

     The increased investment required  by  1990 for
water-pollution control will be about the  same as
that projected for the current program  of  air-
                                                         pollution  control.   Although unit costs of
                                                         control are  lower for water pollution than for
                                                         air pollution, water-pollution control must be
                                                         applied to both  nuclear and fossil units,  including
                                                         some retrofit  of existing plants.  However, because
                                                         operating  costs  for water-pollution control are
                                                         small compared to those for air-pollution  control
                                                         the increase in  required revenues is considerably
                                                         lower.

                                                              Results similar to these are available on a
                                                         state and  regional  level, where special circum-
                                                         stances may  produce variances from these national
                                                         trends.

                                                             0 WHAT ARE THE  BENEFITS OF INCREASED USE OF
                                                               CLEANED  COALS?

                                                              Mechanical  coal cleaning (washing), with an
                                                         average energy recovery of 88 percent,  can substan-
                                                         tially reduce  the need for flue gas desulfurization
                                                         under current  emission limits.  For example, under
                                                         present energy and  envionmental policies,  coal
                                                         cleaning can reduce the fraction of coal-fired
                                                         capacity needing flue gas desulfurization  in 1990
                                                         by more than half.   This reduction would result in
                                                         a significant  decrease in the amount of  scrubber
                                                         sludge to be disposed of near power plants, but
                                                         would entail a substantial increase in  the amount
                                                         of coal cleaning waste to be disposed of near mine
                                                         sites.
 O
 cc
 i-
 z
 O
 O
 z
 O
 O
 CL
     60 -
     50  -
      40  -
*~ o
iu Q  30
D £
 z
 UJ
LLJ
CE
cc
LU
Q.
     20 ~
     10 -
                                              THE NATION
                    502
                                           SO,
               ttUM
                        NOx
                                               NOx
                                                                                                   - 90
                                                                                                   - 75
                                                                                                   - 60.
                                                                                                       •o
                                                                                                       m
                                                                                                       31
                                                                                                       o
                                                                                                       m
                                                                                                       H
                                                                                                       O
                                                                                                       m
                                                                                                        m
                                                                                                        o
                                                                                                        c
                                                                                                     45  O
                                                                                                     30  g
                                                                                                        z
                                                                                                   - 15
                  REF-BAU-U
                                       REF-EAU-C
                                                              REF-CAR
                                                                                     REF-SPC
Figure 4.  Per capita costs  in  1990 with related emissions reductions under progressively strict controls
248

-------
:;..    National per capita expenditures  for  air-pollu-
!• ion control under both current  energy policy
;;; which assumes a relatively high future depen-
dence on nuclear capacity) and a policy of high
:-.oal use will be less in 1990 if industry  expands
•',ts use of cleaned coals.  The cumulative  revenues
 .eeded from 1976 to 1990 to cover the  costs of
 ir-pollution control (on a national level) if
 oal cleaning is expanded will be about $4.5
 • illion less under a high coal use policy.   The
savings are due to the difference between  the
: .osts of using cleaned coals and the costs of
 .sing uncleaned coals plus flue  gas desulfuriza-
 ion. Regionally, this use of cleaned coals will
-.ave its greatest impact on the  eastern third of
 he United States.  Under current energy and
 nvironmental policies, the clean coal demanded in
 ,990 will amount to 94 million tons, compared to
 he 93 million tons, of run-of-mine coal that were
 "lechanically cleaned in 1974.

     Much of the currently cleaned coal is
 : iroduced for the metallurgical coal market.  None
 -'if the existing steam coal cleaning facilities are
 .esigned or operated to optimize sulfur removal.
-'hus, there exists a large potential for Appa-
 .achian  coal to meet moderate S02 emission
-''equirements if the required investments in
;lechanical coal cleaning facilities were made.

     0 HOW WILL ALTERNATIVE ENERGY AND ENVIRON-
      MENTAL POLICIES AFFECT THE GENERATING MIX?

     Current utility plans for installing  new base-
 Load generating units by 1985 imply a  growth in
 ilectricity demand which exceeds that  used in
 ill the  scenarios but the ELC.   Consequently,
 ;here may be a considerable deferral of planned
 mits beyond the dates announced by the affected
 itilities, and this dampens the  emphasis postulated
 Ln the scenarios on either coal  or nuclear capacity
 :o come  on line after 1985.  Under current emission
 Limitations, and with peak demand continuing to
 >row more rapidly than average demand,  a shift
 :oward coal use at the expense of those nuclear
 mits not already in the planning stage will
 lot have a great impact on total controlled
 Missions.  For example, S02 emissions will be
 ip 12 percent in 1990 and up by  20 percent in
 'WOO.

     Should the growth rate of peak demand continue
 to exceed that for average energy demand for
 ;5lectricity, increased oil use combined with
 current air-pollution controls will cut costs.
 Compared with the current energy policy and
 relaxed controls, this high-oil-use future will
 require a smaller increase in analyzing per capita
 revenues than will result from the current  energy
'policy and existing controls.  The greatest impact
 3f these cost savings will be felt  in  the  eastern
 Jnited States and in the natural  gas curtailment
 region.
       WHAT ARE  THE  FINANCIAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL
       IMPLICATIONS  OF  DEMAND MANAGEMENT THROUGH
       ELECTRICITY CONSERVATION AND LOAD
       FLATTENING?
(See Figure 5)

     With current pollution controls,  energy con-
servation initiatives aimed at  flattening  load
peaks may actually increase S02 and particulate
emissions, assuming coal-fired  units will
continue to supply a good share of baseload
capacity.  This increase in emissions  results
from the relative increase in use of existing
plants that have a higher emission rate  per  unit
electricity produced than new plants built to
meet increased peak loads would have.

     Reducing the peak and average demand  electri-
city and requiring stricter air-pollution
controls than those currently in effect  in
order to curb increased emissions from load
flattening would result in a reduction of  per
capita revenues required in 1990 by more than
$20, compared to what they would have  been under
current energy policy and no increased stringency
of air-pollution control requirements.   With no
increase in pollution control requirements,  the
reduction in per capita revenues required  in
1990 would be greater than $80 due to  load
flattening.

     Thus, the current interest in reversing the
present trend for peak demand to grow  faster than
average electrical energy demand must  be combined
with positive steps to reduce the rate of  pollu-
tants released per unit of energy produced from
existing plants in order for this "conservation"
measure to have a favorable impact on  air  quality.
The potential revenue savings from load  flatten-
ing is more than sufficient to  pay the increased
environmental control costs if  excessive load
management costs can be avoided in achieving
this goal.  Yet, because the regulatory  mechanism
for regulating pollutant emissions is  entirely
different from that for initiating load  flatten-
ing measures, there is no assurance that the
"saved" revenues would be available for  increased
pollution control, or that the  increased controls
would even be required of these plants.  This
situation is further complicated by the  fact that
these "saved" revenues will not actually be  col-
lected under the load flattening scenario  be-
cause the extra capacity would not be  built  and
put into the rate base.  It may be easier  in many
jurisdictions to raise rates for new capacity
additions than to clean up the emissions from
older generating plants.

     These and other similar results obtainable
from scenario analysis by the IAM are  useful for
detailing what regional and national problems may
emerge due to the operation of  electric  utility
energy systems over the remainder of the century.
But more analysis is required to outline their
full extent.  The AQM plays an  essential role in
the critical area of atmospheric conversion  and
transport of power plant related emissions.

AQM Results:

     The focus of this discussion will be  on the
sulfate problem currently experienced  in the
24-state EPA-designated sulfate region.  More
                                                                                                          249

-------
CO
UJ
o
2
       60 -
       50 -
LU CC

pf
cc z <
tf O -!
       40 -
       30 -
O -i in
I- O £
  o. O
Q <
5*0
LLJ
EC
Q.

O

EC
LLJ
O.
       20 ~
       10 -
                                      SO 2
                   SO 2
                       NOx
                    CON-BAU
                                                                               SO 2
                                                        SO 2
                                          NOx
                                      CON*-BAU
                                 -35.3
                                                                                    NOx
                                                                                               - 90
                                                                                               - 75
                                                                                               -60
                                                                                               -45
                                                                                               -30
                                                                                               -15
                                                                                                      O
                                                                                                      m
Q
m
m
D
n
H
O
M
                                                                                                      m
                                                                                                      2
                                                                                                      O
                                                                                                      M
                                                                              REF-SPC
                                                    21.2
              -82.7

Figure 5.  Per capita costs in 1990 with related emission reductions under load flattening
research results on the formation and transport
of sulfates must be obtained before a definitive
policy for sulfate control can be developed.
However, the IAM and AQM  are capable of providing
information to assist EPA in the formulation of
interim sulfate policies.  The IAM and AQM can
help define those geographic areas where
presently acceptable sulfate levels may become
unacceptable and where presently unacceptable
levels may become intolerable.

     It can help identify those areas which
contribute to the sulfate problem and those which
are recipients of the problem, and how this mix
might change in the future under alternative energy
and environmental scenarios.  It can help rank
areas according to their need for regulation,
and can suggest which specific policies are most
appropriate for local, state and/or Federal
implementation.  In summary, the IAM and AQM have
the capacity to analyze future trends in sulfate
concentration levels in order to identify the
location of future problems so that EPA can
develop priorities, policy options and implemen-
                                                         tation strategies most appropriate for each
                                                         problem area.

                                                             Analysis of emerging sulfate problems and
                                                        the development of EPA initiatives to deal with
                                                        these problems requires that the following
                                                        activities be undertaken:

                                                             First, it is necessary to identify those
                                                        areas which currently experience excessive sulfate
                                                        levels.

                                                             Then the future emission levels  in each Air
                                                        Quality  Control Region  (AQCR) of interest for the
                                                        sulfate  precursors, sulfur dioxide, nitrogen
                                                        oxides,  and particulates, and the  resultant ozone
                                                        concentration must be projected.

                                                              Next, those AQCRs should be identified where
                                                         future sulfate concentrations will be comparatively
                                                         high, given the present sulfate concentrations and
                                                         future projections for precursor emissions and
                                                         concentrations.
 250

-------
     Thus,  it is possible to designate AQCR
 "clusters"  with future sulfate problems by taking
 into account the nature and extent of sulfate
 transport characteristics.  This information
 should be sufficient to develop control strategies
 which are appropriate to the particular circum-
; stances identified.

     0 WHICH AQCRs PRESENTLY HAVE HIGH LEVELS
       OF ATMOSPHERIC SULFATES?

     The AQCRs with the highest measured sulfate
 concentrations in 1974 have been idenitified.
 Sulfate concentrations were collected for the
 thirty-four states comprising the expanded EPA
 sulfate region and the natural gas and curtailment
 region  (California, Texas, Oklahoma plus the 31
 easternmost states) .  Over half of the AQCRs
 in this study area either have no sulfate data or
 their data are unreliable.  (AQCR data had to be
 available for six or more months of the reporting
 year, including at least three of the four seasons,
 before  it was considered reliable.)

     Those AQCRs where data on sulfate concentra-
 tions are missing and those where reporting is
 inadequate have been identified.*  To permit more
 accurate assessment of the extent of the current
 sulfate problem and to accurately monitor sulfate
 levels  in the future, EPA and the states will
 have to upgrade their measurement capabilities in
 those AQCRs for which inadequate sulfate data are
 available.
       WHAT ARE THE PROJECTED FUTURE EMISSION
       LEVELS OF SO£
       POWER PLANTS?
N0x AND PARTICULATES FROM
      AQCRs with high S02 concentrations reported
 in 1974 have been compared with the geographical
 distribution of those AQCRs with the greatest
 projected increases of S02 emissions from power
 plants between 1980 and 1995 as well as with
 the highest projected increases in NOX particu-
 late emissions for these years.  While the
 present sulfate problems are most severe in
 the Ohio River Valley, the greatest increases  in
 future sulfate precursor emissions are concentrated
 in the south central portion of the country.
:Analysis of these emission projections relying
; on existing sulfate regional problem areas for
 insights suggests that the significant increase
 in coal use anticipated in the south central
 states may produce a new sulfate problem region.


      ° WHICH AQCRs ARE LIKELY TO EXPERIENCE OR
       TO CONTRIBUTE TO HIGH REGIONAL CONCENTRA-
       TIONS BY 1995?

      The identification of future high sulfate
 regions and the development of appropriate control
 strategies can be analyzed more readily by
 identifying those AQCRs that are likely major
 donors and/or recipients of atmospheric sulfates.
 This is not to say that locally generated precur-
 sor emissions do not contribute to local sulfate
 problems.  It is clear, however, that some areas
 which produce only modest amounts of precursor
 emissions experience disproportionately high levels
of sulfates due to a downwind location from major
donor areas—the "long-range transport" problem.

     Sulfate problem areas include AQCRs which  emit
high levels of precursors as well as those which may
have low precursor emissions but high sulfate con-
centrations because of a downwind location with
respect to a donor AQCR.  An effective strategy
must recognize that there are both villains and
victims with respect to atmospheric sulfates and
effective regulatory policies require that both be
identified and linked, one to the other.  Sulfate
concentrations and precursor emissions data are
combined on an AQCR level with characteristics
regarding power plant stack height and the
existence of meterological conditions favorable to
long-range transport.  An unambiguous designation
of "donor" or "receptor" is not possible in all
cases yet many such classifications of AQCRS can
be made for sulfate analysis purposes.  The high-
est emission counties for precursor emissions (S02
and NOX) under a large number of alternate
scenario combinations have been identified.  These
counties, which also tend to have higher ozone
concentrations, form the donor counties for
analysis purposes.

     0 WHAT CLUSTERS OF CONTIGUOUS AQCRs CAN BE
       IDENTIFIED WHICH MAY HAVE HIGH FUTURE
       SULFATE CONCENTRATIONS?

     Three major and two minor clusters have been
identified.  The first major cluster, from Illi-
nois eastward to Pennsylvania and New York
suggests a reinforcement of the existing sulfate
problem.  The second cluster appears in the
southeast where isolated sulfate problems at
present can be expected to spread, compounded by
the relatively frequent air stagnation due to anti-
cyclonic atmospheric conditions.  The third cluster
suggests an emerging sulfate problem in the south
central states, forming from emissions generated
in Texas and Louisiana.  The growing AQCR clusters
imply deteriorating sulfate conditions in the
future under a wide range of scenario assumptions,
unless corrective control measures are applied.

CONCLUSION

     This selection of results are indicative
of the capabilities of these analytical tools.
They are especially adaptable to answering
questions such as:  What are the expected changes
in sulfate levels in 1990 if the New Source Per-
formance Standard for coal-fired electric utility
boilers for S02 emissions is changed in 1978? or,
What are the economic effects on the industry of
changed S02 and particulate New Source Performance
Standards?  Expansions and refinements now in
progress will allow even more complex assessments
to be accomplished in the near future.
                                    *0klahoma,  Iowa,  Virginia,  and West Virginia are
                                    four  states in  the  study area which contain no
                                    AQCR  with reliable  data.
                                                                                                           251

-------
 REFERENCES
   1.   RFP  No.  WA 75x-127,  Commerce  Business  Daily,
 (March,  1975).

   2.  EPA Contract No.   68-01-1921.

   3.   Smith, L., R.  H.  Ball,  S.  Plotkin  and
 F.  Princiotta,  "Integrated Assessment:   Concept
 and Limitations," Proceedings of the  Conference
 on Environmental Modeling  and Simulation,  (Envi-
 ronmental  Protection Agency,  April  19-22,  1976),
 pp.  218-222.

   4.   U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency,
 Washington, D.  C.,  "Interagency  Energy/Environment
 R&D Program,"  (EPA-600/7-77-007,  March,  1977).

   5.   Teknekron, Inc.,  "First Year  Work  Plan:  An
 Integrated Technology Assessment of Electric
 Utility  Energy Systems," Prepared for the  Office
 of Energy,  Minerals  and Industry, Office of
 Research and Development,  U.S. Environmental
 Protection Agency, Berkeley,  California,
 December 15, 1975).

   6.   Teknekron,  Inc., An  Integrated Technology
 Assessment of  Electric Utility Energy Systems,
 Vol.  I,  The Assessment, and Vol.  II, Components
 of the Impact  Assessment Model,  Draft First Year
 Report.  Prepared for the  Office  of Energy,
 Minerals and Industry, Office of  Research  and
 Development, U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency,
 Berkeley,  California, (January,  1977).

   7.   Niemann, B. L., An Integrated Technology
 Assessment  of  Electric Utility Energy Systems,
 Vol.  Ill, Air Quality Impact Model and Results,
 Part  1 - Long-Range Transport, Draft First Year
 Report,  Teknekron, Inc., Berkeley, California,
 (March,  1977).
252

-------
            INTEGRATED ASSESSMENT
          H. Russell Mickey, Malcolm C. Babb
         Hubert Hinote, and Douglas H. Walters
             Tennessee Valley Authority
               Chattanooga, Tennessee
INTRODUCTION

    The Tennessee Valley Authority  (TVA)  is
responsible for many regional development  programs.
Its  fertilizer development program is national  and
international in scope, and its electric power
system, which will have a generating capacity of  30
MWe  by the end of 1977, is the largest  in  the
Nation.

    A number of analysis processes  are involved  in
(1)  forecasting energy needs in a large (207,200-
km2) region, (2) planning and designing systems,
(3)  constructing power plants and transmission
lines, and (4) operating the complex system  econo-
mically.  Because all these tasks must  be  accom-
plished within a stringent legislative  and
regulatory climate, there is a need  for methodo-
logies that will improve and accelerate analysis
processes wherever possible to avoid the dis-
economies of delay.  Developing such methodologies
is TVA's purpose in the three tasks  selected under
the Environmental Protection Agency  (EPA)  pass-
through Integrated Assessment program.  The  se-
quential objectives of the three projects, in
precis form, are as follows:

1.  To improve methods of forecasting the  amount
    of electric power that will be needed  and the
    time and place at which that power  must  be
    supplied.

2.  Given the alternative systems implied  by
    task 1, to develop better models for expressing
    the residuals from each alternative.

3.  Given the residuals, to develop  better methods
    for reiterative impact and cost  analysis—in
    this case, to explore interactive computer
    graphics as a means to expedite  analysis work.

DEVELOPMENT OF A REGIONAL ECONOMIC MODEL

    During the late 1960s, considerable emphasis
was  placed on developing national and regional
economic models, but for various reasons,  most  of
the  regional models did not prove useful as  prac-
tical planning tools.  Development of the  TVA model
is based on experience gained in this earlier work.

    Economic development and change in a  region
depend on national, regional, and local forces, and
certain interactions of policies and programs
within the region can  (1) change the set of
national-regional relationships or  (2)  cause the
total change in the region to differ for a given
set  of national-regional relationships. Conse-
 quently,  an  interrelated system for making long-
 range  forecasts  of economic and demographic factors
 (population,  households, employment, and income) is
 necessary to  account for these interactions and to
 give some dimension to the changes in results that
 are expected  from changes in the key variables.
 The TVA economic simulation model was developed and
 is being  expanded to (1) account for the impact of
 national  and  regional forces on the regional
 economy and,  subsequently, energy demand and (2)
 determine the potential effects of policies and
 programs  on regional conditions.  For example,
 changes in population and employment are sensitive
 to changes in national and regional conditions; but
 the degree of sensitivity of those changes and the
 effects they  may have on energy demand are unknown.
 How will  an increase or decrease in family size or
 a national increase or decrease in employment
 impact an industry that is energy-intensive
 (primary  metals)  as opposed to one that is
 nonenergy-intensive (apparel)?  What can be ex-
 pected to happen to the region if better highway
 linkage is provided to surrounding markets, rela-
 tive wage costs  change, or relative energy costs
 change?

     Answers  to  these and similar questions are
 essential for planning energy (and environmental)
 systems.   Therefore,  our specific objective is to
 develop a model  that will (1) provide a consistent
 annual set of long-term economic and demographic
 projections that reflect anticipated changes  in the
 business  cycle;  (2)  assess regional sensitivity to
 national  economic variables such as growth or
 decline in specific industries;  (3) assess the
 impact in small  (multicounty) areas of a large
 construction  project (e.g., a large nuclear energy
 generating plant);  and (4)  provide a macroeconomic
 data base at  a multicounty level for land-use
 planning  and  site assessment.

     Much of  the conceptual work has been done,  and
 an operational model has been developed for the TVA
 power service area (170 counties in parts of  seven
 states).   The model has been designed for the area
 as a whole or for homogeneous economic subregions
 for which input  data can be developed.   At the
 present stage of  development,  the operational model
 consists  of two  principal components:   (1)  a  sub-
 model for population,  labor force,  and households
 and (2) a submodel for employment.   Output of the
 current model consists of population by age (six
 categories) and  race (two categories),  net migra-
 tion, labor force,  households,  and employment in
 six manufacturing and five nonmanufacturing
 categories.

     Operation of  the model revealed that it  did
not contain enough detail,  especially in the
 employment categories,  to satisfy the needs of
 energy system planning;  projections for the energy
 system depend on  such factors as whether growth
will occur in aluminum plants (energy-intensive) or
metal fabrication  or  apparel plants (not as energy-
 intensive) .   Therefore,  recent  developmental  work
has concentrated  on  improving and expanding the
manufacturing portion of the employment submodel.

     The  goal of  the  recent work was to expand the
                                                                                                          253

-------
model to  include the two-digit Standard  Industrial
Classification (SIC) level of detail  in  the manu-
facturing sector.   Equations have been formulated
by econometric techniques for the 20  two-digit SIC
manufacturing industries.  Preliminary versions of
these equations have been inserted  into  the model.
Figures  1 and 2 compare actual employment  growth in
the power service area with the growth predicted by
the model for some two-digit SICs for the  period
1960-1974 and show the model's annual projections
to the year 2000 based on a certain set  of assump-
tions about national and regional economic
conditions.

     Work is also in progress to improve the formu-
lation  of the migration equations used in  the
submodel for population, labor force, and  house-
holds.   Because the South recently  has experienced
significant immigration, which affects population
size  and the number of households,  improving that
portion  of the model is important to  provide better
estimates for energy system planning. Work is also
in progress to improve the trades and services
portion of the employment submodel.

      At  its present stage of development,  the model
provides projections for the power  service area and
allows  assessment of the region's sensitivity to
national economic conditions.  However,  additional
research and development are necessary before the
model  can provide the maximum potential  input into
planning energy and environmental systems.  Planned
research and development consists of  (1) developing
a submodel for personal income;  (2) adapting the
model  to quantify, at a multicounty level, the
impacts  of an incremental expansion to  the energy
generating system on population,  labor  force, and
                                                           employment; (3) developing and adding to the model
                                                           an algorithm for allocating multicounty projections
                                                           to smaller areas (counties) to (a) ascertain energy
                                                           requirements related  to land use and (b) determine
                                                           impacts of expansions in the energy generating
                                                           system; and (4) developing data and methodologies
                                                           to identify growth  differentials between counties
                                                           or groups of counties because changes in growth
                                                           relate to local capacity for accommodating
                                                           socioeconomic impacts.

                                                           POWER SYSTEMS RESIDUALS SIMULATION MODEL

                                                                Long-range electric utility planning involves
                                                           a large number of  interrelated activities based on
                                                           one or more economic  scenarios: fuel cost forecast-
                                                           ing, plant capital  cost forecasting, load forecast-
                                                           ing, system expansion planning, system operation
                                                           planning, financial planning, and environmental
                                                           planning.  These are  not isolated functions nor are
                                                           they meant to be all-inclusive, but they are the
                                                           principal tasks associated with long-range plan-
                                                           ning.  The relationship between the functions is
                                                           illustrated in Figure 3.

                                                                These planning functions are generic in nature
                                                           and are performed  by  all electric utilities to some
                                                           degree.  Most can  be  aided by mathematical modeling
                                                           techniques.  TVA is developing the Power Program
                                                           Integrated Planning Model, which represents these
                                                           functions and the  relationships between them in
                                                           detail.

                                                                The operation  of an electric power system
                                                           produces a number  of  residuals such as ash, waste
                                                           heat, oxides of nitrogen (NO ), and sulfur dioxide
                                                           (S02).  The Environmental Planning Model predicts
   32,000
   30,000  -
   28,000  -
   26,000  -
g 24,000
>
s; 40,000
                                             100,000
                                              80,000  -
                                              60,000  -
                                              40,000  -
                                              20,000
                                                       SIC 25 FURNITURE AND FIXTURES
2000     1960
    50,000
   30,000  -
   20,000  -
   10,000
           SIC 26 PAPER AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
                                              40,000 -
                                              30,000
                                              20,000
                                              10,000
                                                          1970
                                                                   1980
                                                                            1990
                                                                                    2000
                                                       SIC 27  PRINTING, PUBLISHING,
                                                            AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
        1960      1970
                         1980       1990      2000     1960      1970      1980
                                              YEAR
                                                                            1990      2000
Figure 1.

Comparison of actual
employment in the TVA
power service area for
the period 1960-1974
with employment
generated by the
model for SICs 24,
25, 26, and 27.
Annual projections
by the model to year
2000 are also shown.
        254

-------
80,000
60,000
40,000
20,000
0
19
100,000
80,000

60,000
40,000
20,000
0
1
I I
SIC 32 STONE, CLAY, GLASS, AND /
CONCRETE PRODUCTS /
X
/
s
r-~~^~'
\ i i
60 1970 1980 1990 20
I I I
SIC 34 FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS ^''
s' ~
s- **
/
- /£^^
7 ~~
1 1 1
60 1970 1980 1990 2C
40,000
30,000
20,000
10,000
00 19
125,000
100,000

75,000
50,000
25,000
0
00 19
I ! I
SIC 33 PRIMARY METAL INDUSTRIES ^ x
^-
/
- ^^J
'
\ \ \
60 1970 1980 1990 20
i I
SIC 35 MACHINERY, EXCEPT ELECTRICAL
-
^s
_ s —
s
s
-
I I I
60 1970 1980 1990 20
YEAR
                                                                                        Figure  2.

                                                                                        Comparison of actual
                                                                                        employment in the
                                                                                        TVA power  service
                                                                                        area  for  the period
                                                                                        1960-1974  with em-
                                                                                        ployment  generated by
                                                                                        the model  for SICs 32,
                                                                                        33, 34, and 35.
                                                                                        Annual  projections
                                                                                        by the  model to year
                                                                                        2000  are  also shown.
FUEL COST FORECAST
                              ECONOMETRIC FORECAST
PLANT CAPITAL
COST FORECAST
                             SYSTEM EXPANSION PLANNING
                             SYSTEM OPERATION PLANNING
        FINANCIAL PLANNING
                                                                  LOAD FORECAST
                                                    ENVIRONMENTAL PLANNING
Figure  3.
Relationship between
elements  of long-
range electric
utility planning.
                                                                                                             255

-------
 the residuals produced by a particular configura-
 tion of the power system on a plant-by-plant basis
 and provides inputs for detailed dispersion models
 to assist environmental evaluation of expansion and
 operating policies of an electric power system.
 The main thrust of the design and development of
 this model is to create a set of functional rela-
 tionships that link expected energy (in British
 thermal units) consumed by a power plant to the
 expected amounts of residual emitted by that power
 plant over a specified time.

      This research has concentrated primarily on
 formulating transformation relationships for S(>2
 and gross particulates because of the ready avail-
 ability of field data.  Although other air-
 contaminating residuals, such as NO ,  have been
 investigated, no transformation equations have been
 developed for them.  The computer model has been
 completed and is operating with test data on a
 stand-alone basis.  The file interface with the
 rest of the Integrated Planning Model has not been
 completed.

      We had planned to (1)  extensively investigate
 water pollutants and NO ,  (2) incorporate load-
 shaping techniques and the capability of modeling
 the derating of plants, (3)  expand the environ-
 mental reporting model to  include a more compre-
 hensive list of residuals,  and (4) conduct a
 demonstration of the use of  this model for power
 systems planning.   However,  because of staffing
 difficulties, this work has  been postponed
 indefinitely.
 APPLICATIONS OF COMPUTER GRAPHICS TO
 ENVIRONMENTAL ANALYSIS

      For more than a decade,  architectural, aero-
 nautical,  civil,  and mechanical engineers have
 benefited from analytical applications of computer
 graphics,  or "computer-aided  design."  However, a
 surprisingly small amount of  program funding and
 technical ingenuity has been  applied over this same
 period to nonstructural engineering applications.
 The need for recasting many analyses that supply
 input to the preparation of comprehensive environ-
 mental impact statements (such as for nuclear power
 plants)  has provided a focus  for developing envi-
 ronmental science and engineering applications of
 computer graphics.   We found  that most efforts to
 apply computer graphics to environmental analysis
 have been limited to geographic or mapping appli-
 cations ; techniques of direct benefit to environ-
 mental engineers  or scientists have hardly been
 exploited.


      The intent of  our research is to investigate
 and develop applications for  computer graphics that
 can contribute directly to reducing delays in
 assessing  the environmental impacts of building and
 operating  power generating systems.   This work is
 being performed against the backdrop of practical
 analysis applications  experienced during the
 course of  energy  system planning, design, and
 operation by  TVA, the  Nation's  largest  producer of
 electric power.
      A  truly integrated approach to assessing the
environmental impacts of power generating systems
requires  the timely consideration of (1) alter-
native  methods of pollutant control, (2) the
dispersal of pollutants in the environment,  (3)
human health, (4) ecosystem impacts, and (5) the
attendant costs and benefits.   Many analyses
involved  in  the assessment process can be performed
conveniently by using the computational and data
management capabilities of the computer.  The full
potential of the computer has  not been realized
because of a sizable delay between the time an
analysis  is  requested and the  time the processed
information  is presented in suitable form to the
engineer,  scientist, or manager.

      This  delay has resulted from two causes.
First,  computer job processing was commonly con-
ducted  in a  batch mode:   Computer programs and data
were  keypunched and submitted  to  the computer for
processing;  the output  was returned to  the user at
some  later time,  completing only  a single itera-
tion.   A  second cause for delay was that the re-
sults were commonly presented  in  tabular form or
in some form selected before the  analysis was
begun.  If the results  of the  analysis  suggested
presentation of the data in some  format  (graphic
or tabular)  other than  the one selected,  the
analysis had to be rerun or the data display had
to be completed manually.

     Although time-sharing computer systems have
greatly reduced the time involved in running com-
puter programs,  interactive graphics terminals  have
opened  up  new possibilities for accessing the power
of the  computer.   Results of an analysis  can be
viewed  immediately as a  graph,  picture,  or map  on
a cathode  ray tube (CRT).   The type of display,  its
orientation  on the screen,  and the  particular data
to be shown  can be readily selected.  A  hard copy
of the  information on the screen  can be  obtained at
the touch  of  a button.   Interactive computer graph-
ics allows the engineer  or scientist to  concentrate
more  on the  meaning of  the analysis and  less on  the
tasks of data presentation and management.

      During  the first year's research,  the state of
the art was  reviewed to  determine existing appli-
cations of computer graphics to environmental
assessment,  graphics hardware  and software capa-
bilities,  and computer  graphics techniques that may
be used in environmental analysis but have only
been  applied to other types of engineering ana-
lysis.  An inventory was compiled of 53  potential
demonstrations of computer graphics having direct
application  to the needs of TVA.   Direct-view
storage tube computer terminals used with con-
ventional  time-sharing  systems were selected for
the initial  development  of demonstrations because
of their moderate cost  and the availability of
well-developed software  packages.

      One  significant group of  demonstrations using
computer  graphics is oriented  toward the visual
display of environmental data.  Interactive multi-
purpose plotting routines have been developed for
conventional x-y  plots,  contour plotting, and
three-dimensional data presentation.  These rou-
256

-------
tines  allow  the  Investigator to readily tailor the
display  to a  particular need.   Figure 4 shows a
typical  plot  of  aquatic data from TVA's thermal
effects  studies  for  the Federal Water Pollution
Control  Act,  Amendments of 1972, Section 316(a).
The total time  to  produce final plots over the life
of this  project  has  been reduced from an estimated
176 man-days, when manual techniques are used, to 8
man-days, when  interactive computer graphics are
used.

    Figure 5 shows  a  form of  data  display that
could  not be accomplished  easily without the aid of
computer graphics.   This  figure is  a
three-dimensional  surface  representing the dis-
tribution of dissolved  oxygen  in the vicinity of
the thermal discharge  from a TVA coal-fired steam
plant.   The investigator  can rotate,  tilt,  and
rescale  the figure to  select the display that
communicates its features  best  (Figure 6).   Exten-
sive use has been made  of  this  technique for dis-
playing  the physical,  chemical,  and  biological
quality  of water with  respect  to time and  space,
distribution of air  pollutants,  and  geologic and
topographic information  that is important  for some
environmental analyses.

    A second group  of  demonstrations that  have
been developed involves  application  of computer
graphics to analysis of  socioeconomic impacts.   The
development of a methodology for screening poten-
tial sites for power plants according to socio-
economic criteria has been  underway  for  two years.
During the first year a  review  was  conducted of  the
state  of the art of  identifying and  measuring
socioeconomic impacts of  large-scale construction
           of power plants.  TVA's procedures  for  analyzing
           socioeconomic impact and mitigation were  also
           reviewed.   The capabilities of a  computer graphics
           analysis system that are needed to  assist with
           these analyses were identified.

                Twenty-two counties in East  Tennessee were
           selected for testing a screening  methodology.   Data
           were collected at the county level  on 24  socio-
           economic indicators.  These data  were then incor-
           porated into a data base that could be  manipulated
           by interactive analysis and graphics display
           routines.

                Selected indicators were combined  mathe-
           matically  to form capacity indexes, thus  reducing
           the  number of indicators to manageable  size and
           providing  a better measure of the potential for
           each county to absorb or benefit  from a particular
           type of impact.   Graphical and statistical methods
           were used  to evaluate the relative merits  of each
           new  index  formed.   Resulting from this work were
           six  indexes for (1)  public service, (2) planning
           and  public administration, (3)  health,  (4) edu-
           cation, (5) growth absorption potential,  and (6)
           economic need.   Finally, several  forms  of  a com-
           posite  index composed of these six  capacity indexes
           were tested.   Procedures were also  developed to
           weight  various indicators and capacity  indexes  in
           these analyses.

                Three types of  graphic displays were used  in
           this  research.   Figure  7 shows  the results of a
           program that  draws any  or all of  the county bound-
           aries being considered,  identifies the county,   and
           places  a value  or  representative  symbol  within  the
STA
           TOTAL NUMBER AND BIOMASS
            BIOMASS MG./CU.M. SORT(X)
            2        4
          __i	I	1—
            10
                     20       30
                NO./CU.M SORT(X)
                                      40
  40-,
T
E
M
P

D
E
G
                                                 20-
                                                  0
       TEMPERATURE
                                             DEC    345
                                                DISCHARGE	
                                                INTAKE   	
                                                2000^
                                                      FLOW INFORMATION
                                               f
                                               L
                                               0
                                               W
                                                I
                                               c
                                               f
                                               s
 1000-
                                            DEC
       ROTIFERA   CLADOCERA COPEPODA  BIOMASS
                                                CONDENSER
                                                RIVER
Figure 4.

Typical display of aqua-
tic data used in reporting
the results of TVA's
thermal effects studies.
The time required for
manually preparing this
type of display over the
life of these studies  is
estimated to be 176
man-days.  Using computer
graphics has reduced
this time to S man-davs.
                                                                                                           257

-------
106.7
                 105
                                                                                 Figure 5.  Enlarged and annotated
                                                                                            three-dimensional view
                                                                                            of water quality along
                                                                                            a reach of  river.
                           104
                                     103        102

                                HOLSTON RIVER MILE
                                                         101
 7
100
~7
99
 DISSOLVED OXYGEN IN THE VICINITY OF JOHN SEVIER STEAM PLANT (OCTOBER 28, 1969)
         Figure 6.   Three-dimensional views of water quality along  a reach of river.   The figure
                     can be tilted  and rotated by  the person conducting the analysis until
                     a view that  best illustrates  significant features of the data  is  obtained.
258

-------
boundary.  The map  can  be  displayed at various
scales, permitting  a  small portion to be
selectively enlarged.


     Figure 8 shows six socioeconomic indicators
displayed  in the  general form  of  a Kiviat  diagram.
This  graphical technique has been used for research
in medicine, computer systems,  and water quality,
but has not been  applied previously to socio-
economic analysis.  The purpose of this display is
to show on a single figure the  rank or data values
of a  particular county  with regard to several
indicators.  In the example shown, only six of the
eight axes are used;  the two vertical axes are not.
The distance along  each radius  of each circle
represents the relative rank of the indicator of
interest among the  counties considered in  this
analysis.  For example,  the county having  the
highest population  living  in urban areas would have
a point on that axis  plotted at a distance equal to
the radius of the circle.   The  value for the
middle-ranked county would be  plotted halfway
between the center  and  the circle's circumference,
and the value for the lowest-ranked county would be
plotted at some arbitrarily small distance from the
center.  When the resulting points are connected
(including dummy  points  on the  two unused  axes),
the resulting configuration takes  the form of  a
butterfly  for those counties that  rank high on all
indicators.  Figure 8 shows the application of this
technique  to several counties in  the  test  area.   It
is immediately clear that  counties A  and B rank
substantially higher for the indicators  selected
than  do, for example, C  or  E counties.
     The value of this graphic technique depends  on
the ingenuity of the investigator to interpret  the
 resultant  configuration.   If different numbers of
 indicators are used,  different characteristic
 configurations are formed.   Information about the
 system as  a whole can be  inferred from the sym-
 metry,  center  of  gravity,  area,  and shape of the
 configuration.  The required flexibility for this
 analysis was made possible through the development
 of  an  interactive routine  of graphics display.

     Figure  9  shows one final  type of useful
 graphics display.  A  scatter plot  was used to
 display pairs  of  indicators  whose  correlation
 coefficients were  unexpected or  otherwise of
 interest.  The  entire  set  or a given  subset  of
 county data  for the selected indicators  can  be
 readily plotted and the axes can be labeled
 automatically.

     Another group of  demonstrations  uses routines
 of  interactive analysis that interface directly
with computer models.  Figures 10  and  11  show the
 graphic results of two steps in an analysis  of the
 distribution of air pollutants from mobile point
 sources.   This simulation was  needed  to  analyze
 probable impacts during the  construction  of  a power
 generating facility.  Various  types of equipment
 (vehicles  and machinery) that  generate air pol-
 lutants can be distributed over the construction
 site in different patterns.  Previously,  this
analysis was done by hand calculator; only a
 limited number of source configurations  could be
 evaluated  in a reasonable amount of time,  and
 results were plotted by hand.  Interactive graphics
has made possible more rapid and accurate identi-
 fication of potentially adverse situations and has
provided much better analysis  results on  a more
 timely basis for court hearings involving potential
 impacts.
                                                                              WASHINGTON
                                              Figure  7.
 Computer generated graphics display of county
 boundaries and names generated by the Socio-
 economic Data Analysis and Display Package.
 Selected counties can be drawn to any scale
 and data values can be printed with each boundary.
                                                                                                          259

-------
   PERCENT POPULATION
        URBAN
HOUSING VACANCY RATE
     AVERAGE TEACHER'S
          SALARY
PERCENT LIVING IN SAME HOUSE
       LAST 5 YEARS
                                                          PERCENT HOUSING PRE-1950
                                                       POPULATION PER DOCTOR
               COUNTY A
                                 COUNTY B
                                                  COUNTY C
                                    Figure  8.

                                    Multivariate display of
                                    six county-level socio-
                                    economic  indicators.
                                    The results for six
                                    actual  counties are
                                    given at  the bottom,
                                    Relative  rankings among
                                    a group of  22 counties
                                    in eastern  Tennessee were
                                    computed  for each indi-
                                    cator.  Indicator values
                                    for each  county were
                                    plotted so  that the
                                    highest-ranked county
                                    was plotted at a distance
                                    from the  circle's center
                                    equal to  the radius and
                                    the lowest-ranked county
                                    was plotted at the
                                    circle's  center.   The
                                    more desirable the over-
                                    all situation in the
                                    county with respect to
                                    these indicators, the
                                    more the  configuration
                                    will be shaped like a
                                    butterfly.
               COUNTY D
                                COUNTY E
                                                   COUNTY F
  100
l\l

u
R  60-
B
A
   40-
   20 --
                            A    A A
                                 A
                               A
                      -r-Al
                                                                    Figure  9.   Scatter  plot of two  socioeconomic
                                                                                indicators generated  by  the  Socio-
                                                                                economic Data Analysis and Display
                                                                                Package.
     7000
                   8000           9000

                            AV. TEACHER $
                                               10000
                                                             11000
260

-------
EFFLUENT SOURCE LOCATIONS,  POLLUTANT BEING EMITTED, AND METEOROLOGICAL  ASSUMPTIONS
     SOURCE

          1
          2
          3
STRENGTH
(G/SEC)
  1000.
  1000.
  1000.
WIND SPEED
(M/SEC)
    1.
    1.
    1.
STACK HEIGHT
(METERS)
    10.
    10.
    10.
STABILITY CLASS
(A-F)
   F
   F
   F
SYMBOL

  O
  X
  A
                          -X-
                                                                                Figure 10.

                                                                                Completed source  grid with the
                                                                                interactive placement of three
                                                                                mobile point  sources of air
                                                                                pollutants.   See  Figure 11.
                                     100 METERS
                                                           Figure 11.

                                                           Air pollutant dispersion downwind  from the linear
                                                           array of the three  point sources  shown in Figure 10.
                                                                                                               261

-------
     Other interactive modeling routines developed
are (1) three-dimensional (3-D) display of depth to
bedrock in agricultural test plots,  (2) 3-D display
of variations in light intensity in an agricultural
growth chamber, (3) 3-D displays of TVA reservoirs,
years, and average concentrations of dissolved
oxygen, (A) a system for reducing manual work in
preparing special maps for site analysis, and (5) a
general plotting routine to prepare graphs from
data files.

     Future demonstrations are planned for use with
other types of computer graphics hardware.  Re-
freshed graphics systems that permit dynamic
manipulation of a display on a CRT will be used.
Stand-alone graphics systems and intelligent gra-
phics terminals will be investigated.  Software
development will stress demonstrating the prac-
ticality of interactive analysis that considers
cost, pollution control alternatives, and environ-
mental consequences.  For example, a system is now
being evaluated that combines existing models of
air pollution control processes, transport of
atmospheric pollutants, ecosystem impacts, and
process design costs into an integrated analysis
format so that the implications of environmental
constraints or design control process decisions can
be readily explored.
262

-------
                                                        Planned  Output
       STATUS OF AN INTEGRATED ASSESSMENT
              OF COAL DEVELOPMENT
           Joseph R. Barse and John W. Green
              Economic Research Service,
             U.S. Department of  Agriculture
        Washington, D.C. and Fort Collins, Colorado
INTRODUCTION

    This integrated assessment of coal develop-
ment is a key component of the project "Economic
and Social Consequences of Coal and Oil Shale
Development," which the Natural Resource Economics
Division (NRED) and the Economic Development Divi-
sion (EDD) of ERS are undertaking in cooperation
with EPA.  (Ref. 3)  This status report concerns
the major portion of NRED's work on the project.


    An integrated technology assessment attempts
to unify as much existing information as possible
to determine major effects of applying a techno-
logy.  (Ref.  5)  Assessing coal development in-
volves mainly the application of a familiar techno-
logy on a larger scale in some new geographic
areas.  Nevertheless, the potential for coal gas-
ification and liquefaction means that new techno-
logy may be involved as well.


    In structuring our assessment, we faced four
general problems:  1)  How comprehensive can we
afford to be?  Which topics should be integrated
into the assessment, and which excluded?  For  any
given topic, how much data and previous research
are we able to collect and analyze given our pro-
ject budget?  2)  How is the information to be
integrated?  3)  How can we build into our  inte-
grating techniques the analysis of public policy
options for coal development?  4)  How can we
phrase these options so they will be realistic
and reasonable choices in the eyes of public
policymakers?  The analytical system we are
constructing responds to these problems.
INTERREGIONAL COAL ANALYSIS
Coverage

    We have drawn some clear boundary  lines  for
the scope of our work, since it is not  possible
for us to assess every kind of effect of  coal
development.  For example, we do not attempt  to
integrate information on human health,  wildlife
habitats, or Indian culture, important  though
these matters are.  Instead, in the NRED  portion
of the work, we are integrating economic  infor-
mation on land and its use including agricultural
use, water, coal reserves, coal mining, transpor-
tation, coal conversion technology, and coal
demand.
     Quantitative output  from  our  analysis  will  be
nationwide locational patterns of  coal  mining,
transportation and processing,  cost  of  coal pro-
duction, the  physical  resources used,  and  the
associated coal quantities and flows.   As ana-
lytical inputs, alternative levels of total coal
demand and alternative  sets of public policies
will be specified.  Then  a different locational,
quantitative pattern will be provided for each
actual or projected level of total demand for coal
and each set of policy  alternatives.  Evaluation
of the effects of the different coal demand levels
and alternative policies  will  begin  by  comparing
the different locational, quantitative  patterns.

     Projecting where and to what  extent coal
activity takes place under alternative  assumptions
is a prerequisite to analysis  of further impacts on
rural people and communities,  regional  economies,
agriculture, land, or water.   For  example,  given
any projected pattern of  coal  activity,  the meth-
odologies being developed by EDD under  this project
can be applied to estimate community impacts and
flows of State revenues from taxation of mining.
(Ref. 1)

Methodology

     As an integrating  mechanism we  are using a
linear programming model. Although  a linear pro-
gramming model calculates optimal  or least-cost
solutions to resource allocation problems,  we are
not in any way attempting to find  the optimum
pattern of coal development.   We want to compare
many alternative future coal development patterns,
each the product of a special  set  of policies,  in
some instances expressed  as model  constraints.
The comparisons should  be done under consistent
ground rules that the solution is  always least-
cost.  In effect, the optimizing model  specifies
that the economy is as  efficient as  possible in
carrying out whatever set of policies is being
analyzed, given the specified  constraints which
are not policy-related.

     After trial runs of  the model to work  out
technicalities, including a run with constraints
and policy factors to duplicate actual  coal mining,
transportation and usage  for 1975, a run will then
be made to determine a  hypothetical  1975 least cost
solution.  These runs will provide both an  actual
and a least cost base for 1975, against which least
cost projections for future years  can be measured.
In other words, each new  projection  or  new  analysis
of a set of policy alternatives and  economic con-
straints involves a new run of the model.

     The model for the  interregional analysis of
coal development is being constructed incrementally
beginning with the coal production areas of the
Northern Great Plains (NGP).   The  model for the
NGP will be a prototype for the models  to follow.
The NGP will be modeled in a fashion similar to  the
way in which the national situation  will be modeled
at the completion of the  project time frame. Data
are currently being placed in  the  NGP model. The
Rocky Mountain States situation will be modeled
                                                                                                        263

-------
next, and data are being assembled.

      Then the Northern Great Plains  and  Rocky
Mountain States will be combined into a Western
States model.  Concurrently, data are being  obtain-
ed for the Interior region,  the Appalachian  region,
and the Gulf region, and models for these will also
be constructed.  Each of these models can be used
individually or in combination with the models for
other regions to form the National Interregional
Coal Analysis Model.  Scenarios will  be developed
which are region-specific or national in  scope and
the locational, quantity, and cost impacts of
these scenarios will be evaluated using the  models.

Data Requirements

      The data requirements  for an analysis  of this
magnitude are extensive.  Information must be
gathered for all of the various components of the
model for each Coal Production Area  (CPA) of the
United States.  !_/  We are first developing  the
coal supply information necessary for each region.
The CPA's have been defined  and resource, reserve,
and production information for each of these areas
is being collected.   (Ref. 2)  The effort is
complete for the NGP and the Mountain regions, and
is progressing rapidly for the Interior and
Appalachian regions.  Land use information for
each of these regions, including agricultural
aspects, is also supplied.

      Many of the inputs necessary for the model
are being generated under contract at Colorado
State, North Dakota State, and West Virginia
Universities.  Coefficients  and other information
for the water situation in the Western States
are being developed.

      Data on mined-land reclamation  for  the
Western States, such as costs, are also being
obtained.  National-regional coal demand  estimates
are being generated.  Existing econometric
studies will be utilized to  provide region-
specific demand estimates.

      During the past several months,  we  have
placed primary emphasis on completing and build-
ing a data base for specific mines in the Northern
Great Plains and for power plants nationwide.  The
mine information for the Northern Great Plains
is essentially complete with just a few minor
corrections to be made in the data base.  The
data for the electrical generating plants in the
United States have given us  substantial problems.
These problems are essentially solved now, how-
ever.

      We have data on 291 power generating plants
of 100 megawatt capacity or  larger; these 291
_!/  Coal Production Areas  are  special  sub-regions
defined for this project and consist of  one or
several counties.  For  example, we  define that
there are 13 Coal Production Areas  in  the NGP.
plants account for about  97  percent of coal-fire(j
electrical generation  in  the U.S.   We have been
working with FPC Form  423 data for 1975 on the kind
and source of coal   and combustion results for each
of these plants and  will  incorporate it into our
electrical generation  data bank.   We have information
from Research Triangle Park,  EPA,  and are incorpo-
rating that into the data bank.   The FPC Form 67
data on air and water  quality for  1975 will not
be available until late this  summer but will be
incorporated in the  data  base at  that time.

      North Dakota State  University is specifying
transportation options for western coal, narrowing
the possible options for  movement  of western coal
to Interior and Eastern markets.   They are currently
developing transportation cost and capacity co-
efficients.  They are  looking at  railroad, barge,
pipeline, and transmission alternatives and will
select an efficient  subset of all  possible modes.
They will optimize in  a very  limited sense, that
is, examining all possible alternatives judge-
mentally and selecting the three or four which seem
to be the most feasible.   Then these three or four
will be entered into our  model and our model will
optimize among them.   Otherwise,  the inclusion of
all possible transportation  alternatives in our
model would create a data overflow problem.  As
it is, the linear program will be  manipulating
about 90,000 bits of data.

Improvements Over Other Models

      Since there have been  other  interregional
coal analysis models developed at  various sources,
one might logically  ask what  another model of this
type being developed by USDA  can add to the liter-
ature already available.   We  are attempting to build
into our model a level of detail adequate to
answer the impact questions  being  asked by specific
rural communities, by  environmentalists, Indian
tribes, farmers, ranchers, and local,  State, and
national policymakers.  To do this we are looking
at the relatively small Coal  Production Areas as
described above and  defining  reserves and pro-
duction capabilities for  these Areas.   We are
aggregating individual mine  data to the Coal
Production Area level.

      At the other end of the coal supply
trajectory, as noted,  we  are  looking at coal
demand in individual power plants  100 megawatts in
size or larger.  Looking  at  the supply-demand
situation at this level of disaggregation is a
clear improvement over previous models of this type.
This level of disaggregation is virtually nec-
essary to answer the local level  impact questions
being asked within USDA and  by EPA.

Scenarios To Be Examined

      Policy scenarios to be formulated and
evaluated using the  Interregional  Coal Analysis
Model may be region-specific or national in scope.
Virtually every aspect of coal supply or electrical
generation can be altered through the assumptions
of a long-run scenario.

      Specifically,  each  scenario  to be developed
264

-------
will include a different combination  of  several
policy and economic factors.  Some of these
factors will affect the projected level  of total
coal demand, or the projected regional pattern of
demand.  Other factors will be constraints in the
linear program as it determines  the locational
pattern of coal supply.  Among the policy factors
may be federal switching-to-coal orders  for both
electrical utilities and industrial coal burning
facilities, or federal loan guarantees for coal
gasification and liquefaction plants.  New sulfur
dioxide emission standards, non-degradation rules,
and State air-quality implementation  plans may be
analyzed in another scenario under certain water
supply and land reclamation constraints.  In add-
ition, State, local and national taxation
policies could be evaluated.  Transportation
policies and constraints may be  assessed in
another scenario, or combined with some  of the
above.

Coordination with Other Assessment Work

      This regional-national analysis is being
coordinated with the other work  being conducted
under EPA's integrated assessment program.  As
already noted, ERS is also making an  assessment
of rural community impacts resulting  from coal
development.  That work includes alternatives on
coal  taxation and other State and local  policies.
(Ref. 4)

      In addition, we are coordinating  our work
with  integrated assessment work  being done out-
side  the USDA at the University  of Oklahoma.
Several conversations and/or meetings have been
held with the Oklahoma team to ensure that the
data which they are generating and the scenarios
which they are evaluating will be compatible with
ERS work.  In a similar vein, we are  coordinating
our efforts with the work being  done  at  the
Denver Research Institute  (DRI)  on communities.
The work being done at DRI is compatible with work
being done by ERS.  Every effort is being made to
avoid duplication of work.

COORDINATION WITH EPA AND USDA PROGRAMS

      We hope to remain as flexible  as  possible
concerning the use of this interregional model.
We want this model to have continuing utility
not only within the USDA but for ongoing EPA
programs.  During EPA's continuing evaluation
of individual electrical generation and  industrial
coal-using sites, we hope a way  can be found to
use the outputs of this model in conjunction with
other models, such as those of airsheds  and
pollution sources.  The impact of changes in
individual regulations or the granting of variances
could be evaluated using our model.

      Within the USDA, we would hope that this
model will be useful for evaluating the  impact
of mining on the productive capability of agri-
culture.  Various assumptions concerning" the
desirability of mining on alluvial valley floors
or highly productive agricultural land could be
evaluated.  The impacts of various reclamation
control assumptions could also be evaluated.  The
impact of reclamation practices  on  the  cost  of
supplying coal to users as well  as  the  impact  on
agricultural production and the  utilization  of
labor in rural communities could be assessed.

SUMMARY

       The project "Economic and Social  Consequences
of Coal and Oil Shale Development"  assesses  the
effects of alternative public policies  toward  coal
on the future locational patterns of coal  mining,
transportation, and usage throughout the U.S.  and
the specific flows of coal involved.  Also assessed
are the use of land and water and economic activity
such as agriculture, as related  to  coal  develop-
ment patterns.

       A large linear programming model  using  about
90,000 bits of data is the integrating mechanism.
Although it is an optimizing model,  it  does  not
seek some theoretical "best" pattern of  coal develop-
ment.  Rather, the objective is to  compare many
public policy alternatives toward coal development
and usage, given physical and economic constraints.
These alternatives are to be compared under  common
ground rules that the economy is as  efficient  as
possible in carrying out each hypothetical
alternative; hence the optimizing model.

       Each run of the model will yield  a  dis-
tinctive pattern and level of coal  activity  by
location in some future year for each alternative
policy scenario and set of constraints,  given  some
projected level of total demand for  coal.  Suc-
cessive model runs under alternative scenarios will
yield other patterns.  Then, by comparing  these
different patterns, certain effects  can  be
attributed to a policy alternative.

       The Western States regional  model will  be
running in the fall of 1977, with Interior,
Appalachian, and Gulf regional models to follow
before the national model is put together.   Alter-
native policies to be assessed will  concern  such
variables as sulfur dioxide emission standards,
reclamation requirements, and switching-to-coal
orders, as well as others.

       Through consultation with EPA and other
agencies, as well as within USDA, we will  assure
that alternative policy scenarios to be  assessed
are as realistic as possible.

REFERENCES CITED

1.     Bender, Lloyd D. and George  Temple.
       "Integrated Systems Simulation of Local
       Community Impacts in the Northern  Great
       Plains", paper prepared for  1977  EPA  2nd
       National Conference on the Interagency
       Energy/Environment R and D Program.

2.     Northern Great Plains Resources and Coal
       Development.  Unpublished working paper,
       April 1977, prepared by Economic  Research
       Service, USDA under interagency agreement
       with EPA as part of EPA's Energy/Environ-
       ment R and D Program.  Forthcoming  as a
       publication following internal review.
                                                                                                         265

-------
  3.     Schaub, John R., Joseph R. Barse, and
        Lloyd D. Bender.  "Research Program on
        the Economic and Social Consequences of
        Coal and Oil Shale Development," in Health,
        Environmental Effects, and Control Techno-
        logy of Energy  Use, Proceedings of EPA
        Conference, 1976, EPA Report 600/7-76-002.

  4.     Stinson, Thomas F.  State Taxation of
        Mineral Deposits and Production.  Prepared
        under interagency agreement between Economic
        Research Service, USDA and EPA as part of
        EPA's Energy/Environment R and D Program.
        EPA Report 600/7-77-008, January 1977.

  5.     U. S. Congress, Office of Technology Assess-
        ment.  Technology Assessment in Business
        and Government, Summary and Analysis of
        Hearings held by the Technology Assessment
        Board, June 1976.  Published January 1977.
266

-------
                                                         State  of  the  Arts
      INTEGRATED SYSTEMS SIMULATION OF LOCAL
             COMMUNITY IMPACTS IN THE
              NORTHERN GREAT PLAINS
                   Lloyd D. Bender
              Economic Development Division
               Economic Research Service
              U.S. Department of Agriculture
                   George S. Temple
                Montana State University
                   Bozeman, Montana
INTRODUCTION
     This  report  is  a  summary of the purpose,
objectives,  and accomplishments  of the energy im-
pact research  of  the Economic Development Division,
Economic Research Service,  of the U.S.  Department
of Agriculture. _!/  The  immediate application is
to local community impacts  of coal development
within the Northern  Great Plains.

     The on-going research  of the EDO,  ERS,  USDA
concerns the changing  economic and social condi-
tions in the nonmetropolitan  areas of the Nation.
This project complements  that effort.   The re-
search and its application  is enhanced by the
cooperative  research agreements  that EDD, ERS,
USDA has maintained  with Montana State University,
North Dakota State University, and the University
of Minnesota as a part of its continuing program.

Purpose

     The specific purpose of  the project at  this
stage is to  develop  methodologies for estimating
the components of local  impacts  stemming from
resource development.  The  impact components
which are  most important  at the  local level  are
employment,  population, wage  levels, tax revenues,
and government expenditures.   Each of these  ele-
ments is a part of an  integrated impact simula-
tion system.  The research  strategy serves several
functions.   First, the methodologies for estimat-
ing each impact element  can be used by others  for
impact and policy analyses  since the components
can be estimated  independently.   Second, others
can evaluate and  improve  the  methodology research
due to the early  interaction  with the technical
research community.  Third, the  fundamental  func-
tion is to improve on  the current state-of-the-
art of impact estimation.
     A  frequent  criticism of impact analyses is
that estimating  techniques and integrative ap-
proaches are not refined.   _2/  Current estimating
procedures frequently involve unrealistic assump-
tions with respect  to multipliers,  migration and
labor force responses,  and tax analyses.   Employ-
ment multipliers often are assumed  to be the same
for every geographic  site and for every industry
as well; that  is, it  makes no difference whether
a new industry is located close to  a metropolitan
area or in an  isolated area where services are not
developed.

     Interrelationships between the labor force
required, migration,  and wage levels seldom are
considered.  The typical assumption is that an un-
limited supply of labor is available through migra-
tion at prevailing  wage rates.

     Finally,  the cost of local government ser-
vices are calculated  without regard for the anti-
cipated degree of local wage inflation despite the
observed experience in boom towns.

     The caveat  is  simply that methodologies for
estimating these components of an impact at a
local level are  inadequate.

COMPONENTS AND INTERRELATIONSHIPS OF A COMMUNITY
IMPACT MODEL

     The major components of the integrated com-
munity  impact  simulation system are presented in
Figure  1.  The model  takes as given the size, type,
and location of  a coal mine or conversion plant.
The increase in  local employment is calculated
once the employment requirements of the energy
project are known.
                                                         Figure  1.   Relations among elements of local
                                                                     impacts  of coal mining development.
!_/   Environmental Protection Agency,  interagency
    agreement EPA-IAG-D6-E766,  Social and
    Economic Consequences  of Coal  and Oil  Shale
    Development, initiated late 1975.  Another
    part within the ERS  is performed  by the
    Natural Resource Economics  Division.
7j  Office of Technology Assessment,  "A Review
    of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
    Environmental Research Outlook  FY 1976  through
    FY 1980," pt. VI.  Socio-economic Research,
    United States Congress, p.  98.
                                                                                                          267

-------
      A  larger  labor supply is required in the
 community.   This  is accomplished in the system
 through changes  in migration streams into and
 out  of  the  area.   Wages and other local economic
 conditions  are the mediating influences between
 labor demand and  supply.   Wages are bid up.  The
 results of  these  interrelationships are a larger
 population  and higher incomes after development
 of a project.   Thus, the dollar cost of community
 services rises with population increases and local
 wage inflation.

      The other side of the picture is that local
 tax  revenues are  affected little by changes in
 income  except  through real property taxes.
 Revenues from severance,  sales, and income
 taxes usually go  to the state.  Some are re-
 turned  to the  locality as state aids.  But
 state aids  to  local governments vary greatly
 from state  to  state.

 RESEARCH ACCOMPLISHMENTS

      The first phase of research has been com-
 pleted  on estimating employment, migration, and
 wage interrelationships and state and local
 government  revenue flows.  The criteria for
 judging the results are twofold.  First, the
 results are tests of theoretical relationships;
 that is, whether  the relationships are exhibited
 in  the  data.  Second, the results are to be pre-
 dictive.  Theoretically sound relationships may
 be validated with statistical results but at the
 same time an acceptable confidence interval for
 a predicted value may not have been achieved.
 Accomplishments  at this time are expressed in
 terms of the first criterion.

 Estimating  Employment

      Ancillary employment in a county is a func-
 tion of the type  and location of an industry, the
 size of activities in neighboring counties, and
 the  location of the county in economic space
 (4_,  _6,  _7).  _3/  Each industry will have a differ-
 ent  multiplier due to both the quantity of goods
 and  services used in production and whether the
 services are purchased (and competitively fur-
 nished)  locally.   Furthermore, the multiplier
 varies  with the distance  the county is from a
 trade center (Table 1).   The local multiplier
 will be smaller if goods  and services are sup-
 plied by expansion of an  existing regional trade
 center,  depending upon how far away it is.

      A  spillover  to neighboring towns which are
 not  trade centers also is demonstrated by the
 statistical results.   (These are shown by each
 industry and town size ratio interaction in
 appendix Table 2.)  The amount of the spillover
 from a  county  of  direct  impact to a neighboring
 county  is a function of  the relative size of
 towns in each  county and  size of the basic in-
 dustry.   Trade will tend  to move toward large
TABLE 1.  EMPLOYMENT MULTIPLIERS BY INDUSTRY AND
          DISTANCE  TO  A MAJOR TRADE CENTER,
          COUNTIES  IN  THE NORTHERN GREAT PLAINS,
          1970.
                                  Industry
      Miles distance
                      Agriculture :   Mining  :Manufacturin~
0
50
100
Values at means 11
Maximum (minimum) value
.48
.77
.91
.88
.93
2.58
1. 14
.79
.79
(.77)
	 • 	 — n _
3.61
3.10
3.22
3.11
3.07
 _3/  Bracketed numbers  refer to  publications and
     studies  in progress.
  JY  Average distance is 83.4. Average employment is 744 for agricul-
 ture, 62 for mining, and 212 for manufacturing in the 181 nonmetropolitan
 Plains counties.

adjoining  towns.  A  small  neighboring town will
be a very  small recipient  of any spillover.

     This  part  of  the model predicts the service
employment  derived from  an increase in basic
employment.   Basic industry sectors are  those
which generate  a  flow of  funds into a community.
These are  defined  as agriculture, mining,  manu-
facturing,  and  a  calculated portion of transpor-
tation.  Ancillary or service employment is that
portion which services the basic industry and
individual  consumers.   Each basic sector employ-
ment is entered in the model as a cross  product
relationship  with  distance in a quadratic form.
Other variables in the equation are intended to
measure local anomalies  in the economic  base
such as the presence of  a  college, institution,
or concentrations  of government employment.
Finally,  the  variables representing basic acti-
vities in  adjacent counties and the expected
flow of trade are  represented as interactive
cross products.

     The  data are  cross  section employment by
sector from the 1970 census of population.   The
technique  is  multiple regression analysis with
results shown in  Table 2.   The problems associated
with predicting from cross section analyses are
treated in the  next  phase of research.  Techniques
allowing  the  use  of  combined cross section and
temporal  data for small areas are being tested
 (6_,  7) .

Migration  and Wage Interrelationships

     The  direct and  induced employment demands
of an energy  project in  a rural area can be
greater than  that  supplied by the indigenous
labor force.  Migration streams must be altered
in order  to fulfill  the labor demand of employers.
It is realistic that net migration of the magni-
tude needed is  unlikely to take place without
economic  inducements.  Furthermore, the respon-
siveness  of migration streams depends on the
source of  in-migrants and destination of out-migrants
(Figure 2).   Less  financial inducement likely  is
required  to induce people to move within the
region.   Migration  is affected  by site
268

-------
TABLE  2.  ESTIMATED COEFFICIENTS  AND STATISTICS OF THE ECONOMIC BASE MODEL FOR
         THE NORTHERN GREAT  PLAINS  REGION, 1970
Variables and classifications
Primary basic sectors and distance
to a major trade center.
Agricultural employment & distance
AGR
AGRDIS
AGRDISQ
Mining employment & distance
MIN
HINDIS
MINDISQ
Manufacturing employment & distance
MAN
MANDIS
MANDISQ
Transportation employment & dist. I/
TRN ~
TRNDIS
TRNDISQ
Scale of basic activities in adj./co's
ADJ AGR & town sizes 2/
ADJ MIN & town sizes 2/
ADJ MAN & town sizes 2/
Other variables
Income
Institutional population
Students in group quarters
Local government I/
Constant
Statistics
R2
Standard error
Observations
F statistic
Regression :
coefficient :

0.48387
0.00717
-0.00003
2.57544**
-0.03966*
0. 00022*
3.60842**
-0.01666*
0.00013
5.69776**
-0.03587
-0.00032
0. 27981**
0.38374**
0.09199
0. 09667
1. 53791**
1. 08617**
1.24263
-530. 638
728
181
235
!_/ Calculated as amounts above regional proportions.
— (Xik) (T/T.) where k is the adjacent county with
Standard
error

0.25335
0.00398
0.00002
0.92924
0.01992
0. 00011
0. 29988
0.00787
0.00006
0.58195
0.03569
0.00032
0.03794
0.07739
0.10233
0.05903
0.30266
0. 16499
1.48242

.9652
.6383
.0230
the largest
: F 37
: statistic

3.6476
3. 2415
3.7740
7.6814
3.9659
4.0987
144. 7927
4.4730
3.8341
95.8595
1.0099
0.9864
54.3831
24.5810
0.8080
2.6820
25.8191
43.3387
0.7027


employment
in i,  T  is  the  largest  town  in  the observation county, and T- is the largest
town in  any adjacent  county  j.
  _3/  The F statistic is  produced as  part  of the SPSS computer package.  Signif-
icance represented  by * for  0.95  and  ** for 0.99 confidence levels.

-------
               iooo        noo        i:oo
                   CHANGE IN ANNUAL EARNINGS, 1965-70
      NET
    MIGRATION
  110.000

  + 5.000
      0

   5,000

   10.000
               IOOO        1100        1200
                  CHANGE IN ANNUAL EARNINGS, 1965-702
  'MIGRATION TO OR FROM ADJACENT STATE ECONOMIC AREAS
  ZCHANGE IN ANNUAL AVERAGE NONAGRICULTURAL EARNINGS PER
   WORKER 1965-70 UNADJUSTED FOR COST OF LIVING
Figure 2.  Migration  responses to earnings changes
           Montana  SEA-4,  1965-70.
amenities (including human  capital values) which
are not lost in a short  distance  move.

     The heart of the  labor supply component is
a set of simultaneous  relationships which demon-
strate that economic incentives  (notably wages)
alter migration streams.  Migration is  the major
source of population change in rapid growth areas.
Out-migration declines and  in-migration increases
in order to produce a  population  change as wages
are bid up.  Population  and wage  levels are the
major determinants of  the cost of local govern-
ment services.

     Three migration equations are estimated
(5_) .   One describes movements  from and another
movements to State Economic Areas (SEA's) of the
Northern Great Plains  and the  states in the rest
of the nation.  The third equation considers all
streams among the SEA's  of  the Northern Great
Plains.  A migration stream is the number of
people moving from place i  to  place j from 1965
to 1970, and is the dependent  variable.  By
using gross migration  streams  as  the dependent
variable, economic conditions  at  origins and
destinations can be isolated.

     The models are a  simultaneous system since
migration can be expected  to influence wage
rates  (by altering the supply  of  labor) as well
as be influenced by wage rates.   It is for this
reason that two-stage  least squares techniques
were used  to  estimate the parameters  of the
models.   The results are presented in Table 3.
Three  categories of variables  are shown:   control
variables, and economic conditions both at the
origin and the destination.  The coefficients re-
flect  the fact that all variables are transformed
into logs prior to estimation,  and are interpreted
as  elasticities.

     This  research  demonstrates  statistically
significant  relationships between  migration and
local  economic conditions.   The  results are not
accurate  enough to  forecast migration  to rapid
growth energy towns.   The population and wage
components are so fundamental to  local impact
analyses  that additional basic research is
appropriate.   The second phase of  research will
consist of labor market modelling  using annual
data series.   It will concentrate  upon labor's
responses  to  wages  in local labor  markets but
will abstract completely from the  source of the
labor.

Local  and  State Tax Revenues

     The  state and  local revenue  systems have
been computerized for Montana,  Wyoming, North
Dakota, and  South Dakota in a routine  called
ENGYTX.   Revenues and intergovernmental trans-
fers are  calculated by source,  type of tax, and
level  and  type of government in  ten summary
tables  (J3).   Taxes  can be derived  for  three
different  sized strip mines and  a  thermal conver-
sion plant during a production year for the mine
and its primary employees.   ENGYTX requires that
the type  of  project,  its site,  and millage rates
be provided.   In addition,  specific information
such as the  number  of operating  employees, con-
struction  and operation costs,  and the income
distribution  of employees is needed.

     The  value of ENGYTX in the  simulation model
is that revenue flows to local governments are
specified  as  a source of funds for expansion  and
operation.  These can be compared  to expenditure
requirements  and budgeted needs.   But ENGYTX  can
be used by itself or by others as  a source of
information for environmental impact statements,
evaluations of the  complete tax  system and changes
in it,  and policy analyses  of both firms and  local
governments.  _4/

     A summary of results of ENGYTX is presented
in Table  4.   The data illustrate  the type of  de-
tail gained,  the complexity of each tax structure,
and differences in  tax systems.  An illustration
is the support levels for schools.  School levies
in Wyoming remain in the district  while the state-
wide levy  in  Montana flows  into  the state equal-
ization fund  once county foundation levels are
met.  Another example is the fact  that much of
the local  government revenue in  North  Dakota con-
sists  of  State aid.   The effect  of a  change in
one tax must  be evaluated in the  context of the
whole  system  due to these complex  relationships.
kj  Background  information for ENGYTX and is
    contained in  (3,  _9>  10).
270

-------
TABLE 3.  INTRA- AND INTER-REGIONAL MIGRATION MODELS,  1965-70,  NORTHERN GREAT PLAINS STATE ECONOMIC AREAS  I/
items ana
independent variables


Controls
Population 3/
Distance, origin to destination
Town sizes, destination/origin
Median age at origin, 1970
Distance, largest adj. town/observed 4/
Town sizes, largest adj . /observed 4/
Past migrants at destination, 1970
Economic conditions at destination
Employment change, 1965-70
Wage change, 1965-70
Wage in 1965
Sub employment, 1970
Economic conditions at origin
Employment change, 1965-70
Wage change, 1965-70
Sub employment , 1970
Intercept
Exp. : Intraregiona
sign : model



+ 1.22
-1.46
+ 0.19
-
+ 0.25
-0.26
+ 0.41

+
+ 1.68
+ 3.13
-2.03

-
-0.35
+
-16. 17
1 : Interregic
: In-tnigration
n -F f n +- O /


1.05

0.32

0.94
-0.32
0.66


3.13
3.70
-1.22


-1.11
0.23
-24.09
)nal models
: Out-migration



1.66


-3.89


0.76

0. 16




-0.13
-0.87
0.89
-1.31
   l_l  Results are from 2SLS regression.   Models correspond to those reported  as  final  models  in appendix
  tables 6,  9,  and 12.
   _2/  Coefficients are interpreted elasticities since data are in double  logarithmic form.
   _3/  Reported as at  origin for interregional out-migration and intraregional migration,  and  at destination
  for the interregional in-migration model.
   47  Reported as ratio of origin town for interregional out-migration and  intraregional  migration,  and at
  destination town for  interegional in-migration model.
     A second computer tax model is called
 MINETX (2).   It differs from ENGYTX in several
 important ways.   First, it calculates the taxes
 that specific mines pay during a production year;
 that is,  the taxes of the firm alone.   Second,
 the program is communicative so that the opera-
 tor can vary the characteristics of the tax
 system to discover what difference would be made
 in the taxes of a firm if laws were changed.
 Third, MINETX is operational for any state.

     A third accomplishment of the tax work is a
 current summary of minerals tax systems of every
 major mineral producing state (_!_) .   A brief
 analysis  of types of taxes is provided and the
 highlight of special impact taxes in the Northern
 Great Plains is included.

     Phase two of the revenue and expenditure
 components of the simulation model involve an
 extension (a) to a wider geographic coverage,
 (b) to incorporate the effect of service employ-
 ees in ENGYTX, and (c) to estimate local govern-
 ment expenditures in relation to population size
 and wage  levels.
PROGRAM DISCUSSION AND CONCLUSIONS
     The research is designed to extend  the
state-of-the-art consistent with a  goal  of
remaining applied.   The various components of
a simulation model are to be estimated in a
straightforward way.  The estimation  techniques
are constrained to use data series which are
available nationally and preferably on an
annual basis.

     Each component of the model is designed  to
stand alone.  This means that the results can
be adopted by others quickly, and that no one
component will forestall application  of  other
components.  The overall model can  be expanded
or contracted as needed without destroying the
key structure.  Furthermore, the research of
others can be integrated into the procedure.

     The general estimating approaches are meant
to be exportable to other regions and impacts.
Use of secondary data facilitates this goal.
Nothing in the estimating techniques  restricts
them to coal development or the Northern Great
Plains.
                                                                                                           271

-------
TABLE  4.   EXECUTIVE SUMMARY STATE AND LOCAL REVENUES, ONE PRODUCTION YEAR,  9.2 MTY STRIP
           MINE  AND PRIMARY EMPLOYEES SELECTED SITES, MONTANA, WYOMING, NORTH  DAKOTA,  AND
           SOUTH DAKOTA.  I/ 2/




Government and revenue


Montana :


State
Wyoming :


North :
Dakota :


South
Dakota
- dollars per production year -
State and local revenue, total














Local government,
School district,
Tax revenue
State aid
City, total
Tax revenue
State aid
County, total
Tax revenue
State aid
State government,
General fund
Earmarked 3/ 4/
Direct transfers
total
total








total


to govt. 's
I/ Prices, operating costs,
in
the Bureau of Mines Circular
Rosebud, Campbell, Mercer, and
2/ Includes 213 primary mine

3/ Includes state
county foundation is
11,680
1^170
334
144
189
52
45
7
783
393
390
10j509
5,080
5,428
5/ (587
,554
,858
,238
,402
,836
,969
,531
,438
,651
,312
,339
^696
,713
,983
,613)
li
1,
1,
1,







2,
1,

891,
890,
320,
299,
20,
32^
7,
24,
537,
456,
81,
001,
570,
431,
(126,
and characteristics
8703. Assessment
Harding counties
workers .
school equalization
deducted.


of
and
levied


387 5
026
321
861
460
192
835
357
513
035
478
361 4
088 1
273 3
295)
,392,
543,
226,
48,
178,
3JL
23,
8,
285,
28,
257,
,848,
,738,
,109,
(444,
this mine are
millage
in 1975

from state wide levy


4/ Includes various impact funds not allocated

5/ Shown as state
aid above
and not included
in


rates


515
947
221
349
272
634
317
317
691
073
618
568
968
600
208)
867,
371^
243,
218,
25,
17,
12,
4,
109,
103,
6,
496,
496,
—
(36,
990
095
709
499
210
459
584
875
926
877
049
896
896
-
134)
those reflected
are


remaining


those


after

of




by formula.
state total.
      Experimental work  such  as  this frequently
 raises  questions of  theory,  technique and appli-
 cation  which  have not been addressed by others.
 This  can  be  invaluable  to an on-going research
 program.   The questions which need additional
 research  are  highlighted and the expertise and
 experience is maintained within the project.

 PUBLICATIONS

  1.   Stinson, Thomas F., "State Taxation of
      Mineral Deposits  and Production," EDO, ERS ,
      USDA.   Working  Paper No. 7606, Dec. 1976,
      and  OEMI, EPA publication  No. 60017-77-008,
      Jan.  1977.
        Summarizes  mineral  tax laws of all major
        producing  states, gives  an overview of
        special laws  of  Northern Great Plains
        States, and provides  a brief analysis of
        all mineral -tax  laws.

  2.   Stinson, Thomas F., "An Introduction to
      MINETX," EDD, ERS, USDA.  Working Paper
     No. 7704, March  1977 in cooperation with
     OEMI, EPA.
       MINETX is a computer - assisted aid for
       the simulation of the effects of any state
       tax system on  the taxes paid by coal min-
       ing companies.  A brief description of the
       computer program and examples of operating
       commands and output are given.

 3.   Voelker, Stanley W., Fred R.  Taylor and
     Thomas K. Ostenson, "The Taxation and Revenue
     System of State  and Local Governments in
     North Dakota," North Dakota  State University
     Agricultural Economics Report No. 117, Dec.
     1976 in cooperation with EDD, ERS, USDA and
     OEMI, EPA.
       Describes in detail the state and local tax
       system of North Dakota with special emphasis
       on coal mining and processing.

STUDIES IN PROCESS

 4.   Bender, Lloyd D. , George Temple, Bernard Ries,
272

-------
     "Estimating Employment  Multipliers for the
     Northern Great Plains,"  EDO,  ERS,  USDA in
     cooperation with  OEMI,  EPA.
       Uses  cross section  census  data in a dis-
       aggregated industry employment estimating
       model for the Northern Great  Plains.   Mult-
       ipliers vary by industry,  the location, and
       the activities  in economic  space.

 5,  Bender, Lloyd D.,  George Temple, and David
     O'Meara, "Responsiveness of Migration Streams
     to Local Economic Conditions  in the Northern
     Great Plains," EDD, ERS,  USDA in cooperation
     with OEMI, EPA.
       Reports on econometric analysis  of migra-
       tion  to and from State Economic  Areas in
       the Northern Great  Plains  in  a simultan-
       eous  system of  equations with wages and
       other local economic  conditions.   Shows
       1965-70 migration streams  in  NGP SEA's to
       be significantly responsive to wages but
       different for  short and long  distances.

 6.  Conopask, Jeff V. , "Estimating  Energy
     Employment Multipliers  Using  Temporal Cross
     Section Data," EDD, ERS,  USDA in cooperation
     with OEMI, EPA.
      Uses  advanced  econometric techniques to
      test  an  employment multiplier model of
      NGP counties  for time  lags  in the adjust-
      ment  process.   Uses  annual  Bureau of Econ-
      omic  Analysis  employment series for basic
      sectors  across  selected NGP coal impact
      counties  1970-74. A one-year adjustment
      lag to mining  employment is statistically
      significant.

 7.   Conopask,  Jeff V., "A  Time Series-Cross
     Section Approach  to Secondary Employment
     Estimation,"  EDD,  ERS, USDA in cooperation
     with OEMI,  EPA.
      A journal  article demonstrating the rea-
      sons  for  and efficacy  of using selected
      econometric  techniques in analyzing cross-
      section  time-series  data as  applied to
      employment multipliers in 15 NGP coal
      producing  counties  1970-74.

 8.   Stinson, Thomas  F. , and  Stanley W.  Voelker,
     State  and  Local  Revenue Flows from Coal
     Mines  and  Conversion Facilities in the NGP,"
     EDD, ERS,  USDA  in cooperation with OEMI, EPA.
      Demonstrates differences in tax revenues,
      intergovernmental transfers and disposition
      of revenue  for  state and local governments
      for mines  in Montana,  Wyoming, North Dakota,
      and  South Dakota.

 9.   Thompson,  Layton,  "The Taxation and Revenue
     System  of  State  and Local Governments in
    Montana,"  EDD, ERS, USDA in cooperation
    with OEMI,  EPA and Montana State University.
      Describes  in detail  the state and local
      tax system  of  Montana  with  special emphasis
      on coal  mining  and processing.

10.  Thompson,  Layton,  "The Taxation and Revenue
    System  of  State  and Local Governments in
    Wyoming,"  EDD, ERS, USDA in cooperation with
     OEMI,  EPA and Montana State University.
       Describes in detail the state and local
       tax system of Wyoming with special emphasis
       on coal mining and processing.

11.   Myers, Paul A., Jeff V.  Conopask and Fred K.
     Hines, "A Social and Economic Profile of
     47 Coal Impact Counties in the Northern
     Great  Plains," EDD, ERS, USDA in cooperation
     with OEMI, EPA.
       Describes baseline population, employment,
       settlement patterns and social conditions
       which will influence the impact of coal
       development in 47 counties in the NGP.
       Data are from census of population and
       Bureau of Economic Analysis.
                                                                                                          273

-------
    METHODOLOGY FOR THE ANALYSIS OF THE IMPACTS
      OF ELECTRIC POWER PRODUCTION IN THE WEST
Coordinating  Council (WSCC).   This plan describes
the locations,  completion dates, fuel types, and
sizes of  power  plants to be completed in the WSCC
service area  by 1985.  [1]
              Andrew Ford and H. W. Lorber
                 University of California
              Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory
        Energy Research and Development Administration
                 Los Alamos, New Mexico
 INTRODUCTION

 Overview

     During the  year 1976,  a multi-disciplinary
 team of scientists was organized to investigate the
 impacts of electric power production in the West.
 This team has developed and exercised a quantita-
 tive mathematical model for simulating the develop-
 ment of additional electrical power capacity in the
 western states and estimating the associated pri-
 mary and secondary costs.  This paper describes in
 summary form the organization of the project, its
 accomplishments  so far, and its future course.
     The general purpose of the project is to de-
 velop a cost-analysis methodology for electric-
 power capacity that is suited to the unique charac-
 teristics of the coal- and uranium—rich, but
 sparsely populated, pristine, and arid West.  (See
 Table 1.)
 TABLE 1.   ROCKY MOUNTAIN STATES


 FEW PEOPLE -
   4% POPULATION VS 26% LAND AREA


 CLEAN AIR & SCENIC-
   75 MILE VISIBILITY (SW) &
   40-50% OF NATIONAL PARKS AND MONUMENTS


 ARID-
   15 INCHES RAINFALL (SW)
           VS
   50 INCHES RAINFALL (EAST)
     The members  of  the WSCC propose to generate
electricity  from  a variety of sources,  but we have
limited the  study to nuclear plants and plants fired
by coal, oil,  or  gas.   The locations of the larger
plants to be operating  in the region by 1985 are
shown in Fig.  2.  In this figure,  the letters des-
ignate the types  of  plants,  and  the sizes  of the
letters correspond to the sizes  of the  plants
(small, 500-999 MWe; medium, 1000-1999  MWe; and
large, 2000 MWe and  larger).  The squares in the
Los Angeles and San  Francisco regions indicate oil-
fired plants too  densely located to represent
individually.

     Our selection of the utilities' expansion plan
does not mean  that we consider their projections to
be the best  prediction  of future capacity.  Utili-
ties may err in their forecasts  of growth in demand
or in their  assessments of community acceptance of
their plants.  Indeed,  one of the most controver-
sial plants  shown in Fig. 2—the Kaiparowits plant
in southern Utah—has already been cancelled.  To
emphasize the  view that the WSCC report describes
but one set  of possible input conditions,  we have
not removed  the Kaiparowits plant from the initial
scenario.

Project Team

     The team, assembled to accomplish the broad
purposes discussed above, consists of a professional
staff with training  in  statistics, economics, law,
engineering, systems analysis, sociology,  and
anthropology.  The project is coordinated by staff
members from the  Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory
(LASL) in Los  Alamos, New Mexico.   Individual pro-
jects are being conducted by analysts from LASL as
well as from Battelle Pacific Northwest Laboratory
(PNL), Hanford, Washington;  the  University of South-
ern California (USC), Los Angeles, California;
Northern Arizona  University, Flagstaff, Arizona;
and the University of Alberta, Edmonton, Canada.
A list of separate reports being prepared b)^ members
of the team  is given in Table 3.
TECHNICAL DISCUSSION

Illustrative Results
_Plan of  the First Year's Effort

     During the  first  year  of  the project, the team
developed  or adapted  five submodels for the simula-
tion of  power development impacts on the West and
its inhabitants  and four submodels for evaluating
the cost of these effects.   The  interconnections
among these submodels  are shown  in Fig. 1 and Table
2.

    For definition, we based the first year's
calculation on the expansion plan proposed by  the
electric utilities belonging to the Western  Systems
     We are now able  to present  preliminary esti-
mates of the major internal  and  external costs of
building and operating the plants  proposed in the
WSCC plan.  In exercising the  submodels shown in
Fig. 1, two impacts were found to  yield large dollar
costs:

     1.  the boom town impact  (manifested in part
         in lowered productivity of  the construction
         work force), and

     2.  the impact of reduced atmospheric
         visibility.
                                                                                                          275

-------
SIMULATION SUBMODELS
(SCIENTIFIC FINDINGS)
EVALUATION SUBMODELS
(SOCIAL VALUE JUDGEMtNTS)
                                                                                          Figure 1.

                                                                                          Interconnections
                                                                                          among submodels.
Symbol in
Fig. 1
A
B
C
D
E
F
s
u
Description of Information
Shortages and surpluses of public and private
services shown in Table V.
Ambient concentration of total suspended parti
culates (TSP) and S02. (Could not be used in
initial effort; total TSP emissions were used
instead.)
Geographic distribution of the change in age-
specific mortality, changes in expectation in
life, and the changes in morbidity.
Number of man days lost and number of fatalities
due to accidents during construction and operation.
Geographic distribution of the average annual
ambient concentration of S02 and TSP about the
fossil fuel plants.
Decline in the productivity of construction work-
ers at the peak of the boom due to adverse boom
town conditions.
Final outputs are given in dollars in the initial
calculation.
Multi-attribute utility measurement (MAUM) has been
used to evaluate alternative boom town scenarios.
MAUM output is expressed in utility units (utils),
which are not directly comparable to dollars.

                                                                                           TABLE 2.

                                                                                           INFORMATION  FLOW
                                                                                           AMONG SUBMODELS
276

-------
                                                   Figure 2.   WSCC plant sizes, types, and
                                                              locations planned for 1985.
                                                     N - NUCLEAR
                                                     C - COAL
                                                     0 - OIL

                                                     SIZE OF  LETTERS N, C, 0
                                                     INDICATES SIZE  OF  PLANTS.
1.   Andrew  Ford, Ed.,  "Methodology  for  the  Analysis  of  the Impacts of Electric
    Power Production  in  the West:   First  Annual  Report,"  LASL.   (Documentation
    of model used  in  the  first  year.)

2-   Lee  Erickson,  "An Approach  to Valuing Visual  Pollution From Western Electricity
    Production," BNWL-2103  (Feb 1977).  (Discussion of visibility costs component.)

3.   Andrew  Ford, "Summary Description of  the  BOOM1 Model," LASL report
    LA-6424-MS  (June  1976).   (Short report  on the boom  town simulation model.)

4.   Andrew  Ford, "User's  Guide  to the BOOM1 Model,"  LASL  report LA-6396-MS
    (June 1976).   (Detailed documentation of  the  boom town simulation model.)

5.   John Wood,  "Mobility  Plans  of Newcomer  Construction Workers in Boom Towns:
    The  Case of Rock  Springs, Wyoming," Northern  Arizona  University.
    (Statistical analysis of  the Construction Worker Profile data on  Rock
    Springs, Wyoming.)

6.   Steven  Schulte,  "Power Plant Construction—Productivity and Construction
    Duration,"  PNL.   (Results of interviews with  construction supervisors on
    the  boom town  problem.)

7.   Peter Gardiner and Andrew Ford,  "Which  Run Is Best, And Who Says  So?,"
    USC  and LASL preprint, submitted to Management Science.  (Discussion of
    the  merger  of  dynamic simulation modeling and multi-attribute utility meas-
    urement, with  case-study experience.)
TABLE 3.

ADDITIONAL
REPORTS
                                                                                                      277

-------
     Figure 3 shows an  example of these and other
cost estimates for the  coal-fired power plant to be
located in the northwest  corner of Colorado near
the small town of Craig.   This plant will generate
1070 MW of power when it  is  completed in 1982.
Since Fig. 3 displays costs  which differ by two
orders of magnitude, the  costs are plotted on a
logarithmic scale.  The illustrative cost estimates
shown in Fig. 3 were obtained as follows:

     Capital Cost.  The estimate of $370 million is
based on a calculated unit cost of $343 per kilowatt
of capacity.  This estimate  includes the cost of SC"2
removal equipment and is  based on a 7% annual rate
of inflation in the cost  of  labor and materials.  If
more recent information on labor and materials costs
were used, the estimate would be significantly high-
er than $343 per kilowatt.

     Boom Town Cost.  The $100 million cost in Fig.
3 is an estimate of the cost overrun that could
occur at the Craig plant  due to adverse boom town
conditions.  This estimate is based on a projection
that construction worker  productivity could decline
by as much as 65% at the  peak of the boom in the
small town of Craig if  preventative action were not
taken to avoid the shortages of public and private
services that can occur under conditions of rapid
population growth.  The boom town simulation model
(submodel 1 in Fig. 1)  is used to make the projec-^
tion of construction worker  productivity during the
construction interval.  The  key assumptions leading
to such a large estimate  of  productivity decline
are described in Reports  1,  3, and 4 of Table 3.

     In addition to projecting the change in con-
struction worker productivity, the boom town simula-
tion model projects changes  in a variety of other
variables of concern to local citizens.  These in-
clude changes in the local tax burden, shortages and
surpluses of housing,  public facilities, and retail
and service facilities,  and the number of "newcomers"
in the community,   Assigning a dollar cost to the
changes in these variables proved extremely difficult
Thus, the team  turned  to an alternative technique for'
evaluation called  Multi-Attribute Utility Measurement
(MAUM) .  The use of a  MAUM evaluation model coupled
with the boom town simulation model to evaluate
alternative boom town  conditions is described in
detail in Report 7 of  Table 3.

     Visibility Cost.   The visibility submodel is
based on the work  of Randall et al. [2], who used a
specially designed bidding game to determine how
much local residents and visiting recreationists
would be willing to pay for partial and full abate-
ment of visible particulate emissions from the Four
Corners power plant near Farmington, New Mexico,
When the Randall results are applied to the air
quality control region of northwest Colorado, one
obtains a total cost of $6.6 million over the entire
life of the plant.  About 70% of this total, undis-
counted cost is attributed to the recreational
visitors to northwest  Colorado.  Specific details
on the visibility  calculations are provided in
Reports 1 and 2 of Table 3.

     Occupational  Safety Cost.  We project a total
undiscounted cost  of $.9 million due to fatal and
non-fatal accidents occurring during the construc-
tion and operation of  the Craig power plant.  The
cost per man-day lost  has been assumed to be $50,
with 6000 man-days assumed lost per fatality.

     Public Health Cost:  The estimate of the public
health cost was obtained by performing a series of
three calculations.  First, a climatological dis-
persion model developed by the EPA was used to
simulate the diffusion of SC>2 and total suspended
particulates.   The dispersion model employs common
             CONSTANT 1975 $

    1 BILLION  -r
 100 MILLION  ..
  10 MILLION  --
   1 MILLION  --
                   370 MILLION


                            100 MILLION
                                     6.6 MILLION
                                              0.9  MILLION
                                                       0.09 MILLION
                Figure  3.

                Preliminary  internal and exter-
                nal cost  estimates  for  the  Craig
                plant.  With respect to Figure 1,
                the boom  town cost  estimate is
                the difference between  the
                internal  cost of  power  calcu-
                lated with and without  boom town
                effects reducing  construction
                worker  productivity.
              # 1   CAPITAL COST
              #2   BOOM TOWN  COST
              #3   VISIBILITY COST
              & 4   OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY COST
              #5   PUBLIC HEALTH COST
278

-------
  assumptions about  the  physical characteristics of
  the plant  (such  as  stack  height and exit velocity)
  and ignores the  terrain of  the surrounding area.
  Second,  the increase in the average annual concentra-
  tion of  the two  pollutants  in each of the cells
  surrounding the  plant  are used to calculate changes
  in mortality  and morbidity of the exposed population.
  Morality is measured in terms of the reduction in life
  expectancy; morbidity  is  described by the shift in
  the distribution of population health status (with
  health status characterized on a continuum running
  from satisfactory  to hospitalized).

     The final calculation is performed in the public
  health costs  submodel  (No.  9 in Fig.  1)  which assumes
  a fixed cost  of  $50 per day of reduced life expectancy
  for mortality costs.   Morbidity costs consist of
  direct costs  (medical, pharmaceutical, and hospital-

  TABLE 4.  SUBMODEL SYNOPSIS
                                     ization) and indirect  costs  (productivity losses).
                                     These costs are estimated  across  the  spectrum of
                                     health status and are  summed with weights that de-
                                     scribe the change in health status  of the population
                                     subjected to changes in  annual  average pollution
                                     levels.

                                         As Fig. 3 indicates, the final  result of perform-
                                     ing this set of three  calculations  for the Craig
                                     plant is a total, undiscounted  cost of only $90,000
                                     over the entire life of  the power plant.

                                     Submodel Synopsis

                                         Table 4 provides a synopsis of  the submodels
                                     used in the first year's calculation.  The first
                                     column of the table indicates those "new" submodels
                                     that were developed by the project  team during the
     SUBMODEL
                                TYPE
                                                         STRONG POINTS
                                                                                         WEAK POINTS
 Boom Town Effects
      (BTE)
      (new)
Dynamic simulation model,
coupled feedback loops
with nonlinearities and
delays
Socio-economic mechanisms
are visible.  Model is well
suited for testing alter-
native policies.
Ignores certain important
factors such as energy
development other than
power plants.
"Air Dispersion of
 Fossil-Fuel Pollu-
tants     (old)
Expected-value, static
flow model; linear in
emissions
Model is well tested and
documented with visible
representation of physical
and chemical processes.
Very sensitive to site
characteristics.  Needs
better meteorological
data.
 Health Effects and
 Costs of  Fossil-
 Fuel Pollutants
   (modified)
Analytic, static model;
linear in concentration
of pollutants
Covers all morbidit)' and
mortality effects in a
unified manner - a major
advantage
Needs better data and
minor analytical improve-
ments .
 Occupational Health
 and Safety  Effects
 and Costs
      (old)
Algebraic formula, lin-
ear in plant size
Clear and simple repre-
sentation of accidents
from construction and
operation
Neglects effects of de-
cline in morale (from ad-
verse boom town conditions)
which may affect safety
 Internal Cost of
 Power (ICP)
      (old)
Algebraic, capital cost
model; discounted cash
flow model of cost of
power
Model is well tested and
documented with visible
representation of impor-
tant variables.
Not applicable for plants
smaller than 500 MW or
larger than 1500 MW.  Under-
estimates costs due to ob-
solete data on labor,
materials, and methods.
 Risk of Nuclear
.Accident
   (modified)
Algebraic, expected
value model
Extends the general ap-
plicability of the
Rasmussen estimates in
a simple, straightfor-
ward manner.
Wind speeds are not con-
sidered and various types
of damages are aggregated
together.
 Boom Town  Costs
      (new)
Construction cost overrun
estimated from BTE and
ICP.  Other effects eval-
uated with MAUM (multi-
attribute utility theory).
Merger of MAUM with dy-
namic simulation model
is a useful advance in
methodology.
MAUM evaluation is in units
other than the dollars used
in other submodels.
 Visibility Costs
   (modified)
Algebraic model; non-
linear in emissions;
based on a bidding game
Model extended to a
multiplicity of sites  in
a straightforward manner
Model does not consider
background pollution,  size
distribution of particulate
emissions, and differing
visual opportunities  and
socioeconomic conditions.
                                                                                                            279

-------


Los Alamos
Tularosa
Basin
( 3)
1 	
no use
of
models

U. of
Oklahoma
Western
Energy
Development
(4)
1
limited
use of
models

U. of
New Mexico
Southwest
Under
Stress
(5)
	 L
model
as


SRI Teknekron
Synthetic Electric
Liquids Utilities
(6) (7)
	 1—
model used
as
centerpiece integrative

device

Los Alamos
Electric
Power
in West

_J
predominate
use of
models

                                                                                            Figure 4.

                                                                                            Emphasis on formal
                                                                                            modeling techniques
                                                                                            in assessments of
                                                                                            energy development.
 first  year.   Subcalculations performed with exist-
 ing  computer codes  are designated as "old" sub-
 models in  Table 4.   The third designation in Table
 4,  "modified,"  refers to the submodels that were
 developed  by adapting work done elsewhere to the
 purposes  of  the project.

PROGRAM DISCUSSION

Comparison With Related  Studies

     In Fig.  4  several related studies of energy
 development  are ordered with respect to the empha-
 sis  placed on formal  modeling techniques.  The
 studies on the  left place  little emphasis on formal
 quantitative  methods;  studies on the right make
 strong use of such methods.   The Los Alamos study
 of western electricity summarized in this report
 is located to the far right  of the spectrum since
we have placed  total  emphasis on formal methods in
 pursuit of the  goal to develop &_ methodology for
 the  analysis  of the costs  of electric power produc-
 tion in the West.

Usefulness of Results

     Although the submodels  have been constructed
 to fit together as indicated in Fig. 1, the more
immediate  usefulness  of the  research may well be
in exercising some of  the  submodels  on their own.
The boom town simulation model,  for  example, can
be used to test  the effectiveness of a variety of
proposals  such  as loan guarantees and direct grants
designed to help towns deal  with the "front end"
financing  problem.  At this  point in time, five
groups outside  of Los  Alamos have implemented and
exercised  the boom town model on their own com-
puter  system.   According to  their individual needs,
each group is working  to expand a particular sector
of the model.   Analysts at the Commerce Department,
for example,  are expanding the energy sector to
deal with  boom  town impacts  from off-shore energy
projects such as deep  water  ports and oil platforms.

     The Multi-Attribute Utility Measurement (MAUM)
 technique  used  in the boom town evaluation model
 also has  the  potential to  be immediately useful  in
helping decision making  groups  to  resolve value
oriented disputes.  We have  discussed  the applica-
bility of the MAUM procedures with decision makers
concerned with assorted  areas ranging  from the
selection of a geothermal  test  site to the evalua-
tion of research proposals.  Moreover, the merger
of a dynamic simulation  model to calculate boom
town effects with the MAUM model to evaluate those
effects constitutes a novel  and useful methodologi-
cal development.  The specific  models  merged in
this project are now being used to resolve some of
the key issues concerning  boom  town problems associ-
ated with the development  of coal  resources in the
Rocky Mountain States [8] .   Other  submodels devel-
oped in the first year of  the project  are finding
immediate application as well.  The health effects
and health costs submodels (numbers 3  and 9 in Fig.
1), for example, are being used as part of the
national coal utilization  assessment [9].

CONCLUSIONS

     Several improvements  and expansions are planned
for the remainder of the project.   Weaknesses in
existing submodels are being corrected, and addi-
tional submodels are being constructed to cover the
impacts from the mining  and  milling phases of the
electric fuel cycle.  A  water component is being
added to represent the effects  of  diverting water
away from western agriculture to cool  the electric
power plants proposed in the WSCC  plan. And finally,
a careful study  of  the  relative advantages  of using
dollar quantification or Multi-Attribute  Utility
Measurement is being  conducted.

     After  these  improvements  have been completed,
the team will  turn  to  the calculation of  the  costs
associated  with  a  scenario other  than  the WSCC plan
portrayed in Fig.  2.
 REFERENCES

 1.   Reliability and Adequacy of Service, Reply  to
     the  Federal Power Commission, Docket R-362,
     from the Western Systems Co-ordinating Council,
     Denver,  Colorado, April, 1976.
280

-------
2.  A. Randall, B.  Ives,  and  C.  Eastman, "Bidding
    Games for Valuation  of  Aesthetic Environmental
    Improvements,"  Journal  of Environmental Econ-
    omics and Management  _1, 132-149 (1974).

3.  W. Gertsch, et  al.,  Analysis  of the Tularosa
    Basin, New Mexico, As the Site For A Regional
    Energy Center,  Executive  Summary,  Los Alamos
    Scientific Laboratory,  April,  1976.

4.  I. White, et al.,  First Year  Work  Plan for a
    Technology Assessment of  Western Energy Re-
    source Development,  EPA report 600/5-76-001,
    March, 1976.

5.  A Kneese, Status Report,  Southwest Region Under
    Stress, Department of Economics, University of
    New Mexico, Autumn,  1976.

6.  E. Dickson, et  al.,  Synthetic Liquid Fuels De-
    velopment:  Assessment  of Critical Factors,
    ERDA report 76-129/1, 1976.

7.  Teknekron, Inc., An  Integrated Technology
    Assessment of Electric  Utility Energy Systems,
    under preparation  on EPA  contract  No. 68-01-1921.

8.  "Socio-economic Impacts," Chapter  11, Impacts
    of Coal  Development  in  the Rocky Mountain West,
    Los  Alamos  Scientific Laboratory,  forthcoming.

-9.  "Health  and  Safety Impacts," Chapter 10, Im-
:    pacts  of Coal  Development in the Rocky Mountain
    West,  Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory,
    forthcoming.
                                                                                                          281

-------
health effects


                   CHAPTER 6
I


-------
   CHAPTER  CONTENTS
                                 health effects
SUMMARY
   William L. Wagner, HEW
   Kenneth Bridbord, M.D., HEW                         287
QUESTIONS & ANSWERS                              293




TECHNICAL DISCUSSION                              299
DETECTION AND EVALUATION OF
POTENTIAL HEALTH EFFECTS ASSOCIATED WITH
HAZARDOUS AGENTS FROM ALTERNATE SOURCES OF ENERGY
   Stephen Nesnow, EPA
   Michael D. Waters, EPA
   Heinrich V. Mailing, HEW                           301
INTERAGENCY ENERGY/ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS ON
ANIMAL TOXICOLOGY
   David L. Coffin, EPA
   Robert L. Dixon, HEW                             307
METABOLISM, DAMAGE, AND REPAIR OF DAMAGE OF
ENERGY-RELATED CHEMICAL AGENTS
   Murray Schulman, ERDA
   George E. Stapleton, ERDA                          311
CLINICAL RESEARCH RELATED TO ENERGY
   John H. Knelson, EPA                             313
CURRENT STATUS OF EXTRAPOLATION RESEARCH
   Michael D. Hogan, HEW
   William C. Nelson, EPA                            315

-------
                                                           HEALTH   EFFECTS
                                                                                                      William L. Wagner
                                                                                                               Director
                                                                       National Institute of Occupational Safety and  Health
                                                                         U.S. Department of Health, Education and Welfare
                                                                                                 Kenneth Bridbord, M.D.
                                                                     Office of Extramural Coordination and  Special  Projects
                                                                      National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health
                                                                         U.S. Department of Health, Education and Welfare
 DEVELOPING SAFE
 ENERGY TECHNOLOGIES
PUBLISHABLE RESULTS
SPARGE
DEVELOPING  TECHNOLOGIES
DIFFICULT TO STUDY
    We are  sure that everyone  attending this Conference is aware of the tremendous
challenge that confronts our country,  and indeed  all  countries, to safely produce the
energy  necessary for  a  quality  standard of living; energy that  is,  indeed, vital  for our
survival. It is  obvious  that new sources  of  energy,  energy  conversion  processes, and
energy  conservation measures  must  be  developed within just a few years. These  new
technologies  will be complex and  will  inevitably pose potential risks to human health
and the environment. The  challenge to  produce  an  increasing supply of energy from
new sources  is considerably complicated  by this risk,  and dictates that the technology
developers and  the  health scientists work cooperatively to develop  energy production
facilities which are  efficient, safe for the  workers,  and  environmentally  acceptable.

    For the  health scientists, the ultimate objective  is to provide the  energy scientists
with timely information to guide the development of  technologies  so as to minimize or
eliminate  potential  hazards. To  accomplish  this it  is essential  to  maintain  close
cooperative  interaction  between the  engineers  and  other  scientists  concerned with
energy  technology development  and  the scientists concerned  with  protecting the public
health   and  welfare.  One  notable  result  of the  Interagency  Energy/Environment
Research and  Development Program has  been  the  progress made in  achieving  this
interaction.  There  is  still  progress   to  be  made,  and  this  type  of   program
accomplishment is  difficult to  document,  but  continuing progress in  developing such
interaction will eventually provide  great  dividends as our nation  proceeds in a major
technological assault on the energy problem.

    When we were reviewing  the  papers  submitted for  this  session, it became  obvious
that extensive publishable  results  in the  health effects  area are  not  available at this
time.

    This statement  is not meant to criticize. The situation  was to  be expected, since
several   years are  usually  required  to  complete  health  studies.  Investigation  of the
potential health hazards associated with developing and  existing energy technologies  is
a task  of  enormous scope,  requiring coordinated effort  beyond the  capabilities of any
single  agency.  It has  been a time-consuming  task to  make  preliminary assessments, to
develop interagency  coordination and agreements, to  re-examine program priorities and
previous commitments,  in some  cases to rearrange  entire research  programs, to  develop
contracts,  and  to reallocate resources. This extensive preparation was  required  so  that
the energy-associated  health problems could be researched in a responsive, logical, and
fiscally sound  manner.  Much of the initial years of the  Interagency  Program  was spent
in  this  effort.

    As actual research projects got underway,  the  life scientists discovered that the
study  of developing technologies posed  considerably  more problems than the study of
existing industries. The  processes within  a technology  were quite varied, and  there was
no certainty  that the process  would maintain the same  operational characteristics from
pilot  plant to commercial  plant.  There  was, and still is, a problem in obtaining  suitable
test substances.  Pilot  plants  frequently  have  unpredictable operating  schedules, are
usually  able  to achieve steady-state  operation  only for  short durations  (and  samples
taken  at other times are  practically  useless for biological testing), and the populations
available for  epidemiological studies are quite  small.
                                                                                                                   287

-------
REDIRECTION OF
HEALTH RESEARCH  PROGRAMS
IN VITRO AND IN VIVO
TEST SYSTEMS
     The  point  of mentioning  all this—and  I  have only touched  on a few problems-is
that  it  has  taken  a  lot of  effort  and  time to  redirect  extensive  health research
programs  in order  to  respond to  a  complex  major national issue; and  to bring these
programs  to a point where substantial results are starting to come in. Most projects are
only  on the threshold  of producing extensive  tangible,  i.e., publishable, results. By this
time  next  year,  a considerable  body  of  new  knowledge  will   have  been   reported
Though publishable results  are sparse  at this  time,  concrete achievements have been
made as a result of the Interagency Energy/Environment R&D Program.

     In the detection  and evaluation of  potential  health effects,  important accomplish-
ments have  included  the establishment  of  information systems  and a  repository  for
chemical  substances at  the  Oak  Ridge  National  Laboratory.  A  data information and
retrieval  service  has been established  to compile past and  present  literature on the
mutagenic potential of  environmental agents.  The Environmental  Mutagen Information
Center has  recently compiled  information based on  the potential  mutagenic activity of
petroleum refinery stream effluents and  on the toxicity  of coal  liquefaction products.

     A  computerized information  system for teratology, the  Environmental Teratology
Information  Center, has  also been established  at Oak Ridge. This system will meet the
needs  of  governmental   agencies  and   scientists  for  knowledge  of the teratogenic
potential  of environmental pollutants. During  the  past year, over  7,500 references have
been  introduced into this system.

     Another  important  research  support  facility   is  the  chemical  repository for
energy-related materials at Oak  Ridge.  This repository  was  created  to  receive, store,
and disseminate specimens of substances derived from coal gasification and liquefaction,
shale-oil production, and effluents from a number  of other  energy processes.

     Drs.  Nesnow, Waters, and  Mailing of EPA and NIEHS have reported on the use of
in  vitro  and  in  vivo   test  systems  to  detect  and  evaluate  potential  health effects
associated  with   hazardous  agents  from  alternate  sources  of  energy.  In   vitro  or
nonwhole animal  tests are invaluable  as  prescreens for identifying  potential mutagens,
cytotoxic  agents, and carcinogens.
288

-------
                                              The Salmonella typhimurium  histidine  reversion assay of Ames  is currently  being
                                          used  as  a screen  for  the identification  of  hazardous agents  from both alternate energy
                                          sources  and the urine of rats  treated with  carcinogens. A number of investigators  are
                                          using  the  system  to  evaluate  both  ambient  air  pollutants  and  coal  and  oil-shale
                                          conversion  products.  Preliminary  evidence  suggests that  the  most  active components
                                          appear  to be neutral  and basic compounds.  Mammalian cells  in culture  are  being used
                                          in  addition  to the microbial  system   for  detecting gene mutations.  The  metabolites
                                          identified  as  being highly  mutagenic are 7,8-dihydro-7,8 dihydroxybenzo(a)pyrene and
                                          benzol a) pyrene-4,5-oxide.

                                              Effects of various  energy-related  compounds  on DNA binding, damage,  and repair
                                          systems  are also  being  evaluated.  7,l2-dimethylbenz(a)anthracene  inhibited  50 percent
                                          of  the  thymidine  incorporation  into DNA  after 24  hours' incubation.  Inhibition of
                                          phage  replication  was  used as  an indicator  of  carcinogenic  activity  of 12 polycylic
                                          aromatic  hydrocarbons. The  results  suggest that  some  hydrocarbons  may directly
                                          inhibit   phage  replication,  whereas  others  may  be converted  to  some  other form,
                                          presumably within the cell,  before  demonstrating  an inhibitory effect.
|N VIVO
SCREENING SYSTEMS
     In vivo screening  systems are also  being  used to assess mutagenic activity. Sulfur
 dioxide,  benzo(a)pyrene   and  7,12-dimethylbenz(a)anthracene  are  currently   under
 evaluation  as  mutagens  using the  specific  locus  method in  mice.  A  dominant-lethal
 study  in  male  mice using  benzo(a)pyrene at the  maximum  tolerated  dose has  been
 completed.   There  is   an  indication  that  this  carcinogen  induces   dominant-lethal
 mutations   in    spermatozoa.   Female   mice    treated   with   benzo(a)pyrene   or
 7,12-dimethylbenz(a)anthracene have shown reduced productivity capacity.
COLLECTIVE EFFORTS
     A number  of  agents  are currently under evaluation as teratogens  in a  variety of
test systems.  Mice are  being  treated  with  X-rays, sulfur  dioxide,  sulfuric  acid,  and
benzo(a)pyrene;  rats  are  being  treated  with  heavy   metals  such  as  lead, and  the
offspring  are  being examined  for  teratogenic effects.  A novel  approach involves  the
treatment  of  mouse and rabbit  embryos with SOx and NOX in culture, followed  by
implantation   of  the   cultured   embryos  in  utero.   Subsequent  effects  on  the
developmental process  will  be  noted and compared to  animals exposed  by  inhalation.

     As evidenced  by the  foregoing  discussion,  significant  progress has been made  in
our  collective  efforts  to detect and  evaluate  potential   health effects  associated with
hazardous agents from  alternate sources of energy.  In the future it  will  be essential  to
achieve an  effective  integration  of the  various bioanalytical  methods  that  have been
developed.  Increased emphasis on  the following areas is needed.
                                               1.  Computer-assisted  identification (based on  known physiochemical,  biochemical,
                                          and   biological  structure-activity   relationships)   of  potential  genetoxic  agents  or
                                          potentially  genotoxic  metabolites  of the agents in  question  would  be a  worthwhile
                                          addition to the arsenal of  prescreens.

                                              2. A  number  of  the  new  systems previously described  need to  be  carefully
                                          validated  with  known standards,  and quantitative  relationships  should  be  established.
                                          Methods must be  developed  to permit existing bioassays to accept  crude  mixtures and
                                          effluents  without  prior purification. Systems  must  be  designed  and implemented that
                                          are  genetically  and  metabolically  similar to  man.  In  vivo test systems,  in  which  a
                                          number  of  parameters  such  as cytotoxicity,  DNA damage  and   repair,  metabolism,
                                          mutagenesis, and neoplastic transformation could be  measured concurrently, would be a
                                          valuable  addition  to the  screening  systems  available.  More emphasis  in  the area of
                                          monitoring  the  human  population  for  increases in  mutations,  cancers, and  terata  is
                                          desirable.   Further  investigation of  multiple-agent  effects  on  toxicity,   mutagenesis,
                                          teratogenesis,  and carcinogenesis is essential.

                                              3. The  interagency  program  for in  vivo  animal  toxicology  was established to
                                          evaluate  the  toxicological  hazards  of  effluents,  waste  streams, and   products of
                                          extraction,  conversion,  and  utilization from  the various energy technologies  by  acute
                                          and chronic exposure of whole-animal models, using appropriate  exposure  regimens.

                                               Drs.  Coffin  and Dixon  point  out that  the  program involves  not  only the actual
                                          testing of hazardous materials to establish dose-response  relationships under a variety of
                                          exposure  conditions, but also to identify particular  animal strains which, based on their
                                          sensitivity to selected pollutants,  can be used  to  model  those human organs, systems,
                                          or individuals which are most susceptible to that  particular stress.
                                                                                                                           289

-------
PROGRAM'S PRIME  FOCUS
GENERAL PROGRESS OF
PROGRAMS
EPA CLINICAL STUDIES-
PHASES I  AND II
     The  program  focuses primarily on  pollutants released during the coal fuel cycle
especially during  combustion and/or  conversion,  and  to a lesser extent on  pollutants
resulting  from other synthetic fuels and energy-conservation activities. The program is
oriented  toward  defining dose-response  resulting  from  inhalation   exposures,  which
represent  the primary  route  of exposure to  environmental pollutants for a majority of
the population. However, the program  is placing  increasing emphasis on other routes of
exposure-e.g.,  ingestion  and  dermal  absorption, and  particularly  multiple exposure
routes,  such  as  inhalation/ingestion—and their relative contributions to an individual's
total  body   burden,  and through   interaction  study  concerning toxicants  from other
sources, biological interaction with  infectious agents, etc.

     EPA, ERDA, and NIEHS carry out  more than  70 separate  research projects in the
in vivo aspects of  toxicology in the  Interagency Program.  In addition, many similar
experiments  pertaining  to energy   are being  performed  in the  base programs of the
respective agencies.  Many  of the projects  in  these  programs are closely  interlinked so
that much  more  work  in this field  is progressing  than  testing  under the  Interagency
Program indicates.

     It  is  patently  impossible  in  this  review to discuss  the  programs beyond citing
some general progress.  According  to Drs.  Coffin and  Dixon, progress during the past
year has  been  accomplished  on  three fronts. First, a  normal development of projects
with time and  an increase of data collection  as  they get underway  can be  expected.
Second,   increased  information  sharing  between  the  various  investigators  through
conferences and  inter-scientific communication has occurred. And third, collection and
dissemination,  across  agency  lines,  of  information  relative  to developing  process
availability of specimens for  biological  testing, which have  relevance to the  technologies
involved,  has  been accomplished.

     The  major objectives  of the research  in  metabolism and mechanisms in  biological
systems  are   threefold:  (1)  to  improve  the capabilities  of  extrapolated  dose-effect,
experimentally derived,  information to predict critical  results  of health  in  man; (2) to
provide mechanically,  data  that  can  transcend  species  variation by establishment of
generalized mechanisms of damage  and repair at the cellular and  molecular  level; (3) to
develop the   biological  and  biochemical  methods and systems  needed  to accomplish
these objectives.  Underlying  these  objectives  is  the   need to  define the  patterns of
deposition, distribution,  and  metabolism  which determine  chemical dose at the  cellular
level of critical  organic, biological, and physical factors influencing toxicity.

     Effects   involve  all  of  the   major  classes  of   fossil  energy-related  pollutants
(polycyclic  aromatic  hydrocarbons,  aliphatics, and  alicyclics), gases,  particulates,  and
trace metals.

     Since the  thrust  of this  portion  of the program is developmental in nature  and
highly  diversified  in terms of methodology,  it is at present difficult to  summarize in
terms of  the ultimate  objective, namely, improvement of capability to predict  health
risk to  man.

     Nevertheless, Drs. Schulman and Stapleton report some highlights:  (1) It  is clear
that carcinogenic  hydrocarbons (polynuclear aromatics)  bind  to  DNA,  and  cells that
have produced repair enzymes can  partially counteract  the  damage. (2)  It is possible to
evaluate repair in vivo in critical  organs as well  as  in  vitro cell cultures.  And (3) Data
are becoming available  that  suggest similar types of  molecular damage  and repair are
involved,  leading to  mutagenesis and carcinogenesis.

     Human  health  research  is  largely confined  to clinical studies conducted by EPA
and occupational safety and  health  studies conducted by  NIOSH.

     Dr. Knelson  reports in  his  paper that the clinical studies in EPA have evolved in
two  parallel  phases.  Phase I  is the  establishment  and  maintenance of a clinical studies
research facility and  the  development of  new  techniques with which  environmental
conditions can  be simulated  and their effects assessed.  This  developmental activity  is
necessary  because of the paucity of prior work in clinical  environmental  research. EPA
has assumed  a  leading  role  in this investigation.  Phase   II is the actual use of  those
resources  in  conducting  studies.  The energy  R&D effort figures  in  both phases of the
EMA's  clinical  studies  program.  In  Phase  I  the energy  program  provides the  data
quality  assurance for  components  of the  research system.  Phase  II consists of the
actual  use of  the  resources  developed in  Phase  I  for conducting the clinical  studies.
EPA  also supports  outside,  independent  studies  similar to those  being conducted
in-houss.
290

-------
SULFATE RESEARCH
HIGHLIGHTS OF NIOSH
ENERGY RELATED PROGRAM
      energy
      environment II
     The  environmental clinical  studies  within  EPA  center  on the Clinical Laboratory
 Evaluation and  Assessment of Noxious Substance  (CLEANS)  facility at the University
 of  North  Carolina, Chapel  Hill.  A  product of several years  of design and development,
 this facility is now completed and will  shortly begin to test energy-related pollutants.

     Studies  are  in progress to determine the  effects  of sulfuric acid aerosol on  healthy
 subjects.  Depending  on the  results  of this research,  other  studies will be  designed  to
 assess  the  effects of  ammonium  bisulfate  and ammonium sulfate. The  sulfate research,
 just beginning, is especially  important and  timely. Many forms of sulfates result either
 directly  or  indirectly  from  all  fossil  fuel-fired  combustion sources.  Research  is  in
 progress to evaluate  effects  of  carbon  monoxide, oxidants, and  sulfates.  New studies
 will address  nitrogen oxides  and  other aerosols, such as  nitrates.  These studies will  be
 an  important  feature  of the  Nation's energy program.

     Despite  the  high level of effort associated with CLEANS, it is absolutely necessary
 that independent studies also be conducted outside of EPA. Such supplemental studies
 help verify the  results  of CLEANS  and add  to a data base broad enough  to  assess for
 regulatory  purposes the  effect of  sulfate aerosols on human  health. EPA is funding two
 independent  studies  of the effects  of  sulfuric acid exposure,  one by the University  of
 Maryland  School of Medicine, the other  by the University of California.

     The  EPA Health Effects Research Program will  continue to  pursue a broad-based,
 multidisciplinary  research  program,  a  large part  of  which  will  identify  and quantify
 health consequences  of changing energy-production technology.  It is clear  that tighter
 homes and a  shift to more coal combustion are occurring in this country.  Therefore, a
 larger  clinical  studies  program  addressing  sulfur  oxides, heavy  metals, organics,  and
 indoor pollution  is indispensable.

     The  National  Institute  for  Occupational  Safety  and  Health  is  pursuing a broad
 program of  industrial  hygiene  and epidemiological   investigations which  includes the
 development   of  improved environmental  sampling  and analytical  chemistry techniques.
 We will not  discuss  the analytical chemistry and  instrumentation  development projects,
 even  though  exciting  progress   has  been  made  in  this  area.  The projects   will  be
 presented  in  detail later today.

     The  industrial  hygiene   and  epidemiology studies  are  directed  at a  number  of
 energy processes.  NIOSH and TVA have completed a  joint  preliminary feasibility study
 and are initiating, through   interagency  agreement,  a study  of  worker  exposure  at
 coal-fired  steam  electric  generating  plants utilizing negative and  positive  draft  boilers,
 and a  retrospective   mortality   study  of  about  6,000  employees  who  worked  in
 coal-fired  plants between 1955 and  1972.

     Because   of   the concern  for  human exposure to  asbestos and other  fibrous
 materials,   and in  anticipation  of  an  accelerated  national  effort to conserve  energy
through  increased  use  of insulation,  NIOSH  has been  studying  workers exposed  to
 mineral wool  fibers. A  report  on  a  retrospective  mortality  study  and  associated
 industrial  hygiene surveys is expected to be completed later  this year.

     Research has also  been  expanded  on the effects of the recirculation of indoor air.
 A   seminar is tentatively scheduled  for  this  September  to  discuss the  results  of the
 present contract.

     Industrial  hygiene  investigations of  high  Btu gasification pilot  plants have  been
 performed  under  contract and were well  underway   earlier this  year.  The contract  is
 being expanded to  include both low and high  Btu gasification  processes.

     A contract for the study of  coal  liquefaction processes will  be  awarded within a
few months.

     NIOSH is also developing occupational safety and health guideline documents for
coal conversion  plants.  A  document  on  coal  gasification  pilot plants,  now being
reviewed by  several  Federal  agencies,  will be finalized and transmitted to  OSHA  and
 ERDA  later  this year.  Work  has  begun  on a  second  document  to develop safety  and
health  criteria for  coal  gasification  scale-up facilities.  Later  this  fiscal year, a contract
will be awarded for similar documents  related  to coal  liquefaction.

     Morbidity and mortality studies of former oil-shale  workers  are ongoing.  Most  of
the cohort members  have now  been  located and  their vital status determined.  The
cohort  is   quite  small,   however  (600  persons),  and the  industry  is  not  sufficiently
developed  to  provide  very   meaningful  industrial  hygiene  investigations.  NIOSH  is,
                                                                                                                          291

-------
                                           therefore,  making  a preliminary  study of the oil-shale industry in  the Soviet Union to
                                           determine  whether the Estonian experience is similar enough  to  be used  as a predictor
                                           of  potential future problems in the United States.

                                               Although  I  have  not mentioned  a  number  of projects, these are some  of the
                                           highlights  of the NIOSH  energy-related program.  I  expect that a number of significant
                                           results, reports, and documents will be forthcoming within  this next year.

CURRENT STATUS OF                        Drs.  Hogan and Nelson reported  on  the current status of extrapolating  results of
STUDIES IN ANIMALS                    studies  in  animals,  often  conducted  at  high  dose levels,  to  the human  exposure
                                           situation,  usually occurring at  much  lower dose levels.  Most  of  the tested carcinogens
                                           appear to  behave   in a  linear  dose  response  fashion at low  dose  levels,  even  if they
                                           exhibit a nonlinear response in the experimental dose range. Tight confidence  limits for
                                           the point-estimate   of risk  at  low dose  levels can  usually be established for compounds
                                           that exhibit a strong linear trend in the experimental dose  range.

                                               In  conclusion,  let me say  that  the  interagency R&D  health  research program in
                                           energy shows  promise of making a substantive  contribution to  our Nation's efforts to
                                           provide  safe and environmentally acceptable energy sources.
                                                                   WILLIAM  L. WAGNER
                                                B.S., Civil  Engineering,  M.S.,  Sanitary Engineering,  Virginia  Polytechnic Institute;
                                           M.S., Radiological  Hygiene,  University  of  North  Carolina. As Coordinator for Energy
                                           and  Mining Research, NIOSH,  directed  research in energy technologies and metal  and
                                           nonmetallic  mining. Experience as  radiation physicist for Alaska Department of Health
                                           and  Social   Services  on  control  of  ionizing  and  nonionizing  radiation.  Extensive
                                           involvement  in  protective plans for radiation related  emergencies;  developed character-
                                           ization  techniques  for  radioactive  particles, and monitored environmental  radionuclide
                                           concentrations  from fallout  from nuclear testing. Currently, Director for Environmental
                                           and  Energy  Research, NIOSH, Morgantown, WV.
292

-------
                             questions
                                  CK answers
                                                      Mr. Kesh S. Murthy
                                              Battelle-Columbus Laboratories

                                                       Dr. Herbert Lorber
                                      Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory-ERDA
                                                   Dr.  Harrison R. Hickey
                                                Tennessee Valley Authority

                                                         Mr. Alex Green
                                                     University of Florida

                                                     Dr. Edward S. Rubin
                                                 Carnegie-Mellon University
QUESTION:
    Dr.  Friberg, could  you  repeat the  name of the
journal the risk assessment report will be published in?
RESPONSE:  Dr. Lars Friberg (Karolinski Institute)
QUESTION:
                            The  Environmental  Health  Perspectives given  out
                        from  the  National  Institute  of  Environmental  Health
                        Sciences.
    With regard to the linear versus nonlinear debate, Dr.
Friberg gives the impression  that in the absence of firm
data the symposium decided  to take a prudent,  easy, and
practical  course,  assuming a  linear behavior  with zero
threshold.  However,  I  got  the  impression  from  the
rapporteur's summary that there  is perhaps some evidence
to  support the linear hypothesis. Would  someone please
elaborate on this?
RESPONSE:  Dr. Friberg
                            There is no doubt that there are data which support
                        such  linear hypothesis.  However, the conclusion  was  a
                        more general one, meaning that, as there is evidence for
                        certain chemicals of this linear relationship,  it was best to
                        use a linear hypothesis generally  if there was no evidence
                        to the contrary. This would be in agreement with what  is
                        used in radiation protection.
COMMENT:  Dr. George E. Stapleton (ERDA)
                            Dr.  Friberg would  probably  agree that  the best
                        evidence  for  linearity comes from polynuclear aromatic
                        hydrocarbons that are  complete carcinogens. Not all  of
                        the known agents are complete  carcinogens;  that is, they
                        do not serve as  an initiator as well as a promoter.
                                                                                                    293

-------
                                  There  may  be  other  evidence  for  what  we  now
                              classify as incomplete carcinogens where the dose response
                              is  not  linear.  From  recent  experiments,  the  initiation
                              process  which  shows  linear  kinetics  is most  interesting,
                              but the  requirement in some  cases  is for a  promoting
                              agent.

                                   I  would  also   like to  indicate  that  the  regulated
                              compounds  are  not  promoters.  It  may  turn  out to  be
                              very  important  in   the   future  that   some  of   the
                              hydrocarbon-type compounds  need to be assessed in  their
                              role as promoters as well as carcinogens. The possibility  is
                              being  created  by  the  very  programs that were talked
                              about today, to actually develop  inexpensive and perhaps
                              rapid  screens  to  indicate  what  compounds  serve  as
                              promoters.  We  know  only a few now, but  there are many
                              compounds   that  could  be   promoters,  especially   the
                              organic compounds.
COMMENT:  Mr. Gerald Rausa (EPA)
COMMENT:  Dr. Friberg
 QUESTION:
                                   I am substituting  for  Mike Hogan from  NIEHS who
                              was to address the question  of risk extrapolation.  I  have
                              recently returned from  an  NIEHS symposium where  Mike
                              Hogan  and  Dr.  David Hull  have been  doing a  lot  of
                              modeling.  There  is some evidence which  indicates  that  it
                              is  most   appropriate  to  use  the   linear,  nonthreshold
                              hypothesis for several agents.

                                   Dr.  Hull's papers  on  that subject will  be available in
                              the not too  distant future.  That  does not mean  that  all
                              agents  exhibit this relationship, but there is  indeed  some
                              evidence  that,  as Dr. Stapleton indicated, some agents do.
                                   I think it  is important to realize that for several of
                              these  compounds for example, benzo-A-pyrene, if there  is
                              not  an  addition,  let  us  say from  a  power  plant, we
                              always have  a  fairly  high  background  level;  so we are
                              basically not down at the very zero dose.
     I   wondered   what  the  implications  are  to  the
selection of alternative systems in control technology of
this  linear  hypothesis, as opposed to having a  threshold
below   which  presumably   we   can  enjoy  a  healthy
environment. Does  this  mean  that we will  be  driven  by
that    hypothesis    in    the   direction    of    the   as
low-as-practicable-approach that  has  been  used  for  the
nuclear  industry?
 RESPONSE:   Mr. William Wagner  (NIOSH)
                                  The Occupational Safety and  Health  Act was  meant
                              to  be  a  technology-forcing  act.  As  carcinogens  and
                              hazards  are  identified, the controls in  the  plants will have
                              to be designed  to  bring  these  exposures  to  a  minimum.
                              Would  somebody like to comment on the environmental
                              aspects?
 RESPONSE:   Mr.  Rausa
                                   The question really  is what is an acceptable risk, and
                              of course,  it turns out that  what  is  an  acceptable risk to
                              one  person  may  not  be  an acceptable risk to another. As
294

-------
                             a   consequence,   that   particular   question
                             addressed to the decision makers themselves.
                                             should   be
                                 Those in  the research  business are trying to estimate
                             the  greatest amount of reliability—what that dose response
                             relationship  is  and under  what  circumstances the  linear
                             hypothesis is appropriate. The question of acceptability  of
                             risk   is  not  necessarily  what should  be  asked  of  these
                             individuals but  rather  of  the decision makers.
QUESTION:
RESPONSE:  Mr. Rausa
     I  was wondering  about the significance of the linear
hypothesis itself, assuming that you  mean linearity all the
way  back to zero. That  says that there  is not a threshold,
that   one  molecule  is  too  much.  Am I   reading  that
correctly? Is that what the  linear hypothesis means?
                                 There  are two  types  of  linear  hypotheses.  One is
                             linear  nonthreshold and the other is linear with threshold.
                             As  a  matter  of  fact,  there  are a  number of different
                             kinds  of models. Linear nonthreshold essentially  means a
                             one  hit  situation   without   taking   into  account   the
                             possibility  for  reparative  processes. But on  the  basis of
                             the data that  exist at the present time, there is no doubt
                             that under some circumstances  linear  nonthreshold  is an
                             appropriate  approach to  use.   EPA's   cancer  assessment
                             group  is headed by  Dr.  Roy  Albert,  who just  recently
                             said that, as  far  as he  is concerned, this  is the particular
                             approach that will  be  used  for making recommendations
                             for a number of  agents.
QUESTION:
     There are several papers published that question the
general  applicability of a  linear  hypothesis. A  number of
years ago a  paper  introduced  a  concept of drug  potency
where  things went  as  Dn times  the mean  age to  50
percent incidence.

     I  have  done  work  in  the  ultraviolet  radiation skin
cancer,    nonmelanoma   skin    cancer,  which   suggests
age-adjusted  rates   go  as  exponentially  with  dose  or
approximately as  D^  or  D3,  in that  neighborhood. The
National Cancer Institute  gets the same type of  result.

     I  have  recently heard  that a  specialized  conference
on   ionizing  radiation  dose  response  curves  began  to
question some of what are  regarded as the  standard  tenets
of  ionizing   radiation  dose  response  work. In  particular,
the  impact of repair mechanisms seems to throw  some of
these tenets  into question.

     Perhaps  a  better model than ionizing radiation would
be  nonionizing radiation such as ultraviolet, where damage
is  less  violent  than in   ionizing radiation. I  would  like
your comments  on that.
RESPONSE:  Dr. Friberg
                                  This  was discussed  in  much  detail.  For example, we
                             say  it has become  more  likely on  micro-dosimetric and
                             theoretical grounds than  in the mathematical formulation
                             of the dose response relationship. The frequency of many
                             harmful effects  is  likely  to be represented  up to  rather
                             high  doses  by  the  sum of  three  terms-one  being  the
                             background  frequency,  the  second varying  with the dose,
                             and the third  varying with the square of  the dose.
                                                                                                                          295

-------
QUESTION:
 RESPONSE:  Mr. Wagner
     Dr.  Wagner, you started  off your talk pointing out
that  one  of  the benefits of the  interagency program has
been to get  health scientists and  technologists  talking to
one  another; yet,  health  scientists on this panel, the ones
I  hear, talk  most  frequently about carcinogens, mutagens,
and  things that are  generally  not  regulated in  terms of
the day-to-day  business of the  EPA.  Today we  hear about
carcinogens   and   mutagens. Yesterday we  heard  about
sulfur  dioxide,  particulate  matter,  NOX  the  same  old
stuff.

     Are the health  scientists  getting the  point  across to
those  who   are  developing control  technology  that in
addition  to  characterizing   effluents from  processes, as
they may exist  in  a  crude  or  raw state,  we ought to be
trying  to  characterize  the  effect  of different  control
technologies   on   these   somewhat   esoteric    sorts  of
compounds and  species?
                                   I  think  that  we  all recognize the ultimate goal of
                              our  research  is  to develop  the control technology  that
                              will  allow  us to  use  some  of  the energy  sources  and
                              conversion  processes that  are  being developed;  in other
                              words,  this is the bottom line  of  the  interagency energy
                              R&D program.

                                   In NIOSH  we  have  a control  technology  group who,
                              under  the  auspices of  this  funding,  will  be pursuing a
                              number  of different  research  projects  and who will be
                              working with our epidemiologists and industrial hygienists.
                              We  are also  talking to the technologists,  for  instance,  in
                              the  fossil  energy group  in ERDA,  and  to  those  who are
                              actually  developing  the  technologies. In other words, we
                              are  trying to  identify the raw substances, the by-products,
                              the  end  products,  the waste  materials, and  the  fugutive
                              emissions to  determine their human risk,  and to identify
                              the  points  of human contact and  then find the controls
                              necessary to minimize or eliminate  this  contact.
QUESTION:
RESPONSE:   Mr.  Wagner
     How   is  it   arrived  at  that   carcinogenesis   and
mutagenesis  were   the   main   threats  of   fossil   fuel
combustion? Yesterday,  we heard  that control technology
stresses  minimizing  sulfur  dioxide, oxides of nitrogen, and
particles. Among the existing control  technologies, do any
of them lower  the carcinogenic,  mutagenic hydrocarbons
in the air?
                                   It  is  not my opinion that the general  thrust  of  the
                               interagency   health   effects   research   program   is   in
                               carcinogenesis and mutagenesis.  This  is just  one aspect of
                               human  health effects.

                                   I  briefly alluded  to a problem in  my overview  speech
                               about  exposure to  mixtures  of  materials. I  do not  know
                               and  would not want to  get into a  discussion  of  what
                               materials  are promoters or  co-carcinogens;  it is  a  very
                               knotty  problem.
                                   I  think it  is important to  realize  that, when we get
                               into mixtures, we have a number of insults on the human
                               body,  and   the  effects  are  possibly  going  to  be  quite
                               different, perhaps more severe  than when we test systems
296

-------
RESPONSE:  Mr. Rausa
                             to the pure substances. There is a great deal of work  that
                             needs to  be done in  this area,  particularly  in just trying
                             to design the  test  systems.  For instance,  how  does one
                             collect a  fugitive  emission and keep  it intact  in terms of
                             its  relative  proportions of  materials  and then  expose a
                             bacteria or  some  cell  tissue or cell culture test system to
                             this  material. There is  a  lot of work that needs to be
                             done  here,  and  I  think in  this area we need  to do more
                             work  and look at the exposure to mixtures as  opposed to
                             pure substances.
                                  It  is inappropriate  to conclude  that  one  only  keys
                             on carcinogenesis  or  mutagenesis  as the end  points. There
                             are  other end points of major concern. It  just so happens
                             that  in the  risk extrapolation  business,  the  mathematical
                             analysis  that  has gone  on  has addressed  that  particular
                             question.  We  do  the  things  we  can  do,  and we  can  do
                             the  arithmetic easier with  carcinogenesis and mutagenesis
                             than we can  with  systems, essentially  dysfunctions.

                                  The  other  techniques  that  are   being  used  in  risk
                             assessment as it pertains  to other end points  is essentially
                             the   gathering together of  ad  hoc  groups to decide the
                             appropriate   dose   response  relationship   based  on  the
                             totality  of  information  which is available,   from animal
                             toxicology,  epidemiology,  and  the   clinical   studies,  and
                             how to  extrapolate that.  You should not go away  from
                             here thinking that carcinogenesis  and  mutagenesis  are the
                             only end  points of concern.
RESPONSE:  Dr. Friberg
RESPONSE:  Dr. Stapleton
                                  I would strongly agree with that. One reason that  we
                             have researched this  in  so  much  detail  in Sweden is that
                             we  wanted to  have an effect  that could  be compared
                             with the  effects  that  are thought  to  be the  cause  of
                             ionizing    radiation.    For   example,   we    took   the
                             concentrations   of   benzo-A-pyrene   and   made  some
                             calculations using  a linear dose response  relationship. The
                             number  of cancers  to be  expected,  even  with  such a
                             conservative approach, from one single coal power plant is
                             very  trivial.  At  the  same  time,  if  we  take  another
                             carcinogenic substance  that  is  emitted  in the stack  gases
                             such as arsenic, we also end  up  with  a trivial number of
                             cancers. The main problem arises in  connection with  the
                             emission of  coal  or stack gases from  power plants.  We
                             have no idea  whatsoever  what the  carcinogenic potential
                             of the  total emission is.
                                  In  the  ERDA program there  is almost  a  complete
                             balance,   say,  between   studies  that  have  to  do  with
                             mutagenesis,   carcinogenesis,  and  what  we  call  systems
                             toxicology.  But  I  must  admit  that  most of  the effort  in
                             carcinogenesis and  mutagenesis  is based on  the fact  that
                             most of  the  criteria for standards are not based on late
                             effects,  and  this is one  of the large  gaps in  information
                             for  criteria   for   the  future.   It   is  the  real  gap   of
                             information,  say, so far as  health hazards.
                                                                                                                          297

-------
 COMMENT:  Dr. Stephen J. Gage  (EPA)
                                    After the last session was over one  of the things that
                               struck me from  the  discussion is  the  mix of  present and
                               future problems  and  technologies.  I  think Dr.  Stapleton
                               put  it  very  well by  saying  that  there  is  a  considerable
                               amount  of   emphasis  on  carcinogenic  and  mutagenic
                               research  in the health effects area  because  these are latent
                               problems  that  have  very,  very  long time constants. If we
                               do  have  problems—say,  cancers caused by  the  combustion
                               products from coal-fired  plants—we ought  to  know about
                               this as soon as possible.

                                   And  probably as  important,  we  should  not  launch
                               new technologies  without taking the greatest precaution in
                               identifying any  latent effects  that  might  be  associated
                               with  those  technologies.   That  is  the  reason for  the
                               combination  of  studies which  are related  to  the toxic
                               effects, as  well as the  carcinogenic and mutagenic  effects.
                               And  that  is  why we  study coal combustion  products
                               along  with the products and  by-products of the  advanced
                               processes such as coal  liquefaction  and  coal gasification.

                                   I thought this short word  of explanation  might help
                               put that previous session in a little better perspective.
298

-------
technical
  discussion

-------
   DETECTION AND EVALUATION OF POTENTIAL HEALTH
     EFFECTS ASSOCIATED WITH HAZARDOUS AGENTS
        FROM ALTERNATE SOURCES OF ENERGY
           Stephen Nesnow and Michael D. Waters
            Health Effects Research Laboratory
           U.S. Environmental Protection  Agency
                  Heinrich  V.  Mailing
          Laboratory of Environmental Mutagenesis
       National Institute  of Environmental Health Sciences
       U.S. Department of Health,  Education, and Welfare
           Research Triangle Park, North Carolina
INTRODUCTION

     An  integral part  of  health  effects related
research is the development  and  utilization of
methods  that facilitate the  detection and evalua-
tion of  potential health  effects associated with
hazardous agents from  alternate  sources of energy.
The final Report of  the Interagency Working Group
on Health and Environmental  Effects of Energy Use
(King-Muir Report, November  1974)  defined five
objective areas for  study, three of which are:
Objective area No 1:   To  identify hazardous agents
associated with energy technologies;  Objective area
No 2:  To develop more rapid and sensitive biologi-
cal methods to evaluate dose and damage to man, and
Objective area No 5:   To  determine the processes of
damage,  repair, recovery, protection and ameliora-
tion in  biological systems exposed to hazardous
agents.

     These objective areas encompass an overall
program  of research  and development of technologies
associated with the  identification of hazardous
agents from environmental effluents and the deter-
mination of their effect  on  human health.  The
Interagency Health Effects Related R & D program
has provided support for  these areas of investiga-
tion.  This report summarizes the technological
advances that have been made.

     A distinction can be made within the human
population in regard to levels of exposure to
effluents from alternate  energy  sources.  Those
individuals who reside or work near energy produc-
tion facilities may  be exposed to high concentra-
tions of effluents.  Although this subpopulation
represents a small fraction  of the total popula-
tion, it wculd be highly  desirable to routinely
monitor  this subpopulation for increases in possi-
ble toxic and genotoxic effects  (i.e., those effects
that result from damage to DNA).   It  might also be
advantageous to identify  high risk individuals
within this subpopulation.   The  remainder of the
overall  population is  exposed to low or background
levels of effluents.   These  individuals are insul-
ted with chronic subtoxic doses  of those agents
that have diffused from high concentration areas.
Constant  monitoring  of both  high concentration and
low concentration areas for  the  appearance of cyto-
toxic and genotoxic  agents and a continuing program
of risk assessment  is  necessary for the protection
of the ecosphere.   This  monitoring can employ
rapid, short-term,  sensitive tests organized into
tiered or hierarchial  levels.   The incorporation of
redundant test  systems is  desirable to increase the
range and sensitivity  of the overall test matrix.
The problem of  false negatives can be overcome by
using a battery of  tests,  while false positives can
be further evaluated by  higher-order test systems.

     In vitro_ or non-whole animal tests are inval-
uable as prescreens for  identifying potential
mutagens, cytotoxic agents and carcinogens in the
environment because they are rapid, sensitive, and
low in cost.

IN VITRO TEST SYSTEMS

Mutagenesis Systems Utilizing  Gene Mutations in
Prokaryotic Microorganisms and Somatic Cells in
Culture

     The Salmonella typhimurium histidine reversion
assay of Ames is one of  the most thoroughly devel-
oped systems for detecting mutagens.   This system
is currently being  used  as a screen for the identi-
fication of hazardous  agents from both alternate
energy sources  and  the urine of rats  treated with
carcinogens.  A number of  investigators are using
the system to direct the fractionation of both amb-
ient air pollutants and  coal and oil  shale conver-
sion products.   The goal of these investigations is
to isolate, identify and evaluate the mutagenic and
potentially carcinogenic effects associated with
specific hazardous  agents  found in complex mixtures.
Using liquid extraction  procedures, preliminary
evidence indicates  that  the most active components
appear to be neutral and basic compounds.   Further
developmental work with  the Salmonella typhimurium
system is underway  using a number of  derivatives of
fluorene.  Structure-activity  relationships, dose-
response curves, and the binding of these compounds
(or their metabolites) to  cells or macromolecules
is being evaluated.

     Mammalian  cells in  culture are being used, in
addition to the microbial  system, for detecting
gene mutations.  Detection of  these events in
Chinese hamster ovary  cells is through the use of
multiple drug-resistance markers such as oubain
resistance, 8-azaguanine resistance,  and 8-aza-
denine resistance.  A  similar  approach is being
used with Syrian hamster embryo cells.  Both cell
systems are being further  developed and validated
with standard mutagens and energy-relevant hydro-
carbons.  Chinese hamster  ovary cells are also
being evaluated for use  in a point mutation assay
using 6-thioguanine resistance as the marker and
metabolites of  benzo(a)pyrene, an environmental
carcinogen, as  the  test  agents.  To date the meta-
bolites that have been identified as highly muta-
genic are:  7,8-dihydro—7,8-dihydroxybenzo(a)pyrene
and benzo(a)pyrene-4-5-oxide.

     Mammalian  lymphoid  cell culture systems (both
human and murine) are  being investigated as indi-
cator lines using point  mutations at the hypo—
xanthine-guanine phosphoribosyl transferase and
                                                                                                           301

-------
argininosuccinic  acid  synthetase  loci (human)  and
the induction  of  altered  immunoglobulin (murine).
Chromosomal  breakage using  banding techniques  and
activity  in  bacterial  test  systems are also being
studied for  correlative activity.

      A different  approach to  detecting mutations  is
being evaluated using  multiple loci screening  by
electrophoretic methods.  In Chinese hamster ovary
cells, the products of 51 structural enzyme loci
have  been electrophoretically characterized and
electrophoretic shifts following  treatment with
mutagens  have  been recorded.   This technique
avoids many  problems associated with single selec-
tive  systems using recessive  mutations and offers
theoretical  advantages.

      A data  information and retrieval service  has
been  established  to compile past  and present
literature on  the mutagenesis of  environmental
agents.   The Environmental  Mutagen Information
Center (EMIC), located at Oak Ridge National
Laboratory,  has recently  compiled  information  bases
on  the potential  mutagenic  activity of petroleum
refinery  stream effluents and on  the toxicity  of
coal  liquefaction products.

Screening Systems for  Chromosomal  Aberrations  in
Mammalian Cells in Culture

      Chromosomal  aberrations,  chromosomal breaks,
and sister chromatid exchange are  being used as end
points to measure the  genotoxic effects of environ-
mental mutagens in cell lines derived from the
Chinese hamster,  Indian muntjac,  and deer mouse.
The effects  of energy-related agents on karyotypic
changes in Chinese hamster  cells  are being studied.
Chromosomal  aberrations and mitotic disjunctions
are being scored  in stained preparations.   This
assay will be  extended to human fibroblasts and
lymphocyte cell preparations  as a  potential screen
in  primary human  material.

      A host-mediated assay  is being developed  with
human lymphoid cells as target cells.   The induc-
tion  of chromosome damage will be  determined after
the cells are  inoculated  into heterologous hosts
and the hosts  treated  with  test agents.

Carcinogenesis and Co-Carcinogenesis Malignant
Transformation Systems

      The  carcinogenic  activity of  selected air
pollutants is  being evaluated using the C3H10T^ and
BALB/3T3  neoplastic transformation bioassays.
Metabolic activation systems  are  presently being
coupled to these  cell  systems to  enhance their
sensitivity.   The CSHIOT^ mouse embryo fibroblastic
cell  line is being further  developed by attempting
to  incorporate biochemical  and biological end
points for carcinogenesis in  addition to morpho-
logical transformation; these modifications will
help  to shorten the assay times.   Permanent cell
lines of  epithelial origin  (including human) are
currently being established that  will be trans-
formable  by  chemical carcinogens.   Since most  human
tumors are derived from epithelial tissues, these
cell  lines will be highly relevant as screens  for
these agents.  Syrian  hamster embryo cells are
being used as  a  test  system for the identification
of chemical carcinogens.   These cells,  unlike the
BALB/3T3 or C3H10T%,  are  diploid and have  high
levels of metabolic enzymes necessary for  con-
verting procarcinogens  into their active forms.

     The activity  of  agents,  obtained from coal  and
oil shale processes,  that enhance carcinogensis
(co-carcinogens) is being investigated  using x-rays
as the primary insult.  Initially,  rodent  lines
were utilized  until it  was  observed that these
lines processed  DNA lesions induced by  alkylating
agents in a different manner  and to a different
extent than did  human cells.   Caution must be
exercised in transposing  DNA  repair data derived
from rodent cell tissue culture to  the  possible
effects of the test agents  on human cells.

DNA Binding, Damage and Repair Systems

     An investigation will  be underway  to  compare
the qualitative  and quantitative aspects of a
variety of systems to convert benzo(a)pyrene to
DNA-bound benzo(a)pyrene  covalent adducts.  This
comparative study will  examine differences between
cell lines derived from different tissues  (in-
cluding those of human  origin)  as well  as  compare
in vitro systems with in  vivo ones.

     DNA repair processes using unscheduled DNA
synthesis are being implemented as  a screen using
primary rat hepatocytes.  A number  of standard
carcinogens have been screened for  their effect  on
DNA repair activity.  In permanent hepatocellular
lines, these same agents  will be screened  for their
ability to induce point mutations.

     DNA damage  in Chinese  hamster  ovary cells is
being studied using alkaline  sucrose gradients.  A
number of methods are being employed for the
detection of the DNA  in the gradient: use of
ethidium bromide and  fluorometric detection; post-
labelling the DNA with  125I;  and use of a high-
speed flow system using propidium iodide staining.

     The combined properties  of ultraviolet light
or near ultraviolet light  (simulating sunlight)  and
carcinogens on DNA damage,  mutations, and  trans-
formation is currently being  studied.   These two
types of radiation differ qualitatively with re-
spect to cell killing in  V-79,  HeLa,  and C3H10T^
cells; and with  respect to  DNA damage and  repair in
V-79 and HeLa cells.  Consequently,  projections
made from UV effects  to effects expected from
sunlight cannot be made with  complete confidence.

     The effects of metals  found in coal fly ash on
enzymatic DNA replication using DNA polymerase I
(from M. luteus) are being  studied.   Divalent
cations inhibit DNA synthesis (as measured by
changes in T  value)  and  induce error-prone DNA
synthesis in the system.

     The inhibitory effect  of 7,12-dimethylbenz-
(a)anthracene on DNA  synthesis and  its  possible
modification by  the hormones  diethylstilbestrol and
progesterone has been studied using primary cells
derived from the uteri  of young rabbits and cul-
tured in the presence of  radioactive thymidine.
302

-------
7,12-Dimethylbenz(a)anthracene inhibited  50%  of  the
thyniidine incorporation after 24 hours  incubation.
Progesterone showed a protective effect  (about
30%); diethylstilbestrol did not reverse  the  in-
hibitory effect of dimethylhenz(a)anthracene.

Correlative Tests for Genotoxic Activity

    Inhibition of phage replication was  used as an
indicator of the carcinogenic activity of  12  poly-
cyclic aromatic hydrocarbons.  QB RNA and  0X174
DNA, isolated from the respective phages,  were used
as infective nucleic acids.  When mixed with  E.
coli spheroplasts, the infectious nucleic  acids
were absorbed by the spheroplast and initiated
production of new phage particles.  The results
suggest that some hydrocarbons may directly inhibit
phage replication, whereas others must be  converted
to some other form, presumably within the  cell,
before demonstrating an inhibitory effect.

    Cytochemical markers for cell transformation
and carcinogenesis are being examined using micro-
fluorometry and flow system analysis and  sorting.
Cellular proteases and esterases are being measured
in Chinese hamster ovary, Syrian hamster  embryo,
and human lung fibroblast cells.   Significant
differences have been observed between cell types.
In WI-38 cells (normal vs viral-transformed),
differences in levels of cathepsin Bl and  alkaline
phosphatase can be used to distinguish the two cell
states.

    The alteration in cell cycle kinetics and
chromatin structure,  upon treatment of cells with
hazardous agents, is being examined by use of auto-
radiography and flow microfluorometry.  Alterations
of certain regulatory processes in cells  in culture
are being investigated as an indicator of  cell
damage.  The test system used is the inducible
tyrosine aminotransferase enzyme in cultured rat
hepatoma cells.   Regulation of transcription by
glucocorticoids and of translation by insulin and
cyclic nucleotides, as well as the metabolic
turnover of tyrosine aminotransferase and  its mRNA
can be readily analyzed.   The hydrocarbons (benzo-
(a)pyrene and 7,12-dimethylbenz(a)anthracene) and
with Al+3 have shown little effect on the  regula-
tion of the enzymes under study.


Cellular Toxicity Assay Systems and Organ  Culture
Toxicity Test Systems

    Studies of cellular toxicity using the alveolar
macrophage are of interest because the macrophage
is one of the first cells to interact with inhaled
Pollutants.  Crude ambient air samples, samples
derived from alternate energy sources and  metallic
ions are being tested using rabbit alveolar macro-
Phages in culture.  Cell viability, cell  number,
ATP content, phagocytic activity, and enzymatic
parameters are being used as measures of  cyto-
toxicity.  The effect of metallic oxide coated and
uncoated fly ash on rabbit alveolar macrophage via-
ability and function is currently being determined.
Scanning electron microscopic examination  is  being
conducted to map the elemental distribution within
the cells.
     Heavy metals such  as  lead  and  cadmium have
been applied to cell cultures derived  from nervous
tissue, liver, and muscle.   The effects of these
metals on general growth parameters,  on the in-
duction of binding proteins, and on the develop-
mental expression of differentiated functions are
being studied.  Lead has been found to concomit-
antly modulate the levels  of A-aminolevulinate
synthetase and A-aminolevulinate dehydratase
(enzymes involved in the heme pathway), and induce
mitochondria! damage in cultured liver cells.

     The effects of cadmium  as  a pulmonary toxicant
are being studied using the  guinea  pig alveolar
macrophage.  Cadmium transport,  its intracellular
distribution and accumulation,  its  effect  on the
release of lysosomal enzymes, on phagocytic activity
and endogenous respiration are  being measured.

     Tracheal rings from hamsters have been exposed
to oxides of manganese. The  effects of these
metallic oxides on mucociliary  beating frequency,
tracheal morphology, and ATP content after exposure
have been determined.

In Vitro Metabolism, Metabolic  Activation, and

Detoxification Systems

     Using highly sophisticated  analytical techni-
ques, the metabolism of a number of hydrocarbons
(including benzo(a)pyrene) is being studied in a
number of cell lines derived from fetal epithelial
(intestinal, foreskin)  tissues.   Particular em-
phasis is being placed  on  establishing the existence
of the ultimate carcinogenic metabolites of these
hydrocarbons.  Enzymatic kinetics and  qualitative
variations in carcinogen metabolism between these
embryonic cells and rodent cell  lines  are  being
compared.

JEN VIVO SCREENING SYSTEMS

Mutagenesis S)rstems Utilizing Gene  Mutations in
Mamma1s

     Sulfur dioxide, benzo(a)pyrene and 7,12-
dimethylbenz (a) anthracene  are currently under
evaluation as mutagens  using the specific  locus
method in mice.  This test system evaluates trans-
mitted gene mutations in mammals.

     A new mouse strain is being developed to
maximize the sensitivity of  a point mutation
assay.  Inbread strains of mice containing specific
variants are being backcrossed  to the  C57B/6J
mouse.  Starch gel electrophoresis  is  used to
identify up to nine loci and to follow them through-
out the course of the genetic experiments.  A
polygenic assay for induced  point mutations in mice
is being developed,  DBA/2J  mice will  be treated
with triethylenemelamine,  and eight phenotypic
traits will be measured.

     Electrophoretic methodologies  for detecting a
variety of point mutations are  currently being
employed by a number of investigators.  Characteri-
zation of esterases from plasma, red blood cells,
and kidneys of C57B/6J  and DBA/2J mice and their F
                                                                                                          303

-------
offspring, using two dimensional  analysis,  is cur-
rently underway.  The  isoelectric point  of  each
esterase band will be  determined.   Another  approach
is to develop a simple mammalian  test  system where
differences in electrophoretic mobility  and inactive
enzyme changes will be detected at the same loci.
Using two inbred mouse strains, which  differ with
respect to nine enzyme loci,  tissue samples of F^
offspring will be analyzed.

     Histochemical methods  are being developed to
detect point mutations in mouse sperm  for the
following enzymes: a-glycerophosphate  dehydro-
genase, lactate dehydrogenase, and succinate dehy-
drogenase.  Using standard  staining procedures and
specific enzyme inhibitors,  it should  be possible
to detect active site  mutations in these sperma-
tozoal enzymes.  These mutations  will  be estab-
lished by counting stained  and unstained cells
using computer-assisted microscopy.

Genetic Analysis of Chromosomal Damage in Mammals
and Plants

     The induction of  chromosomal aberrations in
mouse germ cells is being studied with two  carcino-
gens.  A dominant-lethal study in male mice using
benzo(a)pyrene at the  maximum tolerated  dose has
been completed. There  is an  indication that this
carcinogen induces dominant-lethal mutations in
spermatozoa.  The association between  dominant-
lethal and heritable translocations  is being in-
vestigated.  Female mice treated  with  benzo(a)-
pyrene or 7,12-dimethylbenz(a)anthracene have shown
reduced reproductive capacity.

     An applicable system for in  situ  screening of
the ambient environment is the Tradescantia assay.
This plant mutation system is quite  sensitive to
airborne mutagens and  ionizing radiation. The
further development of this assay towards increased
sensitivity and lower  background  through crossing
and selection is underway.  A vehicle  for environ-
mental screening equipped with Tradescantia
growth chambers and auxiliary air  monitoring equip-
ment has been constructed and is  presently  under-
going field trials.


Carcinogenesis and Co-Carcinogenesis Systems

     Pulmonary carcinogenesis studies  using BALB/c
and C57B/6J mice, strains having  different  inci-
dences of spontaneous  tumor  formation, are  in
progress.  The objectives are to  obtain  information
on the mechanisms of spontaneous  tumor formation
and to determine whether pulmonary carcinogens act
additively or synergistically.


     In a liver tumor  system, the effects of dietary
benz(a)anthracene on rats previously treated with
2-acetylaminofluorene  is being evaluated.   Previous
studies have shown that phenobarbital, DDT, and
butylated hydroxytoluene have enhanced hepato-
cellular tumor formation induced  by 2-acetylamino-
fluorene.  Preliminary data  reveals that 0.025%
dietary benz(a)anthracene exhibits little or no
tumor enhancing activity.
     A unique approach  to  carcinogenesis bioassay
involves the use  of  the fish,  P_.  formosa.   In a
host-mediated approach,  cells  from these fish are
treated with an agent,  injected into recipient
fish, and tumors  scored one to two years later,
Alternatively, the fish are exposed directly with
the agent.  The carcinogens 7 ,12-dimethylbenz(a)-
anthracene and 7 ,12-dimethylbenz (a) anthracene-5 6-
oxide are being tested  in  this system.

DNA Binding, Damage,  and Repair

     In vivo DNA  repair tests  are being  developed
to measure the effect of the exposure of hazardous
agents on the repair  of DNA damage in various
organs and tissues.   These results are being cor-
related with measurements  of cytogenetic aberrations,

     Benzo (a)pyrene  and 7 ,12-dimethylbenz (a) anthra-
cene are being studied  for their  ability to induce
unscheduled DNA synthesis  in sperm of C3H mice. An
increase in unscheduled DNA synthesis was detected
in sperm of males treated  with 7,12-dimethylbenz(a)-
anthracene.  A slight,  though  not statistically
significant, increase in incorporation of radio-
active-thymidine  into the  germ cells of  benzo(a)-
pyrene-treated mice was noted.

Teratogenesis Bioassay  Systems

     A number of  agents are currently under evalua-
tion as teratogens in a variety of test  systems.
Mice are being treated  with x-rays, asbestos, sul-
fur dioxide, sulfuric acid,  and benzo(a)pyrene;
rats are being treated  with heavy metals such as
lead, and the off-spring are being examined for
teratogenic effects.  A novel  approach involves the
treatment of mouse and  rabbit  embryos with SO  and
NO  in culture followed by implantation  of the
cultured embryos  in  utero.   Subsequent effects on
the developmental process  will be noted  and compared
to animals exposed by inhalation.

     A computerized  information system for tera-
tology, the Environmental  Teratology Information
Center (ETIC), is being established at the Oak
Ridge National Laboratory.   This  system  will meet
the needs of governmental  agencies and scientists
for knowledge of  the  teratogenic  potential of
environmental pollutants.

Toxicology Systems

     An inhalation study is directed towards deter-
mining the qualitative  and quantitative  biochemical
changes in lungs  of  animals exposed to pollutants
derived from energy  sources.  It  has been observed
that oxidant pollutants including ozone, nitrogen
oxides, sulfur oxides,  sulfates,  and sulfuric acid
generally depress lung  enzymatic  activities at
acute exposures.  At  less  toxic concentrations, an
elevation occurs  after  an  initial depression.
Reversion to control  levels appears within  20 days
of exposure.

     In another investigation, specific  bioindi-
cators of exposure to nitrogen dioxide and  sulfur
dioxide are being sought from  rats after inhala-
tion.  Changes in circulating  plasma neutral
304

-------
 lip id,  alterations  in the immunoglobulin fraction
 of serum proteins,  and hormonal-induced changes in
 biogenic amine  levels in both brain and plasma have
 been observed in  rats treated with sulfur dioxide.

     Studying early changes in lung cell cytology
 by flow system  analysis techniques offers a rapid
 and wide-ranging  method for determining cytotoxi-
 cological effects.   Lung cells from controls and
 Syrian hamsters exposed to physical and chemical
 agents associated with energy technologies are
 being processed with a multiparameter cell sepa-
 rator and multiangle light scatter system.  Using
 this method and staining techniques,  the following
 parameters have been measured:  DNA content, total
 protein, esterase activity, cell size,  and nuclear
 and cytoplasmic diameters.   Differences in these
 parameters are  being correlated with the exposure
 to toxic agents.

     Pulmonary  alveolar macrophages exposed to
 sulfur dioxide  in vivo are being studied for mem-
 brane lesions using spin label techniques.  This
 investigation has been designed to correlate the
 formation of membrane lesions with lysosomal activity,
 cAMP, DNA/RNA synthesis, respiratory capacity, and
 membrane-bound  enzyme activity.

     A mouse oocyte system is being developed as a
 measure of chemical toxicity of teratogens, cyto-
 toxic heavy metals  and hydrocarbon pollutants,
 which are administered to the pregnant  mother
- during gestation  and to offspring postnatally.
- Quantitative dosimetry is provided by biochemical
 and chemical assays.   Surviving oocytes are enumer-
 ated in ovaries after exposure and compared to
 unexposed controls.

 In Vivo Metabolism,  Metabolic Activation,  and
 Detoxification  Systems

     The lungs  of rabbits exposed to  acid mists and
 particulates are  being used in an isolated per-
 fusion model to measure the metabolism  of benzo(a)-
- pyrene.  Individual benzo(a)pyrene metabolites are
 being separated and quantitated by chromatographic
 techniques.  The  effects of inducers  of microsomal
-enzyme activity administered to the whole animal,
 as well as the  effects of benzo(a)pyrene adsorbed
 on particulates,  are being  examined.

 Tests Involving the Immune  Surveillance Systems

     The influence  of effluents from  alternate
 energy sources  on alterations in the  mouse immune
 system, particularly the respiratory  immune system,
 is being evaluated.   Cell-mediated immunity,  the
 effect  on killer  cells,  and mitogen-induced trans-
 formation will  be tested using mixed  lymphocyte
 cultured.   Humoral  immunity will be tested using
 mitogen-induced transformation,  antibody production
 by lymphocytes, and  antibody titers.  In another
 study the effect  of  environmental agents on the
 development  of  the  immune response in mice is being
 examined.   Mice are  injected with hazardous agents
 at key  stages in  their immunological  development,
 and specific humoral  and cell-mediated  immunologic
 responses  are assayed.   Dose-response relationships
using standard carcinogens  are  being  established.
Large doses of 3-methylcholanthrene affect  the
production of antibody-forming  cells  more  than the
cell-mediated response.

     Rabbits will be exposed  to effluents  from
alternate energy sources  (coated fly  ash,  crude
effluent particles) by  inhalation, and  the  follow-
ing parameters assayed:   morphology,  viability,
phagocytosis, respiration,  numbers, response to
macrophage migration inhibition factor,  bacterio-
cidal activity, lysosomal enzymes, and  AHH  activity;
induction of autoimmunity directed against  lung
tissue; nucleic acid synthesis  in alveolar  macro-
phages; and cAMP levels in  pulmonary  tissue.

Combined Protocols and  Correlative Tests

     A combined testing protocol is being  developed
to carry out the following  studies in a single
animal test:  DNA repair  in germinal  cells; micro-
nuclei test; metaphase  analysis of bone marrow; DNA
repair in somatic cells;  spermatocyte tests; and
analysis for active metabolites in blood and urine.
Standard mutagens and environmental agents  will be
used to validate and calibrate  these  seven  tests.

     Sperm morphology,  as an  indicator  of  exposure
to hazardous agents, is under scrutiny  as  a viable,
rapid, and quantitative test  system.  The  sperm
from mice and hamsters  receiving subacute  or chronic
exposures by various application routes of  test
agents will be examined for abnormal  morphology,
and these results related to  dosage and time after
exposure.  Preliminary  results  indicate that both
species have similar qualitative responses.  The
development of automated  scoring of these  abnor-
malities by fluorescent dye uptake is progressing.

     An extremely important support facility for
these and other kinds of  research is  the establish-
ment of a chemical repository for alternate energy
source materials.  This repository is located at
Oak Ridge National Laboratory and receives, stores,
and disseminates specimens  of materials derived
from coal gasification, shale oil development
contractors, and particulate  effluents  from a
number of sources.

Tests to Identify Humans  Exposed to Hazardous Agents

     Screening of the human population  for  changes
in mutation rates is the  goal of the  following
project.  Antibodies to each  of two types  of fetal
hemoglobin are being produced and will  be  used to
search for individual mutant  cells within  a popu-
lation of cells.  Some monospecific antibodies to
variant human hemoglobin  have been acquired and
purified using affinity chromatography.  These
antibodies will be used in  developing tests for
detecting human mutation  rates.

     The development of tests to screen the human
population for exposure to  trace and  heavy  metals
is currently underway.  The levels of a number of
these metals will be analyzed by chemical  means
from human tooth enamel,  and  the results subjected
to statistical pattern  recognition analysis.
                                                                                                          305

-------
 Future Emphasis

      As evidenced by the  foregoing discussion,
 significant progress has  been made in our col-
 lective efforts to detect and evaluate potential
 health effects associated with hazardous agents
 from ultimate sources of  energy.  In the future it
 will be essential to achieve an effective inte-
 gration of the various bioanalytical methods that
 have been developed.  Increased emphasis on the
 following areas is needed.

      Computer-assisted identification (based on
 known physiochemical, biochemical, and biological
 structure-activity relationships) of potential
 genotoxic agents or potentially genotoxic metab-
 olites of the agents in question would be a worth-
 while addition to the arsenal of prescreens.

      A number of the new systems previously des-
 cribed need to be carefully validated with known
 standards, and quantitative relationships should be
 established.  Methods must be developed to permit
 existing bioassays to accept crude mixtures and
 effluents without prior purification.  Systems must
 be designed and implemented that are genetically
 and metabolically similar to man.   In vivo test
 systems, in which a number of parameters such as
 cytotoxicity, DNA damage and repair,  metabolism,
 mutagenesis, and neoplastic transformation could be
 measured concurrently,  would be a valuable addition
 to the screening systems available.   More emphasis
 in the area of monitoring the human population for
 increases in mutations,  cancers, and terata is
 desirable.  Further investigation in the area of
 multiple agent effects  on toxicity,  mutagenesis,
 teratogenesis, and carcinogenesis is essential.
306

-------
    INTERAGENCY ENERGY/ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS
               ON ANIMAL TOXICOLOGY
                   David L. Coffin
            Health Effects Research Laboratory
           U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                   Robert L. Oixon
       National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences
       U.S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare
           Research Triangle Park, North Carolina
     The nation  faces  great  changes in sources of
 energy due  to  problems associated with petroleum.
 Future projections  call for  increased use of coal
 by direct combustion  and the development and appli-
 cation of new  or alternate  technologies.  Health
 problems associated with increased coal use are
 those of increased  effluents by virtue of the in-
 creased total  combustion; the balance of studies
 must be made between  total  increased combustion and
 greater use of control devices,  the effect of bene-
 ficiation processes to remove sulfates, and the
 development of alternate combustion methods.  In
 addition, it is  projected that coal will be uti-
 lized to produce the  so-called syn fuels by gasifi-
 cation and  liquefaction.  These processes pose new
 toxicological  problems.   Synthetic fuels production
 from such non-petroleum sources  of combustible
 hydrocarbon as oil  shale and tar sands also are
 under study.

     These  problems pose a great challenge to toxi-
 cologists because it  appears possible for the dis-
 cipline of  toxicology  to have an input into these
 technologies by  working hand in  hand with the pro-
 cess people to develop  new,  safe,  clean technolo-
 gies for the production of energy.

     In order  to accomplish  these  ends,  an enormous
 effort is required  that  is beyond  the accomplish-
 ment of any single  agency in manpower,  facilities,
 or budget.  Furthermore,  in  order  to be successful,
 a number of variant viewpoints  are essential to
 adequately  protect  the  health of the population
 while at the same time  proceeding  with all possible
 speed to meet  this  urgent goal.   For these reasons
 an interagency toxicological program of  consider-
 able size has  been mounted that  is  designed to
 cover extraction, modification,  conversion,  and
 combustion  of  coal  and  its synthetic products and
 the extraction,  refining and combustion  of new
 sources  of  hydrocarbon  fuel.   Included  in the pro-
 gram also is the study  of various  mineral fibers
 that is  geared to the expressed  needs  of the con-
 servation of energy via  insulation  and  the expo-
 sure of workers and the population  at  large to
 mineral  fibers during extraction processes.   Health
 risks  are being evaluated from the  standpoint of
 occupational risk to miners  and  workers  in other
 extraction processes,  and during conversion to  the
 finished combustion product.  The processes  are
 also being considered from the standpoint of point
 sources for  risk to the general  population through
 escape of airborne or waterborne effluents or
wastes, and  risk to the population  at  large through
contribution of combustion  and  conversion effluents
to the total ambient mix  in air or water.

     The animal toxicological program has the fol-
lowing objectives: to provide information on gener-
al toxic hazards through  acute  or chronic exposure
by appropriate routes;  to determine the effects in
interacting systems such  as combined pollutants
or presence of biological agents such as carcino-
gens from other sources or  infectious diseases;
and to validate data from chemical or in vitro
biological tests.  The  Environmental Protection
Agency is heavily involved  in defining animal
dose-response relationships for numerous air
pollutants to provide support for their regula-
tory activities.  In cooperation with ERDA, EPA
is incorporating in vivo  systems to quantify
those potential hazards associated with emerging
energy technologies such  as coal conversion and
shale oil development,  so that  pollution abate-
ment or control activities  can  be initiated dur-
ing the development stages  of a particular pro-
cess rather than an expensive retro-fit appli-
cation.  In ERDA's program,  in  addition to the
influence of chemical effluents, the effects of
nuclear energy pollutants and non-ionizing radia-
tion on intact organisms  are addressed.  NIEHS
provides basic research work in the areas of tar-
get organ toxicity, mutagenesis effects on germi-
nal cell development (oogenesis, spermatogenesis),
teratological studies,  and  inhalation modeling.
NIEHS performs studies  relevant to the protection
of the health of industrial workers.

     The whole-animal testing program provides sev-
eral direct and indirect  benefits.  By coupling the
animal testing program  with the bioscreening and
cellular toxicologic efforts, a cost-effective,
comprehensive basis is  developed for predictions of
adverse human health impacts from energy related
pollutants.  As more definitive dose-response re-
lationships are developed,  technology development
as well as regulatory activities can concentrate
their efforts as needed.  Documentation addressing
pollutant specific, process specific, or biological
testing protocols will  be developed as appropriate.

     In addition to the primary benefits of the
program, several secondary  benefits arise.  The
bioassay program provides data  to direct any sub-
sequent whole-animal testing, and in return re-
ceives information that is  used in the validation
of the testing protocols.   In addition, whole-ani-
mal studies provide insight into target organ toxi-
cities for use in the cellular  toxicology program
and in the clinical and epidemiological programs.

     Although there is  a  noteworthy effort using
whole-animal studies  (coupled with in vitro pro-
grams) to define the hazards associated with pol-
lutant exposures, several areas have been singled
out as requiring more emphasis.  There is an urgent
need to have available  more testing methods that
reliably indicate subtle  organ  or system dysfunc-
tion prior to the onset of  irreversible damage.
The effects of energy related pollutants on the
reproductive function of  populations chronically
exposed at low levels must  be  clearly defined.
Current interest focuses  on gross indications of
                                                                                                          307

-------
reproductive damage  (e.g., birth defects), but
must also address the more subtle impacts on
population fertility and fecundity.  In addition,
the possible interactive effects from multiple
pollutant exposures must be better defined, and
should not be restricted to combinations of only
energy-related pollutants or sources.  Further work
to specify toxicologic manifestations of inhalation
exposures, especially in stressed or susceptible
populations, is needed, as is better definition
of multiple exposure pathways in relation to  the
total body burden concept.
      The  program involves not  only  the  actual  test-
 ing  of  hazardous materials  to  establish dose-
 response  relationships  (under  a variety of  exposure
 conditions)  but  also  the identification of  particu-
 lar  animal  strains which, based on  their sensitiv-
 ity  to  selected  pollutants,  can be  used to  model
 those human organs, systems, or individuals which
 are  most  susceptible  to that particular stress.
 The  emphasis of  the animal  toxicology program  is on
 developing  dose-response relationships  for  adverse
 pulmonary effects  (e.g., dysfunction, carcinogene-
 sis)  caused by air pollutants  from  coal conversion
 or combustion, shale  oil extraction and combustion,
 and  near  term energy  conservation technologies.
      That  portion  of  the  interagency  health  ef-
 fects-related  R&D  program involving animal toxico-
 logical  studies  can be  described  in terms of sev-
 eral  parameters, as is  evident  in Table  1.   The
 program  is  intended to  provide  quantitative  data
 describing  pollutant  effects  on whole animal sys-
 tems  (in vivo) to  complement  those areas where
 in  vitro bioscreening or  cellular toxicology ef-
 forts  are being  applied,  since  the validity  of all
 these  methods  is at this  time uncertain.  In vivo
 studies  defining the  long-term, low-level pollu-
 tant  exposure  hazards from single as  well as multi-
 ple exposure pathways (e.g.,  inhalation/ingestion),
 and teratogenicity testing on selected materials
 are progressing.   The program also addresses those
 non-lethal  aspects of pollutant exposures that
 reduce an organism's  life-span, or produce decre-
 ments  of functional activity  in a particular sys-
 tem of sufficient  magnitude to  make the  host more
 susceptible to damage from other  stresses.
     A  large portion  of  the  animal  toxicology  pro-
 gram is devoted  to  the elucidation  of various  pol-
 lutants' effects on mammalian pulmonary  systems
 under a variety  of  exposure  conditions.   Physio-
 logical effect resulting from localized  deposition
 and/or  retention of pollutants,  a loss of func-
 tional  integrity in the  entire  system, a reduction
 in immune response  capacity, and various metabolic
 and biochemical  and pathologic  alterations are
 being considered.   To a  large extent, the program
 addresses the impacts on pulmonary  effect of
 criteria pollutants (including  their atmospheric
 progeny), and in particular  SO  , NO , and respir-
 able particles.  Parametric  studies are  under  way
 to define the inter-relationships between pollutant
 combinations that can result in significant inter-
 active  effects (e.g., synergism).
TABLE 1.  ANIMAL TOXICOLOGY TEST PROGRAM

               HEALTH END POINTS

               Carcinogenicity

               Mutagenicity

               Teratogenicity

               Toxicity

               Physiological damage
                  (e.g.,  Deposition/retention,
                   functional capacity,  metabolic
                   or biochemical changes)

             TARGET ORGANS/SYSTEMS

               Pulmonary

               Cardiovascular

               Reproductive

               Central Nervous System

               Immune

               Various Isolated Organs
                  (e.g.,  liver, kidney,  etc.)

              AGENTS OF CONCERN

 Aerosols (including fibrous amphiboles  and
     other mineral  fibers, and secondary
     formation products)

 Criteria Pollutants (i.e., SO , NO ,  oxidants,
     suspended particulate matter,  Hydro-
     carbons, and carbon  monoxide and their
     atmospheric progeny)

 Electromagnetic and Corpuscular Radiation
     (ionizing and non-ionizing)

 Organic Compounds
     (esp. polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons)

 Trace Metals
     (e.g., Pb, Cd)
      Reproductive,  CNS, and immune systems  response
 to various pollutant exposures (including electro-
 magnetic and corpuscular radiation) are being de-
 scribed by whole-animal studies.   In vivo germinal
 cell studies (mutagenic potential, viability), and
 teratogeny studies  for a number of pollutants in-
 cluding S02, selected polynuclear aromatic  hydro-
 carbons, and tritium, are under way, as are studies
 to define CNS effects from trace metal exposures,^
 organic compounds,  and non-ionizing electromagnetic
 radiation.  Immune  system response  (in particular,
 pulmonary immune systems) to pollutant stressors
 are being defined so that indirect  effects  on
 whole-animal infectivity resulting  from pollutant
 exposures can be determined.
308

-------
     The animal  toxicology program focuses primar-
 ily on pollutants  released during the coal fuel
 cycle, especially  during combustion and/or conver-
 sion, and to  a lesser extent on pollutants result-
 ing from other syn fuels and energy conservation
 activities.   The program is oriented toward defin-
 ing dose-response  resulting from inhalation expo-
 sures, which  represents  the primary route of ex-
 posure to environmental  pollutants for a majority
 of the population.   However, the program is placing
 increasing emphasis on other routes of exposure
 (e.g., ingestion,  dermal absorption)  and particu-
 larly multiple exposure  routes,  such as inhalation/
. ingestion,  and their relative contributions to an
 individual's  total body  burden and through inter-
 action study  concerning  toxicants from other
 sources and biological interaction with infectious
 agents, etc.

     EPA, ERDA,  and NIEHS make major  contributions
 to the animal toxicology program,  with each re-
 flecting their legislative mandate.   Progress dur-
 ing the past  year  has been accomplished on three
 fronts.  The  first,  a normal development of pro-
 jects with time  and increase of data collection as
 they get under way.   The second is increased cross-
 fertilization between the various investigators and
 those involved through conferences and interscien-
 tific communication along these respective lines
 of interest.   And  third,  through the  collection and
 dissemination across agency lines of  information
 relative to developing process availability of
 specimens for biological testing which have rele-
 vance to the  technologies involved.   An interagency
 program between  ERDA and EPA has been undertaken to
 assure that investigators have available character-
 ized material from the various technologies through
 the establishment  of an  energy materials repository.

     The bottom  line for toxicity testing is its
 feedback to the  technology.   The ultimate function
 of toxicology is to detect  potential  hazards in a
 particular  technology with  the end in view of guid-
 ance of the process  to eliminate the  hazard without
 obstructing its  development.   In order to accom-
 plish these ends it  is essential that there be
 close interaction  between engineers and other sci-
 entists concerned with the  technologies involved,
 and with the  biologists  and  other  scientists
 concerned with animal toxicology.   Progress is
 being made  on this  front.

 PROGRAMMATIC  EXAMPLES

     More than seventy separate  research projects
 are being carried  out in  the in  vivo  aspects of
 toxicology  in the  interagency  program.   In addi-
 tion,  many  similar  experiments pertaining to
 energy are being performed  in  the  base programs of
 the respective agencies.   Many of  the projects  in
 these programs are  closely  interlinked so that
 much more work in their  field  is progressing than
 the interagency testing  indicates.

     It is patently  impossible  in  this review to
 discuss any details  of the  programs beyond citing
 a few examples of work in progress.   For instance,
   the wide ranging  NIEHS program,  attention is
      given to the  influence of  heavy metals on
the functional  integrity  of  the cardiovascular
system in which exposure  of  rats to cadmium shows
a direct relationship  between the intake of cad-
mium chloride and  changes in renin, a component of
the blood pressure regulating mechanism.

     Another interesting  component of the NIEHS
program relates to the metabolism and disposition
of selected radio-labeled hydrocarbons and some
of their chemically reactive epoxides in the
isolated rabbit lung,  and by reconstituted pul-
monary biotransformation  systems.   These (as
others of the NIEHS program)  are basic studies
which may ultimately contribute better ways to
study the toxicology of the  energy problem.

     In the ERDA program,  among other things, a
great deal of attention is being given to carcino-
genesis.  One project  is  testing the carcino-
genicity of shale  oil,  synthetic fuels from coal
conversion, and petroleum crude by mouse skin
bioassay.  In these studies,  quantitative com-
parisons are being made between the polycyclic
aromatic hydrocarbon fraction of these fuels in
order to determine the role  of this fraction in
the totality of the carcinogenic potential.  Gene-
tic experiments such as specific locus studies
and bacterial mutagenesis tests are being applied
to these same fuels.   Another series of experi-
ments in the ERDA  program is concerned with exam-
ining the influence of oil shale and spent retort
material on the lungs  of  experimental animals both
by intratracheal instillation and inhalation ex-
posures .

     The EPA program is aimed at obtaining data
that will be useful for the  application of con-
trol measures and  the  setting of emission stand-
ards for both criteria and non-criteria pollu-
tants.  Studies are underway to evaluate the
health hazards  associated with coal burning in
power stations  by  exposure of animals to recon-
stituted particulate emissions.  Among the para-
meters studied  in  these experiments are those
concerned with  the defense of the lung against
exogenous insults  such  as  other chemicals and
bacterial infection.

     Another project of EPA  is  to  examine the can-
cer producing potential of nonorganic  substances.
These experiments  are  to  determine the onco-
genesis of mineral fibers  released during extrac-
tion and beneficiation  of  minerals directly and
with added cofactors.   Comparisons are being made
to asbestos and other minerals  on  the  basis of the
chemical and physical properties  of the fibers and
their interaction  with  organic  substances.

DISCUSSION

     This short  review  of  the  animal toxicology
connected with  the interagency  program has dealt
with principles  and overall  objectives rather than
a detailed discussion of  the  individual projects.
The thrust of this program is  to  establish dose-
response relationship between  energy-related ex-
posures and effects so  that  an  estimate may be
made of acute or chronic  exposure  from which
extrapolation to humans may  be  made.   Animal ex-
                                                                                                         309

-------
 posure of this kind is capable of producing im-
 portant information for correlation with observed
 effects on human beings by community, occupation-
 al, or experimental exposure.  By such correla-
 tion, better information can be developed con-
 cerning such factors as mechanism, dose-response,
 and interaction with other agents.

      In those cases in which the potentially haz-
 ardous influence is newly introduced into the en-
 vironment, no observation or spontaneous human
 exposures will be available.  Experimental ex-
 posure of human volunteers has limited potential
 because of obvious restrictions on the application
 of this method to seriously toxic materials.
 Therefore, whole-animal toxicology must be relied
 upon to provide a great deal of the human risk
 development information for the energy program.

      Another important aspect of the animal toxi-
 cology program is that of verification of the
 in vitro screening systems.   These methods have
 enormous potential utility in toxicology.  How-
 ever, despite a very large effort, such methods
 account for too little definite information re-
 garding their potential in accurately predicting
 toxicological hazard.

      In vitro screening and whole-animal toxico-
 logy is being carried on in an unprecedented
 volume in the energy program.   This program offers
 an unique opportunity to match these two methods
 by performing controlled correlative tests on
 identical materials and chemicals.  Information
 of this type will be of great benefit not only to
 the energy toxicological program,  but a valuable
 spin-off for the science of toxicology in gen-
 eral.
310

-------
     METABOLISM, DAMAGE, AND REPAIR OF DAMAGE
        OF ENERGY-RELATED CHEMICAL AGENTS
          Murray Schulman and George E. Stapleton
       Division of Biomedical and Environmental Research
      U.S. Energy Research and Development Administration
                   Washington, D.C.
INTRODUCTION

    It is two years after the first meeting on
the  interagency energy-environment research and
development program.  That meeting which  laid
the  plans for the multiagency-multidisciplinary
program was a relatively simplistic coverage of
plans, strategies, and the various philosophies
and  responsibilities of the involved agencies.

    Since that time a number of events have
happened  in the health effects area.  In  ERDA
the  energy-related program has grown from the
original  2.6 million in pass-through funds  to
about  17  million  in biological studies related
to energy technologies other than nuclear energy.
Almost all of the research efforts covered
in the two segments to be reported were objec-
tives  3 and 5 of  the original "King-Muir" plan
namely "Metabolism of Hazardous Agents" and
"Damage Repair and Recovery Processes" have
been transferred  to the ERDA program and  budget.

In addition,  the  rather simplistic subdivision
of objectives may or may not have anticipated the
amount of interaction that would occur among
objectives or the amount of support both  meta-
bolism and mechanism studies would provide  to the
other  objectives.

PROGRAM ORGANIZATION AND PROGRESS

     This segment of the health  effects program
in ERDA's base program  is developmental  in nature
and at present is categorized as part  of  the
"supporting research'1 program which  includes  the
following objectives:

   •  A.  To  develop useful short-term cellular
         and molecular screening methods for
         mutagenesis,  carcinogenesis  and systems
         damage.

   •  B.  To  develop useful early indicators  of
         damage  and methodology  for  their appli-
         cation  for monitoring  cytological and
         biochemical  changes  in  exposed  experi-
         mental  animals and humans.

   •  C.  To  improve knowledge  of normal  organ,
         tissue  and cell structure  and  function
         to  better recognize damage.

    •  D.   To  define the basic mechanisms of pollu-
          tant interaction with key subcellular
          and molecular structures that  are common
          to all species and  to  define  the repair
          capability for such damage.

A.  To Develop Useful Short-Term Screens

     A large number of potential screens  are under
development which require  not only  cellular and
molecular systems but also the necessary  method-
ology and instrumentation  to  make them  useful for
their specific application.   For example,  it would
be ideal to use human cells,  and human  chromatin
rather than DNA for this purpose.   Moreover it
would be most advantageous to use "normal" human
cells rather than a number of available estab-
lished cell lines which are easy to grow  perhaps
because they are "abnormal" in some respects.
Some progress has been made in developing  human
lymphocyte-lymphoblast and fibroblast cultures
for mutagenesis and oncogenic transformation.
Some claims are made for success in isolating and
culturing mouse alveolar cells and  attempts are
being made to obtain the human counterpart.

     Of equal importance is development of organ,
tissue and cell cultures from those experimental
animals presently used for dose-effect  studies.
Two examples are skin tissue  cultures and  out-
growth cell cultures, and  the tracheal  explant
cultures and outgrowth cells,  presently in use in
another health effects program reported at this
meeting.

     There is a need to extend the  lifetime of
such cultures and to shorten  the time between
the exposure and observable expression  of  mutation
and malignant transformation.  Progress has been
made in both areas.

     In addition, there is an established  need for
perfecting the use of fast flow  fluorometry for
not only handling large numbers  of  cells,  but also
sorting of various classes of normal cells and
fluorescent indicators of  altered damaged  cells.
Such methods are under development  in several
NIEHS and ERDA laboratories.

B.  To Develop Useful Indicators of Damage

     The major efforts  in  this program  relate to
organs or tissues at highest  risk for exposure,
namely the respiratory tract  and the skin. Minor
efforts involve liver and  the gastrointestinal
tract.  The development work  on  the lung  and skin
overlaps all aspects of organ toxicology  and
carcinogenesis and ranges  from whole animal to
organ and tissue culture and  cell cultures
derived from these systems.

     Indicators of respiratory tract damage
emphasize two primary cell systems, the macrophage
because of its involvement in lung clearance and
immune response, lung epithelial cells  in terms
of irritation and resulting enhanced cell turnover
and its role as a prime target cell in  cancer.
Methods are available or under development to
sample these cell types for cell turnover and loss
or change in function as indicators of  early
damage and progression to  latent diseases includ-
ing cancer.  Efforts in many  laboratories are
                                                                                                          311

-------
devoted to non-destructive indicators of  impaired
physiological function in whole animals.

     The research with skin and liver is  primarily
devoted at present to detection of cytological and
biochemical changes that correlate in time with
promotion and progression of cancer.

     The work on the gastrointestinal tract  is
aimed at detection of changes in absorption  and
excretion caused by toxic metals.  While  these
studies have as their chief objectivemeasurements
of damage, they also involve work on retention
and distribution of toxic metals in key organ
systems and thereby serve a double function.

C.  To Improve Knowledge of Normal Organ, Tissue
and Cell Structure and Function

     The emphasis in this part of the program is
on better understanding of the organ systems
established or suspect as critical in terms  of
(1) route of entry upon exposure or  (2) need for
rapid cell renewal for integrity.  The research
this relates to basic biochemical function of
lung surface cells, lung surfactants and  mem-
branes.  The hematopoietic and immune systems
are suspect as critical because of the potential
sensitivity of the stem cell populations.
Principal efforts are devoted to understanding
the molecular mechanisms which regulate the
differentiation of the various classes of leuko-
cytes and the factors which  interfere with the
regulation in diseases including leukemias.

     In terms of methodology efforts are  under
way to  (1) culture hematopoietic stem cells  in
semipermeable membrane chambers and  (2) to
fractionate and sort various types of keukocytes
based on size,  shape, biochemical and immune
function.  Reasonable success has been obtained
in both types of efforts.

D.  To Define the Basic Mechanisms of Pollutant
Interaction with Important Subcellular and
Macromolecular Structures

     A large number of efforts in both the ERDA
and NIEHS base and pass-through programs  are
covered by this objective.  The need for  such
work is at least two-fold (1) to evaluate basic
mechanisms of damage at a level that may  trans-
cend mammalian species as an aid in extrapolation
of information from experimental animals  to man
and (2) to suggest possible protection or thera-
py against damage.

     The research on molecular repair has a
solid foundation based on the detailed infor-
mation on radiation damage and its repair.

     Heaviest emphasis in most projects is on
mutagenic and carcinogenic hydrocarbons on DNA
and good progress  has been made for a few known
agents.   For example, it is now known that
carcinogenic polynuclear hydrocarbons in  the
activated state bind to DNA and show first order
kinetics of  binding in terms of exposure  level.
Similar kinetics have been shown for gene mutation
for several hydrocarbons.   Likewise,  similar
kinetics have been  shown for the initiation phase
of carcinogenesis and  progress  is being made in
these programs and  those of the National Cancer
Institute  in defining  the  specific binding and
damage site(s).  Far less  is known about the sites
of action  in cancer promotion as compared to the
initiation process.

     Although some  progress has been  made in
studies of repair in procaryotic organisms there
is a need  for much  more  work in mammalian cells
and especially human cells.   Such work  is just
beginning  and is hampered  by the lack of repair-
deficient  mutants except for cells derived from
humans with xeroderma-pigmentosum.  Efforts are
underway to select  such  mutants using novel
methods.

     By far the most interesting prospects in
much of this work is the likelihood of  demon-
stration that gene  mutations  and initiation of
carcinogenesis have the  same  molecular  mechanism.
Coupled with this is the interesting  hypothesis
that "error prone"  post-replication repair is
involved in the mechanism.   The program described
as well as that sponsored  by  other agencies is
providing  the tools to accelerate  the test of
these hypotheses.

     Work  is far less  advanced  in defining the
molecular basis for the  promotion and progression
stages of  carcinogenesis.   Several  projects are
exploring  the prospects  of simple  short-term
in-vivo and in-vitro screens  for this process.
It is not  unlikely  that  some  of the hydrocarbons
involved in a number of  synthetic  fuel  processes
may be efficient promoters and  mixtures contain
both types of agents.

     Again, as mentioned earlier,  new method-
ologies and instruments  are  important components
in the research described.

SUMMARY

     This  segment of the interagency  energy health
effects program is  developmental in nature and is
not easily adapted  to  the  same  type of  progress
analysis as do the  more  applied segments.  The
diversity  of efforts,  likewise,  present difficul-
ties in summarization.

     Our view is that  this is a development pro-
gram with  systems,  methods and  instrumentation on
its way to application for most of the  other seg-
ments of the overall program.

     Judged in those terms,  it  appears  that
reasonable progress is being  made.
312

-------
       CLINICAL RESEARCH RELATED TO ENERGY
                   John H.  Knelson
            Health Effects Research Laboratory
            U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
            Research Triangle Park, North Carolina
 INTRODUCTION

     The purpose of this paper  is  to highlight the
 supplemental support which  the  Interagency  Energy
 R&D Program is providing to EPA's  Clinical  Studies.
 The energy health program began in FY  1974.   It
 has enhanced the Agency's base  research  effort by
. focusing more clearly on health effects  created by
.alternate or modified energy sources.

     Overall, the energy program has been designed
 to (1)  determine the nature of  pollutants emitted
 from alternate energy technology,  (2)  develop
 health  intelligence suitable for developing
 regulatory policy and (3) assist in identifying
 new energy-producing technology having fewest
 threats to public health.  The  classes of pollu-
 tants addressed in the energy related  research
.are those which are most frequently emitted from
 fossil  fuel fired sources.  The pollutants  empha-
sized are those which can be classified  as  sulfur
 oxides, nitrogen oxides, organics, and partic-
 ulates. Basic toxicology and population studies
 as well as clinical research involving human
 subjects all play important roles  in the develop-
 ment of the basis for environmental standards.
 The following discussion focuses on the  contri-
 bution  of clinical studies, however.

     Clinical studies in EPA have  evolved in two
 parallel phases.  Phase I is the establishment and
 maintenance of a clinical studies  research  facil-
 ity and the development of new  techniques with
 which environmental conditions  can be  simulated
 and their effects assessed.  This  developmental
 activity is necessary because of the relative lack
 of prior work in Clinical Environmental  Research.
 EPA has assumed a leading role  in  developing this
 area of investigation.  Phase II is the  actual use
 of those resources in conducting studies.   The
 energy  R&D effort has a role to  play in  both
 phases  of the EPA's clinical studies program.   In
 Phase I the energy program provides the  data qual-
 ity assurance for components of  the research
 system.  In Phase II it funds outside  independent
 studies similar to those being  conducted in-house
 by EPA.

 EPA CLINICAL STUDIES

     The Environmental Clinical  Studies  within
 EPA centers on the Clinical Laboratory Eval-
 uation  and Assessment of Noxious Substance
(CLEANS) facility located  at  the  University of
North Carolina in Chapel Hill.  A product of
several years of design and development,  this
facility is now complete,  and  testing  of  energy
related pollutants will begin  shortly.   In addi-
tion to the CLEANS facility,  two  mobile phy-
siology laboratories using the  same data acquisi-
tion system are available  to  conduct studies in
populations exposed to effluents  of alternate
energy production.  Finally,  a  prototype  Controlled
Environmental Laboratory equipped for  producing
atmospheres containing ozone, nitrogen dioxide,
carbon monoxide, and sulfuric  acid aerosol has
been in use since July 1974.

     The CLEANS project includes  an on-line com-
puterized physiologic data acquisition system
serving two Controlled Environment Laboratories
(CEL's).  Because of the complexity of  instrumen-
tation associated with CLEANS,  as well as the
large amount of data which can  be acquired, most
measurement is under computer control.   In the
CEL's human subjects are exposed  for extended
periods of time to similar pollution levels found
in urban areas or areas adjacent  to energy sources.
The CLEANS laboratories allow researchers to per-
form experiments addressing a wide range  of phy-
siological responses.  Especially important in
each GEL are the instruments  for  measuring the
functioning of heart and lungs  before,  during, and
after exercise.  In addition  to evaluation of
cardiopulmonary status, studies of immune mech-
anisms , hematologic and metabolic parameters, and
neurobehavioral function are  conducted  in these
subjects.

     Studies are now in progress  to determine the
effects of sulfuric acid aerosol  on healthy sub-
jects.  Depending on the results  of this  research,
other studies will be designed  to assess  the
effects of ammonium bisulfate and ammonium sulfate.
The sulfate research, just beginning,  is  especially
important and timely.  Many forms of sulfates re-
sult either directly or indirectly from all fossil
fuel fired combustion sources.  For example, EPA
currently estimates that the peak atmospheric bur-
den of sulfuric acid aerosol  is in the range of
20 ug/m3.  The widespread  increase of  coal com-
bustion, necessitated by our national  energy policy
along with the increased use  of oxidative catalytic
converters on automobiles, may  result  in  atmospheric
sulfate levels four times  higher  than  those mea-
sured now.

DATA QUALITY ASSURANCE

     In Phase I support of EPA's  Clinical Studies
of I^SOij, the energy program  is currently providing
independent audits of atmospheres generated in the
CLEANS system.  The CEL's  have  technically complex
computer controlled systems for simulating a
polluted environment.  The most complicated com-
ponent of the CEL's environmental control system is
the aerosol generating and measurement equipment.
This equipment must be continuously calibrated and
monitored for accuracy in  order to assure the in-
tegrity of the research as well as the safety of
the human subjects.
                                                                                                          313

-------
     Adequate definition of the relationship
between aerosol exposure and the various measure-
ments of health status depends on many  factors  in
the experimental setting.  Most important among
these are provisions for continuous production  of
well characterized aerosol atmospheres  using  a
variety of specific chemical compounds  over a
range of mass concentrations and droplet sizes.
These conditions must be predictably created  at
various combinations of temperature and relative
humidity and in the presence of various gaseous
pollutants as well as in clean air.  Finally,
these atmospheres must be generated in  a con-
trolled laboratory large enough to accommodate  the
human subjects and the physiology instrumentation
for long periods of time.  Assembly of  the aerosol
generating and control equipment to accomplish  a
task of this magnitude and complexity has never
before been attempted.  The engineering design
and development for this program has been done  and
construction of the aerosol facility is now in
progress.  Throughout all phases of this project,
the Energy R&D Program has contributed  support  in
a maj or way.

IN-HOUSE AND EXTRAMURAL STUDIES

     At present there is no standard for sulfates
or for acid aerosols.  With the anticipated
increased use of coal, the need for such a stan-
dard is now even more pressing than before.   Sul-
furic acid aerosol studies in the range of 50-200
yg/m  with particle size in the range of 0.1  to
0.5 microns now being conducted are essential
first steps in providing a data base which is
necessary for the development of a regulatory
strategy for all sulfur oxide aerosols.  The
CLEANS studies on effects of I^SOif aerosol in-
halation in humans involves three parallel efforts,
two by grantees and one in-house.  The  energy
program is providing supplemental support to  the
CLEANS study of l^SOi^. by providing the  two
independent studies.

     The protocol for EPA's in-house program
calls for the evaluation of healthy young men
between the ages of 19 and 30.   After entrance  to
the exposure chamber a subject will be  exposed
to H^SOi, for 2 hours.  The initial study will
focus on a concentration of 100 yg/m3 and par-
ticle size of 0.05 to 0.5 microns.  In order  to
assess the possible immediate effects, tidal
volumes will be measured every five minutes
initially and complete pulmonary function testing
every 15 minutes.  There are two 15-minute periods
of moderate exercise during the exposure to
simulate a reasonable level of activity.  In  addi-
tion to the pulmonary function tests, a standard
battery of blood chemistry analyses, evaluation
of immune mechanisms, karyotyping, and assessment
of olfactory perception will also be done.

     Despite the level of effort associated with
CLEANS, it is absolutely necessary that independ-
ent studies also be conducted outside of EPA.
Such supplemental studies help verify the results
of CLEANS and add to a data base broad enough to
assess the effect on human health of sulfate
aerosols for regulatory purposes.
     The  first study provided for under the
energy program is being  conducted by the Univer-
sity of Maryland, School of Medicine.   During the
first year the Maryland  group plans  to  study 30
normal healthy males utilizing a double blind
3-day protocol.  The study will use  a one 4-hour
exposure  to  100  yg/m3  of acid aerosol with a par-
ticle size of 0.1 to 0.3 microns.  Pulmonary
function will be evaluated before exposure, at the
end of 2 hours of exposure, at the end  of 4 hours
of exposure, 2 hours after completing exposure,
and 20 hours after completing exposure.  The
Maryland work augments,  especially through the
use of different exposure times,  experiments being
conducted by EPA.

     The second  project  supported  by a  grant from
the Energy R&D Program is also examining the
effects of exposure to l^SO^  aerosols in humans.
This work, to be conducted at the  University of
California,  considers  other important factors
affecting toxicity, such as temperature, humidity,
and duration of  exposure.  In this study subjects
will be exposed  in an  environmental chamber to
either filtered  air, 400 ug/m3 or  800 yg/m3 of
H2SOL, under  four conditions of temperature and
humidity.  They  are 18°C-45%RH;  35°C-85%RH;
35°C-45%RH;  and  35°C-88%RH.   Particle sizes will
be approximately 0.3 microns.   Subjects will
exercise intermittently  at 25% of  their maximum
capacity during  the exposure  period.  Pulmonary
function tests will be performed before, during,
and after exposure.  Cardiovascular performance
will be assessed during  the exposure and exercise
periods.

CONCLUSION

     EPA Health  Effects  Research Program will
continue  to pursue a broad based,  multidiscipli-
nary research program, a large part of which will
identify and quantify  health  consequences of
changing energy  production technology.  It is
clear that tighter homes  and  a shift to more coal
combustion is occurring  in this  country.  There-
fore a larger clinical studies program  addressing
sulfur oxides, heavy metals,  organics,  and indoor
pollution is indispensable.

     The completion of the CLEANS  facility has
provided health  researchers with  an important
resource  for assessing human  exposures more
accurately and for longer durations than in the
past.  Research  is in  progress to  evaluate effects
of carbon monoxide, oxidants,  and  sulfates.  New
studies will address nitrogen oxides and other
aerosols such as nitrates.  These  studies will be
an important feature of  the Nation's energy program.
314

-------
                                                         the  various issues cited above that have been
                                                         totally or partially initiated under  the Inter-
                                                         agency Energy/Environment R & D Program.

                                                         LOW-DOSE EXTRAPOLATION
    CURRENT STATUS OF EXTRAPOLATION RESEARCH
                  Michael D.  Hogan
      National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences
        Department of Health, Education, and Welfare
                  William C. Nelson
            Health Effects  Research  Laboratory
           U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
           Research Triangle Park, North Carolina

INTRODUCTION

    Since relevant human data on the carcinogenic
potential of various chemicals found in man's
environment are generally not  available,  society
is being forced to place increasing reliance on
animal experimentations for establishing  guide-
lines by which human risk can  be estimated.  In
estimating human risk from data generated in a
laboratory setting, two major  problems must be
confronted.  The first involves the extrapolation
of effects observed at high, often maximum toler-
ated dose levels typically employed in laboratory
experiments to the low environmental levels to
which man is exposed.  Then, when this extrapola-
tion has be completed, there is the equally diffi-
cult problem of the conversion of the risk esti-
mates for animals at environmental exposure levels
to corresponding estimates for man.

    One of the first attempts to address the
issue of low dose extrapolation was a probit-type
model proposed by Mantel and Bryan in 1961.  Al-
though it has been used in the regulatory decision
making process, it suffers from the drawback of
being generated on an empirical basis and of lack-
ing a strong biological justification.  During
this same period a number of mathematical models
relating time-to-tumor occurrence rather  than
tumor incidence to dose were introduced.   Un-
fortunately, technical complications arising in
the estimation of unknown parameters have often
prevented the widespread usage of these various
models.  In 1975 a HEW Subcommittee on Estimation
of Risks of Irreversible, Delayed Toxicity recom-
mended the adoption of a linear extrapolation
model as an interim procedure  for risk estimation.

    The question of species-to-species extrapola-
tion possibly has been even more frustrating to
researchers than the question  of low dose extrapo-
lation.  Extrapolations from animal test  systems  to
man have generally tended to ignore quantitative
aspects of species differences in absorption,
metabolism, and excretion.  At best, some sort of
attempt is usually made to establish species equiva-
lency in the administered dose levels, and an  addi-
tional safety factor reminiscent of standard toxi-
city testing may also be employed.

    This paper attempts to summarize some of  the
results that have been obtained from research  on
     Guess and Crump have  developed a new statisti-
cal model for predicting the  risk associated with
continuous exposure to a direct-acting carcinogen
(i.e., a carcinogen effecting cellular DNA
directly) at low, environmental  levels using high
dose level animal data.  The  model, which is based
on Doll and Armitage's multistage representation of
the carcinogenesis process, is general enough to re-
flect both linear responses associated with the one-
hit model as well as the non-linear responses
characterized, e.g., by the probit-type models.
Using this model Guess and Crump analyzed a variety
of data sets generated from animal experiments that
had previously established the carcinogenicity of
such compounds as dimethylnitrosamine,  vinyl chlor-
ide, and chloroform.  By combining the results of
these analyses with those  obtained from various
simulation studies the two investigators were able
to reach several conclusions  that have important
bearing on the general issue  of  low-dose extrapola-
tion.

     According to Guess and Crump most of the
tested carcinogens appear  to  behave in a linear (or
nearly linear) fashion at  low dose levels, even if
they exhibited a non-linear response in the experi-
mental dose range.  They also demonstrated that
tight confidence limits for the  point estimate of
risk at low dose levels can usually be established
for compounds that exhibit a  strong linear trend in
the experimental dose range.   Finally,  it seems
that if there is a non-zero background incidence of
the specific cancer of interest  in the animal test
system under investigation, even a very large-scale
animal study is unlikely to be able to establish a
no effect or threshold region in the low dose range.
One of the most important  implications of these
findings is that for many  direct-acting carcinogens
there may be little likelihood of establishing a
human exposure level that  will have,an estimated
risk as low as  (or lower than)   10   and, at the
same time, will enable the compound to be usable as
a food additive from the point of view of economic
feasibility.

     In a related work, Jerzy Neyman has focused on
the specific problem of estimating the public
health hazards associated  with electricity-producing
nuclear generators.  Neyman notes that much of the
current effort to estimate the carcinogenic risk
associated with environmental level exposures is
based on extrapolations from  high dose level animal
experiments and/or historical human data such as
those obtained from the various  investigations of
the Nagasaki and Hiroshima survivors.  He seriously
questions the utility  of  these types of extrapola-
tions, since he feels  that the results are often
confounded by failure  to properly account for com-
peting risks, dose-rate  (as  opposed to dose) depen-
dencies, and species differences in the case of
laboratory based extrapolations.  As an alternative
he advocates the use of large scale epidemiological
studies conducted in a variety of different geo-
                                                                                                          315

-------
graphic settings for establishing estimates of
human risk.  While the objections which Neyman has
raised to extrapolations using laboratory animal
data certainly need to be given careful consider-
ation, it does not seem practical to abandon these
calculations solely in favor of the epidemiological
studies he is advocating.  In many instances such
studies would not be feasible.  Even when they can
be performed it is not immediately obvious that
they will always be able to generate data that is
sufficiently sensitive to establish "acceptable" or
"safe" irradiation exposure levels.  The more
realistic strategy may be to use both types of
studies whenever possible in the decision making
process, while continuing to attempt to improve the
methodology associated with each.

SPECIES-TO-SPECIES EXTRAPOLATION

     While investigations of the species-to-species
extrapolation issue have also been sponsored under
the Interagency Energy Agreement, most of the work
is still in progress and relatively few results
have been obtained to date.  A contract for re-
viewing the published carcinogenesis literature in
order to establish a data base of chemicals that
have displayed positive responses in at least two
species has been initiated.  The major goal of this
contract is to use this data base to make quantita-
tive extrapolations between species for which re-
liable cancer data exists.   In the extrapolation
process attempts will be made to account for
factors modifying the effect of dose in cases where
substantial differences exist.  The literature re-
view of the various compounds known to be carcino-
genic in man as well as one or more animal species
has been completed, and the analysis of the afla-
toxin data is in its final stage.

     In addition to the literature based study
cited above, partial funding is also being provided
to a large scale study of the pulmonary effects of
environmental oxidant pollutants.  While the main
focus of the grant is on the mechanisms underlying
the harmful effects of exposure to high ambient
levels of ozone and the adaption process following
this exposure, comparison of the effects observed
among different rodent species and nonhuman
primates should provide insight into ways of im-
proving extrapolations of potential long-term,
deleterious effects of photochemical smog on man.
During the current year studies in various animal
species of adaption to acute and subchronic ozone
exposures were instituted,  and the usefulness of
expired ethane and pentane as indices of lipid
peroxidative damage were conducted.

     Although almost all of the emphasis in species-
to-species extrapolation research has been on car-
cinogenesis, other disease endpoints are beginning
to receive long overdue attention.  As part of this
effect, support has been given to the creation of a
computerized reference system for teratological
literature.  This Environmental Teratology Informa-
tion Center (ETIC), which is being developed by Dr.
Robert Staples of NIEHS, is located at the Oak
Ridge National Laboratories.  During the past year
over 7500 references have been introduced into the
system.  Attempts to construct a Teratology Data
Bank have also been instituted.  Eventually these
two computer information systems may provide the
vehicle by which the question of species different
in response to teratogenic exposures can be system-
atically evaluated.
316

-------

atmospheric
transport and fate





                 CHAPTER 7
    A*.

-------
   CHAPTER CONTENTS
               atmospheric transport  and fate
SUMMARY
   William E. Wilson, Jr., Ph.D., EPA                      321
QUESTIONS & ANSWERS                             335




TECHNICAL DISCUSSION                             341
PROJECT MISTT-MIDWEST INTERSTATE
SULFUR TRANSFORMATION AND TRANSPORT
   William E. Wilson, EPA                            343
CLOUD NUCLEI GENERATION BY A SULFUR GAS-TO-PARTICLE
CONVERSION PROCESS
   Rudolf F Pueschel, DOC                           351
TRANSPORT AND TRANSFORMATION OF SULFUR OXIDES IN
THE TENNESSEE VALLEY REGION
   James F Meagher, TVA
   Vinaya Sharma, TVA                             361
SULFATE REGIONAL EXPERIMENT OF
ELECTRIC POWER RESEARCH INSTITUTE
   Ralph  M. Perhac, Electric Power Research Institute             365
THE MULTISTATE ATMOSPHERIC POWER PRODUCTION
POLLUTION PROGRAM
   Michae! C. MacCracken, University of California               3T 1

-------
                    ATMOSPHERIC  TRANSPORT
                                                                         AND  FATE
                                                                                William E. Wilson, Jr., Ph.D.
                                                                              Chief, Aerosol Research Branch
                                                                     Environmental Science Research Laboratory
                                                                         U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
INTRODUCTION
FOUR TYPES OF RESULTS
Figure 1.
Labadie plume, well mixed


Figure 2.
Labadie plume, not well mixed
    I  am serving as  both author of a paper on Project  MISTT (Midwest Interstate
Sulfur  Transformation and Transport) and rapporteur.

    I  do not  need  to say  much about  the reasons  for  concern with sulfate. The
possible health  effects and  numerous ecological  effects will  be  discussed  throughout
this meeting.

    The technical  approach  of  the  project  MISTT  study  is to investigate the
transformations  of S02 to sulfate in  polluted air masses undergoing transport. Our
original plan was  to study power plant plumes and urban plumes. During the program,
we  became  aware of the  stagnating  anticyclone, another air  mass that undergoes
transport and in which transformations occur.  In stagnant  air masses, pollutants build
up and are  then transported as the weather system moves.

    In this symposium we are expected to emphasize results. Project MISTT produced
four types  of  results —those relating to (1) reaction  rates and mechanisms, (2) plume
study  techniques,  in which we have  made  some advances,  (3)  transport distances over
which  pollutants  can move,  and  (4)  development  of   models.  My  MISTT paper  is
followed by a  bibliography of  15  published  scientific  articles on Project  MISTT; 15
presentations to national and international  scientific meetings, which will  ultimately be
published;  and  20  papers that  will  be presented  in  Dubrovnik, Yugoslavia, in
September at the International  Symposium on  Sulfates in  the Atmosphere. Although
we are just  entering  the third  year of Project MISTT, we do  have some results to
report.  I  am  going  to  move  rapidly  through  a  series  of  slides  to  give  you an
appreciation and a flavor of the program and  of the  results we are obtaining. I  do not
expect you  to absorb all the details of these figures.

    The Labadie  Power  Plant  plume  outside  St. Louis  is  our favorite  case study
(Figure 1).  In the  middle of the day  the plume rapidly dilutes and mixes  with ambient
air.  When  we  first  started this program, we  decided  to follow plumes for  60
kilometers.  Some  very noted scientists and meteorologists laughed at  us and said, "No
way can you follow a plume for 60 kilometers."  But sometimes we can follow them
much farther.

    Figure  2 shows  Labadie early in  the morning.  The plume does not mix  rapidly
with the atmosphere because of the  stable atmospheric  conditions that  normally exist
at night.
                                                                                                    321

-------
 Figure  3.
 Labadie plume, farther back
     Figure 3  shows  Labadie  farther  back.  Although there  is some expansion of the
plume immediately after  it leaves the power plant,  it does not expand much more as
it  goes downwind.  We  followed  this plume  for 300  kilometers, and it  was still going
strong when we ran  low  on  gas. At 300 kilometers it was not much wider than at 25
or 30  kilometers.

     Figure 4  shows the type  of  measurements that  are made.  We  fly  a sampling
airplane  back  and  forth  through  the plume,  obtaining  profiles of a large  variety of
pollutants  within  the  plume.  We  also  measure a vertical profile  by  spiraling down
through  the plume, thus  obtaining  a three-dimensional  cross section of the pollutant
concentrations.  We  use  pilot  balloons  to  measure  wind direction and speed as a
function of  altitude.  With  this  information  we  can  construct the mass  flow  rates of
pollutants  along  a plane  through the plume.  Using mass flow rates is an improvement
over earlier work using  S02-to-sulfate ratios because we  can better account for removal
of S02 by the ground and leakage of SC>2 through  the  inversion layer.

     Figure 5 shows the  results  we got.  Note the location  of  St. Louis and  the  various
power  plants  and  refineries.  Profiles  of S02 at various distances downwind were
measured  by our instrumented  aircraft.  As  we  start out, the  plume is very  narrow. As
we  move  downwind,  it  broadens out. This  plume was  followed out to  140  kilometers
during 14  hours  of  flight  time.
 Figure  4.
 Plume  mapping program
 Figure 5.

 Sulfate measurements
                                                                                                INSTRUMENTED
                                                                                                  AIRCRAFT
                                                                                                  Cli.y^l Qlil =//cl>,M UWdyd;
                                                                                                          PLUME
                                      PROJECT MISTT, 1976
                                      July 5-6. 1976 IMRII
                                                                                                       140 km 1020003001
                                                                        TRAVERSES SHOWN CORRESPOND TO PLANES OF
                                                                           MAXIMUM S02 HORIZONTAL BURDEN
322

-------
SULFATE MEASUREMENTS
Figure 6.
Aerosol  volume calculated
HOMOGENEOUS AND
HETEROGENEOUS REACTIONS
      Sulfate  measurements  were  also  made.  The  squares,  in  Figure  5,  indicate the
 sulfate integrated over  a  flight segment.  A new supersensitive technique for sulfate was
 developed for aircraft use in this  program. This technique enabled us  to collect  enough
 sulfate in one  pass through  a plume to get a valid sulfate measurement. We very often
 see this type of plume  coming from  St.  Louis.

      We  also measured  the detailed size  distribution and  calculated the aerosol volume.
 Figure 6 plots  the  aerosol volume flow  rate  for several  different studies  as a function
 of the age of the plume, out to  only  2  hours.  We found differences  depending on the
 time  of  day and  the  distance.  Our 1974 work showed a  rate increase  as we moved
 farther down  the  plume.  This  may be  due  to  more sunshine, more mixing, or both.
 The  reaction  rates  in  the  plume vary  greatly  from  day to  day  and  from  point to
 point. One problem  is to untangle the  parameters which  control these rates.
        1800


        1600


        1400


        1200


        1000


         800


         600


         400


         200
'FV AEROSOL VOLUME FLOW, LABADIE 14 AUGUST 74

|FV AEROSOL VOLUME FLOW, LABADIE 5 AUGUST 74
   AITKEN NUCLEI FLOW, LABADIE 14 AUGUST 74
 i bSCAT INTEGRAL OVER PLUME CROSS SECTION, LABADIE 14 AUGUST 1974
                                                                                        dIKml
     Solar  radiation is  important in  determining the amount and rate of  conversion of
S02 to  sulfate.  For two runs  we  plotted  for 2  days the percent of  S02  removal.
We show  the  loss to  the  ground  of S02,  and   the  conversion  of S02 to  sulfate.
Sunlight is clearly  an  important parameter.  Earlier  work  on  conversion  of  S02 to
sulfate  in  power  plant  plumes  utilized  the cohesive  plume  that  exists early in the
morning or late  at night.  This was  partly  because it  was necessary to collect  large
amounts of S02  and sulfate in order  to make  measurements. As a result,  most workers
obtained very low conversion  rates,  partly because  there was  less sunlight early in the
morning and late in the afternoon, and less mixing  with the background  air that brings
in ozone and other reactive species to augment  the  reaction.

     Our   results  suggest  the   existence   of  both   homogeneous  and   heterogeneous
reactions.  Homogeneous  reactions,   which  probably  involve   the   hydroxyl   radical,
predominate  in   dry daylight  conditions.  The   rates vary  from  1/2  to  5 percent per
hour, depending  on sunlight intensity, water vapor  concentration, ozone  concentration
in the  background  air,  background pollution  levels in general, and the extent of mixing
of  the  plume  with background  air.  Homogeneous  reactions and rates  are  similar to
those  found  in  smog  chambers. We have  a  good  understanding  of  homogeneous
reactions.

     Heterogeneous  reactions  involving liquid  droplets  may predominate during high
relative  humidity,  at night,  and in  clouds. These rates  may be much higher than the
1/2 to  5  percent for  homogeneous  reactions.  We do not have  good quantitative data
on  this yet, but  we know  that with very high sulfate and  very high conversion  rates,
we  have  liquid  droplets. Either  clouds  are  present, or relative humidity is  high at night.

     The   key   parameters   are  ozone  in  the  background   layer,  ammonia  which
neutralizes  sulfuric  acid  in  the  droplets,  thus  keeping the  reaction going, catalytic
species,   water  vapor,  and  mixing with   background air.  We  are concerned  with the
reaction  mechanisms  because   they   will   determine the  amount of control  needed,
according to Dr.  Perhac's EPRI  paper.
                                                                                                                          323

-------
USE OF AIRBORNE LIDAR
Figure 7.
Labadie plume at Wood  River
     The  homogeneous reactions  are  first order in SO2;  for  example, if we want 80
percent reduction  in  sulfate,  we think in terms of 80 percent reduction in S02. The
heterogeneous reactions are not  first  order  in  S02. The  order is lower;  in some cases
perhaps even  zero  order. Let  us  assume,  as some  sort of average,  that  10  percent of
S02 is converted  to  sulfate.  If  we  want an  80  percent decrease  in sulfate and the
mechanism is  zero  order, we would have to reduce S02 emissions  by 98 percent. The
chemical mechanism,  then, can make a big difference in the  amount of control needed
We are, therefore,  devoting  substantial effort to determining  reaction mechanisms.

     Because we expect  heterogeneous reactions at  night,  we  studied plumes at night.
We had  difficulty  finding  the  plume  in  our  1975 summer  work.  In  1976 we had
LIDAR facilities help us  locate the plume to learn  about  its shape  and structure, both
at nighttime and daytime.

     Figure  7  shows a shot of the general area where we  have a LIDAR  vehicle driving
back and  forth under the Labadie  Power Plant plume, about  35 miles from the plant.
In the middle of the night the  plume is  very small and cohesive;  as  we go back and
forth,  it shifts around but does not get very big. In the morning as the sunlight warms
the ground,  mixing  begins,  and  at  9 a.m.  to 10 a.m. there  is  a  breakup  of the
inversion.  At  this  time  the  plume  spreads  out a  great  deal.  EPA  Las Vegas used an
early version of an airborne  LIDAR to help locate the plume and  vector the sampling
airplane into the plume.
IMPROVED TECHNIQUES  FOR
PLUME STUDY
      Figure  8 shows  how  plume shapes differ. These  shots were all taken late in the
 evening.  The largest  plume was  emitted  at  1  p.m. about  50 kilometers  downwind. A
 few hours later  the  plume emitted  at  7  p.m. It  is much  narrower. At the  same time
 we  found the  much  smaller  plume  emitted at 9:30,  which had  caught up with the
 7:00 p.m. plume.  This  is due to the nocturnal jet. A much higher  air  flow that picked
 up the plume late in the evening carried  it along  faster than the plume emitted earlier.

      Let   me  summarize  the  improved  techniques   for  studying plumes.   We have
 mentioned   how   plume  structure   influences  reaction  because  of   the  mixing  of
 background  air,  the  importance of measuring  mass flow rates  instead of concentration
 ratios,  the importance  of making  direct  measurements of sulfate  on as fine  a time
 resolution as possible, and the  importance of measuring aerosol size distribution.  Last
 week we tried  a  new technique in  a cooperative  study with EPRI  and ERDA. We are
 making   continuous   sulfate   measurements   in  conjunction  with  continuous tracer
 measurements.  We  hope  this  will  prove  to be a  very useful  new technique. As an
 example  of  cooperative study, an ERDA national  laboratory, Battelle  Northwest, under
 contract  to  EPRI,  is  flying  plume  studies  jointly with an EPA contract airplane. We
 are cooperating very well  in this case.

     Plumes  come not  only   from  power  plants but  also  from  large  urban  areas. The
 Wood River refinery  is north of St. Louis.  We can  see a very  nice plume coming out
 from St.  Louis.
324

-------
                                              Figure  8 shows the  Labadie  plume going along  next to the  plume from Wood
                                         River and  St.  Louis.  We  can also see  that the  plume  from  Portage  de  Sault power
                                         plant  gets  mixed  with the  urban  plumes and  they all  go out  towards Chicago.  We
                                         followed this plume about 300 kilometers toward Chicago  and  had to stop  because we
                                         got into the  Chicago  air traffic  control  district.  In this  case the  Labadie  plume is
                                         mixed  with part  of the St.  Louis  urban  plume. This is one of the  few cases in which
                                         we  have seen an  ozone bulge in  a  power plant  plume. We do see this occasionally,  but
                                         only when  the  power  plant  plume is mixing  with  background air  that we might expect
                                         to  be rich  in hydrocarbons.

                                              Figure  9  is another  example  of the plume going  out  from  St.  Louis.  The darker
                                         portion is  the  light-scattering measured  by an integrating nephelometer. The lighter
                                         portion is  ozone.  As we  start from  St.  Louis,  the  ozone is all below  50 ppb. As we
                                         move out,  the light scattering increases, due  largely to the formation  of sulfate  aerosol.
                                         As  we move downwind,  the plume does not change greatly  in width,  but  there  is an
                                         increase in  both light scattering and ozone.

                                              Figure  10  graphs measurements of  the  sulfate  at  different vertical  passes through
                                         the plume  and  at different distances downwind. From this  we  can integrate and obtain
                                         the mass flow  rate  of  paniculate  sulfur,  light  scattering, and ozone  (Figure 11). These
                                         mass  flow  profiles look  very  much   like  the concentration  profiles  seen  in smog
                                         chamber studies.
Figure 8.
Plume to Chicago
Figure  9.
Light-scattering and ozone  measurements
                     PROJECT MISTT, 1976
      CEDAR
      RAPIDS
     IOWA
   flOLU
                  ALL TRAVERSES SHOWN ARE AT 2000 FT msl
                                                                    SCALE, kilometers
                                                                     200       s
                                                                                                                     ILLINOIS
                                                                                                              A POWER PLANT
                                                                                                              a REFINERY
                                                                                                             	 OZONE
                                                                                                             	 &SCAT
                                                                                                                          325

-------
Figure 10.
Sulfate  measurement
at different passes
Figure 11.
Mass flow rates
St. Louis urban plume
         1000
                                                     600
                                                     400
                                                     200
                       ST. LOUIS URBAN PLUME
                           JULY 18, 1975
                                                                                                           DISTANCE FROM SOURCE
                                                                        28 km
                                                                                   66 km
                                                                                          I
                                                                                                 92  km
                                                                                                 _L_
                                                                         2345

                                                                            PARTICULATE SULFUR CONCENTRATION (
                                           TIME, HR

                                              2
                                                        2500   2.51—A	OZONE
                                                                  I	PARTICULATE SULFUR
                                                                  i-	bSCAT

                                                        2000 g 2.0
                                                     jE  1500 = 15
                                                        1000 S 1.0
                                                        500   05
                                                                                                                     20D
                                                                                                                    150
                                                                                                                    1DD
                                                                                         90
                                                                                      DISTANCE, km
                                                                                                      135
DIFFERENCES BETWEEN
SURFACE AND ELEVATED
PLUMES
     We  have also developed  models of several  levels  of complexity. These describe the
formation  of  secondary  pollutants in  power  plant  and  urban  plumes  and include
mixing, dry deposition, and chemical reaction.

     Figure 12  is a simple  model  showing  the  difference between a surface plume and
an  elevated  plume. Because  the  surface  plume results  in  high ground concentrations
early  in  its history, there  is  more  S02  loss  by ground deposition.  A tall power  plant
plume allows  the  S02 to  stay around longer to form  sulfate.

     The  time and  distance  over  which  an air  mass  maintains  its integrity will depend
on  its initial size  and on the meteorological conditions. The primary determinant is the
amount  of wind  shear.  We  have  tracked power  plant and urban plumes for at least
300  kilometers,  and  the  "blob",  or  hazy  air  mass  associated  with  a  stagnating
anticyclone,  has been  tracked for hundreds  of kilometers.

     Figure  13  is a  satellite photograph.  The  light,  hazy  area, or  blob,  is due  to air
pollution  rather than  clouds.

     We  can  also study  blobs  by  using  visibility isopleths  taken  from  the  National
Weather  Service.  The next  several figures  are isopleths of noonday,  human-observer,
visibility  distances.  These  have  been  plotted in  scattering  or  extinction,  but they
represent visibilities of less than 3 miles, 3 to 4 miles, and  4 to 6  miles.
 326

-------
Figure 12.
Surface and  elevated plumes
 Figure 13.
 Satellite  picture
PRINCIPALS  IN
PROJECT MISTT
               a)  SURFACE PLUME
                      b)  ELEVATED PLUME
                                                             16
                          24
32
40
     8      16     24     32
   CONCENTRATION PROFILES
                                                             16
                          24
32
40
                                                     ISOPLETHS
                                                   SURFACE
                                                   SOURCE
                          AEROSOL'
     8     16

   ISOPLETHS

ELEVATED SOURCE
                                                                                              CONVERSION RATE
                                                                                              CONSTANT, ALPHA
                    16     24     32     40    0
                         16     24     32      40
     Figure 14  is a satellite  shot  of  a low visibility region building  up in the central
Ohio Valley area. The next  day  it intensified.  As we  watched, it  began to move; this
particular  anticyclone broke  up,  with one  part  going  toward Canada,  another coming
down  toward the  TVA  area.  It  slowed  down and  broadened  out,  then  moved  over
across St.  Louis and started  up again. The shape is  in agreement with the  shape of the
hazy blob  from the  satellite.  This  moved on  up  toward  Minneapolis  and  broke up
again.  One part  went toward Canada, another part came back across the  Great Lakes,
moved  on,  and  then  the   winds start  blowing  it  south.  It comes  down, crosses
Birmingham, and then goes  out to sea over Jacksonville. So  some of the  pollution  in
Jacksonville, Florida,  started  out  2 weeks earlier in  the Ohio  River  Valley and moved
around the country before arriving in Jacksonville.  This is borne out by long-range air
mass trajectories. In  Figure 15  we started with a box  around St.   Louis and  looked  at
the  backward  and  forward   trajectories.  This  agrees well  with  the  visual  expectation
from just looking at the  various slides of  the visibility profiles.

     In addition to  the scientific  results,  we  have  some policy  results that are at  least
worth consideration.  Sulfate, generated from  S02  and  power plant and urban plumes,
and  ozone, generated  from hydrocarbons  and nitrogen  oxides  in urban plumes, may be
transported at least hundreds of kilometers and  cause air pollution  far from the source.

     Air pollution  resulting  from  long-range  transport  of  secondary  pollutants cannot
be controlled by the political entity where  the air  pollution  impact  actually occurs.
Therefore,  our  current  concept of an air  quality  control region   must  be changed  in
order to take account of the long-range transport of secondary air  pollutants.

     The   future  work  is   aimed   toward   understanding  heterogeneous  conversion
processes,  the  dynamics of  the  blob, and  obtaining  more  statistical  information on
rates,  mechanisms, and  plume behavior.  We  also  want to  expand our  coverage  to
include gaseous  and  particulate nitrates  and  organic  material,  as  well  as  sulfates and
ozone.

     The principals  in Project  MISTT  have  been  Stephen  Gage,  who coordinates the
Energy/Environment  R&D Program:   myself, as  Project  Director for MISTT;  Rudolph
Husar  of  Washington  University, who  serves  as  Field Director  and  Data   Manager;
Donald  Blumenthal of Meteorology Research,  Inc.,  who is responsible for  most of the
aircraft operations;  and Kenneth Whitby of the  University of Minnesota,  responsible for
aerosol   measurements  and   data  interpretation.   Another   15  organizational   units
participate  in  project MISTT.
                                                                                                                           327

-------
Figure 14.
Ohio  Valley  anticyclone
CLOUD CONDENSATION
NUCLEI
     Through  the Interagency Program, work  is supported at two other agencies. One
is  an agreement  with  NOAA to  study  cloud condensation  nuclei formation in western
power plant plumes.  Rudolph  Pueschel  is the principal  investigator;  David McNeils is
the EPA project  coordinator.

     We  are interested  in  changes in cloud condensation nuclei  (CCN), because these
can  lead to changes  in  many weather  situations—frequency  of  cloud  formation, cloud
stability, and rainfall  frequency,  intensity,  and  acidity.

     Some  of the  older power  plants  have  visible  plumes.  In these cases, the  fly ash
which  escapes  the control  devices will  become  coated  with sulfuric  acid  and act as
CCN's. The newer  plants, with  more efficient controls, emit very small amounts of fly
ash and  have nearly  invisible plumes.  In  these cases,  the S02 which  is in the plume
will undergo gas-to-particle conversion and form cloud  condensation  nuclei.
Figure 15.
St.  Louis long  range
air  mass  trajectories
                                       JUNE-JULY 1975
                                                                               7/1
328

-------
PLOT OF DATA RECEIVED
Figure 16.
S02 and CCN flux calculations
     Figure  16 is one plot  of  the type of data that Mr.  Pueschel has gotten. The light
scattering  falls  off,  but the  CCN  count  is  increasing,  up  to four  or five  times
background; and  in the  area impacted  by the plumes, the power plant will contribute
the  same  order  of  magnitude  as  the  natural  environment, so  this  may  have  an
influence on weather and climate. These measurements were made  in morning  flights.
The  plume  probably still  contained  NO,  since  the ozone  concentration  did  not get
back up to background  level.  If the  plume had  been followed  longer or observed later
in  the  day,  an even larger increase in  CCN might have  been  observed.

     In  addition, there  is  interagency agreement with  the  Tennessee Valley  Authority
to study the  transport  and transformation  of  sulfur  oxides  in  the  Tennessee Valley
region.  J.  F  Meagher and  Vinaya  Sharma are the  principal  investigators;  I  am the
project  coordinator.  The TVA  program  has three parts.  Plume studies similar to those
innn
a
^. inn
CD
cc
CD
^
C_D

-------
Figure 17.
TVA  power  plants
SULFATE DATA  COLLECTED
Figure 18.

High sulfate episode
           LABADIE.'/ST. LOUIS   |L
                 PETERSBURG \   /
                 • GALLAGHER^-'. LOUISVILLE
BALDWIN   EVAN&VILLL. NEWBURttHv;'LOUISVILLE  o LEXINGTON
V.   . CARBONDAE-^  -.V'HftVteVILLE	• COOPER
•KANAWHA

  CHARLESTON
                                                 LA
                                                                           TREATS
                                                                     LEGEND:
                                                                      • TVA STEAM PLANT
                                                                      • MAJOR NOT-TVA STEAM
                                                                       PLANT
describes  the Sulfate Regional  Experiment (SURE),  a  very  large project funded by the
Electric  Power  Research  Institute.  Its  two  primary  purposes are  to  define  ambient
sulfate  in  terms of  local S02  emissions  and  to  assess the  contribution  of  the electric
power industry to  regional sulfate  levels.  The main  subdivisions of the SURE  program
are an  extensive  ground-level   measurement network, aircraft  measurements of vertical
pollutant  profiles  in  the neighborhood of  the ground  station, modeling to relate S02
emissions to  regional  sulfate  concentrations,  and a  detailed emissions  inventory.  Both
ERDA  and  EPA  are counting on EPRI  to provide  the  emission  inventory  for  our
large-scale  models.

     Before the  large SURE program  was  started,  there  was a design phase in  which a
year's   worth  of   sulfate   data  were  collected  at  12  stations  running  across  the
northeastern part of  the U.S.   This  program found that the sulfate concentrations were
more variable than  the S02  concentrations, that  sulfate  tended  to  be  high in  the
summer  while S02 tended  to be  high  in  the  winter. It was found that high sulfate
concentrations  correlated  with temperature,   dew point,  and  high-pressure  air masses,
especially  maritime  tropical  air  flows,  and  that  high sulfate concentrations  did  not
correlate with  local S02 emissions or with  continental  polar air masses.

     Figure 18 is  one of the episodes from July of  1974. The various days are plotted
on  the  vertical  axis  and  the  ground  stations, running from  Illinois to  New York, on
                                       DAILY AVERAGE S04(ug/mJ
                                        JULY EPISODE CASE
330

-------
                                           the  horizontal.  We  have isopleths  of  sulfate concentration.  In two instances,  sulfate got
                                           to  80  micrograms  per cubic  meter (24-hour-average  sulfate) in  Wheeling, West Virginia,
                                           and another episode  when  it got up to  70 ug/m3  We  have analyzed this  episode at
                                           EPA.  It  appears that the  high  sulfate  levels resulted from transport  of  sulfates from
                                           high  emission areas upwind rather than  increased  local emissions due to stagnation.  So
                                           this appeared to  be  a long-range transport episode.  I would  like  to  thank  EPRI  for
                                           making these data  available to EPA very  promptly.

                                                 Figure  19  shows the SURE stations.  The  crosses  represent  class 1 stations, which
                                           will  measure  a  large variety of  pollutants year-round.  The circles  represent  class  2
                                           stations,  which  are  part  of the  regular utility network.  These  will  make additional
                                           measurements during  intensives,  which will  take place four  times  a year.
Figure 19.
Sulfate Regional  Experiment
ground stations
                                                                 -ft  SURE  Class  I Stations
                                                                 •  SURE  Class  II Stations
                                                SURE Class I Stations
                                                                                           SURE Class II Stations
                                               100 A
                                               102
                                               103A
                                               104B
                                               106
                                               107
                                               109
                                               111A
                                               112
Montague,  MA
Scranton, PA
Indian River, DE
Philo,  OH
Rockport,  IN
Giles City, TN
Chapel  Hill, NC
Roanoke, IN
Lewisburg, WV
 1
 2
 3
 4
 5
 6
 7
 8
 9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
E. Beverly, MA
Fall River, IVIA
Albany,  NY
Oswego,  NY
Dunkirk,  NY
Roseton,  NY
Allegheny, PA
Lewisville, PA
Brush  Valley,  PA
Gettysburg, PA
Delmarva,  DE
Gavin, OH
Clifty  Creek, OH
Big Sandy, OH
Breed, IN
Munroe,  Ml
Port Huron, Ml
Kincaid,  IL
Collins, IL
Picway, OH
Jay, ME
Toronto,  Ont
Huntington, NY
Ml
24      Loves Mill, VA
25      Hytop, AL
26      Giles City,  TN
27      Paradise,  KY
28      Memphis, TN
29      Hanover,  NH
30      Benton Harbor,
31      St.  Louis, MO
33      Niles, OH
35      Madison,  Wl
36      Galesburg,  IL
37      Mount Storm, WV
38      Chesterfield, VA
39      Yorktown,  VA
40      Riverbend,  NC
41      Weatherspoon, NC
42      Atlanta, GA
43      (Upstate  New York)
46      Columbia, SC
47      Cayuga, NY
48      Dan River, NC  (?)
49      Lafayette,  IN
                                                                                                                                  331

-------
EPRI NETWORK
MAP3S TEN TASKS
     EPA was perhaps fortunate  in  being  able  to move  their Regional Air Pollution
Monitoring Stations (RAMS) from St.  Louis  into the EPRI network. These stations will
benefit  the general public by  being utilized again, and  EPA will  have access to the
data.  EPRI  has also  kindly  let us  install a special  sampler developed by Florida State
University  (FSU)  which will  provide 2-hour  measurements of  sulfate. To get some idea
of the dynamics of the blobs,  FSU set up a 14-station network  and ran it for 1 year
We are closing that network down now and  moving the samplers  to  the  EPRI network
With  the  FSU samplers, we can  collect very cheaply;  analyzing  is more expensive. We
will  collect all  year  and  make analysis for  a  few of the most interesting weeks. It
appears that in order to do  good  modeling,  we will need some data with a finer time
resolution  than 24 hours.  EPRI  will  make  24-hour sulfate measurements  year-round
but 3-hour sulfate  measurements will be made only  during the  intensives.

     The  final paper  of  this session is by  Dr.  Michael  MacCracken, Director  of the
Multi-State  Atmospheric  Power   Production Pollution  Study  (MAP^S),   the  ERDA
sulfate program.  The  goal  of  MAP-^S  is to  improve  simulation  capability for use in
evaluating  present  and  future  effects due to  power  production  emissions. Their
interests   are   in   air  quality,  precipitation  chemistry,  and  atmospheric behavior.
Emphasis   is  on  sulfur  oxides  from  coal  combustion  in  the  northeastern  United
States. The MAP-^S program draws  on the experience and expertise of several  ERDA
national  laboratories.  ERDA also utilizes  other  scientific  organizations  via  grant  and
contract   funds.   There   is  cooperation  and   coordination   with   EPA   and  other
government agencies,   with   the   Electric  Power   Research   Institute,  and  with  the
Atmospheric  Environment  Service  of Canada, because  there is, of course, transport in
both  directions across the northern  border.

     The MAP^S  program is  divided into  10 tasks: (1) power plant emissions  and (2)
other related  emissions.  These  two are  fairly small,  because we are depending on EPRI
for  this.   (3)  A  study  of pollutant  characteristics. ERDA  has  measurements  to
determine  whether  the  sulfate  is  sulfuric  acid,  ammonium  bisulfate,  or  ammonium
sulfate.  (4) Pollutant  distribution.  Aircraft  will  be flown back  and  forth  across the
northeastern  U.S.  to  obtain  information on  the pollutant distribution. (5) Vertical and
long-range  transport  and (6) pollutant transformation. The  rates and mechanism are
important.  Some  of  the  early work,  which  demonstrated  that the major path for
conversion  of  S02 to sulfate is the homogeneous  path,  involves  the hydroxyl  radical.
The initial  rates came, I believe from Castleman's work at Brookhaven.

     Let  me  go   back to  the  EPRI  program  briefly. Only  the SURE program  was
discussed  in  the  paper, but  EPRI  does sponsor a number of  other studies  related to
the sulfate problem,  including  buogenic emissions.  They  have made, under  contract to
Doug Davis, the  first  measurement of the hydroxyl  radical in the atmosphere. So we
all have programs  looking at pollutant transformation processes.
332

-------
PROGRAMS COORDINATED
     Because of  EPDA's  past experience  with  radioactive  pollutant  transport  and
removal,  they  have expertise  and  interest  in  both  (7)  dry deposition and  (8)  wet
deposition  and  are making the  major  contribution in  the  sulfate  program  to  the
deposition  processes. (9) Weather  and climatic effects and (10)  numerical modeling. In
terms of  long-range transport, ERDA has provided the leadership for development of
the long-range trajectory models, which will  be very useful in  this program.  In  MAP3S,
ERDA is  interested in  the  large-scale modeling  of the whole  northeast  area.  Some of
the modeling results are shown in  Dr. MacCracken's paper.

     The  ERDA   program   will  support  a  number  of  aircraft   measurements  in
cooperation with the SURE  program. EPRI  will do  vertical traverses  over two class 1
stations.  ERDA will fly  horizonal   paths between several  SURE stations  during  the
intensives. Other flight  paths  will  be flown  during other times by the ERDA  program.

     It may have been obvious during my talk that these programs are coordinated. We
do  not  feel  that  any  individual  program provides a complete  answer  to  the sulfate
problem,  but all  put  together,  they  provide a very  good  national  program  on  the
transport  and fate  of  sulfates.  As  director of  MISTT,  I have  served as the  EPA
coordinator.  The coordination  of this program has  been  a  pleasure, partly because each
group has chosen  an emphasis which is different from the others and is  based  on their
special interests  and capabilities.  I hope we will  be seeing many more  results from  this
program.
                                                                WILLIAM E. WILSON,  JR.
                                             B.A.,  Natural   Science,  Hendrix  College;   Ph.D.   Physical  Chemistry,  Purdue
                                         University.  Fulbright Fellow,  Institute  of  Technology, Munich, Germany,  research
                                         molecular spectroscopy of metal carbonyl  compounds. Assistant professor,  Department
                                         of  Environmental  Science  and  Engineering, School  of  Public  Health,  University of
                                         North Carolina, instructor of Chemistry, Wisconsin State College; various research and
                                         teaching  appointments,  Purdue  University. Associate  Fellow  and Senior  Chemist in
                                         atmospheric  chemistry and  air  pollution  at  Battelle Memorial  Institute.  Held many
                                         supervisory  level  positions with  EPA with  experience  in  planning,  and  research in
                                         atmospheric  sciences,  chemical  kinetics,  combustion  and  molecular  spectroscopy.
                                         Currently,  Chief   of  Aerosol   Research   Branch,  Environmental  Sciences  Research
                                         Laboratory, EPA, Research Triangle  Park,  NC, conducting national  program of aerosol
                                         research on chemical and physical  properties  of  aerosol particles and  mechanisms of
                                         formation and  removal.
                                                                                                                        333

-------
                             questions
                                  CK answers
QUESTION:
                                                    Mr. Joseph A. Consiglio
                                                       Solva-Tek Associates

                                                            Dr. Arvid Ek
                               Allegeny County Bureau of Air Pollution Control

                                                         Mr. John Hawley
                                   New York State Environmental  Conservation

                                                          Mr. John Kintz
                                 National  Capitol Interstate Planning Committee

                                                      Dr. Edward S. Rubin
                                                  Carnegie-Mellon University
    On one of the slides, a reference was made to high
episodes   of   70   to   80  micrograms  of  sulfate
concentrations, and  the comment  "not  attributable  or
correctable with local S02 concentrations" was made. My
question  is what does  correlate with it,  if anything,  at
this point?
RESPONSE: Dr. William E. Wilson (EPA)
QUESTION:
RESPONSE:  Dr. Wilson
                            The correlations for the  whole year were showing
                        high sulfate  in the summer and high SO2  in the winter.
                        Consequently,  there  was  no  correlation.  I  do  not
                        remember what the SO2 values were during this episode;
                        but  as  the  sulfate  built up,  the  air mass trajectories
                        moved  from  over general  farm  country  to  over river
                        valleys  with  high  S02  emissions. In  this  case,  the
                        correlation  was  with  high S02  emissions 1 or  2 days
                        upwind   of  the  area.   So  we  would  attribute  it  to
                        transformation during transport.
    Are  sulfate emissions  related  to  the trace elements
present  in  the  plume?  Are  you  studying  that aspect?
Different coals have different amounts of trace  elements,
so  the sulfate  buildup in the  plume  downstream should
be  related to the trace element composition of  the coal.
Is that being studied also?
                            We looked at oil-fired power plumes as distinct from
                        coal-fired  power  plumes. We found an increase  in the
                        initial S03 or  sulfate  in high vanadium oils.  There have
                        been suggestions that there  is more rapid reaction  in the
                        downwind plume;  however, this has not been borne out
                        by subsequent studies.  As to whether the catalytic  metal
                        content  will  influence  reactions  in  the plume is still an
                        open  question. It  does influence the initial S03  in the
                        stack, but we are  not  sure  of its effect in the downwind
                        plume.
                                                                                                     335

-------
QUESTION:
     There has been  much  discussion of the possibility of
artifact  sulfate  formation;  that  is,  when  high  volume
filters are used for sulfate eliminations,  part of the sulfate
is  actually  produced  by perhaps  catalytic conversion of
sulfur dioxide on the filter  surface.

     What   means  do   you  have  of   eliminating   such
artifacts  in  some  of  these measurements, both  in  your
studies,  Dr.  Wilson, and  in the SURE studies?
RESPONSE:  Dr. Wilson
                                   The  filters used  in my studies are  coarse  filters.  We
                              have checked for filter conversions  by  using double filters.
                              We find  no sulfate on  the second filter.  However, if  we
                              use  Glass Fiber Hi  Vol,  we  find  some  sulfate  on  the
                              second  filter.

                                   In the  EPRI  program  there  will  be  a special filter,
                              probably  teflon-coated glass, which also does  not have a
                              surface  conversion. This matter of conversion on the  filter
                              has been  studied quite extensively. For the last few  years
                              the glass  fiber  filters that have been  used have generally
                              been neutral rather than basic,  and  so  the  sulfate  anomaly
                              is very  small. So, if  we measured  1 or  2  micrograms  per
                              cubic meter,  we might  be  concerned,  but where we  are
                              up 10, 20, or 30  micrograms,  it is no  longer significant.
                              Using  teflon  filters and  Nucleopore filters in  the newer
                              studies, we  do not  have that problem.

                                   There  has  also  been talk about  the possibility  of
                              conversion on  particles  on  the filter.  This has not  been
                              put  completely  to  rest,  but   apparently  is not  a  major
                              problem.
RESPONSE  Dr.  Ralph Perhac (EPRI)
RESPONSE:   Dr. Wilson
                                   Let me add just one thing. We  did support a study
                              at  Radian  Corporation  and  found  that on glass  fiber
                              filters  for  short periods of time, in other words, short air
                              flows,  the  problem can  be  serious.  Also  for low sulfate
                              levels  the  problem can  be  serious.  However,  with  long
                              periods of time and  high  levels,  it is not a  bad problem.
                              It can also be  corrected by pretreating the filter  or  by, as
                              Dr. Wilson pointed out,  use  of teflon-coated filters.  It  is
                              the  latter   which   we  will  probably  use in  the  SURE
                              program.
                                   It  is true that if  we  do 1- or 2-hour measurements
                              with  high  volume  filters,  we  can  run  into  serious
                              problems due  to  the sulfate conversion on  the filter.
QUESTION:
                                   Please   clarify   your   study   on   regional   SO4
                              concentrations  with  an  emphasis on  local  emissions.  In
                              what way are you  relating this  to local  emissions?
RESPONSE:   Dr. Perhac
                                   We  would  like  to  know the  effect of changing the
                              local  emission  of S02  on  some  other  region  on the
                              ambient  sulfate  distribution.
336

-------
RESPONSE:  Dr. Wilson
RESPONSE:  Dr. Perhac
                                 I  think Dr. Perhac is correct to say that by local we
                            do not  mean  the  emissions  in the immediate vicinity  of
                            the  sampling   station,   but  the  relationship  between
                            emissions  at   any   point  in  the  network  and  regional
                            sulfate.
                                 Yes. If  we  put in another  5,000 megawatts  in  the
                            Ohio  Valley,  for  example, what will  be  the  effect  in
                            Pennsylvania  or Washington?
QUESTION:
     I  have a question for  Dr.  Perhac. In the slide that
Dr.  Wilson showed,  the  class  one  SURE  stations  are
widely  dispersed in  the  eastern  United States.  Aligning
them more in a northeast-southwest fashion, as indicated
in phase  one of  the program,  might  be  the maximum
impact orientation  because of the alignment of the  power
plants  and  the  prevailing weather  conditions. Why  was
this done?
RESPONSE:  Dr.  Perhac
                                 Two reasons.  The  first  one is  very simple,  money.
                            There  just was not enough  money to  put the stations any
                            closer.  We  hope  to  correct  that  in part by  the  very
                            extensive  network of class two stations which will  operate
                            only  four  times  a year. That will separate the class one
                            which  will operate every day.

                                 In answer to the second  part of your question,  why
                            not  line them up along the  Ohio  Valley, that goes back
                            to  my comment  about wanting random data  without a
                            geographic bias. There  is no  question that by lining them
                            up  along  the  Ohio Valley,  we introduce  a geographic bias
                            immediately.  If  there  is  a  trend coming up the  Ohio
                            Valley, we  will certainly catch  it  with  stations lined up
                            that way; but if there are  air flows from other areas, we
                                                                                                                       337

-------
                               will miss them.  Consequently,  we attempted to locate  the
                               stations more randomly to eliminate  the  geographic bias.
                               Admittedly  it is a tradeoff, but  we  felt  it was  worth it
                               from that standpoint.
 QUESTION:
     I wonder if one of you  gentlemen would discuss  the
policy  implications for those  of  us who are involved in
developing  state implementation plans,  alert  strategies,  and
so forth. From one of your slides, it seemed that we may
not  be  able  to control  the  air masses  that affect us in
terms of  health  and in terms of economics for  control
strategies.   I   wondered  if  someone   would  discuss  the
policy  implications of the  results  of your studies to date.
Do we  in the northeast secede, and say that TVA closed
us down?
 RESPONSE:  Dr. Wilson
                                    Certainly   not.  The  point  that  I   was   making
                               essentially involved  primary pollutants  which have limited
                               lifetimes. We could choose  a  local region tens of miles or
                               hundreds  of  miles  away  and   by controlling  pollution
                               sources  in that area,  we would  control the area's ambient
                               pollution.  When   we   were  concerned  with  secondary
                               pollutants that  have  atmospheric  lifetimes  of  days to
                               weeks, our pollution  is widely distributed throughout the
                               nation.  We  are going  to have  to look on  a larger  area
                               basis, and we  are  going to  have to think in terms of air
                               quality regions which  are  much, much larger.

                                    I think the policy people need  to be aware of  these
                               programmatic   results   which   indicate  the   long-range
                               movement   of  pollutants  and   the   type  of  weather
                               conditions which produce them.
 RESPONSE:  Dr. Michael C. MacCracken  (ERDA)
                                    Let  me just  add  that  the  intent  of  the modeling
                               program  of  ERDA is  to look at these large-range  policy
                               options. We are trying  to focus  on options  that  are  well
                               beyond  the  local  scale  as  opposed  to  looking  at the
                               impact of an  individual  power plant or several individual
                               power plants.
 QUESTION:
                                   The emphasis yesterday morning  was based on NOX.
                               The question is  whether any of that is being followed up
                               in  terms of modeling studies comparable to what we  are
                               seeing for sulfates, particularly for eastern areas?
 RESPONSE:  Dr. Wilson
                                   I   know  that all  of  us  are interested  in  both the
                               gaseous  and particulate nitrates.  One reason we have not
                               done  nitrates  is  that, .until  recently,  we  have  not had
                               techniques  that  were  sufficiently  sensitive  to  use   in
                               aircraft  monitoring  for measuring them.  We now have a
                               new technique  which  is sufficiently  sensitive  for nitrate.
                               At the  cooperative  study  a  couple weeks ago, samples
                               were  taken on which  we  will try to do nitrates. We are
                               also looking forward to  the next go-around of  these field
                               studies  in  which  EPA will have a  new  acronym  called
                               STATE  for the study of nitrates  as well as  organics.

                                   And I  might  mention  that there has  been  a problem
                               in  the  past with  the formation of sulfate  on  filters.  The
338

-------
                            formation  of  nitrate on filters  is going to be even worse,
                            but  it  may be  that what we are measuring  is gaseous
                            nitrate  absorbed  on  the  filter rather  than   particulate
                            nitrate. It is  nitrate that we are measuring, but  we are
                            not  sure   how  much  is  particulate  and  how much  is
                            vapor-based.

                                 So the problem here has  not  been a lack  of interest
                            or concern but a  lack of adequate instrumentation.
RESPONSE:  Dr. Rudolf F. Pueschel (NOAA)
RESPONSE:  Dr. MacCracken
                                 As  far as cloud  nuclei formation  is concerned, is  it
                            necessary  for  sulfur  dioxide  to  be present? There are
                            other candidates such  as  nitrogen  oxides  that could just
                            as well  be responsible for  this  phenomenon.
                                 In the SURE  program the emissions inventory does
                            include NOx  and also  the  field  measurements will  include
                            nitrate  measurements, not as extensively  as sulfates, but it
                            will  include a number of them.
                                                                                                                        339

-------
technical
  discussion

-------
                                                         Plume Mapping Program
                  PROJECT MISTT
    MIDWEST INTERSTATE SULFUR TRANSFORMATION
                  AND TRANSPORT
                  William E. Wilson
            Office of Research and Development
         Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
           U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
           Research  Triangle Park, North Carolina

INTRODUCTION

    Sulfate  aerosols  have  been implicated in a
variety of  adverse  ecological and human health
effects. The known adverse health effects of
sulfur dioxide (S02) led to the control of this
pollutant (PHS,  1969).   However, reductions in
urban S02 emissions and concentrations, which were
produced by the mandatory use of low-sulfur fuels,
were not accompanied by a proportional decrease in
urban sulfate (EPA, 1975) .   This observation may be
explained by  the transformation-transport theory.
Reductions  in urban S02 emissions have been accom-
panied by increases in rural S02 emissions from
new power plants located outside cities.  Sulfur
dioxide from  these  power plants may be transformed
to sulfate  in the atmosphere and transported over
long distances to urban areas.  Interest by the
U.S.E.P.A.  in the transformation-transport theory
led to a major expansion of existing studies by
establishing  Project MISTT  (Midwest Interstate
Sulfur Transformation  and Transport) .   The tech-
nical approach of Project MISTT is to study the
transformations of  SC>2 to sulfate in polluted air
masses undergoing transport.  The intent is to
measure pertinent chemical  and meteorological
parameters  with sufficient  accuracy so that they
may be used with physical and mathematical models
to derive rate parameters which characterize the
transformation processes.   This research should
also give insight into transformation mechanisms
and serve as  a guide for related laboratory
studies. Both power plant  and urban plumes are
being studied.

TECHNICAL DISCUSSION

EPA Plume Studies

     Information on the rate  of  conversion  of  S02
to sulfate in power plant plumes was  needed  to
quantify the contributions of  power plants  to
atmospheric sulfates.   A critical  review  of  plume
studies  (Wilson, 1977) revealed  no  reliable  in-
formation on conversion rates,  and  only two
studies provided information  on  the amount of  S02
converted to sulfate.   To obtain a better under-
standing of the physical and  chemical  processes
occurring in power plant plumes, extensive studies
involving three-dimensional mapping of  large
plumes were carried out in the St. Louis  area  as
part of the Project MISTT.
      Two  instrumented aircraft, an instrumented
van,  and  three mobile single-theodolite pilot-
balloon units were used in a coordinated measure-
ment  program.  The primary sampling platform was
a  single-engine aircraft equipped to continuously
monitor  (1)  gaseous pollutants (03, NO, NOX, S02)
(2) three aerosol parameters (condensation-nuclei
count, light-scattering coefficient, and aerosol
charge acceptance), (3) several meteorological
variables (temperature, relative humidity, dew
point, and turbulent dissipation), and (4) nav-
igational parameters.  Particulate sulfur samples
were  collected by a sequential filter-tape sampler
equipped  with a respirable-particle size separator
(Husar et al., 1976a).   An optical counter and an
electrical-mobility analyzer provided details of
the in situ  particle-size distribution of grab
samples  (White et al.,  1976a).   The flight pattern
of the primary aircraft was designed to enable
characterization of the plume  at discrete
distances downwind from the source.   At each dis-
tance, horizontal traverses were made in the plume
perpendicular to the plume axis at three or more
elevations.   These were supplemented by vertical
spirals inside and outside the plume.  The in-
struments continuously  monitored the distribution
of pollutants along each pass.   From the three-
dimensional  pollutant concentration  field obtained
in this manner,  together with  the vertical profiles
of wind velocity measured every half-hour by the
three pilot  balloons units, the horizontal flow
rates of  pollutants at  each downwind distance were
directly  calculated. From the change in flow rate
with  distance, it is possible  to calculate trans-
formation and removal rates for individual pollu-
tants (Husar, et al, 1976a).
The Urban Plume
     The  techniques  just  described were used to
map the three-dimensional flow of  aerosols and
trace gases  in power plant plumes  and in the air
leaving the  St. Louis area.   It was found that
under certain summer, daytime, meteorological
conditions,  the aggregate pollutant emissions
from metropolitan  St. Louis  often  formed a co-
hesive, well-defined "urban  plume" downwind of
the city  (Husar et al., 1976b; White et al.,
1976b).   As  shown  in Figure  1 the  18 July 1975
urban plume  was mapped to 180 km northeast of St.
Louis.  Flow rates within the mixing layer are
shown in  Figure 2  for 63,  sulfate, and light
scattering aerosols.   The width of the plume,
approximately 40 km,  did  not change much along
the 150-km-distance  over  which it  was obtained.
The amount of plume  spreading is less than pre-
dicted by Gaussian plume  models and is probably
controlled by the  amount  of  wind shear within the
well-mixed layer.  It appears likely that the
elevated  ozone concentrations in this plume and
the reduced  visibility caused by the plume were
exported well beyond 180  km.
                                                                                                          343

-------
  SCALE  KILOMETERS

     I— 200
     1-150
           SPRINGFIELD
     •MOO
     1-50
                                                                 ILLINOIS
                                                           A POWER PLANT
                                                           • REFINERY
                                                          	OZONE
                                                          	bSCAT
Figure 1.   Ozone concentration  and
            aerosol light-scattering
            coefficient (bscat)  down-
            wind  of St. Louis  on 18
            July  1975.   Data are taken
            from  horizontal traverses
            by  instrumented aircraft
            at  altitudes between 460
            and 760 m msl.   Sampling
            paths are along graph
            baselines;  note that base-
            line  concentrations  are
            not zero (White et al.,
            1976b).
        HOURS I
                                                      Figure  2'.   Flow rates and  related data for the St. Louis
                                                                  plume on 18 July  1975.  Values are plotted
                                                                  against distance  downwind of the St. Louis
                                                                  Gateway Arch, with  equivalent travel times
                                                                  for a constant  mean wind speed of 45 km/hr
                                                                  shown for comparison.   The mass flow rate of
                                                                  ozone and particulate  and the flow rate of
                                                                  the aerosol light-scattering coefficient
                                                                  (bscat) are shown.   Maximum values and units
                                                                  are 2.5 kg/sec  for  particulate sulfur, 2.5  x
                                                                  1Q2 tons/hr for ozone, and 2.5 x 103 bscat
                                                                  units (lO-^m"1)(km3/hr).
344

-------
    During a number of experiments in 1974 and
1975, the St. Louis plume was observed to signifi-
cantly degrade the air quality of communities more
than 200 km from the city.  The most conspicious
components of the St. Louis plume 50 km or more
downwind of the city were the reaction products
formed along the way.  Unlike the primary pollu-
tants NO and S02> ozone and light-scattering aero-
sols attained their maximum concentrations well
downwind of St. Louis and their flow rate increased
with distance from the city.

PROGRAM DISCUSSION

Reaction Rates and Mechanisms

    In the power plant plumes that have been
completely analyzed, the rate of conversion of S02
to sulfate varied from 1/2% to 5% per hour.  Con-
densation nuclei counts and aerosol size distri-
bution profiles indicate that the major pathway is
a homogeneous reaction, first order in S02, and
probably involving the OH radical.  The reaction
rate certainly depends on sunlight intensity
(Durham et al. , 1977) and appears to also depend
on water vapor concentration, background ozone
levels, and the extent to which the plume has
mixed with background air.  The pollutant profiles,
in both power plant and urban plumes, resemble
those observed in chamber studies and suggest
that the current kinetic models can be used to
calculate sulfate formation.

    Heterogeneous reactions may be important at
night, in clouds, or other conditions during
which high water vapor content and high relative
humidity may lead to the existence of liquid drop-
lets.  Attempts to make nighttime measurements
during the summer of 1975 were frustrated by diffi-
culties in locating the plume.  The use of lidar
during the summer of 1976 allowed us to locate the
plume but unusually dry conditions led to night-
time relative humidities substantially lower than
normal.  Therefore, the data analyzed to date do
not allow any conclusions regarding hetero-
geneous reactions.  There are, however, several
qualitative indications suggesting that under
proper conditions heterogeneous reactions may be
important and may lead to rates significantly
greater than the 5% per hour maximum found for
homogeneous reactions.  The key parameters govern-
ing heterogeneous reactions, in addition to high
relative humidities and high water vapor content,
are thought to be ozone and ammonia concentrations,
concentrations of catalytic species in aerosol form,
and the extent of mixing with background air.

Plume Study Techniques

    One of the most important advances has been
the realization that a plume measurement must be
treated as a multi-dimensional problem.  In addi-
tion to the extent of the plume in the horizontal
and vertical direction and the downwind distance,
we must consider time as a fourth dimension.  We
must be concerned not only with the time at which
the plume is measured but also the time at which
the plume was emitted and the subsequent history
°f the plume.  For example, it may have been a
cohesive plume prior to measurement or it may
have been highly diluted with background air;
it may have been isolated above the mixing
layer or it may have been well mixed to the
ground; it may have traveled at night, under
cloud cover, or in bright sunlight.  Much of
the early work on plumes has yielded mislead-
ing values because the measurements were made
only in cohesive plumes early in the morning
or late in the evening.

   The EPA plume studies differed  from earlier
ones in that  (1) more  gas and aerosol parameters
were measured,  (2) horizontal and  vertical  profiles
were measured,  (3) data were interpreted  in terms
of mass flows  instead  of concentration ratios,
(4) the background air mixing with the plume was
characterized,  (5) the chemical composition and
size distribution of the aerosols  in the  plume
were determined, and (6) measurements were  made  at
the same distance downwind as the  plume shape  and
structure changed with changes in  meteorological
conditions.

   The use of mass flow rate measurements,  in
addition to S02/sulfate ratio measurements,
permits a determination of the loss of S02  by
ground deposition.  This technique makes  it
possible to determine  rates during periods  when
the plume is well mixed to the ground and the
S02/sulfate ratio measurements alone would  yield
erroneously high rates.  The development  of a  sul-
fate analytical technique with sufficient sensiti-
vity for a measurement integrated  over one  pass
through a plume made possible the  calculation  of
sulfate mass flows.  On the basis  of size dis-
tribution profiles, aerosol volume flows were
calculated and  the results compared.  The com-
parisons gave  insight  into the type of reaction
mechanism.

Transport Distances

   The time and distance over which an air  mass
maintains its  integrity depend on  its initial
size and the meteorological conditions.  Power
plant and urban plumes have been tracked  for 300
km.  These plumes maintain their integrity  and
high pollutant concentrations for  much longer
times and farther distances than originally ex-
pected.  During stable nighttime conditions,
the cohesive plume is  frequently caught in  a
nocturnal jet which carries it along at as  much
as twice the normal wind speed.  Gaussian plume
models are satisfactory for the first few 10's
of km, but beyond that wind shear  seems to  play
the dominant role in determining dilution.   In
urban plumes, wind shear is clearly the determining
factor.

Models

   Models, of  several  levels of complexity,  have
been developed for calculating secondary  pollutant
concentrations  in power plant and  urban plumes.
These include a multi-step chemical kinetic model
and a reacting plume model with relatively  simple
mixing parameters but  with provisions for aerosol
formation, coagulation, and growth.  In addition,
                                                                                                         345

-------
a model has been developed using a sulfate forma-
tion rate that is a function of sunlight intensity
and that has more sophisticated meteorological
terms including multi-layers for vertical diffu-
sion and dry deposition.

Publications and Presentations

    Results of Project MISTT have been presented
at several national meetings and published in
scientific journals.  Additional papers will be
given at the International Symposium on Sulfates
in the Atmosphere to be held in Dubrovnik,
Yugoslavia, in September, 1977.  The Dubrovnik
conference papers will be submitted for publication
in Atmospheric Environment.  Project MISTT publi-
cations and presentations are listed in the Bib-
liography.

CONCLUSIONS

    Power Plant and urban plumes have been sampled
out to 300 km from their sources.  Sampling at
these distances revealed that sulfate, generated
from S02 in power plant plumes, and ozone, gene-
rated from hydrocarbons and nitrogen oxides in
urban plumes, may be transported at least hundreds
of kilometers  and may cause  air  pollution  episodes
far from the source of pollution.  Air pollution,
caused by secondary pollutants, such as sulfates
and ozone, cannot be controlled by the government
entity where the air pollution impact actually
occurs.  Therefore, current concepts of air
quality control regions must be revised to take
into account the long range transport of
secondary pollutants.

    The present study has concentrated mainly on
sulfate, ozone, and light scattering.  Plans call
for extending the EPA plume studies to include
measurements of organic aerosols and vapors, and
nitrate aerosols and vapors such as nitric acid.
To determine the importance of heterogeneous re-
actions, more work is needed under conditions of
high relative humidity and high water vapor
content, which are conducive to heterogeneous
reactions.   In general, more information is
needed to provide better statistics on the para-
meters than influence reaction rates in power
plant and urban plumes.

REFERENCES

Durham, J.L.,  W.E. Wilson,  V.P.  Aneja, J.M.
Overton, Jr.,  D.L. Blumenthal, J.A. Anderson, S.
Frisella, W.  Dannevik, L.  Hull,  and R. Woodford.
Sulfate Aerosol Formation Rate in an Oil Fired
Power Plant Plume.  AIChE 83rd National Meeting,
Houston, Texas, March 1977.

Position Paper on Regulation of Atmospheric Sul-
fates.   EPA-450/2-75-007,  U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, N.C.
1975.   108 pp.

Husar, R.B., J.D. Husar, N.V. Gillani, S.B. Fuller,
W.H. White, J.A. Anderson, W.M. Vaughan and W.E.
Wilson.  Pollutant Flow Rate Measurement in Large
Plumes:  Sulfur Budget in Power Plant and Area
 Source Plumes in the St. Louis Region.  In:
 Proceedings of the 171st National ACS Meeting, Div,
 of  Environ. Chem., New York, N.Y., April 1976.

 Husar, J.D., R.B. Husar, E.S. Macias, W.E. Wilson,
 J.L.  Durham, W.K. Shepherd and J.A. Anderson.
 Particulate Sulfur Analysis:  Application to High
 Time  Resolution Aircraft Sampling in Plumes.
 Atmos. Environ., 10:591-595, 1976.

 Air Quality Criteria for Sulfur Oxides.   Publication
 No. AP-50,  U.S. Department of Health, Education and
 Welfare,  Public Health Service, Washington, D.C.,
 1969.

 White, W.H., J.A. Anderson, W.R. Knuth,  D.L.
 Blumenthal, J.C. Hsiung and R.B. Husar.   Midwest
 Interstate Sulfur Transformation and Transport
 Project:   Aerial Measurements of Urban and Power
 Plant Plumes, Summer 1974.  EPA-600/3-76-110, U.S.
 Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle
 Park, N.C.  1976.  125 pp.

 White, W.H., J.A. Anderson, D.L. Blumenthal, R.B.
 Husar, N.V. Gillani, J.D. Husar and W.E.  Wilson, Jr.
 Formation and Transport of Secondary Air  Pollutants:
 Ozone and Aerosols in the St. Louis Urban Plume.
 Science 194:187-189, 1976.

 Wilson, W.E.   Sulfate Formation in Power  Plant Plumes
 A Critical  Review.   Submitted for publication.

MISTT PRESENTATION

    68th Annual Meeting, APCA, Boston, MA, June
    1975

1.   Vaughan, W.M., R. Sperling, N.V. Gillani and
    R.B. Husar.  Horizontal S02 Mass Flow Rate
    Measurements  in Plumes:  A Comparison of Cor-
    relation Spectrometer Data with A Dispersion
    and Removal Model.

2.   Blumenthal, D.L. and W.H. White.  The Stability
    and Long Range Transport of Ozone or Ozone
    Precursors.

    171st  National ACS Meeting, New York, NY,
    April  1976.

3.   Husar, R.B., N.V. Gillani, J.D. Husar, S.B.
    Fuller, W.H. White, J.A. Anderson, W.M. Vaughan
    and W. E. Wilson, Jr.  Pollutant Flow Rate Mea-
    surement in Large Plumes:  Sulfur Budget  in
    Power  Plant and Area Source Plumes in the  St.
    Louis  Region.  In:  Pro. Div. Environ. Chem.
4.  Wilson, W.E. Jr., R.B. Husar, K.T. Whitby,
    D.B. Kettleson, W.H. White.  Chemical Reactions
    in Power Plant Plumes.  In:  Proc. of the Div.
    Environ. Chem.

5.  White, W.H., J.A. Anderson, D.L. Blumenthal,
    R.B. Husar, N.V. Gillani, S.B. Fuller, K.T.
    Whitby and W.E. Wilson, Jr.  Formation of
    Ozone and Light-Scattering Aerosols in the
    St. Louis Urban Plume.  In:  Proc. of the Div.
    Environ. Chem.
346

-------
6.  Whitby, K.T., B.K Cantrell, R.B. Husar, N.V.
   Gillani, J.A. Anderson, D.L. Blumenthal and
   W.E. Wilson, Jr.  Aersol Formation in a Coal-
   Fired Power Plant Plume.  In:  Proc. of the
   Div. Environ. Chem.

7.  Draftz, R.G.  Microscopical Analysis of Aero-
   sols Transported from St. Louis.

8.  Draftz, R.G.  Comparison of Elemental and
   Microscopical Analyses of Atmospheric Aerosols.

   69th Annual Meeting,  APCA,  Portland,  OR,
   June 1976

9.  Draftz, R.G.  Aircraft Collection and Micro-
   scopical Analysis of  Ambient Aerosols from
   Urban Atmospheres.

   Symp. on Radiation in the Atm.,  Garmisch-
   Partenkirchen, Germany,  August  1976_.
   (Proceedings to be issued)

10. Husar, R.B., N.V. Gillani,  J.D.  Husar,  C.C.
   Paley.  Large Scale Haziness over Midwestern
   and Eastern U.S.

11. Husar, R.B.  Determination  of Ambient H2SO,/(
   and its Ammonium Salts by in situ Aerosol
   Thermal Analysis.

12. White, W.H., D.L. Blumenthal, J.A.  Anderson,
   R.B. Husar, and W.E.  Wilson, Jr.   Formation
   and Transport of Light-Scattering Aerosols in
   the St. Louis Urban Plume.

   International Conference on Stable Isotopes,
   August 4-6, 1976, Lower  Hutt, New Zealand.

13. Holt, B.D., P.T.  Cunningham and  A.G.  Engel-
   kemeir.  Application  of  Oxygen-18 Analysis to
   the Study of Atmospheric Sulfate Formation.
   In Press.

   Symp. Aerosol Sci.  &  Tech.,  82nd National
   Meeting of AIChE, Atlantic  City,  NJ September
   1976.

14. Husar, R.B., N.V. Gillani and J.D.  Husar.
   Particulate Sulfur  Formation in  Power Plant,
   Urban, and Regional Plumes.

15. Whitby, K.T.  and  B.K.  Cantrell.   Size Dis-
   tribution and Concentration of Atmospheric
   Aerosol.

    NATO/CCMS  7th Tech.   Meeting on  Air  Pollution
   Modeling and  its Applications.   Airlie, VA,
   September  1976 (Proc. to be  issued).

16. Gillani,  N.V.  and R.B. Husar. Analytical-
   Numerical Model for Mesoscale Transport,
   Transformation,  and Removal of Air Pollutants.

17. Husar, R.B., N.V. Gillani,  J.D.  Husar.  A Study
   of Long Range Transport from Visibility Ob-
   servations, Trajectory Analysis and Local Air
   Pollution Monitoring Data.
18. Overton, J.H., B.K. Lamb and F.H. Shari.  A
    Dual Tracer Study for Validation of Models with
    Respect to High and Low Altitude Sources.

    3rd Symp. on Atm. Turb. , Diff. and Air Quality,
    Amer. Met. Soc., Raleigh, NC, October 1976.

19. Dannevik, W., S. Frisella, L. Granat and R.B.
    Husar. S02 Deposition Measurements in the St.
    Louis Region.

20. Gillani, N.V. and R.B. Husar.  Mesoscale Model
    for Pollutant Transport, Transformation, and
    Ground Removal.

21. Husar, R.B., N.V. Gillani, J.D. Husar, C.C.
    Paley, P.N. Turcu.   Long Range Transport of
    Pollutants Observed Through Visibility Contour
    Maps, Weather Maps, and Trajectory Analysis.

22. Wilson, W.E., Jr.,  R.B. Husar, N.V. Gillani,
    S.B. Fuller, W.H. White, J.A. Anderson and
    D.L. Blumenthal.  Characterization of Urban
    Plumes.

    "Non-Urban Tropospheric Composition."
    Symposium, Miami Beach, Fl, November 10-12, 1976.

23. Rasmussen, R.A., R.B. Chatfield and M.W. Holden.
    Transport of Hydrocarbon and Oxidant Chemistries
    Observed at a Rural Mid-West Site.

24. Brass, G.W., M.H. Thiemens, J.O. Pilotte, D.R.
    Lawson, R.J. Ferek, L.E. Wangen, J.W. Winchester,
    and J.W. Nelson, Sulfur and Trace Metal Relation-
    ships with Particle Size in Aerosols of Nonurban
    Continental U.S.A.
    International Symposium on Sulfur in the At-
    mosphere, Dubrovnik, Yugoslavia, September 1977.

    Invited Papers

25. Charlson, R.J.  Chemical Properties of Sulfur
    Aerosols

26. Whitby, K.T.  Physical Properties of Sulfur
    Aerosols

27. Wilson, W.E.  Midwest Interstate Sulfur Trans-
    formation and Transport Study  (MISTT):  Summary.

28. Husar, R.B.  Project MISTT - Sulfur Budget in
    Large Plumes

29. Gallani, N.V.  Project MISTT - Plume Model for
    Dispersion, Transformation, and Removal of
    S02 for 10 Hours of Transport.

    Contributed Papers

30.  Cobourn, G., R.B. Husar,  J.D. Husar.  Monitor-
     ing  of Ambient H2SOlt and  its  Ammonium Salts
     by  in situ Aerosol Thermal Analysis.

31.  Liu, B.Y.H., D.Y.H. Pui, K.T. Kittelson, D.B.
     Kousada, Y. Kousada, and  R.L, McKenzie.  The
     Aerosol Mobility  Chromatograph:  A New Detec-
     tor  for Sulfuric  Acid Aerosols.
                                                                                                         347

-------
32.  Kittelson, D.B, M. Veermersch,  B.Y.H.  Liu,
     D.Y.H. Pui, K.T. Whitby  and  R.L.  McKenzie.
     Total Sulfur Aerosol  Detection  with an Electro-
     statically Pulsed  Flame  Photometric Detector
     System.

33.  Lyons, W.A., E.M.  Rubin, K.T. Whitby   Satel-
     lite Detection  of  Long Range Pollution Trans-
     port and  Sulfate Aerosol Hazes.


34.  Whitby, K.T., B.K. Cantrell, D.B. Kittelson
     Nuclei Formation Rates in a  Coal  Fired Power
     Plant Plume.

35.  Cantrell, B.K.  and K.T. Whitby    Aerosol Size
     Distributions and  Aerosol Volume  Formation
     Rates for Coal-Fired  Power Plants.

36.  Gillani, N.V.,  R.B. Husar, J.D. Husar,  D.E.
     Patterson.  Project MISTT:  Kinetics of Partic-
     ulate Sulfur Formation in a  Power Plant Plume
     out to 300 km.

 37.  Leslie,  A.C.D., M.S.  Ahlberg,  J.W.  Winchester
      and J.W.  Nelson.   Aerosol  Characterization for
      Sulfur  Oxide  Health  Effects  Assessment.

 38.  Blumenthal, D.L.,  J.A.  Orgren,  and  J.A. Ander-
      son.   Airborne  Sampling  System for  Project
      MISTT.

 39.  Smith,  T.B.,  D.L.  Blumenthal,  J.A.  Anderson,
      A.H.  Vanderpol, and  R.B. Husar.  Long Range
      Transport of  S02 in  Power  Plant Plumes.


      American  Nuclear Society Topical Symposium,
      Las Vegas,  Nevada, March 1977.

 40.  Markson,  Ralph, D. Blumenthal,  and  Jan Sedlacek,
      Atmospheric Electrical Plume Detection:  Theory
      and Field Measurements.

      Fifth National  Symposium of  Air Pollution
      Control Division for  the Amer.  Soc. of Me-
      chanical  Engineers,  Pittsburgh, PA, May 11-12,
      1977.
                                                         Third  International  Conference in Nuclear
                                                         Methods  in Environmental  and Energy  Research
                                                         University of MO,  Columbia,  1977.
 41.
42,
 Blumenthal,  D.L.,  and W.H.  White.   Transport
 of Oxidant Precursors.

 Symposium on Atmospheric Sulfur Compounds,
 Formation and Removal Processes,  AIChE,
 November 1977.
44.  Winchester, J.W. Atmospheric Aerosol Chemistry
     of Sulfur:  Nuclear Accelerator Methods in
     Energy-related Research.

MISTT PUBLICATIONS

1.  Berg, W.W., R. Vie Le  Sage,  K.  Sato, J.O.
     Pilotte,  S.L. Cohn, J.W. Winchester, and J.W.
     Nelson.   Time Variation  of  Aerosol Composition
     in the Great Lakes Basin, Submitted to Journal
     of Great/Lakes  Research, 1977.

2.   Fondario,  D.A.  (William  E.  Wilson and Harvey
     Jeffries).  An  Analysis  of  a High Sulfate
     Episode  at Wheeling,  West Virginia.  M.S.
     Thesis,  U. North Carolina,  August 1976.

3.   Gillani,  N.V.,  R.B. Husar.  Mathematical
     Modeling of Air Pollution - A  Parametric Study.
     1976 Proc. Proc. 2nd  Federal Conference on the
     Great Lakes.  Argonne, 111.  March 25-29 1976.

4.   Gillani,  N.V. and R.B. Husar.  Synoptic Haziness
     Over the Eastern U.S. and its  Long Range Trans-
     port.  Proceedings of 4th National Conf. on
     Fire and Forest Meteorology, Soc. Amer.
     Foresters/Amer, April, 1977.

5.   Lau, N-C and R.J. Charlson. , "An Estimation of
     the Background  Atmospheric  Ammonia Gas Con-
     centration over the Continental United States,"
     Atmospheric Environment, in press (1977).

6.   Rasmussen, R.A., and  R.  Chatfield.  Hydrocarbon
     and Oxidant Chemistry Observed at a Site Near
     St. Louis.  1977.  EPA-600/7-77-056.

7.   Vanderpol, A.H., F.D. Carsey,  D.S. Covert, R. J.
     Charlson,  and A.P. Waggoner.   Aerosol Chemical
     Parameters and  Air Mass  Character in the St.
     Louis Region,"  Science,  170, 570 (1975).

8.   Vie le Sage, R., K. Sato, W.W. Berg, and
     J.W. Nelson.  Aerosol Composition in the North
     American Midcontinent.   An  application of pro-
     ton induced X-ray emission  analysis, Proceedings
     of the Colloque International  sur les Methodes
     Analytiques par Rayonnements X, Strasbourg,
     France,  (In press 1977).
Berg, W.W., R. Vie Le Sage, K.  Sato, J.O.  Pilotte,
S.L. Cohn, J.W. Winchester, and J.W. Nelson.   Time
Variation of Aerosol Composition  in the  Great  Lakes
Basin, Submitted to Journal of  Great Lakes
Research, 1977.                                      10-


3rd International Conference in Ion Beam
Analysis, Washington, D. C., 1977.
43.  Ahlberg, M.S., A.C.D. Leslie, and J.W. Winchester,
     The Chemical State of Particulate Sulfur in
     Ambient Aerosols Determined by PIXE Analysis.
348
 9.    Waggoner,  A.P.,  A.H.  Vanderpol,  R.J.  Charlson,
      S.  Larsen, L.  Grant,  and C. Tragard.
      "Sulphate-light  Scattering Ratio as an Index ^
      of  the Role of Sulfur in Tropospheric Optics,
      Nature, 261 120-122 (1976).

     Weiss,  R.E., A.P. Waggoner,  R.J.  Charlson,
     and N.C. Ahlquist.  "Sulfate Aerosol:  Its
     Geographical Extent in  the  Midwestern and
     Southern United States," Science  195, 979-98
     (1977) .

11.  Wesely, M.L., B.B. Hicks, W.P. Dannevik, S.
     Frisella,  and R.B. Husar.   An Eddy-Correlation
     Measurement of Particulate  Deposition from the
     Atmosphere.  Atmos. Environ., In  press.

-------
12.  White, W.H., D.L. Blumenthal, J.A. Anderson,
    R.B. Husar, and W.E. Wilson, Jr. Ozone
    Formation in the St. Louis Urban Plume.  1977.
    Int. Conf.  on Photochemical Oxidant Pollution
    and Its Control Proceedings.  EPA-600/3-7-
    OOla, p. 237.

13.  White, W.H.  Photochemistry in Power Plant
    Plumes:  A Comparison of Theory with Obser-
    vation.  Environ.  Sci.  and Tech., In Press.

14.  Wilson, W.E.  Sulfate Formation on Power Plant
    Plumes:  A Critical Review.  1977.  EPA-600/00.

15.  Wilson, W.E, Jr., R.J. Charlson, R.B. Husar,
    K.T. Whitby and D.L. Blumenthal Sulfates in
    the Atmosphere 1977.  EPA 600/7-77-021.

16.  Winchester, J.W.  Sulfur and Trace Metal Re-
    lationships in Nonurban and Marine and Methods,
    142,  85-90, 1977.
                                                                                                         349

-------
      CLOUD NUCLEI  GENERATION BY A SULFUR
       GAS-TO-PARTICLE CONVERSION PROCESS
                 Rudolf F. Pueschel
          Environmental Research Laboratories
       Atmospheric Physics and Chemistry Laboratory
      National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
            U.S. Department of Commerce
                 Boulder, Colorado

INTRODUCTION

     It  is now recognized  that sulfur  dioxide (SOz),
as a man-made pollutant, may  have effects hundreds
of kilometers away from its source,  either by
acidifying rainfall or, when  oxidized  to particu-
late sulfate, by  influencing  cloud formation and
short-wave radiation.  According to  projections
made by  the Environmental  Protection Agency in
its recent Northern Great  Plains Resource Program
(NGPEP),  coal production in the northern Great
Plains will rise  from 50,000,000 tons  in 1975 to
over 350,000,000  tons by the  year 2000.   Part of
the fuel development  in this  area includes utili-
zation  of the coal for power  generation  at mine
mouth or at sites providing easy access  to the
coal supplies.  Accordingly,  a proportionately
larger  amount of  aerosols  and gases  will be emitted
into the atmosphere.  Because of their hygroscopic
nature,  sulfur aerosols act as centers around which
cloud drops form  already at relative humidities
less than 100%.   The  measurements reported in this
paper reflect the number of cloud droplets that
form at  101% relative humidity.   This  is about the
upper limit of humidity encountered  in clouds.  An
increase in the numbers of cloud condensation
nuclei  (CCN) can  lead to a change in the frequency
with which clouds form, a  different  colloidal
stability of the  clouds, and  a difference in the
frequency and/or  intensity of rainfall.

     The economic impact of changes  in rainfall
can be  assessed from  the results of  previous
studies  which consider the benefits  to be derived
from enhancement  of precipitation through deliber-
ate weather modification.   The change  in agricul-
tural production  from one  inch of incremental
rainfall has been estimated at several bushels of
grain or several hundred pounds of forage per acre
(Special Studies  Team, 1973;  Johnson,  1972; Bauer,
1972).   These figures demonstrate the  importance
of small changes  in amounts of rainfall  for agri-
culture  in a semi-arid region.   Any  such changes
in precipitation  due  to inadvertent  effects of
energy developments would  lead to modification of
the High Plains economy, whether such  changes are
positive or negative.

     In  the following discussion we  show that a
climatologically significant  aerosol is  found
among the particulate effluents of a coal-fired
powerplant.   CCN, efficient at 1.0%  supersatura-
tion  are  formed in the plume  at a rate of 1015 to
10   per  second at distances  up to 150 km from the
source.  By relating  the  aerosol  formation rate to
a SOa depletion rate  due  to  chemical reaction, a
gas  (802) to particle (SOif)  conversion process has
been isolated as one  mechanism by which these nuclei
are  formed.

TECHNICAL DISCUSSION

     The data on cloud nuclei  formation that we
present here result from  investigations that have
been conducted since  summer  1975  in the plume of
the Four Corners Powerplant  near  Farmington, New
Mexico.  The plant consists  of five pulverized-
coal-burning generating units.  Two 175 megawatt
(Mw) units (ratings nominal) began operating in
May and June, 1963.   Unit  3, rated at  225  Mw
commenced operation in August  of  1964.   Units 4 and
5, with ratings of 800 Mw  were placed  in operation
in July 1969 and 1970.  At full load with  all five
units in operation, a maximum  25,082 metric tons
per day of coal is being  used.  However, the opera-
ting factor is only about  73%  and coal consumption
is averaging about 18,000  metric  tons  per  day.  The
coal is classified as sub-bituminous with  an average
ash content.of  22%,  and  an  average sulfur content
of 0.7%.

     Flue gases from  Units 1,  2,  and 3 pass through
Venturi scrubbers which use  cooling lake water to
remove particulate matter  and  sulfur dioxide.   The
flue gas passes through the  scrubber before it is
exhausted to the atmosphere  at a  temperature of
about 52°C through chimneys  76.2  m high.   Flue
gases from units 4 and 5  are passed through
electrostatic precipitators  before exhausting to
the atmosphere at a temperature of approximately
121°C through chimneys 91.4  m  high.  Figure 1 shows
the appearance of the plume  downwind to about 8
kilometers.  Table 1  gives information on  emission
rates (Environmental  Report, 1975).

     The sampling platform for aerosols and gases
has been a Cessna 206 instrumented aircraft.
Table 2 lists parameters  and the  recording methods,
precision, and accuracy that the  aircraft  systems
package is capable of producing.   In this  paper
only information on CCN and  S02 concentrations is
provided and discussed.

     Cloud condensation nuclei are measured with a
portable thermal diffussion  chamber.  It was de-
signed and built in-house  by Allee (1970)  and is
based on the one described by  Twomey (1963).  The
cylindrical chamber consists of two plates, 7.62 cm
in diameter and mounted parallel  2.54  cm apart.
All walls are lined with  blotter  paper that is wet
during chamber operation.  A modest (up to 5°C)
temperature difference is  maintained between the
two parallel wet surfaces.  Water vapor is distri-
buted through the chamber by mixing and diffusion.
Provided there is no  heat  loss through the side
walls, the water vapor pressure will be related
linearly to its temperature.   However, since the
saturation vapor pressure of water is  exponentially
related to its temperature,  the mixing and diffusion
leads to a supersaturated condition.  The maximum
supersaturation is found  roughly  mid-way between
the  surfaces and for  small temperature differences
is approximately proportional  to  the square of the
                                                                                                           351

-------


Figure  1.   Visual appearance  of the Four Corners Powerplant  plume.  The distance between plant  and Hogback
            Mountains is 4.3 km.
TABLE  1.   ESTIMATED CALCULATED PRESENT EMISSIONS AT MAXIMUM RATING
S02 kg/day  (X103)
    % Removal  (Approx)
N0x kg/day  (XIO3)
    % Removal
Participates kg/day (X103)
    % Removal  (Approx)
Net Electrical Output, Mw
Energy Input at Full Load (106  joules/sec)
Emission  Temperature, °C
Stack Height,  m
Stack Diameter, m
Exit Volume, m3/sec (Actual)
Exit Velocity, m/sec
1 & 2
39.9
30
33.5
0
1.9
99.2
350
1002
51.7
76.2
5.6
536
21.3
3
25.4
30
20.8
0
1.2
99.2
225
621
51.7
76.2
4.6
331
20.1
UNIT NO.
4
127
0
69.1
0
38.4
97
800
2066
121.1
91.4
8.7
1359
22.9
5
127
0
69.1
0
38.4
97
800
2066
121.1
91.4
8.7
1359
22.9
Total
319.3

192.3

79.8

2175






352

-------
PARAMETER
Cloud Conden-
sation Nuclei
Aitken Nuclei
Ice Nuclei
METHOD OF
UNITS RECORDING
m * Photography
m~* Strip Chart
m"3 Visual
Crystal
Counts
FREQUENCY OF
RECORDING
Preselected
Times
Continuous
Preselected
Times
INSTRUMENT
Thermal Diffusion
Chamber
Expansion Chamber
Thermal Diffusion
Chamber
PRECISION SENSITIVITY
± 5% 2
± 10% 1
± 50% 1.
x 10"6
x 10""
,0 x 10""
Light Scattering    m
Coefficient

Aerosol Size       m
Distribution

Aerosol Elemental
Composition
Temperature         C

Relative Humidity   %

Ozone            ppb

Nitrogen Oxide     ppb

Sulfur Dioxide     ppb
Strip Chart    Continuous    MRI Integrating
                         Nephelometer

Visual Count   Preselected   Transmission EM
Log           Times

Visual Count   Preselected   Scanning EM X-ray
Log           Times        Energy Spectrometry
Mag Tape

Strip Chart    Continuous    Thermistor

Strip Chart    Continuous    Hygrometer

Strip Chart    Continuous    ML Chemiluminescence

Strip Chart    Continuous    ML Chemiluminescence

Strip Chart    Continuous    ML Chemiluminescence
                                                                    ±  2%
         .15 x 10"1*
± 10%
         0.25

         0.5

         5.0

         5.0

         10.0
                         TABLE 2.

                         PARAMETERS MEASURED
                         BY AIRCRAFT DURING
                         THE FOUR CORNERS
                         POWER PLANT STUDY
temperature difference.   The  center portion of  the
chamber is illuminated with a collimated beam of
light.  After taking in  a sample by ram air in  the
aircraft the chamber is  closed,  the nucleating  drops
are given time to grow to visible sizes, and a
photograph of the cloud  is taken for subsequent
counting of the drops after the  film has been
developed.  The number of drops  recorded on the
film is identical to the number  of cloud nuclei
in the illuminated  chamber volume that are
active at the supersaturation that is preselected
by the temperature  differential  between the hori-
zontal walls of the chamber.   Figure 2 shows the
experimental arrangement of the  thermal diffusion
chamber.

     The analysis for atmospheric sulfur dioxide
is accomplished with the Theta Sensors, Inc.
polarographic instrument. It utilizes a semi-
permeable membrane  that  permits  S02 to diffuse
into the reaction chamber where  it undergoes a
redox reaction at an electrode.   The current
generated is proportional to  the quantity of
gas present.  In operation, the  lower limit of
sensitivity is about 50  ppb  (131 Pgrn"3).  Accuracy
is ±5% in the range 260  to 1300  ygnT3, and re-
sponse time is 20 to 25  sec.   Interfering gases
are H2S and NO; these produce spurious signals
equal to 0.1 and 0.01, respectively, of the re-
sponse from an equivalent quantity of S02.

     During the early field operation periods in
1975 and 1976 airborne S02 measurements were done
with the Meloy Laboratories,  Inc. flame photo-
metric sulfur gas analyzer.   Measurement of
sulfur (S) compounds in  the  flame photometric
detector depends upon the Chemiluminescence of  S
in a hydrogen-rich  flame. The intensity of
emission when activated  S reverts to a lower energy
                                    state is directly proportional to a power slightly
                                    less  than the square of  the  S  concentration.  The
                                    emission occurs over a broad spectral band with
                                    maximum intensity at 394 nm.   The intensity of
                                    light passing a 394 nm narrow  band-pass filter is
                                    measured by a photomultiplier  tube.  The minimum
                                    detection level under field  operating conditions
                                    is  about 10 ppb (26 Vg m  )  of S in air.  Pre-
                                    cision and accuracy are  approximately 10 ppb.
                                    Instrument lag time to 90% of  full response is 25
                                    to  30 seconds.  The flame photometric detector
                                    responds to any gaseous  S compound; because S02 is
                                    the predominant gaseous  species under atmospheric
                                    conditions encountered in this project, the in-
                                    strument response is reported  as SOz.

                                    RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

                                         Figure 3 shows the  variation  in the plume
                                    axis of S02, the light scattering  coefficient
                                    (b     ), Ozone (Os) and  CCN  as a function of
                                      scat
                                    distance L from the stacks.   Plotted in Fig.  3  is
                                    the ratio of the concentrations measured in  the
                                    plume axis to the concentrations measured outside
                                    of  the plume.  Typical background  concentrations
                                    are given in Table 3.

                                         For the subsequent  discussion  it  is to  be
                                    noted that the decrease  with distance  of S02  in
                                    Fig.  3 is opposed to a slight increase  of the
                                    concentration of CCN.  If we fit the data of  Fig.
                                    to  a power curve, we find relationships between
                                    constituent ratio C and  distance L  of  the kind
                                    C = Co x LK.  The case illustrated  in  Fig.  3
                                    results in values Co for S02 of  7.58 x  10  ,  and
                                    for CCN of 1.34.  The value  of K that  determines
                                    the change of constituent ratio  with distance is
                                    -1.42 for S02 and 0.18  for CCN.  It can be  seen
                                    that a relativelv strong decrease  of S02 with
                                                                                                             353

-------
                                                                                    Figure 2.  Assembly of the
                                                                                               thermal diffusion
                                                                                               chamber used in
                                                                                               the airborne mea-
                                                                                               surements .
 Figure 3.   Schematic of the plume model
            employed in the SO. and
            CCN flux calculations.
TABLE 3.  TYPICAL  BACKGROUND CONCENTRATIONS OF
          ATMOSPHERE PARAMETERS AROUND FARMINGTOH»
          NEW MEXICO
IUUU
inn
Background
c
3 C
J5 IU
o!
g
5 in
Constituent F
3 —
- C
U.I
nni
— 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 -
— Four Corners Power Plant —
- k Febl2,l976
-S02\^ 0650-0923 MST"
— bscat ^^-^..^ —
\ ^^^
1= N =
— \ —
1 CCN
	 ;
io3 ,^"""' i
^ i i i i i
PAFiAMETER SYMBOL CONCENTFiATION
Sulfur Dioxide S02 5 = 10 ppb
Ozone 0 25-40 ppb
Light Scattering
Coefficient bscat 1.7 x 10~5nf!
Cloud Nuclei
Concentration
r-F-ffSf-Mua a4- IV
Supersaturation CCN 500 - 1000 cm"3
•

          10   20   30    40    50   60   70   80
                    Km Downwind
354

-------
distance is opposed by a virtual  independence of
CCN with distance.  Such a  result was  found during
each experiment that was conducted during five
measurement periods between July  1975  and October
1976o  The values of the parameters Co  and K for
S02 and CCN are shown in Table  4  for each experi-
ment.

     Figure 4  illustrates the model that we assume
for calculation of  losses of constituents due to
diffusion, deposition, and  reaction.  The plume is
assumed to be  emitted at height Z above the ground
and travels in the  direction L  with velocity u.  In
time ti = Li/u, it  will pass cross-section 1, and
at a later time t2  = L2/U2  it will pass cross-
section 2.  The contribution of diffusion, deposi-
tion and reaction to the measured change of S02
concentration  per unit time, i.e.
       MEAS
                    DIF
                               DEP
                                           REAC
                                                (1)
can be calculated if the plume  dimensions  at  cross-
sections  one and two, the wind  velocities  at  times
ti and t2,  and  the vertical  and horizontal SOa
concentration gradients are  known.   Since  all of
these parameters are amenable to measurement, the
change of S02, with time, due to chemical  reaction
            can be estimated quite  accurately.
       REAC
In a first approximation  and  in  occasional  agree-
ment with observations, we  assume  that  the  plume
travels in a thin layer downwind to  about  8 km from
the stacks; at this point it  becomes mixed  homo-
geneously in the space between ground and  the  temp-
erature inversion layer.

     Table 5 gives the pertinent plume  data for
some measurements that were performed in October
1976.  The first column in  Table 5 shows the date.
The second column shows the distances,  L,  in km at
which the measurements were            The third
and fourth columns, respectively,  show  the  horizon-
tal, H (km), and vertical,  Z  (m) ,  extents of the
plume at distances L.  Columns five  and six give
the vertical, Av (m2), and  horizontal,  AH  (m )
cross-sectional extents of  the plume.   Wind speed,
temperature and relative  humidity  are given in
columns seven to nine.  Table 6  gives the measured
mean SOa concentration in column three, and the S02
flux through the plume cross-sections in column
four.  The eddy diffusion coefficient,  D, given in
column five is defined by
                  D = uk  (z + b)                  (2)
(Junge, 1963) where u is  the wind speed at  the
surface, k is Karman's constant, Z is altitude  and
b is the roughness parameter of  the  surface.  The
settling velocity,  VG of S02 molecules  to the
ground in column six is calculated as
VG = D (ms02- mair)
                                                  (3)
                                                                                          kt
TABLE 4. POWER CURVE FIT CL = Co x LK  BETWEEN CONSTITUENT C MEASURED IN THE PLUME AXIS AT DISTANCE
        L  FROM THE STACKS AND L. r2 IS  THE  COEFFICIENT OF DETERMINATION
DATE
7-29-75
7-30-75
8-01-75
10-14-75
10-16-75
10-17-75
2-11-76
2-11-76
2-12-76
2-13-76
6-25-76
6-26-76
6-27-76
10-8-76
10-9-76
10-10-76
10-11-76
S02
Co (ppm) K r2




36.61
40.94
26.05
50.57
23.35
8.11
63.5
6.72
19.0
2.26*
24.99*
9.31*
45.10*




-1.43
-1.53
-1.13
-1.49
-0.98
-1.13
-1.75
-1.14
-1.46
-1.50
-1.39
-1.14
-1.59
1.0



0.92
0.96
1.00
0.99
0.88
0.96
0.94
1.00
1.00
1.0
0.96
1.0
1.0
CCN
Co (cm"3) K r2
1461*
3745*
4475*
3358*
5228*
8077*
8078**
6288**
1740
20631**
237
824
638
2187*
8546*
5009*
7212*
-0.07
-0.35
-0.16
-0.01
-0.02
-0.18
-0.09
-0.02
+0.23
-0.38
+0.45
+0.03
+0.28
-0.07
-0.48
-0.28
-0.28
0.04
0.92
1.00
1.00
0.78
0.89
0.50

0.31
0.81
0.93
0.01
1.00
0.28
0.54
1.00
1.00
 *RH < 20%
**RH > 50%
                                                                                                          355

-------
               Figure 4.  Variations with distance L from the stacks of SC^i bgcat, CCN and Oj
                                    TABLE 5.  RELEVANT PLUME PARAMETERS
DATE
10-8-76

10-9-76

10-10-76


10-11-76

L (km)
8
32
8
80
8
32
80
8
32
H (km)
12.
17.8
3.1
28.4
11.6
20.0
26.7
2.7
9.8
Z (m)
163
163
240
152
229
193
200
224
183
Ay (m2)
1.96 x 106
2.90 x 106
7.44 x 105
4.32 x 106
2.65 x 106
3.86 x 106
5.34 x 106
6.04 x 10s
1.79 x 106
AH (m2)
4.80 x 107
2.84 x 108
1.24 x 107
1.14 x 109
4.64 x 107
3.20 x 108
1.07 x 109
1.08 x 107
1.56 x 108
u (m sec'1)
1.7
1.7
1.5
1.5
2.8
2.5
3.2
7.0
6.0
T (°C)
7.8
5.6
12.2
12.2

14.4
14.4
12.2
16.7
RH (%)
20
17
12
10

12
12
10
8
356

-------
TABLE 6.  SULFUR DIOXIDE FLUXES AND RATES  OF  CONVERSION
DATE
10-8-76
10-9-76
10-10-76
10-11-76
L (km)
8
32
8
80
8
32
80
8
32
S02 (yg m"3)
2.1 x 103
5.24 x 102
4.19 x 103
1.38 x 102
2.20 x 103
7.58 x 102
1.05 x 102
3.67 x 103
7.86 x 102
FL (yg sec"1)
7.0 x 109
2.58 x 109
4.68 x 109
8.49 x 10°
1.63 x 1010
7.58 x 109
1.79 x 109
1.55 x 1010
8.44 x 109
D (m2 sec"1)
1.11 x 102
1.11 x 102
1.44 x 102
1.44 x 102
2.56 x 102
1.93 x 102
2.56 x 102
7.02 x 102
4.39 x 102
Vp (m sec"1)
1.52 x 10"2
1.52 x 10"2
1.97 x 10"2
1.97 x 10"2
3.51 x 10"2
2.64 x 10"2
3.51 x 10"2
9.62 x 10"2
6.01 x 10"2
FG (yg sec"1)
1.53 x 109
1.87 x 109
1.03 x 109
3.06 x 109
3.58 x 109
6.64 x 109
3.94 x 109
4.35 x 109
4.91 x 108
nOU2/KLML V.H1-
At
5.46 x 10"2
8.24 x 10"3
1.91 x 10"2
1.77 x 10"'
2.08 x 10"2
where mgo2 is  the mass  of  the  S02  molecule,  ma;j_r is
the mass  of air molecules,  g  is  acceleration due
to gravity, k is Boltzmann's  constant,  and  T is
temperature.   The vertical  flux,  FG  in  column seven,
follows as
FG =
VG
                     AH
                                                (4)
where Vg  is  settling velocity,  (802)  is S02
concentration  and AJJ is horizontal  plume area.
The net change of SO 2  concentration due to
chemical  reaction is
            302
                REAC
                                     (5)
i.e. ,  the  differences of S02  fluxes  through the
plume  cross-sections at Li, L2 and the  ground.
The relative S02 uptake by  chemical  reaction per
hour is  shown in column eight.
     The rate of change of  CCN with  time  is
ACCN
 At
ACCN
     MEAS
 At
                       ACCN
                COAG
                        At
               ACCN
                            DIF
                At
                                        DEP
                   ACCN
                    At
                         REAC.
                                     (6)
The diffusion and deposition  terms  are  negative,
that is, they represent losses  of fine  particles,
whereas the positive coagulation and  reaction
terms indicate the formation  of CCN.  The dif-
fusion and deposition losses  for CCN  can  be
calculated similarly to those for S02 with the
proper settling velocity in Equ. 3  (Fuchs,  1964).


     Table 7 summarizes the results of  the CCN
measurements.  The dates in column  one  correspond
to the dates in Tables 5 and  6. Column 2 lists
the distances from the stacks at which  the experi-
ments were performed.  Column 3 shows the cloud
nuclei concentration per cubic  meter.   Column 4
gives the flux through vertical plume cross-
sections at distances L.   Column 5  gives  the flux
of cloud nuclei to the ground  as  calculated  by
Equ. 3 with a settling velocity VQ =  2.2  x 10~6
m sec   corresponding to sulfuric acid  (H2SOit)
droplets of size r = 10~   cm.  The net  increase  of
CCN per unit time in column 6  is  the  flux out  of
the box of Figure 2, minus the flux going into the
box, i.e. ,
                                                             ACCN
                                                              At
                                                             .2  + FG-FLi
                                                The  size  range  of  cloud nuclei that are of
                                          interest  in  this  discussion is 10~6cm
-------
DATE
10-8-76

10-9-76

L (km)
8
32
8
80
CCN (m~3)
2.
2.
4.
1.
0 x
0 x
0 x
5 x
109
109
109
109
FL
6.
9.
4.
9.
(
7
9
5
7
CCN\
vseC/)
x 1015
x 1015
x 1015
x 101S
P /CCN\ ACCN (r-rc-i]


1.0 x 1012 3.2 x 1015

3.7 x 1012 5.2 x 1015
10-10-76
10-11-76
            32
            32
2.0 x  109     1.5 x 1016

1.9 x  109     1.9 x 1016
                                                 1.1  x 101
4.0 x  109     1.7 x 10 16

2.7 x  109     2.9 x 10 16
8.8 x  1011
              4.0 x 101
                                                               1.2  x 101
                                                                                  TABLE 7.   CLOUD  CONDENSATION
                                                                                            NUCLEI FLUXES AND
                                                                                            RATES  OF  FORMATION
deposition fluxes, since in reality a smaller
portion of the plume has contact with the ground
than has been assumed in the model.  This is com-
pensated for in part by the assumption that the
lower S02 concentration at distance L2 prevails
over the overall distance Li
-------
that preferential adsorption of sulfur gas  into
large, easily collected particles of a heat-
stable molecular sieve entrained with the feed air
may offer a solution to the excessive emission of
S02 to the atmosphere during coal combustion.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

    It is a pleasure to acknowledge  the valuable
contributions to the investigation of  S. Fisher
of Western Flight Training, Boulder and of
R. Proulx, C. Van Valin and D. W=llnan of KOAA.
                                                              Station, South Dakota State University,
                                                              Brookings, S. D.
                                                            Squires, An Estimate of the Anthropogenic
                                                              Production of Cloud Nuclei, J. Rech.  Atmos.
                                                              J3,  297-308, 1966.
                                                            Twomey,  Measurements of Natural  Cloud Nuclei,
                                                              J.  Rech. Atmos., 1, 101-107, 19630
N
J
REFERENCES
P.  A. Allee, A Description of the ESSA-APCL
    Portable Thermal Diffusion Cloud Chamber, The
    2nd International Workshop on Condensation
    and Ice Nuclei,  Ft.  Collins, Co0 , 1970, pg»
    39-40.
A.  Bauer, Effect of water supply and seasonal
    distribution on spring wheat yields.  North
    Dakota State University, Agricultural
    Experiment Station Bulletin 490, Fargo, N. D. ,
    1972
Environmental Report, Four Corners power generating
    plant and Navajo coal mine, Arizona Public
    Service Co., Phoenix, Az«, 1975.
EPA-NGPRP, Effects of coal development in the
    northern Great Plains.  A review of major
    issues and consequences at different rates
    of development.   Northern Great Plains
    Resources Program, U0 S. Environmental
    Protection Agency, Region VIII, Denver, Co.,
    1975.
   A. Fuchs, The Mechanics of Aerosols, Pergamon
    Press, New York, 1964
   E. Johnson, A comprehensive evaluation of the
    effects of rainfall during the growing season
    in North Dakota.  Interium report to the
    Division of Atmospheric Water Resources
    Management by North Dakota State University,
    Fargo, N. D. , 1972.
C.  E. Junge and E. McLaren, Relationship of Cloud
    Nuclei Spectra to Aeroscl Size Distribution
    and Composition, J.  Atmos. Sci. 28, 382-390,
    1971.
C.  E. Junge, Air Chemistry and Radioactivity,
    Academic Press,  New York, 1963.
R.  F. Pueschel, Aerosol Formation during Coal
    Combustion:  Condensation of Sulfates and
    Chlorides on Flyash0  Geophys. Res. Let.,
    1, 651-653, 1976.
L.  F. Radke and P0 V. Hobbs, Cloud Condensation
    Nuclei on the Atlantic Seaboard of the U.S.,
    Science 193, 999-1002, 1976.
   D. Scott and P0 B. Hobbs, The Formation of
    Sulfates in Water Droplets, J. Atmos. Sci.
    2^, 54-57. 1967.
Special Studies Team, Effects of additional
    precipitation on agricultural production,
    the environment, the economy, and human
    society in South Dakota.  Fiscal  report to
    the Division of Atmospheric Water Resources
    Management by the Agricultural Experiment
W
                                                                                                           359

-------
  TRANSPORT AND TRANSFORMATION OF SULFUR OXIDES
          IN THE TENNESSEE VALLEY  REGION
           James F. Meagher and Vinaya Sharma
              Air Quality Research Section
            Division of Environmental Planning
               Tennessee Valley Authority
                Muscle Shoals, Alabama
INTRODUCTION

     The  Tennessee  Valley  Authority (TVA)  is
studying  the  transport  and transformation of
pollutants  from  coal-fired power plants in the
Tennessee Valley region.   Existing meteorological
and aerometric networks afford a unique opportunity
to obtain detailed  information on these processes
with a minimum of additional expense.

     Two  kinds of pollutants may result from any
emission  source.  Primary  pollutants are emitted
through stacks directly into the atmosphere.  Once
entrained into a moving airmass, the primary
pollutants  may react  with  other components of the
airmass,  typically  by oxidation processes, to
produce secondary pollutants.   Many of the higher
oxides are  reported to  be  more toxic than their
precursors.   Because  secondary pollutants are
formed during transport, there is concern that
their impact  may be experienced hundreds or
thousands of  kilometers downwind from the source.

     Although data  are  being collected on nitrogen
oxides, hydrocarbons, and  ozone, research is
emphasizing gaseous and aerosol sulfur oxides.

     An understanding of (1)  the mechanism by
which secondary  pollutants are formed in the
atmosphere  and of (2) the  influence of meteorolog-
ical and  plant operating variables on the rate at
which they  are formed is essential to the most
effective application of control technology.

TECHNICAL DISCUSSION

     TVA  is using two regimes of time and distance
in its studies.   In the first regime,  rates of
conversion  of primary pollutants to secondary
pollutants  are measured within the plume of a
single power  plant  that is isolated from other
significant sources of  air pollutants.  These mea-
surements generally correspond to reaction times
in the atmosphere of  a  few hours or less and
usually are made within 100 km of the power plant.
The second  regime uses  a large section of the TVA
system, encompassing  several large power plants,
as an area  source for mass balance measurements
for a box-shaped model  region measuring several
hundred kilometers  on each side.  These studies
indicate  the  pollutant  loading imposed by the
system as a whole on  an airmass that traverses the
region.
     Instrumented aircraft  have been used to
determine the rate of  sulfate  (SO^)  production in
the plume of a  2600-MW coal-fired  power plant.
Measurements made 10 to  105 km downwind during the
fall and winter months showed  that 1 to 2 percent
of the sulfur in the plume  is  in the form of
sulfate aerosol.  The  measurements indicated no
increase in the percentage  of  sulfate aerosol in
the airmass as  it moves  away from  the power plant
(Figure 1).  However,  the fraction of sulfur in
the form of sulfate aerosol in samples taken from
the plume was larger than that in  samples collec-
ted at the base of the stack.   This  would indicate
that a small amount (about  1 percent)  of the
sulfur dioxide  (802) is  converted  to SO^ in the
immediate vicinity of  the power plant after which
the conversion rate is immeasurably  slow (less
than 2 percent per hour).

     X-ray fluorescence  analyses have been per-
formed on individual particles collected within
the plume.  The lack of  correlation  found between
the amount of sulfur in  these  particles and dis-
tance traveled supports  the results  described
above.  However, a strong correlation has been
found between particle size and sulfur content;
particles less than 1  um in diameter contain much
more sulfur than the larger particles.   These
small particles can be transported long distances
and can penetrate deep  into the human  respiratory
tract.

     Nitric oxide (NO)  is converted  to nitrogen
dioxide (NO^) much more  rapidly than S02 is con-
verted to SOiT..  Typically,  50  percent  of the NO
has reacted by the time  it  has moved 30 km down-
wind from the plant.   Near  the plant,  ambient
ozone is almost totally  consumed within the plume
boundaries.  Ozone is  almost certainly responsible
for the oxidation, because  the amount  of ozone
removed approximately  equals the amount of NO
converted to N0£•  Davis found that  ozone concen-
trations increase downwind  from a  power plant (1).
However, a series of ozone  profiles  for two coal-
fired power plants in  the TVA  system during
summer, fall, and winter months evidenced no
excess ozone.  Therefore, ozone production should
be considered a phenomenon  that exists only for a
specific set of circumstances.

     A photochemical reaction  chamber  is being
constructed for detailed studies of  the mechanisms
of plume transformation.  The  conversion that
occurs in synthetic gas  mixtures and in stack
gases from an operating  power  plant  will be
studied under controlled conditions  in this
chamber.  Experiments  are expected to  begin in the
fall of 1977.

     An 800- by 500-km rectangular area in the
Tennessee Valley (Figure 2)  was chosen for study-
ing the regional transport  of  emissions.  A
smaller area (shown with dashed lines  in Figure
2), 300 km on a side,  was selected  for a field
study during February  and March of  1976.  About 50
percent of all S02 emissions within  the Tennessee
Valley region originate  in  this area,  and it
contains one of the most complete  aerometric and
meteorological networks  in  the country--13
                                                                                                           361

-------
 O <
 O t
 u Z
 a: <
                              AVERAGE OF ALL PLUME SAMPLES = 1.4% SULFATE
   _ £ j.   AVERAGE OF ALL STACK SAMPLES = 0.25% SULFATE
                                40      50      60

                               DISTANCE FROM PLANT [km]
                        Figure 1.

                        Percentage of airborne
                        sulfur as sulfate aerosol at
                        various distances downwind
                        from a 2600-MW coal-fired
                        power plant.   Data collected
                        on eight sampling days
                        were averaged for various
                        distances downwind.
aerometric stations and 20 meteorological  sites.
The ground-level monitoring system was supplemen-
ted with sampling from an airplane.

     Total gaseous sulfur, hydrocarbons, and  ozone
were measured continuously, and particulates  were
collected on filters for measurements of SOi^
concentrations.  Temperature, dew point, and
altitude were also recorded.  The experiment  was
restricted to days on which the winds were from
the south or southwest sector, which is the general
direction of prevailing winds during February and
March.  Filters exposed at eight ground-level
sampling sites were analyzed for nitrates,  ammonium,
SOif, and total suspended particulates.  The TVA
Meteorological Forecast Center at Muscle Shoals
provided forecasts of air parcel trajectories,
data concerning upper air wind, and other  informa-
tion as needed.

     Preliminary results indicate that, on days
when Lagrangian measurements of air parcels were
made, the average SO^ flux  into the area was  31
yg m   see"  and out of the area was 47 iig m
sec"1.  Comparison of data  from filters from  high-
volume samplers at ground level near the entry and
exit boundaries of the_study area indicate a  25-
percent increase in S0i± concentrations and a  36-
percent increase in total suspended particulate
concentrations.  Additional studies planned for
the summer of  1977 must be  completed before
generalized conclusions can be drawn from  these
results.

      To describe diurnal  inversion  conditions,
measurements were made  on  four mornings within and
above radiation inversions.   The  results  indicated
average SO^ concentrations  of  3.9  yg/m3 within the
inversion and  1.2  yg/m  above it.   Concentrations
within the  inversion  differed from those above it
by a  factor of  at  least  two in all four cases.
PROGRAM DISCUSSION

      The ambient  levels of primary and secondary
pollutants  downwind from a single coal-fired power
plant or a  system of such plants depend on the
relative importance of transport, conversion, and
removal processes competing for these species.
Any method  for  predicting these concentrations
will  require  that these processes be quantified.
The measurements  described in this study will be
used  for this purpose.   The effects of wider
variety of  meteorological and plant operation
conditions  need to be investigated before general
conclusions can be made.   Studies are planned to
investigate the effects of photochemical pro-
cesses,  temperature and relative humidity, and
mass  loading:   (1)  Day and night flights will be
conducted during  the summer to investigate the
contribution  of photochemical processes to the
conversion  rate;  (2)  winter and summer data will
be compared to  test for correlations with tempera-
ture  and relative humidity; and (3) electrostatic
precipitators will be operated at various effi-
ciencies to determine the effect of particle
concentrations  on the production of SO^.


      The  field  study  conducted in 1976 provided
valuable  insight  into  the  scope of the problem  of
regional  transport  of  emissions from coal-fired
power plants.    It  is  believed to have been the
first measurement program  in  which Lagrangian and
Eulerian  measurements  of airmasses were made for a
362

-------
                                  LABADIE"
          [SALEM


   ILLINOIS

,11 BALDWIN

      CARBONDALE
  ea- f'-   • PETERSBURG
                 GALLAGHER  f"
   C     INDIANA      /»©LOUISV1LLE
                   rs"    i LOUISVILLE
EVABSVILLE^ m NEWBURGH r  *-, ,^              Q LEXINGTON
  £ 1 "'"5 ' X -^ WAWESVlLLE               • COOPER
   '        f-'
                                                                                                                                        OCHARLESTON
                                                                                                                                  WESTVIRGINIA
                              M I S SOU
                          ARKANSAS
                                                                                                                              NORT  CAROLINA
                                                                                                                             ASHEVILLE
                                                                                                                                                •BELMON
                                                                                                                                 SOUTH CAROLINA
                                                                                                                                                  ©  34	
                                                                                                                                                 COLUMBIA
                                                                                                                                      TREATS

                                                                                                                                 TVA STEAM PLANT
                                                                                                                                 MAJOR NON-TVA STEAM  PLANT
                                                                                                                                   50     100    150
                                                                                                                                       1^
                                                                                                                                       MILES
                 Figure 2.   Tennessee Regional Atmosphere  Transport  Study  area.  The solid  rectangle (800  x 500  km)  is  the area  for which
                              a regional model is being developed, and the dotted square (300 x 300  km) shows the  area in which  the 1976
                              spring  field study was  conducted.
CO
en
w

-------
study of the transport of S02 and SO^ over an area
measuring several hundred kilometers on each side.

     The formation and transport of SO^ could
possibly be measured more accurately if measure-
ments were made simultaneously at the entry and
exit boundaries of the study area.  Use of two air-
craft would permit sampling of the same airmass as
it entered the Valley and as it left.  Comparison
of such measurements would yield better estimates
of the contribution of Tennessee Valley sources to
the S02-S0^ complex.

CONCLUSIONS

     Although more experiments and data are re-
quired before the questions that initiated this
research can be fully answered, a few general
conclusions are suggested by the results obtained
to date:

1.   Under fall and winter conditions—fairly low
     temperatures and low moisture content—the
     oxidation of S02 to SO^ appears to be very
     slow except in the immediate vicinity of the
     power plant.

2.   The conversion of NO to N02 is fairly rapid
     and presumably occurs by reaction of NO with
     ambient ozone.

3.   Under none of the conditions investigated was
     any evidence found of a net production of
     ozone in the plumes of coal-fired power
     plants.

4.   Ground-level measurements near the entry and
     exit boundaries of the study area indicate
     that SOij concentrations increase 25 percent
     and total suspended particulate concentra-
     tions increase 36 percent.

5.   Measurements made from aircraft indicate that
     the S0i4  flux in airmasses leaving the study
     area is  16 yg m 2 sec"1 greater than that in
     airmasses entering the study area.

REFERENCE

1.  Davis,  D.  D.,  G.  Smith,  and G.  Klauber.   1974.
    "Trace Gas Analysis of Power Plant Plumes via
    Aircraft  Measurement:   03, NO ,  and S02
    Chemistry."  Science 186:733.X
364

-------
  SULFATE REGIONAL EXPERIMENT OF ELECTRIC POWER
               RESEARCH INSTITUTE
                  Ralph M. Perhac
           Environmental Assessment Department
            Electric Power Research Institute
                 Palo Alto, California
INTRODUCTION

   The Sulfate Regional Experiment (SURE) comprises
an extensive program of measuring atmospheric pollu-
tants throughout the northeastern United States.
This $5-l/2-million project, funded by the Electric
Power Research Institute (EPRI), is aimed primarily
at defining the regional, ambient concentrations of
secondary pollutants (e.g., sulfates) in terms of
local emissions of primary precursors (e.g., S0£)•
Emphasis, of course, is on sulfates; however, other
pollutants will also be measured.  Of particular
concern is the contribution of the electric power
industry to regional sulf ate levels .  The basic
elements of SURE are:  (1) a ground- and air^based
measurement program; (2) an emissions inventory;
and (3) development of a model to predict regional
concentrations as a function of local emissions.

    EPRI's concern with sulfur pollution arises
from the anticipated tremendous increase in coal
burning during the next few decades.  Almost cer-
tainly, an increased use of coal will be a major
means of satisfying the nation's energy needs.  And
even with extensive use of low-sulfur coals from
the West, a marked increase in sulfur loading of
the atmosphere can be expected.  A number of in-
halation toxicology studies have already shown that
sulfur aerosols produce respiratory difficulties.
And EPA has implicated sulfates as potential health
hazards.  The extent to which sulfur-species aerosols
affect man and the exact nature  (ch'emical speciation)
of such aerosols is far from known; nevertheless ,
concern is sufficiently widespread so that EPRI has
as a major program the physical chemistry of sulfur
in the atmosphere, as well as the health effects
of sulfur compounds.

    A major concern of the electric power industry
centers on the possibility that an ambient sulfate
standard may be promulgated.  The impact of such a
standard on the power industry would be severe.  The
Sierra Club has already brought suit against EPA to
impose such a standard - probably at a level of
±10 ug/m^.  Most sulfate is formed in the atmosphere
by chemical conversion from a precursor (862).  The
amount of sulfate produced by direct combustion is
email - probably not more than a few percent of the
total emitted sulfur.  For this reason, the only way
to meet an ambient sulfate standard seems to be by
control of S02 emissions.  Unfortunately, we have no
evidence to suggest that any sort of direct relation
exists between emitted S02 and ambient sulfate, hence
reducing S02 by some factor may really have little
bearing on sulfate levels.  Some evidence suggests
quite the contrary  (Altshuller,  1976).   In a number
of cities, for example,  S02  emissions have been re-
duced considerably over  the  past few years,  yet sul-
fate levels have remained nearly constant.   And
throughout much of the Northeast,  sulfate  levels
reach maxima in summer whereas S02 emissions are
highest in winter.  Of course, eliminating  all S02
would almost certainly reduce sulfate levels but
total elimination of S02 emissions  is drastic and
unattainable.  With our  present  knowledge, we have
no way of knowing how much to reduce S02 emissions
in order to effect a specific reduction  in ambient
sulfate concentrations.  And we  will not know until
a firm relation between  emissions  and ambient con-
centrations is established   hence SURE.

BACKGROUND

   A number of studies,  among them those of  Lioy
et al.  (1976), certainly suggest that  the  sulfate
problem  (i.e. formation  of sulfates in  the atmosphere)
is a regional one which  may  be intimately  related to
atmospheric  transport  phenomena  and chemical reactions
occurring over distances of  hundreds of  kilometers.
Evidence for the regional nature of the  problem comes
from a number of sources.  What  few kinetic  data are
available (EPA, 1976;  Halstead et  al,  1977)  suggest
transformation rates  (S02 to sulfate)  of 1  or 2 per-
cent/hour, hence considerable distances  would be in-
volved in generating significant quantities  of sul-
fates.  Analysis of the  abundant data  from the U.S.
National Air Surveillance Network also  supports the
idea that great  distances are involved  in sulfate
formation.  Evidence is  also drawn from  the  regional
extent of visibility reduction and the  occurrence of
acid rain, both of which phenomena may be  related, in
part, to atmospheric sulfate particles  (Galloway et
al., 1976; Cass, 1976) .

   Within the United States, the highest sulfate
levels occur in the Northeast (Hakkarinen  and Hidy,
1976).  Concentrations ranging from 5-25 ug/m3 are
typical.  (During "episodes" values up to  80 ug/m3
have been recorded.)   This is in marked  contrast to the
3-4 ug/m  commonly measured  in the West.   Because of
the high Northeast values, EPRI, decided to  initiate a
regional sulfate study - focusing the effort on the
populous Northeast.

   Before embarking on a major project,  EPRI first
supported a 1-year planning  study  at a  cost  of about
$250,000 (EPRI, 1976).   The  goal of the  study (which
was carried out by Environmental Research  and Tech-
nology - ERT) was to evaluate if,  in fact,  the sul-
fate problem is regional and what  sort of  measure-
ment program might resolve the issue.  The study in-
volved mainly the use  of existing  data  - meteorological,
emissions, and S02 concentrations.  In  addition, over
3000 existing filters  (which had been stored) from
northeastern monitoring  stations were  analyzed for
sulfate content.
   The planning study yielded four principal find-
ings relative to the Northeast:

1. Sulfate levels differ more widely (in space and
   time) than do those for S02.

2. The summer sulfate highs  do not co-relate with
   S02 highs which occur in winter.
                                                                                                          365

-------
3.   High sulfate concentrations seem to correlate
     with both temperature and dew point and with
     high pressure air masses  (maritime tropical
     airflows).

4.   High sulfate concentrations are not correla-
     tive with local S02 emissions or with contin-
     ental polar air masses.

     These findings do suggest that an extensive re-
gional study aimed at measuring both chemical and
meteorological parameters is a means of resolving
the Northeast sulfate questions.  Again, the real
question is:  what is the electrical power industry's
contribution to ambient sulfate levels?

THE SURE PROGRAM

     SURE comprises four distinct, yet interwoven
elements:  an extensive ground-level measurement
program, a more limited aircraft program; a detailed
emissions inventory, and a modeling effort.  The
program, which is currently funded at a total level
of $5.5 million, began late in 1976 and will be com-
pleted early in 1980.

Ground Network

     The heart of SURE is a network of 54 ground
stations distributed somewhat  randomly (geographi-
cally) throughout the northeastern  United States
(Figure 1).  Nine of the  stations are  designated
as Class I stations, the  remaining  44  as Class II.
These classes of stations differ both  in the type
of measurements made and  in  the frequency of samp-
ling.  (See Appendix A  for details  of  and quality
control for the parameters to  be measured.)  In
general, the Class I stations  will  operate every
day for a period of 19  months.  The parameters to
be measured are listed  in Appendix  A.  The specific
Class I sites were selected  so as to be representa-
tive of rural concentrations and to be uninfluenced
by a single major source.  The Class II stations
will operate only four  months  out of each year; the
four months corresponding to the middle months of
each season:  January,  April,  July, October.
During these so-called  intensive periods, the Class
II stations will gather data daily  (Appendix A) .
Inasmuch as the SURE program will operate for 19
months, the Class II stations  will  function during
six intensives .  The Class II  stations were selected
in such a way as to give random representation and
also to take advantage  of existing  monitoring sites.
An attempt was also made  to use sites which are not
influenced unduly ay a  single  source, but not every
station necessarily meets this last qualification.


SURE


100A
102
103A
104B
106

SURE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23


Class 1 Stations


Montague, MA
Scranton, PA
Indian River, DE
Philo, OH
Rockport, IN

Class II Stations
E. Beverly, MA
Fall River, MA
Albany, NY
Oswego, NY
Dunkirk, NY
Roseton, NY
Allegheny, PA
Lewisville, PA
Brush Valley, PA
Gettysburg, PA
Delmarva, DE
Gavin, OH
Clifty Creek, IN
Big Sandy, OH
Breed, IN
Munroe, Ml
Port Huron, Ml
Kincaid, IL
Collins, IL
Picway, OH
Jay, ME
Toronto, Ont
Huntington, NY





107
109
111A
112



24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
33
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
46
47
48
49

^
1 /


} / I ^~t\
Giles City, TN . r^"~\ ,f'!/ '• \
Chapel Hill, NC "^=^>">.'<; '^--..^ J ) X^
Roanoke, IN / _/^ ^.^ ^ ,/' ...--A «2 V" '
Lewisburg, WV • '^-- ^^-^^^^ ^-=-* {""\ S"
(J"""°'"" ~"Vl' //^'X ^-^ 22 =r,^/"'Cv3\ T29^
! *25 •'': l" //M' £j-S^*^ 3«\.ir^r-rioo.-
' A / \ 30 *••''' ~-r^5 ^7V.^6 .V"'^*?
Loves Mill, VA I \ r^s \ o /_ l^'-i^^'V'"^?,, lv)2 /"'I'" 23
Hytop, AL \ ) ' r."°'ri '°"°2^35 \ .S8 .lojnj
Giles City, TN \ i -b ^P 111A • T)\-'P^f-'"7°\i7
Paradise, KY _^o-.T—V ^ , \ ]_ 2 .j^^j* U-t J-^°3A ^
Memphis, TN T, N *^ 1^-5 f^S— -J /"' %V,'.1 -£fr
Hanover, NH *!! \J^f 1^ \IM'? 5s=:^«39 ''(
Benton Harbor, Ml \ fc=^^- / ^ ^V ~__ _,.-•_-— " "vi--S%
St. Louis, MO 	 V"^ lj-C-? 	 ^"C-'T~°»^ T ;'-/"1'
Niles, OH hr.r.-,,T,r 	 jfk™--™ 26.'''" _._ 109^V
Madison, Wl i 7,28 	 ^^'a^^'^^}-
Galesburg, IL | /'•""''""a* \ "\ '^fi./
Mount Storm, WV 	 J / \ «^2 \^ J'
Chesterfield, VA ^ 	 i V V
Yorktown, VA ^°"n""" J } (
Riverbend, NC \ / 	 J^ 	 ^-3
Weatherspoon, NC \ ' 	 1 J,^^^, —. '\
Atlanta, GA j =^V~ " "V""~ X, \
(Upstate New York) '^ ^~^^* I \
Columbia, SC -/' v? \ ^\
Cayuga, NY J SURE Class I Station V \ " -\
Dan River, NC (?) . S(JRE ^ |( ^.^ V_^ i ^
Lafayette, IN -— ; /J>, ^>
\) c==<^
 Figure 1.   Ground stations throughout the northeastern United States.
 366

-------
 Aircraft Program

     SURE, for budget reasons,  depends  mainly on
 ground-based stations.  Such  a  program  has  obvious
 disadvantages in that the  third dimensional
 (vertical) component is missing.   Transformation
 from SC>2 to sulfate occurs  above  ground level,  hence
 SURE must have data from above  the ground.   The air-
 craft program is a compromise.   Its goal is to  give
 a 3-dimensional component  to  the  ground measurements
 and yet stay within a fixed budget.   The program will
 not solve the upper atmospheric question of chemical
 transformation.  It should, however,  define the
 vertical profile of pollutants  at  selected  stations.
 Two airplanes will be used, each  at  a Class I
 station, during each of the intensive periods,  i.e.,
 four times a year.  Each plane  will  fly three ver-
 tical spirals (from about  500 feet above ground
 level to 10,000 feet), one  spiral  at  the Class  I
 station, one 15 km upwind  of  the  station, and one
 15 km downwind.  The three  spirals will be  flown
 both morning and afternoon.   This  program of two
 flights per day (for each  plane) will be repeated
 six days during an intensive  period with the res-
 triction  that no flights be made  on successive  days .
 The program is not aimed at flying during specific
 episodes or at tracking air masses.   Its goal is
 routine measurement at Class  I  sites .  Sites have
 not yet been selected nor  has a decision been made
 as to the possibility of changing  sites during  the
 program.  Basically the airplane  program (Appendix
' A) will involve the same measurements as those  made
 on the ground.

 Emissions Inventory

    Critical to the fundamental objective of SURE
 is an adequate emissions inventory.   Inventories
 will be prepared for four  pollutants:  (1)  oxides
 of sulfur,  (2) oxides of nitrogen, (3)  total emitted
 particulate matter, and  (4) non-methane hydrocarbons.
 Sources will include:  (1)  fossil-fueled electric
 power plants, (2) other major industries,  (3) non-
 manufacturing and business  (commercial), (4) homes,
 and (5) surface transportation.  All  source inven-
 tories will be presented as seasonal  averages (e.g.,
 June-August) for each of the  eight 3-hour periods
 during a day.  For example, SO   emissions calculated
 from an individual power plant  during summer will
 yield eight numbers for that  plant,  the eight repre-
 senting the average emissions from midnight to  3 AM,
 3 AM to 6 AM, and so on.   The basic inventory will
 be for sources in existence in  July 1977.   Calcula-
 tions will be updated for  July  1978 sources.
    The measurements part  of  SURE  will  provide basic
 data on the  distribution of pollutants.   It will not,
 however,  explain  the formation  and variation of
 pollutant levels  in terms  of  source contribution and
 meteorological variabilities.   In  order to  achieve
 this interpretative step,  SURE  also includes a
 modeling program  which  really comprises  data analysis
 and simulation modeling.   Data  analysis  and simula-
 tion modeling are inextricably  intertwined  but they
 can be broadly distinguished  by considering data
 analyses  as  the development and testing of  hypo-
 theses regarding  the component  parts of, for example,
the sulfate formation system.   Simulation modeling
attempts to integrate the component  parts into a
physical-mathematical representation which mimics
the real world of sulfate formation.   It  should be
apparent, from the general discussion  of  SURE, that
some key elements (component parts)  are missing if
a realistic model is to be developed,  namely  the bio-
genie contribution to atmospheric  sulfur  levels,  the
chemistry of the S0£- sulfate transformation,  and
the removal of sulfur species through  dry deposition.
Other programs supported by EPRI are aimed at  eluci-
dating some aspects of these key elements.  Specific-
ally , one project t~> measure biogenic  emissions is
already underway.  A program of sulfur chemistry  in
plumes will begin in summer 1977.  And plans  are
being formulated for a major study of dry deposi-
tion - to begin in 1978.  The modeling effort  will
also take advantage of findings from non-EPRI  pro-
jects, viz., the ERDA MAP3S program.   Close coor-
dination is being maintained between EPRI and  a
number of federal and state agencies.

Expected Results

     Firstly, and most importantly,  SURE  will  pro-
vide a vast amount of routine data on pollutant
levels over a large part of the United States.  The
data will be carefully defined  in  terms of precision
and overall quality control (Appendix A).  They
should be useful, therefore, for a number of in-
dependent studies for years to  come.  If  nothing
else were to develop from SURE, the data  bank  will
be valuable as a contribution to the scientific
community.  It will contain numbers whose reliability
can be specified.  Secondly, SURE will yield a high-
quality emissions inventory for the Northeast.
Finally, a predictive model will be generated  - a
model which predicts the impact of emissions of a
precursor on the ambient concentrations of a sec-
ondary pollutant.  Admittedly,  at  this stage,  we
cannot judge what sort of error the  estimate from
the model will have but SURE will be developing a
key model which looks at the important question of
emissions and regional concentrations.  We envision
the SURE study as being important  for:  (1) answer-
ing, in part, the question of S02  control to meet
ambient sulfate standards, (2)  possibly re-evaluat-
ing use of supplemental control systems,  and  (3)
serving as a guide to improved  health-effects  stud-
ies .
APPENDIX A
Data Recovery Criteria

Priority A   essential for the  objective  of SURE.
             90% of the data must be recovered with
             a precision of ±10%.

Priority B - necessary for the  objectives of SURE.
             90% of the data must be recovered with
             a precision of ±10%.

Priority C - desirable for the  objectives of SURE.
             80% of the data must be recovered with
             a precision of ±10%.

Priority D - exploratory within the  objectives of
             SURE.  Recovery rate  and  precision to
             be specified individually when measure-
             ment program is approved.
                                                                                                          367

-------
Data recovery rate is defined as the percentage of
the total number of possible observations which are
actually recovered, and these must be within  the
precision limits.

     Example:  S02, a Priority A parameter, is to
             be measured for each consecutive 3-
             hour period for the duration of  the
             SURE measurements program at Class I
             stations.

             July 1, 1977 through March 31, 1979 =
             639 days = 5112  3-hr periods

             0.90 x 5112 - 4600 required observa-
             tions/Class I station

      Precision is defined as the percentage depar-
ture of a measurement from either its "true" value
or from that of a primary standard when the measured
value is greater than 10 times the threshold of
detectability.  When the measured value of the
parameter is less than 10 times the measurement
threshold, acceptable precision is defined by a
linear decrease from 100% at the threshold value
to the prescribed precision at ten times the thres-
hold  value.
                                      Example:  the threshold of detectability of
                                S02 is 4 ppb.  When 4 ppb are measured, the true
                                value should lie between zero and 8 ppb.  'When 1.20
                                ppb are observed, the precision should be 52.8%,
                                or the true value should lie between 9.4 and 30.6
                                ppb.  When the observed value is 4.0 ppb, the true
                                value should lie between 36 and 44 ppb.  (+10%)

                                      Any or all of the following techniques are to
                                be used to assure the appropriate measures of data
                                recovery and precision.
                                      1.  Detailed logs of instrument or analyses
                                          systems malfunctions and down-time for
                                          repair, calibration, or replacement.


                                      2.  Calibration of instruments or analyses
                                          systems against primary standards at
                                          suitable intervals of time.
                                      3.  Replicate in situ sampling and comparative
                                          analyses in sufficient numbers and ranges
                                          of conditions  (parameter values) to assure
                                          statistical significance.
 MEASUREMENTS  AT  SURE  GROUND  STATIONS
 Parameter
 SO2
 (Gas  Analyzer)
 N0/N02

 (Gas  Analyzer)


 S0=

 (Hi-vol)


 S°4
 (Seq. Sampler)

 NO"

 (Hi-vol)


 N0~

 (Seq. Sampler)


 TSP
 (Hi-vol)



 °3
 (Gas  Analyzer)


 HC  (C2-C12)
 (Cannister grab
 sample)
     Class I

Priority A
Continuous measurement.
Averaging time 3 hours

Priority A
Continuous measurement.
Averaging time 3 hrs

Priority A
Continuous measurement.
Averaging time 24 hrs

Priority A
Continuous during intensives.

Priority A
Continuous measurement.
Averaging time 24 hrs

Priority A
8 days during intensives.
Averaging time 3 hrs

Priority A
Continuous measurement.
Averaging time 24 hrs.

Priority B
Continuous measurement.
Averaging time 3 hrs

Priority B
Continuous during intensives.
Averaging time 3 hrs
Continuous during non-intensives.
Averaging time 24 hrs
   Class II

Priority A
Continuous during intensives.
Averaging time 24 hrs.

Not measured
Priority A
Continuous during intensives.
Averaging time 24 hrs.

Not measured
Priority A
8 days during intensives.
Averaging time 24 hrs

Not measured
Priority A
Continuous during intensives.
Averaging time 24 hrs

Not measured
Not measured
368

-------
MEASUREMENTS AT SURE GROUND STATIONS  (cont.)

Parameter                  Class  I
                                                              Class  II
SO,
 RSP  (<2ym)
 Dew Point
 Air temperature
 PB, Fe,  V
 and Mn
 NH+, Cl

 (Hi-vol)
                        Priority D
                        3  days during first intensive
                        only.   Averaging time 3 hrs

                        Priority B
                        Continuous during intensives.
                        Averaging time 3 hrs

                        Priority B
                        Continuous measurement.
                        Averaging time 1 hr

                        Priority B
                        Continuous measurement.
                        Averaging time 1 hr

                        Priority C
                        3  days during intensives

                        Priority C
                        Continuous measurement.
                        Averaging time 24 hrs
                                                                Not  measured
Not measured
Priority B
Continuous measurement.
Averaging time  1 hr

Priority B
Continuous measurement.
Averaging time  1 hr

Not measured
Priority C
3 days during each intensive
Averaging time 24 hrs
(also includes NCC)
 NH,
      CL
            H
 NCC  (non-
 carbonate carbon)
 (Seq. sampler)
                        Priority C
                        3 days during intensives.
                        Averaging time 3 hrs
                                                                Not  measured
SURE AIRCRAFT MEASUREMENTS

Parameter

SO

(Gas Analyzer)
                                       Requirements

                                 Priority A
                                 Continuous measurement.
                                 Averaging height: 50  ft.  Sfc   5000,  100 ft.
                                 5-10,000 ft.
 SO,
 (Filter)
 N0/N02

 (Gas Analyzer)


 TSP
 (dichotomous)
 (Gas Analyzer)
 HC(C2-C12)
 (Cannister)
 Bscat, Bext
 (Nephelometer)
                                Priority A
                                Continuous measurement.
                                Averaging heights:  Sfc-5000,  5-10,000 ft.

                                Priority A
                                Continuous measurement.
                                Averaging height:  50  ft.  Sfc  - 5000, 100 ft., 5-10,000 ft.

                                Priority A
                                Continuous measurement.
                                Averaging heights:  Sfc   5000, 5-10,000 ft.

                                Priority B
                                Continuous measurement.
                                Averaging height:  50  ft.  Sfc    5000, 100 ft.
                                5-10,000 ft.

                                Priority B
                                Grab  sample
                                Averaging heights:  Sfc-5000,  5000-10,000 ft.

                                Priority B
                                Continuous measurement
                                Averaging height:  100 ft. Sfc   5000, 200  ft.
                                5-10,000 ft.
                                                                                                           369

-------
SURE AIRCRAFT MEASUREMENTS (cont.)
Parameter
   Requirements
CN
T, RH, q
Priority C
Continuous measurement.
Averaging heights: Sfo   5000, 5-10,000 ft.

Priority A
Continuous measurement.
Averaging height: 50 ft., Sfc   5000, 100 ft.
5,000-10,000 ft.
 Altitude, Airspeed
 Location, Time/Date
 NWS

 Rawinsonde


 6-hr  Airway  Obs
Priority A
Continuous measurement.
Time checks corresponding to height
intervals of averaging for other parameters

Data to be archived

All available stations east of Mississippi
River  Two per day for 2 years

All available stations east of Mississippi
River.   Four per day for 2 years.
 Hourly  WxOB


 Special Obs
All available stations east of Mississippi
River during seven intensive measurements periods.

Upper air winds or aircraft measurements of wind, temp,
and RH as available from ERDA program or others.
WORKS CITED

Altshuller, A.P., 1976, Regional transport and
      transformation of sulfur dioxide to sulfates in
      the U.S.: Jour. Air Poll. Contr. Assoc., v.
      26, p. 318-324.

Cass, G.R., 1976, The relationship between sulfate
      air quality and visibility at Los Angeles:
      Calif. Inst. Tech., EQL Memorandum 18,  39 p.

EPA, 1976, SC>2 oxidation in plumes:  A review and
      assessment of relevant mechanistic and  rate
      studies: U.S. Envrn. Protection Agency Publ.
      EPA-450/3-76-022, 96 p.

EPRI, 1976, Design of the sulfate regional experi-
      ment:  Elec. Power Res. Inst. Rpt. EPRI EC-
      125, v. 1.

Galloway, J.N., E.G. Likens, E.S. Edgerton, 1976,
      Acid precipitation in the northeastern  United
      States: pH and acidity:  Science, v. 194, p.
      722-723.

Hakkarinen, C. and G.M. Hidy, 1976 Atmospheric sulf-
     ates in the Ohio Valley:  Results of the sulfate
     regional experiment planning study:  Am. Power
     Conf. Proc., v. 38, p. 825-829.

Halstead, H., T.V. Larson and P.V. Hobbs, 1977, Oxi-
     dation of sulfur dioxide in the atmosphere:  A
     review:  Proc. Symposium on Aerial Techniques
     for Environmental Monitoring (U.S. Energy Res.
     & Develop. Admin.), Las Vegas, March 1977, 7 p.
                       Lioy, P.J., G.T. Wolff, J.S. Czachor, P.E. Coffey,
                            W.N. Stasiuk and D. Romano, 1976, Evidence of
                            high concentrations of sulfates detected at
                            rural sites in the Northeast; paper presented
                            at Am. Chem. Soc. Albany, NY meeting, Aug. 1976,
370

-------
                                                            and numerical models will be  made available  for use
                                                            in regional  studies and assessments.
          THE MULTI-STATE ATMOSPHERIC POWER
            PRODUCTION POLLUTION PROGRAM
                 Michael C. MacCracken
              Lawrence Livermore Laboratory
                 University of California
                  Livermore, California

     The Multi-State Atmospheric Power Production
Pollution  Study (MAP3S) is a major atmospheric
research program of ERDA's Division of Biomedical
and Environmental Research  (Fig. 1).  The MAP3S
program is one of several environmental programs
being pursued  under the Assistant Administrator for
Environment and Safety, the activities of which
were described in the First National Conference on
the Interagency Energy/Environment R & D Program by
Dr. James  Liverman.  MAP3S will ultimately  provide
improved capability to such programs as ERDA's
National Coal  Utilization Assessment, which is
using present  technical capabilities to assess the
impact of  future coal use.
 Figure 1.   Multi-state Atmospheric
           Power Production
           Pollution Study.
     The  goal  of the MAP3S program is to develop
and demonstrate an improved, verified capability to
simulate  the present and potential future changes
in pollutant concentration, atmospheric behavior
and precipitation chemistry as  a result of  pollu-
tant releases  to the atmosphere from large-scale
power production processes, primarily coal  combus-
tion (Fig.  2).   A major motivation of this  program
is to be  able  to provide those  agencies charged
with the  task  of meeting the nation's energy  needs
with the  knowledge required to  assess alternative
strategies  for  generating power while ensuring
ample protection of human health and adequate pre-
servation of the natural environment.  Since  coal
is the most abundant domestic fossil-fuel resource
and since electric power production is a major and
growing sector  of our energy economy, this  study
focuses on  the  effects of emissions from coal-fired
electric  power  plants, particularly in the  high
Population, energy intensive northeastern quadrant
°f the United  States.  The improved capabilities
       Improved simulation capability (model)
         • Develop
         • Verify
         • Demonstrate

       For use in evaluating present and future effects
         • Air quality
         • Precipitation chemistry
         • Atmospheric behavior (visibility, etc)

       Due to power production emissions
         • Primarily coal combustion
         • Primarily sulfur oxides
         • Northeastern United States
Figure  2.   MAP3S goal.
      MAP3S participating organizations (Fig. 3)
will  focus their  research efforts  on  providing
understanding of  the  atmosphere's  effect on pollu-
tants.   In recognition of the widespread interest
in  and  research on  these pollutants,  our program
will  coordinate with  the major ongoing and proposed
programs of EPRI, EPA and other organizations in
order to ensure a comprehensive national program.
Through such coordination, we hope to achieve
greater understanding of how coal  can be used to
meet  the nation's energy needs while  maintaining
environmental quality and protecting  human health.
      Experience and expertise

       ERDA national laboratories
         • Argonne
         • Battelle Pacific Northwest
         • Brookhaven
         • Health and Safety Laboratory
         • Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory

       Other Organizations
         • Illinois State Water Survey
         • Universities (SUNY , Cornell, PSU, U. VA., BYU, etc)

      Cooperation and coordination
       EPA and other U.S. government agencies
       Electric Power Research Institute
       Atmospheric Environment Service (Canada)
Figure 3.   MAP3S  resources and capabilities.
     The  charge to the  MAP3S program  encompasses the
entire  spectrum of atmospheric pollutants that may
be ascribed to fossil-fuel electric power produc-
tion, including:

        Sulfur dioxide,  sulfites, sulfates,  and
        other sulfur oxides.

        Nitrogen oxides  and their secondary reaction
        products, including oxidants.
                                                                                                               371

-------
        Hydrocarbons, including polycyclic organic
        matter.

        Trace inorganic elements.

        Participates, which may contain any or all
        of the above substances as well as elemental
        carbon or soot.

     However, in view of this wide range of pollu-
tants and the many associated atmospheric processes
and recognizing resource constraints, a number of
reasons have led to assigning priority to the study
of sulfur oxides and their associated cations during
the present phase of the MAP3S program.  These
reasons include:

        Sulfur oxides are a major pollutant from
        coal, the use of which will increase.

        Potential health and environmental conse-
        quences of sulfur oxides are of present
        concern.

        Anticipation that an ambient air quality
        standard for sulfate will be set in several
        years.

        Coordination with other sulfur-oriented
        programs.

        Techniques developed for simulating the
        sulfur cycle should be transferable to study
        of other compounds.

        Need to focus research efforts.

        Building on experience of previous research.

MAP3S RESEARCH PROGRAM

     Development of the assessment (i.e., numerical
modeling) capability needed for accurate assessment
of the human health and biological implications
(e.g., dose-to-man and dose-to-ecosystems) of sulfur
oxides requires an understanding of the source,
transport, transformation and sink processes.  Thus,
the MAP3S research program has been divided into the
ten interrelated program elements, or tasks, des-
cribed below.  Each task focuses attention on an
area of significant uncertainty.

     The core budget for the MAP3S program in FY-77
totals approximately $3,000,000.  An approximate
percentage breakdown of the $3 M by MAP3S task is
given in Fig. 4.   The major efforts are seen to be
characterization of the region and its pollutants;
studies of transport, transformation and precipita-
tion chemistry/scavenging; and numerical modeling.
The research emphasis for the next several years is
expected to remain nearly the same, although spe-
cific research activities will continue to evolve
to address the most uncertain program elements.

Task 1 :
Task 2:
Task 3:
Task 4:
Task 5:
Task 6:
Task 7:
Task 8:
Task 9:
Task 10:
(~ $3M, FY-77)
Power plant emissions >
Other related emissions '
Pollutant characteristics
Pollutant distribution
Vertical and long-range transport
Pollutant transformation
Dry deposition
Pollutants and precipitation
Weather and climate effects
Numerical modeling

2.5%

10.0%
15.0%
10.0%
20.0%
2.5%
15.0%
10.0%
15.0%
Host  of  the  funding  for  Task 9  is  for  completing
METROMEX analysis  and will  be transferred to Task
8  in  FY-78 for  precipitation chemistry analysis
around Chicago.
Figure  A.  MAP3S  research program.
     We are also  striving  to  interface with the
health, ecology,  and assessment  studies within EKDA
funding for which is additional  to  the figure given
above.  These studies  include  toxicology  studies at
the Inhalation Toxicology  Research  Institute, Oak
Ridge, and Battelle Northwest, among others.  The
ecological effects of  acid rain  on  crops, ferns
and tree seedlings are being studied at Argonne,
Brookhaven and Oak Ridge.

MAP3S RESEARCH TASKS

Task 1:  Specification and quantification of the
         emissions of  atmospheric,  energy-related
         (AER) pollutants  resulting from  present
         power production  processes and considera-
         tion of  the spectrum  of pollutants that
         may be emitted  as a result of introduction
         of new processes.

     The Brookhaven National Laboratory (BNL) under
both ERDA Regional Energy  Studies and MAP3S funding
has used existing FPC, NEDS and  state emission
inventories to develop an  emissions data  base
including nearly  500 point sources  (not all of which
are power plants) in the eastern United States.
The inventory includes sulfur  and nitrogen oxides,
hydrocarbons and  particulates.   Considerable cross-
checking of information  is now underway and inclu-
sion of sources in the province  of  Ontario will be
started in the near  future.  Comparison of this
inventory with other emissions data bases is
encouraged.

Task 2:  Identification  and quantification of
         sources  of AER  pollutants  that do not
         result directly from  power production and
         of other substances  that may affect the
         concentration,  distribution, transforma-
         tion and fate of  AER  pollutants.

     The BNL effort discussed  in Task 1 is also
developing an area source  inventory, since studies
in urban plumes indicate sulfate formation can be
intensified in the presence of other pollutants.
An inventory of other  emissions  in  the eastern
United States is  underway; presently about 10,000
small point sources are  aggregated  into elements,
each roughly 30 by 30  km.  Emissions from the bio-
sphere are not included, although efforts are
underway to identify potential source regions  (e.g.)
372

-------
marshlands)  by  identifying land types.  Work  in
this area by EPA and EPRI will be followed.

Task 3:   Characterization of the physical and chem-
        ical properties of AER pollutants, in-
        cluding particle size, oxidation state,
        derivative compounds, molecular form, etc.,
        which  are commonly found in  the atmosphere
        on a regional scale.

    In order to both understand atmospheric  trans-
formation mechanisms and to provide needed informa-
tion for health studies, a number of  approaches are
being pursued to identify properties  of atmospheric
compounds (Fig.  5).  ANL has already  located  Lundgren
impactors at Penn State University, the University
of Virginia, and BNL and will field at least  one
more in order to determine regional patterns  of
particle acidity by infrared spectroscopy (four hour
samples are being taken, every fifth  one being
routinely analyzed).  Method intercomparison  studies
for particulate sulfur analysis are underway  between
Gran titration, thermometric titration, infrared
spectroscopy, XRF, and others.  We have been  parti-
cipating in a field intercomparison study involving
ERDA and EPA in Charleston, West Virginia.
              (MAP3S program)

          Ion chromatography

          X-ray fluorescence

          Methyl-thymol blue

          Silver-110 (110Ag) precipitate
          Gran titration

          Infrared spectroscopy

          Benzaldehyde extraction
          Thermochemical titration

          Photo-electron spectroscopy
 Figure 5.  Particulate  sulfur  analysis
          techniques.
Task 4:  Determination of  the  spatial  and  temporal
        distribution of AER pollutants  under both
        average and extreme conditions.

     MAP3S will rely largely on  the  SURE network for
information on surface pollutant  concentrations.  An
initial quality assurance  program is being planned
by the Health and Safety Laboratory  (HASL) in order
to intercompare analysis methods  and assure sample
integrity.  Major MAP3S effort will  be devoted to
using aircraft to determine the  distribution of
pollutants above the surface.  MAP3S will  be commit-
ting two aircraft to taking such  measurements during
the first SURE intensive period  (planned for early
August).  Further meetings between SURE  and MAP3S
project participants are being planned to  lay out
flight plans, schedules, and needed  coordination.

Task 5_:  Determination of  the  processes  and param-
        eters governing the vertical  and  horizontal
        transport of AER  pollutants.
     Because  sulfates  remain in the atmosphere for
several days,  they  become  involved in both the
diurnal cycle  of  the surface mixed layer and the
movement of the air over long distances.  Building
on ANL's studies  in Sangamon County,  Illinois, a
"box budget"  experiment  is being planned for this
fall to determine the  fluxes and transformation of
atmospheric sulfur  compounds in aged, polluted air.
Aircraft and  surface measurements, and possibly a
tracer experiment,  are being planned  in order to
follow the vertical mixing through the daily cycle,
dry deposition at the  surface,  and horizontal trans-
port.

     Studies  of long distance horizontal transport
require use of inert tracers which can be detected
at very low concentrations.   A joint  ARL, HASL,
LASL, and BNL  field experiment  (out to 90 km) was
recently completed  in  Idaho Falls to  intercompare
five tracers  (SFg,  two deuterated methanes and two
perfluorocarbons) and  to field  test the new perfluor-
ocarbon detection instruments developed by J.
.Lovelock.  Analysis is now underway and future plans
for use of these  tracers in MAP3S are being evalu-
ated.

Task 6:  Identification  of the  chemical and physi-
         cal  transformation processes affecting AER
         pollutants and  determination of the rates
         and  mechanisms  controlling these processes.


      The MAP3S program is  focusing on field  measure-
 ments of reacting  point source  and urban plumes  in
 order to deduce the rates and mechanisms of  chemi-
 cal transformation.   BNL has recently sampled the
 AnClote (Florida)  power plant plume  by  aircraft
 while EPA made stack  emission measurements and MRI
 (for EPA)  sampled  by  aircraft.   Comparison of
 results should help resolve discrepancies  that have
 arisen in previous studies concerning S02  transfor-
 mation rates.  PNL will also be  undertaking  plume
 studies for  EPRI in the coming  year.

      Results  from last August's  study of  the
 Milwaukee  urban plume  are now being  analyzed  (Fi<*.
 6).   Three methods  for determining sulfate and two
 for S02  were  on board  the PNL aircraft  and inter-
 comparisons  are underway.   Other measurements of
 the molecular character  of the particles, hydro-
 carbon composition  (by EPA), and other  pollutants
 (by a  NASA aircraft)  are being assembled.  Early
 results  indicate  that  ozone and  sulfate  are  forming
 as  the  ai-r mass  ages   (Fig. 7),  while  S02, NO, and
 N02  are  decreasing. Layers of increased  sulfate
 concentration were  also  found at about  3000 m on
 days when  the wind  was from the northeast, perhaps
 indicative of long  range transport.   Further
 experiments are  being  planned for this  summer in
 the  same region,  the Milwaukee plume being parti-
 cularly  interesting because of its isolation from
 other  sources and the  stable layer that  isolates
 it  from  the lake  surface.

     Direct mechanistic  studies have also begun at
ANL in which  determination of the oxygen isotope
ratio in S02  and  sulfates  is used to determine the
chemical paths that occurred during transformation
processes.  Laboratory testing of the technique has
been augmented by analysis of field samples.
                                                                                                          373

-------
  Figure  6.   DC-3 aircraft flight routes for Milwau-
             kee urban plume study.









ft
a
o"




ISU

160


140


120
100

80
60
40
20
0

O/1O
	 8/21
	 8/23
	 8/24
	 8/27
8/28
	 8/30

XX-""
/s
;x'^"""
-- ' ' .- •".'
-Aji~ """
•

                                       Figure 7.

                                       Averages of
                                       ozone concen-
                                       trations in
                                       the  Milwaukee
                                       urban plume.
           12345

             Time after first pass, hr
 Task  7:   Determination of the rates of physical  and
          biochemical mechanisms governing the
          removal of AER pollutants from the atmo-
          sphere  at  the earth's surface (dry deposi-
          tion) .
                                                                 ANL is leading a cooperative ERDA-EPA program
                                                            to use  eddy-correlation techniques and fast-
                                                            response pollutant instrumentation to measure
                                                            directly the dry deposition of pollutants over
                                                            various types of terrain.  Tested originally over
                                                            soybean and corn fields (Fig. 8), the experiment
                                                            this  summer will move to a forested area near
                                                            Research Triangle Park, N. C. and then to areas
                                                            with  other vegetation and terrain characteristics
Figure 8.
                                                                      Meteorological  instrumentation for
                                                                      planetary boundary  layer  study.
 Task 8:   Identification of the mechanisms and rates
          governing the removal of AER pollutants
          by precipitation scavenging  (washout) and
          by in-cloud processes (rainout) and deter-
          mination of the effects of AER pollutants
          on trace material balances and precipita-
          tion chemistry, specifically including
          the acid-base relationships.
     Determination of the chemical characteristics
of present precipitation in the Northeast is being
investigated  by  establishment of a regional pre-
cipitation chemistry sampling network.  Stations
have been established near Whiteface Mountain
(N. Y.), Cornell,  Penn State, and the University of
Virginia.  Results from about four months of sampl-
ing are now available.   Sites for four to eight
additional samplers are being considered and should
be operational by  mid-summer (Fig. 9).  Results
from HASL (bucket)  and PNL (funnel) samplers are
being compared,  especially for concentrations of
trace metals.  If  comparisons are favorable (as
expected), the HASL samplers (which may not be
accurate for  volatile compounds) may be switched to
a weekly basis rather than a storm event basis in
order to allow calibration with the proposed USDA
regional network.   Rain collected by a finer scale
374

-------
 network being established around  Chicago and lower
 Lake Michigan by the Illinois  State  Water Survey
 (for NSF,  Illinois and the City of Chicago)  will be
 analyzed for chemical properties  beginning in early
 1978 in order to identify metropolitan effects on
 precipitation.
                                   3.96-5.0
                                   3.96-4.3
                                   3.80-4.71
                                   4.05-4.52
 D Existing sites
 0 Areas under consideration for future sites
 3.96-5 Range of pH at station from Oct 1976 through
 February 1977

 Figure 9.  MAP3S precipitation chemistry
           network.
     The second aspect of the program involves  study
 of the precipitation mechanism by measuring various
 quantities in and around storm systems.  An explora-
 tory field program this March investigated station-
 ary lake effects storms downwind of Lake Michigan.
 Data were collected by aircraft during two storm
 days and at the surface during seven storm days.
 Additional clear air flights and snow core collec-
 tion also took place.   This coming winter an
 expanded experiment using PNL' s DC-3 and an NCAR
 aircraft is being planned to look at the scavenging
 of pollutants in snow storms.

 Task 9:   Determination of the effects of AER pollu-
         tants upon weather and climate, including
         effects on visibility, radiation transport,
         and the amount and extent of precipitation.

     We  are hopeful NSF programs will carry most  of
 the research load in this area.  The MAP3S effort
 is now limited to the establishment of a regional
 pyranometer network and the completion of analysis
 of METROMEX results.   Presently nine of eleven
 pyranometer stations are operational, the final two
 expected to be on-line in early summer.  By measure-
 ment of  the direct and diffuse  components of radia-
 tion,  we anticipate being able  to provide some of
 the fundamental information needed to determine if
 pollutants  are significantly affecting the energy
 balances of the surface and lower atmosphere.

Igjk 10:  Development,  verification, and demonstra-
          tion of methods (numerical models)  which
         will make possible accurate assessment  of
          the atmospheric transport and transforma-
         tion of AER pollutants and of various
         strategies  for generation of energy while
         minimizing atmospheric pollution.

    MAP3S  is supporting development of both trajec-
tory and  grid models  in order that the advantages of
 each technique can be  fully  pursued.   Trajectory
 model research includes  that  at  NOAA-ARL on provid-
 ing vertical resolution  in such  models;  at PNL (Fig
 10) in evaluating the  sensitivity  of  model results
 to data input (e.g., height  of wind use, episodic
 versus average precipitation, etc.) and  parameteri-
 zation techniques; and at ANL on use  of  statisti-
 cally averaged trajectories  for  use in calculating
 time averaged pollutant  concentrations.   ANL is
 also developing a grid model, focusing their atten-
 tion on representation of changes  in  the depth of
 the mixed layer.   At BNL, in  addition to a trajec-
 tory model,  a particle-in-cell model  is  being used
 to simulate regional sulfate  levels based on the
 emission inventory described  earlier  (Fig.  11).
 The wind field and mixing parameters  for the model
 are coming from a variational analysis model which
 accounts for the complex terrain in the  northeast.
 A centralized data base  for the  MAP3S  program is
 being established at BNL to support the  modeling
 efforts and to provide data to other  interested
 groups.
         Q 102 - 102-5 ng/m2
         H 1Q2.5  1Q.2 Mg/m2
         m 10.3 . 103.5 ^2
         H Id3-5  104 MO/m2

Figure 10.  Sulfate  deposition by dry
            and wet  deposition.
                                                                                                            375

-------
                               OCT. 1974
                               SO,
                              OCT 1974
                               C2 4 = 0.02/hr
     Pollution from power  production is  an  impor-
tant research topic, especially in view  of  the
planned increased reliance on  coal.   Through
research sponsored by ERDA and other organizations
we anticipate that the necessary knowledge  will be
provided to those agencies charged with  meeting the
nation's energy needs to allow assessment of alter-
native strategies for generating power while ensur-
ing ample protection of human  health and adequate
preservation of the natural environment.
                                                          ACKNOWLEDGMENT

                                                               This work was performed under the auspices of
                                                          the U.  S. Energy Research and Development Adminis-
                                                          tration under Contract No. W-7405-Eng-48.
Figure 11.  BNL trajectory model simula-
            tion of sulfate concentra-
            tions.
CONCLUSIONS
     While the range of activities sponsored by the
MAP3S research program is quite broad, the problem
of sulfur oxides in the atmosphere is very complex.
The research needed to provide the knowledge and
understanding necessary to develop effective regu-
lations will require the efforts of more than just
ERDA, just EPA, or just EPRI.  By coordinating our
research activities and those of other organiza-
tions, particularly with regard to the very expen-
sive monitoring, characterization and field pro-
grams, we are hopeful that a comprehensive scien-
tific effort can be pursued that will allow each
organization to have sufficient information to
undertake assessment and interpretive studies.

     Discussions between ERDA, EPA and EPRI have
already borne fruit; joint planning and joint fund-
ing are taking place on some projects; EPA and
ERDA are commenting on each other's plans; and an
international symposium this fall is being co-spon-
sored by EPRI, EPA and ERDA.  Contacts with the
Atmospheric Environment Service of Canada indicate
that the border need not hinder scientific cooper-
ation.  To assist'in keeping others up-to-date on
MAP3S activities, a quarterly newsletter is being
sent to over 300 interested organizations and
individuals.
376

-------
measurement
and monitoring
ri1..1
                 CHAPTER 8
I

-------
   CHAPTER CONTENTS
                   measurement and monitoring
SUMMARY
   George B. Morgan, EPA                            383
QUESTIONS & ANSWERS                             395




TECHNICAL DISCUSSION                             397
AIR AND WATER QUALITY DATA INTEGRATION IN
THE WESTERN ENERGY RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT AREA
   David N. McNeils, EPA
WATER MONITORING IN ENERGY DEVELOPING AREAS
   Frederick A. Kilpatrick, DOI                          403
WESTERN COAL AND OIL SHALE  GROUNDWATER QUALITY MONITORING
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
   Leslie G. McMillion, EPA
WESTERN ENERGY-RELATED OVERHEAD MONITORING PROJECT
   Edward Lee Tilton, III, NASA
   Robert W. Landers, Jr., EPA
REMOTE SENSING OF
SULFUR DIOXIDE EFFECTS ON VEGETATION
   C. Daniel Sapp, TVA
   Herbert C. Jones, TVA
POLLUTANT MEASUREMENT METHODS DEVELOPMENT
SUPPORTED BY ENERGY FUNDS
   Andrew E. O'Keeffe, EPA
MEASUREMENT STANDARDS FOR AIR POLLUTION MONITORING AND
CONTROL ASSOCIATED WITH ENERGY PRODUCTION
   William H. Kirchhoff, DOC

-------
ENERGY-RELATED RESEARCH IN AIR MONITORING METHOD
    Paul A.  Baron, HEW
    Laurence J. Doemeny, HEW                                      427
CHARACTERIZATION, MEASUREMENT, AND
MONITORING PROGRAM
    Robert W. Wood,  ERDA                                         431
DEVELOPMENT AND EVALUATION OF
IMPROVED RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT CAPABILITIES
    Larry G.  Kanipe, TVA
    Phillip H. Jenkins, TVA
    Dale W. Nix, TVA
    Richard L. Doty, TVA                                          439
CHEMICAL CONSTITUENTS FOUND IN WASTES FROM
COAL CONVERSION AND OIL SHALE PROCESSING
    Ann L. Alford,  EPA
    William T. Donaldson, EPA                                       443
MEASUREMENT STANDARDS FOR WATER MONITORING
ASSOCIATED WITH ENERGY PRODUCTION AND USE
    William H. Kirchhoff, DOC                                      449
DEVELOPMENT OF WATER-RELATED TECHNIQUES AND
INSTRUMENTATION:  U.S.  GEOLOGICAL SURVEY
    Phillip  E. Greeson, DOI                                          453
STANDARDIZATION AND INTERCALIBRATION TECHNIQUES FOR
MARINE MONITORING
    Michael A. Basileo, DOC                                         457
EPA/NASA ENERGY RELATED REMOTE AND IN SITU
SENSING  INSTRUMENT DEVELOPMENT
    John  P  Mugler, Jr., NASA                                       459
LIDAR TECHNIQUES FOR ANALYZING AND TRACING
PARTICULATE POLLUTANTS FROM ENERGY PRODUCTION
    Vernon E. Derr,  DOC                                           467

-------
DOPPLER LIDAR  FOR MEASUREMENT OF
POLLUTANT TRANSPORT
    Ronald  L. Schwiesow, DOC
    Madison J. Post, DOC                                            469
AIRBORNE ACTIVE REMOTE SENSING OF POLLUTANTS
    John A. Eckert, EPA
    Michael  P  F  Bristow, EPA                                       473

-------
                                             MEASUREMENT  AND
                                                                      MONITORING
                                                                                                  George B. Morgan
                                                                                                          Director
                                                                     Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory
                                                                                U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency
INTRODUCTION
MONITORING
     energy
     environment II
    Adequate  control  must  be  imposed  upon energy  resource development  so  that
environmental  pollutants  can  be  kept  to  an  acceptable  level.  The objective of
environmental  pollution control  is to prevent the  adverse effects  of  pollutants.  To
achieve this  objective,  we need several types of information. First,  we must establish
the  relationship between  exposure of the critical receptor to and effects from  the
pollutants. Second,  we  must know the relationship of the total  exposure to which  the
receptors  are  subjected  and  the  sources. And  finally, once  controls are implemented,
we must  evaluate their  effectiveness in maintaining the exposure levels at an acceptable
concentration.

    To  determine  the  types of  information necessary,  monitoring  and measurement
systems   and   techniques  are  essential.  The  information  presented   in  this paper
summarizes  18  papers  from  9 different  Federal  agencies.  It  is  truly a  multimedia,
interdisciplinary approach  toward  evaluating the total  effects  of  energy development
upon our environment.  Through such an interagency effort, it is possible to develop a
compatible data base to determine the source, transport,  and  fate of environmental
pollutants. Only from such a compatible data  base can logical decisions be  made as to
types and strategies for energy  resource development.

    The  Western Air Quality  Monitoring and  Western  Water Quality Data  Integration
Projects conducted by EPA are designed to  provide integrated and  validated  monitoring
data  (baseline  and trend)  and  assessment reports for the  western  areas of  the  United
States which  are,  or will  be, the most seriously impacted  by present or projected
energy-related development activities.  In the air monitoring area, emphasis is placed on
fine participates, NOX,  SOX,  reactive hydrocarbons, toxic  substances,  and visibility. The
geographical  coverage  of  studies  to  be conducted under  this project includes  the
Northern  Great Plains,  the Four  Corners  area, oil  shale  areas of  Colorado and Utah,
the  Black Mesa area of  Arizona,  and areas of New Mexico. It is quite obvious  that
continued  and accelerated development of the various  energy  resources in the West
potentially impact the environmental quality of these regions.

    The  air  quality  monitoring network  in the Western Energy  Resource Development
Area  (WERDA) now consists  of 474  stations.  Depending on the analysis desired, these
stations  are  categorized according  to the  surveillance classifications of the sampling
site—that  is,  population, source,  or background. Less  than  half of these  stations are
located in rural areas and related to background monitoring sites.

    Under  the Interagency  Energy  Program,  significant  progress  has  been made to
identify  and  expand the air quality monitoring networks. For  example, 77 sites  have
been  added  throughout the  8-state  region  for sulfate and  nitrate analyses. The  Ute
Research  Laboratory network  is  also being  used to collect  samples for trace  element
analysis—that is, iron, cadmium, chromium, copper, lead, cobalt,  manganese,  nickel,  and
molybdenum.

    Visibility  deterioration,  probably the first observable impact  on air quality from
energy  development  and  related  activities,  is  not  presently  being  quantitatively
measured. We are proposing  a  network of visibility monitoring  stations. Tentative sites
for these  stations have been selected.

    A  major advancement,  following the air  quality monitoring  data  to  be used for
the  legional  scale assessments,  has  been  made through  the  initiation of a  quality
assurance   program.  Seventeen  participating  laboratories,  including   Federal, State,
private,  and  contractor,  are   involved  in  a  uniformly  applied,  audited,  cross-check
program  that permits all data to be entered into the  Soroad  data base.
                                                                                                              383

-------
 EPA  WATER QUALITY
 PROGRAM
     The accelerated  energy  development in  WERDA is in  direct competition  with
other  users for the limited available water resources. Extraction of raw  materials, fuel
refinement, transport, utilization, and the accompanying demographic changes will place
additional  demands on  available water.  Loss of  water through  evaporation,  absorption
into process  waste streams, and  exportation to other regions is  only  one area where
water  resources may be affected by increased development activities.

     In  response to the need for baseline data  by which to assess  the impact of energy
development  activities, the  U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency has initiated a water
quality data  integration program. Participating  with  the EPA are  elements of the U.S.
Geological Survey. Several other Federal, State,  and local  agencies are also cooperating
in the study.

     The specific  objective of the program is to establish a base of biological, chemical,
and  physical  information  which  will serve (1)  as a  baseline  upon  which alterations to
water  quality can be  assessed, (2) as  a  basis  for  relating pollutants and/or effects to
specific  activities,  and  (3) to provide  input  to  the energy and  environmental planning
process.

     Information  on energy resource development  and data regarding existing facilities,
together with existing and anticipated pollutant speciation,  locations,  and  concentra-
tions data,  were used to  identify a  network of water quality  monitoring stations in the
WERDA. Over  200 currently  active, data-rich  (25  or more parameters monitored fora
period  of at  least 2  years)  surface-water  monitoring stations were selected for this
network. Other  stations  and  those of  special  studies are  incorporated  as necessary to
fill specific data gaps. Data gathered are  coded  into STORET, EPA's water quality data
base,  and are  retrieved  for statistical  analyses, listings,  and summarizations.  Also, a
quality  assurance  program  has  recently  been  initiated  which  includes  site visits to
participating laboratories and performance audits  using periodic check samples.
USGS  WATER  QUALITY
PROJECTS
     There is a problem with the  relatively large amount of data to  be  reviewed and
assessed. This  problem  is  compounded by  the ephemeral  nature  of  the Western water
resources.  Many  streams to  the major  waterways are seasonally  intermittent; flow  in
others is intermittently  surface and subsurface.

     The  Water  Resources Division of the U.S.  Geological Survey operates  a  network
of 6,200  water quality  monitoring stations nationwide. Of these,  590 are  in  the Rocky
Mountains and Northern Great Plains States of Colorado, Montana, North Dakota, New
Mexico,  Utah, and Wyoming, of which  73 are funded partially from  EPA  funds. EPA
funds  provide  for collection  and analysis  of  a broader set of water quality  parameters
than  that  normally  obtained by  the  USGS.  These  data  are  used to establish baseline
water  quality,  sediment,   and  flow  conditions  against  which future assessments  of
impact  can be made. The  report  submitted by USGS includes  reports obtained from 3
of the 22  projects  involved in the interagency program.
384

-------
DETERMINATION OF
WATER QUALITY
     One of the projects is to determine the quality of water in the Chaco  River Basin
of New  Mexico.  In this area is  located the Four  Corners Power Plant and its associated
Navajo   Coal  Mines,   as  well   as  the  San  Juan  Power  Plant.  Both are  considering
expansion. The  Western Gasification Company's  proposed  gasification plant and the El
Paso  Company's proposed gasification  plants will also operate  in this area. The  major
water users will  derive their water supplies from the  San  Juan River system.  As much
as 500,000 acre feet  of the annual  average  total of 1.6 million acre feet, as  measured
on  the  San Juan River at Shiprock,  may be diverted  for  these projects.  Available data
on  the  quantity and  quality of the water resource in  the Chaco  River  Basin are very
sparse. The impact of energy development, particularly on water quality in the Chaco
Basin and ultimately  downstream  in the San Juan River  and  Colorado  River, must be
assessed.  Data collected to  date represent baseline and present water quality conditions
of both  surface  and  ground water resources. This will help to determine the effects of
proposed energy development  in the area.  Both sources of water are extremely hard,
with the  hardness derived from  calcium sulfate.
MINING IMPACTS ON
GROUND WATER QUALITY
     Another  USGS  project  is  studying   the  effects  of  acid  mine  drainage  in
southeastern  Ohio.  The first phase of this study  was a reconnaissance of water quality
at  162 sites  to document  the  severity  of the acid mine drainage  problem  and  to
pinpoint affected  streams.  The  second  phase involves  a  more  comprehensive water
quality  sampling program.  Phase  II  objectives  include  determination of  source  and
chemical  quality  of water  in  each tributary,  evaluation of  influence  of tributary
conditions  on  mainstream  water  quality,  and determination  of  material   loading  of
streams and tributaries. Data  to  date indicate a noticeable  contrast in the  data for  an
area of  abandoned  mines  and  an  area  where reclamation had been practiced.  The
absence  of acid drainage  from  reclaimed  and  working strip  -mines  emphasizes  the
importance of rapid  reclamation  in the prevention of acid drainage.

     A  third  USGS  project is to determine  water quality  in  the oil shale areas  of
western  Colorado.  The  latest  developments in oil shale industry indicate increased
interest in the  modified  in  situ  approach.  The objective of  the basic data collection
program  is to  obtain  water quality  data needed to  define predevelopment conditions
and  to  monitor the effects  of construction  and  operation  of  oil  shale mines,  retorts,
and  spent shale  disposal areas.  Data have been collected and summarized from 22 wells
penetrating the 3 geological units likely to be  involved in  any  in situ development.

     An  important  concern  of   the EPA  is impact of  western coal and oil  shale
developments on ground  water quality and  the  manner  in  which these impacts should
be  monitored.  An  EPA   project  to  provide  these  answers  is  currently underway.  The
areas for study were selected where extensive development was being projected—that  is,
Campbell  County,  Wyoming, and the oil  shale tracts UA and  UB in northeastern Utah.

     Ground  water  availability and  usage  can  usually  be determined without much
                                                                                                                         385

-------
POLLUTANT SOURCE
PRIORITIZATION REPORT
NASA AND EPA 5-YEAR
PROGRAM
SO2 EFFECTS ON
VEGETATION
difficulty.  Impacts  on  ground  water quality from mining,  however, are much more
difficult   to   assess.  A  typical  misconception   is  that  the  baseline  or  background
monitoring systems  can also  be used to assess the impact of  man's various activities on
ground  water  quality.  This  is not  true  in  most cases of subsurface pollution. Many
years and even decades may pass before change in  ground  water quality is  observed
Once degradation of  the subsurface regime  has taken  place,  it  is extremely difficult
and  costly to  remedy. The EPA approach  to this problem  is to systematically monitor
potential  sources  of pollutants  before  they enter the subsurface or the less  accessible
water itself.  EPA has developed  a  predictive  methodology for monitoring ground water
quality. Over the next year,  we  plan to collect, organize, and interpret  the background
data for each potential pollution  source.

     At the  end  of  the first  year,  a  pollutant  source  prioritization  report will be
completed for each  project  area to identify the  pollution  sources needing  the most
detailed   monitoring.  Also  at  the  end  of  the  first  year,  another  report  will  be
completed,  detailing  oil  shale   mining   approaches—Keregen   recovery  processes and
hydrogeneration  processes.   Following   this  report  by  3  to  6  months  will  be  a
monitoring program designed for the coal mining aspects. A similar monitoring program
design for the oil  shale mining and  processing operations  is expected  in  18 to 24
months.  We  expect  to  have  operational monitoring  networks  established for  both oil
and  coal  within 24 to 30 months.

     An  additional  research  need concerning  the oil  shale  aspect of the project has
been  identified.  The  oil companies operating  in tract CA,  which  is near tract CB in
Colorado,  have announced  plans  for oil  shale development.  Also, oil companies in tract
CB have  announced  that they have developed  an in situ process  for the processing of
oil shale.  Monitoring  for potential ground  water quality impact associated with in situ
oil  shale  development  will   be  difficult.  A  proposal for expanding  the  monitoring
method has been prepared and is awaiting approval and funding by EPA.

     In  the  summer  of  1975, NASA and EPA  entered  into  a  5-year program entitled
"Western  Energy Related Overhead  Monitoring  Project" for the purpose of transferring
hardware  and  software  techniques  for  processing  remotely  sensed  digital  data. The
project  has   been  divided into three phases.  Phase  I  was  an  18-month period during
which NASA  capabilities were  applied  to  processing  digital  data acquired  by both
Landsat  and  aircraft  over  coal  strip  mines  in  the Western  United  States.  Following
evaluation of  the hardware and  software for this capability, a data processing system
was  developed, assembled,  and  transferred  to  EPA/EMSL-LV in  January  1977. The
system has been installed and key  EPA  personnel  were trairred in the  use of  the data
processing system during November and  December 1976.

     Recommended   analysis  procedures  and   multispectral  data  applications were
documented  in the  NASA/ERL  Report  entitled  "Western  Energy-Related  Overhead
Monitoring Project  Phase I:   Summary of  Activities  July 1, 1975, through  December
31,  1976."   The  report  is  presently   being   reviewed  by  EPA  to  determine the
application  and  effectiveness of the  suggested procedures.  During  Phase  II  of the
project, recommended  procedures will  be applied, verified,  and evaluated using current
data sets  as  well as  future data  sets made available through  an intensive field  program
now  underway.  Research   and  development  activities  continue,  in  parallel  with
evaluation of  new procedures for  solving complexities associated  with  data  processing
of  strip   mining activities.  These procedures,  which  are  now  being  tested  by pilot
studies,  will   result   in  state-of-the-art  procedures  converging  into   a  final  set of
recommendations and future  requirements.

     A  project underway in   the Air Quality Branch  of the  TVA  is  entitled  "Remote
Sensing of Sulfur  Dioxide  Effects  on Vegetation."  The objective  of  this project is to
test,  refine,  and develop remote  sensing instrumentation and  techniques for  surveillance
of  S02   effects  on  vegetation   in  the  vicinity  of  power  plants. The work involves
gathering  and  analyzing spectral  reflectance data using imaging and nonimaging sensors
and   an   array  of   instrument  platforms,  including   cherry  pickers,  helicopters, and
airplanes.  Progress  to  date  has  been  primarily  in  establishing procedures based upon
past  experimentation  and  determining plant damage  following S02 exposure. During
1977, selected crops and trees will be subjected to fumigation of S02 under controlled
conditions.   These  plants  will  be  examined  by  photographic  recording  and  image
analysis,   spectroradiometry,  and  image  acquisition from  airborne sensors  and  cherry
pickers, with subsequent image analysis. The  laboratory  fumigation and photography of
the  affected  plants  are  presently in process. The field spectroradiometer operations and
overflights will  occur in mid-summer  1977 when crops and  trees  are most  susceptible
to the effects of S02. Work  during the post-1977 period will concentrate upon remote
sensing, using  satellite  data. Currently available satellite imagery does not show promise
336

-------
 INSTRUMENTATION
 AIR MEASUREMENT METHODS
 R&D
 STANDARD
 REFERENCE MATERIALS-
 AIR  POLLUTION
PARTICULATE  PROJECTS
for detecting subtle S02  effects on  vegetation  because of  the limitation  in  image
resolution.  It is too  soon  to  draw  conclusions  on the value  of  ongoing laboratory
fumigation,   chamber   photographic  experiments,  color  image  enhancements,   and
spectroradiometric measurements.  By late  1977,  these experiments should be completed
and several  remote sensing overflights  should  have  been  conducted.

     EPA is conducting  a  project to  develop  pollutant  measurement  methods. The
primary  concern of  this project is those pollutants associated  with the  burning of coal,
including sulfur  oxides, or more  specifically  sulfur dioxide, sulfation, and free sulfuric
acid.  The organic products  of  coal combustion that may be  described as carcinogens
or,  more broadly, materials  of  high physiologic  impact are included. Existing methods
for measurement  of sulfates  in  airborne particulates  have  long been  known to  be
subject to interference.

     Sulfuric  acid   is   known  to  be  extremely   reactive.  Therefore,  its   successful
measurement must  be accomplished in something  approaching real time. Collection on
a highly  inert  filter, followed  by rapid  analysis,  has been selected  as  the  potentially
feasible   approach.  Separation,  identification, and eventual  quantification  of desired
individual  compounds  from the incredibly  complex  mixture   of  organic  materials
generated by the combustion of  coal  is being attempted  by  combining  in a synergistic
fashion the  separative resolution of gas chromotography, the analytic capability of mass
spectrometry, and the recognitive skills of the computer. This appears the only feasible
technique in today's state-of-the-art measurement.

     One aspect  of  the  ongoing  research  is  leading  toward  development  of  a
hypersensitive S02  instrument with a sensitivity of  approximately 0.1  ppb.  This flame
photometric  analyzer,  capable of operating  aboard a small  aircraft, is  expected to be
available  by  January  1978. A method developed for microdetermination of sulfate and
of strong acid has been modified  and  further improved.

     A technique  has  been  developed for collecting small particles on  a  fluorocarbon
membrane filter, followed  by analysis  by X-ray fluorescence spectrometry.  This method
has the  advantage that it maintains separation  of sulfuric acid from other  particulate
matter, therefore permitting selective analysis.

     Tenax  GC,  a thermostable porous polymer, has been demonstrated  to  be capable
of retaining  the vapors  of nonpolar substances  very efficiently  and  of releasing  them
upon  heating. This has become the favored  method of sampling  for organic vapors in
the atmosphere.  Samples  collected  by this  method  are thermally transferred  to  a  gas
chromatography  column and the column  effluent is passed into a mass  spectrometer
for resolution.

     The  National  Bureau  of Standards  (NBS) project entitled  "Standard  Reference
Materials, Instrumentation  and Methods for   Energy  Related  Air  Pollution Monitoring"
is  directed toward providing  standard  reference  materials  concerning  gaseous pollutants
and  airborne particulates  arising from   fossil  fuel  combustion and  from  chemical
extraction  of fuels  and  raw  materials.   In   addition, a  project  has  been  initiated  to
develop  a  method  of distinguishing  specific sulfur  compounds  in particulates derived
from gaseous sulfur compounds.

     Four standard  reference materials for source  monitoring  have been issued. These
consist  of  gas  blends of  S02  in nitrogen  concentrations ranging from 500 ppm  to
2,500 ppm.  Other  standard reference  materials  currently under  development  are N02
in air at concentrations  ranging from  250 ppm to 2,500 ppm, oxygen  in nitrogen, and
hydrogen sulfide in  a hydrocarbon  gas  blend. Other  standards being developed  for
ambient  air monitoring are carbon monoxide in  air and gas  blends of S02 and N02 in
nitrogen. These  standards  are being investigated  as alternatives to the  NBS permeation
tubes.

     Because  of the  chronic  effect  of  particulates  on  health,  several  particulate
methodology projects  are  underway.  Prototype  standard  reference materials for  X-ray
florescence  analysis  of particulates have been developed. These standards are developed
by  thermally  evaporating thin  metallic  films  onto  polycarbonate  filters  and   by
sputtering  glasses  containing  known  quantities  of trace  elements with  an argon  ion
beam onto  polycarbonate  filters. Another approach is  to use fully characterized  glass
microbeads  to simulate  real particles.

     Two instruments  have been  developed  for  particulate monitoring.  The  first  is for
measuring the size distribution  of particles  of known  density. This instrument will  be
used to  characterize  aerosol  generators.  The second is  for  measurement of  sulfur in
                                                                                                                          387

-------
NIOSH ENERGY RELATED
RESEARCH
particulate matter.  The principle of  operation  is  the combination  of an electrostatic
precipitator with a flame  photometric detector.  Another method is  being developed to
distinguish  the  sulfur  compounds  in  particulates  by  thermally  evaporating the
compounds.  This procedure  takes advantage  of  the fact  that different  compounds
vaporize  at  different  temperatures.  Work is  underway to  provide  standard  reference
materials  for  elemental  analysis of fuels  and  raw  materials, for example, Western and
Eastern coal.

     The  Measurement  Systems  Section of  the  National  Institute  of  Occupational
Safety and  Health  (NIOSH) is  presently conducting  a project  entitled "Energy Related
Research  Program in  the  Measurements  Research Branch." There  are six areas  in this
energy project.

     1.  A  portable,   battery-operated,  fibrous  aerosol  monitor has been successfully
developed. This instrument counts individual  fibers of asbestos  or  fibrous glass in real
time  and  gives the concentration of fibers per cubic centimeter  in less than 3 minutes.
The  instrument is presently undergoing laboratory and  field testing.

                                               2.   A  miniature  gas  chromatograph  has  been  greatly  improved.  Column  gas
                                          handling valves and  detector are etched onto the surface  of a silicon wafer. The size of
                                          the  entire  gas  chromatograph assembly  makes it compatible  with  the data-handling
                                          integrated  circuitry  so  that the  entire gas chromatographic instrument can be packaged
                                          in a volume not much larger  than  a  pocket calculator. Some of the improvements that
                                          have  been  made  on this  system  include  (a)  chemical bonding of the  polyethylene
                                          glycol  and  Apiezon  L  lining  material  to  the capillary  column surface, (b) development
                                          of  a  thermistor  detector  compatible with  the  column  size  and volume,  and  (c)
                                          development of miniature  solenoid valves  with nickel parylene  membranes for carrier
                                          gas  and sample  gas handling.  Sensitivity  of  previous  versions of  this  GC  at room
                                          temperature with  a  1-microliter-per-second  carrier  gas-flow rate and a  sample volume
                                          of  about 25 nanoliters has been about  50 parts  per  million with  good separation of
                                          peaks.

                                               3.   Work  has  begun  on  developing  a portable microwave spectrometric  analyzer.
                                          No significant progress  has  been made yet.
388

-------
IMPROVEMENT OF
RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT
WATER MEASUREMENT METHODS
R&D
     4.  Design  criteria for  an automated,  personal-sample  fiber  counter  have been
 received and evaluated. This instrument will be  based on light-scattering  principles and
 is intended to  complement  the  fibrous  aerosol  monitor mentioned above. It will  be
 capable  of  counting fibers  of asbestos  and fibrous glass that have  been collected  on
 filters.  This  obviates  the  need for  the  tedious  human  counting  presently  required  by
 the regulations.

     5.  Commercially  available personal-sampling  devices for  cold  environments have
 been  evaluated  for  their performance  at  temperatures  down  to -50°C.  Various aspects
 of  low  temperature   use   have   been  considered,  such  as  battery  type,  lubricant
 properties,  and  physical  damage.  The  results  thus  far  indicate  that  the  primary
 limitation in all the pumps is the  battery.

     6.  Work  is  currently  underway to  develop  a  specific  personal-sampling  and
 analytical method for  hydrogen sulfide, H2S, using  a solid sorbent.

     A study  being conducted by  TVA,  entitled  "Development  and  Evaluation   of
 Improved  Radiological  Assessment  Capabilities,"  is  designed to  improve  radiological
 surveillance  procedures regarding  both  sampling and  radiochemical analyses of  samples.
 This project  is to develop  guideline  information  for  the nuclear power industry and  to
 evaluate and  refine  the models used  to  predict  the radiological  impact of  releases  to
 the atmosphere  from  nuclear  power plants. The  primary objective  of the project is  to
 develop  an optimum radiological monitoring program. Studies leading to the  attainment
 of this objective  have  been divided into three  major subareas:

     1.  Development   of  a  model  intraorganization  quality  assurance  program  for
 radiological  surveillance which  will  include all  TVA environmental  and  nuclear plant
 laboratories

     2.  Improvement  of radiological  monitoring techniques  with emphasis  on gamma
 spectroscopy methodologies,  which are among  the  most frequently employed analytical
 tools

     3.  Evaluation  of  presently  used  environmental radiological  surveillance programs.
 The end  product  will  be  a  surveillance program  capable of  meeting required analytical
 sensitivities  and  providing adequate  assessment information in  a  cost-effective  manner.

     A quality  assurance  program is  being  developed  to assist  in  demonstrating  the
 accuracy  and reliability  of  output  empirical  data and  to  serve  as a  model  for  the
 nuclear  industry.  It is envisioned that a manual  entitled "Handbook  for  Analytical
 Quality  Control  in  Radiological  Laboratories  for TVA  Laboratories" will be prepared
 during this fiscal year  and distributed nationwide.

     Another  report forthcoming  from  this  project will result  from  the  studies   of
 gamma  spectroscopy  methodologies.  Interested  organizations  will  have  documented
 information regarding  the  resolution  of complex  gamma spectra and the  assignment  of
 lower  levels of detection.

     To  supplement the ongoing  work, additional  studies  should  be performed in two
 areas.

     1.  Environmental radiological surveillance  programs. Field testing  of surveillance
 programs proposed  in  the  ongoing  study  and  evaluation of  exposure  pathways  not
 considered in  detail  in the  present  study  should  be conducted  to  ensure proper
 measurement of environmental impact.

     2.  Analytical  model  refinement.  Additional work  will  be necessary  regarding the
 collection of specific radionuclides data around large  nuclear  facilities.

     The  EPA  supervises a  contract to determine  the  composition  of  effluents from
 coal and oil shale gasification projects.  More specifically, the objective of this project  is
 to  identify  and  measure chemical constituents in  liquid and solid  waste  from several
 energy-related industries. Coal  conversion and oil  shale processes  are  the  first being
studied.  To  avoid  or  minimize  unnecessary  duplication, all  pertinent   scientific  and
governmental literature in  this area has been reviewed.  The investigators have identified
 information   gaps,   sampled  effluents   at appropriate  energy  projects  presently   in
operation, and  performed  chemical analyses for  chemical elements  and volatile organic
compounds. This report covers  the six  types of energy  activities and produces tables  of
all elements and  all  organic  compounds identified in  the reports reviewed;  for example,
 41  chemical  elements  and  61  organic compounds were found in  effluents from coal
                                                                                                                          389

-------
 BIOMEDICAL AND
 ENVIRONMENTAL R&D
SPECIFIC  PROJECTS
conversion and  oil shale processing. This  report  also covers the  methods for elemental
and organic analyses.

     Forty-five  samples have  been analyzed  from  in situ  coal gasification  at  Hannah
and  Gillette,  Wyoming; from a  low  Btu coal gasification plant at Morgantown,  West
Virginia; and  from an  in  situ oil  shale  gasification  project at  DeBeque, Colorado, and
Laramie, Wyoming.  Examples of reported  data  illustrate the complexity of some of the
samples. More than 74 elements and  200 organic  compounds  were reported for  some
samples. These  analyses provide specific information that  was not previously  available
for these energy processes.

     Another  EPA contract recently  awarded  will  provide  analogous information about
effluents from several  energy activities,  including coal  gasification and liquefication, oil
shale  processing, coal mining,  copper,  and coal-fired  power  plant operations.

     The  objective  of   ERDA's Division  of  Biomedical and   Environmental  Research
program is  to  provide  information on  potentially troublesome effluents or emissions,
information that  would  be useful in  guiding  control technology considerations and is
needed  to  develop a  comprehensive  assessment  of  environmental  and  health  effects.
The specific projects within this program are  as follows.

     1.  Argonne   National   Laboratory  is  developing  methods  for  chemical   char-
acterization  and analysis  of airborne  particulate material  as a  function of  paniculate
size and time. This technique is based  on infrared spectroscopic analysis of  particulate
samples. Samples  are collected with a Lundgren impactor. The  extract  of these samples
is  then analyzed  using infrared spectroscopy.  During  August  and  September 1975 a
field study comparing  the  Lundgren impactors  and  the  EPA sampling was conducted in
the St. Louis  region.   As expected,  sulfates  were  found  in the fine  fraction. Overall
good  agreement between the two  methods was  found.

     2.  Brookhaven  National  Laboratory  is  conducting  a project to  determine the
primary  emissions of  sulfate species from  various  types  of  fossil-fueled combustion
sources and  to relate  the  magnitude  of these  emissions to  variables  affecting the
combustion  and  emission  control processes.   This  study also includes  collection  and
analysis of sulfuric acid.


     3.  Lawrence  Berkeley Laboratory  is conducting a  project to develop  an elemental
sulfur   monitor.  The first  prototype  of this  sulfur  monitor  is in the  final stages of
construction and  should be  available  for  field  testing  by the  time of the Symposium.
Another  Lawrence  Berkeley  project   is  to develop  a beta  particle  attenuation  method
for large-scale measurement of total particulate mass  of samples collected on membrane
filter.

     4. A  Lawrence  Livermore   Laboratory   project  is  to  determine a  satisfactory
method   for  extending  the  sensitivity  of   the   microwave  ammonia  monitor  by
preconcentration.   The  objective   is   to  select  a  preconcentration   method  so  that
ammonia  can be  measured  quantitatively  down to  1  part  per billion  by a  field-usable
instrument.

     5.  Los  Alamos  Scientific  Laboratory  is  evaluating the  present  EPA  particulate-
sampling  method  (Method  5)   and   developing  improved  methods  for  extracting
particulate  samples  from  stacks.  Over the   last  18  months,  this  project  has  been
evaluating glass-fiber sampling filters  operated  at 120°C  and 10.3 cm/s air velocity. So
far, efficiency for such filters has exceeded 99.9 percent for  particle sizes above  1 Mm
and approximately 99.6 percent for smaller particles.

     6. Oak  Ridge National  Laboratory is developing  instrumentation  and methods for
characterizing aqueous  effluents  from oil  shale, oil  refining,   and  geothermal sources.
One  feature  of  this  research  is to  limit  the  application  of analytical  techniques
presently   available  for  routine   analysis.   These   researchers  are   not   only  using
instrumentation methods  but are  also developing  bioassay  techniques and incorporating
them  into the characterization scheme.

     7.  Lovelace  Biomedical  and Environmental  Research Institute  is improving the
methods available for  chemical  and physical  characterization  of aerosols from  processes
utilizing fossil fuels, particularly  coal.  Methods for identification and  quantification of
potential  toxic  organic emissions are  being   developed,  as  are in  vitro  methods to
predict the  solubility  of  particles in  the  lung  following inhalation.  Reliable aerosol
impactors have  been developed for laboratory  use.
390

-------
STANDARD
REFERENCE MATERIALS-
WATER POLLUTION
 MEASURING WATER &
 WATER-RELATED CONSTITUENTS
ENVIRONMENTAL DATA
MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTIES
     8.  An Ames Laboratory  project is  developing the  basic sciences,  the  investigative
methods,  and  the  hardware   so  that  the  demanding  analytical  requirements  for
characterization  and  quantification  of  heavy-weight  organic  pollutants  and  effluents
from  oil shale  and oil  refining operations can  be  met in  a viable, practicable manner.
In addition,  this  project  is  developing  methods  in   hardware so that  trace element
impurities  in  geothermal  effluents  in  brines   can   be  determined  quantitatively,
simultaneously, and with adequate sensitivity.

     The  National  Bureau  of  Standards  is  developing  measurement  methods  and
standard  reference materials  for monitoring  water  pollution  associated  with energy
production and use.  Three areas are covered in  its  program.

     First  is  the  energy-related  water-pollution  analysis instrumentation,  which  is
coordinated  with  the  EPA Environmental  Research   Laboratory  at Athens,  Georgia.
Projects  currently  underway  in this  area  deal  primarily with  the  measurement of
organic species and  of  toxic  elements.  This  involves  the coupling of electrochemical
detection  to  liquid chromatography.

     Second  is the development of  standard reference materials for  monitoring water
pollution  resulting  from  energy production  and  use.  During  the  first  year  of  this
program, workshops  were held  to determine  the standard  reference material needs for
analysis of  the various  effluents associated with  offshore petroleum,  oil  shale, coal
gasification,  power  plant   operation,  mine  drainage,   etc. Also,  a  method has  been
developed  which   may  be  used  to   generate   known  concentrations   of   organic
compounds. Such  concentrations of compounds are coated on glass beads packed in a
column for subsequent aqueous elution.

     The  third  area encompasses  quality  assurance  standards  for  measurement  of
radiological  pollutant.  This effort  is  aimed  at  providing a  series  of  standards for
measurement of radionuclides,  with  emphasis  on  alpha  emitters.  To  date,  SRMs for
P0210/ mixed gamma   solution, and  mancos  shale  (Ra226  anc!  Ra228)  have  been
delivered to EPA.

     A  U.S.  Geological  Survey  project  is  primarily in the area  of  development, testing,
and  application of  methods,  techniques,  and instruments for  measuring  water  and
water-related   constituents   and  characteristics.  The  four areas  of  this  project are
specifically: (1) development of methods for  characterizing and  monitoring  levels of
chronic toxicity,  (2)  development  of   instrumentation   for  high-volume  analysis  of
petrochemicals  and  associated  compounds,  (3)  development  of bedload samplers for
measuring  stream  sediments, and (4) development of  flumes, weirs, and  other devices
and  techniques  for  measuring  sediment-laden  stream   flows.  A major  contribution  of
this  study  has  been  the development of methods  permitting elucidation of the role of
physicochemical factors  on  bioavailability of sediment-bound trace  metals.

     To  meet  the requirement for  the  large  amount  of data,  this  project  is  also
developing criteria  by  which  laboratory  managers can  determine the  most  effective
methods  and  best  instruments  for   analyzing   large   volumes of   samples  from
petrochemicals  and associated compounds.

     This  project  is  developing one  or  more samplers for accurately  measuring the
discharge  of  bedload in natural streams.  This  will  be done  by testing and calibrating
existing samplers  to  define the operating characteristics  and  efficiencies  in  sampling
different sizes  of  sediment  under  various  hydraulic conditions.  On  the basis  of this
information,  sampler designs  will  be  modified  and  new bedload  samplers will  be
designed.

     Investigations are underway into alternative  techniques  of measuring stream flow
in open channels.  Presently, three methods of  measuring  discharge  or velocity are  being
considered, all  of  which require little or  no  contact  with the water: (1) fluorometric,
(2)  photometric or video, and  (3) microwave.

     The  Office  of  Marine  Technology  of the  National Oceanic  and  Atmospheric
Association  (NOAA)  has a  program for  developing appropriate mechanisms  to define
and  control  within  prescribed  limits  the measurement  uncertainties  associated  with
environmental  data.   These  data quality provisions,   when  applied  to  environmental
monitoring programs, result in  qualified  data, that  is, data  with  known  error bands and
a  defined  relation  to  accepted standards.  Development of  standards  is  presently
underway  in  the following  areas.

     1.  Development of a  laboratory dissolved-oxygen  standard  is  currently in  progress.
                                                                                                                        391

-------
SUBTASKS INCOMPLETE
This  standard  will  substitute for the  Winkler method  currently  used  as  a reference
method  for  calibration  of dissolved-oxygen measurements systems.  The standard will
operate  in a  test  bath  over a  range  of -2°C  to 35°C and  from 0 to 40 parts per
thousand in salinity.  The dissolved-oxygen range will  span 0 to 15  parts  per  million.

     2.  Development of  a  dynamic   test   apparatus  for laboratory testing of flow
sensors  is  nearing  completion.   This  apparatus  will   generate  controlled  dynamics
superimposed on steady flows to determine  measurement capabilities of  flow sensors in
a  nonsteady  flow environment. The apparatus is  being designed  and fabricated  by the
Naval  Ship  Research and  Development Center  (NSRDC). The  capability to simulate
field  conditions will provide  more  realistic  definition of  sensor characteristics and
limitations.

     3.  Transfer standards are utilized to  assess  the comparability  of results obtained
from    different   laboratories    performing   similar   calibrations.   A   conductivity/
temperature/depth  system  has been  selected  as  one  of the development  areas. This
system   is  undergoing  laboratory  evaluation  over  a  6-month  period   to  verify  its
measurement capability. Subsequently  the system  will be shipped to another laboratory
for calibration.  The  uncertainty goal  for this  calibration technique  is ±0.01  percent of
the reading.

     At  present  none of  the  subtasks  have  reached completion; thus statements of
success or failure are somewhat premature.  For those areas discussed, however, progress
to date  has been favorable and indications are  that the  objectives will be met.
ELECTRO-OPTICAL
TECHNIQUE
     A joint EPA/NASA project is  being carried  out to  develop  and apply an advanced
electro-optical technique  to  the  measurement and  characterization of power  plants and
other effluent sources. There are five  tasks in this project.

     1.  The first  task  is  to evaluate Raman  lidar for  remote  measurement  of the
concentration of SO2  at power  plant stack exits.  Raman optical  lidar systems have
been  developed  at  NASA and successfully applied in the measurement  of water vapor
and density profiles in  the earth's atmosphere. More  recently, the  Raman technique has
been  used  with  some success to  detect S02  in power plant stack plumes.

     An existing system at  NASA Langley  has been modified and  improved and is now
being calibrated. Preliminary  results  show  that  at a range  of  500  meters  and night
background light levels,  the Raman  lidar  system  can  measure  S02 concentrations  of
1,000 parts per  million within 10 percent.

     2.  Task  2  is  to apply  aerosol scattering lidar  techniques  to  the study of plume
dispersion  under various atmospheric  conditions.  This  involves  modifying an existing
lidar  technique  developed  by  NASA for  dispersion studies of  plumes  from rocket
launches.  The task  was  originally scheduled for completion in 1976; however, no funds
392

-------
LI&AR TECHNIQUES-
PAJRTICULATE POLLUTANTS
were allocated  during the second  year because of severe budget constraints.  Funds have
been allocated  during  the third year and work  will be resumed subject to approval by
the EPA Project Officer.

     3.  Task   3   is  to  develop   and  apply  the  tunable  infrared  (IR)  differential
absorption lidar  technique  to  remote  measurement of molecular  plume effluents.  It
employs the principle  of  differential absorption technique  where  sequential measure-
ments  are made  first  on an  absorption  line and then  at a  nearby wavelength off the
absorption line,  thereby providing information  on  range-resolved  data for particular
gases. The contract has been let  for tunable  IR laser,  which  is to be delivered in late
1977. This task is scheduled for completion in late calendar  year  1978.

     4.  Task  4 is to  develop  the use  of a laser  heterodyne  detector  to  increase the
sensitivity  of   long-path   continuous-wave  absorption  measurements  using   diffuse
deflectors.  The   infrared   heterodyne   radiometer  is  scheduled   for  completion  in
December  1977,  at which  time a technical report  on evaluation of this system  will be
furnished  to  EPA.

     5.  Task   5   is  to  develop   and  deliver  to  EPA  an  improved  in  situ  HC1
chemiluminescent  monitor  evaluated  at concentrations as  low as 5  ppb  of  HC1 in
ambient and  polluted  air.  The  instrument has been  evaluated  in the laboratory to
determine the operational characteristics.

     The  Wave Propagation  Laboratory, NOAA,   is investigating  lidar techniques for
analyzing  and  tracing  particulate  pollutants from  energy  production.  Improvement of
lidar techniques is required  to  increase  accuracy of identification  and measurement of
size  distribution,  shape factors,  and concentration. Two  steps  have  been taken to
improve  remote   detection  and   measuring  methods  for   particular  pollutants.   The
depolarization  technique has  proven  useful  in studying  plume  dispersion  in  impact
assessment programs and  in distinguishing plumes  from natural  background aerosols.
Preliminary  results on two  wavelength techniques have indicated potential for improved
identification of  particles.  Theoretical studies  have  resulted in   improved  application of
mathematical  inversion  algorithms  to  deduce  the  properties   of  particles  from  their
electromagnetic signatures.  The depolarization  technique  in  impact assessment  studies
has  been  successfully  employed  at  Colstrip,  Montana.   Initial  tests of the  dual
wavelength system for  estimating mean  particle  sizes are encouraging.  In the  immediate
future,  field tests will  be  conducted  on  the  depolarization   technique and the  two
wavelength  techniques.  Plans  are being   formulated  for  the study  of  differential
absorption and inelastic scatter techniques.

     The  Wave Propagation  Laboratory  is  also carrying out a project entitled "Doppler
Lidar for  Measurements of  Pollutant Transport." Doppler  lidar  measures the  small-scale.
                                                                                                        V
                                                                                                                         393

-------
AIRBORNE ACTIVE
REMOTE SENSING
boundary-layer  wind  field  by  frequency-analyzing  the  signal  backscattered  from
aerosols, The  purpose  of  this  research  program  is to  develop and  test operational
techniques  for the  high-resolution  measurement of  atmospheric wind, turbulence, and
aerosol   backscatter  aspects  of  pollutant  transport.   Results  to  date  include  both
technique  refinement and  field  measurements,  such as wind  profiles, to a range of 1
kilometer  and  a   height  of 200  meters,  velocity  spectra  of vortices,  FM-CW lidar
ranging,  three-component  velocity  measurements,  and  plume  backscatter.  Planned
research  includes aerosol profiling,  range  extension,  and more  efficient data processing
The  research task  is  2 years into  a  5-year  program. Milestones  are on schedule.

     An  EPA study  is evaluating  airborne  active remote sensing of pollutants associated
with  energy  production. All  of  the systems  utilize  lasers to produce the interrogating
signal, and  all of the systems operate in a downward mode  from airborne platforms.

     The first system is  a  downward-looking lidar which ranges aerosol scattering in the
atmosphere below  the  plane. An operational system has  been tested which features a
real-time display of  lidar return signals.

     Ground  and  flight testing   of  a  prototype  earth-reflected  differential absorption
system  for ozone  monitoring has  been completed and promises great utility in  studying
long-range  oxidant  transport  problems.  A  system  for-monitoring sulfur dioxide is being
designed, and a computer  simulation model has been  created  to  optimize  component-
selection-system response and display options.

     Laser  fluorosensing techniques  are   being  evaluated  for  use  in  monitoring the
presence or  effects  of  environmental  pollutants  in water. Concentration of  surface
water  chlorophyll  a in  algae is  presently  being  monitored using the helicopterborne
laser  fluorosensor.  A similar  system is also being  designed to map and quantify surface
water total organic carbons.
      energy
      environment II
                        GEORGE B. MORGAN
                                                B.S.,  Chemistry,  Valdosta  State   College,  GA;   M.S.,  Bioanalytical  Chemistry,
                                           University  of  Florida;  additional graduate  work  at  New York University.  Member  of
                                           delegation  to  United  Nations Environmental  Program  Working Group, joint  effort  by
                                           U.S./U.S.S.R.  in  air  pollution  monitoring methodology. Was  an associate professor  of
                                           radiological  health   and  later  Director,   Phelp's   Laboratory  for   Bioenvironmental
                                           Engineering Research, University of Florida. Held  many  key positions in the health and
                                           ecological  field-U.S.  Public  Health  Service  Laboratory,  Cincinnati,  OH;  Chief  of
                                           Laboratory  Services  and  Director  of the  Air Quality  and  Emissions Data Division;
                                           Director  of  Division  of  Atmospheric  Surveillance,  National  Air  Pollution Control
                                           Administration   and  Director  of   the   Quality  Assurance  Division,  EPA.  Currently,
                                           Director, Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory, EPA,  Las Vegas, NV.
394

-------
                              questions
                                  CK answers
QUESTION:
                                                         Mr. Chris Timm
                                                               USEPA

                                                   Mr. Vernon J. Laverty
                                                       Hydronautics Inc.

                                                       Mr. David E. Kidd
                                                 University of New Mexico
    One of  the slides showed  measurement and organic
measurement. Was there a distinction between  paniculate
organics and nonparticulate organics?
RESPONSE:  Mr. Andrew E. O'Keeffe (EPA)
                           We are presently collecting the organics in the vapor
                       phase. It  is a  matter  of convenience. We  realize that
                       particulate organics are equally as important,  if not  more
                       so,  but  we are still  trying to master  nonparticulate
                       organics.
                                                                                    *
QUESTION:
    I  am interested  in knowing  whether the filters  or
personal  evaluation filters, which  were  mentioned  with
regard  to asbestos, are available now?
RESPONSE:  Dr. Paul Baron (NIOSH)
                           It is not a filter technique.  It is actually  a portable
                       monitor that detects  light scattering from asbestos fibers
                       and counts them. It  is an instrument that will probably
                       be commercially available  some  time next year. We are
                       presently evaluating it at the moment.
QUESTION:
    Could you tell us more about  the miniaturized GC?
RESPONSE:  Dr. Baron
                           The miniaturized GC  represents a contract with the
                       Stanford University Electronics  Laboratory.  They have
                       built a  gas chromatograph by etching  the column on  a
                       3-meter column, 20 microns by 200 microns diameter, on
                       a silicon wafer about 2 inch  by  2  inch; and they have
                       included on this wafer the valving detector. We think this
                       is  an  exciting  technique  and  may  be  a  generalized
                       detector for a number of other processes. At present it  is
                       simply  a feasibility study, but they have developed the
                       instruments further.
                                                                                                  395

-------
 QUESTION:
     You  mentioned  the  laser  fluoro-sensing  technique,
relating   it  to   the   concentration  of  surface   water,
chlorophyll A, and algae.

     Since  chlorophyll A is  a biomass measurement,  do
you  get a good  relationship and good graph in regard to
sensing the  amount  of  chlorophyll A present, hence the
biomass of algae?
 RESPONSE:  Mr. John A. Eckert (EPA)
                                   Our  tests  using  the helicopter  are  made  on  Lake
                              Mead and  up a stream  leading into  Lake Mead with an
                              increasing  gradient  in chlorophyll  A concentration;  the
                              correlation is quite good.
 QUESTION:
     Have you tried Lake Powell?
 RESPONSE:  Mr. Eckert
                                   No. We have  only made our tests  on  Lake Mead,
                              which   has  the  unique  feature  of   having  almost  no
                              chlorophyll  in   the  center  of  the  lake  and  a  rather
                              extreme gradient up the Las Vegas wash.
396

-------
technical
  discussion

-------
   AIR AND WATER QUALITY DATA INTEGRATION IN THE
    WESTERN ENERGY RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT AREA
                   David N. McNeils
       Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory
            U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                   Las Vegas, Nevada
     Concern about  environmental impact of the
 energy  development  activities underway and under
 consideration in the western United States is
 apparent in both the executive and legislative
 branches of our Government.   Policy statements,
 legislative proposals  and research mandates are
 appearing with increasing frequency and most
 relate  either directly or indirectly to the re-
 sources existing in the Western Energy Resource
 Development Area (WERDA) .  Historically, the West
 has been an area with  a relatively low population
 density and correspondingly  low industrial de-
 velopment.  Because of these factors,  it contains
 several so-called pristine areas generally not
 impacted by anthropogenic activities.   A general
 deterioration, however, in the air quality over
 the whole region, particularly with respect to
 visibility, over the last several years is widely
 acknowledged and concern  over any additional deg-
 radation is mounting.   The magnitude of the
 problem as viewed by the  Government is demonstra-
 ted by  the proposed legislation dealing with the
 prevention of significant deterioration and the
 designation of Federal lands (national and inter-
 national parks, national  wilderness and primitive
 areas,  and national preserves and memorial areas)
 as areas where essentially no deterioration is
 permitted.

     Also of concern in the  West is the potential
 impact  on water quality and  supply.  Water is
 already in short supply in the semiarid West.
 The accelerated energy developments in these areas
 are in  direct competition with other uses for the
 limited available water resources.  The extraction
 of raw  materials, fuel refinement, transport and
 utilization, and the accompanying demographic
 changes will place  additional demands  on available
 water.  Tne water quality stands to be degraded
 as both the consumptive and  non-consumptive use
 increases and as major hydrographic changes are
 made as a result of diversion of water to use
 sites.

     Abundant in the West are vast resources of
 low-sulfur coal, uranium,  oil shale and geo-
 therms.  Coal, once the major resource consumed
 for conversion into electrical power,  now sup-
 plies less than 20 percent of our current energy
 demands.  The size and availability of the
western coal reserves  dictate that the acceler-
ated use of coal can be reevaluated.  Coal is
also being considered  for conversion into clean-
turning synthetic fuels,  and demonstration pro-
jects are already under development.  The
Green River Formation of Utah, Colorado, and
Wyoming contains  approximately 80 percent of  the
identified oil-shale  resources in the United
States.  The West also contains the majority  of
this country's  uranium deposits.

     Most of the  coal produced during the next
two decades will  be utilized in steam boilers
for the production of electrical power.  Several
such facilities exist in the West, some of which
will be expanded.  In addition, several new
plants are scheduled  for construction.  Figure 1
shows the status  of these facilities on a map
encompassing the  WERDA.
                         E
                       COLSTfliP
                          E
             NAUGHTON
               E  EBRIOGER DLARAMIE RIVER
                                     COAL CREEK |
                   CRAIG
                             D
                           D
             INAVAJOT]SAN JUAN
                FOUR CORNERS
              E
             CHOLLA
               E
• EXISTING POWER PLANT

E EXPANDING POWER PLANT

n PROPOSED POWER PLANT
            (NAMED PLANTS- CAPACITY GREATER THAN  1000 MW|

Figure 1.  Fossil  fueled power plants greater than
           300MW.
     The continued  and accelerated development
of the various  energy resources in the West
potentially will  impact the environmental quality
of this region  in other ways as well.  Air and
water quality degradation from extractive pro-
cesses and refining and energy conversion
operations needs  to be predicted, assessed, and
included in the planning of energy resource
development and environmental quality.

     Long-term  measurements of air and water
quality parameters  are essential to develop the
accurate data base  to serve as a foundation for
the planning processes.  Meso- and macro-scale
data regarding  pollutant concentrations and the
alterations in  concentration, pollutant mix and
related parameters  resulting from development
activities are  critical to the responsible study
and decision process.

     This paper describes the initial results of
                                                                                                            399

-------
 a major interagency program directed at inte-
 grating air and water quality monitoring data in
 the WEKDA.   Participating with the U.S. Environ-
 mental Protection Agency are elements of the
 National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
 and the U.S. Geological Survey.  Several other
 agencies of the Federal and State governments
 are cooperating in the study.

      The map in Figure 2 shows the particulate
 monitoring network used in the WEKDA which con-
 sists of over 400 stations.  Depending on the
 analysis desired, these stations are stratified
 according to the surveillance classification of
 the sampling site, i.e., population, source or
 background.  Less than half of these stations
 are located in rural areas and related to the
 last category of background monitoring sites.
 These are the stations which are most useful to
 a regional assessment of ambient air quality and
 associated energy inpacts.  The surveillance
 classification of the network is being reviewed
 to assure uniform application of the stratifi-
 cation  criteria.  A high-volume air sampler is
 used at nearly all of the sites.  The filter is
 weighed and the mass of the total suspended par-
 ticulate (tsp) concentration is determined.
 Trace element, sulfate, nitrate, sulfur dioxide
 and nitrogen dioxide analyses, however, are
 performed on samples from less than 40 percent
 of the monitoring stations, while ozone, carbon
 monoxide and hydrocarbons are monitored at only a
 few sites.
                               HI-VOL-TSP.
                               SULFATE, NITRATE
 Figure 2.   Particulate  sampling in WERDA.
      Ideally,  for this study, the parameters
 being monitored should be related to a character-
 istic of the energy development activities in the
 geographic region under investigation.  Because
 of the emphasis on coal extraction and combustion
 for energy production, sulfate  analyses become of
 increased significance.  Also,  the measurement of
 total-suspended particulates, while  of interest
 is perhaps not the most sensitive aerosol analy-
 sis related to fossil fuel combustion.  Most of
 the mass collected on a filter  is associated with
 a size fraction produced by comminution processes
 while the fine particles produced as a result of
 gas-phase reactions and condensation and coagu-
 lation phenomena in a power plant stack and plume
 account for little total mass.  Finally, visi-
 bility, which is a function of  the fine particu-
 late loading of the atmosphere, is not being
 measured in any network.  Only  recently the first
 attempts at monitoring visibility and visibility-
 related parameters are being conducted at a few
 selected sites.
     Under  the  interagency  energy program,
significant progress  has  been made to identify
and expand  a network  of  air quality monitoring
stations with which an  environmental baseline can
be established  and  the  contribution of energy
development and related  activities assessed.  In
addition, the analyses  are  being extended or
otherwise modified  to make  them more sensitive
to identify and quantify  energy-related impacts.
      A regional sulfate-nitrate network has been
 established  which incorporates the existing
 State-operated sulfate  monitoring stations
 (generally one or two stations per State) and
 added 77  sites throughout the eight-State region.
 Almost half  of these were added via grants
 through the  EPA Region  VIII Office to the States
 and  the balance via an  existing contract with
 the  Ute Research Laboratory.   The Ute network
 of 29 sites  is now included in the regional net-
 work.   Filters from Utah and Wyoming are also
 being analyzed at that  Laboratory.  The regional
 network became fully operational in May 1977.
 Figure 2  shows the distribution of the sulfate-
 nitrate monitoring stations prior to 1977 and
 Figure 3  shows the distribution of the recently
 added sites  which were  integrated into the net-
 work.
     The network of  the Ute  Research  Laboratory
is also being used to  collect  samples for  trace
element analyses (Fe,  Cd,  Cr,  Co,  Pb, Cu,  Mn, Ni
and Mo) and total-suspended  particulate  determi-
nations .  The network  is located  in  the  Four
Corners area of Colorado,  Utah, New Mexico and
Arizona and has stations strategically placed
downwind of several  major  existing and proposed
power plants and mining sites.  Multi-stage
cascade impactors are  being  evaluated at a few of
the stations to determine  the  utility of detailed
size and elemental analyses  as a  means of  de-
veloping signatures  for specific  energy  pro-
duction/development  facilities.   The  size  fractions
selected should distinguish  the fine  particulates,
which degrade visibility and are  respirable,
physiologically significant, and  produced  in, or
result from, combustion processes, from  the rel-
atively coarse particulates  of natural origin or
fugitive dust.
400

-------
 Figure 3.  Sulfate - nitrate monitoring
          sites added during  1977.

     A major advancement  allowing air-quality
 monitoring data to be used  for regional-scale
 assessments has been made through the initiation
 of a quality assurance program.   Seventeen par-
• ticipating laboratories,  including Federal, State
 and private, are involved in  a uniformly applied
• audit and cross-check program  that permits data
 from all of the long-term monitoring stations in
 the WERDA to be entered into  SAROAD,  the national
 air quality data base, with assurance of their
 relatability.  To implement this  program, each
 of the laboratories and many  of the field sites
 were visited and the analytical technology re-
 viewed.  A written evaluation  was prepared for
 each facility and follow-up assistance is being
 provided.  Quarterly performance  audits for mass
 determinations, flow measurements and NC^, SC^,
 CO and non-methane hydrocarbons have also been
 initiated.  This phase of the  program has only
 recently commenced for the  final  phase, i.e.,
 that of providing consulting  services and dynamic
 calibration for continuous  monitors, will be
 provided as necessary.

     Visibility deterioration, probably the first
 observable impact on air  quality  from energy
 development and related activities, is not being
 quantitavely measured in  the WERDA.  However,
 there are a few initiatives in this region where
 prototype instrumentation and  technology are
 being evaluated.  Visibility  is defined with
 respect to a measure of contrast  which changes
 as a function of light-source  position and the
 position of object and observer with respect to
 each other.   It is not a  direct measure of the
 particulate loading of the  atmosphere and,
 therefore, is not the light "extinction potential"
 °f an airspace.  A prototype  monitoring station
 is now being established  near  a national park in
                                                         Utah  to  evaluate and develop visibility  and  visi-
                                                         bility-related measurement instrumentation and  to
                                                         develop  correlations among the data of the various
                                                         methods.   Meteorological data will be analyzed  and
                                                         particulate chemical and physical characterizations
                                                         will  be  conducted simultaneously to further  cor-
                                                         relate  these data and, if possible, to identify
                                                         the sources of the pollutants.

                                                               A  network of visibility monitoring  stations
                                                         is also  proposed which will be operated  at nation-
                                                         al parks  in cooperation with the National Park
                                                         Service.   Tentative sites are shown in Figure 4.
                                                         Data  from this network will serve to provide a
                                                         baseline  for visibility over a geographical  area
                                                         of great  national significance for its scenic
                                                         vistas.

                                                            ( AT NATIONAL PARKS. NATIONAL MONUMENTS AND NATIONAL RECREATION AREAS )
                                     BADLANDS MT RUSHMORE
  BRYCE CANYJJN*    ~

LAKE MEAD*   3 CANYON
        GRAND CANYON
                   '.•_MESAJ/EBDE

                    • CHACO CANYON
Figure 4.  Proposed visibility  monitoring sites.
     Finally,  two  other  projects are being con-
ducted which will  provide  data directly related
to the regional aspects  of the energy program.
Wide-area monitoring  is  being conducted using an
air-quality monitoring  aircraft.  This aircraft
system is being subjected  to the same quality
assurance program  previously described and is
being used to  assess  the regional impacts and long-
range transport of energy-related pollutants.
Regional scale models have also been reviewed and
selected for their application in predicting im-
pacts of present and  proposed power plant devel-
opments in the WERDA.

     Energy resource  development scenario in-
formation and  data regarding exisiting facilities,
                                                                                                           401

-------
 existing  and  anticipated  pollutant  specification,
 locations and concentrations were also  used to
 identify  a network  of water quality monitoring
 stations  in the WERDA.  Over 200 currently active,
 data-rich (25 or more parameters monitored for a
 period  of at  least  2 years) surface-water  monitor-
 ing  stations  were selected for  this network.
 Other stations and  those  of special studies are
 incorporated  when and as  necessary  to fill spe-
 cific data gaps.  Data  gathered are coded  into
 STORET, EPA's water quality data base,  and are
 retrieved for statistical analyses,  listings,  and
 summarizations.

     In contrast to the air-quality data inte-
 gration effort where a  paucity  of relevant data
 and  parametric coverage by monitoring stations
 exists, there are many water-quality monitoring
 stations,  sampling  several parameters of interest
 and  dispersed over  an area to provide a synoptic
 perspective to the  status of water  quality.  The
 problem is associated with the  relatively  large
 amount  of  data to be reviewed and assessed.  This
 problem is compounded by  the ephemeral  nature  of
 the  Western water resources.  Many  tributary
 streams to the major waterways  are  seasonally
 intermittent.

     The  publication of the Western Energy/
 Environment Monitoring Atlas with its Air,  Water
 and  Remote Monitoring Appendices presents  the
 initial findings of this  multi-media, interagency
 program.   It  presents the status of  environmental
 quality and monitoring networks, along  with an
 assessment of environmental impacts  from energy
 developments  and related  activities.  These
 findings  are  usable by planners at  the  local,
 regional  and  national levels in providing  for  the
 environmentally acceptable development  of  western
 energy  resources.
402

-------
   WATER MONITORING IN ENERGY DEVELOPING AREAS
                Frederick A.  Kilpatrick
                  Geological  Survey
              U.S. Department of Interior
                   Reston, Virginia
   Presently the Water Resources Division of
the U.S.  Geological Survey operates a network of
6200 water quality monitoring stations nation-
wide.  Of these,  590 are in the Rocky Mountain
and Northern Great Plains States of Colorado,
Montana,  North Dakota,  New Mexico, Utah and
Wyoming.   Of these 73 are funded partially via
EPA funds.  Funding also comes from the USGS,
BLM, and State Coop programs.

    Figure 1 illustrates the type, number, and
locations of projects being supported by EPA.
For most of these projects EPA funds provide for
the collection and analysis of a broader suite
of water quality parameters than that normally
obtained by the USGS.  Many represent the routine
operation of water monitoring stations to estab-
lish baseline water quality, sediment, and flow
conditions against which future assessments of
impacts can be made.   Other studies are not only
baseline monitoring  projects,  but feature inter-
pretative analyses of  the  effects of mining and
reclamation.  This report  gives  results obtained
by 3 of the 22 projects  involved in the Inter-
agency Energy/Environment  R&D  Program with the
USGS as described  in this  paper.

QUALITY OF WATER MONITORING IN THE  CHACO RIVER
BASIN, NEW MEXICO

Introduction

     The demand for  energy  has stimulated the
development of energy  resources  in  northeastern
New Mexico (Figure 2).   The existing Four
Corner's powerplant  and  its associated Navajo
Coal Mine as well as the newer San  Juan power-
plant are planning for expansion.   Through its
subsidiary, Western  Coal Co.,  the San Juan power-
plant may strip-mine coal  from areas south of
its current powerplant-mining  complex.   The pro-
posed Western Gasification  Company's (WESCO)
gasification plant and the  proposed El Paso
Company's gasification plant will convert coals
that are mined adjacent  to  the plants into pipe-
line fuel gas.

     Peabody Coal Company's Star Lake Mine will
begin strip-mining coal  in  1978  and ship it via
the Santa Fe Railroad  to the Coronado powerplant
        Alaska; SW-C=1
           Symbols
       GW...Ground-water
       SW...Surface-water
       OS...ON Shale
       C...Coal
        Figure  1.   Type and number of energy R&D projects being  undertaken by the USGS for the EPA.
                                                                                                           403

-------
 109°
                                                                    108°
     COLORADO
     NEW MEXICO
                                    SAN JUAN
                                    POWER PLANT
                                       FRUITLAND
                                       COAL MINE
                                                                                NAVAJO
                                                                              RESERVOIR
                                         FOUR
                                         CORNERS
                                         POWER:
                                         PLANT:-
             NAVAJO COAL MINE
             EXPANSION	8
   URANIUM
   EXPLORATION
                                                                  NAVAJO INDIAN IRRIGATION
                                                                  PROJECT
                                                                              WESTERN
                                                                              COAL
                                                                              COMPANY
                                                                              EXPANSION
                                                                              AREAS
                                                                                   STAR
                                                                                   LAKE
                                                                                   AREA
EL PASO AND WESCO
GASIFICATION AND
COAL MINING AREA
        A SW recording gage
        V QW site
                                         CHACO
                                         CANYON
                                         NATIONAL
                                         MONUMENT
                                         HEADQUARTERS
                                       URANIUM EXPLORATION
                                                          Figure 2.

                                                          Map of Chaco
                                                          River area,
 109'
                                       Approximate Scale
404

-------
in eastern Arizona.   El Paso Natural Gas Co.  is
intensifying  their  petroleum drilling and pro-
duction program  in  this area.  Exxon Corp. has
negotiated an agreement with the Navajo Tribe to
explore for uranium on the Navajo Reservation.
The western and  southern parts of the Chaco River
basin are potential uranium mining areas.

    Compounding these energy developments will
be the Federally-funded NIIP (Navajo Indian Irri-
gation Project)  which is to provide irrigation
for over 110,000 acres of Indian land east of the
energy areas .

Discussion

    Within the above developments the major
water users are deriving or will derive  their
water supplies from the San Juan River system.
As much as  500,000 acre-feet of the annual
average total of '1,600,000 acre-feet as  measured
on the  San Juan River at Shiprock may be diverted
for  these projects.  Smaller supplies will be
developed and pumped locally from deep under-
ground  sources.  Unconsumed portions of  these
supplies will return to the  San Juan River via
the  Chaco River system.

     The Chaco River is a  tributary to  the  San
Juan River,  and all or parts of the above
developments  lie within the  Chaco River  drainage
basin.  The  Chaco River and  its tributaries  are
arroyos except  for a small  reach  of  the  Chaco
River near its mouth which  recently has  developed
a small perennial  flow downstream from the  Four
Corner's powerplant.  Runoffs  in  the  Chaco  River
system occur  sporadically  during  summer  and  early
autumn as the result of localized,  short dura-
tion, high intensity rainstorms.   The  arroyos are
usually dry  the remainder  of the  year.   The  Chaco
River follows the  strippable coal deposits  in the
Kirtland Shale-Fruitland  Formation  along the
western and  southern margins of  the  San Juan
structural basin.  Many of  the arroyos overlie
the strippable  coal.   Potential uranium develop-
ment areas are  within  the  western and  southern
parts of the Chaco River  basin.   Uranium mine
drainage may be pumped  into the  Chaco  River
system. A portion of  the  NIIP area  is in the
eastern part of the  Chaco  basin.   Irrigation
drainage may flow  to  the  Chaco River,  but only
after traversing the  strippable  coal  areas.
While the Chaco River  system may  presently be dry
on the durface, a  component of flow may be moving
towards the  San Juan  River underground within the
alluvial bed of the  arroyo trough.

     Available  data  on the quantity  and quality
of the water resource  in  the Chaco  River basin
are very sparse.   The  impact of  the  energy
development,  particularly on water quality,   in
the Chaco basin and  ultimately downstream in the
San Juan River  and Colorado River must be asses-
sed.  The U.S.  Geological Survey's Water
Resources Division is  establishing a monitoring
network for  collecting hydrologic information in
the  energy development areas of the Chaco River
basin which  will be  complementary and supple-
mentary to current investigations with BLM and
the  State of New Mexico.   Figure 2 indicates the
scale of development  anticipated in northwest New
Mexico and the water  monitoring stations in oper-
ation in the Chaco  River  basin.  Table 1 shows
representative water  quality data at 3 stations
for 3 conditions  of flow.   Table 2 shows rep-
resentative quality data  for water from the shal-
low ground water  wells  in the alluvium of the
lower Chaco River.  This  data represents baseline
or present water  quality  conditions of both sur-
face- and ground-water  resources which will help
determine the effects of  proposed energy develop-
ments in the area.

TABLE 1.  SELECTED  REPRESENTATIVE WATER QUALITY
          VALUES  FOUND  IN THE CHACO RIVER BASIN
          IN NORTHWESTERN NEW MEXICO'S ENERGY
          DEVELOPMENT AREA.   MAY 1976 -
          APRIL 1977

                  Surface Water Sites
PARAMETER


DISCHARGE, CFS
SPECIFIC CONDUCTANCE, PMHO/CM
pH, STANDARD UNITS
WATER TEMPERATURE, °C
* Following Concentrations in MG/L
SILICA (SiO )
CALCIUM (CaJ
MAGNESIUM (Mg)
SODIUM (Na)
POTASSIUM (K)
BICARBONATE (HCO )
CARBONATE (CO,)
SULFATE (SO )
CHLORIDE (CI)
FLUORIDE (F)
NITRITE 6 NITRATE (N)
ORTHOPHOSPHATE (P)
DISSOLVED SOLIDS, SUM
TOTAL HARDNESS (CaCO )
NON-CARBONATE HARDNESS (CaCOj)
CARBON, TOTAL ORGANIC (C)
NITROGEN, TOTAL (N)
PHOSPHOROUS, TOTAL (P)
NITROGEN, TOTAL AMMONIA (N)
SUSPENDED SEDIMENT CONCENTRATION

PARTICLE SIZE IN SILT-CLAY RANGE %
** Following Concentrations in pG/L
ALUMINUM, DISSOLVED
ALUMINUM, TOTAL
ARSENIC, DISSOLVED
ARSENIC, TOTAL
BARIUM, DISSOLVED
BARIUM, TOTAL
BORON, DISSOLVED
BORON, TOTAL
CADMIUM, DISSOLVED
CADMIUM, TOTAL
CHROMIUM, DISSOLVED
CHROMIUM, TOTAL
COBALT, DISSOLVED
COBALT, TOTAL
COPPER, DISSOLVED
COPPER, TOTAL
IRON, DISSOLVED
IRON, TOTAL
LEAD, DISSOLVED
LEAD, TOTAL
LITHIUM, DISSOLVED
LITHIUM, TOTAL
MANGANESE, DISSOLVED
MANGANESE, TOTAL
MECURY, DISSOLVED
MECURY, TOTAL
SELENIUM, DISSOLVED
SELENIUM, TOTAL
STRONTIUM, DISSOLVED
STRONTIUM, TOTAL
VANADIUM, DISSOLVED
ZINC, DISSOLVED
ZINC, TOTAL
MOLYBDENUM, TOTAL
SITE NO.
1
SNOW MELT

5.0
270
7.8
3.5

5.4
9.8
1.4
47
2.3
110
0
30
2.9
0.5
1.8
0.05
162
30
0
22
2.0
0.83
0.06
3700

1.00

	
	
1
34
	
	
40
250
0
•=10
0
30
1
^50
6
70
60
72000
2
100
0
70
10
730
0.0
0.2
1
2
130
530
8.0
0
300

7
SUMMER
STORM
100-1500
900
7.1
	

19
69
5.8
170
5.9
403
0
200
19
0.8
0.09
0.14
689
200
0
262
	
	
---
53,600 to
86,800
80 to 90

	
540,000
	
500
	
9300
80
250
	
20
	
250
	
	
	
	
30
420,000
	
800
30
520
	
23000
	
2.7
0
0
	
5900
0.4
	
	
20
10
BASE"
FLOW
20
2700
8.3
3.0

11
290
67
270
8.0
108
0
200
140
7.4
4.1
0.02
280
100
950
6.4
4.4
0.43
0.08
500

100

	
	
3
9
	
	
7600
7600
0
10
0
20
0
<50
2
30
230
21000
2
<100
	
160
20
260
0.0
0.2
30
30

2000
0.4
40
80
0
                                                                                                          405

-------
TABLE 2.  SELECTED REPRESENTATIVE WATER QUALITY
          VALUES FOUND IN THE  SHALLOW
          GROUNDWATER OF THE CHACO  RIVER BASIN
          MAY 1976 - APRIL  1977
PARAMETER
ALK, TOT (AS CAC03)
ARSENIC TOTAL
BICARBONATE
BORON DISSOLVED
CALCIUM DISS
CARBONATE
CHLORIDE DISS
DEPTH BELOW LSD (FT)
DEPTH OF WELL IN FT.
FLUORIDE DISS
HARDNESS NONCARB
HARDNESS TOTAL
IRON DISSOLVED
MAGNESIUM DISS
MERCURY TOTAL
N02+N03 AS N DISS
PH FIELD
PHOS ORTHO DIS AS P
PHOSPHATE DIS ORT1IO
POTASSIUM DISS
RESIDUE DIS CALC SUM
RESIDUE DIS TON/AFT
SAR
SELENIUM TOTAL
SILICA DISSOLVED
SODIUM DISS
SODIUM PERCENT
SP. CONDUCTANCE FLD
SP. CONDUCTANCE LAB
SULFATE DISS
WATER TEMP (DEG C)

MG/L
pG/L
MG/L
pG/L
MG/L
MG/L
MG/L


MG/L
MG/L
MG/L
pG/L
MG/L
pG/L
MG/L

MG/L
MG/L
MG/L
MG/L


pG/L
MG/L
MG/L



MG/L

CONC
294
2
359
70
370
0
17
3.
5.
0.
800
1100
60
41
0.
1.
7.
0.
0.
11
2510
3
5
3
12
380
43
3200
3170
1500
7








0
0
6




1
0
3
02
06


41
0







5
      As can be seen from the base  flow  and  well
data, very hard calcium-sulfate water  exists
naturally.  Furthermore, even very  low flows as
well as storm runoff produces high  suspended sedi-
ment loads reflected in the high  aluminum,  iron,
and other metal concentrations.
ACID MINE DRAINAGE  IN SOUTHEASTERN OHIO
Introduction


      The eastern  third  of  Ohio contains exten-
sive bituminous  coal  deposits which have been
mined since the  early 1800's.  These coals  are
found in strata  of  the Pennsylvanian and Permian
systems.  The  strata  represent a fluvial-deltaic
depositional environment and are characterized by
alternating sandstones,  shales, mudstones,  coals,
and marine, brackish,  and freshwater limestones.
Mining has ranged  from small, hand-dug workings
to underground and  surface  operations encompas-
sing several square miles and utilizing mammoth
equipment.  All  of  these operations have had some
degree of impact upon the environment.  The
objective of this  project is to study in two
phases the impact  of  coal mining on the water
quality in eastern  Ohio.


Discussion
                                                                The  first  phase of the study,  a reconnais-
                                                          sance of water quality at 162 sites,  was conducted
                                                          to document  the  severity of the acid  mine drainage
                                                          problem and  to pinpoint affected streams.  Results
                                                          of the reconnaissance phase are summarized in
                                                          Table 3.
Conditions
Upstream from
Sampling
Site
Abandoned
Underground
Abandoned
Strip
Working
Underground
Working
Strip
Reclaimed
Strip
No Evident
Mining
Abandoned Dumps,
Tailings Piles,
Etc.
Greater than
pH 6.5
6
1
2
8
26
28
1
Less than
pH 6.5
32
6
3
1
0
0
5
804
less than
250 mg/1
11
0
1
2
6
23
0
S04
greater than
250 mg/1
27
7
4
7
20
5
6
Specific
conductance
less than
650
11
0
0
1
6
23
0
Specific
conductance
greater than
650
27
7
5
8
20
5
6

                                                                                            TABLE 3.

                                                                                            TYPES OF MINING
                                                                                            VS SELECTED WATER
                                                                                            QUALITY PARAMETERS
                                                                                            (119 SAMPLING SITES
                                                                                            REPRESENTED)
406

-------
     The  second  phase of the investigation
involves a more  comprehensive water quality samp-
ling program in  the following basins:
Location
  Drainage   Category
Area-Sq. Mi.
A.  Huff Run:  Tuscar-     13.95
   awas-Carroll
   Counties,  flows
   west towards  Min-
   eral city
   South Fork,  Short     14.42
   Creek:   Harrison
   County,  flows  east
   toward Adena
C.  Spencer Creek:   Bel-  13.6
   mont County,  flows
   northeast  toward
   Morristown
D.  Snow Fork:  Hocking-  27.29
   Athens  Counties  flows
   so.  through Murray  City
             Abandoned Strip
             Mine
             Reclaimed Strip
             Mine
             Reclaimed Strip
             Mine within the
             last year or
             still active
             Abandoned Under-
             ground Mine
Location of the individual watersheds  is  shown  in
figure 3.  Phase two objectives  include deter-
mination of source and chemical  quality of water
in each tributary, evaluation of  the influence  of
tributary conditions on mainstream water  quality,
and determination of material loading  of  streams
and tributaries.  Results of the  phase two sampling
program are illustrated in Figures 4 and  5 for  two
of the basins.  The contrast in  the data  for  an
area of abandoned mining and one  where reclamation
has been practiced is noticeable.  The data from
the first phase of this investigation  seem to indi-
cate that abandoned underground  and strip mines
are the sources of most acid drainage.  Tailings
piles, mine dumps, and pumpage from working under-
ground mines also contribute acid drainage in
several locations.  The studies  of the Snow Fork
and Huff Run basins, in which sources  of  acid
drainage were definitely identified, support  the
findings from the first phase.

      The absence of acid drainage from reclaimed
and working strip mines, noted in both phases of
the investigation, emphasizes the importance  of
rapid reclamation in the prevention of acid drain-
age.  When the sulfur-bearing materials associated
with coals are exposed to chemical weathering,
acid drainage occurs; when they  are not exposed,
acid drainage is prevented.
                          LAKE     ERIE
                                                                      Figure 3.

                                                                      Basins studied in phase 2 (clockwise
                                                                      from north:  A. Huff Run, B. South
                                                                      Fork Short Creek, C. Spencer Creek
                                                                      and D. Snow Fork).
                                           100 MILES
                                                                                                          407

-------
                                                                                     EXPLANATION
Q
PH
S04
Fe
discharge, in cfs
pH, as measured in field
sulfate, in mg/l
iron, in ,ug/l
                   Figure 4.  South Fork Creek and  tributaries  -  reclaimed  strip  mine area.
 WATER QUALITY  IN THE  OIL  SHALE AREAS OF WESTERN
 COLORADO

 Introduction

       Latest developments in the oil shale industry
 indicate increased interest in a modified in-situ
 approach.   This  would involve initial underground
 mining,  followed by rubblization,  and in-situ
 retorting.   In Colorado the modified in-situ method
 will most  likely be utilized to produce the shale
 oil in the Parachute  Creek Member of the Green
 River Formation.  The Parachute Creek Member con-
 sists of an upper and lower unit separated by the
 kerogen  rich Mahogany Zone.  The Uinta Formation
 conformably overlies  the  Green River Formation.

 Discussion

       The  objective of the basic-data collection
 program  is to  obtain  water quality data needed to
 define predevelopment conditions and to monitor
 the effects of construction and operation of oil-
 shale mines, retorts, and spent-shale disposal
 areas.
      Table 4 summarizes baseline water quality
data taken from 22 wells penetrating the 3 geolo-
gic units likely to be involved in any in-situ
development.  Noteworthy are  the high values for
the constituents in the Lower Parachute Creek Mem-
ber .

      Groundwater withdrawals and the disturbance
of the aquifer systems will impact the surface
water systems.  Table 5 indicates the range of
baseline water quality values to be found at 3
stream monitoring stations in the area.  As can be
seen from the data, baseline water quality is
relatively good.

Program Discussion

      Impending energy developments require that
baseline water quality data be obtained prior to
such development if the impacts are to be
assessed.  The impacts of development can be pre-
vented or minimized if correct mining and reclama-
tion techniques are utilized.  Therefore existing
baseline conditions and conditions in existing
and former mining areas must  be evaluated.
408

-------
                                                                          2  MILES
                                                             EXPLANATION
0
pH
S04
Fe
discharge, in cfs
pH, as measured in field
sulfate, in mg/l
iron, in >U)/I
Figure 5.  Snow Fork and tributaries  -  abandoned  underground mining area.
                                                                                          409

-------
Constituents

Dissolved
Solids
Ca
Mg
Na+K
HCO
Cl
(All Data in MG/L)
d .
Max
Min
Ave
b.
Max
Min
Ave

Max
Min
Ave
Uinta Formation
1720
470
909
Upper Parachute
2220
510
828
Lower Parachute
33,300
650
3,460

110
8.7
38
Creek
75
1.1
18
Creek
21
4.2
10

160
15
53
Member
90
.6
32
Member
23
2.8
10

321
111
217

860
150
309

14,079
251
1,436

780
332
536

1930
367
723

29,400
600
3,102

72
5.7
18

260
5
32

2,400
5
211
so4


880
34
292

450
11
153

200
4.8
66
F


3

1

18
0
7

5
19
14



8
2
1


5
2




                                                                            TABLE  4.

                                                                            AVERAGE CONCENTRATIONS OF MAJOR
                                                                            DISSOLVED CONSTITUENTS, TOTAL
                                                                            DISSOLVED SOLIDS, AND DISSOLVED
                                                                            FLUORIDE IN WATER SAMPLES COLLECTED
                                                                            FROM TEST HOLES PENETRATING THE
                                                                            A)  UINTA FORMATION;
                                                                            B)  THE UPPER PARACHUTE CREEK MEMBER
                                                                            C)  THE LOWER PARACHUTE CREEK MEMBER







































Parameter
Discharge cfs
Temp °C
PH
Spec. Cond.-MMHO/CM
^Following Concentrations in
Dis. Oxygen
Silica
Calcium
Magnesium
Sodium
Potassium
Bicarbonate
Sulfate
Chloride
Fluoride
Total Nitrogen (N)
Total Organic Nitrogen fN)
Total Ammonia (N)
Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen
Total NO and NO (NJ
Total Phosphate t?J
Total Organic Carbon CCJ
Dissolved Solids
Hardness
k*Following Concentrations in
Boron
Dissolved Iron
Dissolved Manganese
Dissolved Arsenic
Dissolx-ed Cadmium
Dissolved Chromium
Dissolved Copper
Dissolved Lead
Dissolxed Manganese
Dissolved Strontium
Dissolved \anadiuin
Dissolved Zinc
Dissolved Selenium
Dissolved Mercurv
Parachute Ck
near Grand
Valley
1.6-128
0-15.5
7.2-8.7
520-890
*VL
8.3-13.0
15-18
47-62
22-41
33-66
1.2-2.7
287-388
52-130
2. 1-7.8
.3-. 7
.65-1.7
.13-. 93
.00-. 04
.13-. 96
.47-1.3
.00-. 20
2.4-18
315-519
210-320
uG/L
30-120
0-70
0-1C
2-5
0-1
0-10
0-10
0-<10
0-10
90-1400
6.4-11
0-20
0-2
. 0- . 1
White River
below
Meeker
252-3890
0-20.5
7.1-8.6
220-740

6.9-11.6
10-16
39-80
8.7-24
7.7-39
1.3-2.3
116-174
38-180
5.7-38
.2-. 3
.18-. 64
.10-. 48
.00-. 07
.12-. 48
.00-. 20
.00-. 22
1.6-8.6
171-477
130-300

30-50
50-60
20-26
2
0-<3
3-10
1-2
l-<3
20-26

.9-<2.0
0-<3
1
.0
White River
above
Rangely
291-2650
0-24
8.3-8.4
210-790

6.0-7.5
12-15
66-92
20-26
55-81
2.1-5.3
199-238
150-280
27-28
.2-. 4
.38-20
.39-19
.00-. 00
.38-19
.00-1.1
.03-1.3
9.8-71
460-618
270-310

80-440
60-80
5-10
2
0-<4
4-10
4-5
l-<4
5-10

1 . 1 - < 2 . 0
0-<4
2
.0







































                                                                         TABLE 5.

                                                                         THE RANGE IN WATER QUALITY VALUES FOUND
                                                                         AT THREE SURFACE WATER  STATIONS IN THE
                                                                         OIL SHALE AREA OF WESTERN COLORADO
410

-------
     WESTERN COAL AND OIL SHALE  GROUNOWATER
                QUALITY MONITORING
            RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
                  Leslie G. McMillion
       Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory
            Office of Research and Development
           U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                  Las Vegas, Nevada
 INTRODUCTION

     A part of the national goal  to  reduce  dependance
 on foreign oil is to be met by  increased  production
 and use of fossil fuels.  A critical evaluation of the
 consequences of an accelerated  attempt  at  this objec-
 tive is necessary since serious environmental impacts
 may result from extraction and  processing  of fossil
 fuels.  These impacts should be anticipated and avoid-
 ed to the extent possible.  Any decision  to accept
 environmental damage, such as a reduction  in ground-
 water quality, should be a conscious one  based on the
 best information and analysis available.

     Western low sulfur coal and  oil shale  constitute
 two of the nation's most abundant  energy  resources.
 Surface mining of Western coal  is  accelerating rapidly.
 In 1972, production was about 28  million  tons.  By
 1980, annual production is expected  to  be  176 million
 tons.
     1
     About 17,000 square miles  (11  million acres)  in
 Colorado, Utah, and Wyoming are  believed  to contain
 oil shale of potential value  for commercial develop-
 ment in  the foreseeable future.- Development of oil
 shale in the United States has  taken  place only on an
 experimental scale because crude petroleum has been
 available at lower development  costs.   The nation's
 projected future energy needs are so  large, however,
 that it  is necessary to examine  the possibility of
 supplementing the conventional  domestic oil and gas
'deposits with fuels from oil  shale.

     The mining of Western coal  and oil shale is ex-
 pected to have widespread effects on  topography,
 drainage patterns, recharge areas,  and  groundwater
 flow patterns.  Impacts on groundwater  quality will
 result from use of water, leaching  of spent shale, in-
 jection  of mine water and upward movement  and surface
 discharge of saline waters.   Impacts may  also be
 caused by accidental releases of low  quality mine
 water, including failure of evaporation ponds, subsi-
 dence due to collapse of retort  chambers,  and any
 accidental spillage of processing effluents, chemicals,
 and waste products.

     In  association with the  growth of  these two in-
 dustries it is anticipated that  there will be scatter-
 ed, uncontrolled point sources  of sewage  that could
 lead to  bacterial problems and  that industrial wastes
 containing toxic materials, chemicals,  oil and grease,
 heavy  metals,  and odorous substances will  be released.
     Passage  of  the Federal Water Pollution Control
Act Amendments of  1972  (P.L.  92-500), together with
the recently  enacted Safe Drinking Water Act (P.L. 93-
523),  provides EPA with the responsibilit)' to initiate
effective programs to deal with groundwater pollution.
P.L. 92-500 directs,  in Sections 102(a), 104(a), and
106(e),  that  programs be developed to improve,  maintain
and monitor groundwater quality.   Part C of P.L. 93-523
provides for  the protection of groundwater quality.

PROJECT  AREAS -  DESCRIPTION AND SIGNIFICANCE

     To  determine  the impact  of Western coal and oil
shale  development  on groundwater quality and to de-
scribe and field test the most appropriate monitoring
system,  two areas  were  selected for study.  The project
is being conducted under a research contract with
General  Electric-TEMPO.   The  areas were selected where
extensive development was being projected - Campbell
County, Wyoming  and oil shale tracts U-a and U-b in
northeastern  Utah.

     Campbell County is reported to contain 50.4 per-
cent of Wyoming's  coal  resources and 84 percent of its
known  strippable coal.   More  than 69 billion tons of
coal underlie Campbell  County at depths of up to 3,000
feet.  At least  20 billion tons lie within 200  feet of
the surface and  therefore recoverable by strip  mining
methods.

     Demand for  low sulfur coal frcm Campbell County is
increasing at unparalleled rates.   83^ 1978, Campbell
County will undoubtedly be the largest coal-producing
county in Wyoming.   Production estimates range  from 62
to 77  million tons per  year bv 1980 and 84 to 152 mil-
                        -    Q  -
lion tons per year by 1985.    Initially, almost all
this coal will be  exported to electrical power  plants
in as  many as 13 states as far east as Indiana  and as
far south as  Texas and  Louisiana.
      In related
plant  is under c
completed,  this
plans  to build c
1980  and one  of
Campbell County.
pipelines,  power
tion  plants are
in-state activity, one coal-tired power
onstruction east of Gillette.  When
330-megawatt plant will have announced
oal gasification plants in Wyoming by
these is planned to be built in
  Forecasts of other mines, slurry-
 plants, and gasification and liquefac-
rumored, but not confirmed.
     Some of the richest  oil  shale  deposits are located
in northeastern Utah.   It  is  estimated  that the average
thickness of the oil  shale sequence that  averages 30
gallons of shale oil  per  ton  is  about 45  feet in Tract
U-a and 50 feet in Tract  U-b.  The  oil  recoverable from
Tract U-a by underground  mining  methods is estimated to
be 244.4 million barrels,  and  265.8 million barrels for
Tract U-b.  Overburden  above  the principal oil shale
beds ranges from 300  to 1,250  feet.^

     Groundwater usage  in coal strip mining varies with
the stage of development.   The principal  uses of water
in the coal mining operations  are:   dust  control on
access and haul roads,  revegetation of  spoils dumps,
and dewatering where  the  coal  seam  is an  aquifer or be-
low the water table.

     If the mining operation  is  planned to eventually
include coal conversion plants,  increased amounts of
water will be required  for such  purposes  as feedwater
                                                                                                               411

-------
to high-pressure boilers for steam  generation,  cooling
tower makeup water, and demineralizer  and  softener
regeneration water.  Associated with coal  conversion
plants will be the creation of new  industrial bases.

     The water requirements for oil shale  development
and processing can be divided into  two  categories
process water and domestic water.   Process  requirements
will involve water for mining and crushing,  retorting,
shale oil upgrading, spent shale disposal,  power re-
quirements, revegetation, and sanitary  use.

     The demand for water for a 'unit'  50,000 barrel-
per-day underground mine followed by surface processing
is expected to range from 6,800 to  10,600  acre-feet
per year.^
TECHNICAL APPROACH AND PROJECT  OBJECTIVES

Monitoring Methodology

      Groundwater availability and usage can usually be
 determined without much difficulty.  Impacts on
 groundwater quality from mining are much more diffi-
 cult to assess.   A typical misconception is that base-
 line or background monitoring systems can also be used
 to assess the impact of man's various activities on
 groundwater quality.  This philosophy has been adopted
 by many because in certain situations, e.g., air and
 surface water quality monitoring, the time lag
 discharge of the potential pollutants into the envi-
 ronment and a measureable response is small, a few
 hours or days.  This is not true in most cases of sub-
 surface pollution.   Many years or even decades may
 pass before a change in groundwater quality is ob-
 served.   Once degradation of the subsurface regime has
 taken place, it  is extremely difficult and often
 impossible to remedy.

      The reasonable approach to this problem should be
 to monitor potential sources of pollutants before they
 enter the subsurface or the less accessible ground-
 water itself.

      Under a previous EPA contract, General Electric-
 TEMPO developed  a predictive methodology for monitor-
 ing groundwater  quality.  The methodology as it per-
 tains to the coal and oil shale study areas is sum-
 marized as follows:
      (1) inventory and prioritize the potential
 sources and causes of groundwater pollution'within a
 given project area;
      (2) carefully examine and interpret the back-
 ground information and data on groundwater flow and
 groundwater quality;
      (3) evaluate the mobilities of pollutants from
 the identified potential sources of pollution and
 points of discharge into the groundwater system;
      (4) assess  the gaps and needs of the existing
 groundwater quality monitoring program;
      (5) design  a monitoring program based on the
 identification of the existing program deficiences
 and/or the inventory of potential sources and causes
 of groundwater pollution;
      (6) implement the monitoring program at the field
 level and monitor its operation until it is function-
 ing smoothly enough to be turned over to the desig-
 nated monitoring agency; and
      (7) prepare a final report on the results of the
research and  monitoring efforts which will serve as a
guide  in the  design and operation of groundwater
quality monitoring programs for other similar  coal or
oil shale mining  locations.

Progress to Date

     The first  major task is to collect,  organize, and1
interpret the background data.   Scheduled time for
this task is  approximately one  year.  At  the time this1
paper  was written,  much of the  existing background
data had been collected,  but only partially inter-
preted.  The  interpretation is  proceeding as pre-
scribed by  the  monitoring methodology,  i.e., with the
potential groundwater pollution source inventory.  The
background  data have been carefully reviewed to iden-
tify potential  pollution sources,  and then each mine
within the  project areas will be visited  to see if
these  sources could be identified and if  the methods
of waste disposal prescribed in the Environmental
Impact Statements (EIS) were actually in  use.

     As a general statement, most of the  mine  opera-
tors appear to  be sincere about meeting their  obliga-
tions  in dealing  with the potential pollution  sources.
However, only a few have an adequate staff or  know-
ledge  to deal with these problems.   Breakdowns in the
chain  of responsibility at several mines  were  apparent
in a number of  instances,  such  as not recording the
number of trips made by water trucks controlling dust,
and no attempt  being made to segregate potential toxic
materials as  was  called for in  the EIS.

    Potential sources of pollution and methods of
waste  disposal  for coal mining  can be divided  into two;
major  categories    those directly related to the min-
ing can be  grouped into nine categories:   (1)  hydro-
logic  modification;  (2) construction; (3) solid waste
disposal; (4) settling and evaporation ponds;
(5) dust control;  (6) blasting; (7) stockpiling;
(8) sanitary  wastes;  and (9) miscellaneous related
activities.

    Important non-mining pollution sources fall into
four categories:   (1) solid waste disposal and sewage
treatment;  (2)  sanitary wastes  from other small urban
areas; (3)  oilfield wastes; and (4) agricultural
sources, including fertilizers  and animal wastes.

    Hydrologic  modifications are likely to become one
of the major  sources of pollution on the  mine  sites
and can be  divided into (a) changes in streams and
lakes; and  (b)  changes in earth materials.

    A  potentially significant source of groundwater
pollution is  blasting.  All of  the mines  plan  to
blast  either  coal or overburden, and large amounts of
ammonium nitrate  will be used.   In a study at  the
Decker Mine in  Montana, it was  found that samples of
mine effluent occasionally contained very high con-
centrations of  nitrate, probably due to blasting.

    Potential pollution sources related to oil shale
mining and  processing can be grouped as  (1) disposal
of solid wastes;  (2) waste water;  (3) construction-
related pollution and  (4) accident-related pollution
potential.   By  far the largest  and most  important
single possible groundwater pollution source appears
to be  the spent shale.  The spent  shale will have  a
412

-------
pH of 10.7 - 11.8 and will contain from 0.6 percent  to
20 percent soluble salts.  The mining operation pro-
posed in the Detailed Development Plan indicates  the
processed shale will be moisturized to about 10 per-
cent by weight and moved by conveyor belt to the  dis-
posal site.  The spent shale generated in the  50,000
barrel-per-day operation is supposed to be disposed  of
in a 130-acre area with the ultimate depth of  spent
shale being about 100 feet for a 20-year operation.

   Large quantities of industrial waste may be gener-
ated by the processes of recovering and treating  the
shale oil.  These wastes are scheduled to be hauled  to
the spent shale pile, moisturized, spread, and covered
with spent shale.  The most significant of these
wastes from the standpoint of pollution potential are
the spent catalysts and activated carbon and diatoma-
ceous earth filters which have become clogged.  These
wastes will total about 1,700 tons per year.   Along
with the filters and catalysts, about 700 tons per
year of rather inert wastes will be buried.

Near-Term Objectives

   At the end of the first year, a pollutant-source
prioritization report to identify the pollution
sources needing the most detailed monitoring will be
completed for each project area.  As a first criteri-
on, the sources of largest waste volume, longest
persistence, highest toxicity, and concentration  of
specific pollutants will be identified.

    The second criterion will be based on the mobili-
ty of the pollutants as they migrate downward  through
the soil and through the aquifer toward eventual
points of discharge or water usage.  The mobility of
the pollutants will be dependent upon the method  of
waste disposal, the waste loading, and the sorption
and chemical reactions taking place in the soil and
saturated portions of the aquifer.

    The last criterion in the prioritization  scheme
will be a function of the known or anticipated harm  to
the users of the groundwater.   Based on the knowledge
of pollutant mobility, it will be possible to  estimate
the impact of the identified sources of pollution in
the project areas at specific points of usage  at vary-
ing distances from the sources.  This third criterion
is thus based on the quality of water that may be
pumped from wells for various uses in the area.

    At the end of the first year, a report will  be
completed which details oil shale mining approaches,
kerogen recovery processes, and hydrogenation  pro-
cesses.  Since the processes for oil shale extraction
have not been formalized, a summary of the existing
alternative processes and the research done on defin-
ing the anticipated organic and inorganic pollutants
from each of these processes must be done in conjunc-
tion with the evaluation of the existing groundwater
monitoring approaches for test and small-scale oil
extraction sites.

    At the end of fifteen months, a monitoring pro-
gram design for the coal aspect will be submitted for
review.  The design will be based on the prioritiza-
tion report and the observed data and information gaps
in the existing monitoring programs within the project
area.   Eighteen months into the study, a monitoring
program design  for  the  oil  shale mining and process-
ing operations  will be  submitted.

Long-Term Objectives

     Once  there is  an approved  monitoring program,
field monitoring activities will be implemented.   A
field office  in Gillette, Wyoming,  will be manned by
full-time  personnel whose responsibilities will be  to
insure that the monitoring  activities  are conducted on
schedule and  that professional  techniques are main-
tained in  the field activities.

     After the  implementation of the monitoring pro-
grams, it will  be necessary to  establish procedures to
organize and  interpret  the  current  monitoring data  so
as to define  quality trends, new pollution problems,
regions of improvement,  and effectiveness of  pollution
control activities with regard  to groundwater quality.

     The result of  the  monitoring program will be the
providing  of  information on groundwater quality.   Con-
sequently, a  final  task will be  to  disseminate the
information gained as guidelines for monitoring
groundwater to  agencies  and organizations concerned
with making management  decisions.

     An important by-product of  the project will  be
the alerting  of action  and  enforcement  agencies on
critical problems and situations discovered withing
the project area.  These may involve,  for example,  de-
tection of hazardous or  toxic pollutants which could
imminently affect a nearby  drinking water supply.
Prompt reporting and specialized follow-up monitoring
efforts for controlling  emergency situations  will be
essential.

     It is anticipated  that at  the  conclusion of  the
project the monitoring  programs  will be integrated  in-
to the          monitoring activities of the locally
designated monitoring agencies.   This  activity will
tie into the  main goal  of the project  which is the
development of  a manual  to  show  how groundwater qual-
ity monitoring  programs  for similar coal strip mining
and oil shale extraction sites  can  be  designed.


IDENTIFIED RESEARCH NEED:   GROUNDWATER  MONITORING
OF JEN SITU DEVELOPMENT OF OIL SHALE

    An additional research  need  which  concerns the
oil shale aspect of the  project  has been identified.
At the time of  the contract execution  for this pro-
ject, it appeared oil shale would be developed by
conventional mining methods followed by surface re-
torting; therefore, the  study area  was  selected on
this basis.  However, industry plans for surface  re-
torting of oil  shale were delayed in September 1976,
when the holders of the  Federal  leases  in both Utah
and Colorado were granted a one-year suspension by  the
U.S. Geological Survey  on the lease agreements con-
cerning development lease fees.  A  few weeks  later,
Occidental Petroleum Corporation formally joined  with
Ashland Oil Corporation  in  the  lease agreement for
Oil Shale Tract C-b (located in  the Piceance  Basin  of
northwest  Colorado), and the two companies announced
that they  intended  to develop the oil  shale in the
tract by use  of a modified  in situ  process.   Since  the
process had been tested  extensively in another loca-
tion, the companies stated  that  it  was feasible for
                                                                                                            413

-------
them to develop oil shale by this method  on  a  commer-
cial scale.  The initiation of the  operation in Tract
C-b has resulted in a modification  of  the already
accepted Detailed Development Plan;  the modification
was submitted to the U.S. Geological Survey  in
March 1977.

    The operating companies in Tract C-a,  which is
near Tract C-b in Colorado, have also  announced plans
for in situ oil shale development.   There are  no
similar plans for the Utah tracts and  thus,  in situ
development there appears unlikely  in  the near future.

    Monitoring for potential groundwater  quality im-
pacts associated with in situ oil shale development
will be difficult.  Retort waters produced by  small-
scale in situ operations have resulted in the  identi-
fication of a large variety of potential  pollutants.
Research to date indicates that many of these  pollu-
tants have only recently been classified,  while others
are still under investigation.  It  is  not clear
whether the quality of the retort waters  from  small-
scale in situ retorting will be similar to those
waters produced by large-scale commercial in situ
retorts.7

    The proposed "modified" in situ processes  will  re-
quire mining of perhaps 20 to 25 percent  of  the retort
block in order to create adequate porosity for in situ
retorting.  Current plans for Tract C-b call for mined
raw shale  from in situ retort blocks to be brought
to the surface and stored indefinitely in Sorghum
Gulch.

    Modified in situ retorting operations in northwest
Colorado may have impacts on groundwater  due to de-
watering during mine development and operation; even-
tual reinvasion of the exhausted retort chambers by
the groundwaters; consumptive use of water;  possible
reinjection of mine water and upward movement  and
surface discharge of saline waters; accidental release
of low-quality mine and retort waters, including
failure of surface holding reservoirs; and any acci-
dental spillage of processing effluents,  chemicals,
and waste  products.  Storage of the raw shale  at the
surface may have widespread effects on the topography,
recharge areas, and drainage patterns, due to  grading
and removal of vegetation, and leaching and  weathering
of the raw shale.  Groundwaters may be further affect-
ed by subsidence after retort development resulting in
aquifer displacement and/or disruption.
First, the planned in situ developments  are in north-
west Colorado instead of  in  Utah  where the study are
is established by contract terms.   Secondly, the cost
for studying groundwater  effects  and  monitoring
methods related to in situ processes  will be higher
than the amounts provided in the  project for study of
oil shale.  The contractor was  asked  to  submit a pro-
posal to show the options for modifying  the project
This proposal has been prepared and is now being con-
sidered by EPA.

REFERENCES

1.   Glass, G. B. , "Recent Surface Mining Developments
     in the Western States", Mining Congress Journal
     September 1974.

2.   Weaver, G. D., "Possible Impacts of Oil Shale
     Development on Land  Resources:,  Journal of Soil
     and Water Conservation, March-April 1974.

3.   Breckenridge, R. M. , et al. , "Campbell County,
     Wyoming Geologic Map Atlas and Summary of Land,
     Water and Mineral Resources", County Resource
     Series, No. 3, The Geological Survey of Wyoming,
     Laramie.  December 1975.

4.   U.S. Department of the  Interior, Final Environ-
     mental Statement for the Prototype Oil Shale
     Leasing Program, 1973.

5.   Van Voast, Wayne A., And R.  B. Hedges, "Hydrologic
     Aspects of Existing  and Proposed Strip Coal Mines
     Near Decker, Southeastern  Montana, Montana Bureau
     of Mines and Geology Bull. 97, 31 pp.   1975.

6.   White River Shale Project, White River Shale Pro-
     ject Detailed Development  Plan (Federal Lease
     Tracts U-a and U-b).  July 1976.

7.   Everett, Lome G. , General Electric-TEMPO,
     Santa Barbara, CA, Personal  communication,
     May 10, 1977.
     To monitor the  groundwater  quality  changes result-
 ing  from these conditions will no  doubt  be more costly
 and  difficult than the monitoring  that would be needed
 for  operations (such as  those proposed for the Federal
 Tracts in  the subject project) involving subsurface
 mining of  oil shale  with surface facilities for re-
 torting the  shale.   Major costs  can  be anticipated in
 the  monitoring of the water  quality  effects in the
 subsurface vicinity  of the retorting chambers and in
 the  zones  where subsidence could be  expected to occur.

     Shortly after plans for in  situ developments of
 oil  shale  were announced, EPA headquarters suggested
 modifying  the subject project to include research
 monitoring of the groundwater quality impacts of the
 in situ developments.  Close examination of the pro-
 ject revealed that two conditions  are apparent:
414

-------
        WESTERN ENERGY-RELATED OVERHEAD
               MONITORING PROJECT
                Edward Lee Tilton, III
              Earth Resources Laboratory
       National Aeronautics and Space Administration
                  Slidell, Louisiana

                Robert W.  Landers, Jr.
      Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory
          U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                 Las Vegas, Nevada
     The technology of remote  sensing  has  ad-
vanced considerably over the last  10 years.  The
most  significant step has been the development  of
automated computer processing  techniques which
use data acquired from overhead multispectral
scanners and spectral pattern  recognition  al-
gorithms to classify surface materials on  the
ground.  Although the techniques vary  and  cannot
be discussed in depth here  it  has  been demon-
strated that these techniques  can  be used  to
classify surface materials  and to  determine  sur-
face  acreage of the material with  accuracies
generally between 80 and 95 percent.   Because
this  accuracy is comparable to accuracies  ob-
tained using conventional methods  and  because
remote sensing techniques offer uniform and
standardized data handling methods, speed  in
analysis, reduced data-acquisition time, re-
duced site visitation costs, and data  and  in-
formation formats which can be systematically
integrated with data and information from  other
sources using digital techniques,  operational
procedures can be developed and applied to
energy extraction problems  in  a cost-effective
manner.

     In particular, the capability to  classify
surface vegetation from aircraft and satellite
data  in densely vegetated areas such as the
Eastern United States allows the assessment  of
many  environmental parameters  since vegetation
is a  sensitive indicator of its environment.
In some areas of the Western United States where
vegetation is sparse, new techniques are being
developed under this project to determine  the
extent to which vegetation may be  classified
with  varying percentages of vegetation cover.
In addition, classification techniques using air-
craft-acquired data have proven very successful in
identifying various conditions of  soil such  as
topsoil, scraped soil or piled overburden  at
strip mine sites.

     Data from other aircraft  sensors  such as  the
Laser Terrain Profiler have shown  high potential
for measuring such parameters  as terrain rough-
ness  and slope as indicators of rehabilitation.
Future activities under this project will  pursue
the continued development of such  techniques.
Techniques employing multispectral scanners
on aircraft for data  acquisition are most suited
for site specific problems  such as monitoring and
evaluating coal strip mine  rehabilitation efforts.
The reason is that  the  data may be acquired at
high resolution for investigating such parameters
as individual species in  revegetated areas and
vegetation densities  in sparsely vegetated areas
such as the Western Great Plains.   The use of air-
craft-acquired data,  however,  does require
additional processing effort over satellite-
acquired data because the scanner mounted in the
aircraft is subjected to  normal aerodynamic motions.
This reduces the utility  of aircraft data in
applications requiring  precise geometric regis-
tration of data to  a map  base.   In addition, the
large volume of data  resulting from the high
resolution makes it undesirable to acquire air-
craft data over large geographic areas.

     Techniques employing multispectral scanners
on satellites (Landsat) for data acquisition are
presently most suited for regional applications
such as large area  land use planning or determin-
ing rehabilitation  potential for strip-mined
lands.  Because of  the  repetitive coverage and the
geometric location  and  pointing stability of the
spacecraft, the scanner data can be rectified
and geographically  referenced  to the surface of
the Earth.  This allows the data to be easily
integrated with data  from other sources and allows
the detection of surface  changes from one data set
to the next on a point-by-point basis.   This can
be done very rapidly  and  precisely using computer-
implemented techniques.   Using these techniques,
a data base and information system can be con-
structed for specifying environmental baselines
and determining the changes thereafter.   A present
limitation of the Landsat system is that its
resolution  allows  surface  cover identification
down to 1-acre areas.   Near-future satellite
systems will provide  identification down to
1/4-acre areas which will have practical poten-
tial for application  to site specific problems
such as strip mine  rehabilitation.

     During the summer  of 1975,  the National
Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) entered
into a 5 year project with  the Environmental
Protection Agency  (EPA).  The  purpose of this in-
teragency project,  funded by EPA,  was to transfer
hardware and software techniques for processing
remotely sensed digital data from NASA to EPA,
so that EPA would be  capable of establishing
and maintaining a fully operational energy related
overhead monitoring system.   This system would not
only incorporate maximum  utilization of EPA's
present aircraft capabilities,  but would allow for
the integration of  currently available (Landsat)
and proposed satellite  multispectral scanner data.
Personnel skills necessary  to  implement such a
highly technical system would  also be transferred
during the project.

     Both agencies  have designated laboratories
through which the 5 year  plan  will be im-
plemented.  NASA/Earth  Resources Laboratory located
in Slidell, La., and  the  EPA/Environmental Monitor-
ing and Support Laboratory  in Las Vegas, Nev., are
                                                                                                          415

-------
the two agency laboratories involved.

     The entire project has been divided into
three phases.  Phase I was an 18 month project
segment, during which time existing NASA remotely
sensed data acquisition, data analysis, and in-
formation producing capabilities were applied to
digital data acquired by both Landsat and aircraft
systems over coal strip mines in the western
United States.  A data processing system was de-
fined, assembled, and transferred to EPA in
January 1977.  Key EPA personnel also received
training in the use of a similar data processing
system during November/December 1976 at NASA.
The Low Cost Data  'mini-computer" Analysis System,
(EPA-LCDAS) assembled for EPA, is composed of a
mini-computer, associated rotating memory (disc
memory), interactive image processing system
(e.g., color cathode ray tube display device with
hardline connection to the computer), tape drives,
line printer, electrostatic plotter, and color
strip film recorder (stand alone version).  This
system is capable of processing Landsat and air-
craft acquired multispectral scanner data as well
as data from currently defined future multi-
spectral scanner systems.

     In addition to the EPA-LCDAS assembled at
NASA for subsequent transfer to EPA, an airborne
multispectral scanner system was also defined.
The scanner system, delivered and installed into
an EPA aircraft and integrated with data proc-
essing/analysis components, is providing EPA with
the total capability to collect and process
digital data entirely on its own system, thus
accomplishing the major goal of Phase I of the
project.

     Phase II of the project began January 1, 1977
and will last for 18 months.  During this phase,
the EPA will use the system for monitoring pur-
poses, with NASA assistance should any technical
problems arise.  Also during this time, NASA
would investigate problems specifically defined
by EPA for additional research.  Such problems
would be associated with coal strip mine, mine-
mouth power plant, oil shale, and geothermal
energy related activities.  New techniques
developed to solve these problems would be trans-
ferred to the EPA at the end of this phase.

     Phase III will be a 2-year project, during
which time EPA will test the system in a fully
operational mode.  NASA will provide continued
assistance in the use of the system and any
additional capabilities as developed during
Phase II.  It is anticipated that Landsat follow-
on data will be available during this phase,
providing satellite data of better resolution
and spectral selectivity than presently avail-
able.  Processing capabilities for such data will
be developed and transferred during this time
period, if such data become available.
416

-------
      REMOTE SENSING OF SULFUR DIOXIDE EFFECTS
                  ON VEGETATION
            C. Daniel Sapp and Herbert C. Jones
                  Air Quality Branch
             Division of Environmental Planning
               Air Quality Research Section
               Tennessee Valley Authority
                 Muscle Shoals, Alabama
 INTRODUCTION

     The Tennessee Valley Authority (TVA) is
 studying the  effects  of  sulfur dioxide (802)
 emissions from large  coal-burning power plants on
 vegetation by remote  sensing,  that is, by studying
 the phenomenon from a distance with no direct
 contact.

     The objective of the project is to test,
 refine,  and develop instruments and techniques for
 remotely sensing  the  effects of S02 on vegetation
 in the vicinity of power plants.   The work involves
 gathering and analyzing  spectral  reflectance data
 by using imaging  and  nonimaging sensors and an
 array of instrument platforms, including cherry
 pickers, helicopters,  and airplanes.

     Before 1975, very little information was
 published on  remote sensing of the effects of air
 pollution on  vegetation.   Many of the applicable
 studies  deal  with the use of infrared color photo-
 graphy for mapping and for detecting disease in
 crops and trees.  Miller et al.  (1) studied the
 effects  of ozone  on forest species, and Heller (2)
 and Wert (3),  using color film,  studied the
 effects  of oxidant air pollution  on the foliage of
 Ponderosa pine in the vicinity of Los Angeles,
 California.   The  best combination of films and
 scales for detecting  air pollution effects on
 trees is reported to  be  Anscochrome Daylight 200
 color film with a didymium filter and a large
 scale (1:1600).

     In  1971,  Zealer  et  al.  (4) reported the
 feasibility of using  aerial color photography to
 detect and evaluate foliar S02 effects on timber
 stands near a coal-fired steam plant in north-
 eastern  Alabama.  TVA cooperated  with the U.S.
 Forest Service in this study.   The authors con-
 cluded that very  large scales  (1:800 to 1:1584)
 and normal color  film were the best combination
 for the  task.   A  follow up  study  with photography
 or multispectral  scanning to detect timber species
 affected by S02 would be desirable.

     Several  published reports describe attempts
 to use satellite  data to detect damage and alter-
ation to vegetation caused by emissions from a
zinc  smelter.   Fritz  and Pennypacker (5)  were
unable to differentiate  between an affected stand
of eastern white  pine and a healthy one,  although
Wiegand  (6) earlier  had  successfully used satel-
lite data to differentiate  between chlorotic
(iron-deficient) and normal grain sorghum plants.
Affected areas as  small  as  1.1  hectares could be
detected by digital  techniques.   More study is
required to resolve  the  contradictory results of
using satellite  platforms  to detect the effects of
SC>2 on vegetation.   Limits  of detection must be
determined and defined.  Murtha (7) describes a
method for evaluating 862  damage to forest lands
in Canada from flying heights as great as 12,200 m
and image scales as  small  as 1:160,000.  However,
the successful application  did  not include zones
of "light injury."

     German scientists have used aerial, infrared
color photography  to detect injury to trees caused
by air pollution.  Large image  scales on the order
of 1:5000 seem to  be favored over medium or small
scales (8).

TECHNICAL DISCUSSION

     In  1975, TVA  began  a  series of remote-sensing
overflights in the vicinity of  Shawnee Steam Plant
in western Kentucky.   The  Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA) Region  IV helped TVA arrange an
overflight for multispectral scanning out of Bay
St. Louis, Mississippi;  the plane,  equipment,  and
image analysis assistance were  provided by the
Earth Resources  Laboratory  at the National
Aeronautics and  Space Administration (NASA)
Johnson  Space Center.  This overflight and a
series of overflights for aerial photography were
made by  TVA after vegetation was exposed to S02 in
July 1975.  Results  of TVA's interpretation of the
photographs and  NASA's digital  analysis of the
scanner  imagery  were negative.   More than a week
elapsed  between  the  S02  exposure and the over-
flights, and it  is probable that the visual effects
of the injury to vegetation were masked by new
growth.  An extensive collection of field data
resulted in an excellent description of the pat-
terns of vegetation  injury  that  did exist.

     Work during 1976 and  1977  has been organized
around certain species of  plants and three princi-
pal tasks.  The  species  being studied are soybeans
[Glycine max (L.)  Merr.],  cotton (Gossypium
hirsatim), winter wheat  (Triticum aestiuum),
Virginia pine (Pinus virginiana),  loblolly pine
(Pinus taeda), white pine  (Pinus strobus), short-
leaf pine (Pinus echinata), hickory (Carya sp.),
and red  oak  [Quercus rubra  (L.), (}. falcata] .
This list of crops and trees is  subject to revi-
sion as  work progresses.  The trees will be studied
only under natural conditions,  but the crops will
be grown and studied under  both natural and con-
trolled  conditions  (prepared field plots and
greenhouses).

     The principal tasks of the project are (I)
photographic recording and  image analysis for
plants fumigated in  the  laboratory under con-
trolled  conditions,  (2)  spectroradiometry, and  (3)
collection and analysis  of  images from airborne
sensors  and cherry pickers.

     Present work  on this  project involves Widows
                                                                                                          417

-------
Creek and Shawnee steam plants  (figures  1  and  2).
Activities scheduled for the  1977 growing  season
include (1) detailed laboratory work  involving
short-range remote sensing and  image  analysis,  (2)
field measurements of reflectance under  controlled
and natural conditions, and  (3) remote sensing
from aircraft at low and medium altitudes.   Satel-
lite (Landsat) data will be  analyzed  after 1977.
The activities for 1977 are  detailed  below.

1.   Closeup photographs will be taken of  plants
     fumigated in a laboratory  chamber under
     controlled conditions.   The photographs will
     be enhanced with a Spatial Data  Systems Color
     Image Analyzer  (figure  3), which will help in
     the  interpretation of data extracted  from the
     photographs.

2.   The  Gamma Scientific Scanning  Spectroradio-
     meter  (figure 4) mounted on a  cherry  picker
     or ladder truck and in  a Bell  helicopter  will
     be used to gather data  on  spectral  reflec-
     tance that pertain to healthy  and affected
     crops and trees.  A series of  spectral curves
     for  soybeans is shown in figure  5.

3.   TVA  will make a series  of  overflights of
     Shawnee and Widows Creek steam plants after
     an S02 exposure, should one occur,  to obtain
     aerial true-color and infrared color  photo-
     graphs .
4.   A series of overflights will  be made of the
     same areas with a multispectral scanner—in
     this case, a Daedelus model  1260  scanner
     owned by EPA's National Environmental
     Research Center (NERC) and mounted  in an
     aircraft contracted by EPA.   This work has
     been arranged by TVA on a suborder  basis and
     is tentatively scheduled for  August 1977.

     Laboratory fumigations and photography of the
affected plants are in progress.   Field  operations
with the scanning spectroradiometer and  over-
flights will take place in midsummer 1977, when
crops and trees are most susceptible to  the
effects of S02.  The purpose of all phases of this
work is to support image analysis.

     Work after 1977 will concentrate  on remote
sensing with satellite data.  Satellite  imagery
now available does not show promise for  detecting
subtle effects of SC>9 exposure on  vegetation be-
cause of limitations in image resolution at 80 m.

PROGRAM DISCUSSION

     Although all project phases  are underway,
little can be said about results  until late 1977.
If a particular task shows unusual promise, pro-
portionately more emphasis will be given to it at
the expense of other tasks.  For  example, spectro-
radiometry now appears to be the  most  promising
                                                                                         Figure 1.

                                                                                           Shawnee Steam Plant
                                                                                           and vicinity,
                                                                                           western Kentucky
                                                                                           and southern
                                                                                           Illinois.
 418

-------
                                                                       Figure 2.  Widows  Creek  Steam Plant
                                                                                  and  vicinity,  northeast-
                                                                                  ern  Alabama.
Figure 3.  Spatial Data Systems Color Image
          Analyzer (color densitometer), at
          NASA Marshall Space Flight Center
Figure 4.  NASA's Gamma Scientific
           Scanning Spectroradiometer,
           showing telescopic head
           with control unit, x-y
           recorder, and battery
           power pack behind tripod.
                                                                                                         419

-------
     70 i-
     60
     50
     40
     30
     20
     10
HEALTHY GREEN LEAFLET
INTERMEDIATE CHLOROSIS
ADVANCED CHLOROSIS
Figure 5.

  Changes  in  reflectance of
  a  soybean leaflet in vari-
  ous stages  of  stress.
  Measurements obtained with
  Gamma  Scientific Scanning
  Spectroradiometer.
      400
                 450
                            500         550
                             WAVELENGTH, NANOMETERS
                                                  600
                                                              650
technique, but later work  (after  1977) will  concen-
trate on remote sensing from satellite platforms
and digital analysis of the data.  Landsat-C will
be launched in September 1977 and is expected  to
be more useful than earlier satellites because its
sensors are better than those of Landsat-1 and -2.


     Once the limits of detection for patterns of
effects of SC>2 exposure on vegetation are  known,
an operational system  can  be organized so  that
routine overflights by aircraft  and  satellites can
be used to monitor the injury.   This information
will enable corrective action.   A system that
would allow nearly real-time response may  be
possible, perhaps in the mid-1980s.  There is  a
great potential for saving manpower  if the tasks
of manually mapping the boundaries of areas
affected by SC>2 could  be augmented by overflights
for aerial remote sensing.  Images obtained  during
aerial missions using  multispectral  scanners,
combined with (1) information from spectroradio-
metric measurements and (2) reflectance  data from
plants fumigated with  S02  in controlled  chambers
may provide the key for successfully detecting
patterns of injury from a  distance.


     To date, TVA's only successful  aerial detec-
tion of the effects of S02 on vegetation has been
with oblique true-color photographs made in  1975
with a hand-held camera over a pine  forest near a
steam plant (Figure 6).  A color  enhancement of
the image area apparently  affected by S02,  produced
on the Spatial Data Systems Color Image  Analyzer,
is shown in black and  white below the normal,
oblique-angle photograph.  The failure to  date to
obtain vertical aerial images that show  the
boundaries of areas affected by  SC>2  could  be the
result of poor timing  or inappropriate flying
height.   The experiments to be conducted during
the summer of 1977 should  resolve these  questions.
                                            CONCLUSIONS

                                                 From a comparison  of  extensive ground-truth
                                            field data with  the  results  of  multispectral scans
                                            and conventional photographs made  during  a  series
                                            of overflights in  the vicinity  of  Shawnee Steam
                                            Plant in 1975, the principal investigator has
                                            drawn several tentative conclusions that  will be
                                            applied to future  studies  of remote sensing:
                                            1.   Timeliness  is  critical;  overflights  should
                                                 normally occur within  about  seven days after
                                                 an exposure, but  the exact limits are control-
                                                 led by the  weather  because rapid  plant growth
                                                 obscures the injury caused by S02 •

                                            2.   Incomplete  plant  canopy  cover creates problems
                                                 because of  the interference  of soil  background
                                                 in the scene being  interpreted from  the
                                                 image.  This problem is  particularly apparent
                                                 in images of row  crops.   Therefore,  future
                                                 overflights should  be  conducted late in  the
                                                 growing season when crops are mature and the
                                                 canopy is continuous.

                                            3.   A variety of flying heights  should be used
                                                 over  selected  sites to determine  the optimum
                                                 image scale for detecting the effects of SC>2
                                                 exposure.   A number of sensors and combina-
                                                 tions of films and  filters should be used.

                                            4.   The collection of ground-truth field data in
                                                 1975 was entirely adequate to support the
                                                 project.  Future  exercises should be conducted
                                                 similarly and  could be restricted to a  smaller
                                                 area without affecting the results of the
                                                 remote sensing program.

                                                 It is too soon to draw conclusions on the
                                            value of laboratory experiments involving photo-
420

-------
                                                      Figure 6.  Oblique  aerial photograph
                                                                  (top)  taken at low altitude
                                                                 of  a pine  forest  affected
                                                                 by  SC>2 from a nearby steam
                                                                  plant  and  electronic
                                                                  enhancement (bottom)
                                                                 of the same scene.
                                                                 Light tones on enhancement
                                                                 indicated affected trees.
                                                                 Photos taken in 1975.
                                                                 Originals in color.
graphic recording of the results of experiments  in
fumigation chambers, enhancements of color images,
and spectroradiometric measurements.  By late
1977,  these experiments should be completed, and
several remote-sensing overflights should have
been conducted.  The combined information should
yield  some firm conclusions concerning the detect-
ability of areas affected by S02 by remote sensing.
REFERENCES
I.  Miller, P. R., J. R. Parameter, Jr., B. H.
    Flick, and C. W. Martinez.  Ozone Dosage
    Response of Ponderosa Pine Seedlings.  Air
    Pollut. Control Assoc. J., 19:435-438, 1969.
2.  Heller, R. C.  Large-Scale Color Photo
    Assessment of Smog-Damaged Pines.  In:
    Proceedings of the American Society of
    Photogrammetry and the Society of Photo-
    graphic Science and Engineering, New York,
    1969.  pp. 85-98.

3.  Wert, S. L.  A System for Using Remote
    Sensing Techniques' to Detect and Evaluate Air
    Pollution Effects on Forest Stands.  In:
    Proceedings of the 6th International Sympo-
    sium on Remote Sensing of Environment, Ann
    Arbor, Michigan, 1969.  pp. 1169-1178.

*..  Zealer, K. A., R. C. Heller, N. X. Norick,
and M. Wilkes.  The Feasibility of Using
Color Aerial Photography to Detect and Eval-
uate Sulphur Dioxide Injury to Timber Stands.
U.S. Forest Service, Berkeley, California,
November 1971.

Fritz, E. L., and S. P. Pennypacker.
Attempts to Use Satellite Data to Detect
Vegetative Damage and Alteration Caused by
Air and Soil Pollutants.  Phytopathology,
65(10):1056-1060, 1975.

Wiegand, C. L.  Reflectance of Vegetation,
Soil, and Water.  U.S. Dept. of Agriculture,
Agr. Res. Serv., Progress Report Type II,
E74-10265.  Weslaco, Texas, February 1974.
59 pp.

Murtha, P. A.  S02 Forest Damage Delineation
on High-Altitude Photographs.  In:  Proceed-
ings of the First Canadian Symposium on
Remote Sensing, Canada Centre  for Remote
Sensing, Ottawa, Canada, 1972.  pp. 71-82.

Reeves, R. G., A. Anson, and D. Landen.
Manual of Remote Sensing (2).  American
Society of Photogrammetry, Falls Church,
Virginia, 1975.  p.  1407.
                                                                                                          421

-------
   POLLUTANT MEASUREMENT METHODS DEVELOPMENT
           SUPPORTED BY ENERGY FUNDS
                 Andrew E. O'Keeffe
         Environmental Sciences Research  Laboratory
           U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
           Research Triangle Park, North  Carolina
INTRODUCTION

    It is just as true today as it was when
Kelvin said it 85 years ago: "When 37ou can measure
what you are speaking about, and express it in
numbers, you know something about it..." Stated
in cybernetic terms, this becomes "Feedback is an
essential element of the control loop."  Control —
defined as an operation whose objective is the
maintenance of some parameter at a predetermined
value — cannot conceivably be a rational process
without means for measuring the deviation of
controlled parameter from its target value.

    The above considerations dictate that any
attempt to control air pollution contains an
absolute requirement that measurement technology
be available for the pollutants of interest.
This concept is the foundation-stone of ESRL's
methods development program.

    For the near-term future (which extends
indefinitely, pending a major breakthrough in
energy  conversion), a major portion of America's
resolution of its energy crisis will involve
large-scale substitution of coal for liquid and
gaseous  fuels.  In the first years of this reversion
of previous trends, this will call for an order-
of-magnitude increase in the need for technology
designed to minimize emissions of coal-generated
pollutants to the atmosphere.  Without such
control technology, energy-environment trade-offs
are likely to be unduly weighted — in view of
the crisis situation — to  the detriment  of the
environment. And, as we have seen, this needed
technology can neither be optimally developed nor
efficiently operated in the absence of measurement
capability.

    It is axiomatic that methods-development
research supported by Energy funds will be  princi-
pally  concerned with those  pollutants associated
with the burning of coal.   These  include  sulfur
oxides  ("SO ") or, more specifically, sulfur
dioxide, sulfate ion, and free  sulfuric  acid;
also those organic  products of  coal combustion
that may be described as "potential carcinogens,"
or more broadly  "materials  of high physiologic
impact."

TECHNICAL DISCUSSION

    The doctrine  of non-degradation  of  air
quality imposed  a  need,  intensified by  the
energy-oriented  proliferation of coal-burning
power sources, to  quantify atmospheric concen-
trations of  sulfur dioxide well below those
measurable with  1975  instrumentation.  A pre-
existing but  dormant  ESRL project was judged to
offer the best approach  to satisfying this need.
Its aim was  to optimize  operation of the flame
photometric  sulfur detector.

     Existing methods  for the measurement of
sulfate in airborne particles were known to be
subject to interference,  largely from artifact
sulfate generated  by  oxidation of SO  daring the
sample-collection  process.  The selected approach
to correction of this  defect  consisted of evaluating
alternate filter media,  in combination with
materially increasing  analytical sensitivity in
order to permit  shorter  sampling periods, thus
inhibiting artifact formation.

     Sulfuric acid mist  is one of the oldest
known air pollutants,  yet  its measurement at
ambient levels was unknown in 1975.   The extreme
reactivity of sulfuric acid dictated that its
successful measurement must be accomplished in
something approaching  real time,  else it would be
destroyed by  reaction  with either the filter
medium or co-collected particles,  or both.
Collection on a highly inert  filter,  followed by
rapid analysis was selected as  a potentially
feasible approach.

     The separation,  identification,  and eventual
quantification of  individual  compounds from the
incredibly complex mixture of organic materials
generated by  the combustion of  coal  presents the
ultimate challenge to  the  analytical chemist.
Consideration of the analytical  approach to this
problem inevitably leads  to the  selection of a
single strategy, combining in synergistic fashion
the separative resolution  of  gas  chromatography,
the analytic  capability  of mass  spectrometry,  and
the recognitive skills of  the computer.   There is
today no other technique  or combination  of  techni-
ques that can hope to  compete for the assignment.

     It has long been  recognized that measure-
ments of total suspended  particles (TSP)  can
seriously perturb,  by  the  random inclusion  of a
small number  of large  particles,  any attempt to
correlate particulate  pollution  with adverse
health effects, since  the  latter must necessarily
correlate (if at all)  with the  respirable fraction
of the particle population.   As  a first  approach
to the problem, an arbitrary  decision was made
establishing  a dichomotous  classification of
particles as  respirable  (<3.5u m)  or non-respirable
(>3.5y m).  The practice  of some  earlier  workers
of constructing histograms  showing size  distribution
with finer resolution  was  discarded  as contributing
little to an  understanding of health-effect
problems.

PROGRAM DISCUSSION

Sulfur Dioxide

     The ongoing program leading toward  a hyper-
sensitive SO  instrument  has  as  its  starting
                                                                                                          423

-------
point an improved version  of  the Meloy  flame
photometric analyser, Model 285, in which  the
manufacturer has optimized the burner housing,
improved the electronics,  and placed burner and
flow controls  in a  thermostated block.   The
effect of  these changes  has been to provide 0.5
ppb sensitivity and  to eliminate drift  due to
changes in ambient  temperature. Planned improvement,
consisting of  a microprocessor that will compensate
for effects of changes in  barometric pressure
upon the flow  control system, is presently on
course. The final product, a  device sensitive  to
0.1 ppb and capable  of operation aboard small
aircraft,  is expected to be delivered by 1/1/78.

Sulfate

     An elegant method developed by Brosset
 (Environmental Agency of Swaden) for the microdeter-
mination of sulfate  and  of strong  acid  (surrogate
for sulfuric acid) was adopted and further improved.
Using a Thorin titration for  the determination of
sulfate and a  Gran plot  for determination  of
strong acid, this has been an invaluable aid in
studies of particles collected in  a variety of
atmospheric studies.

     Publication of  the  initial article on Ion
Chromatography in 1975 offered, for the first
time, a sulfate method that did not depend upon
barium precipitation for its  operation.  ESRL
scientists immediately realised the value  of this
new method, and adopted  it as an important tool
in studies involving particulate sulfate.  It has
since been taken up  enthusiastically by other EPA
laboratories.  One important  purpose that  it is
serving is that of distinguishing  unequivocally
between sulfate and  sulfite.  A small but important
modification of the procedure by which  particulate
samples are extracted prior to analysis  prevents
the oxidation  of sulfite during sample  preparation,
and has been used to demonstrate for the first
time that  airborne particles  seldom if  ever
contain appreciable quantities of  sulfite. This
is important in that it  validates  the assumption
that total sulfur in a particulate sample  is
precisely  equivalent to  sulfate,  thus permitting
the use of rapid and convenient x-ray fluorescence
analysis for total sulfur as a valid measure of
sulfate.

Sulfuric Acid

Sulfuric acid mist is efficiently  collected on a
fluorocarbon membrane filter.  Subsequent warming
of the filter  in a bone-dry stream of air  serves
to convey  the acid to a  flame-photometric  sulfur
detector for readout.  In addition to being
inert,  the fluorocarbon  filter material  has the
further advantage of being difficultly wettable,
thus inhibiting the coalescence and consequent
interaction of acid droplets  with  neighboring
droplets  of other substances  collected  simultan-
eously.  It is planned to evaluate  the effect of
co-collected organic material upon acid  recovery,
by observing the decay (if any)  of acid  as a
function  of the time during which  the two  kinds
of particles coexist on a filter.
Organic Pollutants

     The extreme sensitivity  (parts-per-trillion
or beyond) demanded of any  scheme  for  the measure-
ment of combustion-source organic  pollutants
immediately mandates a sampling  procedure that is
integrated over some period of time.

     Tenax GC, a thermostable porous polymer, has
been demonstrated to be capable  of  retaining the
vapors of non-polar substances very efficiently,
and of releasing them upon  heating.  This has
become the favored method of sampling  -:or organic
vapors in the atmosphere.   It is recognized that
substances having critical  temperatures below
150° are less efficiently captured, and that
opportunities for artifact  formation exist with
some reactive substances; carbon adsorption is
used as an alternate trapping medium in such
cases. Studies are continuing toward better
resolution of the collection problem.

     Samples collected as outlined  above are
thermally transferred to a  gas chromatography
column containing a stationary phase judged
appropriate for those substances thought to be
present (usually after preliminary  examination
using a general purpose column), and fractionation
is performed thereon.  Column effluent is passed
to the inlet of a mass spectrometer, which performs
rapid mass scans and records its results on a
computer.  Subsequently, these scans are compared
with computer-stored reference spectra to provide
compound identifications.

Fine Particles

     Suspended particles represent  an  area of air
pollution measurement that  has long been difficult
and imprecise.  Such particles are  not chemically
definable, but are categorized solely  on the basis
of a combination of physical characteristics:
their size, shape, and weight are  such that they
can remain suspended in air for  an  appreciable
(but not defined!) length of time.  Some improvement
over the time-honored Hi-Vol Sampler method of
collecting particles for measurement has been
needed.   One approach to this has  been ESRL's
development of the dichotomous sampler.  This has
led to the production  (now  under way)  of two
models — manual and automated —  that have been
carefully designed to permit their  being offered
to the control-agency community  at  prices that
will hopefully encourage their evaluation on a
broad scale. When these become available —
1978 — it is hoped that their manifest advantages
of improved precision and sensitivity, together
with their ability to segregate  those  particles
whose size, decrees possible effects upon health,
will overcome the tendency  to remain locked  to an
older and far less meaningful technique, simply
because "It's always been done that way."
424

-------
     MEASUREMENT STANDARDS FOR AIR POLLUTION
      MONITORING AND CONTROL ASSOCIATED WITH
                ENERGY PRODUCTION
                 William H. Kirchhoff
            Office of  Air and  Water Measurement
               National Bureau of Standards
              U.S. Department of Commerce
                   Washington, D.C.
    This paper describes those activities  of
the National Bureau of Standards related  to
standards needs associated with energy-related
air pollution monitoring.  This effort  is an
extension of the NBS base program in air  pollution
measurement standards and some of the projects
described have been supported in part by  the NBS
base program.  The mission of the National
Bureau of Standards is to provide standards of
measurement and means for allowing measurements
to be made compatible with these standards.  The
task falls to NBS of addressing those problems
of greatest national concern.  In 1970, NBS
initiated its air pollution measurement program.
With the implementation of the recommendations
of the King Report, the NBS air pollution program
has expanded to include the provision of  Standard
Reference Materials (SRMs) for gaseous  pollutants
and airborne particulates arising from  fossil
fuel combustion and for the chemical characteriza-
tion of fuels and raw materials.  In addition,
an instrument has been developed to distinguish
sulfur compounds in particulates from gaseous
sulfur compounds.

    Four SRM's have been issued which  consist
of gas blends of sulfur dioxide in nitrogen in
concentrations ranging from approximately 500
ppm to 2500 ppm.  Other SRM's currently under
development are NO  in air at concentrations
ranging from 250 ppm to 2500 ppm; oxygen  in
nitrogen and hydrogen sulfide in a hydrocarbon
gas blend.  These SRM's are applicable  to the
testing of methods for measuring source concen-
trations of pollutants.  Standards are  also
being developed for ambient air monitoring.
Three SRM's consisting of carbon monoxide in air
(to complement the existing carbon monoxide in
nitrogen SRM's) at concentrations of 9.5  ppm,
18.0 ppm and 42.7 ppm have been completed.  Gas
blends of S02 and NO  in nitrogen at ppb  concen-
trations are presently being investigated as
alternatives to the NBS permeation tubes  for
ambient air monitoring.

    Recognizing that particulates may  be the
most serious pollutants in regard to long term
chronic health effects, several projects  are
underway in particulate metrology.  Because X-
ray fluorescence analysis provides a rapid
method for the analysis of the elemental  compo-
sition of particulates collected on filter
Papers and impactors, potential SRM's for the
calibration of X-ray  fluorescence  instruments
are being investigated.   Test  samples  have been
prepared by thermally evaporating  thin metallic
films onto polycarbonate  filters.   Test samples
have also been prepared by  sputtering  glasses
containing known quantities  of trace elements
with an argon ion beam onto  polycarbonate filters.
Both of these methods of  preparation are attrac-
tive because of the ruggedness of  the  prepared
samples.  Yet another approach is  the  manufacture
of glass microbeads from  a well characterized
bulk glass.  The microbeads  are intended to
simulate real particulates but their composition
and size can be controlled  so  that  a series of
standards of varying  size and  composition could
be prepared.  In all  three approaches,  samples
have been successfully prepared and methods for
performing certification  analyses  (necessary for
the certification of  the  SRM)  are being developed.

     Two measurement  methods have been  developed
for particulate monitoring.  The first  is an
instrument for measuring  the size distribution
of particles of known density.   The principle of
operation is the relation between  the  Doppler
shift of laser light  scattered from a moving
particle in a gravitational  field and  the mass
of the particle.  The primary  use of such an
instrument will be to characterize  aerosol
generators which are  used to calibrate  other
particulate sizing equipment.   The  instrument
has been built and has been  demonstrated to have
a size  resolution of  0.05 micrometers  at a parti-
cle size of 6 micrometers and  an accuracy of 1%
in determining the size of  a 6 micrometer parti-
cle.  The  ultimate range of the instrument now
appears to be 0.5 micrometers  to 20 micrometers.
Accuracy and resolution over this entire range
are yet to be tested.

     The second instrument developed is for the
measurement of sulfur in  particulate matter.
The principle of operation is  the combination of
an electrostatic precipitator  with  a flame
photometric detector  specific  for sulfur.   The
electrosatatic precipitator  is turned  on and off
rapidly,  thus developing an AC signal  in the
flame photometric detector corresponding to the
amount of sulfur contained  in  the particles
captured by the precipitator.   The  instrument
has been field tested and   the detection limit
so far achieved is 2  micrograms per cubic meter.
However, problems of  systematic errors  introduced
by a background of sulfur dioxide and  long
response times (on the order of a minute) need
to be solved.

     A method to distinguish the sulfur compounds
in particles by thermally evaporating  the compounds
is presently being investigated.  Different
compounds vaporize at different temperatures and
it may be possible to use this technique to dif-
ferentiate between the different compounds.

     Finally, work is underway to provide SRM's
for elemental analysis of fuels and raw materials.
Samples of Western and Eastern coal have been
prepared.  Homogeneity tests on the Western coal
have been completed.   Both coals will  eventually
                                                                                                           425

-------
 be certified for their trace element composition.
 Two oil shale materials have been prepared for
 possible certification but work on these materials
 has been suspended pending re-evaluation of the
 potential of oil shale development.

      This has been a very brief summary of work
 in progress in the development of measurement
 standards for air pollution monitoring as part
 of the Interagency Energy/Environment R&D Program.
 Details of the work are described in semiannual
 reports from NBS to the EPA Office of Energy,
 Minerals and Industry.
426

-------
                                                         sampling methods.
 ENERGY-RELATED RESEARCH IN AIR MONITORING  METHODS
           Paul A. Baron and Laurence J. Doemeny
      National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health
       U.S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare
                   Cincinnati, Ohio
     The third monitoring method is area monitor-
ing.  This includes  less portable instrumentation
that has continuous  monitoring  and recording capa-
bilities to determine  contaminant level variation
at any time over an  extended  period of  time at a
given location.  Additional possibilities for such
monitors include triggering warning devices in
case of dangerous contaminant levels and activat-
ing engineering and  process controls that may be
used to keep contaminant levels below the pre-
scribed threshold.
INTRODUCTION

     The National Institute  for  Occupational
Safety  and Health (NIOSH)  is committed to the
protection of the worker  from harmful materials
and conditions in the working environment.   The
Measurements Research Program in the Measurements
Research Branch  aids in accomplishing this goal by
investigating methods and instrumentation used to
collect and measure harmful  chemical and physical
agents  in the workplace air.   Three different
levels  of methods and instrumentation are used to
effectively monitor the workplace air:  personal
monitors, survey instruments,  and area monitors.

     The Federal Occupational Safety and Health
Standards1 require the determination of worker
exposure to air  contaminants.  The exposure is
determined at ceiling levels or  at 8-hour,  time-
weighted average levels.   Industrial hygiene prac-
tice over the years has indicated that the optimum
method  for determining exposure  is to obtain
breathing zone samples which can be analyzed for
specific contaminants.  The  breathing zone is an
area near the worker's face  that contains air that
is representative of air  inhaled by the worker.
To obtain these  personal  samples, sampling systems
have been devised that consist of a light-weight,
self-contained pump, and  a sampling head that con-
tains an efficient collection medium for the
specific type of air contaminant of concern.  The
sampling head is attached to the worker's clothing
within  the breathing zone.   Air  is drawn through
the sampling medium at a  measured rate and for a
measured length  of time.   The sampling medium is
then sent to an  analytical laboratory for analysis
to determine the worker exposure.  The sampling
medium  typically consists of a filter for parti-
culates and a solid sorbent  tube or liquid sorbent
systems (impinger or bubbler)  for gases, vapors,
and particulates.

     To assess areas of contamination in the work-
place,  it is very useful  to  have portable survey
instrumentation  that is light-weight, accurate,
agent-specific,  and capable  of rapid measurement
of contaminant levels.  These survey instruments
are used by Occupational  Safety  and Health
Administration (OSHA) inspectors to pinpoint areas
of possible noncompliance for further investigation;
by the  employer  to monitor contaminant levels and
target  areas to  be subjected to  engineering con-
trols;  and by NIOSH to evaluate  problem areas,
bearing on the accuracy and  collection of epidemi-
ological data, and the effectiveness of personal
     The increased emphasis  on  energy technology
in recent years has  impacted on the  occupational
health area by increasing, in many instances,  the
number and concentration of  air contaminant  num-
bers.  For this reason, versatile and specific
multiagent monitoring systems have been  one  of the
goals under this program.

     Another impact  is in energy conservation
where insulating materials such as asbestos  and
fibrous glass and other fibrous minerals  play  an
important role.  Exposures to these  fibrous
materials have traditionally been measured by
sample collection of filters and subsequent
analysis by manual counting  of  individual fibers.2
Improvements in the precision and speed with which
these measurements can be made  has been another
goal under this program.

TECHNICAL DISCUSSION

     The six projects that are  underway  in this
interagency program  include:

  (1) Evaluation of Personal Sampling Devices
      in Cold Environments

  (2) Development of a Fibrous  Aerosol Survey
      Monitor

  (3) Development of a Miniature Gas Chromatograph

  (4) Development of a Portable Microwave Spectro-
      metric Analyzer

  (5) Development of a Personal Filter Sample
      Fiber Counter; and

  (6) Development of a Personal Sampling  and
      Analytical Method for  H2S.

These projects are in various stages of  completion
and  the results indicated to date are described
below:

Project 1

     The evaluation  of reliability of sampling
devices in cold environments has been carried out
under NIOSH contract by Research Triangle Insti-
tute and is nearly complete. The  investigation
has  yielded information on  the  physical  limita-
tions to commercially available battery  operated,
personal sampling pumps being used at low tempera-
tures.  The testing  protocol included temperatures
from 25°C to -50°C.  Various aspects of  pump
                                                                                                         427

-------
 operation were considered,  including battery type,
 lubricant properties,  physical damage,  and service
 life.   Preliminary evaluations of the data
 indicate that the primary limitations of the
 pumps are due to battery characteristics.  The
 typically used rechargeable nickel/cadmium
 batteries can supply power to the pumps adequately
 down to -20°C.  Alkali cells have a similar temp-
 erature limitation.   Some pumps contain a mer-
 cury reference cell in addition to the nickel/
 cadmium batteries to improve the time dependent
 flow characteristics.   The mercury cells suffer
 breakdown at -10°C.   Virtually all of the pumps
 operated successfully down to -50°C when an
 external power supply was employed.  Subsequent
 operation of these same pumps at room temper-
 atures indicated that there was no significant
 wear or change in the normal operating
 characteristics.

 Project 2

      The development of a fibrous aerosol monitor
 by the GCA Corporation under NIOSH contract has
 proceeded satisfactorily and is in the final
 stages of instrument testing.  The prototype
 instrument is a completely portable, battery
 operated device with a volume of 1.5 cubic feet
 (0.04 cubic meters)  and a weight of approx-
 imately 30 Ibs (14 kg).  The instrument detects
 and counts individual aerosol fibers in real time
 and gives an indication of concentration in
 fibers/cm  averaged over periods of 1,  10, 100,
 and 1000 minutes.  The principle of detection
 involves alignment of the fibers by an electro-
 static field and detection of the fibers by
 light scattering from a HeNe laser beam.  The
 alignment process effectively discriminates
 against non-fibrous  particles.  The light
 scattering signal gives information that is in-
 directly related to  fiber dimensions.  Therefore,
 calibration against  the light microscopy method is
 necessary.

      The instrument  will undergo further field and
 laboratory testing to determine its full capabil-
 ities and limitations.   The initial goal of test-
 ing is to ensure that the instrument will count
 fibers in a manner and sensitivity that is the
 equivalent of the method required by the Federal
 standard for asbestos,  namely, the filter collec-
 tion/light microscopy counting technique.  Beyond
 this phase of the investigation, the fibrous
 aerosol monitor shows potential for more detailed
 investigation of the epidemiology of exposure to
 asbestos and other fibrous aerosols, because it
 gives more precise and rapid fiber concentration
 data and it has fiber sizing potential as well.

 Project 3

      Increased versatility and capability in mon-
 itoring the workplace air for various gaseous
 contaminants has been one of the goals in this
 project.  The miniaturization of a gas chromato-
 graph to the point where it is not much larger
 than a pocket calculator has been studied by
 Stanford University  Electronics Laboratory under
 NIOSH contract.  Capillary GC columns of 0.5 to
 3  meters long have been fabricated on the surface
of a silicon wafer about  4  cm square.   Column lin-
ings such as polyethylene glycol  and  Apiezon L
have been coated onto  the 20  ym x 200 pm cross-
section column.  Investigations of various detec-
tors and gas handling  valves  that are mounted on
the source silicon wafer  have also been made.
Currently, the most  compatible detector seems to
be a custom made miniature  thermistor detector.
This detector promises to give a  sensitivity on
the order of 50 ppm.   Both  pneumatic  and solenoid
valves have been constructed.   The pneumatically
operated valves require bulky,  external gas
sources and excessive  power,  which is  incompatible
with the final design  concept.  Miniature solenoid
valves have been constructed  that have acceptable
performance.  Because  of  the  very high tolerances
and fast valve action  required, the success rate
in valve construction  has not been very high and
this has limited the number of complete systems
available for testing.

     Software for microcomputer control of the
entire GC is being investigated.   Relatively
simple algorithms will be developed for data
extraction and for compensation for external vari-
ables such as temperature and pressure.  The
development is progressing  satisfactorily and the
entire concept looks promising.   Previous versions
of this GC have produced  chromatograms with good
separation of a mixture of  isobutanol,  acetone,
and ethanol in one minute at  room temperature with
a column flow rate of  1 yl/sec and a  25 nl sample
volume.3

Project 4

Lack of specificity has been  a common problem with
many monitoring instruments.   For this reason, and
to provide multiagent  capability  in an air
monitoring instrument,  a  microwave spectrometric
analyzer is being developed at the Lawrence Liver-
more Laboratory.  Microwave spectroscopy provides
very high specificity  with  minimum likelihood of
interferences.  To increase the sensitivity of the
instrument, semipermeable membranes will be used
to enhance the concentration  of polar  compounds
in the detection cell.  The instrument will be
set up to measure the  concentrations  of ten
compounds at concentrations one fifth  the Federal
standard for workplace air.   The  compounds to be
measured include:

                 acetonitrile
                 acetaldehyde
                 acetone
                 carbonyl sulfide
                 ethanol
                 ethylene oxide
                 iso-propanol
                 methanol
                 propylene  oxide
                 sulfur dioxide

Previous versions of the  microwave spectrometric
analyzer have been built  for  single contaminants
including formaldehyde  and  ammonia.   The present
instrument will be capable  of being switched to any
of the above compounds.   Because  of high power and
vacuum requirements, the  instrument will be
428

-------
operated on AC line power, but will be  sufficiently
portable for evaluation of various areas  during
field evaluation of air contaminants.

Project 5

    In addition to survey measurement  of  exposure
to  asbestos and other fibrous aerosols, it  is  nec-
essary to measure time-weighted average personal
exposures in order to comply with the Federal
standard for asbestos.2  To accomplish  this, an
automated fiber counter is to be constructed that
will be capable of providing rapid and  precise
evaluation of fiber concentrations collected on
filters.  The present procedure for determining
exposure to asbestos involves filter collection
of  personal samples of air to which the worker is
exposed, and analysis of the filter samples by
light microscopy.  The optical counting of  these
filter samples is tedious and yields air  concentra-
tion estimates of relatively poor precision primar-
ily because of the limitations of human counters.
The automation of this procedure will free  up
technical expertise for other laboratory  proced-
ures and improve the reliability of the exposure
measurements.  Light scattering from fibers
produces distinctive patterns which can be
analyzed by instrumental means.  These  scattering
patterns will be the basis on which the instrument
will be developed.

Project  6

    The current NIOSH recommended method for
personal sampling of H2S utilizes collection by
midget  impinger  and colorimetric analysis.   The
midget  impinger  is an undesirable device  to use  as
a personal  sampler because of its size  and its
glass  construction.  The liquid sorbent material
is prone to spillage and contamination  in the
field.  A number of solid sorbent materials are
being  investigated for their use in a collection
device  for  H2S.  The ideal sorbent material would
have:   1) 100% collection efficiency; 2)  100%
desorption  capability for analysis; 3)  low sus-
ceptibility to humidity effects; 4) minimal
collection  of  interfering analytes; and 5)  no
storage  losses of collected  samples.
INTERAGENCY PARTICIPATION

     The majority of  the energy related research in
the Measurements Research  Program is being funded
through interagency agreement allocations from EPA.
The fibrous aerosol monitor  development is par-
tially funded by the  Bureau  of Mines.   NIOSH is
providing one man-year  of  effort during FY-77 for
this energy related research.

REFERENCES

1.  Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and
     Health Standards,  29  CFR 1910.1000, Federal
     Register, January  1,  1976.

2.  Ibid, 1910.1001.

3.  Terry, S.C., "A Gas Chromatography System
     Fabricated on a  Silicon Wafer Using
     Integrated Circuit Technology."  NASA Techni-
     cal Report No. 4603-1 (1975).
PROJECTIONS
     The  instruments  and  methods  presently being
developed under NIOSH direction will need to under-
go laboratory and  field testing to determine their
utility as  industrial hygiene  tools.  The miniature
gas chromatograph  will require more development and
investigation before  a field usable prototype can
be constructed and evaluated.
     Apart  from  the  specific projects that have been
discussed,  the general goals  under the present NIOSH
program are  to:   1)  achieve  expanded versatility in
coping with  the  wide range of organic compounds
simultaneously present in industries  closely tied
to energy production,  and  2) to provide improved
measurement  capability for specific compounds
important in energy  intensive  industries.
                                                                                                           429

-------
         CHARACTERIZATION, MEASUREMENT,
            AND MONITORING PROGRAM
                  Robert W. Wood
      Division of Biomedical and Environmental Research
       Energy Research and Development Administration
                  Washington, D.C.
INTRODUCTION

    The Division of Biomedical and Environmental
Research's (BER)  analytical characterization pro-
gram is conducted in association with several
high priority energy technology process develop-
ments.  The objective is to provide information on
potentially troublesome effluents or emissions
which would be useful in guiding control technology
considerations and which is needed in order to
develop a comprehensive assessment of environment
and health effects.  This program includes, when
required, preoperational baseline studies on the
natural levels of elemental, chemical, particulate
and other potential pollutants prior to start-up
of a specific energy technology process.  Proceed-
ing to the operational activities, a sample
collection and field measurement program is
conducted to identify effluents or emissions
characteristic of the specific operational
facility.

    An impartant aspect of this program is the
preparation of selected material fractions which
are provided to appropriate biological testing
groups for screening  studies.   It  is important
to underscore this  interrelationship.   The
sampling and characterization  program is not an
isolated activity but  operates as  an integral
component of a comprehensive environmental and
biomedical program.

     BER's measurement  and monitoring research
program is concerned with the  development of im-
proved instrumentation, methodology and procedures
for the detection of  energy technology-related
pollutants and the  determination of exposure to
these insults.  This  activity  ranges from pre-
liminary investigations into new concepts and
novel approaches for measurement,  through develop-
ment of laboratory  units in order  to demonstrate
feasibility, to field  evaluation of prototype
systems to determine performance capability.

     The relationship  of this  measurement program
to other aspects of energy development is depicted
schematically in Figure 1.  In this figure,  pro-
grams dedicated to  the  development  of  individual
energy technologies, such as coal  conversion, geo-
thermal, oil shale, etc., are  shown at the top.
Studies to establish the environmental and health
impacts of the energy  technologies  are shown as
circles.  These include the programs of effluent
characterization, evaluation of harmful effects of
effluent components, investigation  of  atmospheric,
aquatic and terrestrial transport mechanisms of
pollutants, etc.  The  success  of these programs
depends critically  on  the ability  to make measure-
ments on a wide variety of parameters.   Thus, the
availability of adequate instrumentation to  make
these measurements  is  essential.   Some of the
instrumentation needed  for these programs already
exists and is commercially available.   Some  of it
                                                                  DEVELOPMENT  OF
                                                                  INDIVIDUAL  ENERGY
                                                                  TECHNOLOGIES
v^
^ ^
1 	 i
INSTRUMENTS 	
AND TECHNIQUES
\
\
^ ^
	 INSTRUMENTAL
NEEDS
r


                                                                         ENVIRONMENTAL
                                                                         IMPACT STUDY
                                                                         PROGRAMS
                                                                         INSTRUMENTATION
                                                                         DEVELOPMENT
                                  Figure 1.

                                  Illustrating
                                  the hierarchy
                                  of support
                                  functions that
                                  relates  instrumen-
                                  tation development
                                  to the development
                                  of energy
                                  technologies.
                                                                                                           431

-------
is now under development in the instrumentation
laboratory and will become available to the
scientific community.  In other cases, the need
for new forces of instrumentation is now being
recognized.  Some essential measurement programs
cannot be completed until new types of instrumen-
tation are developed.

     The role of the Measurement Technology pro-
gram, as depicted in Figure 1, is to facilitate
the energy impact study programs by developing
the necessary, but presently unavailable, measure-
ment tools.

     The specific projects within this program
category, which are supported through the Inter-
agency Energy/Environment R&D Program, are
discussed in detail below.

DISCUSSION

Optical Absorption Properties of Sulfate Aerosols—
P.  Cunningham, Argonne National Laboratory

     The Chemical Engineering Division at Argonne
National Laboratory (ANL) has developed methods
for the chemical characterization and analysis of
airborne particulate material as a function of
particulate size and time.  This technique, which
is based on the infrared spectroscopic analysis of
particulate samples, has been used to show that
there are, indeed, significant variations in the
chemistry of airborne particulate with size and
that within a specific size range the chemistry
changes with time.  Of particular significance
has been the identification of ammonium sulfate
as the predominant constituent of submicrometer
particles and the observation that the degree of
acidity of this sulfate is highly variable with
time.  This work has been directed toward the
further development of the infrared spectroscopic
method and toward more detailed characterization
and analysis of atmospheric neutral and acidic
sulfates.

     Airborne particulate matter is commonly
collected by a wide variety of filtration and
impaction methods, each having its advantages and
disadvantages.  To supply samples for analysis by
infrared spectroscopy, sample collection with a
Lundgren impactor facilitated sample handling and
supplied the necessary time- and size-resolution.
The use of the impaction principle, however,
limited the sample to particles above ca. 0.1 urn
in diameter.  A procedure has now been developed
which quantitatively recovers water soluble
sulfate from filter samples while maintaining the
acidity of the sample.  The procedure, although
specifically developed to prevent neutralization
of acidic sulfate, may also minimize other
chemical modifications during extraction.

     The filter extraction procedure starts with
the extraction of the water-soluble material
from the filter by ultrasonic agitation of the
filter with distilled, C02-free water.  The filter
is removed, a weighed amount of potassium bromide
is dissolved in the extract, and the solution is
immediately frozen.  The sample is freeze-dried
and a pellet pressed  in  the  standard  way  for sub-
sequent infrared spectroscopic  examination.  The
acidity of the sulfate is maintained  throughout
the procedure without any neutralization  or
reaction with the KBr.

     During August and September  of 1975, a field
comparison study was  conducted  in the St. Louis
region in coordination with  the Environmental
Protection Agency (EPA).  The ANL samples
were collected with time- and size-resolution
using Lundgren impactors simultaneously with the
samples collected by  the EPA and  by other
participants.

     The EPA samples were collected using a
dichotomous sampler which divides the particles
into fine (less than  3.5 um) and  coarse (greater
that 3.5 um) size fractions.  Each fraction is
collected on a separate  37mm Fluoropore (Teflon)
filter.  A set of thirty filters  was  received from
the EPA and included  samples from both size
fractions.

     Appreciable sulfate was found only on state
IV of the Lundgren impactor, and  on the fine filter
of the dichotomous sampler.  The  stage IV samples
(nominal 50% cut point of 0.3 um  diameter) had a
greater percent sulfate  concentration in the
particles collected than the filters; however,
the filters had greater  total sulfate (expressed
as ug/m^ of air) than did the impactor samples.
This indicates that sulfates are  more concentrated
in the size fraction ^ 0.3 to 1 um, than in the
overall aerosol, but  that there are also signifi-
cant quantities of sulfates  in  particles below
^ 0.3 um in diameter.  These results  are
consistent with current  concepts  of particulate
matter in the air.

     In addition to the  infrared  method developed
at ANL, light scattering techniques developed at
the University of Washington, Seattle, and
Washington University, St. Louis,  permit
time-resolved (1-hr) detection  of acidic sulfate
aerosol.  The three methods  make  use  of quite
different physical characteristics of the particles.
A side-by-side comparison of these procedures was
made in a two-week field study  at Tyson, Missouri.
Time- and size-resolved  samples were  collected
continuously using the Lundgren impactor, with
concurrent aerosol analysis  by  the light  scatter-
ing techniques.  Good agreement was found in the
results from the three techniques.

     A new method is  being investigated for the
measurement of the acidity of a particulate
sample collected on a filter.   The new method  is
based on an indirect measurement  of the acidic
hydrogen in the sample by means of an acid-specific
vapor-phase reagent of suitable characteristics.
The compound resulting from  the titration is
then measured to determine the  acidity of the
sample on the filter.

Sulfate Emissions from Fossil Fueled  Combustion
Sources--L. Newman, Brookhaven  National Laboratory

     The purpose of this study  is to  determine
the primary emissions of sulfate  species  from
432

-------
 various  types of  fossil  fueled combustion sources
 and relate  the magnitude of these emissions to
 variables affecting  the  combustion and emission
 control  processes.

     Flue gas composition was shown to consist
, of primarily N2  (71  to 75%) ,  C0£ (12 to 13%) ,
 water (9 to 15%) ,  excess 02 (1 to 4%) , and S02
 (250 to  1500 ppm).   The  sampling technique must
 not only determine the oxides of sulfur but also
 several  of  the other constituents (e.g., water
 and 02)  in  order  to  verify that representative
 samples  are being quantitatively obtained and
 analyzed.

     Both of  the  principal sulfuric acid sampling
 techniques    controlled  condensation and isopropyl
 alcohol  impinger  collection - were described and
 the experiences  of other investigators with these
 methods  were  discussed.

     Theoretical aspects governing the formation
 and collection of sulfuric acid aerosol were
 considered.  In  typical flue gas, acid particu-
 late size during the removal process in a conden-
 sation coil was  estimated to be between 1.1 to
 1.6 urn when water vapor content varies between
 9 to 15% by volume.   A 20-turn condensation coil
 was calculated to have better than 90% efficiency
 for removal of acid aerosol at flue gas sampling
 rates from 5 to  greater than 20 H/min.

     Apparatus for the controlled condensation
 technique was designed and fabricated.  Basically
 the equipment consisted of an acid aerosol
 condensation coil and glass wool plug maintained
 at 140°F followed by an ice water cooled water
 vapor condenser  and collector for quantitative
 determination of flue gas water content.  This was
 followed by an evacuated bottle for 02 and CO
 measurements and then H202 impingers for
 collection of S02.

     Preliminary results with laboratory  tests
 showed excellent recovery of added water
 vapor ranging from 84 to 107% with an overall
 average recovery of 96%.  For sulfuric acid, when
 the entire sampling apparatus from the probe to
 the water condensate was checked for acid,
 recoveries ranged from 64 to 74%.  Losses are
 suspected to have occurred in the sulfuric acid
 volatilizer and  are not related to the efficiency
 of the collection apparatus.

     Two field runs  were performed at a 380 MW
 power plant unit.   In the second run, recovery of
 both water  vapor  (10.25%) and sulfur dioxide
 (1336 ppm)  was within 1% of the expected concen-
 trations,  10.35%  H20 and 1332 ppm S02, respective-
 ly, based  on  fuel composition and furnace excess
 oxygen.

     Detailed  laboratory tests and field experi-
 ments with  the controlled condensation technique
 will continue  in  the next report period.
 Preparation for  similar evaluation of the isopropyl
 alcohol  methods,  EPA Methods 6 and 8, is underway.
Beta Guage and XRF Analysis  for Aerosol  Sampling
Studies—F. S. Goulding, Lawrence  Berkeley
Laboratory

     Development of an Elemental Sulfur  Monitor.
The current activities represent the  final stages
of a two year research and development program.
The first prototype sulfur monitor  is in the
final stages of construction and should  be avail-
able for field testing by May 1, 1977.   Follow-
ing these tests final modifications will be made
and a prototype will be delivered  to  EPA for
their evaluation.

     3-Guage Development.  We have  previously
demonstrated the use of the  g-particle
attenuation method for the large scale measure-
ment of total particulate mass of  samples collect-
ed on membrane filters.  Our present  program in-
volves the development of a  3-guage system using
a room temperature Si(Li) detector  and a micro-
processor for data acquisition and  reduction.
The detector for the proposed system  has been
fabricated and tested.  It is now being  integrated
into the complete electronic/mechanical  setup  for
more detailed evaluation.  The mechanical hardware
for the automatic sample handling has been con-
structed.  The microprocessor controller will  be
similar to the one used for  the Sulfur Monitor
and thus awaits the completion of  that project
before proceeding.

     Consultation on the Design of  an Air
Sampler.  Our contributions  to the  development of
an improved dichotomous sampler will  be  in the
areas of defining the design parameters  of the
air inlets and evaluating the final instrument
when it becomes available from the  EPA subcontractor.
We will then test the final  instrument to ensure
that the goals have been realized.

Development of Ultra Sensitive Ammonia Monitor—
L. W. Hrubesh, C. J. Morris  and V.  C. Barton,
Lawrence Livermore Laboratory

     Our objective of this project  is to determine
a satisfactory method for extending the  sensitivity
of a microwave ammonia monitor by  preconcentration.
This study is to result in the selection of a
preconcentration method which can  satisfy the
following requirements:  1)  Extend  the detection
limit of microwave instrumentation  to 1  part per
billion in air; 2) Operate in an automatic mode;
and 3) Be field usable.

     Prior work has shown that a chomatographic
packing material, chromosorb 104,  is  useful as an
efficient trapping material  for ammonia  with an
additional property of liberating  the trapped
gas at a modest temperature.  Our  following work
has been to determine the quantitative reproduca-
bility of the trapping and heating  cycle at sub-
par t-per million levels of ammonia in air, and
to determine the operating characteristics of
the trap in combination with the microwave ammonia
monitor for reliable measurements  of  ammonia  in
the measurements of ammonia  in the 1  to  10 part
per billion concentration range.   Laboratory  tests
have demonstrated reproducible detectability within
                                                                                                          433

-------
that range for a trapping greater than 15 minutes.
We have also established calibration procedures
for the instrument during this time period.

     Our next objective is to field test this
instrumentation.  Arrangements are being made
to include this instrumentation in a mobile unit
which will be based in the Imperial Valley of
Southern California.  During the remainder of  the
FY 1977 we will be evaluating the microwave/precon-
centrator combination in actual field operation.
We will prepare a summary report, detailing the
enzyme study and its results by October 1977.

     Our studies have disclosed two problem areas
associated with this technique for ammonia monitor-
ing; a short usable lifetime of trapping material
for reproducible low level detection, and effects
of water vapor during the measurement.

     We have found that the trapping capacity  of
the chromosorb material changes slightly with  each
successive cycle.  The capacity changes are more
pronounced when higher flashing temperatures are
used.  Since a high temperature (^140°C) is
required to efficiently drive-off the trapped
ammonia, the usable trap lifetime is considerably
reduced.  We have found it necessary to change the
trap material after each full day of operation.
Unfortunately, each change of trap material
requires recalibration.  This is a definite
limitation of the technique for long term
ambient monitoring.

     Water vapor has been found to effectively
displace ammonia that is chemically or physically
absorbed on surfaces.  For example, surfaces of
teflon tubing used to deliver samples to the
trap absorb ammonia molecules which eventually
passivate the surface against further absorption.
When a carrier with as little as 0.01% water
vapor is used to flush the tubing, much of the
trapped ammonia is liberated and is readily de-
tected by the microwave instrument.  Since the
effect manifests itself as changes in measured
ammonia due to changes in humidity for ambient
monitoring, it is a potential problem for using
this or any similar technique for air monitoring
low levels of ammonia vapor.

     Our field studies will determine the effects
of these limitations in actual ambient monitoring
conditions.  We will be comparing our measurements
with wet chemical ammonia analysis.

Optimize Filters and Stack Probe for Aerosol  Source
Sampling—J. C. Elder, M. I. Tillery, Los Alamos
Scientific Laboratory
     This EPA/BER program  to  evaluate  the  present
EPA particulate  sampling method  (Method  5)  and
develop  improved methods of extracting particulate
samples  from  stacks has been  in  progress for
approximagely 18 months.   Since  the  last letter
annual report to EPA  in June  1976, experimental
activities have  been  directed primarily  at
evaluation of glass fiber  sampling filters  operated
at 120°C and  10.3 cm/s air velocity.   The  filters
were tested against monodisperse dye aerosols,
generated by a vibrating  orifice aerosol generator
in the size range  0.6  to  4.4  ym geometric diameter
(Dp) dioctyl phthalate aerosol.   The 1106 BH
and GF/A are commonly  supplied  with commercial
stack sampling use.  Physical characteristics
of these four filters  are similar,  varying only
in the range of  fiber  sizes and filter  thicknesses.

     Efficiency  of all four filters at  120oc and
10.3 cm/s exceeded 99/9%  for  particle sizes above
1.0 urn (Dp).  The  smallest particle size (0.6um)
was collected with poorer efficiency, generally
between 99.6 and 99.8%.   A decreasing collection
by impaction, but  as other studies  have  shown,
efficiency of fibrous  filters does  reach a
minimum and increases  again as  the  diffusion
mechanism of collection becomes  effective  in
collecting particles near 0.1 urn.   Further testing
with smaller aerosols  is  in progress  to  assure
that the minimum efficiency does  not  fall below
acceptable limits.  These tests  utilize  poly-
disperse dye aerosols  generated  in  the range
0.07 to 0.2  m (Dp) from  compressed air
nebulizers.


     Efficiencies  of these filters  operated at
half-flow  (5.2 cm/s and 120°C were  greater than
99.8% for aerosols larger than  1  pm and  between
99.4 and 99.7% for the 0.6 pm aerosol.   Significant
difference between half-flow  and  full-flow
results was not  noted.

     Results of  the program will  be presented
in June 1977 at  the Air Pollution Control
Association annual meeting in Toronto, Canada.
The paper is entitled,  "Evaluation  of EPA Method 5
Probe Deposition and Filter Media Efficiency." A
formal report is being prepared and should be
published before the end  of FY  1977.  This report
will cover our quantitation of  probe deposition
losses (summarized in  our June  1976,  letter report
to EPA) and the  filter efficiency studies  briefly
summarized in this letter.

     Following discussions with EPA representatives
at Research Triangle Park, North Carolina, program
direction has been changed from development of a
multistage size  classifying sampler to  an improved
extractive sampler capable of determining total
suspended particulate  with less expense  than  the
Method 5 sampler,  greater accuracy, physically
greater convenience, and  less susceptability  to
formation of so-called "false"  particulate.  We
will design, construct, and test a  prototype  parti-
culate sampling  train  with features differing
from the existing  Method  6 train as follows:
(1) higher sampling flow  (above 100£/min);
(2) electronic flow and moisture content instru-
mentation;  (3) in-stack filter  for  low-moisture
conditions  (existing out-of-stack filter would
be retained for  high-moisture conditions), and
(4) reduction of cation sources within  the train
which lead to formation of "false"  particulates.
Although the train will not be  designed for  stack
temperatures above approximately 320°C,  which may
limit its universality somewhat, it will be
applicable to a  wide variety  of particulate  sources,
This program change is aimed  at satisfying the
434

-------
current  priorities  indicated by EPA.

Development  of  Instrumentation and Methods for
characterizing  Aqueous Effluents from Oil Shale,
Oil Refining and Geothermal Sources—B . R. Clark
and M. R.  Guerin, Oak Ridge National Laboratory

    In the course of developing methods for
characterizing  the aqueous effluents from various
energy  technologies, we chose to emphasize methods
of rapid analyses for chemical classes of organic
components and  the development of bioassay methods
for evaluating  aqueous wastes for biological
activities.  Since a number of good methods al-
ready exist for the characterization of inorganic
components in aqueous samples, we have limited  the
research activity in this area to the application
of analytical techniques which are available  for
routine analysis, e.g., spark source mass spectro-
metry.
     A  review of the literature dealing with  the
analysis of organic substances in water leads one
quickly to the conclusion that no general method
is available which can be applied to total content.
All preconcentration steps, i.e., freeze drying,
adsorption or solvent extraction methods, are
selective toward certain compound  types.  We  de-
cided that a reasonable approach to  the  chemical
characterization of organics was to  develop
some simple, reasonably direct methods for
analyses of specific compound class  type  since
this is the greatest concern when  looking at
possible health and/or environmental hazards  in
the effluents.  This approach, in  conjunction with
bioassay screening, provides a rather economical
route to the characterization and  evaluation  of
effluents compared to exhaustive chemical analyses.
Early work in this project area involved  some de-
tailed characterization of a by-product water
from oil shale retorting.  This material was  used
to evaluate the compound type selectives  of
several different adsorption and extraction methods.
Polar compounds are not easily analyzed using any
of the standard methods and there  are serious diffi-
culties with quantitation.  To circumvent this
problem to some extent, we developed a gas chroma-
tographic method to analyze these  effluents for
polar compounds using direct injection of aqueous
samples onto a Tenax-GC packed column.  This
method is rapid and gives quantitative results
for major polar components.  Minor components are
detectable down to about Ippm.  Table 1 shows
Concentration (yg/ml )
Peak
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Compound
acetic acid
propanoic acid
n-butanoic acid
acetamide
n-pentanoic acid
propionamide
n-hexanoic acid
butyramide
phenol
n-heptanoic acid
o-cresol
m & p-cresols
n-octanoic acid
2,6-dimethyphenol
o-ethyl phenol
2, 5-dimethyl phenol
3, 5-dimethyl phenol
2, 3-dimethyl phenol
n-nonanoic acid
3 ,4-dimethyl phenol
n-decanoic acid
a-naphthol
B-naphthol
Oil Shale
Retorting
600
210
130
230
200
50
250
10
10
260
30
20
250
--
--
--
--
--
100
--
50
--
--
Synthane Coal
Gasification
620
60
20
--
10
--
20
--
2100
--
670
1800
--
40
30
250
230
30
--
100
--
10
30
COED Coal
Liquefaction
600
90
40
--
30
--
30
--
2100
--
650
1800
--
30
30
220
240
30
--
900
--
--
--
                                                                                  TABLE 1.

                                                                                  ORGANIC COMPOUNDS DETER-
                                                                                  MINED IN BY-PRODUCT WATERS
                                                                                  FROM FOSSIL FUEL CONVER-
                                                                                  SION PROCESSES
                                                                                                          435

-------
data for shale oil-by-product water and two coal
conversion by-product waters.  Note the homologous
series of carboxylic acids in the shale oil
by-product water.  Also, note the large phenolic
content of the coal waters.  Non-polar components
offer less difficulty and can be analyzed as
aliphatic or aromatic classes with minimal effort.
We have developed a simple, direct method for
aliphatics and have applied that to aqueous
effluents from shale oil retorting, petroleum
refining, coal conversion and a geothermal brine.
The method is a solvent extraction with benzene
or hexanes followed by an alumina column elution
step.  A method was also developed for the direct
isolation of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons
(PAH) and data have been obtained on shale oil and
coal conversion by-product, aqueous effluents.

     Perhaps the most important part of this
project revolves around the development and
incorporation of bioassay techniques into the
characterization scheme.  Application of the Ames
mutagenicity test  (L. L. Epler, Biology Division,
work partially sponsored by EPA-ERDA "Pass-Thru")
to  aqueous systems of this sort is quite new and
has, thus far, provided a valuable complement
to  chemical data.  Effluents have been tested
in  whole and as  chemical class subfractions
generated by an  acid-base-neutral fractionation
scheme.  This has pointed to biological activities
in  certain fractions which implicate specific
compound classes, e.g., ether soluble bases in
shale oil by-product water.  The earlier work with
this material has led to broader application to a
number  of aqueous effluents, including several
coal conversion  effluents.  In addition to muta-
genesis testing, acute  toxicity studies have been
performed by members of the Biology Division, using
other biota.

     Currently, we are  engaged in the characteri-
zation  of petroleum refining effluents with respect
to  PAH  and aliphatic hydrocarbon content.  We are
also pursuing liquid chromatographic methods for
analyzing amines in aqueous  samples.  The use of
radio-immunoassay procedures for specific samples
offers  an interesting possibility and is being
investigated.

 Instrumentation  and Methods  to  Identify,  Measure
 and Analyze  Energy-Related Aerosols  and  Particu-
 lates  in Relation  to  their Direct  Effects  on
Health—R. L.  Carpenter,  Inhalation Toxicology
 Research  Institute/Lovelace  Biomedical  and  En-
 vironmental  Research  Institute

     This project  is  directed toward  improving  the
methods available  for  chemical  and physical char-
acterization  of  aerosols  from processes  utilizing
 fossil  fuels,  particularly coal.   Virtual  aerosol
 impactors are  being designed  and  tested  to  provide
 improved  instrumentation  for  obtaining  size selective
 aerosol samples  from  these sources.   Work is  also
underway  to  couple  analytical  instruments  to  the
 impactors to  provide  methods  for  in  situ  chemical
 analysis  of  samples.  Methods  for  identification and
 quantitation  of  potential  toxic  organic  emissions
 are being developed as  are in vitro  methods to
predict the  solubility  of  particles  in  the  lung
 following inhalation.
     Recent developments have made  the design of
reliable, low-loss laboratory aerosol impactors
relatively straightforward.  However, the adapt-
ation of these devices for use  in field studies
has not been well developed.  The need still exists
for size-selective samplers which operate at high
temperatures and pressures, sample  gas streams
whose composition differs from  air,  and can
sample high volumes.  Virtual impactors offer
several advantages which make them  potentially
useful in these situations.  Virtual impactors can
collect large samples which may be  brought out of
the impactor without opening it, thus providing a
capability for process stream sampling at high
temperatures and pressures.  A  prototype round-jet
virtual impactor has been constructed and is under-
going laboratory and field tests.   The device con-
sists of five stages and a final filter.  It will
collect particles from 0.3 to 10 y  in aerodynamic
diameter.  Samples may be either internally or
externally collected.  Two prototype slit-jet
virtual samplers have been constructed and are
currently being studied to ascertain their operation
characteristics.  These may be  designed to sample
at & wide range of flows.  It is anticipated that
the same basic design will suffice  for both high
and low volume samplers.

     The capability of virtual  impactors to
present a sample external to the impactor offers
the possibility of in situ sample analysis.
Initial efforts are centered on combining
photo-ionization and flame ionization detectors
with virtual impactors.  The resulting instru-
ments may be used to detect organic species as
a  function of particle size.

     Methods to identify and quantitate organic
compounds, particularly polynuclear aromatic
hydrocarbons, are of great interest. Recent
studies at the Inhalation Toxicology Research
Institute have concentrated on  using extraction
techniques followed by high performance liquid
chromatography  (HPLC) to identify organic
materials.  These studies are using the HPLC
in a stopped-flow mode and analyzing eluted
peaks using a spectrofluorimeter  as a detector.
In this mode, a  fluorescent  spectrum of each
material  in a mixture is obtained.   Results  show
that, for example, mixtures  of  napthalene,  anthra-
cene, chrysene  and  triphenylbenzene may be  separated
and identified.

     Additional  studies  of methods  for  organic
materials  found  in  coal  combustion  have  employed
gas chromatography  alone  and in combination with
mass  spectroscopy.   Techniques  have been develop-
ed to  separate  organic materials  derived  from coal
and ash  by  either  extraction or by pryolysis.

      Fly  ash  samples from coal  combustion are being
evaluated,  in vitro,  to  predict their  solubility in
the lung  following  inhalation.   Using  dissolution
cells,  the  solubility of field-collected materials
is being  determined.   Analysis  of organic materials
is being  carried out by  the methods described
earlier.   Neutron  activation of the samples prior
to the  start  of solubility studies  provides an
analytical  method  for a  number of elements.  In
 436

-------
vitro solubility half-times are being determined
forThe composite ash material as well as for
selected elements.

Instrumentation  and  Methods—V. A. Fassel, Ames
Laboratory

    Instrumentation and Methods for Oil Shale
Related Effluents and Oil Refining Related
Effluents.   The  broad objectives of these studies
Ire to develop the basic sciences, the investigative
methods, and the hardware so that the demanding
analytical requirements associated with the
characterization and quantitations of heavy weight
organic pollutants in effluents from oil shale and
oil refining operatings can be met in a viable
practical manner.  Special attention is being placed
on the class of  compounds known as polynuclear
aromatic hydrocarbons, many of which are known
carcinogens.  The specific thrusts of the present
studies are to identify the ambiguities in the
analytical results obtained by various analysts
when activated carbon or macroreticular resins are
employed to isolate the organic compounds from the
water  sample.  The experimental approach  is based
on comparing critically the sorption and desorption
characteristics  of the two isolation schemes on
the  same samples of aqueous effluents.

    Sorption and recovery (S and R) efficiency
comparisons of activated carbon (Calgon filter
sorb 400) and macroreticular resin  (Rohm  and
Haas XAD-2) for one hundred model organic com-
pounds  added to  water at the 100 yg/1 and 13 com-
pounds  added at  the one ug/1 levels have been
completed.  The classes of compounds tested in-
cluded  alkanes,  esters, alcohols, phenols, chlori-
nated  alkanes and alkenes, aromatic compounds,
chlorinated aromatic compounds, aldehydes, ketones,
amines,  carboxylic acid, sulfonic acids,  pesticides
and  flame retardants.  The S and R efficiency of  the
XAD-2  resin is clearly superior to that of carbon
for  esters, alcohols, phenols, aromatic compounds,
chlorinated aromatic compounds, aldehydes, ketones,
amines  and pesticides, whereas carbon is marginally
superior in the case of chlorinated alkanes and
alkenes.  In the cases of alkanes and carboxylic
acids,  neither sorbent is very effective.  It is
clear  however that both resin and carbon  are quite
effective sorbents but recovery of sorbed compounds
from carbon is difficult and inefficient.  Better
recovery methods for releasing sorbed compounds
from carbon need to be developed.  Of the two
sorbents, it is clearly easier to clean up the
resin,  thereby achieving a lower blank for analyti-
cal  applications.

    A combined Carbon-Resin Organic Compound
Accumulator (CROCA) is now ready for testing at
oil  shales or oil refinery field conditions.
Analytical characterization of the accumulated
organic  compounds will be performed in the Ames
Laboratory.

    instrumentation and Methods for Geothermal
Source Related Effluents.  The broad objectives
°f this study are to develop the basic science,
the  investigative methods, and the hardware so
that trace elemental impurities occurring in geo-
thermal effluents and brines  can be  determined
quantitatively, simultaneously, and  with  adequate
sensitivity.  One of the most  attractive  techniques
for performing the analyses is the inductively-
coupled plasma-atomic emission spectroscopic  tech-
nique.  Unfortunately, even the excellent  powers
of detection achieved by this  technique are
occasionally inadequate if the effluents  are
analyzed directly.  Stray and  scattered light
effects arising from changing  concentrations  or
certain elements, such as Ca  or Mg,  in the geo-
thermal effluents may arise to subtle background
interference effects.  The latter may give rise to
significant errors, especially when  quantitative
determinations are made near  detection limit
concentrations.

     Two related studies are  supported under  this
project.  One is focused on the development of
innovative methods for preseparating the  ultra-
trace metals from geothermal  effluents.   New  chelat-
ing resins with macroreticular oganic matrices  are
now being developed for this  purpose.  The other
project is focused on identifying the origin  of
the stray and scattered light  effects and  on
devising means of reducing their magnitude to
negligible or correctible proportions.

     A new chelating resin has been  synthesized
which contains a propylenediaminetetraacetic  acid
(PDTA) functional group attached to  a macroreticu-
lar DVB resin via a carboxylic acid  ester  linkage.
The new resin has two major advantages over the
Chelex 100 chelating resin that has  been  used to
concentrate trace metal ions  from saline waters:
(1) The PDTA functional group  complexes metal
ions more strongly than the iminodiacetic  acid
group (IDA) on Chelex 100, (2) The kinetics of  the
new resin for complexing metal ions  are more
favorable.  Recovery of 16 trace metal ions added
to saline water in 0.5 ppm concentration  each
showed excellent recovery at  pH 6.   Quantitative
recovery of most of the metal  ions was obtained
anywhere within a range of pH  3 to 8.

     Aluminium (III) and manganese (II) were  tested
as carriers for isolation of  trace metal  ions
from sea water because they have fewer atomic
spectral lines than iron (III).  However,  iron
proved to be a more efficient  carrier than the
others.

     Stray and scattered light levels in  commercial
spectrometers have been reduced to detection  limit
levels or less for most elements through  the  use
of state-of-the art gratings  (especially  holo-
graphically deposited gratings) and  by the
elimination of as many scattering or reflecting
surfaces inside the spectrometer as  possible.
Empirical correction factors  based on the
concentration of the element  (concomitant) that
causes the stray light have been successful over
a limited concentration range.  It has been shown
that narrow bandpass interference filters reduce
the far scatter stray light arising  from  Ca con-
centrations as high as 2000 ppm down to negligible
proportions.  These filters reduce the Mg far
scatter stray light as well,  but not as much  as
predicted by the percent transmission of  the  filter
                                                                                                         437

-------
 The nature of the background shift caused by Mg
 is now under study.

      Our key to the  solution of the matrix-related
 background changes is first, the elimination of as
 much of the problem  as possible (e.g.  the reductions
 in stray light already accomplished) and second, the
 development of methods capable of either compen-
 sating for any remaining matrix related background
 shifts, or measuring the shifts directly by
 simultaneous multichannel techniques now under
 study by an ERDA supported project.  No insur-
 mountable problems are foreseen in developing
 viable approaches based on the most effective ways
 of eliminating or correcting these subtle back-
 ground effects.
438

-------
     DEVELOPMENT AND EVALUATION OF IMPROVED
       RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT CAPABILITIES
           Larry G. Kanipe, Phillip H. Jenkins,
            Dale W. Nix, and Richard L. Doty
            Division of Environmental Planning
              Tennessee Valley Authority
                Muscle Shoals, Alabama
INTRODUCTION

    Assessments of the radiological impact  of  a
nuclear power plant are conducted before  and
during plant construction to conform with require-
ments related to granting a construction  permit
and an operating license.  Similar assessments
are conducted during plant operation to conform
with requirements related to preparing reports  on
operation and environmental monitoring.   Empirical
data and analytical models are used for these
assessments.

    Mathematical models, in the form of  computer
programs with theoretical or empirical data, are
used to predict the radiological impact of  re-
leases from a nuclear power plant.  The models
contain many variables, each of which has a  range
of uncertainty associated with it.  Generally,
conservative values are used for these variables
unless the use of more realistic values can  be
justified.  The magnitude of the impact predicted
by these models can influence the cost of con-
structing and operating a nuclear power plant.
Revision of the models is critically needed  to
permit production of more accurate, realistic
assessments of the impact of the facility and to
facilitate  the economic development of nuclear
power.

    To assess the impact of an operating plant
accurately, appropriate personnel must combine
data regarding plant releases with data from en-
vironmental surveys.  All such data should be ob-
tained from effective radiological surveillance
programs at the specific power facility.  Data
concerning  the release of effluents and the  en-
vironment must be accurate and reliable to  assess
properly the environmental impact of a specific
facility.   Refinement and testing of the  analyti-
cal models  for calculating potential movement of
radionuclides from a plant to its environs  and
the associated impacts of that movement depend  on
the comparability of in-plant and environmental
data.  Likewise, the assessment of regional  and
national effects of nuclear power production de-
pends on the comparability of empirical data gen-
erated throughout the nuclear power industry.

    A primary objective of this project  is  to
provide guideline information to the nuclear power
industry for developing an optimum radiological
monitoring program.  Our studies have been  divided
into three major subareas:  (1) development  of  a
model intraorganization  program of quality as-
surance for radiological surveillance that will
include all TVA  environmental  and nuclear plant
laboratories;  (2)  improvement  of radiological moni-
toring techniques  with emphasis on gamma spectros-
copy methodologies, which are  among the most
frequently employed analytical tools;  and (3)
evaluation of  existing environmental radiological
surveillance programs.   The  end product will be a
surveillance program  capable of meeting required
analytical sensitivities and providing adequate
information for  assessment in  a cost-effective
manner.

     This project  is  further designed  to evaluate
and refine the models used to  predict  the radiolog-
ical impact of atmospheric releases from nuclear
power plants.  Gamma-radiation exposure rates
measured at various locations  in the vicinity of
an operating plant are compared with values  pre-
dicted by the models.  Direct  radiation from
radioactive materials confined within the plant
will contribute  to the exposure rates  measured at
some locations;  therefore, models for  assessing
exposure to direct radiation also will be evalu-
ated and refined.

TECHNICAL DISCUSSION

Quality Control

     A quality assurance program is being devel-
oped to (1) help demonstrate the accuracy and re-
liability of output empirical  data and (2)  serve
as a model for the nuclear industry.   The Radio-
analytical Laboratory at Muscle Shoals,  the  Browns
Ferry Nuclear Plant (BFNP) laboratory,  and  the
Sequoyah Nuclear Plant (SNP) laboratory are  par-
ticipating in  this program.  We anticipate  parti-
cipation from all  future nuclear plant and
environmental laboratories developed within  TVA.

     The Analytical Quality  Control Program  will
provide each participant with  (1)  information on
quality control, (2)  a single  source of calibrated
radioactive materials and  custom calibration stan-
dards, (3) an analytical cross-check program, and
(4) assistance in  developing new capabilities.   A
part of the quality control  work has been to write
a Handbook for Analytical  Quality Control in
Radioanalytical  Laboratories for TVA laboratories.
The Environmental  Protection Agency (EPA)  has
suggested that project staff modify and expand the
manual so that a larger  audience can adapt  the
information to its particular  needs.  The manual
will be prepared for  publication during this
fiscal year.  The  manual provides guidelines for
established laboratories and for new laboratories
with little or no  radiological experience.   Adher-
ence to the guidelines should  enable new labora-
tories to meet the requirements of the new
regulations for  drinking water proposed by EPA.

     The quality control laboratory is stocking
and supplying calibrated radioactive material and
providing custom calibration standards to all par-
ticipating laboratories.   Custom sources prepared
from multinuclide  radioactive  solutions calibrated
by the National  Bureau of Standards are prepared
                                                                                                          439

-------
tor the environmental laboratory at Muscle  Shoals
and the BFNP laboratory.  These standards are  used
to calibrate germanium detector systems at  both
laboratories.  Cross-check  standards  for tritium
in water, multinuclide gamma sources  in water, and
strontium in wastewater are being prepared.

     Seminars on liquid scintillation counting
have been presented by project staff  at each par-
ticipating laboratory.  Similar seminars may be
presented to new laboratories as they are staffed.
As another part of the quality control program,  we
helped the Radioanalytical Laboratory at Muscle
Shoals to assemble and calibrate a new beta-gamma
coincidence system for iodine determination in
milk and a radon counting system for  environmental
samples.

Gamma Spectroscopy

     Certain widely used analytical methods are
being investigated.  Gamma  spectroscopy is  a power-
ful technique for identifying and quantifying  ra-
dionuclides.  Cost per analysis is quite low because
costly chemical separations are not required.  The
proper application of thallium-activated sodium-
iodide [NaI(T£)] detectors and germanium detectors
to gamma spectroscopy is the subject  of controversy
since each detector has its own particular  merits
and drawbacks.  The advantages of the Nal(TJ-)  de-
tector systems are high efficiency and low  capital
cost, whereas the advantages of the germanium  de-
tector systems are high resolution and ease of
calibration.  Thus, a radiological program  may use
either detector, or use each in the task for which
it is best suited.  The detailed comparison of the
two types of detector systems that is planned  for
this project will assist in the selection of the
best detector for a particular application.

     The most effective method for extracting
quantitative data from NaI(T£.) spectra is a least-
squares analysis program.  Several least-squares
programs exist, but none have been tested at en-
vironmental levels of activity.  The  report
"Least-Squares Resolution of Gamma-Ray Spectra in
Environmental Monitoring," prepared by project
staff, evaluates the program ALPHA-M  for envi-
ronmental monitoring.  The report provides  docu-
mentation for the program and gives specific
descriptions of (1) the best processing options,
(2) the lower levels of detection obtainable,
(3) experiments to verify the lower levels  of  de-
tection, (4) guidelines for establishing the pro-
gram performance from the standards library
selected, (5) methods for predicting  the perfor-
mance of a given library, and (6) methods for  per-
forming some simple statistical tests to evaluate
the routine data produced by ALPHA-M.

     A study of the applicability of  germanium de-
tectors to environmental monitoring will be com-
pleted soon.  This study focuses on (1) providing
a set of tested quality control procedures  for
germanium detector systems; (2) investigating
practical optimum counting  geometries; (3)  deter-
mining the practical lower  limits of  detection for
certain nuclides using these optimum  geometries;
and (4) preparing a comparison of Nal(TJl) crystals
and germanium detectors  that  considers  sensitivity
system cost, calibration requirements,  and mainte-
nance.

     Optimum counting  geometries  have been deter-
mined for gamma  spectroscopy  systems  using certain
practical considerations as selection criteria—
for example, the difficulty of  collecting and
transporting large volumes or masses  of potentially
perishable samples.  This problem and others of a
pragmatic nature were  considered  when the counting
geometries were determined.   In the design of opti-
mum monitoring programs,  these  data can supply the
scientist with a reliable measure of  the detection
capability of certain  gamma spectroscopy systems.

Environmental Monitoring

     The third objective in optimizing  programs
for environmental radiological  surveillance for
nuclear power plants has two  parts:   (1) to
critically evaluate existing  environmental
radiological surveillance programs and  (2) to
design an optimized, cost-effective program for
environmental radiological surveillance.  This
objective is being addressed  by research and base
program personnel within TVA.   A  historical data
base is being developed  to include data from all
facilities in operation  or under  construction as
part of TVA's nuclear  activities.  The  data base
is being set up on the IBM system, using COBOL as
the basic programming  language  and FORTRAN IV as
the accessory language for data analyses.  Other
utilities, agencies, or  institutions  should be
able to develop similar  data  base systems with
only minor programming modifications.

     An extensive statistical analysis  of the
available data has been  initiated (some simple
analyses have been performed  on the limited data
now in the base).  Because better information re-
garding analytical sensitivities  is available as a
result of the study of ALPHA-M  performed in this
research project and because  data now being added
to the base include estimates of  uncertainties, a
better data set  than others have  had  is available.
Consequently, the worth  of present monitoring pro-
grams similar to TVA's program  can be evaluated.

     The actual optimization  phase of the study is
in its infancy.  Information  provided by the envi-
ronmental surveillance review committee of the
Radiological Hygiene Branch,  established to ensure
that TVA's radiological  surveillance  program meets
applicable regulatory  requirements at minimum cost,
will be used.  Data on monitoring systems used by
other utilities, agencies, and  institutions will
also be gathered.  Consideration  will be given to
vectors or exposure pathways  to be monitored, moni-
toring site selection, sampling methodologies, and
sampling frequencies.

     We anticipate the development of alternative.
designs for radiological surveillance programs.
Using statistical and  cost-effectiveness analyses,
we will gather data for  refining  the  various al-
ternatives.  After these alternative  designs are
evaluated, a specific  surveillance program will be
recommended.  To the extent possible, we will  col-
440

-------
lect field data to evaluate the worth of  the
recommended program.

Analytical Model Refinement

    The refinement and evaluation of analytical
models involve (1) collection of empirical data
with which to test the currently available models
and (2) studies to test the sensitivity of the
models.  Pressurized ionization chamber (PIC) sys-
tems are being used to measure rates of exposure
to gamma radiation in the vicinity of BFNP.  Dur-
ing the period that the plant was shut down for
repairs, distributions of background or nonopera-
tional exposure rates were characterized  at about
83 locations on or near the plant site.

    Data collected since BFNP resumed power pro-
duction in September 1976 have not been fully
evaluated.  A cursory examination of the  data in-
dicates that (1) increases in exposure rate caused
by radioactive materials confined within  the
plant  are easily identifiable at several  locations
close  to the plant and (2) increases in exposure
rate caused by radioactivity in gaseous effluents
may be difficult to identify or quantify.

    Increases in the measured exposure rates
caused by gaseous effluents from BFNP are expected
to be  small in comparison with background and may
not be readily distinguished from fluctuations in
the background exposure rates.  Therefore, methods
of identifying a contribution from a plume were
investigated.  One method is based on the observa-
tion that the presence of a plume causes  the expo-
sure rate to fluctuate more rapidly than  is ob-
served when background alone is measured.  This
fluctuation causes (1) an increase in the standard
deviation associated with the mean of the set of
measurements and  (2) a change in a log-normal plot
of the measurements from a similar plot of mea-
surements of background alone.  Preliminary in-
vestigations of this method using data collected
since  operations resumed at BFNP indicate that
the effects of the gaseous effluent plume on the
exposure rate can be observed, but that quantifi-
cation of the effects may not be possible in all
cases.  Another method of detecting and quantify-
ing the effect of a plume is based on a Latin-
square experimental design.  These and other
methods are being or will be applied to data col-
lected during plant operation.  Further develop-
ment of methods for detecting and quantifying the
effect of the gaseous effluent may be necessary  to
complete the comparison of the observed increases
in exposure rate with the values calculated for
exposure rate caused by the gaseous effluent.

    A study of the assessment models will be
performed to determine ranges or combinations of
values for variables to which the models  are par-
ticularly sensitive.  This information will be
helpful in determining the areas in which the
most benefit will be derived from refinement of
the models and values assigned to the variables
within the models.

    In addition to characterizing the levels of
background radiation  in  the vicinity  of  BFNP,  the
data collected to date have provided  information
regarding the performance of PIC  systems  used  in
this study.  The data showed that, although  the
instruments were in close agreement with  one anoth-
er, small, but statistically significant,  differ-
ences were observed.  Similarly,  small  discrepan-
cies between the two modes of instrument  operation,
the integral mode and the rate mode,  were observed
in some instruments.  The discrepancies are  be-
lieved to be caused by small errors in  the calibra-
tion of the PIC systems.  Experiments are being
planned to quantify these discrepancies accurately.
Persons using PIC systems for studies requiring
accuracy and precision should consider  rigorous
calibration of all instruments.

CONCLUSIONS

     Results of this study are being  used and  are
expected to be used in the near future  by Federal,
state, local, and private agencies and  organiza-
tions.  The quality assurance handbook  prepared  in
this study will be the first comprehensive,  widely
distributed document to discuss quality control  in
radioanalytical laboratories.  With the promulga-
tion of regulations on drinking water and the  con-
sequent increase in the number of laboratories
performing radiological analyses, distribution of
the document may provide the means to assure data
comparability among all environmental laborator-
ies, established or new.

     The multiple-laboratory, intraorganization
program for quality control is providing  and will
provide valuable information regarding  (1) mainte-
nance of such a program and (2) assurance of com-
parability of data between environmental  and nu-
clear power plant laboratories.   The  study will
also provide information for use  by organizations
such as EPA that are responsible  for  interorganiza-
tion programs for quality control.

     As a result of the methodologies for  gamma
spectroscopy, interested organizations  have  and
will have documented information  regarding the
resolution of complex gamma spectra and the  as-
signment of lower levels of detection.  Informa-
tion suitable for comparing NaI(T£) and germanium
detector systems is also being provided.

     The study of environmental radiological sur-
veillance programs is expected to provide essential
information for establishing cost-effective  sur-
veillance programs of high worth.  This part of
the program will be emphasized in the upcoming
years of the project.

     In evaluating the analytical models  used  for
impact assessment, project staff  are  (1)  develop-
ing methodologies for effluent plume  detection and
quantification and  (2) obtaining  information re-
garding the use of PIC systems in studies requir-
ing accuracy and precision.  Results  of the  study
are expected to include  (1) development of refined
analytical models capable of providing  realistic
assessments of radiological impact and  (2) guide-
lines for establishment of environmental  surveil-
lance programs.
                                                  441

-------
      To  supplement  the  ongoing  work,  additional
 studies  should  be performed  in  two  areas:

      1.   Environmental radiological  surveillance
          programs.   Field testing  of surveil-
          lance programs proposed in  the  ongoing
          study and  evaluation  of exposure  path-
          ways  not  considered in detail in  the
          present study should  be conducted  to
          assure proper measurement of environ-
          mental impact.

      2.   Analytical  model refinement.  Additional
          work  is necessary  regarding the collec-
          tion  of radionuclide-specific data
          around large  nuclear  facilities.  Availa-
          bility of  these data  may be necessary to
          formulate  a defensible series of models
          for assessing radiological  impact.

 The combination of  the  ongoing  work and the pro-
 posed work will provide the  means for realistical-
 ly assessing the predicted and  actual impact of
 electrical generation by nuclear power plants.
442

-------
  CHEMICAL CONSTITUENTS FOUND IN WASTES FROM COAL
        CONVERSION AND OIL SHALE PROCESSING
          Ann L. Alford and William T. Donaldson
            Environmental Research Laboratory
           U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                   Athens, Georgia
INTRODUCTION


    Experience has taught us that a thorough
knowledge of the chemical constituents in waste
effluents from industrial plants is invaluable
in determining whether a chemical monitoring
method is needed for the discharge.  The first
step, therefore, in developing methods for mon-
itoring wastes from energy-related industries
should be a comprehensive chemical analysis of
the effluents of concern.  In addition, the de-
veloped information should be valuable in devis-
ing pollution control strategies and in planning
studies to determine the environmental impact of
these energy-related industries.

    In November 1975, the Environmental Protec-
tion Agency awarded a 1-year contract (contract
no. 68-03-2368) to the Research Triangle Insti-
tute (RTI), Research Triangle Park, NC, to iden-
tify and measure chemical constituents in liquid
and solid wastes from several energy-related in-
dustries, with coal conversion and oil shale pro-
cesses the first to be studied.   At the same time
this project began, a considerable number of pro-
jects to assess human health effects of pollut-
ants and to develop control technology for energy
related activities were beginning or in progress.
To minimize unnecessary duplication of effort,
RTI was required to first review pertinent scien-
tific and governmental literature to take advan-
tage of all acceptable information that had al-
ready been or would likely be developed by other
projects.

    After this review was completed, RTI inves-
tigators identified information gaps, sampled
appropriate energy projects presently in opera-
tion, and performed chemical analyses of efflu-
ent for chemical elements and volatile organic
compounds (those that will pass through a gas
chromatograph without decomposing).  This paper
describes the information that will be provided
in greater detail in the final project report,
which is in preparation.

REVIEW OF TECHNICAL REPORTS AND CURRENT PROJECTS

    As expected, collection of information on
completed or ongoing projects was difficult be-
cause very little of the chemical characteriza-
tion had been completed and because most of the
completed work was not reported in the open lit-
erature.   These factors indicated the need for
the review to be updated continually throughout
the project.  Examples of the information for
technical reports and current projects that will
be presented in RTI's final report are given in
Figures 1 and 2.  To date, the review lists 6 tech-
nical reports and 3 current projects that con-
cerned environmental effects of oil shale processing
along with 51 technical reports and 5 current pro-
jects involving coal conversion.  In general, el-
emental analysis was more comprehensive than anal-
ysis for organic compounds.  In fact, most analy-
ses of materials for organic components reported
in the literature were limited to one or two classes
of compounds and usually were performed without
the benefit of a mass spectrometer or other highly
specific detector.  Two notable exceptions were
reports by the Bureau of Mines on the Synthane
process for coal gasification (1, 2).  Even in
these reports, however, the authors indicated a
need for further characterization.
 Title:   Comparison of  Pitch  Resins from
           Different  Sources by Combined
           Pyrolysis  and  Gas-Liquid
           Chroma tography

 Authors:   C.  Karr,  Jr.,  J. R.  Comberiati
             and W.  C.  Warner

 Performing Organization:   Morgantown Coal
                                Research Center,
                                Morgantown,  WV

 Sponsoring Agency:   Bureau of  Mines, U.S.
                         Dept. Interior,
                         Morgantown, WV
 Report  No./Journal


 NTIS/GPO No.:   NA
Anal.  Chem.,  35, 441
(1963)

Type  of  Repor t :
Publication
Figure 1.  Example of Technical Reports.
 Title of  Project:   Slagging  Fixed  Bed  Coal
                        Gasification

 Principal Investigator:   R.  C. Ellman

 Performing Agency:   U.S.  ERDA, Grand Forks
                         Energy Research Center,
                         Grand Forks,  ND  58202

 Supporting Agency:   U.S.  ERDA

       Agency's  Number(s):   Unknown

       Project  Period:   7/1/74 - 6/30/80

       Funds:   FY75    $180,000

                 FY76  - $600,000
Figure 2.  Example of Current Project Reports.
                                                                                                         443

-------
     For six types of energy activities, RTI tab-
ulated all elements and all organic compounds
identified in the reports reviewed:  41 chemical
elements and 61 organic compounds were found in
effluents from coal conversion or oil shale pro-
cessing.

CHEMICAL ANALYSIS

Methods for Elemental Analysis

     Elemental analysis was performed by spark
source mass spectrometry under a sub-contract to
Commercial Testing and Engineering Company,
Golden, CO.  Spark source mass spectrometry can
identify and measure all of the chemical elements
except the ten that occur naturally as gases and
may be lost during sample preparation.  Sensitiv-
ity is approximately the same for all elements,
1 mg/kg for solids and 10 y/1 for liquids.  Be-
cause of its volatility, mercury was determined by
the cold-vapor atomic absorption technique.

Methods for Organic Analysis

     Purgeable compounds were separated by purg-
ing an aliquot of the sample with helium and
collecting the compounds on Tenax resin.  The
trapped compounds were recovered by thermal des-
orption and analyzed by glass capillary -gas
chromatography-mass spectrometry.

     Non-purgeable volatile compounds were ex-
tracted at three different pH levels with freon.
The extracts were concentrated in a Kuderna-
Danish apparatus, and the concentrates were ana-
lyzed by gas chromatography with flame ionization
and mass spectrometric detectors.  Identification
of resolved components was achieved by comparing
the mass fragmentation patterns of the unknown
with mass spectra of known compounds. Quantitation
was performed by relating the mass spectrometer
ion current monitor response for identified com-
pounds to the response for internal reference com-
pounds whose relative responses had previously
been related to the sample compound (either spe-
cifically or by class).   The extraction, concen-
tration, and analytical procedures used were
designed to permit identification and quantita-
tion of organic compounds present in the samples
at concentrations of 1 ug/1 or greater.
     Forty-five samples have been analyzed from
in situ coal gasification plants at Hanna and
Gillette, WY; from a low-BTU coal gasification
pilot plant at Morgantown, WV; and from in situ
oil shale gasification projects at DeBeque, CO,
and Laramie, WY.  Analyzed samples included coal
seam water, product water, product tar, ground
water and liquid condensate from coal gasification,
oil shale formation water, discarded cavern oil
shale, and boiler blow-down water from oil shale
operations.

Reported Data

    Two examples of reported data will illustrate
the complexity of some of the analyzed samples.
In some samples, more than  200  organic  compounds
were reported.  Although  specific  isomers of
some components were not  distinguishable  (such as
C^-alky! benzenes, TABLE  1),  these analyses pro-
vide specific information that  was previously
unavailable for these particular energy processes.
TABLE 1.  VOLATILE  ORGANICS  IN PRODUCT  WATER
          SAMPLE //I DURING WELL 5-6  IN  SITU
          COAL GASIFICATION
Chroma to
graphic
Peak No.
3
4
5
8
9

10
11
13

16


17

18A

19
20
21
22
23
25

27
28
30

31

32
33
34
34A
34B
35

36
37
38
41
42


43
44
45
45A
46
- Elution
Temp. Compound ppb
59-61
62-6
66
72
75

77
79
83-5

90


92

99

99-100
101
104
105
107
112

115
116
118

120

122
123
124
124-132
124
126

127
129
133
140
141


142
144
147
148
149
acetaldehyde 34+5
acetone 9330 + 100
methyl cyanide 17.0+15
CS2 NQ
n-pr opylamine 17.0+2
(tent . )
CgH... isomer NQ
propane nitrile 2000+55
methyl ethyl 5000+0
ket one
2-methylpropane 100+2
nitrile +
unknown
perfluorotoluene
(eS)
methyl isopropyl trace
ketone
benzene 6670+70
thiophene 67+18
n-butyronitr ile 117±0
2-pentanone 4700+800
3-pentanone 2330+500
a-me thylbutyro- 17+8
nitrile
sulfur compound NQ
N-me thy Ipyr role 33+.16
4-methyl-2- 67+7
pentanone
2-methyl-3- 83+21
pentanone
pyrrole 5000±500
n-pentane nitrile 133+33
toluene 5000+100
pyridine trace
2-methyl thiophene trace
3-methylthiophene 330+28
+ 3-hexanone
2-hexanone 670+55
cyclopentanone 167±35
CfiH fi isomer 33+21
3-me?hylpyrrole 1667+170
2-methylcyclo- 670+225
pentanone +
3-methylpyridine
2-methylpyrrole 1660+1100
4-methylpyr idine 33il7
ethylbenzene 1660+10
CRH isomer trace
p.-xyiene 2670+25
                                            (continued),
 444

-------
TABLE 1  (continued)
TABLE 1  (continued)
Chromato-
graphic
Peak No .
47


48
49
49A
50
51

51A
52

52A

52B

53



54

55

56
57
58
59

60
60A

61
62



63
63A

63B

63C

64

65

66

67

67A

68
68A
69
70

71
^
Elution
Temp .
(°C)
151


152
154
154
155
157

158
159

160

161

162



164

167

169
170
171
173

174
174

175
176



176
177

178

179

180

182

183

186

187

188
188-195
190
191

192

Compound
2 , 5-dimethyl-
thiophene +
aniline
2-hep tanone
styrene
CnH, , isomer
O la
o-xy lene
dimethylpyridine
isomer
C H isomer
dimethylpyrrole
isomer
dimethylpyridine
isomer
dimethylpyrrole
isomer
isopropylbenzene
+ dimethyl-
methylpyridine
isomer
ethyl pyrrole
(tent . )
methylpyridine
isomer
n.-propylbenzene
m-ethyltoluene
p_-e thy 1 toluene
2-isopr opyl-
thiophene (tent .
cy anobenzene
trimethylpyridine
(tent. )
o-ethyltoluene
C- _H0^ isomer +
10 20,
methyl-
ethylpyr idine
isomer
a-methylstyrene
1 , 2 ,4-trimethyl-
benzene
benzofuran +
n-decane
ethyl pyrazine
(tent. )
trimethyl
thiophene isomer
C.-alkyl benzene
isomer
1,2, 3-trimethyl-
benzene
dimethylaniline
isomer
trimethylpyridine
isomer
indane
phenol
indene
C, -alkyl benzene
isomer
methylcyano-
benzene isomer
ppb
67+15

17+8
100+50
13001210
trace
1300+333
1670+945

trace
1000+250

trace

trace

33 + 17



NQ

NQ

167125
33001334
2.67+1
16. 7 + 5
)
2670+352
trace

20001299



300+206
25001271
6670+491

1330+826

NQ

1330+279

167138

26701811

58 + 40

t rac e

1000+210
6700+3990
10001675
340145

8301800

Chroma to-
graphic
Peak No.
72

73

74

75
76

77
78

79
80

81



81A

82
83

84

84A

84B
85

86


87
88

89
90
91


91A


92

93

94

95

96

97


98

99

Elution
Temp .
(°C)
193

195

196

197
198

199
201

202
204

205



206

207
208

209

210

210
211

212


214
215
216

218
219
220


221


222

223

224

225

226

227


228

229

Compound ppb
cioH2o + Valkyl 23±4
Benzene isomers
C -alkyl benzene 500+25
isomer
ClnH10 isomer 840+98
If) 10
o^cresol 1730+1110
methylindane trace
isomer
n-undecane 187191
methylbenzof uran 3000+117
isomer
2-ethylphenol 10001177
C, -alkyl benzene 670+392
isomer
methyl indane trace
isomer +
C -alkyl benzene trace
isomer
dimethy lindane trace
is omer
£-cresol 16601778
C -alkyl benzene 0.0610
isomer
methylindane 00.310
isomer
methylindene trace
isomer
C H isomer 1 . 0+1
C^-aIEyl benzene 1.511.5
Isomer
m-cresol + 20001670
C -alkyl benzene
isomer
3-ethylphenol 5000+1200
C H isomer NQ
275-dimethyl- 533011555
phenol
n-dodecane 40001100
naphthalene 13340+134
dimethylindane 1340+888
isomer +
benzothiophene
C, -alkyl benzene trace
q
1 somer
4,7-dimethyl- 10001700
benzofuran
dimethy Iphenol trace
isomer
5 , 6-dimethyl- trace
benzofuran
Cft-alkyl benzene trace
isomer
C.-alkyl benzene trace
isomer
C -alkyl benzene 1000+970
+ C.-alkyl phenol
isomer
dimethylindene 16601170
isomer
dimethylindane 10001170
isomer
                                                                                                      (continued)
                                                                                                             445

-------
 Table 1 (continued)
Chromato- Elution
graphic Temp. Compound ppb
Peak No. (°C)
100 229
101 230

102 232



103 233
104 235
236

106 237

107 239

107A 240


108 isothermal

109

110
111
112

113
114

115
116
117
118

118A 240
119

120

121

122 isothermal
123

124



125
128
129

130

131

135

137
138
1-phenyl hexane 67+15
methyl dihydro- 670176
naphthalene isomer
methyl dihydro- 8001136
napthalene isomer
+ C, -alkyl indane
isomer
1-tridecene 900+376
n-tridecane 50001500
tr imethylindane NQ
isomer
C -alkyl phenol 8001475
isomer
a-methyl- 2830+284
nap thalene
2-isopropyl- trace
benzimidazole
isomer
3-methyl- 20001100
napthalene
C. 0H1 , isomer 68134
HenL)
C H isomer 100152
C .H isomer 117+27
C -alRyl benzene 150175
isomer
C H isomer 6701300
1-tetradecene 1000+277
biphenyl 53301534
ri-tetradecane 23301460
C13H18 isomer trace
C13H18 isomer trace
ethyinaphthalene 16701710
isomer
C12H14 isomer trace
dimethyl- 200011120
naphthalene isomer
dimethyl- 6701300
naphthalene isomer
dimethyl- 13301710
naphthalene isomer
C H , isomer 167149
dimethyl- 1601130
naphthalene isomer
biphenylene + 17001491
ethylnaphthalene
isomer
C. .-H,,- isomer trace
15 30 ,
n_-pentadecane trace
acenaphthalene 16901170
isopropyl NQ
naphthalene isomer
C.-alkyl trace
naphthalene isomer
tetramethyl trace
indane ( tent . )
trimethyl- NQ
naphthalene isomer
C H isomer 17001170
n_-Rexadecane 26601271
    The chemical  elements present were  reported
in alphabetical lists of detected elements accom-
panied by concentration data  (TABLE 2).  Seventy-
four elements were considered routinely.
                                                    Table 2.   ELEMENTAL CONCENTRATIONS IN LIQUID
                                                              CONDENSATE #5 FROM ROSEBUD COAL
                                                              DURING LOW BTU COAL GASIFICATION
                                                      Element
                                                                      ppm
                                                     Aluminum
                                                     Antimony
                                                     Arsenic
                                                     Barium
                                                     Beryllium
                                                     Bismuth
                                                     Boron
                                                     Bromine
                                                     Cadmium
                                                     Calcium
                                                     Cer ium
                                                     Cesium
                                                     Chlorine
                                                     Chromium
                                                     Cobalt
                                                     Copper
                                                     Dyspro s ium
                                                     Erbium
                                                     Europium
                                                     Fluorine
                                                     Gadolinium
                                                     Gallium
                                                     Germanium
                                                     Gold
                                                     Hafnium
                                                     Holmium
                                                     Indium
                                                     Iodine
                                                     Iridium
                                                     Iron
                                                     Lanthanum
                                                     Lead
                                                     Lithium
                                                     Lutet ium
                                                     Magnesium
                                                     Manganese
                                                     Mercury^1
                                                     Molybdenum
                                                     Neodymium
                                                     Nickel
                                                     Niobium
                                                     Osmium
                                                     Palladium
                                                     Phosphorus
                                                     Plat inum
                                                     Potass ium
                                                     Praseodymi
                                                     Rhenium
                                                     Rhodium
                                                     Rubidium
                                                     Ruthenium
                                                     Samarium
                                                     Scandium
            0.5  ±  .
           0.06  +  .
              1  +  0
           0.025 1
              <0.02
              <0.02
             0.4 1
            0.02 ±
              <0. 02
             2.4 +
              <0.02
            0.01 +
            0.23 +
            0.06 +
           0.008 ±
             0.2 ±
              <0.02
              <0.02
              <0. 02
             0.6 +
              <0.02
              <0.02
              <0. 02
              <0.02
              <0. 02
              <0.02
                 S
              <0.02
              <0.02
             2.5 ±
              <0. 02
             0.1 i
           0.020 +
              <0.02
             0.7 +
            0.04 +
             <0.001
              <0.02
              <0. 02
            0.85 ±
              <0.02
              <0. 02
              <0.02
            0.07 +
              <0.02
            0.23 1
           urn <0 . 02
              <0.02
              <0.02
            0.05 1
              <0.02
              <0. 02
            0.02 +
45
02

.005
. 2
0

1.7

0
.17
. 01
. 002
.1
.4
1.5

0
. 015

.4
.02
.05



.02

.17



.04


.015
                                                                                          (continued)
446

-------
TABLE 2 (continued)
Element
ppm
Selenium 0.04 ± 0
Silicon
Silver
Sodium
Strontium 0
Sulfur
Tantalum
Tellurium
Terbium
Thallium
Thorium
Thulium
Tin
Titanium
Tungsten
Uranium
Vanadium 0
Ytterbium
Yttrium
Zinc
Zirconium
Detection
^Determined
2.0 ± 1.1
<0.02
1.0 ± .9
.015 ± .005
MC
0.3 ± .3
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
0.1 + 0
0.07 ± .07
<0.02
.033 ± .027
<0. 02
<0.02
0.25 ± .2
0.02 + .02
limit was <0.02
by flameless AA .
2.  Schmidt, C. E., A.  G.  Sharkey,  Jr.,  and
    R. A. Friedel.  Mass  Spectrometric Analysis of
    Product Water from  Coal  Gasification.  U. S.
    Bureau of Mines, Pittsburgh,  PA.  TRP-86.
SIGNIFICANCE

    Any discussion of the environmental signifi-
cance of the results reported  in  this  project is
beyond the scope of this paper; however,  because
of the importance assigned recently  to the con-
sent decree priority pollutants,  it  is of inter-
est that 7 of the 13 consent decree  elements
were reported at concentrations ranging from 0.04
to 1.0 ppm (Table 2) and that  6 of the 108 con-
sent decree organic compounds  are reported at
concentrations ranging from 1,660 to 13,340 ppb
.(Table 1) .


FUTURE PLANS
                        *
    Another EPA  contract, which was  recently
awarded  to Gulf  South Research Institute, will
provide  analogous information  about  effluents
from several energy activities,  including coal
gasification and liquefaction, oil  shale process-
ing, coal mining, and coal-fired  power plant
operations.  Sampling will  continue  at some sites
mentioned in this paper,  and  the  review of rela-
ted projects will continue  to  be  updated period-
ically.


REFERENCES

  1.  Forney, A.  J., W.  B. Hanes, S.  J. Gasion,
     G.  E.  Johnson  and  A. G.   Sharkey,  Jr.  Analy-
     sis of  Tars, Chars,  Gases and Waters  Found
     in  Effluents  from the Synthane Process.
     D.  S.  Bureau  of  Mines, Pittsburgh,  PA.
     TPR-76.   January 1974.
                                                                                                            447

-------
   MEASUREMENT STANDARDS FOR WATER MONITORING
     ASSOCIATED WITH ENERGY PRODUCTION AND USE
                  William H. Kirchhoff
            Office of Air and Water Measurement
               National  Bureau of Standards
              U.S. Department of Commerce
                   Washington, D.C.

    This paper presents a summary  of  work being
performed by the National Bureau  of Standards on
the development of measurement methods and stan-
dards for water monitoring associated  with energy
production and use.  In a separate  paper presented
at this symposium, the corresponding air pollution
measurement standards work of NBS is described.

    The first area of work to be described is the
development of Standard Reference Materials for
the analysis of energy related water pollutants.
Standard Reference Materials  (SRM's) are materials
with accurately characterized properties and are
designed to test the accuracy and reliability of
measurement methods.   SRM's can also serve as a
point of comparison for measurements made at
different times on different locations by different
               analysts.   Comparability is achieved  through a
               carefully  documented series of comparisons  of
               SRM's  with quality control samples, working stan-
               dards  and  calibration standards.  SRM's  are sold
               by  NBS at  a cost sufficient to recover production
               expenses and are accompanied by a certificate
               which  not  only gives the certified values for the
               properties of interest but also contains the name
               of  the scientist who had responsibility  for the
               certification and additional information on the
               preparation and use of the SRM.  The  SRM program
               at  NBS has been reviewed recently by  Cali  [1].

                   The SRM development activities are coordi-
               nated  with the Environmental Monitoring and
               Support Laboratory of EPA in Cincinnati except for
               radioactivity standards which are coordinated with
               the Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory
               of  EPA in  Las Vegas.

                   During the first year of this program,  work-
               shops  were held to determine the SRM  needs  for the
               analysis of effluents associated with various
               industrial operations.  These included:  Off-Shore
               Petroleum  Production, Oil-Shale Processing,  Coal
               Gasification and Liquefaction,  Coal Desulfurization,
               Power  Plant Operation, Mine Drainage, Uranium
               Mining and Geothermal Energy Production.  The
               Proceedings of these workshops are in pre-
               paration but the SRM needs in priority order are
               available  and are presented in Table  1.
TABLE 1.  STANDARD REFERENCE MATERIALS NEEDED FOR ENVIRONMENTAL  MONITORING ASSOCIATED WITH ENERGY PRODUCTION
         AND USE
  Technology Area
                                                 Material
                                           Certified  Properties
  Off-Shore Petroleum Production
  Oil Shale Production
  Coal Gasification and Liquefaction
1.  Sediment

2.  Biological Tissue
3.  Synthetic Mixture  of Pure
    Organic Compounds
4.  Reference Crude  Oil
5.  Sea Water

1.  Raw Oil Shale  Containing
    Approximately 100 Liters/
    Metric Ton, <_ 200 mesh
2.  Spent Shale
3.  Shale Oil
4.  Process Water
1.  Western Sub-bituminous Coal
2.  Product Oil
3.  Bottom Ashb
4.  Aqueous Effluent  Containing
    Organic Fraction
5.  Gas Blends of  H2S,  COS, Thiophenes
    and Mercaptans  in  Methane and
    Carbon Dioxide
   Char (from Lurgi  Process)
   Eastern Coalc
                                           6.
                                           7.
                                           8.  Fly  Ashc
Trace Elements  and Hydro-
carbons
  ti       ti          ii
Concentrations  of Individual
 Compounds
Homogeneity
Trace Elements  and Hydro-
carbons

Homogeneity
Trace Elements  and Hydro-
carbons

Trace Elements
Homogeneity
Trace Elements
Homogeneity

Concentration
Homogeneity
Trace Elements
                                                                                                    (continued)
                                                                                                           449

-------
TABLE  1  (continued)
  Technology Area
                                                  Material
                                             Certified  Properties
  Coal Desulfurization
  Power Plant Operation
  Mine Drainage
  Uranium Mining
  Geothermal Energy Production
1.  Eastern Coal and Fly Ash

2.  Fly Ash

3.  Bottom Ash
4.  H-Coal Product
5.  Western Coal and Coal Fly Ashd
6.  Gas Blend of H2S in Nitrogen
7.  H2S Permeation Tube
8.  Scrubber Sludge
9.  Fly Ash Pond Effluent

1.  Particle Standard

2.  Surface Thickness Standard
3.  Vinyl Chloride in Air
4.  Water

5.  Air Particulates on Filters
    (Fly Ash and Ambient)
6.  Coal and Fly Ash
7.  Fly Ash Leachate
8.  Air Particulates

9.  Water
1. Unpolluted, Fresh Water
    Sediment
2. Effluent Water
3. Polluted Water
4. Unpolluted Marine Sediment
5. Powdered Spoil Material

1. Uranium Ore, 21% High Barium
    Content, Secular Equilibrium
    For Nuclides
2. Uranium Ore Raffinate
3. Uranium Ore
4. "Blank" Soil (Dunnite)

5. Thorium Ore
6. Water
7. Soil


1. H2S in Blend of 50% C02 and
    50% Air
2. Geothermal Water
3. Cooling Tower Sludge
   Listed in order of decreasing priority.

   If substantially different in composition from fly ash.
  "Reissuance of NBS SRM's

   If substantially different in composition from Eastern coal and fly ash.
Inorganic and Organic Sulfur,
 Additional Trace Elements
Polynuclear Aromatic Hydro-
 carbons
Sulfur and Trace Elements
     Tl           M
Trace Elements
Concentration
Permeation Rate
Trace Elements
Trace Elements

Size Distribution in .01
 to 100 ym range
Pb on 50 pm Particles
Concentration
Oil and Grease, 10 to 50 mg/
 Liter
Trace Elements

Additional Trace Elements
Trace Elements
Polynuclear Aromatic
 Hydrocarbons
As+3; As+5,  CH3As,  Sb+3,
Sb+5, CHiSb, Hg+2,  CH3Hg,
Cr+3, Cr"™,  Organic Cr

Trace Elements

Elements
Trace Elements
Trace Elements
Homogeneity

Pb-210, Th-230, Ra-226,
U, Pa-231, Po-210

Radionuclides
Trace Elements
Trace Elements and
 Radionuclides
Thorium and Ra-228
Pb-210,
U, Th-230, Ra-226,  Po-210,
 Pb-210
Concentration

Trace Elements
Trace Elements
450

-------
    Support under this program has  been used to
accelerate the development of a trace  element in
water SRM, issuance of which is expected in August
1977.  The SKM will consists of 16 certified trace
elements in concentrations ranging from 2 ppb to
100 ppb and four "matrix elements"  (Na,  K,  Ca,  and
Mg) in the low ppm range.

    A method has been developed which may be used
to generate known concentrations of  organic com-
pounds in water.  The compound of interest is
coated on glass beads packed in a column.   When
water is flowed through the column,  the effluent
contains a saturated solution of the compounds.
Experiments to date have demonstrated  that the
concentration is a reproducible function of
temperature and, following a conditioning period,
independent of flow rate.  Future efforts will
determine the suitability of this device as a
standard reference material.

    The development of radioactivity  standards is
mostly directed at the measurement of  alpha
particle emitting radionuclides.  To date a --^Po
standard, a mixed gamma ray solution standard and
a mancos shale standard certified for  226Ra and
228Ra have been completed.

    The  second area of work is the  development of
energy related water pollution analysis instrumen-
tation and is coordinated with the EPA Environ-
mental Research Laboratory in Athens,  Georgia.
This effort is directed toward the determination
of organic and organo-metallic compounds likely to
result from coal gasification and  liquefaction
plants,  from  coal fired power plants and from oil
shale production.

    In  order to develop a method to determine the
concentration and identification of  chemical forms
of particular elements three projects  have been
initiated.  In the first, a combination of liquid
chromatography with electrochemical  detection is
being studied for the determination  of organic
complexes of  cadmium, lead, copper and mercury.  A
second method, selective dissolution for the
separate  determination of As-Ill and As-V, proved
to be unreliable, but did lead to an improved
method for total arsenic.  The third method, dual
plasma spectrometry, is based on heating an
environmental sample and examining  the vapor above
the sample as a function of temperature.  The
vapor is  directed into a plasma flame  and the
element  of interest is determined by atomic
emission  spectroscopy.  Distinct species of mercury
in water, sea water and orchard leaves, chromium
in yeast  and  lead in air, orchard leaves and steel
have been detected though not identified.
                                                         chromatographic  separation methods for polar
                                                         organic  compounds.   In order to assess the method,
                                                         specific  hydroxylated polynuclear aromatic hydro-
                                                         carbons  are  being prepared.  Two detection methods,
                                                         cerium oxidation and electrochemical, will be
                                                         evaluated for  use in the determination of hydroxy-
                                                         lated polynuclear aromatic compounds.  Finally,
                                                         instrumentation  is  being assembled to allow
                                                         coupling  of  mass spectroscopic detection with
                                                         liquid chromatography.

                                                              Details of  the projects described in this
                                                         summary  are  contained in the semiannual reports
                                                         submitted by NBS to EPA.

                                                         REFERENCE

                                                         [1]  Call, J.  P., Anal.  Chem,  48,  802a, (1976).
    Work is now beginning on method  development
for  the measurement of trace organic  compounds
in water.  Marker compounds will  be  selected and
incorporated into analytical procedures in order
to quantify organic compounds detected using gas
chromatographic methods.  A marker  compound is
an internal standard added as a spike when a
water sample is collected and which  behaves in a
similar way the compounds to be determined.  Work
is also in progress on the development of liquid
                                                                                                           451

-------
   DEVELOPMENT OF WATER-RELATED TECHNIQUES AND
      INSTRUMENTATION: U.S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY
                  Phillip E. Greeson
                  Geological Survey
               U.S. Department of Interior
                   Reston, Virginia
 INTRODUCTION

    The U.S. Geological Survey has been
 active in environmental monitoring for many
 years and has furnished assistance in this
 area to numerous Federal, State, and local
 agencies.  The Survey is a research and
 hydrologic-data-oriented organization based
 on strong in-house capability.  As part of
 its monitoring activities, the Survey has
 taken a lead role in the development, testing,
 and application of methods, techniques, and
 instruments for measuring water and water-
 related constituents and characteristics.

    The development of fossil fuel resources
 in the arid and semi-arid lands of the West
 has placed new emphasis on improving available
 measuring techniques and equipment for monitoring
 water quality and quantity.  Indeed, there is
 probably no area in which it is more difficult
 to accurately measure the various water-
 quality and streamflow characteristics for
 assessing the impacts of mining and related
 industries.  Research to support the monitoring
 program is concerned with the development of
 instrumentation for sampling, measuring, and
 monitoring water pollutants associated with
 energy-related developments, particularly
 petrochemicals, toxic substances and sediment,
 and sediment-laden flows.

    This paper summarizes the results and
 program accomplishments by the U.S. Geological
 Survey since the inception in 1975 of the
 Interagency Energy/Environment R&D Program.
 Activities under the program have been
 concentrated in four project elements including
 (1) development of methods for characterizing
 and monitoring levels of chronic toxicity,
 (2) development of instrumentation for high-
 volume analysis of petrochemicals and associated
 compounds, (3) development of bedload samplers
 for measuring stream sediment, and (4) develop-
ment of flumes and weirs and other devices
 and techniques for measuring sediment-laden
 stream flows.

PROGRAM DISCUSSION

 Development of Methods for Characterizing
 and Monitoring Levels of Chronic Toxicity

    Measurements of response of individual
organisms or aquatic communities to potentially
toxic substances or mixtures can be used to
monitor compliance with  standards  for protection
of aquatic life  or to  assess  changes in
quality of natural waters.  Transfer of
information gained from  laboratory bioassays
to field situations requires  that  processes
such as equilibration, degradation,  and
sorption which affect  solute  concentration of
non-conservative toxicants  also  be evaluated.
For example, trace metals tend to  adsorb on
solid phases in natural  waters and thus are
distributed differently  than  dissolved pollutants.
In the present study,  reservoirs of  trace
metals for bioaccumulation  and physicochemical
factors influencing solute  metal availability
and toxicity are examined.  Methods  of measuring
responses of aquatic organisms and communities
to trace contaminants  that  are applicable to
water quality assessment are  being developed.

    This activity has  contributed  significant
information on distribution and  cycling of
trace metals in natural  aquatic  ecosystems.
Distributions of solute  chromium,  copper,
iron, lead, manganese  and zinc during stratifi-
cation of a large, oligotrophic  lake (Lake
Michigan) were examined.  Coprecipitation of
trace metals with calcium carbonate,  adsorption
on suspended particulates,  such  as clays and
hydrous metal oxides,  and association with
organic species are apparently important
factors limiting concentration of  trace
metals in solution.  Uptake by plankton in
oligotrophic Lake Michigan  does  not  significantly
limit solute metal concentration,  except in
some nearshore areas of  high  productivity.
Factor analysis, a statistical method that
takes the explained variance  in  a  correlation
matrix and redistributes it among  a  set of
factors to reveal underlying  linear  combinations
of the original variables,  is very useful in
characterizing physicochemical and biological
controls on solute metal concentration.

    Seasonal and storm-related variations in
solute concentrations  of lead, bicarbonate,
nitrate, phosphate, and  dissolved  solids in  a
small, eutrophic river draining  predominately
agricultural land were studied.  Non-point-
source loadings  of these constituents associated
with individual  storm  hydrographs  can be
estimated using  a model  for predicting
unsteady state two-dimensional distributions
of solute concentration  in  natural channels.
Solute lead and  phosphate concentrations in
the river are regulated  primarily  by sorption
to suspended solids,

    A major contribution of this study was
the development  of methods  permitting elucidation
of the role of physicochemical  factors on
bioavailability  of sediment-bound  trace
metals.  Variations in availability of sediment-
bound trace metals to  the deposit-feeding,
estuarine clam Macoma  balthica were  quantitatively
measured for cadmium,  cobalt, silver, and
zinc.  Bioavailability appears  to  be an
inverse function of the  strength of metal-
sediment binding.  Concentrations  of zinc in
clams (M. balthica; Tapes japonica)  and
                                                                                                           453

-------
polychaetes (Neanthes succinea; Marphysa
sanguinea) from San Francisco Bay are controlled
by concentration and physicochemical form of
zinc in surface sediments which the animals
ingest for food and by species-specific
physiological factors.  Chemical extraction
methods were developed for estimating bioavail-
ability of copper and zinc from natural
sediments.  Extractions involving complexation
and/or mild dissolution procedures best
estimate bioavailability.  Uptake of zinc by
clams increases where iron concentration
increases relative to concentrations of other
chemical sinks in the surface sediments (that
is, as more zinc is partitioned to iron oxide
by mass balance effects).

     Studies were initiated on the use of
embryo-larval, early juvenile bioassays with
rainbow trout (Salmo gairdneri) to determine
concentrations of trace metals singly and in
combination that affect growth and reproduction,
the most critical components of population
survival.  Assays have been conducted with
copper, zinc, copper plus zinc, and lead.
Zinc and copper are more toxic to late embryonic
stages and newly-hatched fry than to early
embryonic stages or to juveniles.  In contrast,
arrest of embryonic development by lead
occurs in early embryonic stages.  The pattern
of toxicity to embryoes may vary significantly
between essential and non-essential trace
metals.

Development of Instrumentation for
High-Volume Analysis of Petrochemicals
and Associated Compounds

     The upsurge in energy-related activities
in recent years has resulted in rapidly
intensified water-quality data-gathering
activities.  The vast numbers of samples
collected under these activities have strained
the capability of analyzing laboratories,
both in terms of meeting the demands and in
maintaining acceptable quality of results.
The purpose of this project element is to
develop the criteria by which laboratory
managers can determine the most effective
methods and best instruments for analyzing
large volumes of samples for petrochemicals
and associated compounds.

     The approaches are designed to increase
instrument output, improve accuracy and
precision of analytical results, conserve
analytical time, reduce clerical time and
errors, and reduce tedium.  Specific steps
include:

1.   Project the distribution of analytical
     work load.  Examine present equipment
     and work space, and inventory available
     equipment for automation.

2.   Design automated equipment that would
     maintain or reduce the standard error
     of estimate on analytical data, double
     analytical output, and reduce manpower
     requirements by 25 percent  in  comparison
     to that presently required.

3.   Define the needed compatibility between
     command software, input-output of  instruments,
     and data-management procedures for a
     computer-based control  system.

4.   Initiate individual contracts  to acquire
     equipment, computer software,  and  a
     management system.  Initiate contracts
     for automation of wet chemical extractions,
     concentration steps, dilution  steps, and
     automatic injectors.

     With the contract advice of Lawrence
Livermore Laboratory (LLL) ,  it was  decided to
begin with software and hardware specifications
developed for the Central Regional Laboratory,
EPA Region V, as well as with other software
developed by LLL for other analytical instruments.
This would be followed by incorporation into
the design of the overall system of sophisticated,
computer-integrated instruments now owned by
the Geological Survey or commercially available.

     Data-handling systems for gas  chromatography
have been acquired and installed in the
Central Laboratories of the  Geological  Survey.
These automated systems inherently are  more
precise and cover a broader  range of concentra-
tions than did former systems.  Two gas
chromatograph-mass spectrometers (GC-MS) have
been purchased and two additional units are
planned for acquisition as further automation
of organic determinations proceeds.  High-
pressure liquid chromatography equipment also
was purchased and installed.  The instrumental
capability to perform complex, more sophisticated
tests will have been achieved when  this
equipment and other supplemental equipment
is totally operational.

     In the final design, two large minicomputers
will perform instrumental data acquistion
and real time computations,  as well as  instru-
mental control.  A third minicomputer will
process and manage the data  accumulated
either by the two large minicomputers,  from
on-line terminals, or from minicomputers
dedicated to other analytical instruments,
including gas chromatographic spectrometers,
gas chromatograph-mass spectrometers, and
inductively coupled plasma-jet emission
spectrometers.  The data management minicomputer,
with its on-line terminals,  will provide a
multi-user time-sharing environment that will
provide several computer language capabilities
including machine assemblage, BASIC, COBAL,
and FORTRAN.

     A reassessment of the projected analytical
workload distribution indicated  that increments
of additional analytical support for determining
organics in water would be needed in each of
the next several years.  Definition of  the
ambient level of petrochemicals  found in
streams and ground waters and the character
of those petrochemicals, particularly those
454

-------
 chemicals mentioned in  the  Toxic Substances Act,
 should be given priority  for  improved analytical
 methodology.  For the remaining  part of this
 project activity, emphasis  will  be  on automating
 sample extractions, phase separations,  sample
 concentrations, and serial  dilutions.  Requests
 for bids on contracts to  further automate con-
 tinous extraction procedures  and serial dilutions
 have been issued, and further studies of auto-
 mation procedures to characterize organics are
 being conducted.

     As the above capabilities are  brought on
 line, the need for a fully  automated character-
 ization of organic compounds  or  compound classes
 in water samples can be addressed.   Attainment
 of this goal will require several more  years,
 cooperation among many  researchers  and  disci-
 plines, and the continued environmental concern
 of the public.  Assuming  that this  concern will
 continue, several fully automated laboratories
 capable of supplying needed data are now within
 sight.

 Development of Bedload  Samplers  for
 Measuring Stream Sediment

     Virtually all physical processes involving
 the removal of mineral  resources from the earth's
 surface, or from underground, disturb the soil
 mantle, which, in turn, results  in  changes in
 surface erosional patterns.   At  many sites where
 resources will be mined for energy  development,
 production processes and  associated construction
 very likely will result in  increased erosion and
 delivery of sediment to existing stream channels.
 The additional sediment burden will significantly
 affect stream morphology, water  quality, and
 stream ecology.  Much of  the  sediment will be
 transported in essentially  continous contact with
 the stream bed as bedload.  In order to predict
 the response of the channel and  its carrying
 capacity to changes in  the  sediment supply so
 that remedial action can be undertaken  to rectify
 adverse conditions, information  must be available
 on the quantities of sediment transport, particu-
 larly the quantities of bedload.
     Although a wide variety  of  direct- and
 indirect-measuring apparatus  has been developed,
 no sampler or device exists that is universally
 satisfactory for quantifying  bedload transport.
 The primary deficiency  of most apparatus is
 that sampling efficiencies  vary  significantly
 and unpredictably with  hydraulic and sedimento-
 logic conditions.  Hence, the accuracy  of
 measured data is unknown.

     The intent of the  research  reported herein
 is to develop one or more samplers  for  accurate-
 ly measuring the discharge  of bedload in natural
 streams.  This will be  done by testing  and cal-
 ibrating existing samplers  to define their
 operating characteristics and efficiencies in
 sampling different sizes of sediment under
 various hydraulic conditions.  Based on this
information, sampler designs  will be modified
or new samplers will be designed, as required,
 to provide one or more  samplers  having  stable
and predictable sampling  efficiencies.
     In order to provide  the most meaningful
results, testing and  calibrating will  be
conducted with full-scale  prototype  samplers in
a 9-foot wide by 6-foot deep laboratory flume
capable of conveying  discharges up to  at  least
280 cubic feet per  second  (7.93 m3/S) .  Asso-
ciated with the flume  is  a sediment-handling
system which has been  designed to permit  part-
icles, that range in  size  from about 2 to 64
millimeters and transported as bedload, to be
continuously circulated at rates up  to approx-
imately 5 pounds per  second per foot of width
[7.45 (kg/m)/s].  In  the  calibration facility,
sediment moving along  the  bottom as  bedload
drops through a slot  that  extends across  the
width of the flume  at  the  lower end  and falls
into one of seven equally  spaced weighing pans
which are suspended beneath the slot by load
cells.  When accumulating  particles  fill  a pan,
the sediment is dumped through the bottom into a
hopper.   A screw feed  continuously carries the
material from the hopper to a solids-handling
pump that conveys the water and sediment  through
piping to the head  of  the  channel and  discharges
the slurry back into  the flow.  The  load  cells
that suspend the weight pans are continually mon-
itored as sediment  accumulates and the  weight of
each pan is recorded periodically to permit
accurate and essentially continous determination
of the bedload"transport rate.  The  monitoring
and recording system  is entirely automated to
permit data processing by  computer.  The  cal-
ibration facility is  under construction at
the University of Minnesota's St. Anthony  Falls
Hydraulic Laboratory.

     A detailed experimental plan for  testing an
initial complement  of  samplers has been de-
veloped to optimize the number of sampler
variations that can be studied during  each hy-
draulic and sedimentologic condition,  and  to
identify as rapidly as possible those  sampler
features that contribute to stable sampling
efficiencies.  For  the calibrations, the  average
bedload transport rate obtained from repetitive
sampling with a specific sampler will  be  compared
with the long-term  transport rate through  the
width of the flume  occupied by the sampler,  to
define the sampling efficiency for a given
sampler configuration.

     Initially, versions of the Helley-Smith
sampler, which is a pressure-difference
sampler in current  use, will be tested  to  de-
termine the effects of various exit-entrance
area ratios, width-height  entrance ratios,
degrees of filling, sample-bag mesh  sizes,
sample-bag shapes,  and sample-bag bottom
materials.  In addition,  the standard  VUV
sampler, another type  of pressure-difference
sampler, will be tested as a part of the  same
series.   A bed material mixture having a  median
particle size of about 10  millimeters  will be
used in the initial tests.  In subsequent tests,
the performance of  composite samplers  incor-
porating the best features of previously  tested
samplers will be studied using finer and  coarser
bed material mixtures.
     Ultimately, results  from the study will
                                                                                                         455

-------
  permit the accurate measurement of  bedload dis-
  charges under the wide  range of conditions en-
  countered  in nature, and the availability of
  such  data  will facilitate assessments of channel
  response to the effects of energy-resource
  developments.

  Development of Flumes and Weirs for
  Measuring  Sediment-Laden Streamflow

       Conventional methods of measuring Streamflow
  exhibit limited success in the alluvial-channel
  streams located in the  arid west where oil shale
  and coal development are imminent.   Flashy
  sediment-laden flows of western streams  pose
  extreme measurement and gaging problems.   En-
  vironmental impacts on  surface-water  quality of
  these basins must be based on an accurate  and
  continuous measurement  of stream discharge.
  Present methodology of  stream gaging  is  based  on
  the establishment of a  stable stage-discharge
  relation.   At many sites, an artificial  control
  is  constructed in the stream channel  to  provide
  relatively stable conditions.   Artificial  controls
  are of limited usefulness  in alluvial channels
  for the following reasons:
  1.
  2.
  3.
Deposition of sediment upstream from
control makes accurate measurements of
stage difficult.

The non-rigid boundary and movable beds of
alluvial channels make it difficult to
construct an artificial control structure
which will remain in place.

The relationship between stage and
discharge is unstable because of changing
approach conditions.
      Unique artificial controls have been in-
 stalled, for field evaluation, at gage sites
 in alluvial channels in Arizona, Colorado,
 Kentucky, Utah, and Wyoming.  The controls are
 of five types:  (1) dual weirs, (2) super-
 critical-flow flumes (3) critical-depth flumes,
 (4) rock-gabion controls, and (5) rock-channel
 stabilization controls.  Each is designed to
 eliminate sediment deposition in the vincinity
 of the gage and to provide a relatively stable
 stage-discharge relation.  Data collection under
 a range of flow conditions will be necessary to
 assess the effectiveness of the various controls.

      Investigation is underway into alternative
 techniques of  measuring Streamflow in open
 channels.   Presently three methods of measuring
 discharge  or velocity are being  considered,  all
 of which require little or no contact with the
 water:   (1)  fluorometric, (2) photographic or
 video,  and (3) microwave.

      Fluorometric  techniques  of  Streamflow
 measurement  are  well established.   However,
 field  application  of continuous measurement  of
 discharge  is limited because  of  the high-power
 requirements of  presently available fluorometers.
 Contract negotiations are underway for devel-
 ment of a low-power,  sensitive, self-contained
 fluorometer which can be used for field
 applications.

      The U.S.  Geological Survey is preparing a
 comprehensive  report  on the feasibility of using
 photographs or videotape techniques to determine
 Streamflow.  The  report will include approaches,
 equipment requirements, techniques for automatic
 analysis,  and  recommendations.

     Negotiations  are  underway  for a contract to
 investigate the feasibility of  using reflected
 microwaves  to  determine surface velocities  and
 stage.

 CONCLUSIONS

     The  U.S.  Geological Survey through its
 participation  in  the  Interagency Energy/Environ-
 ment R&D  Program  and  other  energy-related  programs
will continue  to  develop methods,  techniques, and
 instruments for obtaining more  accurate water
 data in energy-resource  areas of the Nation.
While emphasis  has been placed  on  the arid and
 semi-arid regions  of  the West,  the developed
methodologies will have  application in all
 important energy-resource areas.   Due to the
nature of the  continuing research,  final results
still are inconclusive but  advances  in the
state-of-the-technology  are  being  made,  and
improved methodologies will  be  available in the
near future.
456

-------
 STANDARDIZATION AND INTERCALIBRATION TECHNIQUES
             FOR MARINE MONITORING
                 Michael A. Basileo
                National Ocean Survey
      National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
             U.S. Department of Commerce
                 Rockville, Maryland

INTRODUCTION

    The elements of this project  are  directed to-
wards developing a capability  to define  the  uncer-
tainties or error boundaries associated  with data
obtained from environmental measurement  systems.
The project is composed of two major tasks:   Stand-
ards Development and Investigations.

    Standards development is  presently  underway
in the following specific subtasks:  dissolved
oxygen laboratory standard; dynamic test apparatus
for flow sensors; test specifications  for environ-
mental sensors;  intercalibration techniques  for
conductivity/temperature/depth  (CTD) and precision
pressure sensors; field verification standard for
CTD sensors; and a users' guide  for underwater op-
tical instrumentation.

    Investigations are currently  in progress to
compare methods  for salt water chemical  analyses;
to compare standards used for  in-situ  chemical
instrumentation  to existing analytical standards;
and to compare measurement results obtained  from
water quality "test kits" and  specific ion elec-
trodes to results obtained from  accepted analyti-
cal methods.  While all of these tasks are cur-
rently active, subsequent discussion will center
on those which are nearing completion.

TECHNICAL DISCUSSION

    Development of a laboratory dissolved oxygen
standard is currently in progress.   This standard
will serve as a  substitute for the Winkler method
which is currently used as the reference in  the
test and calibration of dissolved  oxygen measure-
ment systems.  The standard will operate in  a
test bath over a range of -2 to  35 degrees Celsius
in temperature and 0 to 40 parts/thousand in sa-
linity.  The dissolved oxygen  range will span 0 to
15 parts/million with a measurement uncertainty
goal of +0.03 parts/million.   By using a submerged
sensor, it will be possible to directly  monitor
oxygen concentration in the test bath.   The  sen-
sor is similar to the polarographic membrane sen-
sors presently utilized in field instruments ex-
cept that it is  operated in a  pulsed mode.   With
the sensor "off", oxygen crosses the membrane un-
til concentration within the sensor electrolyte
equals that of the test bath.  The application of
a  voltage pulse  causes oxygen  depletion  in the
electrolyte; the resultant current/time  waveform
is a function of initial oxygen  concentration.
The voltage pulse is sufficiently  narrow so  that
 the measurement  is  acquired before oxygen is de-
 pleted  in  the  vicinity of the membrane.  This re-
 sults in no  oxygen  transport across the membrane
 during  the measurement,  and, consequently, the un-
 certainties  of the  membrane transport characteris-
 tics do not  affect  the oxygen concentration mea-
 surement .

     The development  of  a dynamic test apparatus
 for laboratory testing of flow sensors is nearing
 completion.  The  apparatus  will generate controlled
 dynamics superimposed on steady flows to determine
 measurement  capabilities of flow sensors in a non-
 steady  flow  environment.  The test apparatus is
 being designed and  fabricated by the Naval Ship Re-
 search  and Development Center,  and will be utilized
 on one  of  their  tow carriages.   It will be capable
 of two  degrees of freedom and provide three modes
 of nearly  sinusoidal  dynamics:   horizontal, verti-
 cal, and circular in  a vertical plane.   The peak-
 to-peak amplitudes  can be varied from 0.4 to 1.2
 meters; the  period  is  adjustable over the range of
 2.5 to  12  seconds.  The  apparatus can accomodate
 current sensors  to  a  maximum length of 1.8 meters,
 weighing up  to 80 kg.   Inducing these motions on
 the current  sensor  while the tow carriage is under-
 way provides a simulation of steady current with
 superimposed fluctuations.   This combination of
 static  and dynamic  water currents is  typical of
 field conditions where flow sensors are attached as
 part of a  buoyed  array.   The capability to simulate
 field conditions will  provide more realistic defin-
 ition of sensor  characteristics and limitations.

     Transfer  standards  are utilized  to assess  the
 comparability  of results  obtained between different
 laboratories performing  similar calibrations.   A
 conductivity/temperature/depth  (CTD)  system has
 been selected  as one  of  the transfer  standard de-
 velopment  areas.  These  three parameters are rele-
 vant to most environmental  monitoring programs  and
 the calibration process  is  fairly complex;  a capa-
 bility  to  perform comparisons is therefore desir-
 able.  The measurement goals  of the transfer stand-
 ard are 0.5  to 65 millisiemens/cm in  conductivity
 with an uncertainty of ±5 microsiemens/cm;  -3 to 30
 degrees Celsius with  a +5 millikelvin uncertainty;
 and 0 to 1500  decibars in pressure with a ±0.75
 decibar uncertainty.   An off-shelf CTD system was
 procured which showed  potential for having the  high
 stability  required  in  a  transfer standard.   Initial
 measurements have confirmed this stability.   The
 system is  presently undergoing  a laboratory evalua-
 tion over  a  six month  time  interval to verify its
measurement  capabilities.   Subsequently, the system
 will be shipped  to  another  lab  for calibration.   It
 will then  be returned  to  the  Test and Evaluation
 Laboratory for final  calibration and  data analysis.
 High accuracy  pressure sensors  is another area  in
which intercalibration techniques and transfer
 standards  are  currently  under development.   These
 sensors are now being  employed  in tide measuring
 systems and have an accuracy  approaching that of
 the available  standards.  Pressure sensors have
been procured  for use  as  transfer standards and are
 presently  undergoing  laboratory testing.  Pressure
 ranges were selected which  cover the  expected
 "worst case" measurement  areas  in the laboratory
measurement process.   The uncertainty goal for  the
                                                                                                         457

-------
intercalibration technique  is +0.01% of reading.
As with the CTD intercalibration, the pressure
transfer standards will be calibrated at a second
laboratory, then returned for final calibration
and data analysis.  The end result for both ef-
forts will be reports which define the transfer
standard capabilities and the procedures utilized
for performing intercalibration.  The measurement
results obtained at the two laboratories will be
presented as an example of a typical intercalibra-
tion experiment.

PROGRAM DISCUSSION

     The primary result of all efforts ongoing
within the project will be an increased capability
to define the quality of environmental data.  En-
ergy-related monitoring efforts are decision ori-
ented; these decisions will affect energy explora-
tion and production based on assessment of poten-
tial environmental impact.  Assessments based on
monitoring specific locations over an extended
time period or monitoring several locatio'ns to de-
velop correlations or models for a larger area re-
quire assurance that the measurements can be
traced to a common set of standards.  There is po-
tential for the environmental data to be treated
as evidence in legal actions where environmental
damage has been indicated.  In this case the data
must be defendable—i.e., it must be shown that
the measurement process was valid and that the
data can be related to accepted standards within
defined error boundaries.

     The Winkler titration (or a variation there-
of) is currently used as a standard in test and
calibration of dissolved oxygen sensing systems.
The method, however, has demonstrated shortcomings.
Simplified, the measurement process consists of
sample withdrawal, sample preservation and subse-
quent titration.  Each of these steps is extremely
operator-sensitive; it is thus difficult to obtain
repeatable data within a lab and extremely diffi-
cult to obtain satisfactory agreement between dif-
ferent laboratories performing the same measure-
ments.  Past attempts at intercomparison of re-
sults have shown variations as high as 20% when a
group of well-trained operators each analyzed
water samples from a common supply.  The approach
in developing the dissolved oxygen standard has
been to reduce the degree of operator intervention
in the measurement process.  This will result in a
more reproducible measurement process and thus the
relation between field measurement of oxygen con-
centration and the laboratory reference can be de-
fined with more precision.

     Measurement of water flow is basic in the de-
velopment of circulation models which are used to
predict transport of energy related pollutants
(oil spills, offshore drilling wastes, etc.).
Present methods of calibrating water current sen-
sors by determining their output over a range of
steady state speeds yield little information on the
sensor performance under dynamic conditions.  Dy-
namic conditions, however, represent real-world
conditions in the marine environment when the sen-
sor is subjected to motions induced by moorings,
turbulence, and wave-generated*water motions.
These conditions  are  especially significant  in near
shore measurements  in relatively shallow water,
Some initial efforts  in  the  dynamic testing  area
have indicated  that dynamic-induced errors can
range from 20%  to well over  100%.   In attempting to
assess the uncertainty levels  associated with cur-
rent measurements,  it is  therefore necessary to
have some knowledge of the dynamic response  charac-
teristics of the  sensing  system.

     Calibration  of environmental  sensors is an
area in which standardized procedures have not yet
been fully developed.  As a  consequence,  the cali-
bration process tends  to vary  from one laboratory
to another.  Even when a  common process  is gener-
ally followed, variations in application tend to a-
rise which have the potential  of  causing  errors in
the final result  which would vary  from lab to lab.
In defining the uncertainty  of a sensor  calibration,
which is a component  of the  overall field data un-
certainty, it is  necessary to  evaluate the total
calibration process.   This can be  accomplished by
several laboratories  calibrating the  same transfer
standard - i.e.,  a known, highly stable  sensor
and comparing results  to expected  values.  Two
types of problems are  addressed in the intercali-
bration techniques development areas  previously
discussed.  In the CTD area, the calibration pro-
cess is comparatively  lengthy  and  complex; in addi-
tion, results are affected by  the  adequacy of cali-
bration facilities.   The pressure  work is directed
at a type of sensor whose accuracy approaches that
of the available  standards.  In this  case, calibra-
tion results are  very  much dependent  on  technique.
In both areas, the results of  the  interlaboratory
calibrations can be used to  evaluate  the effect of
variations in calibration process  and also can be
used as a periodic check to  verify that  the labora-
tories in question remain in some  constant relation
to one another.

CONCLUSIONS

     At present,  none  of the subtasks have reached
completion; thus, statements of success  or failure
are somewhat premature.  For those areas  discussed,
however, progress to  date has  been favorable and
indications are that  the objectives will be met.
The remaining subtasks have  not indicated any po-
tential problem areas.  Present expectations are
that these tasks  will  be completed without major
technical problems arising.
458

-------
    EPA/NASA ENERGY RELATED  REMOTE AND IN SITU
         SENSING INSTRUMENT  DEVELOPMENT
                 John P. Mugler, Jr.
                Langley Research Center
        National Aeronautics and Space Administration
                  Hampton, Virginia
INTRODUCTION

    This project was established under  the  Energy
Memorandum of Understanding  (MOU) between  EPA and
NASA dated May 2, 1975, to develop advanced  and
improved instrument techniques for measuring envi-
ronmental parameters associated with  the generation
of electrical energy and other pollution sources.

    As a result of the Clean Air Act, many  of the
large powerplants have been  required  to  burn low
sulfur fuels.  These fuels are becoming  increas-
ingly expensive and more difficult to obtain, and
consideration is being given to reverting  to fuels
with higher sulfur content if the environmental
impact is acceptable.  Thus, it is important to
better characterize the effects of fuel  quality
(sulfur and ash content) on  the local environment.
This characterization must include a  better
understanding of effluent composition, dispersion
processes, chemical reactions, and the influence
of local meteorology and topography  to guide
decisions regarding fuel grade acceptability and
plant siting, and thus minimize the  impact of
environmental regulations on our national
resources.  To achieve this  understanding,
improved remote and in situ  measurement  techniques
are urgently needed for proper study  of  stack
effluent composition and dispersion processes.  In
addition to stack effluent measurements, tech-
niques are needed which will be applicable to the
measurement of emissions from other  types  of
stationary and mobile sources.

    Because of the complexity of the plume
characterization problem and the cost of develop-
ing advanced remote sensing  instrumentation, this
cooperative EPA/NASA project consisting  of five
tasks has been mutually developed to  assist  in the
timely development of the instruments and  tech-
nology needed in the area of energy-related
environmental problems.

OBJECTIVE

    The objective of this project is to develop
and apply advanced electro-optical techniques to
the measurement and characterization  of  powerplant
and other source effluents.

DESCRIPTION OF WORK

    To meet the project objectives,  five  tasks
have been identified where additional funding
would both complement the NASA research  programs
and meet specific needs  of  EPA.   A description of
each task is  given below.

Task 1 - Raman Lidar

     The objective of  this  task  is to evaluate
Raman lidar for remote measurement of the concen-
tration of S02 at a powerplant stack exit.
Raman optical radar systems  have been developed at
NASA and successfully  applied in the measurement
of water vapor and density profiles  in the Earth's
atmosphere (ref. 1).   More recently, field tests
have been conducted wherein  the  Raman technique
was used to detect 862 in powerplant stack plumes
(ref. 2).  Additional  modifications  and calibration
of the lidar system were necessary to make quanti-
tative measurements of S02•  The modifications
included reassembly of the lidar system of  refer-
ence 2 using a more compact  telescope,  improvements
to the detection and data acquisition systems, and
reformulation of data  analysis programs (ref.  3).
A photograph of the modified system  is  shown in
Figure 1.  Also a calibration facility  was  con-
structed to calibrate  the Raman  lidar system for
S02 and other gases .   A  schematic and photograph
of this facility are shown in Figures 2 and 3,
respectively.  The 2-meter diameter,  20-meter  long
calibration tank is charged with the calibration
gas which is mixed with  air  in the tank to  a known
concentration.  Raman  lidar measurements are then
made through a known volume  and  concentration  of
calibration gas.  Calibration of the lidar  system
for S02 has been completed,  and  typical results
are shown in Figure 4.   The numbers  at  each point
in Figure 4 are the number of laser  firings needed
to obtain that point with its corresponding preci-
sion.  Performance of  an improved Raman S02 lidar
is summarized in Table 1.  The simulations  show
that, at a range of 500 meters and night background
light levels, a Raman  lidar  system could measure
S02 concentrations of  1,000 ppm  to within 10 per-
cent with a 1.6-minute measurement time.   Complete
results from this task are reported  in  reference 3.
TABLE 1.  PERFORMANCE OF IMPROVED RAMAN S02 LIDAR
     Concentration S02

     Range

     Stack Width

     Laser
     1000 ppm

      500 m

       10 m

1 J, 1 pps, 1 mrad
     Quantum Efficiency         20 percent

     Night Operation

Receiver Diameter      Precision       Sample  Time

     8 inches          10 percent        1.6 min

     8 inches           1 percent        2.6 hr

    24 inches          10 percent       10  sec

    24 inches           1 percent       16  min
                                                                                                          459

-------
 I
                                                                                            Figure 1.

                                                                                            Photograph of
                                                                                            Raman lidar
                                                                                            system.
                                                                              FILTER

                                                                              DETECTOR
                                 SO2. CO. CO2, NO, MONITORS
                                                                                            Figure 2.

                                                                                            Schematic of
                                                                                            lidar calibration
                                                                                            facility.
460

-------
                                                             Figure 3.

                                                             Photograph of
                                                             lidar calibration
                                                             facility.
 E
 Q.
 Q.
 2
                                                             Raman lidar measurements
                                                             with in situ gas analysis
                                                                                       461

-------
Task 2 - Plume Dispersion Studies^

     The objective of this task is to apply aerosol
scattering lidar techniques to the study of plume
dispersion under various atmospheric conditions.
NASA has developed lidar techniques for atmospheric
measurements and for dispersion studies of plumes
from rocket launches (ref. 4).  EPA has developed
plume dispersion analytical models to be used in
studies relative to siting fossil fuel powerplants,
and lidar techniques can assist in the experimental
validation of these models.  Under this task, it
was planned that an NASA lidar system suitable for
plume dispersion measurements would be assembled on
a mobile platform  (see Figure 5).   With this sys-
tem, the laser backscatter from particles in the
plume would be recorded and displayed to show
three-dimensional profiles of the return signal.
By averaging the returns over various time scales,
the instantaneous and Gaussian aerosol profiles of
the plume could be determined as a function of
downwind range from the stack.  After system check-
out and calibration, the system would be used in a
joint EPA/NASA field test to study powerplant plume
dispersion under various atmospheric conditions,
and experimental results would be compared to model
predictions.  This task was originally scheduled
for completion in October 1976; however, no funds
were allocated to this task during the second year
because of severe budget constraints and work on
this task was stopped.  F.Y. 1977 funds have been
allocated and will be applied to this task, subject
to approval by the EPA Project Officer.

Task 3 - IR DIAL

     The objective of this task is to develop and
apply the tunable infrared (IR) differential
Absorption ]_idar (DIAL) technique to the remote
measurement of molecular plume effluents.  A large
number of molecules have absorption lines in the
infrared portion of the spectrum.   Also, the dif-
ferential absorption technique, in which a sequen-
tial measurement is made first on an absorption
line and then at a nearby wavelength off the ab-
sorption line (see Figure 6), can provide range-
resolved date for particular gases.  Thus, the IR
DIAL technique has the potential for providing
range-resolved concentrations for a wide variety
of pollutant species.  This task will apply laser
technology developed under NSF, ARPA, and NASA
sponsorship to construct a DIAL system using a
tunable IR laser.  A contract has been let for the
tunable IR laser, with delivery scheduled for
October 1977.  After delivery, the laser will be
integrated with the IR telescope,  detector, and
data processor to construct a mobile lidar system.
The system will be calibrated using the calibra-
tion system described in task 1 and evaluated in
joint EPA/NASA field tests at powerplant plumes
selected by EPA.  This task is scheduled for com-
pletion early in C.Y. 1979.

Task 4 - Laser Heterodyne Detector

     The objective of this task is to evaluate the
use of the laser heterodyne detector technique as
a means to increase the sensitivity of long-path,
continuous wave absorption measurements using
diffuse reflectors.  Optical heterodyne  techniques
have been developed by NASA and  successfully
applied in solar radiometry and  laser  communica-
tions (refs. 5 and 6).  More recently, optical
heterodyne techniques have been  studied  by NASA
for atmospheric pollution monitoring from aircraft
and satellites in both active  and passive modes.
These studies show that the use  of laser hetero-
dyne detection offers advantages of high spectral
resolution, high sensitivity,  reduced  interference
from other pollutants or atmospheric constituents,
and vertical resolution of pollutant species (ref.
7).  EPA has developed long-path (approx. 600
meters) laser pollution monitoring systems which
utilize mirrored reflectors and  direct detection
of the reflected signal.  These  systems  could have
wider application if diffuse reflectors  such as
mountains or buildings could be  used in  place of
retroreflectors.  However, when  diffuse  reflectors
are used in existing systems,  the weaker return
signal coupled with the relatively low sensitivity
of the detector degrades system  performance to
unacceptable levels.  The use  of a laser hetero-
dyne detector in the long-path laser monitoring
system with diffuse reflectors shows promise of
improving performance to levels  equal  to or better
than for a system with mirrored  retroreflectors.
The purpose of this task is to evaluate  the use of
a laser heterodyne detector in systems of this
type.  The evaluation will consist of  theoretical
studies and laboratory and/or  field tests with an
NASA-developed laser heterodyne  detector such as
that shown in Figure 7.  An important  area of study
will be the effects of speckle on the  signal-to-
noise ratio of the receiver.   This task  is sched-
uled for completion in December  1977,  at which time
a technical report on the evaluation of  the laser
heterodyne detector will be furnished  to EPA.

Task 5 - HC1 Monitor

     The objective of this task  is to  develop and
deliver to EPA an improved in  situ HC1 chemi-
luminescent monitor evaluated  at concentrations as
low as 5 ppb HC1 in ambient and  polluted air.
In support of its launch vehicle monitoring pro-
gram, NASA has developed a chemiluminescent HC1
monitor which can detect HC1 concentrations from
50 ppb to 100 ppm.  A photograph of this monitor
is shown in Figure 8, and the  instrument is
described in reference 8.  In  October  1974, at
EPA's request, NASA used this  instrument in the
Gulf of Mexico to monitor HC1  concentrations
downwind of an incinerator ship  burning  chlori-
nated hydrocarbon waste  (ref.  9).  Based on the
performance of the instrument  in measuring HC1
concentrations in a combustion plume,  EPA felt
that, with some refinements,  the instrument could
provide a much needed  technique  for measuring
ambient HC1 levels  (>5 ppb).   The necessary re-
finements have been conducted  under this task.
A laboratory evaluation was conducted  of the
following parameters of  the monitor:   accuracy,
lower detection limit, response  time,  lifetime of
critical components, and interference  (other  pollu-
tants) effects.  The detector's  response to  90 per-
cent of signal ranges  from  less  than  a second at
50 parts-per-million to  10  seconds  at  1 part-per-
million  (see response  time  results  in Table  2).
462

-------
                        RECEIVER LASER
EARTH'S  SURFACE
                                                   Figure  5.

                                                   Photograph of plume
                                                   dispersion lidar system.
                                                   Figure  6.

                                                   Differential absorption lidar
                                                   concept.
                                                                            463

-------
       ELECTRONICS     BLACKBODY
       AND CONTROL    REFERENCE             BB MIRROR AND LENS
                                                  OPTICAL
                                                  DUAL MODE
                                                  DICKIE-SWITCH
PHOTOMIXER
                                         INPUT APERTURE  .ENS
                SLO  MIRRORS  AND IRIS
                                         LOCAL  OSCILLATOR LASER
                                            MOUNTING PLATFORM
Figure 7.

Photograph of
laser heterodyne
detector.
                                  48"-
                  INLET TUBE
                                                                          Figure 8.

                                                                          Photograph of
                                                                          hydrogen chloride
                                                                          monitor.
464

-------
Below about 50 parts-per-billion,  the response is
somewhat slower,  of  the  order of several minutes.
Several procedures have  been developed to improve
response time at  concentrations below 50 parts-per-
billion.  These procedures,  while inproving
response time, result  in degradation of other
instrument characteristics,  and trade-off studies
are recommended before these procedures are used.
Due to the lack of specificity of the detector,
being sensitive to other acid gases, the detector
is most suited to studies where hydrogen chloride
is the dominant pollutant as compared to the in-
terfering species.   The  HC1  monitor was also
evaluated in  a variety of field environments, and
a liquid HC1  calibration procedure was developed
for field use.  The  detector has been in use since
1974 and has  been found  to be highly portable,
rugged, and stable under extreme environmental
conditions ranging from aircraft and seacraft
operations to desert operations at temperatures
above 35°C.   All  laboratory  and field evaluations
of the detector have been completed, and the
results are reported in  reference 10.  An improved
instrument will be delivered to EPA by the end of
F.Y. 1977.
TABLE 2. RESPONSE TIME RESULTS



    HC1 Concentration

          50 ppm

          20 ppm

          10 ppm

           5 ppm

           1 ppm

         500 ppb

         100 ppb

          50 ppb

          10 ppb

           5 ppb


CONCLUDING REMARKS
   Response to
90 Percent Signal

         0.5 sec

         1.5 sec

         3.0 sec

         5.0 sec

        10.0 sec

        15.0 sec

        20.0 sec

        30.0 sec

 approx 10.0 min

 approx 12.0 min
    This paper summarizes the work being done by
NASA under the Project Plan for EPA/NASA Energy
Related Remote and In Situ Instrument Development.
Through this and similar cooperative programs in
other fields,  a broad range of space technology is
being applied  to assist in achieving our national
goal of energy self-sufficiency with acceptable
impact on environmental quality.
REFERENCES

 1.  McCormick, M. P. and Fuller, W. H., Jr.:
     Lidar Applications to Pollution Studies.
     Joint Conference on Sensing of Environmental
     Pollutants, Palo Alto, California, November
     8-10, 1971.

 2.  Melfi, S. H.; Brumfield, M. L.; and Storey,
     R. W., Jr.:  Observation of Raman Scattering
     by S02 in a Generating Plant Stack Plume.
     Applied Physics Letters, vol. 22, no. 8,
     April 1973, pp. 402-403.

 3.  Poultney, S. K.; Brumfield, M. L.; and Siviter,
     J. S.:  A Theroretical/Experimental Program
     to Develop Active Optical Pollution Sensors :
     Quantitative Remote Raman Lidar Measurements
     of Pollutants from Stationary Sources.  NASA
     TM X-72887, October 31, 1975.

 4.  McCormick, M. Patrick; Melfi, S. Harvey;
     Olsson, Lars E.; Tuft, Wesley L.; Elliott,
     William P.; and Egami, Richard:  Mixing-Height
     Measurements by Lidar, Particle Counter, and
     Rawinsonde in the Willimette Valley, Oregon.
     NASA TN D-7103, December 1972.

 5.  McElroy, J. H.:  Infrared Heterodyne Solar
     Radiometry.  Applied Optics, vol. 11, July
     1972, pp. 1619-1622.

 6.  Peyton, B. J., et al.:  High Sensitivity
     Receiver for Infrared Laser Communication.
     IEEE Journal of Quantum Electronics, QE-8,
     February 1972, pp. 252-263.

 7.  Allario, Frank; Seals, R. K.; Brockman,
     Phillip; and Hess, R. V.:  Tunable Semicon-
     ductor Lasers and Their Application to
     Environmental Sensing.  Tenth Anniversary
     Meeting of the Society of Engineering Science,
     November 5-7, 1973.

 8.  Gregory, Gerald L.; Hudgins, Charles H.; and
     Emerson, Burt R., Jr.:  Evaluation of a
     Chemiluminescent Hydrogen Chloride and a NDIR
     Carbon Monoxide Detector for Environmental
     Monitoring.  1974 JANAF Propulsion Meeting,
     October 22-24, 1974.

 9.  Wastler, T. A.; Offutt, Carolyn K.; Fitzsimmons,
     Charles K.; and Des Rosiers, Paul E.:  Disposal
     of Organochlorine Wastes by Incineration at Sea.
     EPA Report EPA-430/9-75-014, July 1975.

10.  Gregory, Gerald L.:  Measurement Techniques
     Investigated for Detection of Hydrogen
     Chloride Gas in Ambient Air.  NASA TN D-8352,
     December 1976.
                                                                                                        465

-------
   LIDAR TECHNIQUES FOR ANALYZING AND TRACING
      PARTICIPATE POLLUTANTS FROM ENERGY
                  PRODUCTION
                  Vernon E. Derr
             Wave Propagation Laboratory
           Environmental Research  Laboratories
      National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
             U.S. Department of Commerce
                  Boulder, Colorado
INTRODUCTION

    Particulate  pollutants from energy-related
sources disperse  and  mix with natural aerosols.
Both remote sensing and in-situ identification,
measurement and tracing techniques are required
for impact assessment,  prediction of climate
variation and estimation of the character,  con-
centration and dispersion of particulate pollu-
tants arising from man's activities.  In-situ
sampling may  provide  specific identification,
concentration estimates and size-distributions,
but ground and aircraft vehicles cannot economi-
cally establish correct average measurements over
large periods of  time,  are impractical for  the
study of drift, and unfeasible for the measure-
ments of fluctuations.   Lidar remote sensors, on
the other hand, may be  developed, with somewhat
diminished accuracy,  to identify, measure  con-
centrations  and size distributions, and are the
economical instrument of choice to measure  these
quantities and their fluctuations over large
volumes and  extended time periods.  Improvement
of lidar techniques is  required to increase
accuracy of  identification, and measurement of
size-distribution, shape factors  and concentra-
tion.  Theoretical and experimental investigations
of depolarization effects, multi-spectral back-
scatter  and  absorption, and inelastic scatter  are
the most promising technique to achieve the
required improvement for measurements from ground
and aircraft.   The first phase of depolarization
field studies  and the expansion of the lidar
capabilities  to two wavelengths have been complet-
ed.  The depolarization technique has been used
in the impact  assessment program at Colstrip,
Montana  to distinguish stack emission from dust
newly risen  from strip coal mines.

TECHNICAL DISCUSSION

     Unique identification of atmospheric aerosols
may come from  Raman spectra or (broad band)
absorption and backscatter spectra, to be investi-
gated later in the study.   Severe technical limi-
tations  prevent immediate  application of these
techniques.  Identification algorithms,  under
construction,  will use impact data of many kinds
to obtain the  greatest precision.   Identifiers
including depolarization effects  and  multiple-
frequency measurements are the first  of  the  more
complete series  to be used finally.

     Radiation backscattered from spherical
particles is polarized in  the same way as  the
incident radiation.   Depolarization of the back-
scattered beam can only occur when the scattering
particles are  non-spherical or when multiple
scattering occurs.   Thus depolarization  is an
indicator of departure from sphericity of  par-
ticles .

     The lidar system shown in Figure 1  has  been
carefully revised  to provide accurate measurement
of the depolarization of the backscattered radiance.
The lidar transmitter, by  means of addition  polar-
izing elements  inside the  cavity,  transmits  a beam
vertically polarized within a few percent.  The
dual polarization  receiver has been constructed
to provide the  ratio of intensities,  to  within a
few percent, in  channels polarized parallel  and
perpendicular  to  the transmitted  polarization.
                                                 1R Rudiomctcr
                   Detector
              Laser Output Window
                                                                                     Lasers
                                                                       Control and Data Processing
                          Figure 1.  Cut-away view of remote  sensing facility.
                                                                                                           467

-------
     The revised polarization-sensitive lidar
system has been employed in three major field
experiments, examining the depolarization from
many kinds of atmospheric particles.   As a
general rule, with a few exceptions,  it has been
found that particles from hot sources such as
power plants, kilns, and automobiles, are gener-
ally spherical, producing very small  depolariza-
tion.  Invariably the non-sphericity  of newly-
risen dust is indicated by large (> 25%) de-
polarization.  This technique has been employed
to separate backscatter from the plume of stack
emission in the impact assessment program at
Colstrip, Montana, from the backscatter due to
dust from the coal mines.  This separation per-
mits tracing of the plume without confusion with
other sources.  Figure 2 shows typical unprocessed
data from a single lidar shot with mine dust at
6.8 km from the lidar, and stack emission from
the Colstrip power plant at 11 km.
     To proceed further in development of par-
 ticle  identifiers, a dual wavelength (.694 and
 .347 ym) lidar transmitter and detector have been
 constructed.  Theorectical studies have shown that
 estimates of mean particle diameters may be de-
 duced  from multiple wavelength information.  The
 two wavelength system will permit development of
 field  and analytical techniques and the determi-
 nation of optimum wavelengths and the number of
 channels required.  Particle size estimates and
 depolarization ratios are powerful identifiers.
 The ultraviolet wavelength should extend the
 sensitivity of the system to particle diameters
 less than .05 ym
PROGRAM DISCUSSION


     Two steps have been taken to improve
remote detection and measuring methods for
particulate pollutants.  The first, depolarization
techniques, has proven useful in studying plume
dispersion in impact assessment programs and in
distinguishing plumes from natural background
aerosols.  Preliminary results on two wavelength
techniques have indicated potential for improved
identification of particles.  Theoretical studies
have resulted in improved application of mathe-
matical inversion algorithms to deduce the
properties of particles from their electromagnetic
signatures.
CONCLUSIONS


     The effort to improve particle identification
and determination of characteristics has success-
fully employed depolarization techniques in impact
assessment studies at Colstrip, Montana.  Initial
tests of the dual wavelength system are encourag-
ing for more accurate depolarization, and multiple
wavelength studies are now complete.  Theoretical
studies have supported and directed the evolving
techniques.
     The immediate future will be occupied with
field tests of the depolarization technique and
the two wavelength technique.  Plans are being
formulated for the study of differential absorption
and inelastic scatter techniques.
                     LIDAR BACKSCATTER
                      PARALLEL  POLARIZATION
                                     STACK  EMISSION-

                                     (NO  DEPOLARIZED     )

                                       COMPONENT)       J
         BLANKED
                                                       I
                                                       liV^M^W
                  PERPENDICULAR POLARIZATION
                                          DUST-
                                    (HIGHLY DEPOLARIZED)
                  "•^W^W^MA
 FILE 46   RECORD-14   AZ-319.3   EL- 21 FLT-0.00     JUNE 6,1976

       0                           .    .                       13.7
              Figure 2.  Depolarization of  smoke-
                         stack particulates and mine
                         dust.
                            RANGE(km)
468

-------
          DOPPLER LIDAR FOR MEASUREMENT
             OF POLLUTANT TRANSPORT
          Ronald L. Schwiesow and Madison J. Post
              Wave  Propagation Laboratory
            Environmental Research Laboratories
       National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
              U.S. Department of Commerce
                   Boulder, Colorado
 INTRODUCTION

     There  are  a  number of environmental air
 quality problems  for  which Doppler lidar velocity
 sensing is  a useful tool.   As introductory mate-
 rial, we will first review operational character-
 istics of Doppler lidars,  typified by the WPL
 mobile units used in  this  joint energy research.
 A brief summary of four problem areas that are
 being attacked  using  Doppler lidar measurements
 will serve  to focus the more detailed discussions
 of progress and applications to follow.

     This remote-sensing velocity measurement
 capability  is being applied to four classes of
 problems in the research program discussed here.
 In the area of  atmospheric diffusion, the lidar is
 being used  to study the profile of mean wind and
 turbulent intensity at  scales smaller than the
 resolution volume for various meteorological
 conditions and  terrain  configurations.  For this
 application, the  Doppler system acts as  a mobile,
 high instrumentation  tower for wind measurement.
 Wind characterization is an important part of
 diffusion experiments if the experimental results
 are to be applied to  other topographic and atmos-
 pheric situations.

     For measurements of the urban ventilation
 factor,  the wind  profile and the height  of the
 mixed layer over  the  center of the urban area must
 be frequently measured.  Here again the  wind tower
 function of the Doppler lidar to heights of at
 least 300 m is  important.   The depth of  the m:Lxed
 layer as revealed by  the height at which the con-
 centration of large (>2ym  diameter) particles
 falls off is under study for CC>2 lidar measurement.

     In  addition  to pollutant concentrations, the
 stack effluent  velocity from a stationary source
 is used  to determine  the total mass loading of the
 source.  Doppler  lidar  appears promising for this
 application, and  preliminary checks have been made.

     Critical energy  installations are subject to
 a Structural wind  loading  from localized vortex
 phenomena, such as dust devils, waterspouts,  and
 tornadoes, as well as from the more commonly con-
 sidered  straight-line winds.   This project is also
 involved in a study of  dust devils to determine if
 they  provide a wind-loading threat to structures.

     The Doppler  lidar  state-of-the-art  in appli-
cations before  this project is represented by
one-time trials  of basically laboratory gear.  Law-
rence et al.  (1972) reported on single-point wind
measurements  at  a range  of  30 m.   Abshire et al.
(1974) made similar measurements  from hydrometeor
targets.  Other  application tests have not been
reported in the  open  literature,  although work
tracking aircraft wake vortices has been done on
an in-house basis by  NASA,  and EPA has observed
some stack returns using a  C0£ Doppler laser lidar.
Work emphasizing lidar development, rather than ap-
plications, has  been  reported in  the literature,
but it is not relevant to our purpose in this paper.

RESEARCH PROGRESS

Technique Development

     Guided by project applications,  the infrared
Doppler lidar technique  is  being  refined for this
research.  The technique development is integrated
with NOAA's own  efforts  in  the Wave Propagation
Laboratory.  At  this  point  we are using a compact,
mobile Doppler lidar  system mounted in a small
camper shell  on  a pickup truck.   With a towed,
small generator, the  unit is completely self-
contained and can obtain data while underway.  A
similar unit  has been installed aboard a single-
engine Cessna.   Its successful operation emphasizes
the ruggedness and utility  of the basic approach.

     The laser,  processing  optics,  and a 30  cm New-
tonian transmit-receive  telescope are fixed  with
respect to each  other.   Appropriate flat mirrors
steer the beam anywhere  within a  full hemisphere
in azimuth and elevation, although  most work is
done between  -5° and  +18° elevation or at 90° ele-
vation.  The  range resolution element is determined
by the focus  of  the telescope and is a roughly cy-
lindrical volume less than  0,2 mrad in azimuth and
elevation but with a  length along the line-of-sight
of 10 m at 100 m range.   This length increases with
the square of the range  out to a  range where essen-
tially no ranging information is  available.

     Actual velocity  information  comes from  the
line-of-sight component  of  the motion of aerosol
scatterers in the sensing volume.  This tracer
motion results in a Doppler shift of the back-
scattered radiation,  which  is directly interpreta-
ble as a velocity using  the frequency to velocity
conversion of 189 kHz per ms"1 velocity component.
Since the scatterers  are not in general in uniform
motion, a frequency  (velocity) spectrum is recorded
as often as every 16  ms  on  magnetic tape.  From the
recorded spectrum, the relative total backscattered
energy  (Otn moment),  mean velocity (1st moment),
and velocity  spread  (2nd moment)  may be analyzed
from each spectrum.

     Part of  the project is to determine the oper-
ating limitations of  the system.   Work on aerosol
statistics  (Post and  Schwiesow, 1976) has revealed
that approximately 5000  scatterers m   of diameter
2um and larger are required for a range of 200 m.
This corresponds to a typical rural environment
with 50 km visibility.   The operating range of the
lidar in typical urban environments is 1 km because
of the enhanced  backscatter over rural areas.  The
clearest environments, such as atop 4250 m Mt.
                                                                                                           469

-------
 Evans,  lead to a 50% signal dropout rate at 200 m
 range.

     We have established concepts for system im-
 provements  to be made during the remaining 3 years
 of  the  program.   These improvements include offset
 local oscillator, pulse ranging, and further dif-
 ferential Doppler work.   Details of these efforts
 are given under  future plans.

 Measurement to Date

     Profiles.  One- and two-dimensional, single-
 component wind profiles have been measured for
 various locations.   For these measurements the
 lidar is either  scanned in range for a fixed eleva-
 tion angle  or is scanned in elevation (e.g. 0° to
 18°) for a  fixed range.   Negligible vertical veloc-
 ity is  assumed to allow conversion from line-of-
 sight to horizontal wind component.  This assump-
 tion on vertical velocity is weaker at higher
 elevation angles, so we have operationally limited
 the elevation to 18°.

     We have measured a Seabreeze situation with
 profiles 200 m over the water and 200 m inland
 using a variable elevation scan.  Analysis of the
 terrain-induced  wind modification is underway.  A
 desert  wind profile was determined using a fixed
 elevation scan,  which shows an interesting mid-
 layer shear,  as  does a. fixed elevation scan taken
 in  Denver.   Other profiles, using both fixed ele-
 vation  and  fixed range have been taken in a prairie
 environment under convective conditions, and in
 various locations near Boulder.

     Conclusions from the profile measurements to
 date include the fact that operational wind pro-
 files are available using a proven field lidar
 system  (although not yet with real-time processing
 for resulting velocity).   Feasibility is demon-
 strated.  This field Doppler lidar unit in its
 present configuration measures velocity spectra to
 a range of  1 km  and a usable height of 300 m using
 naturally-occurring aerosols.   In contrast to
 towers,  the setup time for a measurement is less
 than 1  minute.   The measurement time for 10-point
 height  resolution is approximately 5 minutes.

     Vortices.   We  have  measured the velocity
 spectra for dust devils,  a measurement listed in
 the project plan,  and for waterspouts,  which repre-
 sents additional benefit to this project from other
 related work.  Both phenomena are representative
 of  localized  wind phenomena.

     Although apparently vigorous because of the
 unusually large  (for the atmosphere) radial accel-
 erations  involved,  the largest dust devil velocity
observed  in a  two-state  field  program was  22 ms~^  in
the horizontal plane  (Schwiesow  and  Cupp,  1976).
Waterspout maximum velocities  are  still  under  analy-
sis, but  the  observed  spectra  are  generally  similar
to  dust devil  observations.

     FM-CW Ranging.  Frequency  modulation of  the
continuous-wave  C02  laser  (FM-CW)  allows  one  to
determine range  to a  target by measuring  the
homodyne frequency difference  between the  instan-
taneous  transmitted  and received  signal.   We have
performed such an  experiment,  ranging from a hard
target  (hillside) .

     A range of  6.8  km  gave  an easily observed sig-
nal with the FM-CW lidar  in  a  breadboard stage.
Although this experiment  satisfied a project goal
the form of the  observed  signal spectrum was far
from ideal.  Rather  than  occurring at a single
frequency, the return from fixed targets is spread
significantly in frequency space.   This means that
it would be difficult,  at best,  to determine the
profile of a distributed  (e.g.,  aerosol) target.

     The conclusion  of  this  study  is that it is
more desirable for operational aerosol profiling
purposes to explore  some  other type of modification
to the Doppler lidar.   Also, it has proven analy-
tically difficult  to separate  range and velocity
information from an  infrared FM-CW return from a
moving target.  We are  therefore pursuing a co-
herent pulsed lidar  technique  at 10.6 pm for this
continuing project effort.

     Three-Component Measurements.  We have demon-
strated a technique  for measuring  three components
of atmospheric velocity at a single, remote point
(Schwiesow et al. , 1977).  The experiment used two
pairs of closely-spaced beams  in a time-shared mode
and a hard target  at 30 m range.

     This project  on pollutant transport includes
the goal of measuring profiles of  all three com-
ponents of the wind.  The significance of the dif-
ferential Doppler  technique mentioned above is
that a new, more effective way of  determining all
three components of  the atmospheric velocity vector
is potentially available.  The comparative, con-
ventional approach is based on some variation of
an azimuth-scanning  technique.  Azimuth scanning
involves an inherent assumption of horizontal
homogeneity of the wind field  and  therefore repre-
sents an area average with departures from homo-
geneity as noise.  The  differential Doppler ap-
proach avoids the  need  for a homogeneity assumption,
It can produce an  area  average by  range and azimuth
scanning or by averaging  a time history.  In the
latter case, no mechanical scanning is required to
measure all three  components.

     The present status of the study is that the
theoretical analysis of the  technique is complete.
System design parameters  for increased range have
been established.  Tests  on  aerosol targets at
longer ranges are  planned.

     Stack and Cooling  Tower Plumes.  To establish
the basic feasibility of  stack and cooling tower
plume measurements,  Doppler  lidar  tests using the
mobile system were performed on actual plumes.
The question of  signal  return  is important because
liquid water is  strongly  absorbing at 10.6 \im.

     The results of  measurements on power plant
plumes showed signal-to-noise  ratios of 15 db and
greater at a range of 500 ±100 m.   Signal inten-
sity from the stack  varied by  more than 10 db over
time periods of  a  few minutes, presumably because
of varying burner  loads or tube cleaning.  These
results may not  apply to  all stacks since the
470

-------
infrared lidar is more sensitive  to  larger parti-
cles  (greater than 2 y diameter)  than are the
visual aspects of the plume.

APPLICATIONS OF RESULTS

Atmospheric Diffusion

     As a result of this study, we have demon-
strated that wind and turbulence  profiles are meas-
urable using a rapidly-deployed remote sensing sys-
tem.  Knowledge of the boundary-layer wind field
allows testing of diffusion models and transfer of
results under one set of conditions  to another.

     With respect to pibal wind measurement,  the
floppier lidar should allow increased cost-
effectiveness for obtaining micromet wind data
for input to diffusion models.  This is especially
true for problems that require detailed coverage
in time and/or area.  The lidar provides essen-
tially continuous time coverage of a fixed,  rather
than drifting, point.  With respect  to wind-sensing
tower instrumentation, the lidar  provides greater
profile height capability, portability,  and  cost-
effectiveness.  As part of this project we have
made detailed comparisons between tower and  lidar
wind measurements, which show correlations greater
than .998 for 1 minute averages of the data.

     An immediate application of  lidar wind  data
could be to help provide a data base for extension
of Pasquill-Gifford type curves for  elevated
sources and certain types of uneven  terrain.   Ob-
served wind shear and upper boundary layer accel-
eration in change-of-terrain Seabreeze situations,
for example, should allow pollutant  transport pre-
dictions to be made.

Urban Ventilation

     FM-CW (frequency-modulated,  continuous-wave)
ranging from a hard target with resolution to 10 m
has been demonstrated by using a  simple modifica-
tion of NOAA's Doppler lidar system.   This approach
is potentially applicable to determinations  of the
aerosol pollution mixing depth.

     The infrared lidar is expected  to have  in-
creased accuracy and cost-effectiveness  over  air-
borne in-situ aerosol mixed layer sensing methods
because of the general economic advantage of
ground-based systems over airborne platforms.   Be-
cause a lidar measures aerosol profiles  directly,
it gives the pollution mixing depth  rather than the
thermal mixed layer inferred from acoustic sounder
data.  With respect to pulsed visible  lidars,  the
infrared approach offers increased eye safety,
freedom from background light, and economy because
the same basic unit is also applicable to wind
sensing.  The infrared depends on the  less-numerous
larger particles (typically 1-5 ym diameter)  for
backscatter.

     We have demonstrated the ability  to  measure
one-component wind profiles along the  mean wind  in
an urban environment to 1 km range and 200 m
height.   By increasing the elevation angle from
12° to 18°, the demonstration would  be valid  for
300 m height if a sufficient  aerosol density
existed to that height.

     In the urban environment, where principal
interest is in the lowest part of  the atmosphere,
the lidar should provide increased height resolu-
tion and cost-effectiveness over labor-intensive
radiosonde measurements of boundary layer winds.
Furthermore, the lidar makes  possible increased
time frequency coverage of wind profiles  with
little increase in cost over  measurements made a
few times daily.  Possible effects of severe
weather on lidar penetration  are not significant
for this problem, since under severe weather con-
ditions urban ventilation is  not a concern.

Stack Effluent Velocity

     We have analyzed the expected Doppler lidar
spectrum from a small mean velocity component in
the presence of large turbulence for a homodyne
(local oscillator frequency equal  to the  transmitter
frequency) system.  Because homodyne detection does
not reveal the sign of the velocity component,
isotropic turbulence folds into a  spectrum that
obscures a small mean velocity spectral shift.
This effect must be considered in  interpretation
of homodyne lidar results from stacks.

     It is obvious that for low elevation angles
(small line-of-sight stack velocity component) and
large turbulence values, an offset local  oscilla-
tor or heterodyne lidar is essential to properly
interpret the return signal.  For  cases where the
ambient wind is not zero, the sign information from
heterodyne processing is extremely helpful in
separating ambient and stack  velocity effects.

     Field experimental stack returns using  the
present mobile homodyne system have demonstrated
the feasibility of stack velocity  monitoring with
a C02 Doppler lidar.  This suggests that  further
study would be profitable.

Vortex Structural Loads

     The largest observed dust devil velocities in
the experiments Jiscussed in  the measurements sec-
tion of this summary were 22  ms   .  It is fairly
obvious without detailed engineering analysis that
such winds pose negligible threat  to energy-related
structures designed for higher straight-line winds.

     Although the dust devil  measurements represent
the conclusion of vortex studies for this joint
agency project, studies on waterspouts are continu-
ing under other sponsorship.  Should experiments
reveal potentially damaging winds  in these vortices,
the results could be important to  the design of
energy-related structures.  The subvortex struc-
tural details inferred from the dust devil data may
provide helpful information for tornado models,
since photographic evidence of subvortex  structure
in tornadoes has been suggested by other  observers.

STATUS

     This research task is two years into a five-
year program.  Milestones are on  schedule.  We
                                                                                                          471

-------
have made goal revisions, based on  research  results
to date, in two areas.  First, new  concepts  in
optical signal processing (differential  Doppler)
allow transverse wind  component measuring  research
to be an effective replacement for  azimuth scanning
geometries for the purpose of 3-component  wind  pro-
filing.  Differential  Doppler is also applicable
to low-elevation-angle stack velocity measurements.
Second, FM-CW ranging  has been found difficult  to
apply to aerosol targets in practice.  Progress in
digital data handling  of high-frequency  signals,
done elsewhere, suggests that C02 laser  pulse tech-
niques with coherent detection are  a viable  method
for obtaining aerosol  profiles.

     By using two existing Doppler  lidar systems,
we will be able to explore the extension of  3-
component velocity sensing by differential Doppler
to aerosol targets and longer ranges.  Attempts
will be made to determine the limiting angular
beam separation required for operation and to
relate observed signal-to-noise values obtained in
the differential case  to those seen in the normal
pure backscatter geometry.  Applications in  dif-
fusion, urban ventilation factor determination,
and stack effluent velocity sensing should all
benefit from progress  in this area.

     Work on heterodyne Doppler signal processing
is designed to give the sign of the line-of-sight
velocity component measured by the lidar.  This
capability is related  to diffusion studies,  espe-
cially vertical velocity measurements, and stack
effluent velocity applications.

     Various types of  digital data processing,  be-
ginning with a high-speed clipped correlator, will
be studied in an attempt to increase the signal-
to-noise and therefore effective range of  the
system in low-signal conditions.  Chances  of suc-
cess in this exploratory research are uncertain.

     Coherently detected pulse ranging,  without ex-
tracting Doppler information, will be attempted for
aerosol profile measurements.  This work is  related
to the urban ventilation factor application.

     Studies of coherently detected, pulsed  Doppler
lidar, if successful, would lead to increased range
resolution at ranges beyond approximately  500 m.
A low duty cycle, pulsed return also opens the
possibility of other types of signal processing
than we now use.   However, within the resource  con-
straints and operational orientation of  the  proj-
ect,  successful pulsed Doppler experiments are  not
presented as a working objective.

     Field experiments using the Doppler lidar  are
the basic part of the  project.  We will  continue
appropriate feasibility studies to apply our im-
proved understanding and techniques to the measure-
ment of wind profiles  for atmospheric diffusion,
urban ventilation factor profiles of wind  and
aerosol loading,  and stack effluent velocity
profiles.
REFERENCES

Abshire, N. L., R. L.  Schwiesow  and  V.  E. Derr,
     1974:  Doppler lidar  observations  of hydrom-
     eteors.  J. Appl. Meteor.,  13,  951-953.
Lawrence, T. R., D. J. Wilson, E.  E.  Craven, I. p.
     Jones, R. M. Huffaker and J.  A.  L. Thomson,
     1972:  A laser velocimeter  for  remote sensing,
     Rev. Sci. Instr., 43,  512-518.
Post, M. J. and R. L.  Schwiesow,  1976:  Temporal- an
     spatial-frequency spectra for atmospheric aero-
     sols.  In Atmospheric Aerosols,  NASA Report
     NASA CP-2004, Dec.  13-15, 1976,  TuC9-l
     TuC9-4.
Schwiesow, R. L. and R.  E.  Cupp,  1976:  Remote
     Doppler velocity  measurements of dust devil
     vortices.  Appl.  Opt.,  15,  1-2.
Schwiesow, R. L., R. E.  Cupp, M.  J.  Post, and R. F.
     Calfee, 1977:  Coherent  differential Doppler
     measurements of transverse  velocity at a re-
     mote point.  Appl.  Opt. , 16,  Ixxx-lxxx.
472

-------
         AIRBORNE ACTIVE REMOTE SENSING
                 OF POLLUTANTS
         John A. Eckert and Michael P. F. Bristow
      Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory
           Office of Research and Development
          U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                 Las Vegas, Nevada
INTRODUCTION

    Remote sensing methods appear most desirable
in monitoring situations requiring the collection
of data over large areas in fairly restrictive
time frames.  Many applications also arise  from
difficulties in obtaining access to a particular
pollutant.  Aerial photography, combined with dig-
ital multispectral techniques, remains the  main-
stay of remote sensing techniques.  However, many
monitoring problems occur where passive sensing
techniques do not provide the degree of specifi-
city needed.  Active systems utilizing laser pul-
ses as interrogating probes are being investigated
by several groups in the country.  Research at  the
Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory
(EMSL) in Las Vegas is centered on airborne down-
looking active systems.

    Three general types of systems are being con-
structed and evaluated.  These are:  downward
looking LIDARs, devices which range aerosol scat-
tering in the atmosphere; earth-reflected differ-
ential absorption devices, used for obtaining con-
centrations of selected gaseous pollutants; and
laserfluorosensors, used for mapping selected wa-
ter pollutants.

DIFFERENTIAL ABSORPTION DEVICES

    One of the goals of many researchers working
throughout the country has been that of developing
pollutant specific remote monitoring instrumenta-
tion.  Active systems, those using an interroga-
ting signal, use some sort of differential  meas-
urements between laser frequencies.  Two different
basic classes of instruments are those instruments
which use retroflectors and those which use topo-
graphic targets or aerosols as reflectors.

    A device under study at EMSL-Las Vegas is  a
system designed to measure ozone from an airborne
platform which uses the ground as a reflector.
The system has been designed and constructed by
EPA and has undergone preliminary flight testing.
The operational principles are straightforward.
Two lasers are fired sequentially about 15  micro-
seconds (usecs) apart toward the earth.  The short
period between the separate laser pulses ensures
that the beams hit essentially the same spot on
the ground and traverse the same path through the
air-  The lasers operate in the 10 micron infrared
(IR) region with one frequency located on an ab-
sorption band of ozone and one just off.  Both  re-
flected signals  are  received  with a common tele-
scope and detector,  and  both  lasers are monitored
for output power.  If  the  return signals are nor-
malized against  their  respective power output val-
ues, the only  essential  difference in the return
signal will be due to  ozone absorption.   Note that
the device monitors  the  total amount of ozone be-
neath the aircraft.  To  obtain concentrations, some
knowledge of the spatial distribution of the ozone
is necessary.  Results of  ground tests confirm a
predicted sensitivity  of 8 parts/billion ozone con-
centration over  a one  kilometer  column with little
interference from other  gases.

     The earth-reflected differential absorption
device can be  used for studies  of oxidant and oxi-
dant precursor transport over large areas,  measure-
ments which can  only be  approximated by other meth-
ods.  The ozone  monitoring system can,  with several
small design changes,  be used to monitor selected
tracer gases.  For example, data collected  from a
simulated point  source plume  using a tracer gas
could be used  as model input  information prior to
the actual construction  of an industrial or power
generating complex.  Absorption  characteristics
have been determined in  the laboratory.   A  report
is being prepared on the results of the laboratory
measurements and the feasibility of using this
technique as a viable monitoring method.

     The earth-reflected differential absorption
techniques can also be used to measure  sulfur diox-
ide (S02)•  The  current  device would require a very
exotic mixture of gases  for use  in the  lasers and
thus appears not economically feasible.   Ultra-
violet (UV) ground-based prototype differential ab-
sorption devices have been studied by other groups,
and the adaptation to  an airborne format seems
feasible.  A preliminary design  for such a  device
is being completed, and  a  computer-based model has
been constructed for design optimization.   The mod-
el uses Gaussian plume dispersion parameters and
variable device  parameters to yield simulated de-
vice returns.  The output  can then be used  as in-
put to the various data  handling configurations
being considered.

AIRBORNE DOWNLOOKING LIDAR

     The second  type of  air pollution monitoring
device being developed at  EMSL-Las Vegas is the
downward looking LIDAR.  These devices  range aero-
sol scattering in the atmosphere beneath the plane.
They have particular utility  in  determining plume
dispersion characteristics.   A prototype system was
tested starting  in 1974, and  test results were used
to design and  construct  an operational  system.   The
operational system uses  a  flashlamp-pumped  dye la-
ser to produce a short pulse  of  light directed to-
ward the ground.  The beam is scattered  by  mole-
cules within the atmosphere and  aerosols and even-
tually is reflected from the  ground itself.   A
small amount of  the reflected and scattered light
is received by a telescope/receiver system  on board
the aircraft and is recorded  on  digital  magnetic
tape.   In addition, supplemental information in-
cluding time of  day, navigational information, and
sequential shot  number is  recorded on a  leader to
the LIDAR digital record.  The device,  together
                                                                                                          473

-------
 with its  real time graphic display capabilities,
 can be used to measure vertical and horizontal
 plume dispersion coefficients,  plume centerline
 height, and points of maximum ground-level impact.
 These parameters, particularly the dispersion co-
 efficients, are usually estimated for modeling
 purposes,  raising the possibility of large errors.
 Actual measurement of these parameters can consid-
 erably improve model accuracy.

      A third generation downward looking LIDAR
 system is currently being assembled.  This device
 will utilize two laser frequencies and be able to
 differentiate between plumes with different parti-
 cle size  distributions.   The device also has much
 better resolution characteristics than the current
 dye system.  Like the dye system, the two-frequen-
 cy LIDAR will display the accumulated soundings in
 real time.   The device relies heavily on microcom-
 puter technology, and system component design will
 allow subsystem utilization in  future devices.

      Preliminary studies are being made to inves-
 tigate the  feasibility of construction of a down-
 looking LIDAR that will  simultaneously record the
 scattering  from aerosols and nitrogen Raman scat-
 tering.  The aerosol return will be normalized
 against the nitrogen Raman return to give a quan-
 titative  and reproducible sounding.   The device
 could be  used to produce a historical data base on
 fine particulates in the atmosphere.   Routine map-
 pings of  the western United States could reveal
 long-term trends in fine particulate atmospheric
 burdens.

 LASERFLUOROSENSING

      Laserfluorosensors  are active sensing devices
 employing UV or visible  pulsed  lasers to induce
 fluorescence emission in remote targets,  such as
 pollutants  in surface waters.   The fluorescence
 emission  is collected by a telescope which is fo-
 cused on  the fluorescent target and  then projected
 by a dispersing system onto a multichannel detec-
 tor.   The resultant  signal,  which is displayed in
 real time and is also recorded,  can  be used either
 to measure  the  concentration of a known fluores-
 cent substance  or to  identify or characterize
 fluorescent substances of  unknown type or origin.

      A laserfluorosensor system is currently being
 evaluated at  EMSL-Las Vegas as  a means for remote-
 ly monitoring the concentration of surface water
 chlorophyll.   The system,  presently  installed in
 an EPA Huey helicopter,  employs a downlooking
 pulsed  laser  operating at  440 nanometers  (nm)  to
 excite  fluorescence  in the chlorophyll-bearing al-
 gae present  in  varying concentrations in  all nat-
 ural  surface  waters.  A  small fraction of this
 fluorescence  emission at  685 nm is collected by a
 telescope receiver which is  focused  on the laser
 excitation  spot  on the water surface.   The signal
 is  displayed  on  a  cathode  ray tube (CRT),  digi-
 tized,  and  recorded on magnetic  tape  for  later
 analysis.   The  system has  been  successfully opera-
 ted  over Lake Mead under  full daylight conditions
 at  heights  of  1,000 feet.   With  an average ground
speed of 80 feet/second and a laser repetition
rate of 1 pulse/second, a  profile  of  10-foot  diam-
eter sampling points  is  produced approximately 80
feet apart below  the  aircraft  path.   By making re-
peated passes over a  chosen  body of  water, a con-
tour map can be produced corresponding to  surface
water chlorophyll concentration.   For the  above-
described conditions  the system is capable of re-
solving with good sensitivity  surface water chlo-
rophyll concentrations down  to 0.1 microgram/liter
in the presence of a  high solar background.

     Concurrent with  the airborne measurements,  di-
rect sampling measurements of  chlorophyll concen-
tration are made  by the  Department of Biology at
the University of Nevada with  the purpose of eval-
uating the performance of the  airborne laserfluo-
rosensor, particularly in regions containing large
chlorophyll gradients, such  as the Las Vegas Bay
region of Lake Mead.  Good agreement  between the
relative trends in the airborne and  ground truth
data has been observed.   Presently,  investigations
of a number of potential interferences,  especially
those environmental factors  affecting the chloro-
phyll fluorescence quantum efficiency and the ef-
fects of changes  in transmission  of  surface waters
on the laser excitation  and  chlorophyll  fluores-
cence emission, are being made.

     A second laserfluorosensing  program is being
conducted with the purpose of  developing an air-
borne sensor able to  provide an overall  indication
of organic pollution  in  surface waters.  A feasi-
bility study has  established that a  strong cor-
relation exists between  Total  Organic Carbon (TOC)
in surface waters and the intensity  of  fluorescence
emission induced  in the  same sample  by  near-ultra-
violet radiation.  Samples are exposed  to UV light
and the fluorescence  emission  monitored  using a
scanning monochromator-detector combination.   The
fluorescence arises from trace concentrations of
particulate and dissolved organic materials,  both
man-made and natural  in  origin,  rather  than from
the water itself, which  does not  fluoresce.  In
addition, the water molecule emits an intense Ra-
man band of constant  amplitude, which is employed
as an internal reference standard with  which to
normalize the concurrent fluorescence emission.
Data from this study will be used to  develop an
airborne laserfluorosensor capable of mapping sur-
face water total  organics.   This  device  will employ
a pulsed UV laser to  excite  fluorescence in surface
waters in which the emitted  fluorescence and Raman
signals will be measured using a  telescope coupled
by a dispersing system to a  multichannel detector
and converted to  an equivalent surface water TOC
value.

CONCLUSIONS AND FUTURE OBJECTIVES

     Problem areas encountered during development
of the above-mentioned systems have  characteris-
tically centered  on adapting the  commercial lasers
for use aboard aircraft.   Operating  the infrared
lasers has been especially difficult, and  the
structural configuration of  these instruments is
being changed to  produce better isolation  between
the transmitting  laser and the receiver.

     Two technical approaches  which  seem to be
yielding greater benefits than anticipated are
474

-------
the potential use of a standard optical  mechanical
receiver assembly and the incorporation  of  micro-
processor techniques into electronic  subsystems.
At the present time, it appears that  duplicate re-
ceiver assemblies to the one developed for  the
two-frequency LIDAR system will also  be  used  in:
1) an advanced laser fluorosensor  system,  2)  a
proposed UV earth differential absorption  system,
and 3) a proposed LIDAR system to  obtain ratios
between molecular and aerosol scattering.   The in-
corporation of a standard receiver into  future de-
signs will represent a real savings in resources,
development time in particular.  A microprocessor
development system has evolved over the  past  two
years that now has the capability  of  programming
microcomputer subsystems used in remote  sensing
devices.  Two important advantages of the  micro-
processor approach to design are:   1) the  ability
to design systems controllers with very  great com-
plexity, and 2) the ability to change design  con-
figurations in software as opposed to rewiring
subsystems.

     The activity in remote sensing instrumenta-
tion  development at EMSL-Las Vegas can best be
described as applied research.  Basic research
needed  for designing the types of  devices  de-
scribed within this paper comes for the  most  part
from  other organizations, and the  devices,  when-
ever  feasible, use commercially available  compo-
nents.  Operating in this mode requires  much sup-
portive research and development from other groups.
The strongest reliance on basic research is placed
on the many related programs being conducted  by
NASA.

     Future objectives in the design  and implemen-
tation  of remote sensing devices include designs
for:   1) an operational downlooking S02  monitor,
2)  a  downlooking LIDAR. with limited scan capabili-
ty, and 3) a LIDAR which simultaneously  monitors
both  aerosol scattering and the Raman return from
nitrogen  (N2) molecules, thus yielding quantita-
tive  and reproducible scattering measurements.
Although the current inventory of  active remote
sensing instruments is small, applied research
programs are responding to the need for  this  im-
portant class of monitoring instrumentation.
Oxidant and Its Control,  Raleigh,  NC,  September
12-17, 1976.

Eckert, J. A., D. H.  Bundy,  and  J.  L.  Peacock,
"Development of a Two Frequency  Downward
Looking Airborne LIDAR  System,"  published in
the proceedings of  the  8th Materials Research
Symposium Methods and Standards  for Environ-
mental Measurement, Gaithersburg,  MD,  September
20-24, 1976.
REFERENCES

1.   Eckert, J. A., J. L. McElroy, D. H.  Bundy,
    J. L. Guagliardo, and S. H. Melfi,  "Airborne
    LIDAR RAPS Studies, February  1974,"  EPA-600/4-
    76-028, June 1976.

2.   Eckert, J. A., J. L. McElroy, D. H.  Bundy,
    J. L. Guagliardo, and S. H. Melfi,  "Down-
    looking Airborne LIDAR Studies - August  1975,"
    published in the proceedings  of the  Inter-
    national Conference on Environmental  Sensing
    and Assessment, EMSL-LV, Las  Vegas,  NV,  Sep-
    tember 1975.

3.   Siple, G. W., R. B. Evans,  et.al.,  "Long-Range
    Airborne Measurements of Ozone off  the Coast  of
    the Northeastern United States," presented  at
    the International Conference  on Photochemical
                                                                                                           475

-------
             F)
ecological effects
         V


   	
                  CHAPTER 9

-------
   CHAPTER CONTENTS
                                  ecological effects
SUMMARY
   Allan Hirsch, Ph.D., DOI                               481
QUESTIONS & ANSWERS                                  487




TECHNICAL DISCUSSION                                  493
XENOBIOTIC METABOLISM IN MARINE SPECIES
EXPOSED TO HYDROCARBONS
   Margaret 0. James, HEW
   John R. Bend, HEW                                  4S5
CHEMICAL CHARACTERIZATION AND AQUATIC BIOASSAYS OF
ENERGY DEVELOPMENT PROCESS EFFLUENTS
    Rodney K. Skogerboe, Colorado State University
    Davis F S. Natusch, Colorado State University
    Rosemary C. Russo, Montana State University
    Robert V. Thurston, Montana State University                   503
EFFECTS OF CHEMICALS USED IN
OFFSHORE WELL-DRILLING OPERATIONS
   Norman L. Richards, EPA
INVESTIGATION OF EFFECTS AND FATES OF POLLUTANTS
   Michael E. Q. Pilson, University of Rhode Island
   Gabriel A. Vargo, University of Rhode Island
   Patrick Gearing, University of Rhode Island
   Juanita N. Gearing, University of Rhode Island
EFFECTS OF COAL-FIRED POWER PLANT EMISSIONS ON
TERRESTRIAL ECOSYSTEMS
   James M. Kelly, TVA
   Norman L. LaCasse, TVA
   JC Noggle, TVA
   Herbert  C.  Jones, TVA

-------
EFFECTS OF PRUDHOE CRUDE OIL SPILLS ON
COASTAL  TUNDRA  PONDS
    Michael C.  Miller, University of Cincinnati
    J. Robie Vestal,  University  of Cincinnati
    Samuel Mozley, University of Michigan
    Malcolm Butler, University  of Michigan
    John E. Hobbie,  Ecosystems Center                                  521
MECHANISMS OF SULFUR DIOXIDE RESISTANCE  IN
GREEN PLANTS
    Philip  Filner,  Michigan State University                               531
METHODS DEVELOPMENT,  FIELD ASSESSMENT, AND
TROPHIC RELATIONSHIPS OF BIOLOGICAL COMMUNITIES IN
FRESHWATER ECOSYSTEMS
    John S. Grossman, TVA
    William L. Barr, TVA
    Roger Betson, TVA
    Doye B. Cox, TVA
    Donald L. Dycus,  TVA
    Charles Gooch, TVA
    Billy G.  Isom, TVA
    Eugene Pickard, TVA
    Kenneth J. Tennessen, TVA
    Thomas W. Toole, TVA
    Richard D. Urban, TVA
    James R.  Wright, Jr.,  TVA                                          535
ECOSYSTEM CHARACTERIZATION  - AN APPROACH TO
COASTAL NATURAL RESOURCE PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT
    A. William Palmisano, DOI                                          543
ASSESSMENT OF  INSTREAM FLOW NEEDS
    Robert P Hayden, DOI                                            549

-------
                                         ECOLOGICAL  EFFECTS
                                                                                                  Allan Hirsch, Ph.D.
                                                                                      Chief Officer,  Biological  Sciences
                                                                                             Fish and Wildlife Service
                                                                                          U.S.  Department of Interior
^PRODUCTION

 ISSUES UNDERLYING
[ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT
 STATEMENTS
    The  Interagency Energy/Environment Research and Development Program supports
a wide-ranging effort to improve understanding of the ecological  impacts of  energy
development.  It  encompasses  over  50  research  projects  managed  by 6  Federal
departments  or  agencies.  It addresses the impacts of  various  energy  technologies as
reflected  in  marine, terrestrial,  and  freshwater ecosystems. It  includes studies as far
flung and diverse as those of the impact of an oil spill in the Strait of Magellan, the
effects  of trace elements  from  coal  utilization in the arid West, and the effects of
atmospheric emissions on soybeans and other  crops in the Southeastern United States.

    Results of many of these individual studies are now beginning to emerge and will
provide  contributions to our scientific understanding. But, in  the  final  analysis, the
more difficult and significant question is, How do we apply these findings to  improve
decisionmaking— that is,  to  make  more meaningful environmental  impact  assessments,
better environmental  standards  and  regulations, and  more informed decisions where
environmental/energy trade-offs are involved? We hope to address that question in our
discussions this afternoon.

    The  question is always a  difficult  one to answer with respect  to  any  research
program,  particularly  in its early  stages.  Key participants  in the  ecological  effects
component of the Interagency Energy-Environment Research and Development Program
have maintained a continuing effort to address these questions as a  basis  for program
planning  and  management.  In this regard,  I invite attention  to the workshop entitled
"Environmental  Effects  of  Energy"  held  in  Savannah, Georgia,  in December  1976.
Research  managers and  principal investigators reviewed the overall status of their  work
in   relation  to  many   o~  the   issues  ;o  be  discussed  here  today.  The published
Proceedings will soon be available.

    Today's   panel  will  discuss  some of  the  basic  environmental  effects of  energy
development  in  terms of  the results of  selected studies funded through  the Program.
The  10  papers  selected  for   presentation   represent  a  wide   range  of  agencies,
technologies,  ecosystems, and research approaches. These  papers  run the  gamut  from
tightly  controlled physiological experiments, through efforts to simulate and understand
entire ecosystems,  to   development  and  application  of improved  impact assessment
methods. At  first, they  may seem to encompass a  bewildering range of subject matter.
But  combined, they  provide an  excellent perspective from  which to address  some
underlying issues  in  environmental analysis.

    There  is  widespread dissatisfaction  with  the use  of ecological  information in
decisionmaking and with the current  state-of-the-art of impact assessment, or at  least
the way  in which it is  practiced. There  has been  much criticism both of the content
of  environmental  impact  statements  and  of  many  of  the large-scale environmental
assessment studies currently  underway in response  to NEPA requirements  and to other
legislation. Most  recently, the President, in his Environmental  Message, has called for
more effective environmental impact statements.

    These concerns raise two basic questions: (1)  How good is our information  about
ecological effects? (2) How  well are we  putting existing information into  practice? For
purposes  of today's discussion, I  have attempted to identify three  issues which underlie
these questions.

     1.  How  can we relate the findings of laboratory experimentation,  in which the
variables  can  be  closely controlled,  to actual  experience in nature, where many  more
variables  are  involved?  How,  for  example,  can  we  base  environmental criteria or
standards on  the  results  of laboratory toxicity  studies?
                                                                                                                481

-------
CHEMICALS IN
OFFSHORE WELL DRILLING
     2.   How can  we  detect  and  measure environmental change  actually occurring in
the  field,  and how  can we determine  whether  it  is  related to  the  particular energy
development under study? This problem stems from the dynamism and complexity of
natural   ecosystems and from the  fact that they  are  frequently  adjusting to  both
natural  and  man-induced  stresses.  Involved  are  such  difficulties as separating impacts
from  natural  variability,  relating  observed  changes  to  causes,  and  assessing  the
significance  of  change in  terms  of  major  or   irreversible  ecosystem  damage.  The
problems  involved  in  establishing  meaningful  environmental  baseline  and monitoring
programs are an example.

     3.   How can  we  make the  results of ecological  research  directly useful  to the
decisionmaker? This involves transfer of technology  and conversion of research findings
into methodologies  and guidelines that can be applied  operationally.

     We propose to address these three issues as follows:  I will  summarize very briefly
the  contents of the papers submitted. Each of these papers will, however, be  published
in full  in the Proceedings  of  this  conference.  Next,  individual panelists will serve as
discussion  leaders   to  address each of the  three   issues.  We hope  to stimulate a
discussion  among  all panel  members concerning  how their work relates to these issues.

     In  brief,  then, the  contents of the  papers submitted  for today's panel  are  as
follows.

     1.   The  first  paper,  by  Dr.  Margaret   James  and  Dr. John  Bend,  is entitled
"Xenobiotic  Metabolism in Marine  Species  Exposed to Hydrocarbons"  and  represents
the  basic  physiological research  that provides a  fundamental underpinning   for more
applied  efforts to  understand  the impact of  oil  pollution on marine ecosystems. It has
been  demonstrated   that   most   fish  species   bioconcentrate  pollutants,   including
hydrocarbons, from their  environment.   The  authors  have been studying metabolic and
toxic effects stemming  from uptake  of  selected  components  of crude oil in  a number
of  marine species. They have been  studying  the  interactions  between enzyme systems
and  hydrocarbons  in  ways  which may  shed  light on  the  question of bioaccumulation
of  hydrocarbons  by   marine  organisms—a key   issue  in  assessing  the  effects  of oil
pollution.

     2.   The  second  paper,  "Chemical Characterization  and  Aquatic  Bioassays  of
Energy  Development Process Effluents," by  Dr.   Rodney  Skogerboe  and his  associates,
represents  another approach to  determination of toxic effects of  energy development,
in this  case  working with coal, oil-shale, and  phosphate developments.  Process effluents
from energy  development  programs  are frequently   complex  mixtures of  chemical
constituents  which  individually  or collectively may be toxic to  aquatic biota. Thus,
assessment of these effluents in  terms of toxicity, identification of the toxic  principals,
delineation  of environmental  stability   characteristics  of  these  entities,  and ultimate
development of quantitative impact  predictions  are  complicated research problems  of
major importance.

     To  characterize the potential  impacts of  energy  development processes, the present
program  has  utilized   chemical  and  biological assessment  methods in  a coordinated,
feedback  mode  of operation. Bioassays run on effluents and separated  fractions thereof
have been used  to focus  chemical  analysis  on  those  of  most  consequence.  Chemical
characterization  of  the toxic fractions has  subsequently  permitted design of  further
bioassay  experiments  indicative of  which constituents are  the  primary  toxicants.  As
chemical  and biological  assessments of each effluent  are completed, the results are  used
in  combination  with   field evaluation  data to  develop  impact  predictions  and/or
appropriate control  strategies.

     3.   Dr.  Norman   Richards   has  been  studying  "Effects  of  Chemicals  Used  in
Offshore  Well-Drilling  Operations." This  project is  to provide  research results  which can
help guide regulatory  decisions  related to   offshore  drilling  in  the  Gulf of Mexico.
Literature  concerning  the  effects  on  marine organisms  of  the  use  of chemicals in
offshore  well-drilling  operations  is very limited.  A research  program on drilling-fluid
constituents  has  been  initiated   to  provide  information  on  the  relative  hazard  of
alternative drilling  mud constituents  and to  develop more relevant laboratory methods.
Dr.  Richards' evaluation paper discusses the  hierarchically arranged methodology  used
for  testing  the  effects of selected  chemicals.  Tiered  screening processes were used  for
sequential  testing  of compounds. From  the initial  set of compounds, two were selected
for  further  study.  Static  toxicity  tests were conducted  with larval stages of  three
marine/estuarine  species:  eastern  oyster, grass  shrimp,  and  pinfish  in a  laboratory
environment. Bioconcentration effects  up to 80  times that  measured  in the exposure
water were observed.
482

-------
MARINE ECOSYSTEMS
     4.  Dr. Michael  Pilson's  paper,  "The Marine  Ecosystems Research  Laboratory:  A
Facility for the Investigation of Effects and  Fates of Pollutants," describes an effort to
bridge  the gap  between  traditional  laboratory  experiments and  experience  in  natural
systems.  At the University  of  Rhode Island Marine Ecosystems Research  Laboratory, a
series of tanks simulates  environmental conditions typical of coastal  ecosystems in the
Northeastern  United  States.   Biological  (in  phytoplankton  abundance  and  species
composition)  and  chemical  behavior of  these  microcosms  is  similar  to  that  of
Narragansett Bay,  Rhode  Island. Experiments using oil  as a pollutant within the tanks
are now underway  to  obtain  quantitative  information  on the  effects of low  chronic
levels of oil on phytoplankton, zooplankton, and benthos.
  TERRESTRIAL ECOSYSTEMS
  FRESHWATER  ECOSYSTEMS
     5.  In their  paper on "Effects of Coal-Fired  Power Plant Emissions on Terrestrial
Ecosystems,"  Dr.  James  Kelly  and his colleagues point out  that  research  needed to
provide knowledge of ecological  effects  and impacts of atmospheric emissions should
be  approached on three  levels—the species, the  community,  and  the  ecosystem.  The
objective  of  research  on  species  is to determine  the impact of simulated  ground-level
concentrations  of  sulfur dioxide and nitrogen dioxide on the productivity  of plants. At
the community level,  studies will determine effects  of emissions from coal-fired power
plants  on food and  fiber crops  of economic  importance  in  the Southeastern United
States.  These  efforts  will   measure   the  amount  of  sulfur  transferred  from  the
atmosphere  to agro-ecosystems  and evaluate the  economic  significance  of  atmospheric
sulfur  on crop  production.  At the ecosystem  level  small  experimental watersheds on
the Cumberland  Plateau  have been chosen  because  their soil  and  vegetation  complex
allows   easier   detection  of  positive  or  negative  impact   due  to the  infertile  and
unbuffered  nature of the  soil. Ecological data,  when combined  with economic  and
sociological considerations, will  provide an insight  into environmental perturbation.

     6.  Dr. Philip Filner, in his paper on "Mechanisms of Resistance to Sulfur Dioxide
in Green  Plants,"  addresses the potential of reduced agricultural productivity stemming
from  increased sulfur  dioxide levels from a different standpoint.  Although  green  plants
are sensitive to  acute  exposure  to sulfur  dioxide,  the  mechanism by which injuries
occur  is  unknown.  Using  members  of  the  cucumber  family  as  experimental  plant
species, the mechanisms  of  injury  and resistance to sulfur dioxide were  explored.  It
was found that there  are at  least two mechanisms by which  resistance to  acute  injury
from  sulfur  dioxide  can  be  achieved.  The   first  is  genetically  or  phylogenetically
determined.  The  second  is developmentally controlled  resistance  which allows young
leaves to  absorb  sulfur dioxide  without injury.  Dr. Filner's  work  represents an  example
of  basic  physiological   and  biochemical   research  with  potential   application   for
developing plant strains resistant to air pollution.

     7.  In  a  paper  on   "Methods  Development,   Field  Assessment, and  Trophic
Relationships   of  Biological  Communities  in   Freshwater   Ecosystems,"  Dr.  John
Grossman  and  his associates  present  a broad  overview of  studies  being conducted by
TVA  on  the  environmental impacts of energy-related technologies  on  the aquatic
environment.  Areas  of interest include  the  impact of thermal  discharges of  power
plants  on important fish  food  organisms,  concentrating on  insect embryo  tolerance to
                                                                                                                          483

-------
                                         thermal  shock; models for planning development of surface mines,  considering effect of
                                         reclamation on the  quality and  quantity  of  local  streams, biological  impacts of surface
                                         mining,  and  cumulative  effects of  pollutants  from  multiple  mines;  environmental
                                         impacts  of  byproducts from coal combustion and  nuclear  fission, especially trace metal
                                         or  radionuclide bioaccumulation  in  mussels; determination of whether  specific design,
                                         siting, and operation  of  intake structures  can   mitigate  effects  on zooplankton by
                                         reducing the numbers of organisms entrained  in the condenser cooling water systems of
                                         steam-electric  power stations;  and development  of a computerized information system
                                         to accommodate  biological data and  perform  a variety of analytical procedures.
OIL SPILLS ON
COASTAL TUNDRA PONDS
     8.  The paper by  Dr.  John Hobbie and others on  "Effects of Prudhoe Crude Oil
Spills on Coastal  Tundra  Ponds"  describes studies on  the ecological effects of and
recovery  from  controlled  crude  oil  spills. These  show marked  changes  in  species
composition  and slow  recovery  to prespill  conditions.  The rate  of oil degradation is
slow  near  the frozen Arctic Ocean,  which may  increase the exposure time of pond
organisms  to soluble  compounds.   In  addition,  invertebrates  living  on the  surface or
emergent  vegetation were caught mechanically  in  the  floating  oil scum. Multiyear life
cycles of arctic  macro-organisms near Barrow,  Alaska,  mean  that  potential accidents
with  crude oil could  leave long-lasting effects.
ECOSYSTEM CHARACTERIZATION
      energy
      environment II
     9.  In  his  paper,  "Ecosystem  Characterization—An  Approach to Coastal  Natural
Resource  Planning and Management," Dr. William Palmisano discusses a technique  for
providing  information  on the structure  and function of  large-scale coastal ecosystems,
for use in decisionmaking. Ecosystem characterization is a description of the important
components and processes comprised in an  ecosystem and  an understanding of their
important  functional  relationships.  Emphasis  is  placed  on   systems  understanding
through  structured  integration  of  information  from  various  physical  and  biological
sciences.  The ecosystem characterization  involves  delineation  of the physical boundary
of the system,  preparation of a conceptual  ecosystem model, information synthesis and
analysis using  the model as a "blueprint," and preparation  of a characterization  report.
Four  such coastal ecosystem characterization studies  are currently underway—two on
the Atlantic coast, one on  the  Gulf, and  one on the Pacific coast.

     10.   Mr. Robert Hayden,  in  his paper  on  "Assessment  of  Instream  Flow Needs,"
discusses  development  of  improved  impact assessment  methodology  and  means of
assuring its  use  in decisionmaking. It has been  forecast that energy developments will
make extensive  demands on  water supplies  that currently  provide  habitat for fish and
wildlife,  including endangered   species.  There is  an  important  need  to  improve  the
capability  to predict the quantity  of water that must remain  in  streams to maintain
their dependent natural systems. A Cooperative Instream Flow Service Group has been
established  by   the  Fish  and  Wildlife Service  to  furnish  support and assistance to
Federal  and  State   agencies  developing,  testing,   and   applying  methodologies  for
determining in-stream  flow  needs.  A  simulation  model  that   predicts  the  effects of
484

-------
SUMMARY
altered  stream  flows has  recently  been  developed.  This  will  be a  useful  tool  for
alternative site selection and trade-off evaluation.

     In  summary,  the  information presented in these 10  papers presents an  excellent
basis  for discussing  the 3 broad  issues  raised previously: how  to  relate laboratory
results to  natural  ecosystems,  how  to detect and  measure environmental change,  and
how  to  convert  research  findings  into  information  that  can be  used   by  the
decisionmaker. We  will now turn to  the  panelists for a discussion of these  issues.
                                                                 ALLAN HIRSCH
                                               B.S. and M.S.,  Zoology, Ph.D.,  Conservation,  Michigan  State  University. As a
                                           Fulbright Scholar,  went  to  New Zealand and worked as a pollution officer. Experience
                                           includes water resource planning and  field studies of  water  supply and  pollution.  Has
                                           held  high positions within  EPA,  NOAA, and the  Federal  Water  Pollution  Control
                                           Administration.  Presently,  Senior  Ecologist and Chief,  Office  of Biological Services,
                                           U.S.  Fish and Wildlife  Service, DOI, Washington, DC.
                                                                                                                           485

-------
                              questions
                                   oc answers
                                                     Dr. Harrison R. Mickey
                                                  Tennessee Valley Authority

                                                           Mr.  Grant  Davis
                                                        U.S. Forest Service

                                                          Mr. Randy  Freed
                                                               Versar, Inc.

                                                            Mr. John Finn
                                                       University of Georgia
COMMENT:  Dr. Harrison  R. Hickey  (TVA)
                            I  am going to make an unauthorized comment here.
                        TVA is thinking of having a conference next spring, and
                        what I am  hearing this afternoon is so relevant to the
                        theme we are suggesting for  this conference, that I  think
                        I  would  have no better opportunity to  mention it to the
                        people  I  hope  would be involved. The  theme  will  be
                        environmental effects  research used  to  implement energy
                        systems.

                            We  collectively  have to think  about packaging this
                        kind of  work  better  so  that  it gets through  to the
                        decision  makers involved in supporting programs. There
                        has to be  a  stronger  link  between the water-oriented
                        ecological research,  particularly  freshwater  and  marine.
                        Part  of  the reason for the relative  absence of water
                        programs in  the control technology  portion of this effort
                        is  probably  the domination  of air research. As air is the
                        direct  contact  with  humans and human health,  perhaps
                        this  is justified.  However,  it  does make  the  linkage
                        between  low  profile efforts such  as  aquatic research,
                        ecological research, and related actions that cost a lot of
                        money more difficult.  For  example, I  have  read that 3
                        years of the Alaskan  pipeline delay during  which  costs
                        escalated from  $900 million to $8 billion was attributable
                        to debate over the  environmental  issues  involved.  How
                        much  of  that  could  have  been avoided  with  a  good
                        background  in ecological effects  research, I do not know.
                        But,  if some portion  of the escalation  could  have been
                        headed off, it might have been worthwhile.

                            We think that research  on  a fish, like a snail darter,
                        might be purely academic until it becomes the key  point
                        in whether  or not a $100  million dam  is  built. Delay
                        itself is extremely costly. When  we  have a nuclear  plant
                        scheduled, for  instance,  we  adhere to that schedule like
                        to the Bible because  each day's delay  costs  rather large
                        amounts.

                            During  this coming year  I  hope  we  will  develop
                        stronger  justifications  for  the  relevance of  ecological
                                                                                                       487

-------
                               effects  research  for  the  purpose  of  building  energy
                               systems more expediently  and  in  a manner  compatible
                               with  the environment.
COMMENT:  Mr. Grant Davis (USDA)
                                   Now   a  few  comments  on  transferring  laboratory
                               work  into  field  experiments. One of our  major problems,
                               especially   in   this  energy  area,   is  the  difficulty  in
                               accurately  measuring natural changes  in  the  population.
                               For instance, Piceance Basin has a 5,000  acre tract which
                               may  be 1  percent  of the  basin. This could be destroyed
                               completely without  anyone  noticing an  effect on, let us
                               say,  the  deer  population  because  the   deer  population
                               cannot be measured  to I  or 5 percent.

                                   We probably should be  talking about measuring some
                               of the changes  in the habitat potential. We can say that 1
                               percent of the  area  was destroyed. Even though  this may
                               not  be  a  likely   situation,  it   is  a  measurable  one.
                               Consequently,   it  may  be  better  to look   at habitat
                               potential rather than population changes.

                                   When  we talk  about chronic changes, we  run into an
                               even  more difficult problem. A change  in  the number  and
                               in  the population of the plant species can  be very slow.
                               It  is  difficult  to assess  even this  impact on  the habitat
                               potential of an area. As a  result,  we  may have to  fall
                               back on observing the genetic variability of  the species of
                               interest. Over  a period of  time there  may  be very little
                               effect  to  those  that are  adaptable.  Some of the mobile
                               populations  or  even some  of  the static populations of
                               animals or fish, like deer, the coyote, and the catfish that
                               are very adaptable may  be able to  adjust over a period of
                               time  with  the  chronic  changes;  whereas  those  that have
                               little  adaptability,   like  a  trout  that  has  very narrow
                               habitat  requirements, may not  be able to  adjust to  the
                               chronic changes.

                                   So,  whether  we are  talking  about  land  or aquatic
                               systems, when  we  move  from  the laboratory, where we
                               can control these factors,  into the  field, we  have  some
                               difficulty   in  measuring  these  changes  in the species
                               of interest.
488

-------
QUESTION:
     As we have  heard today, there are parameters that
we  can measure  when  assessing  ecological  effects.  When
conveying  information  to decision  makers, what sort  of
indices  do  you  feel are  most synoptic  or indicative  of
changes  in  ecosystems?  Do  you  think  diversity  indices
would be  most synoptic or what?
RESPONSE:  Dr. A. William Palmisano (FWS)
                                  The   components    of   ecosystems   vary   from
                             microscopic organisms all the way  up to vertebrates. They
                             are grouped  into an assemblage of plants and animals  and
                             have functional  roles. So, it  is the structure related to the
                             function factor in ecosystems which  is important.

                                  From the standpoint of the characterizations that we
                             are working  on  in  the  Fish and  Wildlife Service  (FWS),
                             we are  looking at  conceptual modeling  of  these systems,
                             stressing those components  of  systems  that are,  first, of
                             importance  to man directly, such  as migratory birds to
                             the  FWS  fishery resources.   Whether it  be shellfish or fin
                             fish  or  other  types of  natural living  resources,  such as
                             endangered  species  or  non-game  bird  populations,  the
                             primary  criteria  is  the  importance  and interest to man.
                             The  second  criteria  that we are  using  to look  at  the
                             components  of  the  system  are ecosystem function. What
                             is  the function  of particular organisms?  In this case, I am
                             talking  primarily about  the  biological components of  the
                             system—what  is the function of these components of  the
                             system   either   in  (1)  causing  the   maintenance   and
                             perpetuation   of  the   natural  system,  or   (2)  as they
                             indirectly or directly affect  the  living resources that  man
                             has a particular interest  in.

                                  We may put emphasis  on  the conceptual  model  and
                             on the  characterization  itself on a particular organism, for
                             instance  a   mollusk in  a  system,   because  it  indicates
                             certain  things  about nutrient cycling  in  that system.  Or,
                             we  may   stress  the  primary  productivity  of  emergent
                             vegetation because  we   can link  that  back to  ultimate
                             productivity  in a system.

                                                                                                                          489

-------
                                   This  second  category  of  components  could  be
                              indicators  of   environmental   processes,   or  could  be
                              important  support   components   for   higher  levels  of
                              organisms  that  we  have provided  an  emphasis.  So the
                              deck,  so  to  speak,  in  a  conceptual  model  is  loaded
                              towards  those  components and processes  which  we feel
                              are of vital interest to man.
COMMENT:   Dr. Allan  Hirsch (FWS)
                                   I  would  like to comment  on what  to  do when the
                              administrator asks you for an  anwser. It seems to  me that
                              we have  the  ability  to  reduce  uncertainty, even  though
                              we do  not  have the ability to  answer  some  of these
                              questions  in  a  very  specific  and  certain way.  We  are
                              dealing  with  partial  knowledge and  with  uncertain events,
                              and  I think it begs  the  issue  to say it is your neck; you
                              are asking for the unanswerable. The researchers  who are
490

-------
                            engaged  in  this  area,  if  not  the  individual  researcher,
                            certainly  the  research  managers,  have  to  be  willing to
                            extend  themselves at  least in  the  area of reducing the
                            uncertainty with which a lot  of these decisions are made.
                            I  know that  some   of these  decisions are  made  with
                            information  that  is far less than what is available at the
                            state-of-the-art.  But;   it is  not  enough  to  throw  up our
                            hands  and say  that  there are many  things  we  cannot
                            answer.

                                 The  portion of  our  work  that  has  been  described
                            here  this  afternoon  can already help reduce  uncertainty
                            somewhat,  and  I think that is what we need to do.
QUESTION:
     We  have  the  problem  of building  models that  will
answer  different types  of questions; for example,  when
we   start   drilling  oil,  we  release  toxicants,  we  build
pipelines,   we   do   a  lot  of  different  things  to  the
ecosystem.  In  your  ecological characterization, how  can
you  develop a  model that will adequately handle all  the
different types  of  impacts that  oil and  gas  development,
for  instance, will have on  a coastal area?
RESPONSE:   Dr. Palmisano
                                 You  are tangling apples and oranges.  The  suggestion
                            I  made was  for us to build  natural  system  models so that
                            we  do  not  focus on an action program,  such as,  Outer
                            Continental  Shelf  (OCS)  development  or  setting  water
                            quality  standards,   but   focus  on   natural  systems.  We
                            develop  the   boundaries  of  the  system.  We   develop  a
                            conceptual   model,   at   least  the   state-of-the-art,   in
                            interrelating  the  components of the  system.  We  can  use
                            energy flow  diagrams to build a model.

                                 But,  the  point is  what  is  being  built?  We  are
                            building  ecosystem  models  rather   than  some  impact
                            model.  We are also  building impact models,  but those are
                            a  specific action  program,  so we  are looking at,  for
                            instance,  the  phases of  OCS development,  the actions
                            associated  with these phases, and then trying to determine
                            what  each  action  has  on  the resources  in  the natural
                            systems' characterization.

                                 One  model  cannot  do  the whole  job; no one data
                            system can  do the whole job. My  recommendation is that
                            we build modules, system  modules, impact modules, data
                            base  modules, and that  these modules should fit together.
                            No one  module will  fill  the bill.
                                                                                                                        491

-------
technical
  discussion

-------
  XENOBIOTIC METABOLISM IN MARINE SPECIES EXPOSED
                TO HYDROCARBONS
           Margaret 0. James and John R. Bend
      National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences
      U.S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare
               St. Augustine, Florida and
          Research Triangle Park, North Carolina
 INTRODUCTION

     In  the past few decades,  contamination of our
 oceans with chemical pollutants,  including petro-
 leum hydrocarbons, has become  a major environmental
 problem, the latter correlating with increased
 shipping and drilling operations.   Until recently,
 there have been few studies  concerning the uptake,
 metabolism, distribution,  and  excretion of foreign
 chemicals  (xenobiotics)  in marine species and the
 possibility of chemical  contamination of this im-
 portant  source of human  food.

     The work of Lee _e_t  al  (1972a and 1972b)  and
 later Corner et_ al_ (1976) , Korn et_ al_ (1976) ,
 Statham  et_ al_ (1976), and  others  showed that
 marine fish, Crustacea,  mollusca,  and zooplankton
 accumulated hydrocarbons from  polluted water,
 which they could slowly  depurate  when transferred
 to clean water.  However,  few  published studies
 described  the metabolism of  xenobiotics in any
 marine species.  Since metabolism of a xenobiotic
 is often a crucial factor  in relation to its
 biological effect and its half life in the animal,
 we feel  it is important  to study  pathways of  xeno-
 biotic metabolism in marine  species.   We are
 especially interested in the polycyclic aromatic
 hydrocarbons, since metabolites of these compounds
 are known human carcinogens  (Heidelburger, 1976).
 In mammals, hydrocarbons are initially oxidized to
 alkene or arene oxides in  a  reaction catalysed by
 the cytochrome P-450 dependent mono-oxygenases.
 The alkene or arene oxide may  react enzymatically
 with glutathione, or water,  in reactions catalysed
 by the GSH S-transferases and  epoxide hydrase, or
 may bind to cell macromolecules,  or be rearranged
 non-enzymatically to the alcohol  or phenol (Jerina
 and Daly, 1974).  We first determined whether
 similar  pathways of xenobiotic metabolism are used
 in mammals and in marine species.   We then studied
 the effect of chemical pretreatment of some warm
 and cold water fish species on the activities of
 the hepatic enzymes involved in hydrocarbon me-
 tabolism, paying particular attention to the  poly-
 cyclic aromatic hydrocarbons.

 TECHNICAL DISCUSSION

    Our laboratories are located  at  the Mount
 Desert Island Biological Laboratory in Maine  and
at  the Whitney Marine Research Laboratory,  Univer-
sity of Florida, St.  Augustine.   The  species  used
in  these studies at each location  were caught lo-
cally and maintained in  fresh  flowing seawater
until used.  They were  fed  shrimp  or small pieces
of fish about twice a week.   An  exception was the
spiny lobster, which was  shipped from South Florida
and maintained in our laboratory for at least 2
weeks before use.

     Subcellular fractions  of liver,  hepatopancreas
or extrahepatic organs  were  prepared as described
by Pohl ejL al_ (1974).   The washed  microsomes were
resuspended to protein  concentrations of about 20
ing/ml and used in assays  for cytochrome P-450 con-
tent, benzpyrene hydroxylase,  benzphetamine N-de-
methylase, and 7-ethoxycoumarin  0-deethylase
activities as described in Pohl  et_ al_ (1974).
Microsomal epoxide hydrase and cytosol fraction
GSH S-transferase activities were  measured
essentially as described  by  James  et  al (1976).
In Maine the optimal conditions  for in vitro assay
were determined using hepatic  microsomes from the
little skate, Raja erinacea, and in Florida the
optimal conditions were determined using hepatic
microsomes from the sheepshead,  Archosargus
probatocephalus, and the  stingray,  Dasyatis sabina.

     Table 1 shows that cytochrome P-450 was present
in liver or hepatopancreas of  all  marine fish and
Crustacea studied.  However, NADPH-dependent
benzpyrene hydroxylase  (AHH),  benzphetamine N-
demethylase, and 7-ethoxycoumarin  0-deethylase
activities were routinely detected in vitro only
in hepatic microsomes from  fish  species.  These
NADPH-dependent activities were  undetectable or
present at the limits of  sensitivity  of the assays
used, in the case of Crustacea.


     This correlates with what is  known of the rate
of oxidation of xenobiotics  in vivo in fish com-
pared with Crustacea.   We also found  (Table 2)
that epoxide metabolizing enzymes  were present in
liver or hepatopancreas as well  as  some extrahepatic
organs in most of the species  studied.   Styrene
oxide was used as substrate  to obtain the results
shown in Table 2, but activity towards octene
1, 2-oxide and benzpyrene 4,5-oxide was also meas-
ured in most cases (Bend  et  al 1977).   Of special
interest was the high epoxide  hydrase activity
found in hepatopancreas of  the crustacean species
studied.  Since the NADPH dependent oxidation of
xenobiotics in these species was low  or undetectable
by our in vitro assays, we were  surprised to find
that the products of oxidation were well metabolized
by crustacea.

     Because they have  easily  measurable oxidative
activities, are readily available  and easily main-
tained, the little skate  was used  in  Maine, and
the sheepshead and stingray  in Florida to study
the effects of chemical pretreatment  on xenobiotic
metabolizing enzymes.   Chemical  pretreatment of
fish was usually accomplished by i.p. injection of
a corn oil suspension or  solution  of  the appropriate
xenobiotic, though sometimes the oral route was
used.  Control fish were  treated with corn oil or
the solvent vehicle.  The day of injection was
taken as day one of the experiment.


     Table 3 shows the  effect of several hydrocar-
bons and related chemicals  on cytochrome P-450
                                                                                                          495

-------
TABLE 1.  CYTOCHROME P-450 CONTENT AND MIXED-FUNCTION OXIDASE ACTIVITIES IN HEPATIC MICROSOMES FROM
          SEVERAL MARINE SPECIES
SPECIES
4
Atlantic Stingray
(Dasyatis sabina)
Large Skate
(Raja ocellata)
Little Skate6
(Raja erinacea)
4
Bluntnose Stingray
(Dasyatis sayi )
Dogfish Shark
(Squalus acanthias)
4
Sheepshead
(Archosargus probatocephalus)
Mangrove Snapper '
(Lutjanus griseus)
Winter Flounder
(Pseudopleuronectes americanus)
4
Black Drum
(Pogonias cromis)
Spiny Lobster
(Panulirus argus)
Lobster
(Homarus americanus)
Blue Crab
(Callinectes sapillus)
Nmoles cytochrome P-450/mg protein.
2
Fluorescence units/mi n/mg protein.
0.1 N sulfuric acid (excitation 400
Nmoles product formed/mi n/mg protei
4
Florida species.
5Mean ± S.D. (N); range when N 2;
Maine species.
N.D. means no activity detected.
o
Pools of livers from up to 15 fish
g
Data from Elmamlouk, T. H., Gessner
Not assayed.
CYTOCHROME P-450
CONTENT!
0.43 ± 0.07 (8)5
0.36 0.41
0.32 ± 0.08 (4)
0.32 ± 0.12 (3)
0.23 0.29
0.29 ± 0.12 (13)
0.25 ± 0.05 (3)
0.17 + 0.01 (3)
0.14 ± 0.03 (4)
0.88 + 0.52 (15)
0.04 0.13 (7)9
N.D. to 0.29 (4)
One unit equals
nm, emission 525
n.
single value when
were required to
, T. , and Brownie
BENZPYRENE
HYDROXYLASE
ACTIVITY2
0.86 ± 0.36 (27) 0
0.30 ± 0.09 (3) 1
0.17 ± 0.10 (10) 1
0.17 ± 0.05 (3) 0
0 07 + 0.02 (3) 0
1.38 ± 0.47 (9) 1
6.64 ± 0.48 (3) 0
2.54 ± 1.67 (7) 0
1 .62 + 1 .91 (11 ) 0
BENZPHETAMINE
DEMETHYLASE
ACTIVITY3
.98 ± 0.75 (16)
.49 ± 0.41 (3)
.07 ± 0.19 (9)
.23 ± 0.11 (3)
.15 + 0.05 (3)
.10 ± 0.42 (9)
.88 2.50
.59 ± 0.13 (3)
.45 + 0.09 (5)
3 N.D. to 0.04 (15)7 0.05 ± 0.05 (4)
N.D. (3)
N.D. to 0.01 (4)
the fluorescence intensity of 3 pg quinine
nm) .
N 1 .
obtain enough microsomal protein for assay
, A. C. 1974. Comp. Biochem. Physiol . 48B:


7-ETHOXYCOUMARIN
DEETHYLASE
ACTIVITY3
0.05 ± 0.02 (14)
0.47 ± 0.08 (3)
0.32 ± 0.14 (11)
0.01, N.D., N.D. (3)7
0.08 ± 0.02 (3)
0 05 +• 0 03 (9)
0.16 ± 0.02 (3)
0.32 + 0.25 (6)
0.06
N.D. (6)
N.D. (3)
___10
sul fate/ml in
419-425.
content and AHH activity of hepatic microsomes.
In general, chemicals with polyaromatic ring
structure induced AHH activity between 5- and 15-
fold but there was little effect on the overall
cytochrome P-450 content of liver.  In many cases,
induced fish had higher P-450 content than controls,
but differences were not statistically significant
and did not correlate with the extent of induction.
Other oxygenase activities studied were 7-ethoxy-
coumarin 0-deethylase, which followed the same in-
duction pattern as AHH activity, and benzphetamine
N-demethylase activity which was not induced by
treatment with the chemicals studied.
     The effect of various doses of 3-methylcholan-
threne on AHH activity in sheepshead is shown in
Figure 1.  Doses as low as 1 mg/kg induced AHH
activity in hepatic microsomes.  Figure 2 shows
that induction with a single dose of 3-methylcho-
lanthrene of 20 mg/kg caused hepatic microsomeal
AHH activity to be elevated for at least 63 days
after injection.  We are currently studying the
duration of the induction effect.

     Another in vitro test which discriminated
between control and polyaromatic chemical induced
fish was assaying for AHH activity in the presence
496

-------
                                            ACTIVITY  (nmoles  product/min/mg  protein)
          SPECIES1

Teleosts
  Sheepshead
  Black Drum
  Winter Flounder
  Eel
   (Anquilla rostrata)
  Mangrove Snapper
  Southern Flounder
   (Paralichthys lethostigma)

Elastnobranchs
  Atlantic Stingray
  Dogfish Shark
  Little Skate
  Noose Shark
   (Ginglymostoma cirratum)

Crustacean
  Spiny Lobster
  Blue Crab
  Rock Crab
   (Cancer ittorus)
  Lobster

Invertebrates
  Clam
   (Mya arenaria)
  Quahaug
   (Mercenaria campechienius)
  Mussel
   (Mytilus edulis)
                                     EPOXIDE HYDRASE'
                                      6.1  ±  2.6  (16)
                                      4.7  ±  2.0  (13)
                                      2.0  ±  1.4  (4)
                                      1 .4
                                      2.5, 1.6
1.5
 5
                                      2.'
2.7
                                      5.8   ±  2.3  (10)
                                      7.6   ±  2.4  (4)
                                      0.14  ±  0.06  (3)

                                      7.5   ±  2.8  (3)
                                     23.4  ± 4.4  (8)
                                      7.5  ± 3.2  (3)

                                      3.2  ± 2.3  (5)
                                     21.9  ± 2.4  (4)
                                           10.0'
                                            0.1'
                                            0.3'
GLUTATHIONE ^-TRANSFERASEC


   25.5 ± 7.7 (16)
   16.1 ± 5.2 (13)
    4.9 ± 0.7 (3)

   14.6   15.0
    4.2 ± 0.8 (4 pools)6

    2.6   6.6
                          5.1 ± 1.6 (8)
                         14.6 ± 4.1 (3)
                          2.4 ± 0.5 (17)

                          6.0   12.1
                          1.1  ± 0.3 (8)
                          0.4 ± 0.3 (3)

                          0.3 t 0.1 (3)
                          1.7 + 1.1 (3)
                             0.6'
                             0.7'
                             0.7'
2
 Where generic names are not given, see Table 1.
 Activity of the microsomal fraction, assayed using 1 mM styrene oxide.
 Activity of the cytosol fraction (176,000g_ supernatant), assayed using 1 mM styrene oxide
 and 10 mM glutathione.
4
 Mean ± S.D. (n):  range where n   2 single value when rate was determined from a  single
 tissue pool.
 Pools of livers from 12 and 15 snappers were required to obtain sufficient microsomal
 protein for assay.
 Pools of livers from 6 to 8 snappers were used.
 The mean (containing digestive tract and egg masses) from 12 mussels, clams, or quahaugs
 was pooled prior to homogenization.
5
TABLE 2.

EPOXIDE HYDRASE
AND  GLUTATHIONE
S-TRANSFERASE
ACTIVITIES TOWARDS
STYRENE OXIDE  IN
LIVER OR HEPATO-
PANCREAS OF
SEVERAL MARINE
SPECIES
                                                                                                                   497

-------
TABLE 3.  HEPATIC OXIDATIVE ENZYMES OF  SOME MARINE  FISH AFTER PRETREATMENT WITH HYDROCARBONS AND
          RELATED CHEMICALS
FISH SPECIES BENZPYRENE HYDROXYLASE ACTIVITY
(Dose, Route) (F.U./min/mg protein)
CHEMICAL
3-Methylcholanthrene




Dibenz( a, h) anthracene

5,6-Benzoflavone

Hexadecane

Arochlor 1254

TCDD

Activities shown are mean ±
2
Archosargus probatocephalus
Dasyatis sabina
4
Raja erinacea


Sheepshead
(20 nig/ kg, i.p.)
Stingray
(3 x 20 mg/kg, i.p.)
Little skate
(2 x 50 mg/kg, oral)
Sheepshead
(2 x 10 mg/kg, i.p.)
Sheepshead
(50 mg/kg, i.p.)
Sheepshead
(2 x 20 mg/kg, i.p.)
Sheepshead
(100 mg/kg, i.p.)
Little skate
(2 x 4.5 pg/kg, i.p.)
S.D. for (n) individual



CONTROL
1.4 ± 0.52
(9)
0.6 ± 0.2
(9)
0.8 ± 0.3
(6)
1.1 ± 0.3
(3)
2.9 ± 1.1
(3)
1.8 ± 1.1
(5)
3.3 ± 1.5
(4)
1.2 ± 0.4
(6)
fish.



TREATED
10.5 ± 3.0
(6)
0.6 ± 0.1
(6)
6.5 ± 0.2
(6)
13.4 ± 1.6
(5)
14.4 ± 6.6
(5)
2.3 ± 1.6
(5)
18.1 ± 5.0
(4)
22.7 ± 11.0
(3)




CYTOCHROME P-450 CONTENT
(nmole/mg protein)
CONTROL
0.23 ± 0.12
(9)
0.43 ± 0.07
(9)
0.24 ± 0.04
(6)
0.23 ± 0.06
(3)
0.36 ± 0.14
(3)
0.21 ± 0.06
(5)
0.22 ± 0.07
(4)
0.24 ± 0.04
(6)




TREATED
0.20 ± 0.09
(6)
0.34 ± 0.06
(6)
0.25 ± 0.06
(6)
0.27 ± 0.03
(6)
0.28 ± 0.07
(5)
0.15 ± 0.09
(5)
0.42 ± 0.19
(4)
0.34 ± 0.14
(3)




a
•3
Is
o
1
£4
.t
>
0
X2
5


T ?
1
T 1
1
- 1

T
-4
1
i i i i
5 10 IS 20
3-MC mg/kg
                                                        Figure 1.  Dose-response  of  AHH  induction  in  sheeps-
                                                                   head.  AHH  activity  (F.U./min/mg pro-
                                                                   tein) was measured in hepatic microsomes
                                                                   from sheepshead which had  been  injected
                                                                   i.p. on day 1  with a  single  dose of 3-
                                                                   methylcholanthrene (3-MC)  in corn  oil
                                                                   at  the doses indicated,  and  sacrificed
                                                                   on  day 8.   Controls received equivalent
                                                                   volumes of  corn oil.   Values shown are
                                                                   mean ± S.D.  (n =  3 to 8  individuals).
498

-------
   30 -
   25
        i*
10     20     30     40
        Days after dose
                                       50
                                              60
                                                 Figure 2.  Time  course of 3-MC Induction in
                                                            Sheepshead Liver

                                                            •  Sheepshead were injected i.p. with a
                                                            single dose of 3-methylcholanthrene
                                                            (3-MC)  in corn oil on day  1 and sacri-
                                                            ficed in groups of 3 to  5  at the times
                                                            shown.   AHH activities  (F.U./min/mg
                                                            protein)  were measured  in  hepatic mi-
                                                            cro somes.   Results are mean ± S.D.
                                                            •  Sheepshead were injected i.p. with
                                                            corn  oil on day 1 to serve as controls.
and absence of 7,8-benzoflavone (Weibel  and Gel-
boin, 1975).  AHH activity in microsomes  from in-
duced fish was supressed  by addition of  7,8-ben-
zof lavone to the incubation tube, whereas  AHH
activity in microsomes  from control fish was stim-
ulated by in vitro addition of 7,8-benzoflavone,
(Table 4).  Using this  test we have found  that a
few fish caught near  St.  Augustine, FL, had in-
duced microsomal AHH  activity, presumably  due to
environmental exposure  to inducing agents.

    Induction of AHH activity is a measure of
the capacity for increased production of  arene
oxides after exposure to  aromatic hydrocarbons.
Thus the effect of chemicals which induce  AHH
activity on the epoxide metabolizing enzymes may
influence the overall toxicity of the hydrocarbons
or related chemical.  Table 5 shows that none of
the chemicals studied so  far had any effect on
epoxide hydrase or glutathione S-transferase in
the sheepshead, stingray, or skate.
                                                      Some in vivo studies  have been undertaken
                                                 by  Dr.  R. Weatherby  in our laboratory to  deter-
                                                 mine the persistence of some of the hydrocarbon
                                                 components of crude  oil in marine species.   We
                                                 have found that octane and hexadecane are  store
                                                 in  the hepatopancreas of the spiny lobster for
                                                 several weeks after  a single intravascular dos
                                                 of  10 mg/kg (Table 6) .   The slow elimination o::
                                                 these chemicals in the lobster correlates  with the
                                                 very low rate of oxidative metabolism as  measured
                                                 in  vitro.  Similar results were found with Maine
                                                 lobsters dosed with  hexadecane (Foweman et  al
                                                 1976).
                                                 PROGRAM DISCUSSION

                                                      It is apparent  from the data in Tables  1 to 5
                                                 and Figures 1 and 2  that considerable  individual
                                                 variation is found in  the activities of  xenobiotic
                                                 metabolizing enzymes in the "wild" species  studied.
  CONCENTRATION OF
  a-NAPHTHOFLAVONE
  IN INCUBATION TUBE
       -5
      10
                  BENZPYRENE HYDROXYLASE ACTIVITY
                        (F.U./min/mg protein)
                          SHEEPSHEAD
                                                      SKATE
         CONTROL

         1.373

         1.68

         1 .72

         2.66

         5.05

         6.05
3-MC TREATED

   22.6

   22.1

   24.1

   19.8

    8.6

    8.3
CONTROL

 0.23

 0.23

 0.24

 0.21

 0.73

 0.64
DBA TREATED^

   5.23

   5.08

   3.88

   3.30

   1 .16

   0.79
  Sheepshead  were injected i.p. with a corn oil  suspension of 3-methylcholanthrene
  (20 mg/kg)  on day 1 and sacrificed on day 9.
  Skates were injected i.p. with a corn oil suspension  of dibenz(a,h)anthracene on
  days 1, 2,  and 3 and sacrificed on day 10.
  Results shown are from single experiments for each species.  The experiments
  were repeated three times with similar results.
 TABLE 4.

EFFECT OF  IN VITRO ADDITION OF
a-NAPHTHOFLAVONE ON HEPATIC
MICROSOMAL BENZPYRENE HYDROXYLASE
ACTIVITY IN INDUCED AND NON-
INDUCED FISH
                                                                                                              499

-------
TABLE 5.  EFFECT OF CHEMICAL  TREATMENT  OF  SOME MARINE FISH ON THEIR HEPATIC EPOXIDE-
          METABOLIZING ENZYMES
EPOXIDE HYDRASE ACTIVITY1
nmoles/min/mg protein
SPECIES CHEMICAL
Sheepshead 3-Methylcholanthrene
(2 x 20 mg/kg, i.p.)
days 1 and 3, sacrificed day 6
Dibenz( a, h) anthracene
(2 x 10 mg/kg, i.p.)
days 1 and 3, sacrificed day 6
5,6-Benzoflavone
(100 mg/kg, i .p)
day 1, sacrificed day 5
Arochlor 1254
(100 mg/kg, i.p.)
day 1 , sacrificed day 7
Hexadecane
(2 x 20 mg/kg, i.p.)
days 1 and 3, sacrificed day 5
Stingray 3-Methylcholanthrene
(3 x 20 mg/kg, i.p.)
days 1, 4 and 8, sacrificed
day 18
Skate TCDD
(2 x 4.5 yg/kg, i.p.)
days 1 and 3, sacrificed day 12
Assayed in microsomes: 1 mM styrene oxide substrate.
Assayed in cytosol fraction: 1 mM styrene oxide and 10
3Mean ± S.D. (n).
I
CONTROL
6.5 ± 4.03
(9)
6.6 ± 1 .9
(7)
3.7 ± 1.2
(5)
3.8 ± 1.8
(6)
2.9 ± 0.5
(3)
5.8 ± 2.3
(7)
0.30 ± 0.12
(6)
mM glutathione
TREATED
5.8 ± 2.2
(6)
4.7 ± 1 .3
(9)
4.2 ± 1 .8
(5)
4.9 ± 1.6
(8)
3.0 ± 0.4
(5)
4.5 ± 0.5
(4)
0.36 ± 0.14
(5)
substrates.
GSH S-TRANSFERASE ACTIVITY2
nmoles/min/mg protein
CONTROL
34.3 ± 8.3
(9)
15.5 ± 0.8
(7)
19.3 ± 5.4
(5)
18.8 ± 2.8
(6)
15.3 + 3.5
(3)
6.7 ± 1.5
(9)
2.84 ± 0.23
(6)

TREATED
27.5 ± 8
(6)
14.8 ± 2
(9)
20.0 ± 2
(5)
.2
.5
2
20.3 ± 4.0
(8)
14.0 ± 2
(5)
5.7 ± 0
(5)
2.68 ± 0.
(5)

5
6
12

DAYS AFTER
ADMINISTRATION
1
2
3
8
14
21
28
56
OCTANE1
HEPATOPANCREAS TOTAL
73.4 ± 18.1 83.8 ±
40.2 + 26.0 51.9 ±
39.0 ± 11.5 47.2 ±
__4
18.5 ± 12.6 23.5 ±
--
7.4 ± 2.0 11 .0 ±
--
C] REMAINING
RECOVERY2
19.0 (5)3
24.0 (5)
9.8 (4)

13.6 (6)

2.9 (3)

IN SPINY LOBSTER
HEXADECANE1
HEPATOPANCREAS TOTAL RECOVERY2
53.6 ± 9.9
62.8 ± 6.1
58.5 ± 9.3
48.9 ± 3.2
--
33.1 ± 5.3
--
16.2 ± 8.7
68.0 ± 9.1 (4)
75.5 ± 6.0 (4)
69.5 ± 8.2 (3)
58.7 ± 3.2 (4)
--
43.2 t 3.7 (3)
—
20.7 i 9.1 (3)
An Emulphor solution of octane or hexadecane containing 10 mg/kg + 10 yCi/kg was injected into
the pericardial sinus of each animal.
Other tissues counted were: green gland, tail muscle, stomach, intestine, intestinal contents,
plasma, gonads, brain.
Results shown are mean + S.D. (n)
This time point
was not studied.



                                                                                 TABLE  6.

                                                                                 PERSISTENCE  OF  [14C]-HEXADE-
                                                                                 CANE AND  [14c]-OCTANE IN
                                                                                 HEPATOPANCREAS  OF  THE SPINY
                                                                                 LOBSTER,  Panulirus argus,
                                                                                 AFTER  INTRAVASCULAR
                                                                                 ADMINISTRATION
500

-------
Hie influence  of factors in the physical environ-
ment, such as  temperature, salinity, and water
flow rate,  on  xenobiotic metabolism has not yet
been established,  but may be expected to play
an important role.

    We have demonstrated that exposure to certain
chemicals  has  a long-lasting influence on AHH ac-
tivity in  the  sheepshead, and it is probable that
the effects of chemicals may be further influenced
by the physical factors mentioned.  The long term
effects of induction of hepatic xenobiotic meta-
bolizing enzymes in fish species (or humans) is as
yet undetermined.   We do not know whether toxic
metabolites of hydrocarbons and related chemicals
are stored in  edible fish, but it is clear that
exposure of certain fish to these chemicals has a
biological effect long after the fish has been
transferred to clean water.

    The in vitro addition of 7,8-benzoflavone has
proved a valuable tool in determining whether a
fish has previously been exposed to pollutants
and may be useful in deciding the extent of pollu-
tion after an  oil spill or accidental chemical
pollution.  We plan further studies of the in
vivo metabolism of hydrocarbons in several marine
species and hope to develop a pharmacokinetic
model for predicting how long different chemicals
will persist in a variety of species.

    Our studies on the factors affecting induc-
tion by chemicals and the mechanism of induction
of xenobiotic  metabolizing enzymes in marine fish
will further our understanding of how biological
factors in the animal mediate the toxic and car-
cinogenic actions of many environmental pollutants.

CONCLUSIONS

    Our results, and those of others, have shown
that aquatic species are affected by chemical pol-
lutants and may be more sensitive than mammals to
the acute lethal effects of a variety of chemicals.
In addition,  aquatic species may exhibit the bio-
logical effects of nonlethal exposure to chemicals
more quickly,  or at lower doses, than mammals.  If
this is so, fish would be useful model species for
studying the teratogenicity, mutagenicity, or
carcinogenicity of certain environmental chemicals.
This has already been done in the case of aflatoxin,
using the freshwater rainbow trout (Sinnhuber et
al 1968).

    In the past 2 years we have gained a better
understanding of how some marine species metabo-
lize foreign chemicals.  This should be of predic-
tive value in determining which marine species are
most likely to accumulate toxic chemicals and which
species are capable of converting chemicals to more
toxic substances.

    Marine species are an important part of the
diets of many  people, either directly or in the
food chain, and greater knowledge of the inter-
actions between marine species and pollutants is
now needed in  view of the increasing chemical con-
tent of our oceans (Kraybill 1976).
REFERENCES

     Bend, J.R.; James, M.O.;  and  Dansette,  P.
(1977).  Annals N.Y. Acad.  Sci.  in press  Proceed-
ings of Conference on Aquatic  Pollutants  and Bio-
logical Effects with Emphasis  on Neoplasia.

     Corner, E.D.S.; Harris, R.P.; Kilvington,
C.C.; and O'Hara, S.C.M.   (1976).   J.  Mar. Biol.
Ass. UK _56, pp. 121-133.

     Foweman, G.L.; Hall,  P.;  and  Bend, J.R. (1976)
Bull. Mt. Desert Island Biol Lab., in  press.

     Heidelburger C.   (1976) in  Carcinogenesis :
Volume 1.  Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons,
Chemistry, Metabolism and  Carcinogenesis.  Raven
Press, pp 1-8.

     James, M.O.; Fouts, J.R.; and Bend,  J.R.  (1976)
Biochem. Pharmacol.  25, pp 187-193.

     Jerina, D.M. and Daly,  J.W. (1974) Science,
185, pp 573-582.

     Kraybill, H.F. 1976 Prog. exp.  Tuma  Res.  20,
pp  3-34.

     Korn, S.; Hirsch, N.;  and Struhsaher, J.W.
(1976).  Fish. Bull.  M_,.pp 545-551.

     Lee, R.F.; Sauerheber,  R.;  and Dobbs, G.H.
(1972) Mar. Biol. 17_, pp 201-208.

     Pohl, R.J.; Bend, J.R.; Guarino,  A.M.;  and
Fouts, J.R. (1974) Drug Metab. Disp 2_, pp. 545-555.

     Sinnhuber, R.O.; Wales, J.H.; Ayres,  J.L.;
Engebrecht, R.H  ; and Amend, D.L.  (1968)  J.  Natl
Cancer Inst. 41, pp. 711-718.

     Statham, C.N.; Melancon,  M.J.;  and Lech,
J.J. (1976) Science 193, pp 680-681.

     Weibel, F.J. and Gelboin, H.U.  (1975) Biochem.
Pharmacol.  24, pp 1511-1515.
                                                                                                          501

-------
      CHEMICAL CHARACTERIZATION AND AQUATIC
         BIOASSAYS OF ENERGY DEVELOPMENT
                PROCESS EFFLUENTS
        Rodney K. Skogerboe and Davis F. S. Natusch
                Department of Chemistry
                Colorado State University
                 Fort Collins, Colorado

         Rosemary C. Russo and Robert V. Thurston
              Fisheries Bioassay Laboratory
                Montana State University
                  Bozeman, Montana
 INTRODUCTION

     In  1975 a research  program was jointly
 undertaken by Montana  State  and Colorado State
 Universities to assess the potential effects on
 the aquatic biota of pollutants resulting from
 energy development programs  in the Rocky Mountain
 Region.  The research  is supported by EPA-WQO
 Research Grant No. R-803950.   The program has
 focused  on four areas  of energy development:
 coal mining, coal combustion,  coal conversion, and
 oil shale mining and processing.   The major
 project  objectives have  been:

     1.  To establish  chemical and biological data
 bases on potentially impacted  streams to serve as
 reference information  for evaluating the ultimate
 possible effects on water resources and ecosystems
 due to potential toxicants from associated energy
 development projects.

     2.  To determine  acute  and chronic toxicities
 to aquatic organisms caused  by contaminants
 resulting from energy  development.

     3.  To identify any toxicants  associated
 with the products and  byproducts  of energy
 development processes.

     4.  To determine  the routes  of transport of
 the toxicants from their sources  to the aquatic
 systems  and define the mechanistic  parameters
 which define these routes and  control the rates
 of transfer.

     5.  To synthesize the information from this
 and other investigations so  that  estimates of
 impacts  can be made and/or necessary control
 strategies formulated.

This  is clearly a comprehensive and complex
undertaking involving  research in several areas.
A complete discussion  of the findings to date or
a projection of future research plans is well
beyond what can be cogently  discussed in the
present report.  Consequently,  a  summary of what
has been established to  date in selected areas of
investigation is presented below without
emphasizing details.   Before doing  so, however,
it is appropriate  to  describe the conceptual
approaches  embodied in the present program and
to provide  background information on the geolog-
ical and hydrologic characteristics of the
research region.

     The effluents from most  energy development
programs are generally complex mixtures  of
numerous chemical  constituents.   To determine the
identities  of all  constituents present,  measure
their respective concentrations,  and attempt  to
use this information  to predict  impacts  on the
aquatic biota would,  in most  instances,  be
partially if not monumentally nonproductive.   Thus,
the approach which was originally formulated  and
which has been proven  successful  has been that of
utilizing aquatic biota as  analytical or screening
tools.   In  essence, acute  and chronic bioassays are
run on the  aqueous effluents  and  the aqueous
extracts of solid products  using  Daphnia and/or
Fathead Minnows.  The  results of  these bioassays
are used initially to  qualitatively focus on  those
process effluents or  extracts containing toxic
constituents which are individually or manifestly
operative.  Due to the compositional complexity of
the majority of such  effluents,  it  has generally
been found  necessary  to subject  them to  simple,
nondestructive separation  procedures.  The frac-
tions obtained from such separations are of
generally simpler compositions and  are also
subjected to the bioassay  screening process to
further simplify the  chemical identification
problem as well as the ultimate  assessment of the
cause and effect relationships.   The utilization of
these approaches will  be illustrated in  following
sections.   Before proceeding, the general geologi-
cal characteristics of the  Rocky  Mountain energy
development region, the effects  that these have on
surface and ground water quality  parameters in the
area, and how these relate  to certain energy
development programs  deserve  discussion.

TECHNICAL DISCUSSION

     Large  portions of the western  coal  development
region include general stratigraphic features
associated  with the Upper  Cretaceous and Early
Tertiary Periods.  These formations generally
consist of  interbedded sandstone, sandy  shale,
and coal beds of marine brackish water and fresh
water origin.  The soils,  except  in alluvial  flood
plains, are usually thin and  poorly developed.  The
natural vegetation of  the  region is generally
sparse.  Because of the geological history of  the
area, soils and the strata disrupted during strip
mining operations  are  usually quite basic and
include fairly large  quantities  of  salts such as
gypsum and  epsomite.   Ground  waters in the area
are typically quite basic  (pH =  7.4-8.2),
alkaline  (alkalinity   100-1000  mg  CaC03/l),  and
exhibit fairly high levels  of sulfate (100-1000
mg/L) due to the dissolution  of  soluble  salts.
Surface waters reflect these  same characteristics;
the extensive use  of  irrigation  degrades the  water
quality of  a pristine mountain stream rather
rapidly.  In effect,  the general water quality
parameters  of the  region are  such that they exert
profound influences on the equilibria associated
with the leaching  of  various  normally soluble
                                                                                                          503

-------
constituents from mine  overburden,  retorted  oil
shale, and  other energy development products  and
byproducts.

Coal Mining

     The basic nature of  the ground waters of  the
region coupled with  their carbonate/bicarbonate
buffer capacities are such that very few mine
effluents  exhibit acidity (pH  less  than 7.0).
These conclusions are based on results of the
present investigation involving three different
strip coal mines in  Colorado and Montana as well
as  reports by  several other agencies and groups.
Further, Temple and  Kimble (1) have carried  out
leaching studies on  Southeastern Montana core
samples which  were innoculated with chemoauto-
trophic bacteria.  Although the presence of  these
bacteria in easily recoverable numbers indicated
that  they  were producing acid, only a small
percentage of  the core  strata  studied developed
low pH on  leaching.  The failure to develop
acidity even in the  presence of the bacteria  and
the appropriate sulfide minerals was directly
associated with the  neutralizing capacities  of the
carbonate  minerals present.

      In addition, the present  studies as well  as
an extensive examination of water quality data for
the region indicate  that heavy metal concentra-
tions are  typically  quite low  in comparison  to the
levels  often reported for the  acid  conditions
typical of the Appalachian coal regions.  Again,
this  can be largely  attributed to the influence
 that  the hydroxide and  carbonate have on the
precipitation  of several heavy metals.  Among
 the metals having solubilities controlled by these
precipitation  processes are:   Cd, Cu, Fe, Pb,  and
Zn.  In essence, the geological characteristics
of the  region  coupled with the resultant effects
on thegeneral water  quality parameters are
manifested in  terms  of  "benevolent" suppression
of the  solubilities  of  several heavy metals  which
might otherwise prove toxic to the  aquatic biota.
Although  this  is a definitely  favorable circum-
 stance,  it must be emphasized  that  certain types
of processes may have constituents  present that
enhance the solubilities through complexation,
 for example, and that several  constituents,  even
 though  present at low concentrations, may operate
 synergistically to cause mortalities among the
aquatic biota.  Thus, the present program has
 carried out both field  and laboratory based
 studies  to evaluate  these possibilities.

      Field studies on Trout Creek,  Colorado,  and
 the Tongue River, Montana, to  date  have failed to
indicate  impacts on  the aquatic biota due  to coal
mining  that cannot be accounted for by  other
factors.   The  field  evaluations have shown that
the mining operations generally have direct
 impacts on the gross water quality  characteristics
of the  receiving streams.  A general overview of
this  may be obtained by examination of  Figure 1
showing  the results  of  total dissolved  solids
 (TDS) measurements for  Trout Creek  above and
below the  mining operation. The TDS levels  tend
to be fairly low and constant  above the mine
except during  precipitation or thawing  periods.
The increased  TDS  levels due to mine drainage
may be deduced by comparison  of  the  two  curves in
Figure 1.  During the July-October period,  the
primary input from  the mine is via ground water
seepage which approximately doubles  the  TDS of
the stream.  The effects  of surface  runoff  and
aquifer flushing is  indicated by the increases
during runoff periods, i.e.,  a thaw  period  in
December and the spring runoff during March-June.
It should be noted  that the major spring impact
occurred even though the  stream  flow increased
dramatically; dilution did not compensate for the
surface and aquifer  flushing  effect.   The field
studies have shown  that the most significant
change in water quality attributable to  surface
mining is an increase in  TDS.  The ions  making
the largest contributions to  the dissolved  solids
content in both mine drainage and receiving waters
are calcium, magnesium, sodium,  bicarbonate, and
sulfate.  The compositions of mine drainage and
receiving waters are very similar.   More than 99
percent of the total load of  dissolved solids
contributed by the  disturbed  ground  at Trout Creek
is accounted for by ground-water runoff.  It has
been  estimated by McWhorter et al.  (2) that 2.9
million kilograms of dissolved solids per year are
contributed to the  stream by  the mine which
constitutes 17% of  the total  watershed;  this
amounts to 54% of the total stream load  per year.
Of the 15 trace metals studied,  only manganese
and selenium were observed at levels consistently
above those recommended for public consumption.
Experiments are now in progress  to define whether
the higher levels of these elements  are  signifi-
cant  from either the long term toxicity  or
bioaccumulation standpoints.
 Figure  1.   Monthly total dissolved solids
            (TDS)  above and below the mine
            on  Trout Creek.
504

-------
   Leaching  studies have been carried out on mine
overburden to:   a.  obtain information on the
lechanistic aspects of the leaching process; b.
provide data  supportive of the general conclu-
sions given above;  and c. prepare leachates under
controlled conditions for bioassay evaluations.
Although such studies are subject to experimental
problems as will be discussed below, they have
provided bases for  the following general conclu-
sions.

   1.  The alkaline nature(s) of the overburden
materials and associated ground waters definitely
play major roles in controlling the solubilities
of several potentially toxic trace metals.

   2.  The amount  of organic material removed
from the overburden by leaching is typically less
than 5-10 mg  organic carbon per liter.  The
compounds involved  are primarily of the humic and
fulvic acid types;  these also limit the solubili-
ties of several heavy metals.

   3.  Large quantities of water are required to
leach the alkaline  and saline constituents from
the overburden.  McWhorter et al. (2 ) have
combined the  knowledge of the leaching behavior
with the hydrology  and meteorology of the region
to estimate that several centuries will be
required to reduce  the alkaline-saline contribu-
tions of a typical  mine overburden deposit to a
nonalkaline,  nonsaline condition.  Thus, these
contributions to the aqueous systems due to the
disruption of the strata overlying the coal will
be long term.

     4.   Overburden  leachates have been demonstrated
to cause  "mild" acute  toxicities once the majority
of the  alkaline constituents have been removed via
the leaching process.  Although a particular
constituent has not  been identified as responsible
for this,  it appears most likely at present  that
the effect is  due  to the combined presence  of
several  constituents at very low concentrations.
The evaluation of  this in terms of chronic  effects
is in progress.

Coal Combustion

     To determine  the  impacts of coal  combustion
on the aquatic biota,  the study  area  selected  has
been the power plant at  Colstrip, Montana.   The
research has  included  chemical analyses  of  the
coal being burned,  the fly ash produced,  the
aqueous  effluents,  and the principal water  course
draining  the plume impact region, i.e. Rosebud
Creek.   Fish and macroinvertebrate distributions
in that  stream have  been determined and bioassays
have  been run  on fly ash leachates  as well  as
waters  from  the fly  ash, scrubber water,  and
cooling water  settling ponds.  Based on  the
studies  to date, the following generalizations can
be drawn:

     1.   Fly  ash leachates  are  acutely  toxic to
Daphnia even  at high dilution levels.   The
results  superficially suggest that  the  toxicity
may be  related primarily to  the  alkaline  and
saline  parameters  of the leachates.   However,  when
the prevalent  chemical equilibria  are taken into
account, the effects that these parameters  have on
the concentrations as well as  the  chemical  forms of
trace metals such as copper and zinc  serve  as  the
basis for this observation.  This  will be
discussed further below.

     2.  Results to date indicate  no  correlative
data between fish or invertebrate  distributions
and water chemistry changes in the plume impact
area.  Although this suggests  that the aerial
emissions are not significantly impacting the
biota, the plant has been in operation for  less
than two years.  Thus, possible longer term
impacts cannot be evaluated yet.

     3.  Mercury concentrations in the plume
impact stream rise rather sharply  during periods
of surface runoff such as the  spring  thaw.
Computations indicate that the mercury emission
level at the power plant stack should approximate
1 yg/tn3.  Limited measurements have indicated  that
the atmospheric mercury concentration along the
plume centerline in a 2 m/sec wind was 80 ng/m3
at a distance of 1.8 km and was diluted to  a
level of 25 ng/m3 along the same centerline at
a distance of 2.4 km.  Moreover, analyses of
snow samples indicate mercury  levels approxi-
mating 0.02-0.2 ug Hg per gm snow  in the plume
impact direction compared to levels one to  two
orders of magnitude lower for  control samples.
Thus, a plume scavenging-watershed flushing
phenomenon is being investigated as the possible
cause of the stream impact.

     4.  Chronic bioassays run on  settling  pond
waters suggest low levels of toxicity to Fathead
Minnows.  Further tests are required, however,  to
validate this possibility.

Oil Shale Development

     Field work associated with this phase  of  the
program has concentrated on the characterization of
the preoperational biological  and  chemical  charac-
teristics of Piceance Creek which  drains the C-b
Federal Lease Site.  This data is  being summarized
for reference pending the development of oil shale
mining and processing in the area.

     Preliminary laboratory studies have also  been
carried out to characterize the leaching behaviors
of retorted oil shales and to  assess  the possible
toxicities of the leachates and fractions thereof.
These efforts have shown that  retorted shale
leachates are acutely toxic to Daphnia under cer-
tain conditions.  Further experimental work will
be required to delineate the factors  controlling
the chemistry of the  leaching  process and define
the  constituents responsible  for  the toxicity.

Coal Conversion

     The aqueous condensates derived  from coal
gasification and liquefaction  processes  constitute
primary effluents.  Analyses for  the  organics
contained in the condensates obtained from  three
different gasification processes  have indicated
that major components are phenols  and cresols
with lesser amounts of several lower  molecular
                                                                                                         505

-------
weight  carboxylic  acids  (3)    The  condensates
from  the  three  different  processes show a fairly
high  degree  of  similarity in terms of  the concen-
trations  of  the various  compounds  present.
Although  these  samples have  not  been subjected to
the types of  pollution control procedures that
would likely  be associated with  commercial  scale
operations,  the studies  carried  out in the
present program should prove useful in defining
the possible  toxicants and in formulating neces-
sary  control  procedures.

      It has  been determined  that  the gasification
condensates  are toxic to  Daphnia  even  when  highly
diluted.   After separation of these waters  into
several fractions  via a  simple polarity separation
procedure, the  toxic entities are  restricted to a
few fractions.   Verifications of  the cause  and
effect  relationships, quantification of the actual
amounts and  toxicities of the compounds present,
and evaluations of the environmental behaviors of
the compounds are  in progress.

      The  above  summaries  are indicative of  the
status  of progress of the present  program and of
the work  yet  to be completed. A  comprehensive
report  on the evaluations of the  coal  mining
impacts is scheduled for  completion later this
year.  A  similar report  on the coal combustion
phase of  the  program is  planned  for completion in
early 1978.   The experimental emphases of the
program for  FY  '78 will  be in the  areas of  coal
conversion and  oil shale  processing.   The presen-
tation  above  has been general for  the  purpose of
brevity.   There are, however, experimental  aspects
of the  program  which deserve specific  discussion
as a  means of emphasizing the complexities  of
certain problems.

Leaching  Behavior

      Leaching studies are being  used extensively
by numerous  investigators for a  variety of
characterization purposes.  In the summary  above
it has  been  pointed out  that leachates of certain
materials were  found to  be toxic  under certain
conditions.   Such  observations are due to the fact
that  several experimental factors  can  prominently
affect  the leaching process  and  the associated
bioassay  results.   Leaching  behavior depends
primarily on  three factors:   a)  the solubilities
of the  chemical species  present  in the material
studied,  b)  the accessibility of  the chemical
species within  the matrix to the  solvent, and
c) the  solution equilibria which  limit or enhance
the solubilities of the  species  of interest.
Consequently, when the leaching  procedure main-
tains the material to be  leached  in contact with
the leaching  solution, all of these factors are
operative in  determining  the final solution
composition.  This is illustrated  in Figure 2
which presents  example data  obtained when fly ash
from  coal combustion was  leached  on a  continuous
recycle basis.   Leaching  in  this manner resulted
in a  continual  rise in the pH clue  to dissolution
of alkaline  materials.   The  hydroxide  alkalinity
developed reduced  the soluble concentration of
iron  initially  leached from  the  fly ash due to
precipitation of iron hydroxide  and simultaneously
increased the amount of  zinc  dissolved  via
formation of soluble hydroxy  complexes.   Such
discrepancies make it difficult  to  rationalize
that the final bulk leachate  is  truly representa-
tive .
                  1      12      16

                   LEACHING TIME, HOURS
Figure 2.  The attainment of  equilibrium in a
           continuous recycle  leaching
           experiment.
     The prominence of the control of the solution
equilibria also indicates that  the solution volume
used per unit mass of the material being leached
is important.  Table 1 summarizes evidence for
this obtained by continuous recycle leaching of
samples of the same fly ash using various
volume-to-mass ratios.  Again,  the suppression
of the solubilities of various  elements when the
pH of the leachate solutions and their alkalini-
ties are high is readily apparent.
TABLE 1.  DEPENDENCE OF ELEMENTAL EXTRACTION
          ON DILUTION  (ML H20/G FLY ASH)
          FOR 24 HR CONTINUOUS RECYCLE
          LEACHING*
 Element

  Ca
  Cd
  Cu
  Cr
  Fe
  Mg
  Mn
  Pb
  Sr
  Zn
  pH
Dilution, ml/g
100
11 ,200
0.014
0.52
0.84
0. 15
0.6
0.05
0.15
380
0.05
11.5
1000
22,500
0.05
1.0
4.6
2.3
500
1.3
1 .0
620
2.0
8.5
10,000
169,000
0.6
2.0
7.0
12.7
1900
7.0
7.5
2900
11.2
8.2
"Values  given are concentrations expressed
 as micrograms of element  extracted per gm
 ciF fly  ash.
506

-------
    The advantages  of  using a leaching approach
in which the leachate solution is replaced by
fresh water periodically  to  simulate environmental
conditions more closely may  be deduced from the
example data given in Figure 3 where the solution
was changed at each  time  interval plotted.  The
changes shown reflect the control of the solution
equilibria on the solubilities within each time
increment.  The shifts  seen  following each
solution change indicate  removal of that control
such that the effects of  matrix composition and
elemental accessibility to the solution can be
inferred.  Again, the suppression of solubilities
during the early stages of leaching can be seen
followed by enhancements  in  the removal rates
later in the cycle due  to decreased solution
equilibria control.  The  dropoffs observed for
                    TIME. HOURS
 Figure 3.
Attainment of equilibrium  in  a
replacement recycle leaching
experiment.
 zinc and  cadmium  in  the  later stages reflect the
 depletion of  the  soluble forms available in the
 fly ash.   In  essence,  this  approach permits the
 separation of the different effects which influence
 leaching  behavior and  the accumulation of infor-
 mation regarding  the prevalent equilibria and the
 compound  types  and accessibilities.  Such knowledge
 is essential  to gaining  a rational understanding
 of the leaching process,  the development of the
 ability to reproducibly  prepare leachates for
 bioassays,  and  the interpretation of the bioassay
 results.

     The  necessity for understanding the leaching
 behavior  and  the  importance of the chemical
 equilibria operative is  further illustrated by
 consideration of  bioassay results.

Interpretation  of Bioassay  Results

     Numerous acute  bioassays have been run, for
example,  on leachates  of fly ash prepared by the
method illustrated in  Figure 3.  The mortality
results were  correlated  with the concentrations of
the various chemical parameters to obtain first
approximations  of the  entities that might play
                                               significant roles.   The results summarized  in
                                               Table 2 suggest that a dozen chemical parameters
                                               correlate with mortality.  Examination of this
                                               list, taking concentrations into account,
                                               indicated, however, that most of the parameters
                                               judged to be significant were not likely to be
                                               directly responsible for the toxicity.  Further
                                               evaluations also indicated that some other
                                               constituents leached from fly ash might also be
                                               important but other factors affected the ability
                                               to detect this based on the correlation analyses.
                                               This is illustrated in the example data of
                                               Figure 4 where the mortalities observed are shown
                                               to be correlated to the copper concentrations in
                                               the bioassay dilutions of several fly ash leachates
                                               from different periods of the leaching cycle.

                                               TABLE 2.  CORRELATIONS BETWEEN CHEMICAL
                                                         PARAMETER CONCENTRATIONS AND DAPHNIA
                                                         MORTALITY FOR FLY ASH LEACHATES
                                                         Chemical Parameters for which Correlation Coefficients
                                                                                Were:
Significant at
0.01% level
alkalinity
conductivity
bicarbonate
carbonate
barium
calcium
strontium


Significant at
0.05% level
orthophosphate
lithium
magnesium
nickel




Not Significant
dissolved solids
chloride
cadmium
chromium
copper
iron
potassium
manganese
sodium
lead
zinc
                                               9  so -
                                                                                              o
                                                                                     A
                                                                                            O
                                                                  05       1.0       2.0
                                                                 COPPER CONCENTRATION, mg/1
                                               Figure 4.   Apparent effects of copper on mortalities
                                                          in different fly ash leachates.
                                               These results distinctly imply that individual
                                               LCso values can be defined for copper for each  of
                                               these leachate fractions studied.  The same is
                                                                                                          507

-------
true for zinc and, possibly, lead nickel and
chromium.  The interpretations are complicated by
the fact that, as the general leachate composition
changes, the concentrations and chemical forms
of several elements change simultaneously.  The
copper LC5Q results also correlate nicely with
the alkalinity levels in each fraction.  It is
possible that this is due to eqiulibrium control
in which the amount of copper present as the
dihydroxy complex (Cu(OH)2) increases with
increasing alkalinity.  The amount of copper
required to cause death increases accordingly due
to this change in the primary form of dissolved
copper.  Similar postulates involving such
equilibria apply to other elements.  As a result,
the assignment of cause and effect relationships
in mixed constituent systems of this type must be
carefully based on rather complete chemical
analyses so that the chemical equilibria which
may affect the toxicity question can be taken into
account.

Coal Gasification Waters and Tars

     A  list of the compounds identified in the
steam condensates for gasification has been
published by Ho et al. (3).  These include
primarily phenols and cresols as well as carboxylic
acids.  Analyses of waters from three different
processes in the present program agree very well
with this report.  Analyses of the water soluble
constituents of tars derived from a single process
indicate the presence of essentially the same
compounds.  Some example analysis results are
summarized in Table 3.  Bioassays run on these
materials have demonstrated toxicity even when
they are highly diluted.   Column separations
based on polarity have further shown that the
toxicity is primarily associated with those
fractions containing the phenols and cresols.
Finally, it has been determined that the ultra-
violet  absorption at 270 nm which is a measure of
the phenol plus cresol concentrations is linearly
related to the degree of toxicity.  Again, the
importance of the chemical equilibria must be
emphasized.  These compounds are weak acids.  As a
result  the pH of the recipient waters may well
have an effect on the manifestation of the toxic
effects.  Moreover, these compounds can form
chelates with metals present in the aqueous phase,
thereby changing the functionality and/or the
degree  of toxicity for either the compounds or the
metals  involved.
                                      Conclusions

                                           The majority of the conclusions have been
                                      outlined in previous sections.  Although many
                                      of these must be regarded as tentative, the
                                      program is rapidly reaching a stage where they can
                                      be finalized.  Perhaps, the conclusion that should
                                      receive most emphasis is simply that the careful
                                      coordination of the chemical and biological
                                      investigations is essential to:  a) the delinea-
                                      tion of the potential impacts on the aquatic
                                      biota,  and b) the development of sufficient
                                      understanding of the systems investigated to
                                      permit  prediction of long range impacts or the
                                      development of required control strategies.

                                      LITERATURE CITED

                                      1.  K.  L. Temple and F. Kimble, in "Toxic Effects
                                      on Aquatic Biota from Coal and Oil Shale Develop-
                                      ment,"  Progress Report—Year 1, Colorado .State
                                      University and Montana State University, Sept.
                                      1976.

                                      2.  D.  B. McWhorter et al.,  "Surface and
                                      Subsurface Water Quality Hydrology in Surface Mine
                                      Watersheds," Industrial Environmental Research
                                      Laboratory, Office of Research and Development,
                                      U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati,
                                      Ohio 45268.

                                      3.  C.  H. Ho, B. R. Clack,  and M.  R. Guerin,  J.
                                      Environ. Sci. Health, 7, 481-489 (1976).
TABLE 3.   EXAMPLE ANALYSES OF COAL-GASIFICATION
          PRODUCTS
            S amp1e
                           Concentrations, mg/1

steam
condensate


A
B
C
phenol
5.7
4. 1
1.8
o-cresol
0.7
0.5
0.3
M&P cresol total
2.3 8.7
1.7 6.3
1.0 3.1
water soluble
functions  of
tars
24.8
20.0
 9.3
10.7
11.8
 7.5
36.0
38.6
24.0
71.5
70.4
40-8
508

-------
      EFFECTS OF CHEMICALS USED IN OFFSHORE
             WELL-DRILLING OPERATIONS
                 Norman L. Richards
            Environmental Research Laboratory
           U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                 Gulf Breeze, Florida
INTRODUCTION

    Recent environmental  impact statements on oil
and gas lease sales in  the Gulf  of Mexico have
devoted proportionately little discussion to the
environmental aspects of chemical use in well-
drilling operations.  This may reflect the fact
that few studies have been done on effects and
most tests utilize acute static bioassays which
have little relevance to environmental conditions
in which drilling and discharges occur.  Of those
acute  bioassays published  in the literature, few
have reported severe adverse effects of drilling
fluids or their components.  In addition, obser-
vations of divers and fisherman reveal a variety of
marine life in the vicinity of drilling rigs.
Further, it is generally assumed that fluids
would  either have only  a limited local effect near
the plume discharge point  or would rapidly be
diluted and dispersed in the field.


    Research on the effects of  drilling muds is
further impeded by the  chemical complexity of
muds.  Additives contain:   pH control products,
bactericides, calcium removers, corrosion inhibi-
tors,  defoamers, emulsifiers,  filtrate reducers,
flocculants, foaming agents, lost circulation
materials, lubricants,  shale-control inhibitors,
surface-active agents,  thinners, dispersants,
viscosifiers, and weighting agents.  Analyses of
potential effects of chemicals used in well-
drilling operations must take into account the
variation in mud and cutting composition due to
the type of substrate drilled, well depth, avail-
ability of mud components, temperatures generated,
relative cost of components, operator experience,
etc.
     The  "King-Muir"  report included the follow-
ing gas and  oil  environmental effects objective
and project  as a national need:
     "Objective  A:  Determine the fate and
                   effects in marine and
                   estuarine ecosystems of
                   pollutants of oil and gas
                   extraction activities . ..
    ...Project   2:  Determine the ecological
                   effects on marine and
                   estuarine organisms of
                   pollutants from oil and
                   gas extraction."
A rigorous biological assessment of potential
environment  effects of chemicals used in well-
drilling  operations has many technical diffi-
culties and is extremely  resource intensive.
Because of these considerations,  a limited pro-
gram to study the effects  of  drilling mud compon-
ents was undertaken  at  the EPA Environmental
Research Laboratory  at  Gulf Breeze.   There are
many areas in which  a thorough understanding of the
effects of drilling  muds  in the Gulf  of Mexico is
lacking:

    (1)  estimates of  the distance  that active rigs
        should be located  from coral reefs and
        other biological resources to minimize
        potential effects  from emissions;
    (2)  effects of mud  on resident rig marine life;
    (3)  advisability  of  aquaculture on or near
        platforms;
    (4)  recommended distance from  rigs for seafood
        harvesting;
    (5)  advantages and  disadvantages of shunting
        drilling muds.

A better understanding  of the effects of drilling
fluids  will provide  a more substantial basis for
policy  regarding mud discharges and the content
of  lease stipulations.
 TECHNICAL  DISCUSSION

      Our approach to an assessment of the effects
 of  chemicals  used in well-drilling operations is
 represented by the pyramid-shaped diagram shown in
 Figure 1.  The experimental design follows a tiered
 screening  sequence beginning at the base of the
 pyramid.   Progressively more complex and time-
 consuming  tests are run on fewer compounds as the
 testing sequence progresses upward.  Xenobiotics
 are selected  from lists of drilling mud components
 in  current environmental impact statements, with
 emphasis on those characterized by heavy usage
 patterns or having suspect toxicity.
                 EFFECTS OF COMMUNITY STRUCTURE
                      AND FUNCTION
                   ACUTE STATIC BIOASSAYS
                  CHEMICALS SELECTED FOR STUDY
Figure  1.   Effects Assessment of chemicals used  in
            well-drilling.
                                                                                                            509

-------
     Preliminary screening of selected compounds—
the second ascending tier of the pyramid— is
accomplished by acute 96-hour bioassays.   They are
conducted with drilling fluid constituents by using
laboratory-reared sheepshead minnows (Cyprinodon
variegatus) and grass shrimp (Palaemonetes pugio).
These range-finding tests are helpful in selecting
toxicant concentrations for subsequent flowing sea-
water bioassays for each compound, component, or
mixture of interest.  This is represented by the
next ascending progression in the pyramid.

     Flow-through toxicity methods were selected
for a second tier of testing because they more
nearly approximate in situ conditions.   In contrast
to static tests, metabolic products and excreta
are removed while oxygenated seawater and toxicants
are continuously supplied.  Data obtained from
flow-through toxicity tests are generally prefer-
able over static tests as the more precise measure
of toxicity and bioaccumulation.  A few compounds
are selected from flow-through experiments for the
next tier of testing:  the composition and
functions of estuarine communities.

     The effect of selected xenobiotics on colon-
ization of planktonic larvae and microorganisms is
analyzed by means of the apparatus developed at the
Gulf Breeze Laboratory.  The apparatus  used in
these studies uses unfiltered seawater with its
natural component of plankton and microorganisms
pumped from the estuary adjacent to the laboratory
into the primary constant head box.  Xenobiotics
are continuously metered into water after they are
siphoned from the primary to the secondary constant
head box.  The control apparatus receives the same
flow of water.   Water then flows from the secondary
constant head box to each of the 10 adjacent
aquaria — 10 replicates for each treatment,
including controls.   At the end of a nine-week ex-
posure period microflora, macrofauna, and meiofauna
are sampled.  To determine the effect of  the xeno-
biotic after each treatment, numbers and  species of
microflora, meifauna, and macrofauna are  compared
in control and exposed aquaria.   Concentrations of
xenobiotics in test  water and sediments are deter-
mined.  Samples of water from the constant head
boxes are taken twice a week and sediment cores
from aquaria are taken from each apparatus at the
end of the exposure.


RESULTS

     Two compounds were selected for further study
from those screened  in acute bioassays.  Barium
sulfate was chosen because "...barite discharged
with drilling muds is a nontoxic substance."
Pentachlorophenol was chosen because it is a
"...potentially hazardous" drilling mud constit-
uent, according to a recent EIS.

     Static toxicity tests with sodium pentachloro-
phenate have been conducted with larval stages of
three marine/estuarine species.  The species, the
LCso values obtained, and the respective exposure
period were:  eastern oyster, <100yg/£, 48-hr;
grass shrimp, 649pgM, 96-hr; and pinfish, 38yg/£,
96-hr.  A similar study with Dowicide G  (79% PCP)
and pinlish larvae resulted in a 96-hour LC
                                           50
of
66yg/£.  A bioconcentration  study  with  oysters ex-
posed to sodium pentachlorophenate in flowing sea-
water for 28 days demonstrated  the bioconcentration
of 80 times that measured  in the exposure water.
Similar exposure experiments have  been  done with
barium sulfate.  Grass  shrimp (Palaemonetes pugio)
were observed ingesting barite.

     Effects of pentachlorophenol  on development
of estuarine settling communities  were  determined
by using the apparatus  devised  by  Hansen and des-
cribed under the technical discussion section.
The analyses of macrofauna from a  9-week exposure
revealed that individuals  and species of the num-
erically dominant phyla (Annelida,  Arthropoda and
Mollusca) decreased as  concentration increased.
Sensitivity differed among species of the same
phylum.  For example, the population of the
annelid Haploscoloplos was reduced by exposure to
96yg/8, PCP, but not Capitella capitata.  Molluscs
markedly decreased at 7yg/£;  annelids and arthro-
pods at 76yg/£.  Few macrofauna occurred at
622yg/£.  Total number of animals  and species were
significantly less (°= = 0.01) in aquaria exposed
to 76yg/fc than in those unexposed  or exposed to
7yg/£.  Therefore, pentachlorophenol altered the
structure of experimental macrofauna communities
that developed during exposure  by  changing the
relative abundance of animals by species and
phylum.

     Meiofauna community structures were harvested
from the same tanks as  the macrofauna.  Although
there were structural changes in the community,
this is not shown by any of  the species diversity
indices used.  However, there was  a shift in nema-
tode feeding types as a function of pentachloro-
phenol concentration.  An analysis  of the species
revealed that the meiofauna  population  shifted to
predominately detritis  feeders  in  622yg/£ of penta-
chlorophenol.  Therefore,  the shift of meiofauna
functional types is correlated  with PCP concentra-
tion.  This experiment  indicates that utilizing
metazoans as an effects indicator  in the test
system described may have distinct  advantages.
They have relatively short life cycles, adults
normally will reproduce prolifically, and they
invade the system rapidly.   Therefore,  structure
and functions of meiofaunal  communities can be
determined.  The number of cultivatable micro-
organisms was significantly  lowered in aquaria
with high pentachlorophenol  concentrations.

PROGRAM DISCUSSION AND  CONCLUSIONS

     Literature on the  effects  of  chemical use in
offshore well-drilling  operations  on marine organ-
isms is very limited.   Policy decisions are cur-
rently based on static, 96-hour LC5Q determinations,
observations of divers, and  theoretical models of
pollutant dispersion.   A limited research program
on drilling-fluid constituants  has been initiated
at the Gulf Breeze Laboratory to provide a better
data base as one component in the  prediction of
the relative hazard of  using alternative drilling
mud constituents and to develop more relevant lab-
oratory methods for xenobiotic  evaluation.  Penta-
chlorophenol and barium sulfate were used as  ref-
erence compounds to evaluate the applicability  of
our methods for determining  effects of  whole
510

-------
drilling  muds  in our assessment program.  It is
obvious that  the methods ultimately used for an
assessment of  the effects of chemicals used in
offshore  drilling operations should use a variety
of muds from  different depths and locations.
Testing protocols should include effects on the
structure and  function of communities, indirect
effects of pollutants, bioaccumulation potential,
toxicity of mixtures to organisms indigenous to
lease areas,  attraction of marine species to
chemicals used in well-drilling operations, and
mechanism of action in toxicants.  In this way,
choices between the multitude of alternative chemi-
cals available for well-drilling operations can be
based on better toxicological information.  Hard
data on effects might also eliminate unjustified
concern about the effects of certain chemicals,
which may in fact be safely used in well-drilling
operations.
STUDY ELEMENT
Planning Workshop
Chemical Analysis
n ii
Statistical Analysis
Atomic Adsorption Spectro.
Static Acute Toxicity
n ii
ii i '
Flowthrough Toxicity
M II
Macrof auna
n n
n u
Me io fauna
Microbiology
Biochemistry
Physiology
" "
Photography, Illustrations
INVESTIGATOR
Dr.
Mr.
Mr.
Dr.
Ms.
Mr.
Mr.
Mr.
Mr.
Mr.
Mr.
Mr.
Mr.
Mr.
Ms.
Dr.
Dr.
Dr.
Mr.
Max Summers
James Moore
Al Wilson
Jerry Ogelsby
Anita Brennan
Patrick Borthwick
Stephen Schimmel
James Patrick
Stephen Schimmel
James Patrick
Marlin Tagatz
Joel Ivey
Michael Tobia
Frank Cantalmo
Eva Suarez
Ferris Fox
Rang a Rao
Angelia Cantalmo
Steven Foss
AFFILIATION
U. of
EPA,
1 1
U. of
1!
EPA,
1 1
It
II
1 1
1 1
11
1 '
U. of
ii
"
IT
11
EPA,
Texas
Gulf Breeze
"
West Fla.
"
Gulf Breeze
n
n
"
11
ti
1 '
' '
West Fla.
II
U
"
II
Gulf Breeze
                                                                                      TABLE I.

                                                                                      LIST OF STUDY ELEMENTS,
                                                                                      PRINCIPAL INVESTIGATORS,
                                                                                      AND GRANTEES DURING
                                                                                      THE FIRST YEAR OF
                                                                                      RESEARCH ON CHEMICAL
                                                                                      USE IN OFFSHORE WELL-
                                                                                      DRILLING ACTIVITIES
                                                                                                          511

-------
         INVESTIGATION OF EFFECTS AND FATES
                   OF POLLUTANTS
            Michael E. Q. Pilson, Gabriel A. Vargo,
            Patrick Gearing, and Juanita N. Gearing
              Graduate School of Oceanography
                University of Rhode Island
                  Kingston, Rhode Island
INTRODUCTION

    Most of our  information on the effects of
pollutants in marine  systems comes from experi-
ments  to determine  concentrations which are lethal
or physiologically  and  behaviorally effective for
various species  maintained  in laboratory aquaria,
or from observations  of unhealthy conditions in
grossly polluted areas.   Most of our information
on the fate of pollutants in marine systems comes
from observations in  natural systems.

    One difficulty  with observations of the type
described is that for the purpose of examining
biological effects  it is never possible to
examine more than a small fraction of the numerous
species present  in  any  natural ecosystem, and
there  is always  the suspicion that critical but
sensitive species may be missed, or that sensitive
life stages of species  which are examined may be
missed.  It is also possible that organisms main-
tained in laboratory  aquaria may be subject to
sufficient stress that  they become more sensitive
to various pollutants.   In any case, experiments
with isolated species may require supplemental
information in order  to provide convincing results.
As for observations of  the fates of various
pollutants, there is  a  dearth of controlled experi-
ments. Most observations of the inadvertent
introduction of  various pollutants into natural
systems suffer because  of frequent multiple
pollutant effects,  lack of replication, lack of
the possibility  of  budgetary control of amounts
of materials involved,  or lack of control over the
various environmental parameters that may be of
importance.  In  many  cases, therefore, we are not
able to make quantitative predictions about the
pathways followed by  a  substance introduced into
the marine environment, nor about its ultimate
fate.

    Accordingly, it seemed highly desirable to
make the attempt to set up  microcosms of the
marine environment  in which experiments could be
carried out in replicate, under controlled condi-
tions, and in which both the effects and fates of
various pollutants  could be investigated.
Previous and current  experience with such ap-
proaches (Abbott 1966;  Davies et al. 1975; Odum
et al. 1963; Smetacek et al. 1976; Takahashi et
al.  1975)suggested  that marine microcosms would
replicate poorly and  be difficult to maintain for
any length of time, and would be costly and
involve considerable  technical or engineering
difficulty.  Nevertheless,  the potential value of
the approach encouraged  us  to  continue.

    The marine  environment  of  the northeast coast
of the United States,  both  estuarine and on the
continental shelf, may be characterized  broadly
as consisting of  communities  in which most of the
photosynthetic  activity  is  carried out in the
water column by phytoplankton,  and in which there
is a significant  chemical and  biological coupling
with the bottom.  The  benthic  animals filter out
some phytoplankton,  and  there  is a rain  of organic
debris which is metabolized on the bottom.   The
benthic return  of nutrients may be a significant
factor in  the overall  cycling.

    Accordingly,  the microcosms set up at MERL
are designed to be coupled  planktonic-benthic
systems.   Our first  task was  to evaluate the
biological and  chemical  behaviour and replica-
bility of  these systems, and  their utility in
studies which seek to  provide  quantitative in-
formation  on the  effects and  fates of low concen-
trations of pollutants.

DESCRIPTION OF  FACILITY

Tanks

    Twelve fiberglass  tanks (Fig.  1)  are set up
outdoors on concrete pads ranged alongside  a
"dock" structure which provides access to each
tank.  The tanks are 5.5 m high and 1.8  m in
diameter.  The  walls are smooth and white,  and
backed by  insulation to  prevent excessive heat
transfer through  the walls.  Each tank has
several fittings for adding or  draining  water.
Glass heat exchangers  (not shown)  allow  heating
or cooling each tank sufficiently to maintain
their temperature up to  10° different from  am-
bient.
Water

    Each tank contains about  13 m^  (13  tons)  of
water from Narragansett Bay.  The water  is
supplied, from about 30 m offshore  along  the  GSO
dock, by a diaphragm pump that appears  to be  non-
destructive to at least the smaller  forms of
plankton.  The water is delivered through fiber-
glass and PVC pipes to a fiberglass  header  tank,
from which it flows by gravity to each  of the 12
microcosms.  Each microcosm tank has a  flow
control regulating the water  input.   The  tanks
have been run so far in two modes:  batch  (no
flow-through), or slow-flow with an  input rate of
300 ml per minute (432 liters per day)  resulting
in a turnover time of water in the  tanks  of
about 30 days.


Sediments

    A sediment container in the bottom  of each
tank contains sediment collected from a  selected
area N.W. of Conanicut Island, Narragansett Bay.
This region has a depth of about 8  m, and the
bottom is a fine silty mud supporting a  community
characterized by the presence of Nucula  and
                                                                                                         513

-------
Nephythys.  The sediments were collected by grab
and placed in the containers (on board a boat)
using as much care as possible to keep the material
in its original orientation, although considerable
mixing took place.  The containers were then
returned to land, placed in the tanks, and water
run in to cover them.  Each container has about
one ton of sediment, which fills it to a depth
of about 30 cm.  The biological community living
in the sediments in the tanks has remained
similar to that in the source area.
     It was  thought essential to provide  some
 turbulence  in  the tanks.  A considerable tidal
 stirring of Narragansett Bay occurs,  a process
 which resuspends lighter materials  from  the
 bottom.  The stirring regime in the tanks was
 designed to provide an input of turbulent energy
 across the  bottom sufficient to achieve  resuspen-
 sion of lighter particles.  This  is accomplished
 by  the plunger shown in Figure 1, which  moves up
 and down, directing the major turbulent  energy  to
 the bottom.  The introduced turbulence also pro-
 vides a general mixing of the water column in the
 tanks.  The mixer has normally been run  on a cycle
 of  2 hours  on  and 4 hours off or  ^  hour  on and  1%
 hours off.  All tanks are mixed synchronously.
      5-5 m
                            n
                 I.83m	-\
 Figure 1.

 Diagram of one of the MERL tanks.   Each
 fiberglass tank is insulated and has
 three flanged ports on the side and one
 drainage port.  The sediment container,
 also of fiberglass, contains about 30
 cm of sediment.  The tanks are filled
 through a port on the side and during
 slow flow operation, water exits from
 about 1 m below the surface through a
 level control stand pipe.   The depth
 of water is about 5m.  The mixer moves
 vertically through an excursion of
 about 60 cm with a frequency which is
 variable but is now set at about 5
 cycles per minute.
Cleaning

    A stainless steel ring bearing a  series of
brushes is lowered and raised  in  each tank at
necessary intervals  to remove growth from the
walls.  This is carried out twice weekly in the
summer and less frequently in  the winter, and
has been effective in preventing  growths of
attached plants and animals.   Occasional supple-
mentary hand cleaning has also been necessary.

Initial Operations

    Nine of the MERL microcosms were  loaded with
sediment, filled with water, and  set  in operation
during August of 1976.  During the first four
months of operation all tanks  were run in as
similar a way as possible, although some variations
occurred as operations were modified  and experi-
ence was gained.  In December  an  experiment on
the addition of oil was carried out.   A water-
accommodated fraction of No. 2 fuel oil was pre-
pared by shaking the oil with  water from the
tanks and allowing the resulting  suspension to
stabilize for one-half hour.   The aqueous phase,
containing oil in solution and as small droplets
in suspension was added to three  tanks by teflon
delivery tube about one meter  below the surface
during mixing, so that it was  well distributed
within the tanks.  After addition, the concen-
tration was about 150 pg per liter.   The
temperature of the water at that  time was about
5°C.  The concentration of hydrocarbon was
monitored until it dropped to  background levels
(about 3 yg per liter).  In late  December an
unusually cold period occurred and some of the
seawater delivery lines froze. From  28 Dec.
until 14 Feb. all tanks were operated in batch
mode; i.e. no seawater flowed  through. In the
middle of February six tanks were returned to
flow-through operation and three  kept with no
flow-through in order  to examine  the  effect of
the two  types of operation.  Additional oil
experiments are also being carried out.


INITIAL  OBSERVATIONS AND RESULTS

 Biological

     Regular monthly counts have been made on the
 benthic  animals,  and weekly counts of zooplankton
 and phytoplankton.   Weekly measurements of nutrient
 concentrations,  phytoplankton productivity,  and a.
 number  of  other observations  have also been made.
 Much of  this information is still being prepared.
 Here we  present only the averaged data for the
 concentration of chlorophyll _§_,  a measure of the
 standing stock of  phytoplankton.   Figure 2a shows
 the mean concentration of  chl a_ in the nine tanks,
 along with the  highest and lowest concentrations
 observed each week.   Figure 2b shows the concentra-
 tions of chl a.  in weekly samples of water from
 the GSO  dock,  near the intake for the seawater
 supply  system.

     A striking  feature of  these graphs is the
 similar  timing  of  the  various blooms  and decreases
 in phytoplankton abundance in the tanks and in the
514

-------
        MERL Tanks
    32f"   Mean and Range
       ua\  zso  ZBO  lool  320  MO  IIKII    ;o |  «   S5
      1UG '  SEPT '  OCT  ' MOV    DEC I  JAN '  FE3   MAR
 Figure 2  (a).  Mean and range  of  weekly measure-
         ments of the  concentration of chlorophyll
         a_ in nine MERL tanks
          (b)  concentration  of chlorophyll a_ in
         water from the GSO  dock  near  the intake
         for the MERL  system.   After 15 Feb.  only
         eight tanks were  included  in  the average,
         as additional treatments were applied to
         one of the tanks.

 bay.   The  tanks were filled towards  the end of a
 bloom in the  bay,  and  the  decrease in the bay had
 its counterpart in the  tanks.   Each  tank followed
 a similar  course;  however,  the  timing of the
 chlorophyll maxima or minima  differed between
 tanks by one  to three weeks.  Generally the major
 features found in  the bay  were  found in the tanks.
 From  late December until the  middle  of  February
 there was no  flow  through  the tanks, and for two
 or three weeks in  January  there was  an  ice cover
 on the tanks.  Nevertheless a bloom  occurred in
 the tanks as  it did in  the bay, although here the
 average concentrations  of  chl _a were distinctly
 lower.  This  indicates  that even though there has
 been  considerable  variability from tank to tank,
 the overall behavior has been remarkably similar
 to that in Narragansett Bay.   The  phytoplankton
 species composition has varied  from  tank to tank
 and from time to time,  but all  species  which have
 been  dominant during blooms are normally found in
Narragansett  Bay.
                                                            300-
                                                            100-
                                                                                         !oss from washout
                                                                     100
                                                                           200   300
                                                                                HOURS
                                                                                        400
                                                                                               oCC
                                                                                                     SOO
                                                                                                            700
                                                         Figure 3.
           Change of hydrocarbon concentration
           with time after addition of a water
           accommodated fraction of No. 2 fuel oil
           to  MERL tanks.   Mean and range of
           measurements in three tanks.  Tanks
           operated on slow flow-through mode;
           half-life of water in the tanks about
           500 hours.   Half-life of oil about
           120 hours.
Oil
    In the first  oil  experiment  (Figure  3)  the loss
of oil was exponential;  the  half-life  of the  oil
was about five days.  The  initial  concentrations
had little effect on  numbers of  phytoplankton or
on productivity.  There  may  have been  some  tempo-
rary effect of the oil on  the zooplankton,  but the
oil did not remain long  enough to  find out  for
sure.  At the present time we don't  know where the
oil went.  Not more than 5%  of the added oil
reached the surface sediments, and none  could be
detected after one month.  Some  may  have been
metabolized, and  some lost as vapor  to the  atmo-
sphere.  Further  experiments are now underway to
evaluate the various  paths by which  oil  may be
lost from the water.

DISCUSSION
    Having run the MERL  microcosms during late
summer, fall, the most adverse winter  weather and
into the spring we feel  relatively confident  that
they can be run for a year or more,  or perhaps
indefinitely.  The chief limitation  at the  present
time is the amount of sediment in  the  tanks.   This
is depleted slowly by the  taking of  samples for
analysis, and eventually will have to  be replaced.
                                                                                                           515

-------
     The  causes  of blooms,  species  succession  and
 declines  in  abundance  of phytoplankton  in Narra-
 gansett  Bay  are only partially understood.
 Factors  thought to be  important  are nutrient
 limitation,  nutrient regeneration, and  grazing
 (Smayda  1973; Vargo 1976).  The  similar behavior
 between  the  tanks and  the  bay, in  bloom dynamics
 and species  succession, suggests that similar
 control  mechanisms were operative.  It  was
 surprising to find the overall behavior showing
 such  a parallel with Narragansett  Bay,  and  it
 will  be  interesting to observe the future be-
 havior in this  regard.  In order to establish
 that  the MERL microcosms are  a sufficiently
 realistic approximation to nature  that  the  re-
 sults will be meaningful it would  probably  be
 sufficient for  the tanks to show approximately
 the same statistical behavior, similarities in
 bloom dynamics  and to  have most  of the  important
 species  the  same.  It  appears that the  MERL tanks
 may be a useful experimental  setting within which
 to  investigate  the causes  of  phytoplankton  blooms,
 succession and  decreases.

     The  results of the first  oil experiment were
 also  surprising.  The  conventional wisdom would
 have  it  that oil in the water column would  enter
 the sediments where it would  remain.  Some  re-
 suspension of sediments occurs in  the tanks,  which
 should help  to  remove  the  oil.   However, oil  was
 not found in the sediments to any  significant
 degree,  and  it  has either  been metabolized  or
 escaped  to the  atmosphere.  Currently we are
 evaluating the  rates of both  these processes.
 Since the amount of oil put in the tanks is known,
 and also the amount washed out,  it should be
 possible eventually to provide quantitative esti-
 mates of the magnitudes of the various  pathways
 by which hydrocarbons  are  lost from the systems.

     Detailed descriptions  of  the physical,
 chemical and biological behavior of ttte systems
 are in progress and will shed additional light
 on the functioning of  the  microcosms and on
 their utility in ecological experimentation.

 CONCLUSIONS

     1)   While the experience  gained to  date is
 confined  to  only a portion of one  year, it  does
 seem  likely  that it will be possible to run
 coupled  planktonic-benthic microcosms of the  type
 established  at  MERL through at least one annual
 cycle, with  a chemical and biological behavior
 that  approximates to the behavior  of analogous
 natural  systems.

     2)   These microcosms should be useful tools
 with  which to provide  quantitative information on
 the effects  of  various organic,  inorganic,  or
 radioactive  pollutants on  the lower trophic
 levels of marine ecosystems.  It should also  be
 possible  to  provide quantitative estimates  of the
 pathways  followed,  operative  equilibria between
 sediments, water and organisms, and the fates of
 pollutants and  other substances  that may be
 added.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

    This work is supported by Grant R803902020
from the Environmental Protection Agency.  Many
people have contributed to the  development of the
MERL facility, either in concept or execution,
including Eric Schneider, Scott Nixon, James
Griffin, John Knauss, Michael Bender, Wallace
Broecker, Diego Alonso, Andrew  Staley, Theodore
Smayda, Eric Klos, and others.
REFERENCES

Abbott, Walter.  1966.
    estuarine waters.
    microcosms.  Jour.
    39: 258-270.
 Microcosm studies on
1.  The replicability of
Water Poll. Contr. Fed.
Davies, J. M., J. C. Gamble and J. H. Steele.
    1975.  Preliminary studies with a large plas-
    tic enclosure.  In: L. E. Cronin, (ed.)
    Estuarine Research, Vol. I. p. 251-264.

Odum, Howard T., Walter L. Siler, Robert J. Beyers,
    and Neal Armstrong.  1963.  Experiments with
    engineering of marine ecosystems.  Contrib.
    in Mar. Sci. 9_: 373-403.

Smayda, T. J.  1973.  The growth of Skeletonema
    costatum during a winter-spring bloom in
    Narragansett Bay, Rhode Island.  Nor. J. Bot.
    2£: 219-247.

Smetacek, V., B. von Bodungen, K. von Brockel and
    B. Zeitzschel.  1976.  The plankton tower.
    II.  Release of nutrients from sediments due
    to changes in the density of bottom water.
    Mar. Biol. 34: 373-378.

Takahashi, M., W. H. Thomas, D. L. R. Seibert,
    J. Beers, P. Koeller, and T. R. Parsons.
    1975.  The replication of biological events
    in enclosed water columns.  Arch. Hydrobiol.
    T6_: 5-23.

Vargo, G. A.  1976.  The influence of grazing and
    nutrient excretion by zooplankton on the
    growth and production of the marine diatom
    Skeletonema costatum (Greville) Cleve, in
    Narragansett Bay.  Ph. D. dissertation,
    Univ. of Rhode Island.  162 pp.
516

-------
    EFFECTS OF COAL-FIRED POWER PLANT EMISSIONS
            ON TERRESTRIAL ECOSYSTEMS
 James M. Kelly, Norman L. LaCasse, JC Noggle, and Herbert C. Jones
               Air Quality Research Section
            Division  of Environmental Planning
               Tennessee Valley Authority
                 Muscle Shoals, Alabama
 INTRODUCTION

     In recent decades,  human activities have
 greatly increased  total  emissions of substances to
 the atmosphere and their subsequent deposition
 from the  atmosphere mainly through increases in
 combustion of fossil  fuels;  use of fertilizers and
 other chemicals  in intensive agriculture and other
 forms of  land management;  and disposal of indus-
 trial, urban, and  agricultural wastes.  Atmospheric
 pollutants are imported,  transported,  exported,
 accumulated, and often changed before they are
 deposited.  The  effects  of deposition of pollutants
 may be beneficial,  detrimental, or both.  They may
 be immediate, acute,  and apparent, or they may be
 delayed,  chronic or accumulative, and subtle.

     State and Federal agencies concerned with the
 environment need information that will give them a
 basis for effective action for dealing with envi-
 ronmental crises when they occur and,  more impor-
 tantly, to prevent the occurrence of such crises,
 which frequently are  quite costly, both economi-
 cally and ecologically.   Both general and specific
 information about  the state,  structure, and
 function  of the  terrestrial environment is essen-
 tial for  determining  the extent of the changes
 that are  induced by man's  activities and that can
 be controlled.

     Efforts to  prevent  or solve environmental
 problems  are more  likely to succeed if they are
 based upon a thorough knowledge of the processes
 that occur in the  ecosystem and if this knowledge
 can be integrated  with other factors that affect
 the environment, including economic, technolog-
 ical, and sociological considerations.  The
 research  needed  to provide this required knowledge
 of the ecological  effects  and impacts of atmos-
 pheric emissions should  be approached on three
 levels—the species,  the community, and the
 ecosystem—and then the  results of studies on
 these levels should be synthesized into an inte-
 grated approach.   Study  at each level increases
 understanding of environmental response on that
 level and, when  integrated with the results from
 investigations on  the next level of complexity,
 adds to our understanding  of response at the more
 complex level as well.

     Studies at  the species level may include work
at the tissue, cellular,  or subcellular levels,
but they  generally deal  with one or two species,
are conducted under highly controlled conditions
in which only the condition being  studied is
varied, and measure instantaneous  or  short-term
responses by individual  specimens.  Studies on
this level generally provide  insight  into the
physiological response of  individuals and aid in
the determination of the actual  response mechanism.

     Although research conducted at the  species
level provides excellent opportunities for studying
the mechanisms of response, it cannot be assumed
that the kind or extent of the response  observed
would be the same under less  controlled  conditions.
Studies of a community, an aggregation of living
organisms with relationships  among themselves and
with their environment, tend  to  approximate actual
environmental responses more  closely  than do
studies of individual plants.  Many of the re-
sponses studied at the species level  can also be
studied at the community level,  and greater gener-
alization is possible because these responses can
be evaluated in terms of the  collective  response
of the community.  However, much less control of
experimental variables is possible in studies on
the community level because of (1) the increased
importance of interacting factors, (2) competition
among individuals and species, and (3) in many
cases, the introduction of a  greater  number of
variables in the naturally occurring  physical
environment.  Community-level studies generally
require more time than species-level  studies.
They may deal with mixed stands  or monocultures
with relatively small aggregates of organisms
(such as field plots or microcosms) or rather
extensive aggregates (such as forest  stands or
agricultural crops).

     Most environmental problems are  evaluated on
the ecosystem level.  By strict  definition,  a
community usually constitutes an ecosystem because
it includes living organisms  and nonliving sub-
stances interacting to produce an exchange of
materials.  A more widely accepted concept,
however, is that an ecosystem consists of a group
of communities, which together provide a much
greater variety of biological expression and
physical features than any one community.   The
concept of the ecosystem is somewhat  artificial
because it separates a continuum into distinct
units for the convenience of man's understanding.
Nevertheless, response at the ecosystem  level is
probably the least understood of all  levels and
the one in greatest need of quantification.   The
response observed at the ecosystem level is an
integrated one because of the differences in
response within and between species and  communi-
ties and because of the  interaction of system
processes, mechanisms, and transfers.  The in-
creased complexity and associated variability of
work under essentially uncontrolled conditions
require several years of constant observation and
comparative studies at several locations for a
realistic evaluation of  the many facets  of system
response.

     It is at the final  level of complexity, the
synthesis level, that information  obtained on the
other three levels is combined with information on
the physical and sociological environment so that
a predictive and evaluative capability can be
                                                                                                          517

-------
developed for the total environment.

DISCUSSION

Species Level

     Key Factors in Studies of Individual Effects.
Studies at the species (whole-organism) level are
conducted under precisely controlled conditions to
isolate and characterize the effects of interact-
ing variables.  Effects on plant productivity,
physiological and morphological effects, changes
in a plant's susceptibility to insects and disease,
genetic effects, and nutrient content are most
frequently studied.  The complexity and sophisti-
cation of experiments increase as knowledge is
accrued until a model that encompasses all compo-
nents of a system can be constructed to explain a
particular relationship of cause and effect.

     Effects on productivity, which may be quali-
tative or quantitative, may include vegetative or
reproductive components or such components as fats
and oils.  Physiological and morphological effects
include effects on photosynthesis, respiration,
enzymatic and hormonal action, fruit set,  abscis-
sion of plant parts, or alteration of growth and
development characteristics.  Changes in a plant's
susceptibility to insects and disease involve
qualitative and quantitative and direct and
indirect effects of the potential of plants for
resistance or susceptibility.  The study of genet-
ic effects includes somatic manifestations induced
in affected plants and changes transmitted to sub-
sequent generations through effects on reproduc-
tive systems.  Effects on reproductive systems may
be important in studies of pollutants with muta-
genic potential.  The effects on the nutrient
content of plants exposed to pollutants include
changes in the food quality of edible plants or
plant parts, accumulation of toxic chemicals, and
biochemical accumulation in the food chain.

     Although the foregoing discussion does not
necessarily represent all factors that should be
considered in studies of the effects of a pol-
lutant on a species, it includes the most impor-
tant ones for a complete research program.

     Research in Progress.   Present efforts at the
species level include controlled exposure studies
of the effects of power plant emissions on culti-
vated and forest crop species of economic impor-
tance in the southeastern United States.  The
chief objective of the project is to determine the
impact of simulated ground-level concentrations of
sulfur dioxide (802) and nitrogen dioxide on the
productivity of plants.   The differential sensi-
tivity of plant species and cultivars will also be
characterized by using this type of exposure
system.


     In previous research on the effects of 862
on plants,  the plants have been exposed to a
constant,  average concentration over the entire
time;  unfortunately, such exposures do not reflect
the rapid changes in concentrations of pollutants
that are encountered in the field near coal-fired
power plants.  Response of a plant to a steady
 exposure may differ significantly from response to
 exposures of fluctuating concentrations.

      For this project, a system capable of repro-
 ducing under controlled conditions the fluctuating
 concentrations of pollutants typical of field
 exposures was developed and tested.  The system
 operates on the principle of feedback control by
 comparing the S02 concentration of the program
 with the actual concentration within the chamber
 to determine the volume of S02 to be injected into
 the chamber.  Input and output signals are pro-
 cessed by a controller that continuously compares
 the two signals and activates flow valves that
 meter the S02 into the chamber.  Air is sampled
 continuously from that chamber and analyzed to
 produce an output signal.   A capacitive probe on
 the programmer follows the program line drawn on
 the conductive surface of a revolving chart.

      An exposure cabinet large enough to accommo-
• date plants of moderate height and maturity was
 designed, constructed, and tested.  Air is cir-
 culated within the cabinet by two air blowers; one
 forces air into the cabinet,  and one pulls air
 from the cabinet.   A slight positive pressure is
 maintained.   The cabinet consists of two compart-
 ments, one for exposure of plants and one for
 control.

 Community Level

      Key Factors in Studies of Community Effects.
 Studies at the community level are conducted  under
 field conditions to duplicate communal relation-
 ships among plant species.   The degree to which
 this level is manipulated depends on the species
 under study:  intense manipulation as in an agro-
 ecosystem, moderate manipulation as in a managed
 forest, or no manipulation (a completely undis-
 turbed system)  as in an unmanaged forest.   Some
 factors studied at the species level can also be
 studied at the community level although the same
 level of control of interacting variables and
 environmental factors that influence plant growth
 and development is not possible at the community
 level.  However,  certain factors that cannot  be
 measured at the species level can be measured at
 the community level.   These include nutrient
 cycling from one trophic level to another, species
 composition, population dynamics,  and insect  and
 disease interactions among plant species.   Nutri-
 ent cycling includes leachates from aerial organs,
 root excretions,  decomposition by various trophic
 levels, and nitrogen fixation.   Species composi-
 tion includes succession and competition for
 nutrients and light.   Population dynamics include
 interactions with site factors and competition
 among plant species,  including competition for the
 same site.  Insect and disease interactions
 include changes in susceptibility, species pref-
 erence, and transmission of infectious agents
 among host plants by insects.

      Research in Progress.   Work in progress at
 the community level includes  development and use
 of a new field system for  studying the effects of
 emissions from coal-fired power plants on food and
 fiber crops of economic importance in the south-
518

-------
eastern United States.   The  system,  called an air-
exclusion system, consists of  a large air blower
that blows purified air  below  the canopy of plants
grown in 0.004-hectare  (0.01-acre)  plots.  The
blower is activated by  an S02  monitor and operates
only when the S02 concentration exceeds 262 yg/m3
(0.1 ppm) .   Thirty air-exclusion units were in-
stalled at five sites in 1976.   Crops studied to
date include soybeans,  cotton,  winter wheat,  white
pine, and Virginia pine.  The  air-exclusion system
is used in lieu of field chambers.   The principal
advantages of the air-exclusion system over field
chambers are that (1) air does not  need to be
circulated continuously  because no  enclosures are
used and (2) the system  operates only under expo-
sure conditions so that  plants are  undisturbed
except during exposures.

    Research is in progress to measure the amount
of sulfur that is transferred  from  the atmosphere
to agro-ecosystems and  to evaluate  the economic
significance of atmospheric  sulfur  on crop pro-
duction.  Deposition of  atmospheric sulfur may be
beneficial to crop production  in areas in which
the soil supply of sulfur is not sufficient to
maintain optimum yields.

    The concentration  of sulfur varies in soils
that have different organic  matter  contents and
that have experienced different management prac-
tices.  Supplemental sulfur  must be added if the
soil supply is too low  to maintain  optimum yields.
For atmospheric sulfur  to have economic signifi-
cance on crop production, a  need for supplemental
sulfur must exist and the amount of sulfur that is
transferred from the atmosphere must make up a
relatively large proportion  of the  supplemental
needs.  Sulfur supply in representative soils of
the Tennessee Valley is  being  evaluated and will
be compared with the sulfur  requirements of vari-
ous crops to establish  supplemental sulfur needs.

    The transfer of sulfur  from the atmosphere to
plants and soils by deposition of dry particulates
and rainfall can be measured directly.  Develop-
ment of a technique for  measuring the sorption of
gaseous SC>2 by plants and soil under field condi-
tions is another part of this  investigation.   One
promising method is to  label the sulfur in the
soil with radioactive sulfur and measure the
dilution in specific activity  within the plant
that results from accumulation of sulfur from the
atmosphere.

    Another study underway  at the  community level
involves a microcosm approach  to the evaluation of
the effects of acid precipitation on plants and
soils.  Specially constructed  microcosms are
exposed to the ambient  environmenc  except during
periods of naturally occurring precipitation.
Artificial precipitation, adjusted  to four pH
treatments, is applied  to the  microcosms.  Compa-
rison of plant and soil  response to each treatment
will provide insights into the short- and long-
term effects of acid precipitation.


Ecosystem Level

    Key Factors  in  Studies  of Ecosystem Effects.
The definition of an ecosystem  given  earlier
emphasizes the inseparable nature of  organisms  and
their environment, which together form  a  physical
system.  This concept of the ecosystem  is somewhat
artificial in that it tends to  segregate  overlap-
ping and interacting systems into isolated units
for convenient study.  The definition places
little restriction on the area  or spatial volume
to be included in delineating an ecosystem; never-
theless, carrying this definition to  extremes in
either direction entails the risk of  over-
generalization or disconnected  finiteness.  The
problem, then, is to choose a realistic experimen-
tal unit whose integrated systematic  response has
practical importance in solving ecological
problems.

     A watershed defines a practical ecosystem
that (1) reacts to inputs from  the atmosphere,  (2)
depends largely on the regolith for nutrition, and
(3) is subject to irreversible  losses, but  resists
such losses by constant recycling and biosynthesis.
Effects of perturbations in the ecosystem can be
observed by monitoring the system (watershed)
outputs (water, nutrients, and  energy) in much the
same manner as community responses are evaluated.
The ecosystem response can only be measured as an
integration of the different responses within and
among various species and communities and of the
interactions of system processes, mechanisms, and
transfers.   The increased complexity and  associa-
ted variability of work under uncontrolled  condi-
tions require several years of  constant obser-
vation, and comparative studies at several
locations for a realistic evaluation of the many
facets of system response.

Research in Progress

     Little has been done to characterize  the fate
of air pollutants, such as sulfur and nitrogen
oxides, in forest ecosystems.    Small experimental
watersheds provide a means for  studying the
effects of atmospheric pollutants on internal
nutrient cycles and water quality.  Camp  Branch
and Cross Creek experimental watersheds,  located
95 and 19 km, respectively, from the Widows Creek
Steam Plant, are being established to provide
comparative data  (not yet available) on (1) the
elemental composition of wet and dry  atmospheric
input, (2)  the ability of forest canopies  to
scavenge airborne pollutants and the  fate of these
pollutants once scavenged, (3)  the influence of
air pollutants on the general fertility of the
soil and the ability of the soil to act as a long-
term sink for air pollutants,  and (4) the deter-
mination of allowable changes in system processes
and transfers as a function of  air quality.  The
soils and vegetation complex on the Cumberland
Plateau are ideally suited to this type of study
because any positive or negative impact should be
easier to detect because of the relatively infer-
tile and unbuffered nature of the soil.

     During  the past year, much of  the  time was
spent  selecting study  sites and developing physical
facilities.  During  the construction  phase, cer-
tain parts of  the program  not dependent on the
full development  of  the physical  facilities were
initiated:   (1) Vegetation and  soil  surveys were
                                                                                                         519

-------
completed at Camp Branch, and soil samples were
collected for chemical analysis; (2) intensive
study plots were established and described quan-
titatively; (3) litter traps and throughfall
collectors were installed;  (4) routine collections
of litterfall were begun; (5) a study of litter
decomposition was begun; and (6) 60 whole trees
were harvested to aid in the development stand
biomass estimates at both sites.

     Construction and development of physical
facilities and instrumentation are continuing, and
operation is expected to begin in early May at
Cross Creek and early November at Camp Branch.

Synthesis Level

     The synthesis level carries environmental
research to a fourth and final level of complex-
ity, which integrates ecological considerations
with economic and sociological data to evaluate
the total environmental complex.  To provide
relevant information on the complexities of eco-
systems and the observed or anticipated responses
of ecosystems to environmental perturbations, a
balanced approach must be taken to the research
hierarchy discussed previously.   Because most
energy enters ecosystems and is fixed by photo-
synthetic plants, any perturbation that alters
this response either directly or indirectly will
affect all other organisms in the system.   Al-
though understanding plant response to pertur-
bation on the level of the species or individual
plant is important, the magnitude or even the
response should not be assumed to be the same
under the more varied conditions of the natural
environment.  Consequently,  information obtained
at the species level must be evaluated and used in
the design and conduct of research programs at the
community level.   Likewise,  the same rationale
should be used in evaluations at the ecosystem
level.  Using this approach means that ecological
data, when combined with economic and sociological
considerations, will provide a better insight into
the total consequences and costs of an environ-
mental perturbation.

     Much of the funding for environmental pro-
tection is spent on research,  during crises and
after the fact, to evaluate the effects of activ-
ities on the environment.   A systematic research
program that anticipates possible crises could
reduce future environmental problems and costs,
including after-the-fact research.
520

-------
     EFFECTS OF PRUDHOE CRUDE OIL SPILLS ON
             COASTAL TUNDRA PONDS
eral life stages, and follow  the  recovery  of a
pond biota following a spill.  Further,  the rate
and degree of oil degradation and weathering of
crude oil under arctic summer conditions have been
followed.
          Michael C. Miller and J. Robie Vestal
            Department of Biological Sciences
               University of Cincinnati
                  Cincinnati, Ohio

           Samuel Mozley and Malcolm Butler
             Great Lakes Research Institute
                University of Michigan
                Ann Arbor, Michigan

                  John  E. Hobbie
              Marine Biological  Laboratory
                  Ecosystems Center
              Woods Hole, Massachusetts
 INTRODUCTION

     The discovery of 10 billion barrels of oil at
 Prudhoe Bay and the completion of the Alaska pipe-
 line later this year will initiate large scale ex-
 traction and  movement of crude oil across the Arc-
 tic North Slope of the Brooks Range.  In massive
 projects of this kind, small errors can result in
 large spills.   Large spills of gasoline or diesel
 fuel have occurred in Barrow, Alaska and in Aly-
 eska camps at  Happy Valley, Galbraith Lake and
 Prudhoe Bay during the past two years.  A break in
 the pipeline which drained only one mile of pipe
 between cut-off valves could release as much as
 1878 m3 of oil if valves were closed immediately.
 Additionally,  renewed exploration for oil is going
 on across the  old Naval Petroleum Reserve No. 4
 and offshore  in Prudhoe Bay and spills are almost
 certain to occur there as well.  Until recently
 we have had no experimental evidence of what eco-
 logical effects oil spills might have.  Much early
 work in Arctic Alaska involved the effects of oil
 on terrestrial vegetation and permafrost documen-
 ting the delicate balance between the two.  A
 small aquatic  oil spill evaluation project was be-
 gun by the U.S. International Biological Program,
 Tundra Biome  in 1970.  It is from that experience
 that the present project funded by Energy Re-
 sources Development Administration was begun in
 1975.

     Several problems have hampered evaluation of
 oil spill effects on natural aquatic ecosystems.
 First, the studies have been too brief to document
 recovery.  Secondly, the species present and their
 life histories were almost unknown, except for the
 phytoplankton  and zooplankton (Hobbie 1973).  Fol-
 lowing the IBP studies, it was impossible to pre-
dict the recolonization potential for most inver-
 tebrates if mortality did occur.  The present
studies have  allowed us to describe the many spe-
cies and their life histories, resolve the problem
of initial toxicity, determine sensitivity of sev-
TECHNICAL DISCUSSION


     Prior to the ERDA program on  freshwater eco-
systems, most of the data  available  from experi-
ments in the arctic evaluated the  effects of crude
oil leakage on marine systems, e.g.,  in  Cook Inlet
or the Gulf of Alaska (Kinney, Button, and Schell,
1969; Robertson et al., 1973; Button  et  al., 1973;
Moore et al., 1974).  Only a  few studies  had exam-
ined effects of oil in arctic freshwaters (Arhelger
and Button, 1972; Barsdate, Alexander and Benoit,
1973; Atlas, 1973).  Much of  the work documenting
the effects of oil spills on  arctic and  subarctic
lakes was completed by Environment Canada and others
(Dickman, 1971, Brunskill et  al.,  1973;  Snow and
Scott, 1975; Snow and Rosenberg, 1975A;  1975B;
Roeder et al., 1975; Snow and Brunskill,  1975).
Some similarities exist between the effects  of
Canadian Pembina and Norman Wells  crude  oils from
the MacKenzie Delta and the effects of Purdhoe
crude oil, but significant differences also  exist.
The differences in response were presumably  caused
by difference in composition  of the oil,  in  lat-
itude of experimental sites,  and in type  of  aquatic
ecosystems.
     In the Canadian  subarctic  spills,  observations
of the effects on  aquatic biota in  a  range  of doses
from 0.03 to 9.1 ml/liter have  lead to  several gen-
eralizations :
1) Rapid volatization resulted  in  the loss  of toxic
compounds within hours,  e.g., 30-40%  loss of volume
of crude oil in the first day (Snow and Rosenberg,
1975B).  2) Primary productivity of algae often
showed immediate inhibition  in  the  first two days,
with reductions lasting  no longer  than  the  first
summer.  3) Phytoplankton and periphyton biomass
increased in oiled sections  of  lakes  in the North-
west Territories.  4)  Species composition changes
as blue-green algae became dominant especially in
the periphyton which  grew profusely.  5) Large
numbers of invertebrates and small  fish were
trapped and killed in floating  oil  scum.
     We will show how oil weathers and its  effect
on the components of the biota of two small shallow
(0.2 m) polygonal thaw ponds located at  71° N.  Lat.
near Barrow, Alaska.  The ponds are very similar
to the ponds near Prudhoe Bay in which the  prob-
ability of an accidential crude oil spill is much
higher.  About 10 liters of oil/in  were  experi-
mentally applied to Pond E in July 1970; 0.24
liters/m  were applied to Pond Omega in  July 1975.
The present program has followed the recovery of
the older spill, the immediate toxicity  and re-
covery of the smaller spill, and included experi-
mental analysis of the solubility, weathering and
toxicity of crude oil.
                                                                                                          521

-------
PROGRAM DISCUSSION

Weathering of Crude Oil

     Oil degradation was measured by loss of freon
or hexane extractable materials from a series of
cores suspended in Pond Omega, each of which had
an equivalent of 420 ml/1 (1.2 ml/1) of Prudhoe
crude oil.  During the first day 10% of the oil
disappeared.  Subsequently,  extractable oil de-
graded at a rate of 3.1% per day during the first
40 days.  Although there was some difference be-
tween the loss of oil in HgCl2-killed and experi-
mental cores (6% after 40 days), by the second
summer 58% of the initial inoculum was recovered
and no difference existed between Hg-killed and
experimental cores.  No significant differences in
class composition in the saturate fraction, aro-
matic fraction, benzene-soluble asphaltene frac-
tion, benezene-insoluble asphaltenes, and nitro-
gen-, sulfur-, or oxygen containing fractions
(Jobson et al., 1972) could  be seen between fresh
oil, 13 day old, 1 year old  and 5 year old weath-
ered oil from the ponds.  In the saturate fraction
after 45 days no alkanes shorter than C^ remained;
after one year no alkanes shorter than C15 re-
mained.  Bacterial induction to use complex hydro-
carbons was long under ambient summer arctic tem-
peratures .  It took 125 hours before any minerali-
zation of hexadecane could be detected by" 1'*C02
release.  The presence of crude oil appeared to
inhibit mineralization of   C-hexadecane even more.
Thus the degradation of crude oil is a slow pro-
cess in the arctic proceeding as much by abiotic
weathering as by bacterial mineralization.  All
types of compounds in crude  oil appeared to disap-
pear at the same rate so that the composition of the
residual did not vary significantly with time
(Miller et al., In Press).

Toxicity to Phytoplankton and Primary Production

     Reduction of 14C-production was monitored in
bottles after adding oil onto  the surface of the
enclosed water, with and without violent mixing of
the oil and water.  Unmixed, complete inhibition
of photosynthesis of pond algae did not occur un-
til 80 yl of oil/liter of pond water had been added;
however, with mixing only 30 yl/liter was 100%
inhibitory.  Mixing increased  the measured solu-
bility Prudhoe crude oil about 10-fold at any
temperature.

     In a whole pond application of oil on Pond
Omega  (240 ml/1 or 1.2 ml/1.), primary production
was inhibited for 6 days compared to a control
Pond C  (Figure 1).  However, during those 6 days
the algal biomass increased  to greater than that
in the  control pond and remained higher on six of
seven dates during the next  46 days.

     In a set of 18-liter subponds  filled with
Pond C water on June 25 four treatments were set
up:  treatment 1 was the control with normal zoo-
plankton densities (2 Daphnia middendorfiana and
1 Branchionecta paludosa per liter); treatment 2
lacked zooplankton; treatment  3 received normal
zooplankton and crude oil at 1 ml/1.; and treat-
ment 4 lacked zooplankton and  received crude at
1 ml/1.  Within five days several key species had
been eliminated or reduced by over 90% in density
in oil treated subponds (Table 1).  They were
PJiodomonas sp., Ochromonas sp. and Mallomonas sp.
Some very short-term effect of the oil greater
than the effect of eliminating zooplankton graz-
ing pressure must have caused the changed composi-
tion, presumably a toxicity of the oil.
                         control
          Figure  1.   I.E.P.  Tundra  Biome
                     study  site,  Aquatic
                     Program.
Effect on Emergent Vegetation

     The dominant sedge surrounding the ponds was
Carex aquatilus, which formed thick beds in the
littoral zone.  Floating oil became lodged in the
dead water between the fronds on the downwind side
of the ponds following whole pond spills.  Few
quantitative studies on macrovegetation were done;
however, the data show no decrease in plant biomass
even in the zones of the heaviest oil tar accumula-
tion.  Since the sedges grow from a central meri-
stem with the older leaves located on the exterior,
the fronds quickly grew above the water level in
early summer leaving the old leaves at the base
blackened with  oil.  Only in our heaviest spill on
Pond E (10 1/m  ) did the depth of the residual oil
tar on the downwind shore prevent shoot emergence.
Although subtle effects may have occurred, they
were not evaluated and the littoral zone remained
intact.

Toxicity to Zooplankton

     Following  the 1970 spill in Pond E all  zoo-
plankton were eliminated and no successful repro-
duction of zooplankton took place until five years
522

-------
TABLE 1:  PARTIAL PERCENTAGE COMPOSITION BY DENSITY  OF PHYTOPLANKTON GENERA WHICH INCREASED  OR WERE ELIM-
         INATED  IN SUBPOND EXPERIMENTS, POND  C,  SUMMER,  1976.
Genus Subpond Pond C
Date day 0
Mamydamonas spp . ( C . ) 0 . 16
Rhodomonas sp . ( Cryp . ) 61* . 1
Oahrononas spp . ( Chr . )
Uallomonas sp. (Chr.) 3.1
Vroglena spp. (Chr. )
Dinobpyon sp . ( Chr . ) —



Treatment 1 Treatment 2 Treatment 3
5 15 kl 5 15 l+i 5 15 l+i
2.2 1.1* ll*.8 6.3 2.9 0.5 7.9 2.1* 2k. 1
1*8.3 1*8.0 1.9 35-2 9-9 — 6.5 2.1 0.3
2.8 1.1* 5-5 7-1* 7.9 3.7 — 21.1* 10.3
l*.l l.k 13-0 1+.3 2.0 — — 1.6 —
2.1 — — 12.9

2 1 .y
3-J

Treatment 1* Pond C
5 15 1*1 kl
9.5 9-1 20.9 7-7
8.3 — — present
— 31.8 -
0.9 2.0
2k. 3

<— i • y

 Other species of Chrysophyta (Chpomulina spp.  and Chrysoccoccus spp.)  and Cryptophyta (Chryptomonas sp. were present
   in all treatments  through the experimental  period and were frequently the dominants.   Only the species which arose
   or were eliminated are presented  in the preceeding table.
 Abbreviations :
              C = Chlorophyta, Cryp. = Cryptophyta, Chr.
              — = none detected.
Chrysophyta, Cyan.   Cyanophta, and Bug. = Euglenophyta,
had passed.   Following the oil spill in Pond  Omega
in 1975,  mortality again occurred.  The sequence
in which  the species died exactly followed  the  re-
sponse of the several species in separate aquarium
exposures to the same doses of oil.  The zooplank-
ton were  placed in cages at the bottom of the aqua-
rium so that no chance of physical contact  could
have occurred except by soluble products (con-
ducted by J. O'Brien, Kansas State Univ.).  The
most sensitive species was Branchionecta, the fairy
shrimp; then Daphnia middendorfiana and least,  the
copepods  (Figure 2).  Following a controlled  spill
10 July,  fairy shrimps were reintroduced into Pond
Omega and Pond C control 6 days and 14 days after
the spill in netting-ended containers, all  died by
7 days.   After 14  days post spill, Heterocope
survived  the same  4  days exposure which killed
Daphnia.   Thus the soluble fraction, composed most
likely of aromatic compounds, was toxic to  zoo-
plankton  in aquarium experiments and two whole
pond applications.

     Retesting these animals in a similar set of
experimental chambers with a different batch  of
crude oil showed no toxicity a year later.  Appar-
ently, different wells in the Prudhoe oil field
produce oil of varying toxicities.  Or the  prac-
tice of extracting naphtha and diesel by distilla-
tion and  reinjecting the heavier nonvolatile  com-
ponents back into the well may have changed the
apparent  toxicity of the oil.

Toxicity  to Invertebrates

     Invertebrates which were near the surface  of
the water became trapped by the floating oil  scum
and mechanically retained.  Groups like the sur-
face mating chironomids (Diptera) and all insect
larvae which lived or fed on the  emergent sedges
in the littoral zone were likely  to be exposed  if
      0   24   48   72   96  120   144

                     HOURS
   Figure  2.   Survival of fairy shrimp
              Branchionecta paludosa
              and Daphnia middendorfiana
              bottom to oil at dose
              1/5 x, 1 x, and 5 x the
              dose in Pond Omega.
                                                                                                            523

-------
the wind blew  the  floating oil on  them.  After the
massive 1970 experimental spill, many  fourth  in-
star  chironomid  larvae were noticed dead on the
bottom of  the  pond.  However, no obvious larval
mortality  was  observed in the 1975 spill on Pond
Omega at 1/40  the  dose rate.

      Laboratory  experiments on oil toxicity were
conducted  in glass or plastic cages placed at the
bottom of  aquaria  containing 14 liters of pond
water on which was floated crude oil at three dose
rates, with unoiled controls.  Twelve  to fifteen
day observations were made on Nemoura  (stonefly),
Limnephilus (caddisfly), Turbellaria (flatworm),
Physa (snail), Agabus (Beetle), Micrasema (caddis-
fly) , and  four genera of midge larvae  (Trichotan-
ypus, Procladius,  Chironomus, and Tanytarsus).  In
most  cases, mortality in control aquaria was equal
to or greater  than mortality in oil-treated aquaria.
Control mortality was often high caused in part by
disruption of  normal environmental conditions for
the species during the test.  Several of the kinds
of insects tested metamorphosed in the field during
the toxicity testing period.  In no case was there
rapid or complete mortality.
Field Experiments—Phytoplankton-Zooplankton

      In the series of 18 liter subponds placed in
Pond  C set up  with treatments of plus  and minus zoo-
plankton and plus  and minus oil at 1 ml/1., the
zooplankton all  died within five days in all oil
treatments.  The thaw ponds and, initially, the
subponds were  dominated by phytoplankton composed
of Rhodomonas, a crytophyte, by Chromulina, Chry-
sococcus,  both chrysophytes and by Chlamydomonas,
a chlorophyte  (Table 1).  After the 1970 spill on
Pond  E and after the 1975 spill on Pond Omega, the
phytoplankton  became dominated by a new Chrysophyte,
Uroglena,  not  normally found in these ponds (Miller
et al., In Press).

      Because the zooplankton grazers were killed
within 5-6 days  following the spill or applica-
tion  of oil on the ponds or subponds,  the question
was  to what extent the change in algal composition
was caused by  oil toxicity or to the elimination
of grazing pressure.  In the series of subponds,
Rhodomonas sp. was reduced by 90% in the oil
treated subponds after five days; however, in
treatment  2 lacking zooplankton it was reduced
50% compared to the control in 15 days.  Thus the
immediate  oil-related treatment contributed direct-
ly to the  elimination of Rhodomonas.  However, the
elimination of the zooplankton in treatment 2 led
to the elimination of that key species after 41
days.  At  that time in the control subponds, treat-
ment  1, the phytoplankton were dominated by the
chrysophytes,  Chromulina, Chrysococcus and Ochro-
monas; however no new species had become common and
no species present initially had been eliminated
completely (Table 1).   In oil treated subponds
dominants  included Chlamydomonas, Uroglena and a
non-heterocystous blue-green algae, Oscillatoria.
In the zooplankton-free subponds, treatment 2, a
Dinobryon  sp.,  chrysophyta,  became the dominant
(83% by number).

     Following the application of oil the algal
biomass increased dramatically in zooplankton-free,
 treatment 2.   As  the inhibition of primary pro-
 duction by oil lessened, the algal biomass in those
 subponds treated  with oil increased to the same
 level  as that in  treatment 2 after 41 days.   Thus
 the  effect of oil in eliminating the zooplankton
 allowed the phytoplankton to increase in biomass,
 incorporating all available nutrients into cell
 bodies.   The  reduction in grazing pressure changed
 the  composition of the phytoplankton including the
 elimination of Rhodomonas (Figure 3) .  The addi-
 tion of  oil changed the dominants in subponds,
 allowing a filamentous, non-heterocystous blue-
 green  algae to become common,  similar to what the
 Canadians found in subarctic lakes  (Table 1).

     No  filamentous blue-green algae were found in
 the  thaw ponds receiving whole pond application of
 oil  at  the same rate.   The algal  biomass  did in-
 crease in 1975 following the spill  on Pond Omega,
 but  not  nearly as  much as in the  subponds.  The
 bottom sediments  in these tundra  ponds  reversibly
 absorb reactive phosphorus maintaining  the concen-
 tration  less  than 3 ug P/l on  the average (Prentki
 1975) .   Thus  even following the death of  the zoo-
 plankton in the oil-treated thaw  ponds, nutrients
 in solution were bound into the sediments.  In the
 subponds  receiving oil,  nutrients maintained in
 solution  by the grazing and excretion by  zooplank-
 ton became  locked  into algal biomass.  Apparently,
no nutrients  in excess  of those already in the
water and in  the seston when the  subponds were
 filled were available  because  the algal biomass
became equivalent  in the  zooplankton-free  and oil-
 treated  subponds.    The apparent resistance of thaw
ponds to  the  eutrophication-like  effects  from oil
spills is primarily caused by  the sorbtion-equili-
brium of  phosphate with the iron-rich surface sed-
iments.  Most of the changes in algal composition
observed were  in part  caused by the elimination of
grazing pressure and by the selectivity of the oil.

Field Experiments—Pond Benthos

     Observations  on the  1970  experimental spill
on Pond  E and the  1975  spill on Pond  Omega showed
 changes  in  larval  species  composition and  changes
 in the proportion  of 4th  instars  emerging  follow-
 ing the spills  compared to  control Pond J  and G
 (Figure  1,  Table 2).   Changes  in  composition per-
sisted to some  degree  for at least 6 years after
the 1970  spill.  Pond  E yielded about as many a-
dult midges per unit area as the  adjacent Pond J,
both at  relatively high concentrations.  However,
 the species emerging were  different.  The  largest
qualitative differences between Pond E'in  compari-
son to J  and  G  in  the  open bottom were the small
number of Tanytarsus gregarius  (Tanytarsini) and
the large numbers  of Psectorocladius psilopterus-
gr. spp.  (Orthocladiinae),  collected  in Pond E emer-
gence traps.  Pond E also had  larger populations
of Tanypodinae  and Chironomus  than untreated ponds.
Similarly, Pond E had  fewer Paratanytarsus, Tany-
tarsus and Constempellina  (Tanytarsini) and more
Cricotopus  (Orthocladiinae) and Trichotanypus
 CPodonominae)   in traps  than  the two untreated
ponds.   Larval  samples  from open bottom in the
early summer  in 1975 and  1976  (Table  3) showed the
same high relative density  of  Orthocladiinae and
lesser densities of Tanytarsini in Pond E  compared
524

-------
  100'
   75-
0
a.

0  50-|

h
ILJ
u
C
LLI
°-  25-
 PY

CHL-
              Y/SSS.
                              CH
                                                             U 1,1,1
                                         234
                                           DAY  5
                                                     SUBPONDS
                                                                             2         3
                                                                                DAY  15
Figure 3.  Percentage  composition  of algal phyla  by algal volume in Pond C and subponds at 5  and 15  days
           following the application of oil.  Treatment  1 included natural zooplankton, treatment  2  lacked
           zooplankton,  treatment  3  included zooplankton initially and  was dosed with oil (1ml /I.),  and
           treatment 4 lacked zooplankton  and was dosed  with oil.
TABLE 2:  CHIRONOMIDAE EMERGING  FROM TWO HABITATS IN  FOUR PONDS IN  1976, ARRANGED  IN ORDER OF DECREASING
          NUMBER PER UNIT  AREA.
HaMtat
                                                                   Pond
                Omega
Open       Corynonevi'o. spp.
Bottom     Par-atony tarsus
          Tonytars-us gregarius-gr.
          Chironomus pilicomis-late
          C. pilicor-fiis-ea.T'Lj
          Stictochironomus
          Procladius sp.
          Procladi-us gratis
          Derotanypus aslines
                               Psectroaladius sp. 1
                               Psectroclad-ius sp. 2
                               Tanytarsus inaequatis
                               Co'fynoneura spp.
                               Procladius sp.
                               Trichotanypus
                               Chironomus p-ilicorn-is-late
                               Cr-icotopus tib-ialis
                               Tony tarsus gregarius-gr.
Tanytarsus  inaequatis
Para, tony tarsus
Cons tempel Una
Tanytarsus  gregarius-gr.
Cladotanytarsus
Corynoneura
Chironomus  piZieomis-early
C.  piZ-icornts-late
Tanytarsus inaequalis
Corynoneura  spp.
Cladotany tarsus
Chirnonmus pilioornis-early
Cons tempe I Una
Trichotanypus
Proala.dius gretis
C.  piZicornis-late
Carex      Corynoneura spp.
          Proe~lo.dius gretis
          Tony tarsus gregarius-gr.
          Paratanytarsus
          Derotanypus aclines
          Procladius sp.
          Chironomus (Camptochironomus)
          C. pilicornis-e&r^j
          C. vilicornis-1-B.te
                               Trichotanypus
                               Psectrooladius sp. 2
                               Criaotopus  tibialis
                               Corynoneura spp.
                               Criootopus  perniger
                               Derotanypus alaskensis
                               Procladius  gretis
                               Cricotopus  sp. 3
Para tony tarsus
Corynoneura.  spp.
Tanytarsus gregarius-gr.
Tanytarsus inaequalis
Derotanypus  alaskensis
Cons tempe T, Una
Trichotanypus
Pseatrocladius  sp. 2
Corynoneura   spp.
Para tony tarsus
Trichotanypus
Derotanypus  alaskensis
Procladius gretis
Cladotanytarsus
Tanytarsus inaequalis
Cons tempe I Una
                                                                                                                        525

-------
Taxon
Chironomidae
Ch-ironomus spp.
St-ictochiromonus
Tanytarsus spp.
Paratcmy tarsus
Cladotany tarsus
Proclad-ius spp.
Derotanypus spp.
Tvichotanypus
Pseotroaladi-us spp.
Cricotopus spp .
Corynoneura
Other Orthocladiinae
Oligochaeta
Enchytraeidae
Tubificidae
J
1975

17,1+00
0
17,800
l.Ol+O
2,1+60
1,890
93
0
0
0
0
190

378
3,210
1976

7,690
0
11,500
1,730
1,51*0
96l
0
0
0
0
0
0

192
769
Pond
E
1975 1976

2,1*00 It, 800
0 0
179 386
356 1,1*1*0
267 98
981 671*
1*1* 190
0
i*,ioo 1*78
535 0
88 o
179 98

267 98
1*1*7 2,590
Omega
1975

1,1*30
1*1+7
l+,l+6o 1*
802
0
88
0
88
179
0
0
88

267
267
1976

767
0
,230
98
98
963
0
0
0
0
0
190

98
576
                                                                                 TABLE 3:

                                                                                    BENTHIC FAUNAL COMPOSITION
                                                                                    IN OPEN BOTTOM AREAS  OF
                                                                                    THREE TUNDRA THAW PONDS
                                                                                    NEAR  BARROW IN 1975 AND
                                                                                    1976,  EXPRESSED AS NUMBER
                                                                                    PER SQUARE METER.  SAMPLES
                                                                                    WERE  COLLECTED BEFORE MOST
                                                                                    SPECIES HAD BEGUN TO EMERGE
                                                                                    IN EARLY SUMMER.
 Total
 Mac roiri vertebrates
                         1*1*,500    2l*,l*00
                                            10,200    10,900
       3,120
                                                                       7,020
 to Pond J.  Densities of Oligochaetes were not de-
 tectably different between the ponds.  In contrast,
 the ratio of adults emerging to larval densities
 of Procladius  (Tanypodinae) and Chironomus and the
 total number of adults were higher in Pond E than
 in Pond J (Figure 4, Table 2).  Recovery in Pond E
 appears to be well advanced, but natural species
 balances have yet to be established.

     Qualitative sweep samples from the Carex
 habitat in the oil-treated ponds and two untreated
 ponds suggested other qualitative differences be-
 tween Pond E and untreated ponds.  In particular
 Trichoptera (caddisflies) and Plecoptera (stone-
 flies) were abundant in samples from untreated
 ponds, but rare or absent in Ponds E and Omega.
 Instead, Pond E yielded large numbers of Tricho-
 tanypus larvae and the Pond Omega sample essenti-
 ally lacked larger insects in 1976, one year after
 the spill (Table 4).

     Emergence in Pond Omega was quite small
 (Figure 4).   All species were suppressed, but
Chironomus_ appeared to be less affected than other
midges, and consequently accounted for a larger
proportion of total emergence (Table 2).   In con-
trast benthic samples indicated that little over-
all change took place between pre-spill populations
 (1975)  and post-spill ones (Table 3).   The number
of samples which have been processed is  not yet
sufficient to determine whether apparent reduc-
tions in Paratanytarsus and S_tictochironomus were
real.   Still,  it is obvious that Tanytarsus larval
 populations were not diminished.   If the response
 of  Pond Omega to the spill follow those of Pond E,
 changes  in  composition may take another year  or
 two  to  become evident  in larval populations.  Some
 suppression of recruitment of Tanytarsus in 1975
 was  suggested by a  low proportion of early instars
 in June,  1975 (19%  instar II)  as  compared to  June,
 1975  (58% instar II)  (Table 3).  The experimental
 spill in  1975 was conducted after emergence of one
 of the Tanytarsus species .

     The  effects of oil  on  benthos vary with  taxa
 and habitat.   Among the  Carex  shoots,  a large
 amount of biomass due  to  the nondipteran insects
 appears to  be removed  by  a mixture of  entrapment
 in floating oil, oil adhering  to  the vegetation,
 and perhaps toxicity to  older  and newly hatched
 larvae.   In Pond E, some  of this  biomass seems to
 be replaced by Trichotanypus.  a midge  larva.  The
 success of  Trichotanypus  may be due  to reduced
 competition from other scraping and  grazing in-
 sects, reduced predation  or changes  in the epi-
 flora of  the  macrophytes.

     In the open bottom,  direct toxicity is appar-
 ently negligible, but  reproduction and recruit-
 ment of the midges is  hampered at metamorphosis,
 and perhaps just after the  larvae hatch.   Prelim-
 inary examination of egg  trap  results  suggested
that an overwhelming majority  of  egg masses of
 all species are laid or rafted to the  downwind
shore.  Repopulation of the center must depend on
larval movements.  Since  the oil  scum  in the  treated
526

-------
              OPEN BOTTOM
                                                                         Figure 4.
               CAREX BED
   @Tanytarsini
   E^Chironomus
   QTanypodinae
                                                  E30rthocladiinae
                                                  IHHTrichotanvpus
             1000
—i	
 No. /m
              Quantity  and  composition  of
              Chironomidae  emerging  from
              the two principal  habitats
              in four ponds in 1976.
n i

c -

J =
U ::'
! 0

















































































0




::::-:;:-/.::^::':v;^-::;:::;-'-::vvX' •::•:•;:•• X °

- - o
5000
                                    Pond
                                                             Omega
Wemoura
Paratany tarsus
limephilus
Micrasema
Procladius
Physa
Agabus ( Larvae )
lebertia
Enchytraeidae
Micvasema
flenoura
Para t an y tars us
Linrnephilus
Agabus (Larvae &
adults)
Procladius
Chrionomus
Tony tarsus
Enchytraeidae
Trichotani/pus
Faratany tarsus
Derotanypus
Procla.di.us
Enchytraeidae
Lebsrtia



Para tony tars us
Procladius
Lebertia
Agabus ( Larvae &
adults )



                                                                            TABLE A:
                                                                                BENTHIC FAUNA FROM QUALITA-
                                                                                TIVE  SWEEP-NETTING IN FOUR
                                                                                PONDS  IN MID-JULY 1976,
                                                                                LISTED IN ORDER OF DECREAS-
                                                                                ING ABUNDANCE.
ponds also moved to the downwind shore, a large
proportion of newly hatched larvae are exposed
to relatively high oil concentrations and many
may die before dispersing.   It should be noted that
at least half of oil-treated egg masses produced
larvae which behaved normally in the laboratory.
Direct field observation showed that the oil scum
did not prevent emergence of pupae when they
reached the surface; however, larval metamorphosis
in Pond Omega in 1976 was suppressed.  It is now
clear that both surface-mating and aerially mating
iiidges are suppressed at metamorphosis before mating
can occur.

    The critical phase then is recovery of midge
                              populations, which  is most directly related to
                              dispersal  capability of the different species.
                              Recovery of  larval  populations in Pond E appeared
                              to  correspond  to  the ability of the females of
                              each species present to fly to ponds other than
                              their home pond.

                                   A consequence  of the long life cycles of midge
                              larvae (2-7  years)  and this new hypothesis is that
                              spills of  oil  over  large areas of tundra could
                              have catastrophic and long-lasting effects on
                              midge populations in the ponds.  If there were no
                              unexposed  local reservoir populations to recolo-
                              nize the oil-affected ponds, recolonization of
                              flightless and weak flying species must occur
                                                                                                        527

-------
gradually from much farther away and would there-
fore be slower.  Adult midges live only a few days,
and the period after mating and before death is
even shorter, constricting still more the poten-
tial for recolonization from a distance.  The oil-
treated ponds in the Barrow area are virtually sur-
rounded by unaffected populations, and therefore
do not provide an accurate representation of the
effects of more extensive spills.

CONCLUSIONS

     Having followed the initial changes that occur
at several trophic levels in tundra pond ecosys-
tems after an oil spill with Prudhoe crude and
their recovery over the next 6 years, we are be-
ginning to understand the implications of oil on
the biota in these ubiquitous ponds.  Most impor-
tant is the fact that the compositional changes
are profound and long-lasting.  After 6 years, the
zooplankton (Daphnia) had just been observed to
survive through the entire summer and reproduce.
Similarly Rhodomonas, a phytoplankter, was also
observed in Pond E for the first time since the
spill, presumably in response to the reestablish-
ment of populations of grazers.  This food chain
dependent maintenance of the algal composition
considered "normal" for these ponds is a documen-
tation of the interrelatedness between trophic
levels.  The long-term effects of the oil seemed
to have been upon the survival and reproduction of
the zooplankton in these ponds.

     The species composition in the chironomids and
other insects similarly remained altered for years.
Although total densities were high, the total
emergence of adults was very low for two years, at
least.  How the oil acts in this effect and in sur-
vival of zooplankton is not known, but since
mechanical contact with floating oil was not
involved, it must be an effect of soluble products
or of oil transferred into the sediments.

     Thus the examination of the classical toxicity
of the component species as in bioassays, would
predict the effects of the oil to be short-lived.
Two groups of animals, the zooplankton and the
chironomids, showed an apparent sublethal effect
which stopped reproduction or maturation to sex-
ual maturity.  Our preliminary analysis based on
the bioassays similar to those used in preparing
impact statements, would not have predicted the
long recovery times of species composition observed.

     The rates of algal primary productivity and
epibenthic algal production (Stanley 1976), ben-
thic respiration (Miller and Reed 1975) , bacterial
density and activity and total secondary benthic
production returned to near normal levels long
before the species composition had been reestab-
lished.  The long, multi-year life cycles for the
chironomids in the arctic (5-7 years) is in part
responsible for the slow recovery.  A single par-
thenogenic reproduction per year in the common
Daphnia similarly meant that these populations were
not capable of rapid recovery.  Thus, although the
pond carbon dynamics and nutrient chemistry appeared
to have recovered quickly, marked species composi-
tional changes remained.  Alteration of the species
composition at the several trophic levels was de-
termined by the species life history, sensitivity
to the oil, and alteration in the trophic level
above the one of concern.

     Since the nutrient equilibria and permafrost
relations of these shallow ponds is dependent upon
the mud water interface, the best treatment for
small spills might be a low disturbance cleaning
such as soaking up thick scum before it becomes
tar-like.  Physical damage to the shore, vegetation
and pond bottom during the ice-free season would
cause as much damage ecologically as leaving the
spill untreated.  Certainly detergents, dispersants
and coagulants might have worse potential effects
than the oil.
BIBLIOGRAPHY

Arhelger, S. and D.K. Button.   1972.  "Hydrocarbon
  Biodegradation in the Arctic."  pp. 231-234.  J[n_
  Baseline Data Study of the Alaskan Arctic Aquatic
  Environments.  Institute  of Marine Science Report
  No. R72-3, University of  Alaska, Fairbanks.

Atlas, R.M. 1973.  "Fate and Effects of Oil Pollu-
  tants in Extremely Cold Marine  Environments."
  Report AD-769 to Office of Naval Research.

Barsdate, R.J., V. Alexander, and R.E. Benoit.
  1973.  "Natural Oil Seeps at  Cape Simpson,
  Alaska:  Aquatic Effects."  pp. 91-95.  In
  Occasional Publications on Northern Life No. 1.
  University of Alaska, Fairbanks.

Brunskill, G.J., D.M. Rosenberg,  N.B. Snow, G.L.
  Vascotto, and R. Wagemann.  1973.  "Ecological
  Studies of Aquatic Systems in the MacKenzie Por-
  cupine Drainages in Relation  to Proposed Pipe-
  line and Highway Developments." Vol. 1.  Infor-
  mation Canada Cat. No. R72-10073/1, Environment
  Canada.

Button, O.K., P.J. Kinney,  D.M. Schell and B.R.
  Robertson.  1973.  "Hydrocarbon Biodegradation
  in Alaskan Waters."  pp.  171-184.  In. Proceedings
  of the Workshop at Georgia State University.
  Dec. 4-6, 1972.  Vol. LSU-SG-73-01, Louisiana
  State University Sea Grant Publication, Baton
  Rouge.

Dickman, M. 1971.  "Preliminary Notes on Changes in
  Algal Primary Productivity Following Exposure to
  Crude Oil in the Canadian Arctic."  Can. Field
  Natur.  85:  249-251.

Hobbie, J.E. 1973.   "Arctic Limnology:  A Review."
  pp. 127-167.  In_M.E. Britton (ed.)  Alaskan
  Arctic Tundra, Tech. paper, No. 25, Arctic  Inst.
  of North America.

Jobson, A., D.K. Button and D.M.  Schell.  1969.
  "Kinetics of Dissipation  and  Biodegradation of
  Crude Oil in Alaska's Cook Inlet."  ln_ Proceedings
  of the Joint Conference on Prevention  and  Control
  of Oil Spills.  American  Petroleum  Institute,
  Washington, D.C.
528

-------
Miller, M.C. and J.P. Reed.  1975.   "Benthic Metab-
  olism of Arctic Coastal Ponds, Barrow, Alaska."
  Verb. Int. Verein. Limnol.  19:459-465.

Miller, M.C., G.R. Hater and J.R. Vestal.   In  press.
  "Effect of Prudhoe Crude Oil on Carbon Assimi-
  lation of Planktonic Algae in an Arctic  Pond."
  In Adriano, B.C. and I.L. Brisbin  (eds.).  Envi-
  ronmental Chemistry and Cycling Processes. Nat.
  Tech. Center ERDA.  Oak Ridge, Tenn.

Moore, S.F., G.R. Chirlin, D.J. Puccia  and B.P.
  Schrader.  1974.  "Potential Biological  Effects
  of Hypothetical Oil Discharges in  the Atlantic
  Coast and Gulf of Alaska."  Rept.  MITSG  74-119,
  Mass. Inst. of Tech.  Sea Grant Program  Publica-
  tion, Cambridge, Mass.

Prentki, R.T.  1976.  "Phosphorous Cycling in  Tundra
  Ponds."  Ph.D. Thesis.  Inst. Marine  Science,
  Univ. of Alaska.  275 pp.

Robertson, B., S. Arhelger, R.A.T. Law, and O.K.
  Button.  1973.  "Hydrocarbon Biodegradation  in
  Port Valdes."  In Port Valdes Environmental
  Studies.  Institute of Marine Science, Univ. of
  Alaska, Fairbanks.

Roeder, D.R., G.H. Crum, D.M. Rosenbert and N.B.
  Snow.  1975.   "Effects of Norman Wells Crude Oil
  on Periphyton  in Selected Lakes and Rivers in the
  Northwest Territories." Tech. Rept. 552, Environ-
  ment Can ad a.

Snow,  N.B. and G.J. Brunskill.  1975.   "Crude  Oil
  and  Nutrient Enrichment Studies in a  MacKenzie
  Delta Lake."   Technical Rept. No.  533.   Environ-
  ment Canada.

Snow,  N.B., D.M. Rosenberg.  1975a.   "Experimental
  Oil  Spills on  MacKenzie Delta Lakes.  I.  Effect
  of Norman Wells Crude Oil on Lake  4." Technical
  Rept. No. 548.  Environment Canada.

Snow,  N.B., D.M. Rosenberg, 1975b.   "Experimental
  Oil  Spills on  MacKenzie Lakes.  II. Effects of
  Two  Types of Crude Oil on Lakes 4C and 8."   Tech-
  nical Rept. No. 549.  Environment  Canada.

Snow,  N.B.  and B.F. Scott.  1975.   "The Effect and
  Fate of Crude  Oil Spill on Two Arctic Lakes."
  In_ Conference  on Prevention and Control  of Oil
  Pollution.  Am. Petroleum Inst. Wash., D.C.

Stanley, D.W.  1976.  "Productivity  of  Epipelic
  Algae in Tundra Ponds and a Lake near Barrow,
  Alaska.  Ecology 57:1015-1024.
                                                                                                          529

-------
     MECHANISMS OF SULFUR DIOXIDE RESISTANCE
                 IN GREEN PLANTS
                    Philip Filner
       Energy Research and Development Administration
               Plant Research Laboratory
               Michigan State University
                 East Lansing, Michigan
 INTRODUCTION

     Green plants  are more sensitive to acute
 exposure to S02  than are mammals, including
 people.   While 1-5 ppm S02 elicits only the
 most subtle of effects in mammals, even after
 repeated exposure  (1) , many plant species will
 sustain  massive  damage in the form of necrotic
 lesions  covering a substantial percentage of the
 leaf area,  following a single relatively brief
 exposure in the  same concentration range (2) .
 Since S02 reduces  crop yield in proportion to
 the leaf area destroyed (2), the most serious
 potential consequence of an elevation of atmos-
 pheric SC>2  may be  the impact on agricultural
 productivity, especially in areas near large
 concentrations of  coal burning facilities.

     The mechanism by which S02 injures plants
 is unknown.  Because of the reactivity of SC>2,
 there is no shortage of hypothetical targets.
 Sulfite  or bisulfite, the ions formed when S02
 dissolves in water,  reacts with aldehydes and
 ketones  of sugars,  with the disulfide bonds of
 proteins, and with groups in nucleic acids as
 well (3) .  Presumably in this vast array of
 potential targets  there is a most sensitive
 essential molecule,  the reaction of which
 precipitates the chain of events culminating
 in injury.   Numerous enzymes are known to be
 sensitive to S02,  but none has yet been shown
 to be causally related to injury.  In addition
 to such  biologically abnormal reactions being
 candidates  for the injury mechanism, it is
 possible that injury is a consequence of the
 fact that sulfite  in a bound form is a normal
 intermediate in  the  pathway of sulfate assimila-
 tion in  plants (4).   Furthermore, plants contain
 enzymes  which catalyze the reduction of free
 or bound sulfite to  free or bound hydrosulfide,
 respectively,  and  either form of hydrosulfide
 can be used in the  synthesis of the two sulfur-
 containing  amino acids, L-cysteine and L-
 methionine.   Perhaps the damage done by 862
 results  from overloading the normal sulfur
 pathway.

     It  has  been well known for more than 50
 years  that  there is  about a 10-fold range of
 differences  in sensitivity to acute exposure to
 S02  among plant  species (5).  Just as the
mechanism of injury  is unknown, the mechanisms
of resistance are  also unknown.  It is con-
venient  to  divide  possible resistance mechanisms
into  two  classes:  resistance due to a lower rate
of S02  absorption,  and resistance due to a lower
rate  of occurrence  of  the biochemical lesion
after the S02  has  been absorbed by the plant.
Because SC>2  is a  gas,  and gases are known to
enter plants largely  through the thousands of
adjustable pores  called stomates which exist on
the surface of each leaf,  it has long been
hypothesized that  genetically or phylogenetically
determined resistance  differences are probably
due to  uptake  differences  which in turn would
be expected to reflect differences in stomatal
behavior  or number  (2).   This hypothesis,
however,  has not been  tested experimentally.

      About eighteen months  ago,  my colleagues,
Ray A.  Bressan and  Lloyd  G.  Wilson,  and I  began
a search  for new  clues to  the mechanisms of
injury  by  S02  and  resistance to  SC>2  in plants.
We reasoned that  such  clues  should turn up in
studies of the comparative  physiology and  bio-
chemistry  of genetically  or  phylogenetically
related plants which differed in resistance to
S02.  We  elected to concentrate  our  efforts on
the Cucurbitaceae  (cucumbers,  squashes,  melons,
etc.) for  several reasons:   1)  a wide range of
sensitivity to S02  was evident within this
family  in  the  old surveys  (5),   2)  these plants
grow  rapidly and have  large  leaves,  which  makes
them  convenient for growing,  fumigating and
assessing  injury,   3)  because they have been
cultivated and bred throughout  the globe,  a
large pool of  genetic  variation  exists,  and
4) a  cucumber  breeder  on  the MSU faculty agreed
to provide advice and  to  collaborate in genetic
studies.

TECHNICAL DISCUSSION

      Our  first  objective was  to  identify within
a species  if possible, pairs  of  cultivars  which
differed in sensitivity to S02,  and  to  dis-
tinguish  those  cases in which the resistant
member of  such  pairs has  lower rates  of  S02
absorption than the sensitive member,  from
those cases in which there was no apparent
difference in  absorption  rate.   We  intended to
do comparative biochemical studies  on pairs  with
equal S02  absorption rates.   In  order to perform
these studies,  an apparatus  was  constructed
around a Monitor Labs  Model  8450 Sulfur  Analyzer.
In the apparatus, air  containing S02  was diluted
to the desired concentration with S02~free air
and was passed  through a plexiglas  fumigation
chamber big enough  to  hold several  plants.   The
air stream after suitable dilution was  monitored
by the sulfur  analyzer alternately  before  and
after the  fumigation chamber.  The  rate of S02
absorption was  calculated  from the difference
in S02 concentration before  and  after the  chamber
at near-steady state.  At  the end of the fumiga-
tion, the  leaf areas were  traced, and the
tracings were  cut out, weighed,  and  the leaf area
was calculated.  Twenty four hours  later,  the
percent of leaf area which had become necrotic
was estimated.  In  a typical experiment, air
containing 2 ppm  S02 flowed  at  9 L min   through
the 125 L  fumigation chamber, which contained
1 plant with 8 leaves  having a total surface
                                                                                                         531

-------
area of about 400 cn^.   A typical plant would
absorb about 15% of the 502 from the flowing
air.  This corresponds  to an absorption rate
of about 250 pinoles min"1 cm"2.  Up to a few
ppm S02, the absorption rate was approximately
proportional to S02 concentration, as expected
for a diffusion-limited process.  The apparatus
could detect a change of 20 pmoles min"1 cm~2
within seconds and measure it within 7 minutes.
Before returning the air to the ambient atmos-
phere, S02 was removed by bubbling the air
stream through water.  The apparatus has been
remarkably trouble-free and dependable, so that
it has been possible to run experiments around
the clock week after week, the only down time
being that required to  change the plants in
the fumigation chamber.

     Two cultivars of Cucumis sativus
(cucumber) and two cultivars of Cucurbita
pepo (squash and pumpkin) were found to differ
from each other in sensitivity to S02 when
compared on the basis of the concentration of
S02 to which they were  exposed (Fig. 1).  The
most resistant cultivar (pumpkin) required
about a 5-fold higher exposure than the most
sensitive cultivar (cucumber SC 25) for
equivalent injury.  However, all four cultivars
had about the same sensitivity when compared
on the basis of how much S02 they had absorbed.
The amount of injury sustained by each of these
cultivars at a certain exposure concentration
of S02 varied approximately in proportion to
the rate of S02 absorbtion by the
cultivar  (Table 1).  I
believe that this is the first demonstration
that species and varietal differences in
sensitivity to S02 can largely be accounted for
by their SC>2 absorption rates.

     Previous workers have noted that the young
leaves of many plants are more resistant to
injury by S02 than are  the mature leaves (2).
We also encountered this phenomenon, and so
we asked the question:  are young leaves re-
sistant because they absorb S02 at a lower
rate than mature leaves?  Fumigations were
performed on plants with either the upper
or the lower 50% of the leaves intact, and
both S02 absorption and degree of injury were
determined.   Young leaves were far less injured
than mature leaves that had absorbed a compar-
able amount of S02 (Fig. 2).  The pattern
was the same for the four cultivars studied,
and young leaves were more alike, regardless
of cultivar, than were  young and mature leaves
of the same cultivar.  Since the young leaves
absorb the S02 but are  not severely injured
by it,  there must exist a biochemical difference
between young and mature leaves that minimizes
the opportunity for at  least one of the reac-
tions leading to injury.  I believe that this
is the first indication that plants possess
a resistance mechanism that can operate after
the S02 has been absorbed.

     The discovery several years ago by de Cormis
that plants exposed to  injurious concentrations
of S02 emitted H2S (6), raised the question of
whether or not H2S was  causally  related to  injury
due to S02.   In  the  course  of  studying this
phenomenon, we discovered that plants  fed sulfate
also emit t^S.   By mechanically  injuring the
roots, or feeding detached  leaves  through the cut
petiole, it is possible to  induce  leaves in
bright light  to  emit  H2S in response to sulfate
at rates comparable  to  or exceeding those from
leaves treated with  bisulfite  in dim light.
While the leaves treated with  bisulfite developed
the injury symptoms  characteristic of  exposure
to S02, those treated with  sulfate did not.
Therefore, H2S is not causally related to injury
from S02 exposure.   H2S emission reached maximal
rates of the  order of 50 pmoles  min"1  cm""2 j an(j
continued for several hours.   At that  rate, a
50 cm  cucurbit  leaf  could  generate 1  ppm H2S
in 60 ml air  every minute.   These  observations
lead me to suggest that terrestrial plants may
be a previously  unappreciated  source of atmos-
pheric sulfur.   The  origin  of  about half of
atmospheric sulfur is unknown, although it has
been thought  likely  to  originate as H£S from
decaying biological material (7).

PROGRAM DISCUSSION

     One way  to minimize the impact of  S02
pollution on  crop productivity would be to plant
resistant cultivars- nearest  a  source.   Needless
to say, resistant cultivars  of agriculturally
important crops  are  a prerequisite to  this
approach.  Although  a few such cultivars are
known (8), it is probably a  good idea  to begin
to breed for  resistance to  S02 in  sensitive
species now,  in order to have  a  sufficient
collection of resistant cultivars  if and when
they are needed  in the  future.   Our results
suggest that  there is a high probability that
the outcome of a simple screen for S02  resis-
tance is very likely  to be  selection of cultivars
which take up less S02  than  their  sensitive
relatives.  However,  if S02  absorption  rate is
altered by altering  stomates,  there is  the
danger that fixation  of C02  and  transpiration
of water, which  are mediated by  the stomates,
will be disturbed in  an unfavorable way in such
cultivars.  Is it possible  to have cultivars
with a reduced rate of  S02  absorption,  but with
normal rates  of  C02  fixation and water  trans-
piration?  If such a  combination proves to be
impossible, then screens should  be set  up for
cultivars with resistance that comes into play
after the S02 has been  absorbed.   Might it not
be possible to breed  plants  in which a higher
percentage of the leaves retain  the biochemical
resistance characteristic of young leaves?

     We hope  to  explore all of these questions
in the cucurbits.  We are beginning to study
the relationships between S02  absorption, C02
absorption and water loss.   We are also begin-
ning some genetic analysis  of  S02  resistance.
Cucumber SC 25 shares germ  plasm with  cucumbers
that are grown in the southern United  States
(L. Baker, personal  communication).  The re-
sistant cultivar of  cucumber   has  germ plasm
that  is grown in the northern United  States.
We are investigating  whether greater sensitivity
532

-------
 90
£60
w
0
C
o
01
z
  30
       O
                                          I
                                        CUCUMBER   SC  25 _
                            O
                     O s'  °     CUCUMBER NAT. PICKLING
                       4                  8

                      [S02]  EXTERNAL  (//I/I.)
Figure 1.  Dependence of injury of
           four cultivars on concen-
           tration of S02 in air
           during fumigation.
           Each point is the mean of
           4 or 5 plants having a
           total of about 40 leaves.
           Each leaf was scored
           separately.  Fumigations
           were normalized to 1000
           minutes.
TABLE  1.  CORRELATION OF  INJURY FROM  SO   AND  ABSORPTION  OF  S02  IN  THE  CUCURBITACEAE
I
Cultivar
Cucumber
SC 25
National
Pickling
Cucumber
Prolific
Straightneck
Squash
Small
Sugar
Pumpkin
II
Mean Exposure
yl S02 liter l
3.6
3.5
3.6
3.6
III
Mean Percent
Necrosis
52.8
32.9
21.3
17.6
IV
Mean Absorption
nmoles SO? cm~2
342
204
159
141
V
Mean Exposure
Mean Percent
Necrosis
0.068
0.106
0.369
0.205
VI
Mean Absorption
Mean Percent
Necrosis
6.5
6.2
7.5
9.5
VII
Number of
Experiments
17
14
11
8
                                                                                                           533

-------
                                                                   Figure 2.   Dependence of injury of
                                                                              young leaves and mature
                                                                              leaves on the amount of
                                                                              S02 absorbed.  Each point
                                                                              is the mean of 4 or 5
                                                                              plants from which the
                                                                              upper (open symbols) or
                                                                              lower (filled symbols)
                                                                              50% of the leaves were
                                                                              removed prior to fumiga-
                                                                              tion.   Circles:  cucumber
                                                                              SC 25; squares:  cucum-
                                                                              ber National Pickling;
                                                                              pyramids:  squash;  inverted
                                                                              pyramids:  pumpkin.
                        2                  4
                   SO2 ABSORBED,  (NMOLES  '
dO'2)
 to  SC>2  is  a common property  of  cucumber  culti—
 vars  developed  in the South.  We are  also  deter-
 mining  the pattern of inheritance of  this
 character,  to see if  the  S02  resistance  charac-
 ter of  cultivars  developed in the North  can  be
 transferred into  the  Southern cultivars.

      Although our concern is  with the problem
 of injury  of plants by S02,  it  may be worth
 pointing out that plants might  be useful for
 removing S02 from air.  For  example,  several
 cucurbit plants in series probably would be
 sufficient  to clean air at 10 L min"1.  Could
 there possibly be some application of several
 glass houses in series, containing thousands
 of plants with a  high  degree of  biochemical
 resistance  rather than  uptake resistance,
 through which thousands of liters  of  air,
 containing  S02 diluted  to a subtoxic  level,
 could be passed per minute and  thereby
 cleansed of  SC>2?   It seems only  fair  that,
 since there  is now reason to suspect  that
 plants may  contribute  appreciable  amounts
 of sulfur to the  air as H2S,  they  should be
 called upon  to help remove some  sulfur in
 the form of  SC>2.

 CONCLUSIONS

     In cultivars of the Cucurbitaceae, and pro-
 bably in most other flowering plants,  there
 are at least two  mechanisms by which  resis-
 tance to acute injury  from S02  can be  achieved.
 The first mechanism is genetically or phylo-
 genetically  determined resistance  to  absorp-
 tion of S02.  The second mechanism is  develop-
mentally controlled, and enables young leaves
 to absorb S02 x-7ithout injury.  It  is  presumed
 to be a consequence of a ubiquitous but un-
known biochemical difference  between young
and mature leaves.
            The emission of H2S from plants exposed
       to S02 (bisulfite) is not causally related to
       injury.  Under certain conditions, plants fed
       their normal sulfur source, sulfate, will also
       emit H2S, at rates sufficiently high to raise
       the possibility that plants may contribute
       appreciably to atmospheric sulfur.
       REFERENCES

       1.   Rail,  D.  P., Environ. Health Perspect.
           _8,  97  (1974).
       2.   Thomas,  M.  D.,  Ann. Rev. PI. Physiol.
           2_,  293 (1951) .
       3.   Mudd,  J.  B., in Response of Plants to Air
           Pollution,J. B. Mudd and T. T.  Kozlowski,
           eds.,  Acad.  Press, New York, 1975, p. 9.
       4.   Schmidt,  A., W. R. Abrams and J. A. Schiff,
           Eur. J.  Biochem.  47, 423 (1974).
       5.   Thomas,  M.  D. and R. H. Hendricks, in Air
           Pollution Handbook, P. L. McGill,
           F.  R.  Holden and  C. Ackley, eds., McGraw-Hill,
           New York,  1956, p. 9.1.
       6.   de  Cormis,  L.,  C. R. Acad. Sci.  Paris
           266 D, 683  (1968).
       7.   Rasmussen,  K. H., M. Taheri and  R. L. Kabel,
           Water, Air  and  Soil Pollution 4_, 65 (1975).
       8.   Miller,  V.  L.,  R. K. Howell, B.  E. Caldwell,
           J.  Environ.  Qual. 3_, 35 (1974).
534

-------
     METHODS DEVELOPMENT, FIELD ASSESSMENT, AND
        TROPHIC RELATIONSHIPS OF BIOLOGICAL
       COMMUNITIES IN FRESHWATER ECOSYSTEMS
            John S. Crossman, William  L. Barr,
        Roger Betson, Doye  B. Cox, Donald L. Dycus,
        Charles Gooch, Billy G. Isom, Eugene Pickard,
          Kenneth J. Tennessen, Thomas W. Toole,
         Richard  D. Urban, and James R. Wright, Jr.
            Water Quality and Ecology Branch
            Division of Environmental Planning
                Tennessee Valley Authority
                 Muscle Shoals, Alabama
 INTRODUCTION

     A basic factor in the  economic growth of the
 Nation has been the availability of an abundant
 supply of energy.  Recently,  however,  usable
 energy resources have become  more and  more limit-
 ed.  This decrease in supply  has led to a national
 program aimed at developing new,  more  efficient
 energy systems.  In developing  these systems, an
 equally high priority has been  placed  on identify-
 ing, evaluating, and predicting the environmental
 consequences of energy-related  technologies.
 Legislation pertaining to these concerns includes
 the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, the Clean
 Air Act, and legislation on strip mining.

     As part of the Federal interagency energy
 research program, the Water Quality and Ecology
 Branch, Division of Environmental Planning,  TVA,
 is participating in the environmental  effects
 research program being coordinated by  the Office
 of Energy, Minerals, and Industry of the Environ-
 mental Protection Agency (EPA).   The research
 discussed in this paper deals with five topics
 that emphasize the environmental  impacts of
 energy-related technologies on  the aquatic envi-
 ronment.  These projects have been grouped accord-
 ing to five areas of concern:   (1)  thermal effects,
 (2) strip mining, (3)  biomonitoring of  energy
 technologies,  (4) evaluation of power plant  intake
 structures to  minimize entrainment of biological
 organisms, and (5)  development  of  information
 systems.

 THERMAL EFFECTS

     To determine the  impact of thermal discharges
 on important fish food organisms,  selected studies
 were  conducted at the  Johnsonville Steam Plant in
 western Tennessee.   Monthly temperature profiles
 indicated that the  thermal  plume  from this plant
 extended from  the surface of the  discharge channel
 to the  bottom  during most of the winter months.
 As a  result, the immature stages  of the mayfly
Igxagenia bilineata (Say) and the  midges (Chirono-
midae)  inhabiting the  discharge channel sediment
were  exposed to a changing  thermal environment.
The higher thermal  regime [temperature  differen-
 tials (ATs) up to 6.5 C] appeared  to have increased
 the growth rate of H_. bilineata  nymphs in the
 discharge channel, as compared with  the growth
 rate of nymphs at the ambient station (Figure 1).

                                    Ambient  7= 1.77mm
                                    Discharge  5T =1.95 mm
28-
26-
24
22
20-
CO
o 18-
3
1 16
T3
- '4
0 |2.
0>
1 10
3. 8-
1
4
2-












r
CO
o
1
en
c>









F1















~









Fl







-


































-












r-




















-]









rn





























T" I —
: I.

! \ I n
0,M^-(DooQIM^-j*
O^^ — — '— c\jcvJ(McvJcJrC>

Head Width (mm)
Figure  1.   Size of Hexagenia bilineata nymphs in
            control (strippled bars) and discharge
            (clear  bars)  stations  at Johnsonville
            Steam Plant,  March 31, 1977.
      In  testing  the tolerance of H_. bilineata and
the midge  Coelotanypus  tricolor (Loew) to thermal
shock, immatures  were  exposed for three hours to
a series of  ATs  (10, 20,  and 30°C) after acclima-
tion  for one week at 15°C.   No significant mortali-
ty occurred  at a  AT of  10 or 20 C, but 100 percent
mortality  resulted at  a AT of 30 C (Figure 2).
These results indicate  that immatures of these
species  can  survive a  sudden rise in temperature
similar  to that  experienced at Johnsonville Steam
Plant (AT  of 6.5°C).

     Another important  stage in the insect life
cycle, the egg, may also  be exposed to thermal
stress.  Therefore,  baseline data on egg hatching
were obtained to  determine the range of tempera-
tures at which hatching would occur and the opti-
mal temperature  for hatching.  Eggs of H..
bilineata hatched in 12 to 13 days at temperatures
between  25 and 30 C, which was considered the
optimal  range.   These  data are now being used to
design experiments on  embryonic tolerance to
thermal  shock.
                                                                                                           535

-------
%    mortality
100 •-
 75


 50


 25

   0
                  Thermal  Shock
  Hexagenia/
..•* Coelotanypus
                   10            20
                     A! (3 hrs. exposure)
 Figure 2.  Mortality in Hexagenia and Coelotanypus
            when exposed to various direct thermal
            shocks.
                         used.   These nonpoint source models can also be
                         used  to predict the response from larger mined
                         watersheds and unmined areas.  The quantity and
                         quality of streamflow generated by the first-order
                         stream models will be used to provide input to the
                         aquatic biota model.
OVERBURDEN ANALYSIS
LAND COVER AND CORE DRILL NG
WATERSHED CHARACTERISTICS /"T"^
| ( PYRITE s^ WEATHERING
LAND COVER PHYSICAL CHAR IDENTIFICATION \ EXPERIMENTS
STREAM ASSOC CHAR. CHEM. ANALYSIS

+ t

STRIP
PHYSICAL C


FIRST ORDER STREAM HYDROLOGY MODEL FIRST ORDER STREAM WATER QUAL
CONTINUOUS STORM SUSPENDED PHYSICAL
STREAMFLOW MODEL HYDROGRAPH MATERIALS MEASURES f.
\^ /
WATER QUALITY/QUANTITY ROUTING MODEL
CONSERVATIVE NON CONSERVATIVE
^^^^^^^



TTY

RESOURCE
EL
1
                                                              STRIP MINE CHARACTERISTICS
                                                                      TECHNIQUES
                                                                DISSOLVED
                                                                MATERIALS
 STRIP MINING

      As noted in the President's comprehensive
 energy plan, coal is the principal energy resource
 to be exploited in the United States in the
 foreseeable future.  Historically, coal has been
 extracted by deep mining, but increased demand has
 fostered more and more strip or open-pit mining.
 In Appalachia alone, over 65,000 acres of land are
 mined each year with 8,000 acres of that total
 occurring in the Tennessee Valley.  As a result,
 more than 1,500,000 acres have been mined or
 affected by mining operations in the 11-state
 Appalachian region.  Not only are the environmental
 consequences of uncontrolled strip mining aestheti-
 cally unacceptable, but they also disrupt the
 natural productivity and assimilative capacity of
 the terrestrial-aquatic ecosystem.

      With the increased emphasis on strip mining,
 a research project has been identified in conjunc-
 tion with the interagency energy program to develop
 a model that can be used for planning development
 of surface mines.  The model considers the (1)
 potential effect of various techniques for reclama-
 tion on the quality and quantity of local streams,
 (2) biological impacts of surface mining, and
 (3) cumulative effects of pollutants from multiple
      A schematic of the model, which is compart-
 mentalized to simplify modification and improve-
 ment of each major component, is presented in
 Figure 3.   The top three blocks of the diagram
 illustrate the types of site information being
 collected  for the models.
      First-order models of stream hydrology and
 water quality are being used to predict informa-
 tion on transport of water quality constituents
 based on the characteristics of the watershed,
 techniques employed, and reclamation measures
                        Figure  3.   Schematic  diagram of model  components.


                             A  flow diagram of the generalized biological
                        model,  in  which three different levels of  inter-
                        action  are noted,  is  presented in Figure 4.  The
                        source  level refers to those components that serve
                        as  food.   The reactors consist of two  basic mod-
                        ules, a zoomacrobenthic and a fisheries module,
                        which are  indicated by the two groups  in the
                        diagram.   The groups  are identified according to
                        their functional role in the stream ecosystem,
                        thereby making it  possible to use this model for
                        other systems.   The lowest level of interaction is
                        the sink,  which refers to those resources  lost
                        from the stream through insect emergence,  passive
                        losses,  or stream drift.
                       SOURCES
                         Figure  4.   Generalized biological model, Jamestown
                                     area streams.
 536

-------
    In the field work associated with  this  proj-
ect, twelve study sites  in east-central Tennessee
have been selected for developing baseline infor-
mation.  Six of the sites are  in contour-mined
areas, and the other six are in area-mined regions.
The land cover and watershed characteristics of
each site have been documented through  aerial
photography, topographic mapping, and site inspec-
tions .

    Because water quality is  influenced by  the
characteristics of the soil covering the coal,
overburden samples are being analyzed for neutral-
ization potential, acid  production  potential, and
other  direct measures of pyrite reactivity.   These
samples are also being subjected to laboratory
leaching studies to determine  leachable acidity,
alkalinity, and specific metals.

    Two models developed by TVA -  a daily stream-
flow model and a storm hydrograph model - have
been applied using data  collected at other sites
and compared with observed data.  Significant
progress has also been made toward  modeling  con-
centrations of suspended solids in  mine drainage
by using a modification  of the universal soil loss
equation.  A temperature model has  also been
calibrated for use on sites in  the Cumberland
Plateau.

     A separate, unique project also associated
with strip mining deals with the production of
arthropod pests and vectors in pools formed by
strip mining and is being coordinated with TVA's
vector control program.  Monthly biological sam-
ples have been collected from nine study ponds
(selected on the basis of age) and likely sites
for oviposition near the ponds.  Seven species of
mosquitoes, five of which actively feed on man,
have been found.  Anopheles punctipennis and Culex
erraticus have been the most prevalent species,
and Anopheles quadrimaculatus, the malaria vector,
was found in significant numbers.

     In addition to mosquito larvae, a total of 72
other taxa were collected.  Larvae of the midge
family Chironomidae (Genus Procladius) were dis-
covered with deformed mouthparts (Figures 5 and
6).  Preliminary data indicate that the age of the
strip mine ponds may be an important factor in the
incidence of the mouthpart anomalies.  A study to
determine the causes of the abnormalities has been
initiated by an agreement between EPA and TVA.
Figure  5.  The  typical number and configuration of labial teeth for the midge larvae Procladius  sp.
                                                                                                          537

-------

              7 nB
                                                 -
                                              •-
Figure 6.  Abnormal configuration of labial teeth for  the midge larvae Procladius sp.
538

-------
 BIOMONITORING OF ENERGY TECHNOLOGY

     Although most of the research tasks described
 thus far have dealt with energy extraction, the
 environmental impacts of by-products from coal
 combustion and nuclear fission have not been
 overlooked.   Studies of trace metals and radio-
 nuclides are being conducted at the Bull Run Steam
 Plant on the Clinch River and the Browns Ferry
 Nuclear Plant on the Tennessee River.  Mussels are
 being used as indicators of bioaccumulation because
 they have relatively long life cycles  (up to 30
 years or more), feed on suspended particulate
 matter, and live in one general area throughout
 their life.

     Because there are several potential avenues
 for contaminant cycling, special analytical proce-
 dures have been developed or refined during this
 first year of study.  The techniques that have
 been identified and are subsequently being evalu-
 ated are atomic absorption, anodic stripping
 voltammetry, and atomic emission spectroscopy.
 These procedures are now helping establish concen-
 trations of heavy metals in the extrapallial
 fluids and tissues of freshwater mussels from both
 natural undisturbed areas and power plant sites.

 EVALUATION OF POWER PLANT INTAKE STRUCTURES TO
 MINIMIZE ENTRAINMENT OF BIOLOGICAL ORGANISMS

     Power plants have a variety of influences on
 a body of water, depending on such factors as the
 type of cooling system used, quantity of river
 flow diverted for cooling, temperature rise above
                           ambient, proximity to other plants, and design of
                           intake and discharge structures.  The objective of
                           this task is to determine whether the specific
                           design, siting, and operation of intake structures
                           can mitigate the effects on zooplankton by reduc-
                           ing the numbers of organisms entrained in the
                           condenser cooling water systems of steam-electric
                           power stations.

                                The zooplankton are an assemblage of micro-
                           scopic animals suspended in the water column that
                           are capable of swimming short distances and avoid-
                           ing weak currents.   The freshwater zooplankton are
                           dominated by planktonic species of three major
                           groups:  the Rotifera and two subclasses of the
                           Crustacea, the Cladocera and Copepoda.   Generally,
                           zooplankton function as primary consumers.   This
                           energy transfer is  important in the aquatic food
                           web because it makes the solar energy captured by
                           the phytoplankton available to the higher trophic
                           levels—larger invertebrates,  small fish,  large.
                           fish,  and other vertebrates.   Although few adult
                           fish feed directly  on plankton,  most  depend direct-
                           ly  on  plankto   as food while  they  are  in  the
                           larval and po:tlarval stages.

                               Figure 7  shows  four  types  of  intakes  to be
                           evaluated.   Intake  "A" has  a  skimmer wall,  long
                           intake canal,  and relatively  shallow  depth  (less
                           than 20 ft).   Intake "B"  is  similar to  "A"  but  is
                           deeper (greater than 20 ft).   Intake  "C" has a
                           short  intake canal  and no skimmer  wall, and  intake
                           "D"  is situated directly  on  the  shoreline.   These
                           types  of  intakes exist at various  TVA power  plants.
 Skimmer
  Wall
Pump
House
                                                                                              B
                                                                               ME HE HE.
                                                             HE HE. HE
  HE I!EIIEIIEXN
                   HE HE HE  L
                                                                IIE HE !1E HE !)E  HE
Figure 7.  Types  of  intakes  at various TVA power plants.
                                                                                                           539

-------
      During the first year of  study,  two  different
 situations were examined—one  involving an intake
 with a deep skimmer wall  (intake  "B")  and the
 other involving a bend of a river.  Results  for
 the studies at the skimmer wall indicate  that
 total numbers of zooplankton were 69  to 72 percent
 less than those from comparable samples collected
 outside the skimmer wall.  These  numbers  were
 found to depend directly  on the numerically  domi-
 nant zooplankton group, Rotifera,  found during the
 study.  The Calanoida, like the Rotifera,  were
 less numerous inside the  skimmer  wall  (intake
 canal) than at stations outside the skimmer  wall.
 However, the Cladocera and Cyclopoida  were more
 numerous (up to 91 and 506 percent, respectively)
 in the intake canal than  at comparable depths in
 the reservoir.  These results  indicate that  the
 Rotifera and Calanoida predominated in the upper
 strata of the water column, whereas the Cladocera
 and Cyclopoida were more  numerous in  the  deeper
 strata.  Consequently, the latter two  groups were
 selectively pulled under  the deep skimmer wall
 into the intake canal.

      For studies at the river  bend, two different
 sites were selected on the basis  of their flow
 velocities.  Distribution patterns for the site
 with very little current  showed the inner and
 outer banks to have similar numbers or the outer
 bank to have slightly greater  numbers, depending
 on the zooplankton group.  The site with  high
 water velocities showed the numbers of total
 zooplankton, Rotifera, and Calanoida to be similar
 along the inner and outer banks,  but the  Cladocera
                          and  Cyclopoida were 50 to 100 percent more  numer-
                          ous  along the outer bank.

                          DEVELOPMENT OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS

                                When the Water Quality and Ecology  Branch
                          initiated the energy effects research program, one
                          project  was identified for developing the capa-
                          bility to measure and predict the impact of  energy
                          technologies on important biotic assemblages.  To
                          accomplish this task, the first priority was to
                          develop  a computerized information  system to
                          accommodate biological data.  The general design
                          criteria for the system were that it must be
                           (1)  compatible with EPA1s STORET/BIO-STORET  sys-
                          tems,  (2) inexpensive and user oriented, (3)  adapt-
                          able for use with both routine monitoring and
                          research programs, and (4) able to  perform a
                          variety  of analytical procedures.

                                Using these criteria, we combined three
                          systems  to form one data management/information
                          system (DM/IS).   A hierarchical flow diagram
                          showing  the interrelationship between the systems
                          is presented in Figure 8.  In its present stage of
                          development,  the DM/IS uses the statistical  analy-
                          sis  system (Barr et al.  1976) for its routine day-
                          to-day operations such as creating  and manipulating
                          data sets;  printing, sorting, and ranking data;
                          and  performing  routine statistical  procedures.  As
                          noted  in Figure 8, the DM/IS is also used with
                          other  software  packages  to compute more  sophisticat-
                          ed analytical procedures.
SYSTEM
SUBSYSTEMS (3)
OPERATIONS (2)
ANALYTICAL
PACKAGES (5)
DATA FILES (48)
             |NTSYS|
                                                                                          ABS-DM/IS










                                  [ STATISTICAL ANALYSIS SYSTEM |    [BIOSTORET"|     [STORET
                                                            OUTPUT DATA SET
                                                                                    MANIPULATION
                                                             HUT-SNAP









I USER-WRITTEN ]      etc.
BULL RUN]      [JOHN SEVIER)      [GALIATIN[      etc.
DATA RECORDS (5)     | PHYTOPLANKTON |    | PRODUCTIVITY |    | BENTHOS |      etc.
DATA ELEMENTS (19)    [ HABITAT TYPE[     j SPECIES I.D.[    etc.
 Figure  8.   A flow diagram of the data management/information system used by  the  Tennessee Valley Authority's
            Water Quality and Ecology Branch.
 540

-------
    To store  and  manipulate the large volume of
information  collected by TVA, a series of numeric
and alphanumeric codes was developed.  These codes
allowed for  (1) easier storage and retrieval of
biological data;  (2)  savings in time and money
each time the  data were sorted, compiled, and
analyzed; and  (3)  centralization of the data to
make writing environmental reports easier.  The
coding scheme  used and subsequently expanded was
developed under the  direction of Dr. Cornelius
Weber, EPA,  for use  with BIO-STORET, the national
data storage and retrieval system for biological
data.  The classification system consists of seven
data fields, which make accommodation of data at
any level of taxonomic distinction possible.  The
maximum number of  digits that can be assigned any
species is 16, which can be broken down into the
following taxonomic  groups:

Taxonomic group          Digits in         Numeric
  (data field)            data field        values

Phylum or division          2             01-99
Class                        2             01-99
Order                        2             01-99
Family                       2             01-99
Genus                        3            001-999
Species                      3            001-999
Variety,  form, authority   _2_             00-99

  Total                     16
                                        data analysis and the selection of representative
                                        important species for culturing.  One analytical
                                        procedure being tested is the clustering subrou-
                                        tine contained in the numerical taxonomy system
                                        (NTSYS).   Using this subroutine, we have been able
                                        to  determine the similarity of selected river
                                        sites on  the basis of the biotic assemblages
                                        present and to identify unique biological communi-
                                        ties or species assemblages.

                                             Another method being tested is an ordination
                                        technique called nonmetric multidimensional scal-
                                        ing, which allows us to examine the information in
                                        a scatter diagram without first having to assume
                                        that the  data form clusters.   Ordination, there-
                                        fore, served as both an alternative to cluster
                                        analysis  and as a check to determine whether
                                        species actually form distinct assemblages or
                                        whether the assemblages are the result of the
                                        clustering procedure.

                                        REFERENCE

                                        1.   Barr,  A.  J.,  J.  H.  Goodnight,  J.  P.  Sail, and
                                            J. T.  Helwig.   A User's Guide  to  SAS-76.
                                            Sparks Press,  Raleigh,  NC, July 1976.   329 pp.
     A typical 16-unit species code would be
 1701010300100100.   In this example, the organism
 was identified to  the taxonomic level of species
 and the authority  specified.   When broken down
 further,  the following information can be obtained:

 17    Phylum:   Annelida
 1701    Class:  Oligochaeta
 170101    Order:   Plesiopora
 17010103     Family:   Aeolosomatidae
 17010103001     Genus:  Aeolosoma
 17010103001001
 1701010300100100
Species:   hemprichi
  Authority:  Ehrenberg
     This  hierarchical code has made possible the
 accommodation of biological data at any level of
 taxonomic  distinction while limiting the space
 requirements to just 16 units.  Another feature
 that has been built into the DM/IS is quality
 control.  For example, if an erroneous or unique
 data entry is found, the computer prints out one
 of the following error messages:

 Invalid scientific name - contact J. Grossman,
 Water Quality and Ecology Branch, Ext. 727.

 Geographic distribution does not  include the
 Tennessee Valley.
 Geographic distribution does not  include the
 southeastern United States.
 Geographic distribution does not  include North
 America.
 Listed on  rare and endangered species list.
 Scientific name has been changed to 	

     With  completion of the initial phase of the
DM/IS,  emphasis has been placed on exploratory
                                                                                                           541

-------
   ECOSYSTEM CHARACTERIZATION - AN APPROACH TO
            COASTAL NATURAL RESOURCE
            PLANNING  AMD MANAGEMENT
                  A. William Palmisano
               Office of Biological Services
                Fish and Wildlife Service
              U.S.  Department of the Interior
                   Washington, D.C.
INTRODUCTION
    We are at a  crossroads  in our technological
evolution.  Having  successfully passed through
stages of empirical and  scientific approaches to
progress, we are  at the  threshold of a new age
which will mould  our future  through the integra-
tion of knowledge acquired in many diverse disci-
plines.  Problems we face today are so complex and
wide-ranging that solutions  require a holistic
approach.  The principal strands of the new web of
understanding are supported  by three disciplines:
technology, sociology,  and bio/ecology.  Together
they comprise our environment (Figure 1).
               TECHNOLOGICAL
SOCIO-ECONOMIC
                                      \
                               BIO-ECOLOGICAL
Figure 1.  Information web required for  compre-
          hensive natural resource management.

     Bio/ecological  components alone can range in
scope from systems  as small  as the gene to those
as large as  the biosphere.   This paper suggests a
midlevel,  ecosystem  approach to synthesizing eco-
logical  information  which will provide immediate
benefits to  researchers,  decision-makers, and plan-
ners and serve as a  module readily adaptable to
future holistic systems.

     Coastal ecosystems offer a particularly com-
plex challenge requiring the integration of infor-
mation dealing with  air,  land, marine, estuarine,
and fresh water systems.   Concentrated human pop-
ulations and diverse development activities have
likewise focused on these continental fringes.  It
is against this background that the ecosystem  char-
acterization process described  in  this  paper  has
been developed.

Definition and Purpose

     The concept of ecosystem characterization is
not very profound nor complicated.  A useful  def-
inition is a description of  the important  compon-
ents and processes comprising an ecosystem and an
understanding of their important functional rela-
tionships.  Strong emphasis  is  placed on systems
understanding through structured integration  of
information from the diverse physical and  biolog-
ical sciences.  Key elements of the concept are
outlined below:

     Ecosystem Characterization - Definition.
          Related to a specific ecosystem
          Provides a basic perspective of the
          state of knowledge for the given
          system
          Provides a description of the impor-
          tant ecosystem components and func-
          tional processes
          Provides a mechanism for ecosystems
          understanding through the integration
          of components and functional processes.
     Ecosystem Characterization   Purposes.

       Provide an understanding of ecosystems
       to assist in:
                                                                   Integration of  complex  ecological  in-
                                                                   formation
                                                                   Identification  of  information  defic-
                                                                   iencies
                                                                   Establishing research priorities
                                                                   Comprehensive Planning
                                                                   Assessment and  prediction  of environ-
                                                                   mental impacts
                                                                   Developing mitigation procedures and
                                                                   alternatives for minimizing environ-
                                                                   mental impacts.
                                                         APPROACH
     Ecosystem characterization is  guided by  a
structured approach to the synthesis of  diverse
environmental information.  To be effective,  each
step of the process must be followed secmentially
as outlined in Figure 2.

Ecosystem Description and Boundaries

     The ecosystem, as a basic unit for  describing
natural systems, has come to be a widely accepted
term to scientists as well as resource managers.
Inherent in the  concept are:

     o  Functional relationships between organisms
        and their physical environment.
     o  Composed of plant and animal assemblages
        which are relatively homogenous  response
        units often referred  to as  communities.
     o  Ecosystems are open systems through which
        energy and matter are continually  ex-
        changed.
                                                                                                          543

-------
     This latter principle  has  made it difficult
to delineate the precise  boundaries of a given
system.  (Evans, F.C.  1956.  Science 123:1127-1128).

     Coastal ecosystems are more easily envision-
ed than described.   The rocky coast of Maine, the
extensive low lying  wetlands and bayous of
Louisiana, the mangrove/coral systems of tropical
Florida and the barrier island  coast of Texas can
each be conceived as unique ecosystems in spite of
the fact that they are open to  the ocean, inland
riverine and terrestrial  systems,  and to adjacent
coastal systems.

     Forces moulding the  structure of the system
include meteorological phenomena,  wave energy,
sediment transport,  and long-term processes of
subsidence and  climatic and geologic change.  These
physical processes  result in the establishment of
the environment and substratum upon which biolog-
ical communities develop.  In turn, the communities
influence the continued evolution of the system.

     The Chenier Plain ecosystem, for example, is
considered a transition zone between the active
Mississippi River delta to the East and the rela-
tively stable barrier island system to the West.
Fluctuations of sediment availability from the
Mississippi River over the past 5,COO years have
resulted in the accretion of a vast coastal system
composed of emergent wetlands, lakes, ponds, estu-
aries, tidal channels,  and slightly elevated strand-
ed beach ridges.  Like similar extensive estuaries,
the Chenier Plain owes its existence to the rel-
                                             Examme Data Re.:
                                             Applicability to Char-
                                             acterization of System
                                                                         OUTPUT
                                                                         1) Conceptual Model
                                                                         2) Ecosystem Characterization
                                                                          Report
                                                                         3) Computer Data Base
                                                                         4) Data Source Appendix
 Figure 2.   Ecosystem characterization approach.
 544

-------
 ative stability of sea level over  the  past  several
 millennia and the abundant sediment  supply  of  a
 major river.  Ecosystem boundaries,  although
 defendable, have been somewhat arbitrarily  estab-
 lished and reflect the functional  differences  be-
 tween adjacent systems.

     With this natural background  plus a  30 year
 history of onshore and offshore oil  and gas and
 other development activities, the  Chenier Plain
 provides an ideal setting for piloting the  im-
 plementation of the ecosystem characterization
 concept.

 Conceptual Ecosystem Model

     Once the boundaries of the system have been
 established, the next step is the  development  of
 a conceptual ecosystem model.  The model  provides
 the framework for identifying important natural
 resource components of the system  and  the func-
 tional processes which affect their  survival and
 productivity.

     Modeling the Chenier Plain involves  a  three
 level analysis of the system.  A broad regional
 model considers the entire ecosystem emphasizing
 geomorphology and the geologic processes  respon-
 sible for the origin and long term system changes.
 Most natural changes at the ecosystem  level occur
 on the order of thousands of years and it is
 difficult to incorporate the information  into  plan-
 ning and impact analysis procedures.   The frame-
 work is useful, however, for providing a  proper
 perspective to the other components  of the  system
 (Figure 3).
                                         Time Scale of
                                         Natural Change
   Ecosystem
 Hydrologicllnit
   Community

c
^alcasie
Basin
j


            Open Water
                            \
                         Salt Marsh
                                         1000 + Years
                                          1-100 Years
                                           .01-10 Years
Figure 3.  Stratified organization of  conceptual
          model of chenier plain  ecosystem.
     The Chenier Plain ecosystem was subdivided
and modeled as six subsystems generally represent-
ing different drainage basins or hydrologic units.
Hydrologic processes dominate basin function and
provide a mechanism for integrating basin compon-
ents.   Natural change is on the order of one to
several hundred years, a useful scale for plan-
ning and impact analysis.

     The third level of resolution is a relative-
ly homogenous unit which variously might be termed
communities, associations or habitats.  Basins,
therefore, emerge as spatially heterogeneous  areas
composed of a number of interacting communities.
At the community level change is constant,  seasons
come and go, plants and animals live and die  and
man's impact on the environment is most apparent.
It is the community or habitat which is altered
by dredging, polluted by oil spills or drained for
agricultural, urban or industrial development.
Since this level results in the most obvious  envir-
onmental changes, it is the level that has  received
most of the attention regarding impact analyses.
The challenge of the conceptual model is to iden-
tify functional relationships between communities
which would permit planning and cumulative  impact
analysis at the basin level.

     Modeling diagrams, interaction matrices  and
narrative accounts are used to highlight important
resource components and processes.  A "blueprint"
for guiding future data collection synthesis  and
analysis is then prepared as the final stage  of
the conceptual model.

Information synthesis and analysis

     Once the priorities for ecosystem information
needs have been established by the conceptual model,
the arduous task of data compilation is initiated.
Fundamental to ecosystem characterization is  the
structured accumulation of all existing information
identified by the model as being significant.  This
phase of the process reauires the identification of
all published material as well as information
stored in files, unpublished reports, and in  the
heads of individuals familiar with the area's eco-
logy.

     The conceptual model also assists in making
full use of the available information by establish-
ing the boundaries of transferability.  Site-speci-
fic information from a single estuary, for  example,
might be applicable  to other estuaries within the
same hydrologic unit but data from outside  the
system would have to be carefully screened  to es-
tablish relevance.   In this way maximum use is made
of all available information.

     Data is accumulated into two reference sys-
tems;  literature cited and a data source appendix.
Material  referenced  in the  literature cited section
would be  available in major libraries within  the
geographic  area of the characterization study.
Standard  sources  (books, journals, monographs,
theses and  dissertations, etc.) would be included
in the literature cited.  The data source appendix
contains  information compiled from unpublished
sources which are generally unavailable to  users.

     The  products of the data synthesis and anal-
ysis phase  include:

    o  The  Ecosystem Characterization Peport
       describing  the  system  and  highlighting im-
       portant  natural resources  and  the process-
       es which  affect their  distribution  and
       productivity.  The  report  is  designed  pri-
       marily  to  provide  an understanding  of  the
       system  through sufficient  narratives,
       graphs,  maps, tables,  and  illustrations.
       It does  not  represent  the  primary  data
                                                                                                           545

-------
        source although a comprehensive literature
        cited is part of the report.
     o  Data Source Appendix forms the major data
        base developed during the course of the
        study.  This massive document contains
        tables, graphs, maps, and associated
        narratives.  Together with the published
        literature, it represents a primary source
        of information on the environment of the
        ecosystem.  Steps are being taken to de-
        velop a standardized automated system to
        locate, access and transfer the informa-
        tion.

Scheduling

     An important aspect of the characterization
approach to planning environmental study programs
is that useful information can be developed early
in the program.  Approximately 20 months are re-
quired to complete the process.  The first activi-
ty is a general survey of user needs focusing on
federal and state agency interests followed within
3 months by a draft of the conceptual model.  A
pilot characterization area is selected and an
intensive data acquisition phase is undertaken.
The purpose of the pilot, usually a basin within
the ecosystem, is to develop and present the data
format which will be used in the final character-
ization report and data source appendix.  The user
group will have the opportunity to review the
pilot six months after work begins, providing ample
time  to incorporate necessary changes in the final
reports.  Once the format and content of the pilot
have been established, the ecosystem characteriza-
tion  can then proceed rapidly to completion.

USER RELATIONSHIPS

     The test of an information system is its
value when applied to solving real life problems.
To effectively meet user needs their guidance
must be sought and incorporated into the planning
and development of all phases of the process.

     Ecosystem characterization will not provide
solutions to all environmental problems arising
in the coastal zone.  However, it does provide a
base of ecological information which will have
application to most situations.  Activities in the
coastal zone range from comprehensive planning,
requiring a broad base of information, to site-
specific disturbances.  To meet these needs, the
information base must contain general information
highlighting the resources and processes com-
prising the system as well as specific information
on the distribution of fish, wildlife and their
essential habitats.  The stratified approach pre-
sented in the Chenier Plain conceptual model des-
cribes a mechanism for structuring information
which will address this broad range of needs.

     Program specific information is required in
addition to the ecosystems data.  Figure A is a
schematic depicting some of the action programs
which could use the ecosystem data base.  In each
case supplemental information must also be avail-
able.  Agencies responsible for managing action
programs usually have resources available to
develop program specific information.   The  outer
continental shelf leasing program,  for  example, is
managed by the Bureau of Land Management.   As part
of the program, the bureau has underway environ-
mental studies to assess the long  term  impacts of
OCS development and to minimize detrimental envir-
onmental impacts.  Specific kinds  of information
are being developed in the lease areas  to meet the
needs of the leasing program.  A broad  base of eco-
logical data could complement the  OCS environmental
studies program and assist in the  preparation of
resource assessments, impact statements and in
determining the data requirements  of the environ-
mental studies program.

     The Fish and Wildlife Service, as  mandated
under the Fish and Wildlife Coordination Act of
1958 and the Water Pollution Control Act of 1972,
has responsibility for the review  of applications
to permit development and discharge activities in
the wetlands and aquatic systems of the United
States.  Decisions to issue permits is  the  respon-
sibility of the U.S. Army Corps of  Engineers or the
Environmental Protection Agency,   Dredging and
other wetland alterations in the coastal zone may
be very site-specific and result in localized
change.  Information required to adequately assess
the impacts of such activities differs  substantial-
ly from that required for OCS leasing.  Ecosystem
characterizations, however, could  provide informa-
tion on the distribution and value  of wetlands and
fish and wildlife resources in the vicinity of the
proposed development.  Much of the basic site-
specific information will be contained  in the data
source appendix.  Furthermore, the  ecosystem char-
acterization report would assist in assessing im-
pacts on the important natural functional processes
of the system, e.g., alteration of  salinities and
currents, effects on primary and secondary pro-
ductivity, sediment transport processes, etc.   In-
formation regarding the effects and mitigation pro-
cedures specifically associated with dredging must
be provided from supplemental sources such as the
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Dredge Material
Research Program.

     The ecosystems characterization should be
regarded as one of a number of tools required to
protect and manage living resources.  To be ef-
fective, other more specialized tools will also be
required.  It is important that users recognize
the tools available to them and the purpose for
which they were designed.


PROJECT STATUS

     To date four coastal ecosystems are being
characterized using the approach described.  The
Chenier Plain study of southwestern Louisiana and
Texas was initiated in April 1976  and is scheduled
for completion in July 1977.  The  other three sys-
tems were started in February 1977.  They include
the coasts of South Carolina/Georgia, the rocky
coast of Maine and the Pacific coast from Cape
Mendocino, California to Cape Flattery, Washington.
Two studies are due for completion in the fall of
1978 and one in February 1979.  Funding has been
provided through the Federal Interagency Energy/
546

-------
 Environment Research and Development Program admin-
 istered by the  Environmental Protection Agency.  The
 Fish and Wildlife  Service has been responsible for
 the design and  management of the characterization
 contracts.  There  are approximately 15 coastal eco-
 systems fringing the 48  contiguous States.   The
 FIE/ER&D program has provided a mechanism to rap-
 idly advance  our understanding of a significant
 portion of our  coastal zone and it is hoped that
 the techniques  developed in this program will have
 "broad  application  by other agencies to other areas.

 CONCLUSION

     Decisions  facing natural resource management
 become increasingly  complex as knowledge advances
 and interactions are better understood.  Improved
 methods of data integration will become more es-
 sential to the  application of existing information.
 Until  holistic  systems analysis becomes more ef-
 fective, we will have to rely on modular compon-
 ents  to integrate  information.  Such modules,
 especially regarding natural systems, can readily
 be adapted to more comprehensive programs if
 properly designed.

      The characterization process, as outlined,
addresses an important functional unit of the
environment--the ecosystem.  The approach involves
the delineation of the physical boundaries of the
system, preparation of a functional conceptual
ecosystem model, synthesis and analysis of exist-
ing information using the model as a "blueprint1',
the preparation of an interim pilot characteriza-
tion report which, after review by the user group,
will permit the effective production of the final
ecosystem characterization report.  During the
process most of the relevant information about
the system will be brought together in a data
source appendix,  Guidance throughout the project
is provided by a user committee to assure that the
information will meet action program needs.

     The current energy dilemma may be the first
true test of our nation's ability to marshal the
diverse knowledge we have accumulated over the
past few centuries into a program which assures
our survival and strives to maintain cultural stand-
ards to which we have become accustomed.  Ecosystem
characterization can provide an important ecological
foundation from which to plan and manage for the
future of our natural resources.
Figure  4.   Relationship of ecosystem characterization information to supplemental data require-
           ments and selected Fish and Wildlife Service related action programs in the
           coastal zone.
                                                                                                          547

-------
        ASSESSMENT OF  INSTREAM FLOW NEEDS
                  Robert P. Hayden
              Office of Biological Services
                Fish and Wildlife Service
             U.S. Department of the  Interior
                Sacramento, California
 INTRODUCTION

     An adequate volume of water flowing in streams
 is essential to the life support systems of many
 species of fish and wildlife.  Adequate supplies of
 freshwater are also essential for energy develop-
 ment and production.  The projected levels of out
 of stream water use for extraction, conversion,
 and production of energy sources have signaled  the
 need for careful planning on the part of water  re-
 source managers to reduce potential conflicts
 between these two water uses.

     Accurate and timely prediction of the quantity
 of water which must remain in streams to maintain
 their dependent natural systems is a prerequisite
 to improved planning processes which adequately
 consider fish, wildlife, and other environmental
 values.  At the present time, a credible instream
 flow field study costs close to $100,000 on the
 average and requires 1 to 2 or more years to com-
 plete.  This cost and time frame is generally un-
 acceptable to planners and decisionmakers who
 need more immediate answers and operate on limited
 budgets.  Since other disciplines have extensive
 data banks and better methodologies, they are able
 to make their input to the planning process with
 information taken "off the shelf" or they can
 develop the information within the required time
 frame.  This difference between the state-of-the-
 art of biological assessment and the other disci-
 plines involved in the planning process has lead
 to frustration for all participants and frequently
 resulted in the dewatering of streams and the loss
 of their dependent fishery resources .

     To increase the effectiveness of the biolog-
 ical disciplines in water resource planning, the
 U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service initiated an In-
 stream Flow Program in FY 75 and has been supported
 in this effort with funding through the Federal
 Interagency Energy/Environmental Research and
 Development Program.

     The assessment of instream flow needs is a
 complex and difficult task.  It includes not only
 a diverse range of species, habitats,  climatic
 types  and geographic areas, but it also involves
 the responsibilities and interests of a large
number of agencies, organizations, and groups.  A
recent evaluation of the scope and magnitude of
the instream flow problem estimated that $123
million carefully programmed over a 10- to 20-year
period would be required to adequately address the
problem.
     After considering the magnitude of  the  problem,
the limited resources currently available, and  the
relatively short time frame within which many
energy related decisions will occur, we  decided
that for the highest probability of success  we
should concentrate our activity in the area  of
greatest past experience and largest body of know-
ledge.  We have called this area the "river  reach"
which refers to stream sections only and excludes
other interrelated areas such as upland habitats,
wetlands, lakes, reservoirs, flood planes, deltas,
and estuaries.  Attention can be focused on  these
areas as additional funds become available and we
successfully complete the needs in the river reach
area.

     The Instream Flow Program has three components:
a methodology development component, a data  base
component, and an institutional component to im-
prove our ability to implement the results of our
research.  Each component is supportive of the
others with feedback among components a major
consideration in designing the program.  This is
part of a larger Fish and Wildlife Service program
of research and development focused on the critical
problems associated with energy development.
Portions of the larger program and the Instream
Flow Program are interrelated.  This paper is
limited to reporting the major accomplishments of
the Instream Flow Program to date and indicating
its future directions.

TECHNICAL DISCUSSION

Development of Improved Methodologies

     As a first step toward improvement of our
assessment methods, the Service contracted with
Utah State University to conduct a state-of-the-
art study.  The final report, entitled "Methodol-
ogies for the Determination of Stream Resource
Flow Requirements:  An Assessment," evaluates the
adequacy of existing methodologies for determining
the necessary stream flows for fish,  wildlife,
water quality, recreation, aesthetics and other
instream uses and recommends needed research and
development in each area.

     Our overall conclusions were:

     1.  The many individuals, groups,  and agen-
         cies involved in predicting altered in-
         stream flow effects are seldom aware of
         the full range of methodologies potenti-
         ally applicable to their specific situation.

     2 .  Development of most methodologies has taken
         place in response to a particular problem
         and in geographic and/or disciplinary
         isolation.

     3.  There has been little comparative testing
         of methodologies.

     At the same time the state-of-the-art study
was being conducted, surveys were made in the
Pacific Northwest, the Rocky Mountains,  and
California to determine the actual effects on fish
and wildlife of altered stream flow characteristics
                                                                                                         549

-------
below dams and diversions.  In each geographic
area, representative samples of habitat types,
project purposes, and sponsoring agencies were
examined.  The results in all three areas indicated
the difficulty in prediction, the unequal applica-
tion of methodologies and procedures available, the
frequent failure of the responsible agency to in-
clude the features recommended to minimize the ad-
verse effects, and the significantly modified habi-
tats resulting from the projects.

     Based on the state-of-the-art study and the
surveys of actual field conditions, we concluded
that a number of instream flow methodologies were
ready for refinement and testing for widespread
application, a concerted effort was needed, and a
mechanism to share information among practitioners
was essential.  To provide the necessary focus for
the multitude of divergent activities ongoing in
this field and to take action based on our conclu-
sions, a Cooperative Instream Flow Services Group
(IFG) was established in Ft. Collins, Colorado.

     The IFG is truly a multiagency and multidis-
ciplinary team.  The Group members were recruited
from a variety of agencies at both the state and
federal levels, and they brought to the Group
expertise in the fields of hydrology, hydraulic
engineering, recreation, electronic data processing,
water law and decisionmaking, as well as biology.
We have been particularly careful in staffing the
Group to ensure that a balance was struck between
the physical, biological, and legal/institutional
aspects of the instream flow problem.  Consideration
of all aspects is essential to ensure useful and
broadly acceptable improved methodologies.

Identification of Basic Data Needs

     Concurrent with the consideration of method-
ology, we began to identify specific potential
problems which would need to be addressed if the
adverse effects of energy development on fresh-
water were to be minimized.  To maximize the re-
turn, we again focused our investigations.

     This time we limited our considerations to the
Upper Missouri and Upper Colorado River Basins
which had been identified as the geographic areas
where water for energy development was in shortest
supply and most critical.

     In the Upper Colorado River Basin, the extreme
shortage of unused water and the over allocation
of the existing water supplies dominate all other
considerations.  Direct conflicts are anticipated
regardless of when or how energy is developed.  In
the Upper Missouri, however, consideration of al-
ternative sites and water supplies appears to offer
very real opportunities for minimizing adverse
environmental effects.  In both areas, the lack of
basic data needed for planning and evaluation was
readily apparent.

     Identified top priority research needs and
recommendations included the following:

     1.  The available knowledge on the current
         range and habitat requirements of en-
         dangered and threatened species in both
         Basins should be compiled and summarized
         in readily accessible form.

     2.  A stream classification system should be
         developed based on flow characteristics,
         water quality and temperature, aquatic
         ecotypes, fish populations, and scenic
         and recreational potential.

     3.  Fish and wildlife agencies should develop
         priorities as to what is of critical im-
         portance to fish and wildlife, what is
         important but subject to compromise, and
         what is unimportant and becomes more
         active in planning functions which design
         alternatives.

     4.  An interdisciplinary research effort should
         be undertaken, aimed at building systems
         models for simulating aquatic ecosystems
         and exploring the sensitivity of certain
         components (species) of those systems to
         variations in level and duration of stream
         flows.  Field studies on a variety of
         types and sizes of streams will be required
         to test the adequacy of the model.

     5.  Immediate steps should be taken to improve
         methods of identifying and mapping areas
         of special sensitivity in terms of fish
         and wildlife habitat.

     We also found that the problem of identifying
potential freshwater effects is compounded by the
inability of engineers and planners to predict the
most likely future energy development scenario,
the mix of future energy sources, or the range of
future energy technologies.  To adequately respond
under these conditions of uncertainty, it is
necessary to guard against restricted thinking and
confining considerations to watersheds immediately
adjacent to energy sources currently proposed for
development.

Development of Instream Flow Information System

     In order to ensure that the need for identified
basic data can be met, an Instream Flow Information
System has been developed.  Although the information
in the system will be primarily from the Western
states, it can be easily expanded to cover any de-
sired area of the country and will accommodate all
needed stream-related data.  At the present time,
we are assessing available data bases and supple-
menting these with studies responding to the needs
we have identified.  Specifically, the studies in-
clude endangered species, stream evaluation, and
determination of instream flow needs on critical
streams.

     The purpose of the Endangered Species Study is
to determine the distribution of endangered and
threatened species in the Upper Colorado and Upper
Missouri River Basins and to determine the stream
flow required at specific points for each species'
maintenance.

     The Stream Evaluation Project is determining
 550

-------
 the current  status  of stream fisheries in 15
 Western  states  and  evaluating their existing and
 potential  value in  fish and wildlife terms.   This
 is a cooperative federal/state activity with the
 states classifying  stream sections as critical,
 high-priority,  substantial, or limited fishery
 value, using a  number of mutually agreed upon
 criteria.  Some states have already completed their
 portions of  the project, while others are just
 beginning.   When all  the evaluations have been
 completed, we will  publish a series of maps  de-
 picting  the  relative  value of each stream section
 and a number of reports which document the basis
 for classification.

     A second phase of the stream evaluation pro-
 ject has two major  objectives:

     1.  Quantifying  the stream flows required to
        maintain the characteristics which caused
        the state  to designate the stream sections
        as  highly  valued resources.

     2.  Testing and  comparing the efficiency and
        effectiveness of the various methodologies
        for making field determinations.

     These two  objectives are closely related be-
 cause the  broad range of geographic, climatic, and
 hydrologic conditions which will be encountered
 in meeting the  first  objective will provide an
 excellent  laboratory  for testing methodologies.

     In  the  light of  our current level of funding,
 we will  be required to limit our water quantity
 determinations  at this time to the 10% of the
 critical stream sections where existing hydrologic
 information  is  available for our field-limited
 methodologies.   The methodology testing will be
 conducted  by the Instream Flow Group in coopera-
 tion with  the states.  About half a dozen of the
 most promising  field-intensive methodologies and
 approaches have been  selected for extensive test-
 ing and  will be used  on two to six streams in each
 state.   As the  quantification task proceeds,
 continual  feedback  in an interactive process among
 the groups participating will refine the methodol-
 ogies,  improve  the  skills of the participants,
 and upgrade  the accuracy of the water quantity
 determinations .

 Development  of  a New  Simulation Model

     The most exciting outcome of the Instream
 Flow Program to date  is a simulation model re-
 cently developed by the Instream Flow Group.

     The model  uses Riverine Analysis Areas
 (RAA's), a representative reach concept, target
 fish species, survival and electivity curves, and
 simulation modeling techniques.  Its objective
 is to alert  decisionmakers to the nature and
 relative impact  of  the water requirements for new
 energy technologies on a range of stream sizes in
 alternative  RAA's or  of two or more technologies
within the same RAA.

     Although the model was designed for regional
analysis and evaluation of alternatives, it  can
be readily adapted to any specific stream, and
appears to have the potential for making meaning-
ful incremental analyses of the environmental
effects of removing various percentages of water
flowing in streams.  During the last few weeks,
we have been expanding the model to handle the
level of detail required for these site specific
and incremental analyses and are planning to test
its adaptability during Phase II as described
ab ov e.

     When adapted to site specific analysis, the
model predicts, through simulation, the change
in the standing crop of each fish species in the
stream at any average reduction in flow, seasonal
variation, or other altered stream flow character-
istic.  Populations of the various species are
shown to go up or down in absolute and relative
terms depending on how their particular needs are
affected by the changes in flow.

     A technical Advisory Panel assisted us in de-
veloping the model and also in identifying streams
throughout the conterminous United States with
nationally important fishery values.  A map show-
ing these stream reaches is currently being re-
produced.  It is intended that these Nationally
Significant Stream Reaches serve as an initial set
of fish and wildlife priorities for water resource
planners until the Instream Flow Information System
can be expanded to the remainder of the country.

SIGNIFICANCE OF THE PROGRAM TO ENERGY
DECISIONMAKING

     The Instream Flow Program expects to benefit
energy decisionmaking by encouraging sound plan-
ning, research, and implementation of technologies
using domestic energy resources.  It directly
responds to management needs, since it is aimed
at alternative site selection and trade-off
evaluation which occur during the planning and
design phases of energy development.   In addition,
to this major thrust, we are responding to the
needs of decisionmakers at a number of levels for
various types of information.  For example, our
information can be used in establishing broad
national policy and allocating resources for
research and development among competing energy
technologies.  At the local level, our improved
methodologies can determine in a credible and
more acceptable manner the flow which must be
maintained in any specific stream to support the
natural ecosystem.

     More specifically, the methodologies improved
as a result of our Instream Flow Program have the
following effects:

     1.  Improved capability of environmental
         scientists and energy engineers to create,
         define, and/or develop alternatives that
         reconcile the two conflicting national
         objectives of energy development and
         protection of environmental values.

     2.  Less disruption to the energy research
         and development program through more
         accurate assessment of environmental needs
                                                                                                         551

-------
          and early  identification of  alternatives
          which minimize  conflicts with  environmen-
          tal protection.

      3.   Reduced possibility  of  serious setbacks in
          meeting time schedules  due to  litigation
          during construction  and plant  implemen-
          tation phases.

      The maps to be published as part of the  Stream
 Evaluation Project  will  depict the relative value
 of stream fisheries in 15 Western States.  These
 will be distributed to state  and local  governments,
 federal development agencies, industrial users,
 the environmental community,  and the  public.   It
 is expected that this information will  be used by
 the recipients to direct development  away from
 highly valued fishery resources.  The four value
 classifications further  define the appropriate
 future action regarding  streams  in each classifi-
 cation.  Streams placed  in Value Classification I
 represent the highest-valued  resources  in the state,
 and alteration of these streams  is considered in-
 tolerable by the states.  Streams placed in Value
 Classification IV represent the  lowest-valued re-
 sources in the state, and if  water resource de-
 velopments are to occur, it is recommended that
 such development be on these  streams.   Projects
 affecting streams placed in Value Classifications
 II and III would require site-specific  studies,
 and proposed mitigation  measures would  have to be
 agreed upon by the developer  before the fish  and
 wildlife agencies could  look  favorably  on their
 development.

      The Nationally Significant  Stream  Reaches
 identified with the assistance of the Technical
 Advisory Panel will provide decisionmakers with
 information in the remainder  of  the country
 which will enable them to avoid  siting  develop-
 ments on or near these streams.   Such early input
 can reduce study time costs and  delays  caused by
 the environmentally unacceptable siting of
 developments.

      The simulation model was developed for the
 Water Resources Council  as part  of the  Water  for
 Energy Assessment Program and will assess  the in-
 stream impact of proposed new energy  technologies,
 such as coal gasification and oil shale conver-
 sion.  With this methodology, the relative impacts
 of these technologies upon fish  in stream reaches
 located in different areas of the country can be
 evaluated without the delay of obtaining site-
 specific data.  Such a methodological approach
 conforms to the requirements  of  Section 13(a)  of
 the Federal Nonnuclear Research  and Development
 Act of 1973.

      If we are successful in  adapting this
 methodology to the  local level,  we will have  broken
 three major barriers to  the assessment  of  instream
 flow needs related  to time, cost, and incremental
 analysis.  In short,  we  will  have provided a  quick
 and inexpensive tool which will  permit  a decision-
 maker to choose the level of  a fishery  he wishes
 to maintain as he balances environmental water
 needs against other uses.
CONCLUSIONS

     The Instream Flow Program is aimed at im-
proved methodologies for determining instream flow
needs, providing access to study results completed
in the past, and providing planners and decision-
makers with information on fish and wildlife
priorities for specific streams and an indication
of the volume of stream flow necessary to sustain
these resources.

     Priority stream sections are being identified
in the Western states and we are beginning to
assess the stream flow needs of these highly valued
stream sections.  Through this process, we are
developing improved methodologies and increasing
the ability of planners to consider the ecological
effects of out of stream water uses.

     Significant progress has been made in the last
2 years, but this must be considered as only the
first step toward adequately addressing the total
instream flow problem.  If additional funds were
made available, the Program could quickly expand
into any or all of the following areas:

     1.  Determining the instream flow needs for
         all the critical and/or high priority
         streams in the Western states.

     2.  Classifying streams in the remainder of
         the country in terms of environmental
         values.

     3.  Determining the instream flows required
         to maintain the values identified.

     A.  Addressing other areas of the instream
         flow problem such as the instream flows
         needed to maintain estuaries and upland
         habitat alteration effects.
552

-------
in
      AVP)/
conclusion
               CHAPTER 10
            --

-------
                                       in   conclusion
                                                            Stephen J.  Gage, Ph.D.
                                                     Acting Assistant Administrator
                                                Office of Research and  Development
                                                U.S. Environment Protection Agency
     The  comments that  I  have  received  to  date  indicate  that  this, our  Second
Interagency   Program  conference,   was  a  gratifying  success.  There  were   some
constructive criticisms,  and I will  touch  on those later.

     The  conference did  communicate the sense  of where the program  is,  and  where
the program  is going. It also conveyed a good sense of where we stand in this country
on  energy and environmental policy. Our thanks  to  excellent  presentations by John
O'Leary and  Douglas Costle for  putting our efforts into the context  of overall national
policy. The appearance of  Dr.  Friberg,  who spoke on the latest  Swedish findings on
energy-related   carcinogens,   added   a   sense   of  the   international   scope  of
energy/environmental problems.

     One  very important  message came  through in  the presentations:  our  energy futures
are less constrained  than  our environmental futures. Both  Administrators O'Leary and
Costle stressed  the  notion that environmental resources are indeed  limited and must be
managed,  and  that  energy and environmental conflicts are  often  false conflicts. Very
often  other  issues  are   at  stake  but  are   obscured  by  the  rhetoric  of  an
environmental/energy clash.

     That  idea was tied  to the  concept that  our  nation take  a  more conservative
approach  to exploring  our resources. The environment, minerals, and energy are  not in
infinite supply.  Our very social, political, and  economic  structure must  inexorably
begin to  operate  on the assumption that our environmental and mineral  resources are
limited, and  that substitutability itself  can cause  considerable  havoc  with  our  social
system.

     One  of  the emerging  issues broached at the conference  concerns  the pollutant
nitrogen   oxide   and  its  derivatives.  Nitrogen   oxides  represent  a  very   important
challenge  to  our  experts  working  on   health   effects,  atmospheric   transport and
transformation  and control  technology. This is a  subject that we will be emphasizing
in our mid-course corrections.

     We see  in  this particular  subject  a very  acute coupling  between politics and
science and  technology. Administrator Costle, in  his  appearances on the  Hill  recently,
has  been   questioned  very  sharply on   the  nitrogen  oxides  issue  by one  astute
Congressman  who made a very clear political point with  respect  to nitrogen oxides. He
asked the question,  how  many  fewer tons  of coal are you going to be  able to  burn
under  President  Carter's  conversion plan  because of the delay in  nitrogen  oxides
control on automobiles?  That may or may not be a  precise statement of the problem,
but  it does demonstrate  how  politics  comes into  play  in bringing about alternative
environmental   strategies.  A thought  to ponder:  where  would  we  be  today  in
attempting to  move  rapidly  towards  coal combustion without electro-static precipitators
and scrubbers to  control particles and sulfur oxides?

     Another challenging  concept,  or at  least  one  which strikes  me as exceedingly
challenging:  What kind of a task do we really  have ahead in  studying the  potential
health  and environmental  threat  of  the 500, 1,000, or more  chemicals  which  may be
present in the products or by-products of fossil fuel processing?  It is a fairly staggering
thought.   The  Clean  Air Act   identified  six  pollutants as regulated   or  "criteria"
pollutants, and  we  are still  wrestling with those  pollutants and  their derivatives in the
environment.  What about  the 100 to  1,000 that  we now have  on the suspect list?
                                                                              555

-------
                                                The  conference  has  appropriately, if somewhat  diffusely,  captured the  state of
                                           flux  in  environmental  protection today.  A  very  important shift is occurring  - a
                                           shift  from  the  old  criteria  pollutants in  the air, for instance, to  new pollutants.  This
                                           shift  is seen  in the  reference to benzo-alpha-pyrene and  the potential  health  impacts
                                           of  that  substance,  for  example,  and the  change  in the  emphasis  on what types of
                                           effects  are being addressed,  such  as carcinogenic  effects as  opposed to the increased
                                           enhancement  of asthma and of other respiratory  diseases.

                                                We  are  also  seeing  a shift  from  old technologies,  such as  conventional  power
                                           plants, to  new  technologies, such as oil shale and coal  liquefaction. We  are beginning
                                           to  see a  very  important  and  yet clearly  targeted  shift away from  the local  to the
                                           regional  impacts of  pollutants.  The  atmospheric  transport and  transformation session
                                           put the sulfur dioxide and sulfates question in its  starkest  form.

                                                This   year's  conference  has  identified  much  progress  on  specific  engineering
                                           projects  —  scrubbers,  coal  cleaning  plants,   mobile   pollutant  test rigs,  pollutant
                                           identification, and  fluidized bed  combustors to  name a few. In addition, the program's
                                           progress   on   a  number  of  specific  scientific  efforts   —  mutagenic  screening,
                                           bioaccumulation in   ecosystems,  and  transport  and  transformation  of  atmospheric
                                           pollution  on  a  subcontinental  range —  is becoming  apparent and  what  we  see is
                                           encouraging.

                                                Among the comments  I  received was  one  on  scientific and technical  information.
                                           How  do we give a  program overview —  a sense of what  is happening, a  sense of the
                                           wholeness   and  the  interconnectedness  of the  various  activities  — and  still   present
                                           technical and  scientific information?  It  is a tough nut to crack.

                                                We  had  pressure to  let  more  of the  technical  experts running  the program's
                                           600-plus  separate  projects  present   more   of  their  own  work  rather  than having it
                                           summarized.  We  will  be  looking   at  this  question  very  carefully  and  may  have
                                           simultaneous  sessions next  year.  Perhaps  we  will retain  the  present format and  leave
                                           the  communication  of the  scientific  and technical  results  in  their  full detail  to
                                           professional meetings and  professional journals.  We do not have  an answer to this, and
                                           we would  appreicate any  additional  comments  that  you   might have.  Outside  the
                                           conference   format,   however,   we   have  taken   a  major   initiative  to   improve
                                           communications. We have inaugurated our  Energy/Environment R&D Decision Series of
                                           special publications  to  highlight  developing scientific  issues and to present the latest
                                           technical  information. This  effort  is the  key  to  our  goal  of  informing  policy  and
                                           decision-makers  and  the interested public  on matters which  will  impact the way all of
                                           us live.

                                                In  closing, I would like to  recall something that happened on  the  first  morning of
                                           the conference. As I slipped past  Peanuts and  Doonesbury in  my newspaper (my major
                                           source  of  views  on the  world),  my  eye  caught the  horoscopes.  It  was  a  good
                                           commentary for the entire  conference; "Libra:  state your  finest  ideas  to associates and
                                           gain their cooperation to  put  them across. Try to  improve your environment."

                                                I could not think of  a better thought  to  leave you  with.
556

-------
AUTHORS' INDEX
Abbott, James  H	
EPA/I ERL
Research Triangle Park,  NC 27711
919/541-2925
Page 123
Alford, Ann  L	  Page 443
EPA/ERL
College Station Road
Athens, GA 30601
404/546-3186

Babb, Malcolm C	  Page 253
TVA
Div. of Environmental Planning
401 Chestnut St.,  Room  262
Chattanooga, TN  37401
615/755-3155

Baron,  Dr. Paul A	Page 427
HEW/NIOSH
Robert A.  Taft Lab
4676 Columbia Parkway
Cincinnati, OH 45226
513/684-2591

Barr, William  L.      ...      .  Page 535
TVA
Forestry,  Fisheries & Wildlife Div.
Norris,  TN 37828
615/632-4411

Barse, Joseph R.      	    Page 263
USDA/ERS
500 12th  St., SW
Washington, DC 20250
202/447-2667

Barth, Dr.  Delbert S	Page 27
EPA/ORD/OHEE
401 M  St., SW
Washington, DC 20460
202/755-0820

Basileo, Michael A. .   .          Page 457
DOC/NOAA/NOS/Test &
   Evaluation Lab
Bldg. 160,  Room  300, WYNA
Rockville, MD 20852
202/426-9080

Bend, Dr. John R	  Page 495
HEW/NIEHS
P.O.Box 12233
Research Triangle Park, NC 27709
919/541-3422

Bender, Dr. Lloyd D	    Page 267
USDA/ERS
Montana State  University
Bozeman,  MT 59715
406/994-3701
Bennett, Dr. Orus L	    Page 195
USDA/ARS
Plant Sciences Division
West Va.  State University
Morgantown, WV 26506
304/293-2795

Betson, Roger  ....      ....  Page 535
TVA
Div. of Environmental Planning
Muscle  Shoals, AL 35660
205/383-4631

Bowen, Jr., Dr. Joshua S	  Page 129
EPA/IERL
Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
919/541-2470
                                Bridbord, Dr.  Kenneth	   Page 287
                                HEW/NIOSH
                                5600 Fishers Lane
                                Rockville, MD 20857
                                201/443-6437

                                Bristow, Dr. Michael P. F.     .   Page 473
                                EPA/EMSL
                                P.O. Box 15027
                                Las Vegas, NV 89114
                                702/736-2969  x295
                                Brna, Theodore G	
                                EPA/IERL
                                Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
                                919/541-2915
                               Page 137
                                Butler, Malcolm	   Page 521
                                Great Lake  Research Div.
                                University of Michigan
                                Ann Arbor,  Ml 48104
                                313/764-2420

                                Coffin, Dr. David L.         . .   Page 307
                                EPA/HERL
                                Research Triangle Park, NC27711
                                919/541-2585

                                Costle, Douglas M.         .   .    Page  37
                                EPA
                                1404 M St., SW
                                Washington, DC  20460
                                202/755-2700

                                Cox,  Doye B.      . .           Page 535
                                TVA
                                Div. of Environmental Planning
                                246 401  Building
                                Chattanooga, TN 37401
                                615/755-3167
                                                                                                                   557

-------
Grossman, Dr. John S	Page 535
TVA
Div. of Environmental  Planning
Muscle Shoals,  AL 35660
205/383-4631

Crowe, James L	  Page 137
TVA
Power  Research Branch
1320 Commerce  Union Bank Bldg.
Chattanooga, TN 37401
615/755-3381

Davis, Grant     	  Page 191
USDA/FS
145 Grand Avenue
Billings, MT 59102
406/657-6468

Derr,  Dr. Vernon  E	  Page 467
DOC/NOAA/ERL/WPL
Route  45 x 3
Boulder,  CO 80302
303/499-1000

Dixon, Dr. Robert  L	  Page 307
HEW/NIEHS
Box  12233
Research  Triangle Park, NC  27709
919/541-3333

Doemeny, Dr.  Laurence J.   ...  Page 427
HEW/NIOSH
Robert A. Taft Lab
4676  Columbia Parkway
Cincinnati,  OH 45226
513/684-2591

Donaldson, William T	Page 443
EPA/ERL
College Station Park
Athens, GA 30601
404/546-3184

Doty, Dr. Richard L	  Pae 439
TVA
Div. of Environmental  Planning
Muscle Shoals,  AL 35660
205/383-4631 x341

Dycus, Donald  L	Page 535
TVA
Div. of Environmental  Planning
Muscle Shoals,  AL 35660
205/383-4631

Eckert, John A.  .             .  Page 473
EPA/EMSL
P.O.  Box 15027
Las Vegas,  NV 89114
702/736-2969 x295

Filner,  Dr.  Philip     	  Page 531
ERDA  Plant Research  Lab
Michigan  State  University
East  Lansing, Ml  48824
517/353-7875
Flora, II, Dr. Hollis B.         .   Page 137
TVA
Power Research Branch
1320 Commerce  Union Bank Bldg.
Chattanooga, TN 37401
615/755-3381

Ford, Dr. Andrew	   Page 275
ERDA
University  of California
Los Alamos  Scientific  Lab
P.O.  Box 1663
Los Alamos, NM 87545
505/667-4569

Friberg,  Dr.  Lars	    Page 33
Environmental  Health Dept.
Karolinski  Institute
Stockholm, Sweden

Gage, Dr. Stephen J. .   .  .    Page 15/561
EPA/ORD
401 M St.,  SW
Washington,  DC 20460
202/755-2600

Gearing, Dr. Juanita IM.  .  .       Page 513
University  of Rhode Island
Kingston, Rl 02881
401/792-6104

Gearing, Dr. Patrick        .   .   Page 513
University  of Rhode Island
Kingston, Rl 02881
401/792-6104

Gooch, Charles    .            .   Page 535
TVA
Div. of Environmental  Planning
Muscle Shoals,  AL 35660
205/383-4631
Green, Dr. John W	      .  Page 263
USDA/ERS
c/o Dept. of Economics
Colorado State University
Ft. Collins, CO 80523
303/482-9279

Greeson,  Phillip E.       	  Page 453
DOI/USGS
412 National Center
Reston,  VA 22092
703/860-6834

Harmon,  Dale L	Page 123
EPA/IE RL
Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
919/541-2111

Harris, Eugene  F	Page 73/173
EPA/IERL
Cincinnati, OH 45268
513/684-4417
558

-------
Hayden,  Robert P	  page 549
DOI/FWS
2800 Cottage Way,  Room W2527
Sacramento, CA 95825
9l6/484-4516

Henschel, D.  Bruce	Page 63
EPA/IERL
Research Triangle Park,  NC 27711
919/541-2825

Mickey, Jr., Dr. H.  Russell    .  .  Page 253
TVA
Div. Environmental  Planning
401 Chestnut Street, Room 264
Chattanooga, TN 37401
615/755-3155

Hinote, Hubert   	  Page 253
TVA
Div. of Navigation Development
 and Regional Studies
270K  Liberty Building
415 Walnut Street
Knoxville, TN 37902
615/632-4860

Hirsch, Dr. Allan  .       ....  Page 481
DOI/FWS
Washington, DC 20240
202/634-4900

Hobbie,  Dr. John E	Page 521
Ecosystem Center
Marine Biological Laboratory
Woods Hole,  MA 02543
617/540-3204

Hogan, Dr. Michael  D	Page 315
HEW/NIEHS
P.O. Box 12233
Research Triangle Park,  NC 27709
919/541-3433

Hucko, Richard E	  Page 183
DOI/BOM
4800  Forbes  Ave.
Pittsburgh, PA  15213
412/892-2400 x545

Huffman, George L	Page 83
EPA/IERL
Cincinnati, OH  45268
513/684-4363

Isom,  Billy G	       Page 535
TVA
Div. of Environmental Planning
Muscle Shoals,  AL 35660
205/383-4631  x727

James, Dr. Margaret 0.    ...    Page 495
HEW/NIEHS
University of Florida
RR # 1, Box 121
St. Augustine,  FL 32084
904/824-8366
Jenkins, Dr.  Phillip H	   Page 439
TVA
Div. of Environmental  Planning
Muscle Shoals, AL 35660
205/383-4631
Jones, Julian W	
EPA/IERL (MD-61)
Research  Triangle  Park, NC 27711
919/541-2915
    Page  137
Jones III, Dr. Herbert C.      Page 417/517
TVA
Div.  of Environmental Planning
E&D Building
Muscle Shoals, AL 35660
205/383-4631 x341
Kanipe, Dr. Larry G. .
TVA
Div. of Environmental Planning
Muscle Shoals, AL 35660
205/383-4631
    Page 439
Kelly, Dr. James M	Page 517
TVA
Div. of Environmental Planning
E&D Building
Muscle Shoals, AL 35660
205/383-4631

Kilgroe, James D.      	   Page 177
EPA/IERL
Research  Triangle Park, NC  27711
919/541-2851

Kilpatrick, Frederick  A	    Page 403
DOI/USGS
407 National  Center
Reston, VA 22092
703/860-6848
Kirchhoff, Dr. William H.
DOC/NBS
Gaithersburg, MD 20760
301/921-3775
Page 425/449
Knelson, Dr. John  H	Page 313
EPA/HERL
Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
919/541-2281

LaCasse, Dr. Norman L.      .    Page 517
TVA
Div. of  Environmental Planning
Muscle Shoals, AL 35660
205/383-4631

Landers, Robert  W. . .      ...   Page 415
EPA/EMSL
P.O.  Box 15027
Las Vegas,  NV 89114
702/736-2969 x336
                                                                                                                    559

-------
 Lorber, Dr. H. W	   Page 275
 ERDA
 University of  California
 Los Alamos Scientific Lab
 P.O. Box  1663
 Los Alamos NM  87545
 505/667-7596

 MacCracken,  Dr.  Michael C. .  .    Page 371
 University of  California
 Lawrence  Livermore  Lab
 P.O. Box  808
 Livermore, CA 94550
 415/447-1100 x3481

 Mailing, Dr. Heinrich V	   Page 301
 HEW/NIEHS
 P.O. Box  12233
 Research Triangle Park, NC 27709
 919/541-3378

 Martin, George Blair	    Page 129
 EPA/IERL
 Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
 919/541-2235

 Martin, John  F.        	   Page 173
 EPA/IERL
 RDG  Building, Rm 422
 Cincinnati, OH 45268
 513/684-4417
 Maxwell, Michael A.        ...   Page 113
 EPA/IERL
 Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
 919/541-2915

 McGlamery, Gerald G	Page 113
 TVA
 Chemical Development
 Muscle Shoals, AL  35660
 205/383-4631

 McMillion,  Leslie G	   Page 411
 EPA/EMSL
 P.O. Box  15027
 Las Vegas, NV 89114
 702/736-2969 x241

 McNelis, Dr. David N	Page 399
 EPA/EMSL
 P.O. Box  15027
 Las Vegas,  NV 89114
 702/736-2969 x342

 Meagher, Dr. James F.     .       Page 361
 TVA
 Div. of Environmental  Planning
 E&D Building
 Muscle Shoals, AL 35660
 205/383-4631 x788

 Miller,  Dr. Michael  C	Page 521
 University  of Cincinnati
 Dept.  of Biological  Sciences
 Cincinnati,  OH 45221
 513/475-6672
Mobley, J.  David	
EPA/IERL
Research Triangle  Park, NC 27711
919/541-2915

Morgan, George B.      ...
EPA/EMSL
P.O. Box 15027
Las Veas, NV 89114
702/736-2969 x201
                                Page 129
                                Page 383
                                Page 521
Mozley, Dr. Samuel   . .  .
Great Lakes  Research Div.
University of Michigan
Ann  Arbor, Ml 48104
313/764-2420
Mugler, Jr., John P	Page 459
NASA
Environmental  Quality Program Off.
Langley Research Center
Hampton,  VA  23665
804/827-2717

Natusch, Dr. David F. S.   ...   Page 503
Chemistry  Dept.
Colorado State University
Ft. Collins, CO 80523
303/491-1101

Nelson, Dr. William C.	Page 315
EPA/HERL
Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
919/541-2330

Nesnow, Dr. Stephen    .  .  . .   Page 301
EPA/HERL
Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
919/541-2537

Nix, Dr. Dale W	      Page 439
TVA
Div. of Environmental Planning
Muscle  Shoals,  AL 35660
205/383-4631

Noggle, Dr. JC	       Page 517
TVA
Div. of Environmental Planning
Muscle  Shoals.  AL 35660
205/383-4631

O'Keeffe, Andrew E	    Page 423
EPA/ESRL
Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
919/541-2408

O'Leary, John  F	   Page 5
FEA
1200 Pennsylvania Ave.,  NW
Room 3400
Washington,  DC 20461
202/566-9222
560

-------
 Olexsey, Robert A.
 EPA/IERL
 Cincinnati, OH 45268
 513/684-4363

 Palmisano, Dr.  A. William
 DOI/FWS
 Washington, DC 20240
 202/634-4913

 Perhac, Dr.  Ralph M	
 Elect. Power Res. Institute
 P.O.  Box 10412
 Palo  Alto, CA 94303
 415/493-4800

 Pickard, Eugene .
 TVA
 Div.  of Environmental Planning
 Muscle Shoals,  AL 35660
 205/383-4631

 Pilson, Dr. Michael  E. Q.  ...
 Graduate School of Oceanography
 University of Rhode Island
 Kingston, Rl 02881
 401/792-6104

 Plotkin, Steven E	
 EPA/ORD/OEMI
 401  M Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20460
 202/755-0646
   .   Page 83
     Page 543
     Page 365
    Page 535
    Page 513
    Page 227
 Post, Madison J	  Page 469
 DOC/NOAA/ERL/WPL
 Route 45 X3
 Boulder, CO 80302
 303/499-1000

 Power, Dr. James F.        ...  Page 195
 USDA/ARS
 Northern  Great Plains Research  Center
 P.O.  Box  459
 Mandan, ND 5554
 701/663-6448
 Powers, Thomas J.
 EPA/IERL
 Cincinnati, OH  45268
 513/684-4363

 Princiotta, Frank  T.
 EPA/ORD/OEMI
 401 M Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20460
 202/755-2737

 Pueschel,  Dr. Rudolf F.
 DOC/NOAA
 Boulder,  CO 80302
 303/499-1000
     Page 73
     Page 93
.  .  Page 351
Ray,  Shirley S	Page 137
TVA
Power Research Branch
1320 Commerce Union Bank  Bldg.
Chattanooga,  TN 37401
615/755-8411
Reznek, Dr. Steven  R.  . .      .   Page  207
EPA/ORD/OEMI
401  M Street,  SW
Washington, DC 20460
202/755-4858

Rhodes, William J	    Page 77
EPA/IERL
Research Triangle  Park, NC 27711
919/541-2851
                                     Richards, Dr. Norman L.
                                     EPA/ERL
                                     Sabine Island
                                     Gulf  Breeze,  FL 32561
                                     904/932-5311
                            . .   Page 509
Russo, Dr.  Rosemary C	Page  503
Fisheries Bioassay Laboratory
Montana State University
Bozeman, MT 59715
405/994-3371

Sapp, C. Daniel     	    Page  417
TVA
Div.  of  Environmental Planning
Muscle Shoals, AL 35660
205/383-4631

Schulman, Dr.  Murray   .  .   .    Page  311
ERDA
Div.  of  Biomedical & Envir. Res.
Washington, DC 20545
301/353-3681

Schwiesow, Dr.  Ronald  L.         Page  469
DOC/NOAA/ERL/WPL
Route 45 X3
Boulder, CO 80302
303/499-1000

Sharma, Dr. Vinaya	   Page  361
TVA
Div.  of  Environmental Planning
Muscle Shoals, AL 35660
205/383-4631
Singer, Marvin I	
ERDA
Office of Fossil Energy
20 Massachusetts Ave., NW
Washington,  DC 20545
202/376-9086

Skogerboe, Dr. Rodney K.
Chemistry Dept.
Colorado State University
Ft. Collins, CO 80523
303/491-1101 x6226

Smith, Lowell         . .
EPA/ORD/OEMI
401 M Street, SW
Washington,  DC 20460
202/755-2737
Page 49
                                                                 .   Page 503
                                                               Page 233/243
                                                                                                                    561

-------
Stapleton, Dr.  George  E.   . .
ERDA
Div.  of Biomedical  & Envir. Res.
Washington,  DC 20545
301/353-5039
Page 311
Stephan, Dr. David G.
EPA/IERL
Cincinnati, OH 45268
513/684-4402
Page 153
Stern, Richard D	   Page 113/129
EPA/IERL
Research Triangle  Park, NC 27711
919/541-2915

Temple, George S	  Page 267
Montana State University
Bozeman, MT 59715
406/994-3701

Tennessen, Dr. Kenneth J.      .  Page 535
TVA
Div. of  Environmental Planning
Muscle Shoals, AL 35660
205/383-4631

Thurston, Dr. Robert V. ...     Page 503
Fisheries Bioassay  Laboratory
Montana State University
Bozeman, MT 59715
406/994-3371

Tilton, III, Edward Lee  	  Page 415
DOC/NOAA
Earth  Resources Lab
Slidell, LA 70458
504/255-6511
Toole, Thomas W	   Page 535
TVA
Div. of Environmental  Planning
Muscle Shoals, AL 35660
205/383-4631
Urban, Dr.  Richard D	
TVA
Div. of Environmental  Planning
Muscle Shoals, AL 35660
205/383-4631
Page 535
Vargo, Dr. Gabriel A	   Page 513
University of Rhode Island
Kingston, Rl  02881
401/792-6104

Vestal, Dr. J. Robie	  Page 521
University of Cincinnati
Dept. of Biological Sciences
Cincinnati, OH 45221
513/475-2980

Wagner, William L	    Page 287
HEW/NIOSH
Environmental Investigations  Branch
944  Chestnut Ridge Road
Morgantown,  WV  26505
304/599-7421

Walters, Dr.  Douglas H	  Page 253
TVA
Div.  of  Power Resource  Planning
216  Power Bldg.
Chattanooga,  TN 37401
615/755-2381

Waters,  Dr. Michael D	  Page 301
EPA/HERL
Research Triangle  Park, NC 27711
919/541-2537

Wilson,  Dr. William E.    .   Page 321/343
EPA/ESRL
Research Triangle  Park, NC 27711
919/541-2181

Wood, Dr. Robert W	Page 431
ERDA
Div.  of  Biomedical & Envir.  Res.
Germantown, MD  20767
301/353-3213

Wright, Jr., Dr. James  R	  Page 535
TVA
Div.  of  Environmental  Planning
Muscle Shoals, AL 35660
205/383-4631
562

-------
FEDERAL AGENCY ACRONYMS


DOC     U.S. Department  of  Commerce
         NBS      National Bureau of Standards
         NOAA    National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
         OEA     Office of Environmental  Affairs

DOE     U.S. Department  of  Energy

DOI      U.S. Department  of  Interior
         BOM     Bureau  of  Mines
         FWS     Fish and Wildlife Service
         USGS     Geological  Survey

EPA     U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
         EMSL     Environmental Monitoring and  Support  Laboratory
         ERL     Environmental Research Laboratory
         ESRL     Environmental Science Research Laboratory
         HERL    Health  Effects Research Laboratory
         IERL     Industrial Environmental  Research Laboratory
         OEMI     Office of Energy, Minerals and Industry

ERDA   Energy Research  and Development  Administration

FEA     Federal Energy Administration

FPC     Federal Power  Commission

HEW     U.S. Department  of  Health, Education and Welfare
         NIEHS   National Institute of Environmental  Health Sciences
         NIOSH   National Institute of Occupational Safety and  Health

HUD     U.S. Department  of  Housing  and Urban  Development

NASA   National  Aeronautics and  Space Administration

TVA     Tennessee Valley Authority

USDA   U.S. Department  of  Agriculture
         ARS     Agricultural Research Service
         CSRS     Cooperative State  Research Service
         ERS     Economic  Research Service
         FS       Forest  Service
         SCS      Soil Conservation Service

-------

-------

-------